<PAGE>
AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JUNE , 1998
REGISTRATION NO. 333-
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
------------------------
FORM S-4
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
------------------------
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
GROVE WORLDWIDE LLC GROVE CAPITAL, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as (Exact name of registrant as
specified in its charter) specified in its charter)
DELAWARE DELAWARE
(State or other jurisdiction of (State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization) incorporation or organization)
6719 6799
(Primary Standard Industrial (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number) Classification Code Number)
23-2955766 25-1806448
(I.R.S. Employer Identification (I.R.S. Employer Identification
Number) Number)
1565 BUCHANAN TRAIL EAST 1565 BUCHANAN TRAIL EAST
SHADY GROVE, PENNSYLVANIA 17256 SHADY GROVE, PENNSYLVANIA 17256
(717) 597-8121 (717) 597-8121
(Address, including zip code, (Address, including zip code,
and telephone number, including and telephone number, including
area code, of registrant's area code, of registrant's
principal executive offices) principal executive offices)
</TABLE>
SALVATORE J. BONANNO
CHAIRMAN AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
GROVE WORLDWIDE LLC
1565 BUCHANAN TRAIL EAST
SHADY GROVE, PENNSYLVANIA 17256
(717) 597-8121
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
of agent for service)
------------------------------
WITH A COPY TO:
MARK S. BERGMAN, ESQ.
PAUL, WEISS, RIFKIND, WHARTON & GARRISON
1285 AVENUE OF THE AMERICAS
NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10019
(212) 373-3000
--------------------------
APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE OF THE SECURITIES TO THE
PUBLIC:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
------------------------------
If the Securities registered on this Form are to be offered in connection
with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General
Instruction G, check the following box. / /
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and
list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering. / / ______
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. / / ______
------------------------------
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PROPOSED MAXIMUM PROPOSED MAXIMUM
TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF AMOUNT TO OFFERING PRICE AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF
SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED BE REGISTERED PER UNIT(1) OFFERING PRICE(1) REGISTRATION FEE
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
9 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008..... $225,000,000 100% $225,000,000 $66,375
Senior Subordinated Guarantees(2)............. -- -- -- N/A
Total..................................... $225,000,000 100% $225,000,000 $66,375
</TABLE>
(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee
pursuant to Rule 457.
(2) The 9 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 are guaranteed by the
Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined on page 1) on a senior subordinated basis.
No separate consideration will be paid in respect to these guarantees
pursuant to Rule 457(n).
------------------------------
THE REGISTRANTS HEREBY AMEND THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ACTING
PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a), MAY DETERMINE.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
TABLE OF ADDITIONAL REGISTRANTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
STATE OR OTHER
JURISDICTION PRIMARY STANDARD IRS EMPLOYER
OF INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION IDENTIFICATION
NAME INCORPORATION CODE NUMBER NUMBER
- ---------------------------------------- -------------- ------------------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Grove U.S. LLC (a)...................... Delaware 3531 23-2955767
Grove Finance LLC (a)................... Delaware 6799 25-1806573
Crane Acquisition Corp. (a)............. Delaware 6719 52-2089451
Crane Holding Inc. (a).................. Delaware 6719 51-0305209
National Crane Corporation (a).......... Delaware 3531 22-2196756
<CAPTION>
ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND
TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA
CODE, OF REGISTRANTS' PRINCIPAL
NAME EXECUTIVE OFFICES
- ---------------------------------------- --------------------------------------
<S> <C>
Grove U.S. LLC (a)...................... 1565 Buchanan Trail East
Shady Grove, Pennsylvania 17256
(717) 597-8121
Grove Finance LLC (a)................... 1565 Buchanan Trail East
Shady Grove, Pennsylvania 17256
(717) 597-8121
Crane Acquisition Corp. (a)............. 11200 Number 148
Waverly, Nebraska 6846
(402) 786-6300
Crane Holding Inc. (a).................. 11200 Number 148
Waverly, Nebraska 6846
(402) 786-6300
National Crane Corporation (a).......... 11200 Number 148
Waverly, Nebraska 6846
(402) 786-6300
</TABLE>
- --------------------------
(a) The Notes (as defined on page 1) are guaranteed fully and unconditionally,
on a joint and several basis, by each of the direct and indirect
wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries of Grove Worldwide LLC (other than Grove
Capital, Inc.) (the "Subsidiary Guarantors").
<PAGE>
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JUNE , 1998
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES
EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES
IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
<PAGE>
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
$225,000,000
GROVE WORLDWIDE LLC
GROVE CAPITAL, INC.
OFFER TO EXCHANGE THEIR
9 1/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2008, WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,
FOR ANY AND ALL OF THEIR OUTSTANDING 9 1/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2008
THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M.,
NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON , 1998, UNLESS EXTENDED
Grove Worldwide LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the "Company" or
"Grove"), and Grove Capital, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned
subsidiary of the Company ("Grove Capital" and, together with the Company, the
"Issuers"), hereby offer, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth
in this Prospectus and the accompanying letter of transmittal (the "Letter of
Transmittal," and together with this Prospectus, the "Exchange Offer") up to
$225,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of their 9 1/4% Senior Subordinated
Notes Due 2008 (the "Exchange Notes") for a like principal amount of their
outstanding 9 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2008 that were issued and sold
in reliance upon an exemption from registration under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the "Securities Act") (the "Senior Subordinated Notes" and,
together with the Exchange Notes, the "Notes").
The terms of the Exchange Notes will be the same in all material respects
(including principal amount, interest rate, maturity and ranking) as the terms
of the Senior Subordinated Notes for which they may be exchanged pursuant to the
Exchange Offer, except that the Exchange Notes have been registered under the
Securities Act, and therefore will not be subject to certain restrictions on
transfer applicable to the Senior Subordinated Notes and will not be entitled to
registration rights except under certain limited circumstances. The Exchange
Notes will be issued under the Indenture (as defined on page 3) governing the
Senior Subordinated Notes. The Senior Subordinated Notes are, and the Exchange
Notes will be, general unsecured obligations of the Issuers, will rank
subordinate in right of payment to all Senior Debt and rank equal in right of
payment to any future senior subordinated indebtedness of the Issuers and senior
in right of payment to subordinated indebtedness of the Issuers. The Issuers'
obligations under the Notes will be jointly and severally guaranteed (the
"Subsidiary Guarantees") by all of the existing domestic subsidiaries of the
Company except Grove Capital (the "Subsidiary Guarantors"). The Subsidiary
Guarantees will rank subordinate in right of payment to all Senior Debt of each
Subsidiary Guarantor, including each Subsidiary Guarantor's guarantee of
indebtedness under the New Credit Facility (as defined on page 10). The Notes
and the Subsidiary Guarantees will be effectively subordinated to all
indebtedness, including trade payables, of the Company's subsidiaries that are
not Subsidiary Guarantors. As of March 28, 1998, after giving effect to the
Transactions (as defined on page 10), the Notes would have been subordinated to
$219.4 million of Senior Debt and effectively subordinated to $91.9 million of
liabilities of the Company's subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors.
(CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE)
------------------------
SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 19 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN RISKS
ASSOCIATED WITH AN INVESTMENT IN THE EXCHANGE NOTES.
---------------------
THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR
HAS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS.
ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS , 1998.
<PAGE>
(CONTINUED FROM COVER)
The Senior Subordinated Notes were originally issued and sold on April 29,
1998 in a transaction not registered under the Securities Act, in reliance upon
the exemption provided in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 144A of
the Securities Act (the "Initial Offering"). Accordingly, the Senior
Subordinated Notes may not be reoffered, resold or otherwise pledged,
hypothecated or transferred in the United States unless so registered or unless
an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act
is available. Based upon interpretations provided to third parties by the Staff
(the "Staff") of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission"), the
Issuers believe that the Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer in
exchange for the Senior Subordinated Notes may be offered for resale, resold and
otherwise transferred by holders thereof (other than any holder which is (i) an
"affiliate" of the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act (an
"Affiliate") or (ii) a broker-dealer that purchases Notes from the Issuers to
resell pursuant to Rule 144A or any other available exemption) without
compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the
Securities Act, provided that such Exchange Notes are acquired in the ordinary
course of such holder's business and such holder has no arrangement or
understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of such
Exchange Notes and neither such holder nor any other such person is engaging in
or intends to engage in a distribution of such Exchange Notes. Each Affiliate
that receives the Exchange Notes must comply with the registration and
prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable.
In addition, each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account
pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the
meaning of the Securities Act, and must acknowledge that it will deliver a
prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any
resale of such Exchange Notes. The Letter of Transmittal states that by so
acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed
to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.
This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be
used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Notes received in
exchange for Senior Subordinated Notes where such Senior Subordinated Notes were
acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other
trading activities. The Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors have agreed that,
for a period of one year after the Expiration Date (as defined below), they will
make this Prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with
any such resale. See "Plan of Distribution."
The Exchange Notes constitute new issues of securities with no established
public trading market. The Issuers do not intend to apply for listing of the
Exchange Notes on any national securities exchange or for their quotation
through the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc. Therefore, there can be no assurance as to
the development or liquidity of any trading market for the Exchange Notes. Any
Senior Subordinated Notes not tendered and accepted in the Exchange Offer will
remain outstanding. To the extent that Senior Subordinated Notes are tendered
and accepted in the Exchange Offer, a holder's ability to sell untendered Senior
Subordinated Notes could be adversely affected. Following consummation of the
Exchange Offer, the holders of Senior Subordinated Notes will continue to be
subject to the existing restrictions on transfer thereof and the Issuers will
have no further obligation to register such Senior Subordinated Notes under the
Securities Act except under certain limited circumstances. See "Description of
Notes--Registration Rights; Liquidated Damages."
The Senior Subordinated Notes currently trade in the Private Offerings,
Resales and Trading through Automated Linkages ("PORTAL") market. Following
commencement of the Exchange Offer but prior to its consummation, the Senior
Subordinated Notes may continue to be traded in the PORTAL market. Following
consummation of the Exchange Offer, the Exchange Notes will not be eligible for
PORTAL trading.
The Exchange Offer is not conditioned upon any minimum aggregate principal
amount of Senior Subordinated Notes being tendered or accepted for exchange. The
Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on , 1998,
unless extended (the "Expiration Date"). The date of acceptance for exchange of
the Senior Subordinated Notes ( the "Exchange Date") will be the Expiration
Date, upon surrender of the Senior Subordinated Notes tendered. Senior
Subordinated Notes tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be withdrawn at
any time prior to the Expiration Date.
The Issuers will not receive any proceeds from this Exchange Offer and no
underwriter is being utilized in connection with this Exchange Offer.
2
<PAGE>
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
Upon the effectiveness of this Registration Statement, the Issuers and the
Subsidiary Guarantors will become subject to the periodic reporting and to the
informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
(the "Exchange Act"), and in accordance therewith, the Company will file
reports, proxy statements and other information with the Commission. Reports,
proxy and information statements and other information filed by the Company may
be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the
Commission in Room 1024, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and at
the Commission's Regional Offices located at Seven World Trade Center, 13th
Floor, New York, New York 10048 and Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison Street,
Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661. Copies of such materials may be obtained
upon written request from the Public Reference Section of the Commission at 450
Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. In addition,
the Commission maintains a site on the World Wide Web at http://www.sec.gov that
contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information
regarding registrants that file electronically with the Commission.
No separate financial statements of the Subsidiary Guarantors and Grove
Capital are included herein. The Company considers that such financial
statements would not be material to holders of the Notes because: (i) this
Registration Statement does include, (a) in the notes to the audited combined
financial statements of the Company, supplemental financial information, setting
forth on a combined basis, balance sheets, statements of operations and cash
flows information for the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries
(as defined) and the Company and (b) in the notes to the unaudited combined
financial statements of the Company, supplemental financial information, setting
forth on a combined basis, balance sheets, statements of operations and cash
flows information for the Subsidiary Guarantors and Grove Capital, the
Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries and the Company; and (ii) the above-mentioned notes
provide sufficient detail to allow investors to determine the nature of the
assets held by, and the operations and cash flows of the Subsidiary Guarantors
and Grove Capital.
The Issuers are required by the terms of the Indenture dated as of April 29,
1998, by and among the Issuers, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the United States
Trust Company of New York (the "Trustee"), under which the Senior Subordinated
Notes were issued and under which the Exchange Notes are to be issued (the
"Indenture"), to furnish to the Trustee and holders of the Notes (i) all
quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be
contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Issuers
were required to file such Forms, including a "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" that describes the
financial condition and results of operations of the Issuers and its
consolidated subsidiaries and, with respect to the annual information only, a
report thereon by the Issuers' certified independent accountants and (ii) all
current reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Form
8-K if the Company was required to file such reports, in each case within the
time periods specified in the Commission's rules and regulations. In addition,
following the consummation of the Exchange Offer, whether or not required by the
rules and regulations of the Commission, the Company will file a copy of all
such information and reports with the Commission for public availability within
the time periods specified in the Commission's rules and regulations (unless the
Commission will not accept such a filing) and make such information available to
securities analysts and prospective investors upon request. In addition, (i) at
all times the Commission does not accept the filings provided for in the
preceding sentence or (ii) such filings provided for in the preceding sentence
do not contain the information required to be delivered upon request pursuant to
Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act, then, in each case, the Company has
agreed that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, it will furnish to the
holders of the Notes and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon
their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule
144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.
This Prospectus constitutes a part of a registration statement on Form S-4
(the "Registration Statement") filed by the Issuers and the Subsidiary
Guarantors with the Commission under the Securities
3
<PAGE>
Act. This Prospectus does not contain all the information set forth in the
Registration Statement, certain parts of which are omitted in accordance with
the rules and regulations of the Commission, and reference is hereby made to the
Registration Statement and to the exhibits relating thereto for further
information with respect to the Company, Grove Capital, the Subsidiary
Guarantors and the Exchange Notes. Any statements contained herein concerning
the provisions of any document are not necessarily complete, and, in each
instance, reference is made to the copy of such document filed as an exhibit to
the Registration Statement or otherwise filed with the Commission. Each such
statement is qualified in its entirety by such reference.
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Certain statements under "Prospectus Summary," "Risk Factors," "Selected
Historical Combined Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations," "Business" and elsewhere in this
Prospectus constitute "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of Section
27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act. Any statements
that express, or involve discussions as to, expectations, beliefs, plans,
objectives, assumptions or future events or performance (often, but not always,
through the use of words or phrases such as "will likely result," "are expected
to," "will continue," "anticipates," "expects," "estimates," "intends," "plans,"
"projects," and "outlook") are not historical facts and may be forward-looking.
Such forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties
and other factors that may cause the actual results, levels of activity, cost
savings, performance or achievements of the Company, or industry results, to be
materially different from any future results, levels of activity, cost savings,
performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking
statements, and accordingly, such statements should be read in conjunction with
and are qualified in their entirety by reference to, such risks, uncertainties
and other factors, which are discussed throughout this Prospectus. Such factors
include, among others, the following: (i) substantial leverage and ability to
service debt; (ii) changing market trends in the mobile hydraulic crane, aerial
work platform and truck-mounted crane industries; (iii) general economic and
business conditions including a prolonged or substantial recession; (iv) the
ability of the Company to implement its business strategy and maintain and
enhance its competitive strengths; (v) the ability of the Company to implement
the Operations Improvement Program (as defined); (vi) the ability of the Company
to obtain financing for general corporate purposes; (vii) competition; (viii)
availability of key personnel; (ix) industry overcapacity; and (x) changes in,
or the failure to comply with, government regulations. See "Risk Factors." As a
result of the foregoing and other factors, no assurance can be given as to
future results, levels of activity and achievements, and neither the Company nor
any other person assumes responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of
these forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statements contained
herein speak solely as of the date on which such statements are made, and the
Company undertakes no obligation to update any forward-looking statements to
reflect events or circumstances after the date on which such statements were
made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.
MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA
Certain market data used in this Prospectus was obtained through Company
research, surveys or studies purchased by the Company and conducted by third
parties and from industry and general publications together with management
estimates. The Company has not independently verified market data provided by
third parties or industry or general publications. Similarly, management
estimates, while believed by the Company to be reliable, have not been verified
by any independent sources and no assurance can be given that such data is
accurate in all material respects. Prospective investors are urged to read this
Prospectus in its entirety.
4
<PAGE>
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY, AND SHOULD BE READ IN
CONJUNCTION WITH, THE MORE DETAILED INFORMATION AND COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS OF THE GROVE COMPANIES, THE PREDECESSOR TO THE COMPANY, INCLUDING THE
NOTES THERETO (THE "FINANCIAL STATEMENTS"), INCLUDED ELSEWHERE IN THIS
PROSPECTUS. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, THE "COMPANY" OR "GROVE" REFERS TO GROVE
WORLDWIDE LLC AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES AND INCLUDES THE ACQUIRED BUSINESS (AS
DEFINED). THE COMPANY'S FISCAL YEAR ENDS ON THE SATURDAY CLOSEST TO THE LAST DAY
OF SEPTEMBER. REFERENCES TO FISCAL 1993, FISCAL 1994, FISCAL 1995, FISCAL 1996
AND FISCAL 1997 REFER TO THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED OCTOBER 2, 1993, OCTOBER 1,
1994, SEPTEMBER 30, 1995, SEPTEMBER 28, 1996 AND SEPTEMBER 27, 1997,
RESPECTIVELY. REFERENCES TO HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION ARE TO THE
HISTORICAL COMBINED FINANCIAL RESULTS OF THE ACQUIRED BUSINESS. SEE "THE
TRANSACTIONS--THE ACQUISITION." THIS PROSPECTUS CONTAINS FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS THAT INHERENTLY INVOLVE RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES. THE COMPANY'S ACTUAL
RESULTS COULD DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE ANTICIPATED IN THESE FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS AS A RESULT OF VARIOUS FACTORS, INCLUDING THOSE SET FORTH UNDER "THE
COMPANY--BUSINESS STRATEGY" AND "RISK FACTORS." CERTAIN MARKET DATA USED IN THIS
PROSPECTUS REFLECT MANAGEMENT ESTIMATES; WHILE SUCH ESTIMATES ARE BELIEVED TO BE
RELIABLE, NO ASSURANCE CAN BE GIVEN THAT SUCH DATA IS ACCURATE IN ALL MATERIAL
RESPECTS. PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO READ THIS PROSPECTUS IN ITS
ENTIRETY.
THE COMPANY
Grove Worldwide is a leading international designer, manufacturer and
marketer of a comprehensive line of mobile hydraulic cranes, aerial work
platforms and truck-mounted cranes. In North America, Grove Crane, the Company's
largest operating division, has a number one market position and a 45% market
share. The Company's products are used in a wide variety of applications by
commercial and residential building contractors, as well as by industrial,
municipal and military end-users. The Company's products are marketed to
independent equipment rental companies and directly to end-users under three
widely recognized brand names--GROVE CRANE, GROVE MANLIFT and NATIONAL CRANE.
The Company believes it has achieved a leading position in each of its principal
markets due to its: (i) strong brand name and reputation for quality products;
(ii) superior customer service; (iii) established network of distributors; (iv)
broad product line; and (v) commitment to superior engineering design and
product innovation. For the twelve months ended March 28, 1998, the Company
generated net sales of $853.5 million and pro forma EBITDA (as defined herein)
of $85.0 million.
The Company's products are sold in over 50 countries primarily through an
established, global network of approximately 240 independent distributors. The
Company's major markets are North America (67% of fiscal 1997 new equipment
sales), Europe (23% of fiscal 1997 new equipment sales), Asia (7% of fiscal 1997
net sales) and Latin America (3% of fiscal 1997 new equipment sales). The
Company markets its products through three operating divisions:
- - GROVE CRANE (approximately 69% of fiscal 1997 net sales) designs and
manufactures over 40 models of mobile hydraulic cranes. The Company's mobile
hydraulic cranes, which are used primarily in industrial, commercial and
public works construction, are capable of reaching maximum heights of 372 feet
and lifting up to 300 tons. From fiscal 1993 to fiscal 1997, Grove Crane's net
sales (including acquisitions) increased from $290 million to $587 million,
representing a compound annual growth rate ("CAGR") of 19.4%.
- - GROVE MANLIFT (approximately 23% of fiscal 1997 net sales) designs and
manufactures over 60 models of aerial work platforms. The Company's aerial
work platforms, which are used primarily in industrial, commercial and
construction applications, are capable of lifting people to maximum working
heights ranging from 19 to 131 feet. Aerial work platforms elevate workers and
their materials more safely, quickly and easily than alternative methods such
as scaffolding and ladders. From fiscal 1993 to fiscal 1997, Grove Manlift's
net sales (including acquisitions) increased from $57 million to $199 million,
representing a CAGR of 36.8%.
5
<PAGE>
- - NATIONAL CRANE (approximately 8% of fiscal 1997 net sales) designs and
manufactures over 14 models of telescoping and 12 models of articulating
truck-mounted cranes. The Company's telescoping and articulating cranes, which
are used primarily in industrial, commercial, public works and construction
applications, are capable of reaching maximum heights of 166 feet and lifting
up to 36 tons. Telescoping and articulating cranes are mounted on a standard
truck chassis or on a pedestal at a fixed location. From fiscal 1993 to fiscal
1997, National Crane's net sales increased from $40 million to $71 million,
representing a CAGR of 15.4%.
COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS
The Company believes that it benefits from the following competitive
strengths:
- - LEADING MARKET POSITIONS. The Company believes that its three operating
divisions have established a leading position in each of their principal
markets.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MARKET
DIVISION PRODUCTS PRINCIPAL MARKETS POSITION(1) MARKET SHARE(1)
- -------------------- -------------------------------- ----------------- ----------------- ---------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Grove Crane Mobile Hydraulic Cranes North America 1 45%
Europe 2 17%
Grove Manlift Aerial Work Platforms North America 2 11%
Europe 2 21%
National Crane Truck-Mounted Cranes:
Telescoping North America 1 43%
Articulating North America 4 13%(2)
</TABLE>
- - STRONG BRAND NAME AND REPUTATION FOR QUALITY PRODUCTS. The Company has created
significant brand equity as a result of its innovative designs, quality
products and product reliability. With over 100,000 units sold during the past
50 years, the Company believes that it currently has one of the industry's
largest installed bases of cranes and aerial work platforms. The quality of
the Company's products and the value of its brand name are reflected in the
North American marketplace, where the Company believes that its cranes
generally command premium prices and have higher residual values than
comparable products manufactured by its competitors. For example, Grove
Crane's products typically have residual values in excess of 50% of their
original cost after five years, which management believes is significantly
greater than the average residual value of its competitors' products.
- - SUPERIOR CUSTOMER SERVICE. The Company is committed to providing superior
training, sales and service support to its distributors and end-users as a
standard part of its sales and marketing effort. Management believes that no
other major competitor matches the extent and quality of its customer support
services and that such services significantly contribute to the Company's
ability to charge premium prices for its products. In addition, the Company
has focused on providing ready availability of service parts. For example, in
fiscal 1997, the Company shipped over 80% of its replacement parts worldwide
within 24 hours after receipt of an order. After-market sales for parts and
services accounted for 12% of the Company's net sales and 26% of gross profits
in fiscal 1997. Such sales typically have higher gross margins and are less
cyclical than new equipment sales.
- - ESTABLISHED NETWORK OF DISTRIBUTORS. The Company benefits from an established
base of approximately 240 independent distributors located in 50 countries
around the world. Over two-thirds of Grove Crane's North American distributors
have sold the Company's products for over 10 years.
- ------------------------------
(1) All market share data are based on units shipped during fiscal 1997, except
for data on Grove Manlift's share of the North American aerial work platform
market, which are based on fiscal 1997 revenues. With respect to aerial work
platforms, management believes that because the Company primarily competes
in the North American market for larger, high-end aerial work platforms,
comparisons based on revenues are more appropriate. Market data were derived
from industry statistics together with management estimates and including,
as applicable, management assumptions regarding unit price.
(2) In the United States, the Company has a number three market position and a
17% market share. National Crane has only a nominal presence in the Canadian
market for articulating cranes.
6
<PAGE>
- - BROAD PRODUCT LINE. The Company believes it has the broadest product line in
the industry, with 10 product categories and over 120 models offered by its
three operating divisions. Management believes the breadth of the Company's
product offerings enables it to more effectively serve the equipment rental
market, which management estimates represents approximately 80% of the
Company's net sales. The Company's broad product line allows it to satisfy the
rental market's demand for models addressing specific end-user needs, while
also providing customers the opportunity to save on support, maintenance and
training costs by purchasing from a single manufacturer.
BUSINESS STRATEGY
As a result of the Acquisition (as defined), the Company is operated on a
stand-alone basis rather than as part of a larger diversified enterprise. The
Company's management team expects to capitalize on the experience and expertise
of new senior management as it implements the Operations Improvement Program in
cooperation with the George Group Inc. ("George Group"), an acquisition and
management consulting firm that applies strategic and operations management
expertise to manufacturing businesses. Management is led by Salvatore J. Bonanno
who joined the Company in March 1998 from Foamex International Inc., where he
led an organizational restructuring designed to reduce manufacturing and
overhead costs. The Company will implement the Operations Improvement Program
and the other key elements of the Company's business strategy described below in
order to reach its objective of increased net sales and EBITDA.
- - OPERATIONS IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM. The Company, in cooperation with the George
Group, has developed a comprehensive program (the "Operations Improvement
Program") which it believes will enable the Company to reduce its annual costs
by approximately $35 million to $50 million and achieve significant working
capital efficiencies by fiscal 2001. The Operations Improvement Program is
intended to improve the Company's operating efficiency and margins by: (i)
rationalizing product lines; (ii) reducing manufacturing costs; and (iii)
reducing selling, general and administrative expenses. In addition, the
Company believes the Operations Improvement Program should enable it to reduce
its working capital requirements by decreasing inventory levels by
approximately $40 million to $50 million.
- - CONTINUE TO PROVIDE SUPERIOR PRODUCTS. The Company has maintained a commitment
to superior engineering design and technological innovation. The Company
believes that it has the most extensive engineering capability in the crane
industry, with a dedicated engineering group focusing on developing
innovative, high performance, low maintenance products that satisfy the
demands of its customers. Together with the Company's manufacturing and
marketing staff, these engineers seek to utilize new technologies and
effectively introduce new products. For example, the Company has introduced
lighter booms with greater lifting capacity, electronic controls that
facilitate operations and product features that enhance safety and increase
versatility. The Company believes that the greater sophistication of its
products contributes to its ability to sustain higher residual values. The
Company intends to intensify its efforts to design products that meet evolving
customer needs while reducing manufacturing costs and the period from product
conception to introduction.
- - EXPAND EXISTING INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS. The Company intends to leverage its
significant brand equity and strong distribution network to opportunistically
expand its existing international business. As an industry leader, the Company
believes it is well-positioned to increase sales internationally as
infrastructure development in existing and emerging markets stimulates demand
for cranes and aerial work platforms. In 1995, the Company expanded its
product offerings and strengthened its manufacturing and distribution presence
in Europe by acquiring the mobile hydraulic crane business of Krupp in Germany
and the aerial work platform business of Delta Systemes SA ("Delta") in
France. In addition, all but one of the Company's manufacturing facilities
have received ISO 9001 certifications, which enhances the Company's
international marketing efforts.
7
<PAGE>
- - CAPITALIZE ON THE GROWTH OF THE WORLDWIDE AERIAL WORK PLATFORM MARKET. The
Company seeks to capitalize on the increasing recognition by end-users
worldwide that aerial work platforms are economical and safe alternatives to
scaffolding and ladders. The North American aerial work platform industry
experienced a CAGR in total unit shipments from 1992 to 1997 of 32%. In 1997,
approximately 41,000 aerial work platforms were shipped in North America while
only 13,000 units were shipped in markets outside of North America. The
Company expects to generate increased sales of aerial work platforms in
international markets as international end-users recognize the productivity
and safety advantages of aerial work platforms.
THE OPERATIONS IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM
The Company, in cooperation with George Group, has developed a comprehensive
program which it believes will enable it to reduce its annual costs by
approximately $35 million to $50 million and achieve significant working capital
efficiencies by fiscal 2001. The Operations Improvement Program is intended to
improve the Company's operating efficiency and its margins by: (i) rationalizing
product lines; (ii) reducing manufacturing costs; and (iii) reducing selling,
general and administrative expenses. In addition, the Company believes the
Operations Improvement Program should enable it to reduce its working capital
requirements by decreasing inventory levels by approximately $40 million to $50
million. It is expected that these cost savings will be offset by non-recurring
costs of up to approximately $25 million associated with the implementation of
the Operations Improvement Program, plus consulting fees payable to George
Group. Estimates of potential cost savings and implementation costs are
inherently uncertain and the description of the Operations Improvement Program
should be read in conjunction with "Special Note Regarding Forward Looking
Statements" and "Risk Factors--Realization of Benefits of Operations Improvement
Program." The key components of the Operations Improvement Program are as
follows:
RATIONALIZE PRODUCT LINES. The Company expects to implement a product line
rationalization program which will position it to reduce both operating costs
and working capital requirements without diminishing the advantages derived from
its broad product line. The Company will monitor product line data to enable it
to simplify its engineering processes by reducing the number of models and
manufacturing components, standardizing options and using platform design
concepts. The Company believes this program will enable it to eliminate certain
models that have low demand, low margins or features and capabilities that are
redundant with other models.
REDUCE MANUFACTURING COSTS. Management intends to reduce the annual costs
of goods sold by approximately $25 million to $30 million by fiscal 2001 by
rationalizing its product line and undertaking the following initiatives to
improve the Company's manufacturing process:
- - Accelerate the recently initiated Design for Manufacturing and Assembly
("DFMA") program and continue to implement value analysis programs. These
established techniques are designed to lower material and labor costs by
redesigning products, incorporating more standardized components and allowing
a simplified fabrication and assembly process. Initial efforts during fiscal
1997 resulted in a 28% reduction in labor costs for a test model.
- - Consolidate sourcing by using fewer suppliers to fulfill the Company's global
requirements. As a result of its product rationalization and DFMA programs,
the Company expects to purchase a greater volume of fewer components, enabling
it to significantly reduce its vendor base and benefit from increased sourcing
leverage.
- - Implement other procedures to reduce manufacturing costs, including: (i)
improving planning and scheduling by introducing continuous flow manufacturing
principles and integrating the Company's new management information system;
(ii) improving product flow and reducing cycle time in order to increase
manufacturing flexibility and capacity; and (iii) shifting the production of
certain models and components to facilities where they can be more efficiently
produced.
8
<PAGE>
REDUCE SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES. Management
believes it can reduce annual selling, general and administrative expenses
by approximately $10 million to $20 million by fiscal 2001 by reducing
redundant functions across facilities, utilizing the Company's new
management information system and streamlining existing business processes,
including redesigning sales and administrative functions. See
"Business--Management Information System."
REDUCE WORKING CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS. Management believes the Operations
Improvement Program will enable the Company to reduce its working capital
requirements by reducing inventory levels by approximately $40 million to
$50 million. The Company expects to reduce its inventory levels primarily as
a result of: (i) improved manufacturing processes; (ii) the shifting of
production of certain models and components to facilities where they can be
more efficiently produced; and (iii) product rationalization.
9
<PAGE>
THE TRANSACTIONS
THE ACQUISITION
On March 10, 1998, the Company, entered into an agreement (together with the
related agreements, the "Acquisition Agreement") to acquire, through certain of
its subsidiaries, the mobile hydraulic crane, aerial work platform and
truck-mounted crane businesses of Hanson Funding (G) PLC ("Hanson") and certain
of its subsidiaries (the "Acquired Business"), for aggregate cash consideration
of approximately $583.0 million plus certain assumed liabilities, subject to a
post-closing net worth adjustment (the "Acquisition").
On April 29, 1998 (the "Closing Date"), pursuant to the Acquisition
Agreement, the Company acquired the Acquired Business. Cash funding requirements
to consummate the Acquisition, including the payment of related fees and
expenses, were approximately $604.5 million, which were provided by: (i) $209.5
million of borrowings under a new $325.0 million credit facility (the "New
Credit Facility"); (ii) $225.0 million of estimated gross proceeds to the
Company from the offering of the Senior Subordinated Notes; (iii) the issuance
by Grove Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ("Holdings"), of
$50.0 million in gross proceeds of its 11 5/8% Senior Discount Debentures due
2009 (the "Debentures"); and (iv) the issuance of $120.0 million of limited
liability company membership interests of Holdings (the "Holdings Equity
Issuance") (collectively, the "Financings"). At the Closing, Holdings
contributed (the "Equity Contribution") the net proceeds from the Holdings
Equity Issuance and the Debenture offering to the Company. The Acquisition, the
Financings and the application of the proceeds of the Financings are hereinafter
referred to as the "Transactions." See "The Transactions."
THE INVESTOR GROUP
Keystone, Inc. and its related parties ("Keystone"), FW Strategic Partners,
L.P. ("Strategic Partners"), certain minority investors and certain principals
of, and an entity formed by certain employees of, the George Group and certain
other investors (together with Keystone, Strategic Partners, the minority
investors and the George Group, the "Investor Group") beneficially own in the
aggregate, through Grove Investors LLC ("Grove Investors"), all of the
outstanding membership interests of Holdings. Keystone is the principal
investment entity of Robert M. Bass. Since 1985, Keystone and associated
entities have directly and indirectly sponsored over 30 leveraged acquisitions
valued in the aggregate at more than $6.0 billion. These acquisitions have
included, among others, American Savings Bank, F.A., Bell & Howell Company,
CapStar Hotel Company, Ivex Packaging Corporation, National Reinsurance
Corporation, Reliant Building Products, Inc., Specialty Foods Corporation, Stage
Stores, Inc., and Williams Scotsman, Inc. Strategic Partners is a Delaware
limited partnership formed to invest primarily in public and private debt and
equity securities. George Group is an acquisition and management consulting firm
that applies its strategic and operations management expertise to manufacturing
businesses. George Group has established an exclusive relationship with Keystone
to pursue leveraged acquisitions of companies in which George Group's
operational expertise may significantly reduce costs and increase revenue, cash
flow and return on invested capital. As part of their on-going relationship, in
May 1997, Keystone, Strategic Partners, certain other parties and George Group
completed the acquisition of Reliant Building Products, Inc.
GROVE CAPITAL, INC.
Grove Capital was organized as a direct wholly owned subsidiary of Grove for
the purpose of acting as a co-issuer of the Notes and is also a co-registrant of
the Registration Statement. This was done so that certain institutional
investors to whom the Senior Subordinated Notes were marketed and that might
otherwise have been restricted in their ability to purchase debt securities
issued by a limited liability company, such as Grove, by reason of the legal
investment laws of their states of organization or their charter documents,
would be able to invest in the Senior Subordinated Notes. Grove Capital has no
assets, no liabilities (other than the Notes and as a borrower under the New
Credit Facility), no operations and will not have any revenues and is prohibited
from engaging in any business activities. As a result, holders of the Notes
should not expect Grove Capital to participate in servicing the interest and
principal obligations on the Notes.
10
<PAGE>
THE EXCHANGE OFFER
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
ISSUERS..................................... The Exchange Notes will be joint and several
obligations of the Company and Grove Capital.
Grove Capital is a Delaware corporation and
wholly owned subsidiary of the Company formed
in connection with the Offering. Grove Capital
has no assets, no liabilities (other than the
Notes and as a borrower under the New Credit
Facility) and no operations and is prohibited
from engaging in any business activities.
THE EXCHANGE OFFER.......................... The Issuers are offering to exchange up to
$225,000,000 aggregate principal amount of
their 9 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due
2008 for a like principal amount of their
outstanding 9 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes
due 2008 that were issued and sold on April
29, 1998 in reliance upon an exemption from
registration under the Securities Act. The
terms of the Exchange Notes will be identical
in all material respects (including principal
amount, interest rate, maturity and ranking)
to the terms of the Senior Subordinated Notes
for which they may be exchanged pursuant to
the Exchange Offer, except that the Exchange
Notes will be registered under the Securities
Act and therefore will not be subject to
certain restrictions on transfer and will not
be entitled to registration rights except
under certain limited circumstances. See "The
Exchange Offer-- Terms of the Exchange."
EXPIRATION DATE............................. The Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 p.m.,
New York City time, on , 1998
unless extended (the "Expiration Date").
EXCHANGE DATE............................... The first date the Senior Subordinated Notes
will be accepted for exchange will be the
Expiration Date.
CONDITIONS TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER............ The obligation of the Issuers to consummate
the Exchange Offer is subject to certain
customary conditions which may be waived by
the Issuers. See "The Exchange Offer--Certain
Conditions to the Exchange Offer." The
Exchange Offer is not conditioned upon any
minimum aggregate principal amount of Senior
Subordinated Notes being tendered for
exchange. The Issuers reserve the right to
terminate or amend the Exchange Offer at any
time prior to the Expiration Date upon the
occurrence of any such condition.
WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS........................... Tenders may be withdrawn at any time prior to
the Expiration Date. Any Senior Subordinated
Notes not accepted for any reason will be
returned without expense to the tendering
holders thereof as promptly
</TABLE>
11
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
as practicable after the expiration or
termination of the Exchange Offer.
PROCEDURES FOR TENDERING SENIOR SUBORDINATED
NOTES..................................... Unless a tender of Senior Subordinated Notes
is effected pursuant to the procedures for
book-entry transfer as provided herein, each
holder of Senior Subordinated Notes wishing to
accept the Exchange Offer must complete, sign
and date a Letter of Transmittal, or a
facsimile thereof, in accordance with the
instructions contained herein and therein, and
mail or otherwise deliver such Letter of
Transmittal, or such facsimile, together with
such Senior Subordinated Notes or in
compliance with the specified procedures for
guaranteed delivery of Senior Subordinated
Notes, and any other required documentation,
to the Exchange Agent at the address set forth
herein. Holders of Senior Subordinated Notes
registered in the name of a broker, dealer,
commercial bank, trust company or other
nominee are urged to contact such person
promptly if they wish to tender Senior
Subordinated Notes pursuant to the Exchange
Offer. See "Risk Factors--Adverse Consequences
of Failure To Exchange" and "The Exchange
Offer--Procedures for Tendering Senior
Subordinated Notes."
Letters of Transmittal and certificates
representing Senior Subordinated Notes should
not be sent to the Issuers. Such documents
should only be sent to the Exchange Agent.
Questions regarding how to tender and requests
for information should be directed to the
Exchange Agent. See "Risk Factors--Adverse
Consequences of Failure To Exchange" and "The
Exchange Offer--Exchange Agent."
FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES............. In the opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind,
Wharton & Garrison, counsel to the Issuers,
the exchange of Senior Subordinated Notes for
Exchange Notes by holders will not constitute
an exchange for federal income tax purposes,
and U.S. holders will not realize any gain or
loss upon receipt of Exchange Notes. See
"Certain Federal Income Tax Considerations."
EFFECT ON HOLDERS OF THE SENIOR SUBORDINATED
NOTES..................................... As a result of the making of the Exchange
Offer, and upon acceptance for exchange of all
validly tendered Senior Subordinated Notes
pursuant to the terms of this Exchange Offer,
the Issuers will have fulfilled covenants
contained in the terms of the Senior
Subordinated Notes and the Registration Rights
Agreement (the "Registration Rights
Agreement")
</TABLE>
12
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
dated April 29, 1998 between the Company,
Grove Capital, the Subsidiary Guarantors and
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities
Corporation ("DLJ"), Chase Securities Inc.
("Chase Securities") and BancBoston Securities
Inc. ("BancBoston Securities" and, together
with DLJ and Chase Securities, the "Initial
Purchasers") and, accordingly, the holders of
the Senior Subordinated Notes will have no
further registration or other rights under the
Registration Rights Agreement, except under
certain limited circumstances. See
"Description of Notes-- Registration Rights;
Liquidated Damages." Holders of the Senior
Subordinated Notes who do not tender their
Senior Subordinated Notes in the Exchange
Offer will continue to hold such Senior
Subordinated Notes and will be entitled to all
the rights and limitations applicable thereto
under the Indenture. All untendered, and
tendered but unaccepted, Senior Subordinated
Notes will continue to be subject to the
restrictions on transfer provided for in the
Senior Subordinated Notes and the Indenture.
To the extent that Senior Subordinated Notes
are tendered and accepted in the Exchange
Offer, the trading market, if any, for the
Senior Subordinated Notes could be adversely
affected. See "Risk Factors--Adverse
Consequences of Failure to Exchange."
EXCHANGE AGENT.............................. The United States Trust Company of New York is
serving as exchange agent (the "Exchange
Agent") in connection with the Exchange Offer.
See "The Exchange Offer--Exchange Agent."
RESALE OF EXCHANGE NOTES.................... Based upon interpretations by the Staff issued
to third parties, the Issuers believe that
Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange
Offer in exchange for the Senior Subordinated
Notes may be offered for resale, resold and
otherwise transferred by holders thereof
(other than any holder which is (i) an
Affiliate of the Company or (ii) a
broker-dealer that purchases Notes from the
Issuers to resell pursuant to Rule 144A or any
other available exemption) without compliance
with the registration and prospectus delivery
provisions of the Securities Act, provided
that such Exchange Notes are acquired in the
ordinary course of such holder's business and
such holder has no arrangement or
understanding with any person to participate
in the distribution of such Exchange Notes and
neither such holder nor any other such person
is engaging in or intends to engage in a
distribution of such Exchange Notes. Each
Affiliate that receives the Exchange Notes
must comply with the registration and
prospectus delivery
</TABLE>
13
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
requirements of the Securities Act to the
extent applicable. In addition, each
broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for
its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer
may be deemed to be an "underwriter" within
the meaning of the Securities Act, and must
acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus
meeting the requirements of the Securities Act
in connection with any resale of such Exchange
Notes. This Prospectus, as it may be amended
or supplemented from time to time, may be used
by a broker-dealer in connection with resales
of Exchange Notes received in exchange for
Senior Subordinated Notes where such Senior
Subordinated Notes were acquired by such
broker-dealer as a result of market-making or
other trading activities. See "The Exchange
Offer--Resale of Exchange Notes."
</TABLE>
TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE NOTES
The Exchange Offer applies to $225,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the
Senior Subordinated Notes. The form and terms of the Exchange Notes are the same
in all material respects as the form and terms of the Senior Subordinated Notes
except that the Exchange Notes have been registered under the Securities Act
and, therefore, will not bear legends restricting the transfer thereof. The
Exchange Notes will evidence the same debt as the Senior Subordinated Notes and
will be entitled to the benefit of the Indenture. See "Description of Notes."
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
THE EXCHANGE NOTES.......................... $225,000,000 aggregate principal amount of
9 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008.
MATURITY DATE............................... May 1, 2008.
INTEREST PAYMENT DATES...................... May 1 and November 1 of each year, commencing
on November 1, 1998.
SINKING FUND................................ None.
OPTIONAL REDEMPTION......................... The Exchange Notes will be redeemable at the
option of the Issuers, in whole or in part, at
any time on or after May 1, 2003 in cash at
the redemption prices set forth herein, plus
accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated
Damages (as defined), if any, thereon to the
date of redemption. In addition, at any time
prior to May 1, 2001, the Issuers may on any
one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the
aggregate principal amount of Exchange Notes
originally issued at a redemption price equal
to 109.250% of the principal amount thereof,
plus accrued and unpaid interest and
Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to the
redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of
one or more Public Equity Offerings (as
defined); PROVIDED that at least 65% of the
aggregate principal amount of Exchange Notes
originally issued remains outstanding
</TABLE>
14
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
immediately after the occurrence of any such
redemption. See "Description of
Notes--Optional Redemption."
CHANGE OF CONTROL........................... Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control,
each holder of Exchange Notes will have the
right to require the Issuers to repurchase all
or any part of such holder's Exchange Notes at
an offer price in cash equal to 101% of the
aggregate principal amount thereof, plus
accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated
Damages, if any, thereon to the date of
purchase. See "Description of Notes--
Repurchase at the Option of Holders--Change of
Control." There can be no assurance that, in
the event of a Change of Control, the Issuers
would have sufficient funds to purchase all
Exchange Notes tendered. See "Risk
Factors--Limitations on Ability to Make Change
of Control Payment."
SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS....................... The Exchange Notes will be fully,
unconditionally, jointly and severally
guaranteed on a senior subordinated basis by
the Subsidiary Guarantors.
SUBORDINATION............................... The Exchange Notes will be general unsecured
obligations of the Issuers, will rank
subordinate in right of payment to all Senior
Debt and will rank equal in right of payment
with any future senior subordinated
indebtedness of the Issuers and senior in
right of payment to all subordinated
Indebtedness. The Subsidiary Guarantees will
rank subordinate in right of payment to all
Senior Debt of each Subsidiary Guarantor,
including each Subsidiary Guarantor's
guarantee of indebtedness under the New Credit
Facility. The Exchange Notes and the
Subsidiary Guarantees will be effectively
subordinated to all indebtedness, including
trade payables, of the Company's subsidiaries
that are not Subsidiary Guarantors. As of
March 28, 1998, the Notes were subordinated to
$219.4 million of Senior Debt and effectively
subordinated to $91.9 million of liabilities
of the Company's subsidiaries that are not
Subsidiary Guarantors.
CERTAIN COVENANTS........................... The Indenture contains certain covenants that
will limit, among other things, the ability of
the Issuers to: (i) pay dividends, redeem
capital stock or make certain other restricted
payments or investments, (ii) incur additional
indebtedness or issue certain preferred equity
interests, (iii) merge, consolidate or sell
all or substantially all of its assets, (iv)
create liens on assets and (v) enter into
certain transactions with affiliates or
related persons. See "Description of
Notes--Certain Covenants." The restrictions
placed
</TABLE>
15
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
on Holdings and its subsidiaries in the
indenture governing the Debentures (the
"Debenture Indenture") will be substantially
the same as those applicable to the Company
and its subsidiaries under the Indenture;
however, additional indebtedness of Holdings
(including that represented by the Debentures)
will have the effect of making the covenants
contained in the Debenture Indenture that are
applicable to the Company and its subsidiaries
more restrictive than the corresponding
covenants contained in the Indenture. However,
all these limitations and prohibitions are
subject to a number of qualifications and
exceptions. See "Description of Notes--Certain
Covenants."
ABSENCE OF PUBLIC MARKET.................... There is no public market for the Exchange
Notes, and the Exchange Notes will not be
listed on any securities exchange or quotation
system. The Company has been advised by the
Initial Purchasers that, following
consummation of the Exchange Offer, the
Initial Purchasers intend to make a market in
the Exchange Notes; however, any market-making
may be discontinued at any time without
notice. If an active public market does not
develop, the market price and liquidity of the
Exchange Notes may be adversely affected. See
"Risk Factors--Absence of Public Market for
Exchange Notes."
The Senior Subordinated Notes currently trade
in the PORTAL market. Following commencement
of the Exchange Offer but prior to its
consummation, the Senior Subordinated Notes
may continue to be traded in the PORTAL
market. Following consummation of the Exchange
Offer, the Exchange Notes will not be eligible
for PORTAL trading.
</TABLE>
For definitions of certain capitalized terms used herein, see "Description
of Notes."
HOLDERS OF SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES AND PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS OF EXCHANGE
NOTES SHOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER ALL OF THE INFORMATION SET FORTH IN THIS
PROSPECTUS AND, IN PARTICULAR, SHOULD EVALUATE THE SPECIFIC FACTORS SET FORTH
UNDER "RISK FACTORS" FOR RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND AN
INVESTMENT IN THE EXCHANGE NOTES. SEE "RISK FACTORS."
------------------------
The principal executive offices of the Issuers, Grove US LLC and Grove
Finance are located at 1565 Buchanan Trail East, Shady Grove, Pennsylvania
17256. The telephone number of the Issuers, Grove US LLC and Grove Finance's
executive offices is (717) 597-8121. The principal executive offices of Crane
Acquisition Corp., Crane Holding Inc. and National Crane Corporation are located
at 11200 Number 148, Waverly, Nebraska 6846. The telephone number of the Crane
Acquisition Corp., Crane Holding Inc. and National Crane Corporation's executive
office is (402) 786-6300.
16
<PAGE>
SUMMARY HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
The following table presents summary: (i) historical combined financial data
of the Company for fiscal 1993, fiscal 1994, fiscal 1995, fiscal 1996, fiscal
1997 and the six months ended March 27, 1997 and March 28, 1998; (ii) pro forma
combined data of the Company for fiscal 1997 and the six months ended March 28,
1998; and (iii) historical and pro forma combined balance sheet data of the
Company as of March 28, 1998. The Company's fiscal year ends on the Saturday
closest to the last day of September. The summary historical combined financial
data for fiscal 1993, fiscal 1994 and the six months ended March 27, 1997 and
March 28, 1998 were derived from unaudited historical combined financial
statements. The pro forma combined financial data for fiscal 1997 and the six
months ended March 28, 1998 give effect to the Transactions as if they had
occurred at the beginning of fiscal 1997. The pro forma balance sheet data at
March 28, 1998 give effect to the Transactions as if they had occurred on March
28, 1998. The pro forma financial data are unaudited and do not purport to
represent what the Company's results of operations or financial position would
have been if the Transactions had been completed as of the date or for the
periods presented, nor does such data purport to represent the results of
operations for any future period. The summary financial data set forth below
should be read in conjunction with "The Transactions," "Selected Historical
Combined Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations," and the historical combined financial
statements and pro forma combined financial data of the Company and the related
notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FISCAL YEAR SIX MONTHS ENDED
----------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 MARCH 27, 1997 MARCH 28, 1998
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------------- ---------------
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA(1):
Net sales............................ $ 387,373 $ 393,526 $ 503,815 $ 794,209 $ 856,812 $ 409,206 $ 405,903
Gross profit......................... 95,225 87,991 126,589 185,079 203,273 93,012 84,566
Operating expenses................... 86,077 80,752 88,216 134,459 135,382 64,000 66,674
Operating profit..................... 9,148 7,239 38,373 50,620 67,891 29,012 17,892
Net income (loss).................... (5,358) (4,942) 16,769 25,448 42,220 17,221 3,248
OTHER DATA:
EBITDA(2)............................ 37,948 29,006 55,594 78,704 93,850 39,141 28,450
Depreciation and amortization(3)..... 13,093 13,258 13,765 17,313 17,985 8,855 9,384
Capital expenditures(4).............. 4,672 6,042 7,385 19,443 32,491 13,895 15,197
Sales backlog at end of period(5).... 63,084 109,350 208,152 185,237 229,513 296,422 279,085
PRO FORMA DATA:
Pro forma EBITDA(6).................. $ 95,254 $ 29,584
Cash interest expense(7)............. 38,339 19,029
Ratio of pro forma EBITDA to cash
interest expense................... 2.5x
Ratio of total debt to pro forma
EBITDA(8).......................... 4.6x
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AS OF MARCH 28, 1998
------------------------
ACTUAL PRO FORMA
----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents................................................................. $ 4,085 $ 4,085
Total assets.............................................................................. 855,251 888,232
Total debt................................................................................ 9,904 444,404
Total invested capital.................................................................... 570,484 168,000
</TABLE>
- ------------------------------
(1) The financial results of Krupp and Delta have been included since their
respective dates of acquisition on August 30, 1995 and November 30, 1995,
respectively.
(2) EBITDA represents operating profit plus (i) depreciation and amortization
(exclusive of depreciation on equipment held for rent), (ii) management fees
paid to Hanson, (iii) restructuring charges, principally related to
redundancy costs of facility reorganizations, (iv) business process
reengineering and training costs associated with installation of the
Company's new management information system (the "MIS") and (v) an
adjustment to eliminate the effect of units sold with residual value
17
<PAGE>
guarantees which have been accounted for as operating leases and recognize
the gross profit on such units in the period in which such units were
shipped. While EBITDA should not be construed as a substitute for operating
profit or a better indicator of liquidity than cash flow from operating
activities, which are determined in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles ("GAAP"), it is included herein to provide additional
information with respect to the ability of the Company to meet its future
debt service, capital expenditure and working capital requirements. In
addition, the Company believes that certain investors find EBITDA to be a
useful tool for measuring the ability of the Company to service its debt.
EBITDA is not necessarily a measure of the Company's ability to fund its
cash needs. The components of EBITDA are set forth below for the periods
indicated:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FISCAL YEAR ENDED SIX MONTHS ENDED
----------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 MARCH 27, 1997 MARCH 28, 1998
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------------- ---------------
Operating profit.................... $ 9,148 $ 7,239 $ 38,373 $ 50,620 $ 67,891 $ 29,012 $ 17,892
Depreciation and amortization....... 13,093 13,258 13,765 17,313 17,985 8,855 9,384
Management fees paid to Hanson...... 9,800 3,300 3,390 5,655 2,176 -- 162
Restructuring charges from facility
reorganizations................... 5,900 5,100 -- -- 1,960 -- --
Expenses associated with new MIS
installation...................... -- -- -- 2,723 1,283 581 142
Impact of units sold accounted for
as operating leases............... 7 109 66 2,393 2,555 693 870
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ------- -------
EBITDA.............................. $ 37,948 $ 29,006 $ 55,594 $ 78,704 $ 93,850 $ 39,141 $ 28,450
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ------- -------
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ------- -------
</TABLE>
(3) Depreciation and amortization excludes depreciation on equipment held for
rent.
(4) Includes expenditures on the Company's new MIS of approximately $4,300 in
fiscal 1996, approximately $14,000 in fiscal 1997, approximately $7,200 for
the six months ended March 27, 1997 and approximately $7,900 for the six
months ended March 28, 1998.
(5) Sales backlog includes firm orders for new equipment and replacement parts.
Data with respect to backlog is unaudited for all periods presented.
(6) As a result of the Acquisition, the Company has had to replace certain
administrative functions previously provided by Hanson. Management estimates
that the cost of replacing these functions will be less than $1,000 in the
first twelve months following the Acquisition ("Stand-alone Costs"). Since
the Acquisition, no further management fees have been paid to Hanson. Pro
forma EBITDA represents EBITDA adjusted to take account of (i) Stand-alone
Costs and (ii) reductions in corporate overhead. Management expects that
reductions in corporate overhead will result from, among other things, (i)
the elimination of the senior management long-term incentive plan and
certain other perquisites, (ii) lower pension and postretirement benefit
expense due to purchase accounting adjustments and (iii) the elimination of
professional fees and other expenses associated with the sale of the
Company. The Company intends to replace the long-term incentive plan with a
stock option plan which will provide for the granting of stock options to
certain members of senior management at fair market value. See "Unaudited
Pro Forma Combined Financial Data."
The adjustments to EBITDA resulting in pro forma EBITDA are set forth below
for the periods indicated:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FISCAL YEAR ENDED SIX MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 27, 1997 MARCH 28, 1998
------------------- -----------------
<S> <C> <C>
EBITDA............................................................. $ 93,850 $ 28,450
Reduction in corporate overhead, net............................... 2,404 1,634
Stand-alone costs.................................................. (1,000) (500)
------- -------
Pro forma EBITDA................................................... $ 95,254 $ 29,584
------- -------
------- -------
</TABLE>
In addition to the cost savings reflected in the pro forma financial
statements, the Company believes it can achieve $35,000 to $50,000 of annual
cost savings by fiscal 2001. These additional cost savings, which depend
upon the Company's ability to implement certain improvements, relate to
manufacturing productivity improvements, better supplies procurement and
SG&A reductions. It is expected that cost savings during the four fiscal
years ending September 29, 2001 will be offset by non-recurring costs of up
to approximately $25,000 associated with the implementation of the
Operations Improvements Program. See "Special Note Regarding Forward Looking
Statements," "Business--The Operations Improvement Program" and "Risk
Factors-- Realization of Benefits of Operations Improvement Program."
(7) Cash interest expense represents total interest expense less amortization of
deferred financing costs. Interest rates with respect to borrowings under
the New Credit Facility are variable. A 25-basis point increase in interest
rates on borrowings under the New Credit Facility would increase pro forma
interest expense by $500 annually.
(8) The ratio of total debt to pro forma EBITDA was calculated based on pro
forma total debt as of March 28, 1998 of $444,404 million. See
"Capitalization."
18
<PAGE>
RISK FACTORS
PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER THE FOLLOWING FACTORS
TOGETHER WITH THE OTHER INFORMATION SET FORTH IN THIS PROSPECTUS, BEFORE MAKING
A DECISION TO EXCHANGE THE SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES. CERTAIN STATEMENTS IN THIS
PROSPECTUS (INCLUDING CERTAIN OF THE FOLLOWING FACTORS) CONSTITUTE
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS. SEE "SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS."
SUBSTANTIAL LEVERAGE; ABILITY TO SERVICE DEBT
The Issuers incurred substantial indebtedness in connection with the
Transactions and are highly leveraged. As of March 28, 1998 on a pro forma basis
after giving effect to the Transactions, the Issuers would have had total
indebtedness of $444.4 million, and the Company's ratio of earnings to fixed
charges would have been 1.8 to 1.0 for fiscal 1997. On a pro forma basis after
giving effect to the Transactions, cash interest expense for fiscal 1997 would
have been $38.3 million. The Company may incur additional indebtedness in the
future, subject to limitations imposed by the Indenture, the Indenture relating
to the Debentures (the "Debenture Indenture"), the New Credit Facility and
certain other agreements. See "The Transactions--The Acquisition,"
"Capitalization," "Description of Notes" and "Unaudited Pro Forma Combined
Financial Statements."
The Company's ability to make scheduled payments of principal of, or pay
interest on, or to refinance its indebtedness depends on its future performance,
which, to a certain extent, is subject to general economic, financial,
competitive, legislative, regulatory, and other factors beyond its control.
Furthermore, all or a portion of the principal payments at maturity on the Notes
may require refinancing. There can be no assurance that the Company's business
will generate sufficient cash flow from operations or that future borrowings
will be available in an amount sufficient to enable the Company to service its
indebtedness, including the Exchange Notes, or to make necessary capital
expenditures, or that any refinancing would be available on commercially
reasonable terms or at all. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources."
The degree to which the Issuers are leveraged could have significant
consequences to the Issuers and the holders of the Notes, including the
following: (i) the Company's ability to obtain additional financing for working
capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or general corporate purposes may be
impaired; (ii) a substantial portion of the Company's cash flow from operations
will be dedicated to the payment of interest on the Notes and its other existing
indebtedness (including indebtedness under the New Credit Facility), thereby
reducing the funds available to the Company for other purposes; (iii) certain
indebtedness under the New Credit Facility are at variable rates of interest,
which would cause the Company to be vulnerable to increases in interest rates;
(iv) the Company is substantially more leveraged than certain of its
competitors, which might place the Company at a competitive disadvantage; and
(v) the Company's substantial degree of leverage could make it more vulnerable
in the event of a downturn in general economic conditions or in its business.
See "Description of Certain Indebtedness--New Credit Facility" and "Description
of Notes--Repurchase at the Option of Holders--Change of Control."
SUBORDINATION
The Notes are subordinated in right of payment to all current and future
Senior Debt of the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors. As of March 28, 1998,
on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the Transactions, the Notes would
have been subordinated to approximately $219.4 million of Senior Debt and
effectively subordinated to approximately $91.9 million of liabilities of the
Company's subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors. See Note 19 of Notes
to Combined Financial Statements and Note 6 of Notes to Unaudited Condensed
Combined Financial Statements. As of April 29, 1998, approximately $111.2
million was available for additional borrowing under the New Credit Facility.
Upon any distribution to creditors of the Issuers in a liquidation or
dissolution of the Issuers or in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency,
receivership or similar proceeding relating to the Issuers or their property,
the holders of
19
<PAGE>
Senior Debt will be entitled to be paid in full in cash before any payment may
be made with respect to the Notes, except holders of Notes may receive Permitted
Junior Securities (as defined). In addition, the subordination provisions of the
Indenture provide that payments with respect to the Notes will be blocked in the
event of a payment default on Senior Debt and may be blocked for up to 179 days
each year in the event of certain non-payment defaults on Senior Debt. In the
event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of the Issuers, holders of
the Notes will participate ratably with all holders of subordinated indebtedness
of the Issuers that is deemed to be of the same class as the Notes, and
potentially with all other general creditors of the Issuers, based upon the
respective amounts owed to each holder or creditor, in the remaining assets of
the Issuers. Holders of indebtedness of, and trade creditors of, subsidiaries of
the Company that are not Subsidiary Guarantors, would generally be entitled to
payment of their claims from the assets of the affected subsidiaries before such
assets were made available for distribution to creditors of the Company. The New
Credit Facility and the Indenture does permit the incurrence of additional
indebtedness by the Company and its subsidiaries and the Indenture does not
require those subsidiaries that do not guarantee the New Credit Facility to
guarantee the Notes. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization
of a subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor, holders of any such
subsidiary's indebtedness will have a claim to the assets of the subsidiary that
is prior to the Company's interest in those assets. In any of the foregoing
events, there can be no assurance that there would be sufficient assets to pay
amounts due on the Notes. As a result, holders of Notes may receive less,
ratably, than the holders of Senior Debt. See "Description of
Notes--Subordination."
The Company may be required to refinance all or a portion of the New Credit
Facility at or prior to its maturity, which is prior to the maturity of the
Notes. Potential measures to raise cash may include the sale of assets or
equity. However, the Company's ability to raise funds by selling assets is
restricted by the New Credit Facility, and its ability to effect equity
financings is dependent on results of operations and market conditions. In the
event that the Company is unable to refinance the New Credit Facility or raise
funds through asset sales, sales of equity or otherwise, the Issuers' ability to
pay principal of and interest on the Notes would be adversely affected.
If the Issuers were unable to repay borrowings under the New Credit
Facility, the lenders thereunder could proceed against their collateral. If the
indebtedness under the New Credit Facility were to be accelerated, there can be
no assurance that the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries would be
sufficient to repay in full such indebtedness and the other indebtedness of the
Issuers, including the Notes. See "Description of Certain Indebtedness--New
Credit Facility" and "Description of Notes-- Subordination."
REALIZATION OF BENEFITS OF OPERATIONS IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM
The Company estimates that significant cost savings can be achieved through
implementation of the Operations Improvement Program. However, the estimates of
potential cost savings are inherently uncertain, and the actual cost savings, if
any, could differ materially from those projected. In addition, a majority of
those cost savings are to be realized gradually over the next four years. There
can be no assurance that any or all of these cost savings will be achieved, or
specifically, that they can be achieved within four years. Further, it is
expected that cost savings during the four fiscal years ending September 29,
2001 will be offset by non-recurring costs of up to approximately $25.0 million
associated with the implementation of the Operations Improvement Program, plus
consulting fees payable to George Group. See "Special Note Regarding Forward
Looking Statements" and "Business--Operations Improvement Program."
INDUSTRY CYCLICALITY
Historically, sales of products manufactured and sold by the Company have
been subject to cyclical variations caused by, among other things, cyclical
changes in general economic conditions and, in particular, in conditions in the
construction industry. During periods of expansion in construction activity,
20
<PAGE>
the Company generally has benefitted from increased demand for its products.
Conversely, during recessionary periods, the Company has been adversely affected
by reduced demand for such products. Downward cycles may result in reduction of
the Company's new unit sales and pricing, which may materially and adversely
impact the Company's results of operations. See "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Cyclicality."
COMPETITION
The markets in which the Company competes are highly competitive. To compete
successfully, the Company must remain competitive in areas of quality, value,
product line, ease of use, safety, comfort and customer service. See
"Business--Competition."
INTERNATIONAL RISKS
The Company's products are sold in over 50 countries around the world. In
fiscal 1997, the Company generated approximately 29% of its net sales in foreign
currencies, while the costs associated with those net sales were only partly
incurred in the same currencies. The major foreign currencies, among others, in
which the Company does business are the British pound sterling, German mark and
French franc. Because the Company's financial statements are denominated in U.S.
dollars, changes in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and other currencies
have had and will have an impact on the reported results of the Company. To
date, this impact has not been material. In addition, changes in currency rates
can affect the competitiveness of the Company's products and could result in
management reconsidering prices and strategies to maintain market share.
Historically, the Company's currency risk had been coordinated with Hanson. The
Company is now responsible for its own cash management activities and expects to
use forward exchange contracts and options to manage its foreign currency risk.
Although revenues and costs of the Company may be partially hedged, currency
fluctuations will likely impact the Company's financial performance in the
future.
In addition, the Company's business strategy includes expanding its existing
business in selected international markets. International operations and
business expansion plans are subject to numerous additional risks, including the
impact of foreign government regulations, currency and interest rate
fluctuations, exchange controls, trade barriers, the effects of income and
withholding tax, governmental expropriation, political uncertainties and
differences in business practices. There can be no assurance that foreign
governments will not adopt regulations or take other actions that would have a
direct or indirect adverse impact on the business or market opportunities of the
Company. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that the political, cultural and
economic climate outside the United States will be favorable to the Company's
operations and business strategy.
ENVIRONMENTAL AND RELATED MATTERS
The Company generates hazardous and nonhazardous wastes in the normal course
of its manufacturing operations. As a result, the Company is subject to a wide
range of federal, state, local and foreign environmental laws and regulations,
including the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability
Act ("CERCLA"), that (i) govern activities or operations that may have adverse
environmental effects, such as discharges to air and water, as well as handling
and disposal practices for hazardous and nonhazardous wastes, and (ii) impose
liability for the costs of cleaning up, and certain damages resulting from,
sites of past spills, disposals or other releases of hazardous substances.
Compliance with such laws and regulations has, and will, require expenditures by
the Company on a continuing basis. The Company does not expect that these
expenditures will have a material adverse effect on its financial condition or
results of operations.
21
<PAGE>
CONCENTRATION OF OWNERSHIP
The members of the Investor Group beneficially own in the aggregate all of
the outstanding membership interests of Holdings; Holdings in turn owns 100% of
the outstanding membership interests of the Company. As a result, the Investor
Group has the ability to control the Company's management, policies and
financing decisions, to elect a majority of the members of the Company's
Management Committee and to control the vote on all matters coming before the
equity holders of the Company. See "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial
Owners and Management."
RESTRICTIVE DEBT COVENANTS
The New Credit Facility, the Indenture, the Debenture Indenture and certain
other agreements impose significant operating and financial restrictions on the
Issuers. The New Credit Facility significantly limits or prohibits, among other
things, the ability of the Issuers and their restricted subsidiaries to incur
additional indebtedness, incur liens, pay dividends or make certain other
restricted payments or investments, consummate certain asset sales, enter into
certain transactions with affiliates, impose restrictions on the ability of a
subsidiary to pay dividends or make certain payments to the Issuers, merge or
consolidate with any other person or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or
otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuers. The
Indenture, the Debenture Indenture and certain other agreements contain similar
restrictions on the Issuers and their restricted subsidiaries. While the
restrictions placed on Holdings and its subsidiaries in the Debenture Indenture
are substantially the same as those applicable to the Company and its
subsidiaries under the Indenture, additional indebtedness of Holdings (including
that represented by the Debentures) will have the effect of making the covenants
contained in the Debenture Indenture that are applicable to the Company and its
subsidiaries more restrictive than the corresponding covenants contained in the
Indenture. See "Description of Notes--General." The New Credit Facility also
requires the Company to maintain balance sheets and fixed charge coverage and
leverage ratios. The ability of the Company to comply with these and other
provisions of the New Credit Facility and the Indenture may be affected by
events beyond the Company's control. These restrictions could limit the ability
of the Company to respond to market conditions or meet extraordinary capital
needs or otherwise restrict corporate activities. There can be no assurances
that such restrictions will not materially adversely affect the ability of the
Company to finance its future operations or capital needs. See "Description of
Certain Indebtedness--New Credit Facility" and "Description of Notes--Certain
Covenants."
LIMITATIONS ON ABILITY TO MAKE CHANGE OF CONTROL PAYMENT
The Indenture provides that, upon the occurrence of any Change of Control
(as defined therein), the Issuers will be required to make an offer (a "Change
of Control Offer") to repurchase all the Notes issued and then outstanding under
the Indenture at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus
accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the date of
repurchase. Any Change of Control under the Indenture would constitute a default
under the New Credit Facility. Therefore, upon the occurrence of a Change of
Control, the lenders under the New Credit Facility would have the right to
accelerate the Company's obligations under the New Credit Facility. Upon such
event, such lenders would be entitled to receive payment of all outstanding
obligations under the New Credit Facility. See "Description of Certain
Indebtedness--New Credit Facility." If a Change of Control were to occur and
waivers under the New Credit Facility were not obtained, it is unlikely that the
Issuers would be able to repay all of their obligations under the New Credit
Facility and the Notes. Consequently, it is unlikely that the Issuers would have
sufficient funds available to repurchase the Notes pursuant to the Change of
Control Offer in the absence of a waiver under the New Credit Facility.
RISK OF FRAUDULENT TRANSFER LIABILITY
If a court of competent jurisdiction in a suit by an unpaid creditor or a
representative of creditors (such as a trustee in bankruptcy or a
debtor-in-possession) were to find that either the Issuers did not
22
<PAGE>
receive fair consideration or reasonably equivalent value for issuing the Senior
Subordinated Notes and, at the time of the incurrence of indebtedness
represented by the Senior Subordinated Notes, the Issuers were insolvent, were
rendered insolvent by reason of such incurrence, were engaged in a business or
transaction for which their remaining assets constituted unreasonably small
capital, intended to incur, or believed that they would incur, debts beyond
their ability to pay as such debts matured, or intended to hinder, delay or
defraud their creditors, such court could avoid such indebtedness, subordinate
such indebtedness to other existing and future indebtedness of the Issuers or
take other action detrimental to the holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes.
The measure of insolvency for purposes of the foregoing will vary depending upon
the law of the relevant jurisdiction. Generally, however, a company would be
considered insolvent for purposes of the foregoing if the sum of such company's
debts is greater than all the company's property at a fair valuation, or if the
present fair saleable value of the company's assets is less than the amount that
will be required to pay its probable liability on its existing debts as they
become absolute and matured.
In addition, the Subsidiary Guarantees may be subject to review under
relevant federal and state fraudulent conveyance and similar statutes in a
bankruptcy or reorganization case or a lawsuit by or on behalf of creditors of
the Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be. In such a case, the analysis set
forth above would generally apply, except that the Subsidiary Guarantees could
also be subject to the claim that, since the Subsidiary Guarantees were incurred
for the benefit of the Issuers (and only indirectly for the benefit of the
Subsidiary Guarantors), the obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors thereunder
were incurred for less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration. A
court could avoid a Subsidiary Guarantor's obligation under its Subsidiary
Guarantee, subordinate a Subsidiary Guarantee to other indebtedness of a
Subsidiary Guarantor or take other action detrimental to the holders of the
Senior Subordinated Notes.
RELIANCE ON KEY MANAGEMENT
The success of the Company's business is dependent upon the management and
leadership skills of Salvatore J. Bonanno, the Company's Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer. Although the Company does have an employment agreement with
Mr. Bonanno, the loss of his services or those of other members of senior
management could have a material adverse effect on the Company.
PRODUCT RECALL
From time to time, the Company becomes aware of defects in product design
for existing products which require it to take steps to correct or retrofit, at
the Company's expense, previously sold products. There can be no assurance that
any such product recall will not adversely affect the Company's reputation or
result in a decline in sales of the Company's products, that action required to
be taken to correct these defects will not result in additional temporary
disruptions in the Company's business or that the costs of correcting any such
defects will not adversely affect the Company's results of operations.
ADVERSE CONSEQUENCES OF FAILURE TO EXCHANGE
Issuance of the Exchange Notes in exchange for Senior Subordinated Notes
pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be made only after a timely receipt by the
Exchange Agent of such Senior Subordinated Notes, a properly completed and duly
executed Letter of Transmittal and all other required documents. Therefore,
holders of Senior Subordinated Notes desiring to tender such Senior Subordinated
Notes in exchange for Exchange Notes should allow sufficient time to ensure
timely delivery. A tender will not be deemed to have been timely received if the
tendering holder's properly completed and duly signed Letter of Transmittal
accompanied by the Senior Subordinated Notes is mailed prior to the Expiration
Date but is received by the Exchange Agent after the Expiration Date. All
questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt) and
acceptance of Senior Subordinated Notes tendered for exchange will be determined
by the Issuers in their sole discretion, which determination will be final and
binding on all parties. Neither the Issuers nor the Exchange Agent are under any
duty to give notification of defects or irregularities with
23
<PAGE>
respect to the tenders of Senior Subordinated Notes for exchange. See "The
Exchange Offer--Procedures for Tendering Senior Subordinated Notes."
Holders of Senior Subordinated Notes who do not exchange their Senior
Subordinated Notes for Exchange Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, or whose
Senior Subordinated Notes are tendered but not accepted, will continue to be
subject to the restrictions on transfer of such Senior Subordinated Notes as set
forth in the legend thereon as a consequence of the issuance of the Senior
Subordinated Notes pursuant to exemptions from, or in transactions not subject
to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state
securities laws. In general, the Senior Subordinated Notes may not be offered or
sold unless registered under the Securities Act and applicable state laws, or
pursuant to an exemption therefrom. The Issuers do not intend to register the
Senior Subordinated Notes under the Securities Act, other than in the limited
circumstances contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement. In addition, to
the extent that Senior Subordinated Notes are tendered and accepted in the
Exchange Offer, the trading market for untendered and tendered but unaccepted
Senior Subordinated Notes could be adversely affected. See "The Exchange
Offer--Consequences of Failure to Exchange."
RECEIPT OF RESTRICTED SECURITIES UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES
Any holder of Senior Subordinated Notes who tenders in the Exchange Offer
for the purpose of participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes may be
deemed to have received restricted securities and, if so, will be required to
comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the
Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction. Failure of any holder
to comply with such registration and prospectus delivery requirements may
subject such holder to civil and criminal liability under the Securities Act.
See "The Exchange Offer--Resale of Exchange Notes."
ABSENCE OF A PUBLIC MARKET FOR EXCHANGE NOTES
The Exchange Notes will constitute a new issue of securities for which there
is no established trading market. The Issuers do not intend to list the Exchange
Notes on any national securities exchange or to seek the admission of the
Exchange Notes for quotation through the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc. Although the
Initial Purchasers have advised the Company that they currently intend to make a
market in the Exchange Notes, they are not obligated to do so, may discontinue
such market-making at any time without notice and such market-making activity
will be subject to the limits imposed by the Securities Act and the Exchange
Act. In addition, the Senior Subordinated Notes currently trade in the PORTAL
market. Following commencement of the Exchange Offer but prior to its
consummation, the Senior Subordinated Notes may continue to be traded in the
PORTAL market. Following consummation of the Exchange Offer, the Exchange Notes
will not be eligible for PORTAL trading. Accordingly, there can be no assurance
as to the development or liquidity of any market for the Exchange Notes (or any
Senior Subordinated Notes not tendered), the ability of the holders of the
Exchange Notes to sell their Exchange Notes or the price at which the holders
would be able to sell their Exchange Notes. Future trading prices of the
Exchange Notes (or any Senior Subordinated Notes not tendered) will depend on
many factors, including, among other things, prevailing interest rates, the
Company's operating results and the market for similar securities.
24
<PAGE>
THE TRANSACTIONS
THE ACQUISITION
On March 10, 1998, the Company entered into the Acquisition Agreement to
acquire, through certain of its subsidiaries, the mobile hydraulic crane, aerial
work platform and truck-mounted crane businesses of Hanson and certain of its
subsidiaries (the "Sellers"), for aggregate cash consideration of approximately
$583.0 million plus certain assumed liabilities, subject to a post-closing net
worth adjustment. To effect the Acquisition, the Company purchased from Hanson
and certain of its subsidiaries substantially all of the assets of Kidde
Industries, Inc. ("Kidde"), a Delaware corporation, and the capital stock of
each of Grove Europe Ltd., a limited company organized under the laws of England
and Wales, Crane Holdings, Inc, a Delaware corporation, Deutsche Grove GmbH, a
German limited liability company, Grove France S.A., a SOCIETE ANONYME organized
under the laws of France, Delta Manlift S.A.S., a SOCIETE PAR ACTION SIMPLIFIEE
organized under the laws of France, and Grove Manlift Pty. Ltd., a limited
liability company incorporated under the laws of New South Wales, Australia. The
Acquisition closed on April 29, 1998. As a result of the Acquisition, the
Company became the parent company of the entities operating the Acquired
Business. The Company is a wholly owned subsidiary of Holdings, whose limited
liability company membership interests are owned indirectly by members of the
Investor Group. Cash funding requirements to consummate the Acquisition,
including the payment of related fees and expenses, were $604.5 million.
Financing for the Acquisition was provided by: (i) $209.5 million of borrowings
under the New Credit Facility; (ii) $225.0 million of estimated gross proceeds
from the offering of the Senior Subordinated Notes; and (iii) the proceeds from
the Equity Contribution. Holdings and the Company had no operations prior to the
Acquisition.
The structure of Holdings, the Company and its subsidiaries (excluding
inactive and immaterial subsidiaries) is set forth below:
[LOGO]
- ------------------------
* Indicates subsidiaries that hold substantially all of the domestic assets of
the Company and provide guarantees of the Issuers' obligations under the
Notes.
(1) The Debentures were offered by Holdings and Grove Holdings Capital, Inc., a
wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdings.
(2) The Senior Subordinated Notes were offered by the Company and Grove Capital,
a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.
25
<PAGE>
NEW CREDIT FACILITY
On the Closing Date, the Issuers entered into the New Credit Facility with a
syndicate of banks, as lenders, and Chase Bank of Texas, National Association,
as administrative agent ("Chase"), Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities
Corporation ("DLJ"), as documentation agent, and BankBoston, N.A.
("BankBoston"), as syndication agent. The New Credit Facility consists of a
$200.0 million term loan facility (the "Term Loan Facility") and a $125.0
million revolving credit facility (the "Revolving Credit Facility"). At Closing,
the Company borrowed $200.0 million under the Term Loan Facility and $9.5
million under the Revolving Credit Facility. The undrawn portion of the
Revolving Credit Facility will be available for working capital, acquisitions
and general corporate purposes. See "Description of Certain Indebtedness--New
Credit Facility."
HOLDINGS EQUITY ISSUANCE
The Equity Contribution by Holdings to the Company was partially funded by
the purchase of membership interests of Holdings by Grove Investors. See
"Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management."
HOLDINGS DISCOUNT DEBENTURES OFFERING
The issuance by Holdings of the Debentures resulted in gross proceeds to
Holdings of approximately $50.0 million. The Equity Contribution was funded with
the net proceeds from the offering of the Debentures together with the proceeds
of the Holdings Equity Issuance.
THE INVESTOR GROUP
Members of the Investor Group beneficially own, through their holdings of
membership interests of Grove Investors, all of the outstanding membership
interests of Holdings. See "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
Management." Keystone, formerly Robert M. Bass Group, Inc., is the principal
investment entity of Robert M. Bass. Since 1987, Keystone and associated
entities have directly and indirectly sponsored over 30 leveraged acquisitions
valued in the aggregate at more than $6.0 billion. These acquisitions have
included, among others, American Savings Bank, F.A., Bell & Howell Company,
CapStar Hotel Company, Ivex Packaging Corporation, National Reinsurance
Corporation, Reliant Building Products, Inc., Specialty Foods Corporation, Stage
Stores, Inc., and Williams Scotsman, Inc. Strategic Partners is a Delaware
limited partnership formed to invest primarily in public and private debt and
equity securities. The George Group is an acquisition and management consulting
firm that applies its strategic and operations management expertise to
manufacturing businesses. The George Group has established an exclusive
relationship with Keystone to pursue leveraged acquisitions of companies in
which the George Group's operational expertise may significantly reduce costs
and increase revenue, cash flow and return on invested capital. As part of their
on-going relationship, in May 1997, Keystone, Strategic Partners, certain other
parties and the George Group completed the acquisition of Reliant Building
Products, Inc.
26
<PAGE>
USE OF PROCEEDS
The Issuers will not receive any cash proceeds or incur any additional
indebtedness as a result of the issuance of the Exchange Notes pursuant to the
Exchange Offer.
The gross proceeds of $225.0 million from the sale of the Senior
Subordinated Notes, together with borrowings totaling $209.5 million under the
New Credit Facility, proceeds of $120.0 million from the Holdings Equity
Issuance and gross proceeds of $50.0 million from the Debentures, were used by
the Company: (i) to fund the cash purchase price payable in connection with the
Acquisition and (ii) to pay fees and expenses in connection with the
Transactions. See "The Transactions"
The estimated sources and uses of funds used by the Company to effect the
Transactions are set forth below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AMOUNT
(IN MILLIONS)
-------------
<S> <C>
SOURCES
New Credit Facility:
Revolving Credit Facility.......................................................................... $ 9.5
Term Loan Facility................................................................................. 200.0
Senior Subordinated Notes............................................................................ 225.0
Holdings 11 5/8% Senior Discount Debentures due 2009................................................. 50.0
Holdings Equity Issuance............................................................................. 120.0
------
Total............................................................................................ $ 604.5
------
------
USES
Acquisition of the Acquired Business................................................................. $ 583.0
Fees and expenses.................................................................................... 21.5
------
Total............................................................................................ $ 604.5
------
------
</TABLE>
27
<PAGE>
CAPITALIZATION
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
The following table sets forth the cash and cash equivalents and
capitalization of the Company at March 28, 1998 (i) on an actual basis and (ii)
on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the Transactions. This table should
be read in conjunction with "Use of Proceeds," "Selected Historical Combined
Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations" and the historical and pro forma combined financial
statements and the related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AS OF MARCH 28, 1998
-----------------------
ACTUAL(1) PRO FORMA
---------- -----------
<S> <C> <C>
Cash and cash equivalents................................................................. $ 4,085 $ 4,085
---------- -----------
---------- -----------
Total debt:
New Credit Facility(2):
Revolving Credit Facility............................................................... $ -- $ 9,500
Term Loan Facility...................................................................... -- 200,000
Senior Subordinated Notes................................................................. -- 225,000
Other debt(3)............................................................................. 9,904 9,904
---------- -----------
Total debt............................................................................ 9,904 444,404
Total invested capital(4)................................................................. 570,484 168,000
---------- -----------
Total capitalization.................................................................. $ 580,388 $ 612,404
---------- -----------
---------- -----------
</TABLE>
- ------------------------------
(1) Prior to the Acquisition, the Company's operating activities were funded by
Hanson through contributions to capital. Such arrangements no longer
continue.
(2) As part of the Transactions, the Issuers entered into the New Credit
Facility, which consists of a $125,000 Revolving Credit Facility and a
$200,000 Term Loan Facility. The Revolving Credit Facility enables the
Issuers to obtain revolving credit loans and the issuance of letters of
credit. Upon consummation of the Transactions, $3,560 of letters of credit
were outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility and the undrawn portion
of the Revolving Credit Facility was available for future liquidity and
capital needs. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources" and
"Description of Certain Indebtedness--New Credit Facility."
(3) Represents short-term borrowings by Deutsche Grove GmbH, which are secured
by an equal amount of trade receivables.
(4) The pro forma total invested capital reflects the Equity Contribution, which
was financed by the sale of the Debentures and the Holdings Equity Issuance.
See "Use of Proceeds."
28
<PAGE>
SELECTED HISTORICAL COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
The following table presents selected historical combined financial data of
the Company (i) as of and for each of the fiscal years ended October 2, 1993,
October 1, 1994, September 30, 1995, September 28, 1996 and September 27, 1997
and (ii) as of March 28, 1998 and for each of the six month periods ended March
27, 1997 and March 28, 1998. The selected historical combined financial data for
fiscal 1993 and fiscal 1994 and as of September 25, 1993, September 24, 1994 and
September 30, 1995, respectively, and the six months ended March 27, 1997 and
March 28, 1998 were derived from unaudited historical combined financial
statements. The selected historical combined financial data for fiscal 1995 were
derived from historical combined financial statements as of and for such periods
audited by Price Waterhouse LLP and included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The
selected historical combined financial data for fiscal 1996 and 1997 were
derived from historical combined financial statements for such periods audited
by Ernst & Young LLP and included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The selected
historical financial data for the six month periods ended March 27, 1997 and
March 28, 1998, were derived from unaudited historical financial statements
included elsewhere in the Prospectus. Information for interim periods includes
all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) considered
necessary in the opinion of management for a fair presentation of financial
position and results of operations of the Company. Results for interim periods
are not indicative of results for a full fiscal year. The selected historical
combined financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with "The
Transactions," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations" and the historical combined financial statements and the
related notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS ENDED
FISCAL YEAR ------------------------
----------------------------------------------------- MARCH 27, MARCH 28,
1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1997 1998
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:(1)
Net sales........................... $ 387,373 $ 393,526 $ 503,815 $ 794,209 $ 856,812 $ 409,206 $ 405,903
Gross profit........................ 95,225 87,991 126,589 185,079 203,273 93,012 84,566
Operating expenses.................. 86,077 80,752 88,216 134,459 135,382 64,000 66,674
Operating profit.................... 9,148 7,239 38,373 50,620 67,891 29,012 17,892
Net income (loss)................... (5,358) (4,942) 16,769 25,448 42,220 17,221 3,248
OTHER DATA:
EBITDA(2)........................... 37,948 29,006 55,594 78,704 93,850 39,141 28,450
Depreciation and amortization(3).... 13,093 13,258 13,765 17,313 17,985 8,855 9,384
Capital expenditures(4)............. 4,672 6,042 7,385 19,443 32,491 13,895 15,197
Sales backlog at end of period...... 63,084 109,350 208,152 185,237 229,513 296,422 279,085
Ratio of earnings to fixed
charges(5)........................ 2.7x 2.0x 12.4x 12.2x 22.4x 14.2x 6.7x
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT PERIOD END):
Cash and cash equivalents........... $ 5,458 $ 7,135 $ 18,685 $ 8,184 $ 5,024 $ 4,085
Total assets........................ 497,646 509,189 652,000 730,158 881,496 855,251
Total debt.......................... -- -- -- 7,443 7,265 9,904
Total invested capital.............. 416,368 399,762 467,306 502,554 628,492 570,484
</TABLE>
- ------------------------------
(1) The results of Krupp and Delta have been included since their dates of
acquisition on August 30, 1995 and November 30, 1995, respectively.
(2) EBITDA represents operating profit plus (i) depreciation and amortization
(exclusive of depreciation on equipment held for rent), (ii) management fees
paid to Hanson, (iii) restructuring charges, principally related to
redundancy costs of facility reorganizations, (iv) business process
reengineering and training costs associated with installation of the
Company's new computer management information system (the "MIS") and (v) an
adjustment to eliminate the effect of units sold with residual value
guarantees which have been accounted for as operating leases and recognize
the gross profit on such units in the period in which such units were
shipped. While EBITDA should not be construed as a substitute for operating
profit or a better indicator of liquidity than cash from operating
activities, which are determined in accordance with GAAP, it is included
herein to provide additional information with respect to the ability of the
Company to meet its future debt service, capital expenditure and working
capital requirements. In addition, the Company believes that certain
investors find EBITDA to be a useful tool for measuring the
29
<PAGE>
ability of the Company to service its debt. EBITDA is not necessarily a
measure of the Company's ability to fund its cash needs. The components of
EBITDA are set forth below for the periods indicated:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS ENDED
FISCAL YEAR ENDED ------------------------
----------------------------------------------------- MARCH 27, MARCH 28,
1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1997 1998
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Operating profit............................ $ 9,148 $ 7,239 $ 38,373 $ 50,620 $ 67,891 $ 29,012 $ 17,892
Depreciation and amortization............... 13,093 13,258 13,765 17,313 17,985 8,855 9,384
Management fees paid to Hanson.............. 9,800 3,300 3,390 5,655 2,176 -- 162
Restructuring charges from facility
reorganizations........................... 5,900 5,100 -- -- 1,960 -- --
Expenses associated with new MIS
installation.............................. -- -- -- 2,723 1,283 581 142
Impact of units sold accounted for as
operating leases.......................... 7 109 66 2,393 2,555 693 870
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ----------- -----------
EBITDA...................................... $ 37,948 $ 29,006 $ 55,594 $ 78,704 $ 93,850 $ 39,141 $ 28,450
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ----------- -----------
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ----------- -----------
</TABLE>
(3) Depreciation and amortization excludes depreciation on equipment held for
rent.
(4) Includes expenditures on the Company's new MIS of approximately $4,300 in
fiscal 1996, approximately $14,000 in fiscal 1997, approximately $7,200 for
the six months ended March 27, 1997 and approximately $7,900 for the six
months ended March 28, 1998.
(5) Earnings used in computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges consists
of earnings before provision for income taxes plus fixed charges. Fixed
charges are defined as interest expense, which includes the amortization of
deferred financing costs, and that portion of rental expense representative
of interest (deemed to be one-third of rental expense).
30
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the more
detailed information and the historical combined financial statements and pro
forma combined financial data included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
OVERVIEW
The Company generates most of its net sales from the manufacture and sale of
new mobile hydraulic cranes, aerial work platforms and truck-mounted cranes. The
Company also generates a portion of its net sales from after-market sales
(parts, service and used equipment) of the products it manufactures. Sales of
used equipment are not material and are generally limited to trade-ins on new
equipment through Company-owned distributors in France, Germany and the United
Kingdom.
Over the three fiscal years ended September 27, 1997, the Company
experienced significant growth and profitability as a result of a strong North
American economy and growing market demand for aerial work platforms. The
Company also benefited from the acquisition of the mobile hydraulic crane
business of Krupp in August 1995 and the aerial work platform business of Delta
in November 1995. The following is a summary of net sales for the periods
indicated (dollars in millions):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS
ENDED
FISCAL YEAR -----------
------------------------------- MARCH 27,
1995 1996 1997 1997
--------- --------- --------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
New equipment sold(1)..................................................... $ 378.8 $ 632.4 $ 670.1 $ 324.8
After-Market.............................................................. 81.5 120.6 125.8 57.9
Other(2).................................................................. 43.5 41.2 60.9(3) 26.5
--------- --------- --------- -----------
Net sales................................................................. $ 503.8 $ 794.2 $ 856.8 $ 409.2
--------- --------- --------- -----------
--------- --------- --------- -----------
<CAPTION>
MARCH 28,
1998
-----------
<S> <C>
New equipment sold(1)..................................................... $ 317.0
After-Market.............................................................. 60.6
Other(2).................................................................. 28.3
-----------
Net sales................................................................. $ 405.9
-----------
-----------
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) Excludes specialty cranes and equipment sold to the U.S. government.
(2) Includes specialty cranes and equipment sold to the U.S. government and
revenues from unit sales accounted for as operating leases.
(3) Also includes revenues resulting from a non-recurring contract for crane
refurbishment with the Ministry of Defence of the United Kingdom.
Consistent with industry practice, particularly in Germany, certain of the
Company's mobile hydraulic crane sales (generally less than 5% of units sold
annually) are made with residual value guarantees under which the full sales
price is collected in cash on normal commercial terms following delivery of the
cranes. However, these sales are accounted for in a manner similar to operating
leases. Upon collection, the sales price is deferred and accounted for as
deferred revenue (current and non-current) while the related inventory is
reclassified as "property, plant and equipment/equipment held for rent." Over
the term of the residual value guarantee, deferred revenue is recognized as
sales and the depreciation of the related equipment held for rent is classified
as cost of goods sold, the effect of which is to recognize sales, costs of goods
sold and gross profit over the residual value guarantee period, typically five
years, as opposed to at the time of delivery of the crane. Losses with respect
to residual value guarantees have been insignificant. See Note 1 of Notes to
Combined Financial Statements.
As a result of the Acquisition, a significant portion of the Company's
business is operated as a limited liability company organized under the laws of
Delaware, as a result of which (i) Holdings is not itself subject to income tax,
(ii) the taxable income of the mobile hydraulic crane, aerial work platform and
truck-mounted crane businesses in the United States will be allocated to the
equity holders of Holdings, and (iii) such equity holders will be responsible
for income taxes on such taxable income. The Company intends to make
distributions in the form of dividends to equity holders of Holdings to enable
them to
31
<PAGE>
meet their tax obligations with respect to income allocated to them by the
Company. See "Description of Notes--Certain Covenants--Restricted Payments."
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
SIX MONTHS ENDED MARCH 28, 1998 (THE "FISCAL 1998 SIX MONTHS") COMPARED TO SIX
MONTHS ENDED MARCH 27, 1997 (THE "FISCAL 1997 SIX MONTHS").
NET SALES. Net sales decreased $3.3 million, or 0.8%, from $409.2 million
for the fiscal 1997 six months to $405.9 million for the fiscal 1998 six months.
Net sales of mobile hydraulic cranes declined from the fiscal 1997 six
months to the fiscal 1998 six months on relatively flat unit sales. The decline
in net sales was caused by a shift in product mix, higher price concessions, and
an increase in the percentage of units sold with residual value guarantees.
Net sales of aerial work platforms increased from the fiscal 1997 six months
to the fiscal 1998 six months. Unit sales of aerial work platforms were down;
however, net sales increased as a result of improved sales mix.
Net sales of truck-mounted cranes increased significantly from the fiscal
1997 six months to the fiscal 1998 six months. Net sales increased as the result
of increased production capacity as well as significantly increased demand for
higher priced models.
After-market sales, including parts and services, increased from the fiscal
1997 six months to the fiscal 1998 six months. This increase was due primarily
to increased used equipment sales.
Other sales decreased 6.8% as a result of lower revenues following the
completion of a non-recurring contract for crane refurbishment with the Ministry
of Defence of the United Kingdom partially offset by higher revenue from unit
sales which are accounted for as operating leases.
GROSS PROFIT. Gross profit decreased $8.4 million, or 9.1%, from $93.0
million in the fiscal 1997 six months to $84.6 million in the fiscal 1998 six
months. The decrease in gross profit was due primarily to lower net sales and
gross margin percentage. As a percentage of net sales, gross profit declined
from 22.7% to 20.8% during these periods. The decline in gross profit was
primarily attributable to a $7.2 million decline in gross profits at the
Company's Sunderland, U.K. facility caused by higher price concessions and lower
sales volume. The higher price concessions were required to induce the sales of
17 all-terrain cranes that were built to order for a customer who subsequently
defaulted. Additionally, product liability accruals increased by $4.3 million,
primarily as a result of a change in insurance programs in anticipation of the
Acquisition.
SELLING, ENGINEERING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES. Selling,
engineering, general and administrative expenses increased $2.5 million, or
3.9%, from $64.0 million in the fiscal 1997 six months to $66.5 million in the
fiscal 1998 six months. As a percentage of net sales, selling, engineering,
general and administrative expenses were 15.6% in the fiscal 1997 six months and
16.4% in the fiscal 1998 six months. The dollar increase was primarily related
to higher selling expenses to support future sales growth. Included in general
and administrative expenses are approximately $0.6 million of expenses related
to the sale of the Company to Grove Worldwide LLC.
MANAGEMENT FEES. Management fees charged by Hanson were $0.2 million in the
fiscal 1998 six months. No management fees were charged in the fiscal 1997 six
months. Upon completion of the Acquisition, these payments were discontinued.
Management believes the Company's results of operations reflect all operating
costs on a stand-alone basis, except for costs of certain administrative
functions formerly provided by Hanson. Management estimates the cost to replace
these services will approximate less than $1.0 million for the twelve months
following the Acquisition.
32
<PAGE>
NET INTEREST EXPENSE/INCOME. Net interest expense/income included (i)
interest income of $0.5 million in the fiscal 1997 six months and $3.0 million
in the fiscal 1998 six months, which was generated primarily from notes
receivable under the Company's special North American dealer financing program
and (ii) interest expense of $1.4 million in the fiscal 1997 six months and $1.8
million in the fiscal 1998 six months, substantially all of which was paid to
Hanson with respect to intercompany borrowings.
OTHER EXPENSE, NET. Other expense, net increased from $0.1 million in the
fiscal 1997 six months to $4.7 million in the fiscal 1998 six months. The
increase relates entirely to a loss on the sale to Hanson of land and buildings
by the Company's U.K. subsidiary. Immediately after the sale, Hanson leased the
property back to the Company.
INCOME TAXES. Income tax expense, virtually all of which was U.S.-based,
increased from $10.7 million in the fiscal 1997 six months to $11.2 million in
the fiscal 1998 six months. The overall effective tax rates were 38.4% and 77.5%
for the fiscal 1997 six months and the fiscal 1998 six months, respectively. The
significant increase in the effective tax rate was caused principally by losses
of $14.0 million by the Company's foreign subsidiaries for which a tax benefit
was not recognized.
NET INCOME. Net income decreased $14.0 million, from $17.2 million in the
fiscal 1997 six months to $3.2 million in the fiscal 1998 six months. The
decrease was related primarily to lower operating profit, the loss on the sale
of the Company's U.K. land and buildings and the higher effective tax rate.
FISCAL 1997 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1996
NET SALES. Net sales increased $62.6 million, or 7.9%, from $794.2 million
in fiscal 1996 to $856.8 million in fiscal 1997.
Net sales of mobile hydraulic cranes were virtually unchanged from fiscal
1996 to fiscal 1997. Unit shipments increased in fiscal 1997 versus fiscal 1996,
with substantially all of the increase representing units sold to Latin American
customers. Sales of the Company's mobile hydraulic cranes reflected strong
demand in North America.
Net sales of aerial work platforms increased significantly from fiscal 1996
to fiscal 1997. Unit sales increased as a result of continued industry growth
led by efficiency considerations as well as government-mandated safety standards
for people working in elevated environments.
Net sales of truck-mounted cranes increased significantly from fiscal 1996
to fiscal 1997. Unit sales increased principally due to increased international
marketing efforts. Net sales of truck-mounted cranes also benefited from an
improved product sales mix resulting primarily from increased demand for higher
priced models.
After-market sales, including parts and services, increased from fiscal 1996
to fiscal 1997. This increase was due primarily to an increase in parts sales
resulting from a larger installed base and relatively high rental fleet
utilization.
Other sales increased significantly as a result of a non-recurring crane
refurbishment contract for cranes with the Ministry of Defence of the United
Kingdom.
GROSS PROFIT. Gross profit increased $18.2 million, or 9.8%, from $185.1
million in fiscal 1996 to $203.3 million in fiscal 1997. The increase in gross
profit was due primarily to increased sales in the aerial work platform and
truck-mounted crane businesses. As a percentage of sales, gross profit improved
modestly from 23.3% in fiscal 1996 to 23.7% in fiscal 1997.
SELLING, ENGINEERING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES. Selling,
engineering, general and administrative expenses increased $4.4 million, or
3.4%, from $128.8 million in fiscal 1996 to $133.2 million in fiscal 1997.
However, as a percentage of net sales, selling, engineering, general and
administrative expenses declined from 16.2% in fiscal 1996 to 15.5% in fiscal
1997 as a result of higher sales that absorbed fixed
33
<PAGE>
costs. The dollar increase was principally related to higher selling and
advertising costs to support the sales growth of the Company's product lines as
well as general cost increases. Included in selling, engineering, general and
administrative expenses are research and development expenses, which increased
2.7% from $15.0 million in fiscal 1996 to $15.4 million in fiscal 1997. In
addition, in fiscal 1996 and fiscal 1997, general and administrative expenses
included $2.7 million and $1.3 million, respectively, due to process
reengineering and systems assessment costs associated with the installation of
the Company's management information system. See "--Information Systems and the
Impact of Year 2000."
MANAGEMENT FEES. Results of operations for fiscal 1996 and fiscal 1997
included management fees paid to Hanson of $5.7 million and $2.2 million,
respectively.
NET INTEREST EXPENSE/INCOME. Net interest expense/income included (i)
interest income of $0.6 million in fiscal 1996 and $2.1 million in fiscal 1997,
which was generated primarily from notes receivable under the Company's special
North American dealer financing program and (ii) interest expense of $3.3
million in fiscal 1996 and $2.0 million in fiscal 1997, substantially all of
which was paid to Hanson with respect to intercompany borrowings.
INCOME TAXES. Income tax expense, virtually all of which was U.S.-based,
increased 18.3% from $22.2 million in fiscal 1996 to $26.2 million in fiscal
1997. The overall effective tax rates were 46.6% and 38.3% for fiscal 1996 and
fiscal 1997, respectively. The decline in tax rate was caused principally by a
reduction in permanent goodwill additions which resulted from the transactions
consummated to effect a demerger of certain of Hanson PLC's various businesses.
The Company has established valuation allowances for net operating losses
generated by its foreign subsidiaries.
NET INCOME. Net income increased $16.8 million, or 65.9%, from $25.4
million in fiscal 1996 to $42.2 million in fiscal 1997. The increase related
principally to increased sales and operating profits.
FISCAL 1996 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1995
NET SALES. Net sales increased $290.4 million, or 57.6%, from $503.8
million in fiscal 1995 to $794.2 million in fiscal 1996.
Net sales of mobile hydraulic cranes increased significantly from fiscal
1995 to fiscal 1996, primarily as a result of higher unit sales and an improved
product mix. Approximately 60% of the net sales increase resulted from sales to
North American customers, with the majority of the balance resulting from sales
to European customers. Unit sales increased as a result of strong demand created
by improved economic conditions for the construction industry in North America
as well as from the acquisition and integration of the Krupp mobile hydraulic
crane business (acquired in August 1995).
Net sales of aerial work platforms increased significantly from fiscal 1995
to fiscal 1996. Unit sales increased as a result of continued growth of the
industry, resulting from efficiency considerations and government-mandated
safety standards for people working in elevated environments, as well as from
the acquisition of Delta in November 1995. Net sales to North American customers
grew by 33.5% in fiscal 1996 compared to fiscal 1995. Net sales to European
customers, excluding the impact of the Delta acquisition, grew significantly in
fiscal 1996.
Net sales of truck-mounted cranes increased from fiscal 1995 to fiscal 1996.
Unit sales increased as a result of growth in the Company's telescoping product
line. Product sales prices and mix improved slightly.
After-market sales, including parts and services, increased significantly
from fiscal 1995 to fiscal 1996. This increase was related primarily to the
acquisition of Krupp and higher volume from an increase of service part sales
resulting from the higher installed base and relatively high rental fleet
utilization.
GROSS PROFIT. Gross profit increased $58.5 million, or 46.2%, from $126.6
million in fiscal 1995 to $185.1 million in fiscal 1996. The increase in gross
profit was primarily due to increased sales in aerial work
34
<PAGE>
platforms and truck-mounted cranes, as well as due to the acquisition of Krupp.
As a percentage of sales, gross margins declined from 25.1% in fiscal 1995 to
23.3% in fiscal 1996. The decrease was attributable principally to lower profit
margins for the acquired Krupp all-terrain line of mobile hydraulic cranes
relative to the Company's other product lines and lower gross margins from
after-market sales related to Krupp's all-terrain products.
SELLING, ENGINEERING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES. Selling,
engineering, general and administrative expenses increased $44.0 million, or
51.9%, from $84.8 million in fiscal 1995 to $128.8 million in fiscal 1996.
However, as a percentage of net sales, selling, engineering, general and
administrative expenses declined from 16.8% in fiscal 1995 to 16.2% in fiscal
1996 as the result of higher sales that absorbed fixed costs. The dollar
increase was primarily related to the acquisitions of Krupp and Delta and higher
selling, general and administrative expenses to support the higher volume of
business. Included in selling, engineering, general and administrative expenses
are research and development expenses, which increased $5.7 million, or 61.3%,
from $9.3 million in fiscal 1995 to $15.0 million in fiscal 1996 as the result
of costs associated with accelerated development of new products and the Krupp
acquisition. In addition, fiscal 1996 general and administrative expenses
included $2.7 million of process reengineering and systems assessment costs
associated with the installation of the Company's new management information
system.
MANAGEMENT FEES. Results of operations for fiscal 1995 and fiscal 1996
included management fees and other charges paid to Hanson of $3.4 million and
$5.7 million, respectively.
NET INTEREST EXPENSE/INCOME. Interest expenses in fiscal 1995 and fiscal
1996 were $2.6 million and $3.3 million, respectively, substantially all of
which was paid to Hanson with respect to intercompany receivables.
INCOME TAXES. Income tax expense, virtually all of which was U.S.-based,
increased from $19.0 million, or 16.7%, in fiscal 1995 to $22.2 million in
fiscal 1996. The overall effective tax rates were 53.1% and 46.6% for fiscal
1995 and fiscal 1996, respectively. The decline in tax rate was caused
principally by the utilization of Deutsche Grove loss carryforwards. The Company
has established valuation allowances for net operating losses generated by its
foreign subsidiaries.
NET INCOME. Net income increased $8.6 million, or 51.8%, from $16.8 million
in fiscal 1995 to $25.4 million in fiscal 1996. The increase related primarily
to increased sales and operating profits created by increased demand for mobile
hydraulic cranes and aerial work platforms as well as the acquisitions of Krupp
and Delta.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
The Company's business is working capital-intensive, requiring significant
investments in receivables and inventory. In addition, the Company requires
capital for replacement and improvements of existing plant, equipment and
processes.
During the fiscal 1998 six months, the Company's operating activities
provided $85.8 million in operating cash flow. Cash flow from operating
activities increased due to a sale to a third party financing company of $52.7
million of notes receivable from customers under the Company's special North
American dealer financing program. Until the first quarter of fiscal 1998,
Hanson had elected to finance all of the notes receivable arising under the
special North American dealer financing program. Grove is currently negotiating
with a number of financial institutions to sell secured notes receivable or
similar instruments or accounts arising from sales pursuant to the Company's
special North American dealer financing program. During the fiscal 1998 six
months, the Company used (i) $27.9 million in investing activities, consisting
of $15.2 million of capital expenditures (of which $7.9 million was for the new
management information system) and $16.4 million of investment in equipment held
for rent (due to the operating lease treatment relating to certain sales which
are accounted for as operating leases), and (ii) $59.0 million in financing
activities, principally consisting of amounts paid to Hanson.
35
<PAGE>
Cash used in investing activities in fiscal 1997 was related primarily to
capital expenditures of $32.5 million and costs of equipment held for rent of
$37.9 million. Such equipment related to sales which are accounted for as
operating leases as described under the caption, "Overview," above. Costs are
recognized over the term of the residual guarantees, but the Company collects
the invoiced price of equipment on normal commercial terms after shipment.
Capital expenditures in fiscal 1997 consisted of $14.0 million related to
the installation of the new management information systems, $8.3 million in
discretionary spending (including $2.5 million to expand aerial work platform
capacity) and $10.2 million for the replacement of existing plant and equipment.
The Company estimates that capital expenditures for the fiscal year ending
September 26, 1998 will be approximately $31.7 million of which $18.7 million
will be related to the completion of the installation of the new management
information systems in its North American and European operations. See
"--Management Information Systems and the Impact of Year 2000."
In connection with the Acquisition, the Company entered into a seven-year,
$125 million Revolving Credit Facility, which will allow the Company, subject to
certain borrowing conditions, to obtain revolving credit loans and issue letters
of credit for working capital, acquisitions and general corporate purposes. A
portion of the Revolving Credit Facility will be available for borrowing by the
Issuers in the Eurocurrency markets of British pounds sterling, German marks and
French francs and certain other currencies. In addition, the Company is
currently negotiating with a number of financial institutions to sell secured
notes receivable or similar instruments or accounts arising from sales pursuant
to the Company's special North American dealer financing program. See
"Business--Dealer Financing Program." Management believes that the Company's
income from operations and available borrowings under the Revolving Credit
Facility will be sufficient to meet its debt service obligations, capital
expenditure requirements and distributions in the form of dividends to equity
holders of Holdings to enable them to meet their tax obligations with respect to
income allocated to them by the Company for at least the twelve months following
the Acquisition. See "Description of Certain Indebtedness--New Credit Facility."
BACKLOG
The Company's backlog consists of firm orders for new equipment and
replacement parts. Total backlog as of April 28, 1998, was approximately $268.3
million compared to total backlog as of April 26, 1997 of $294.6 million.
Substantially all of the Company's backlog orders are expected to be filled
within one year, although there can be no assurance that all such backlog orders
will be filled within that time period. Parts orders are generally filled on an
as-ordered basis.
CYCLICALITY
Historically, sales of products manufactured and sold by the Company have
been subject to cyclical variations based, among other things, on general
economic conditions and, in particular, on conditions in the construction
industry. During periods of expansion in construction activity, the Company
generally has benefited from increased demand for construction equipment.
Conversely, during recessionary times, the Company has been adversely affected
by reduced demand for such products. Downward cycles result in reductions in the
Company's new unit sales and prices, which adversely impact the Company's
results of operations. Management believes there are several factors that may
mitigate the effects of future cyclical trends in the Company's business. These
factors include the continued growth of its aerial work platform business, which
has a lower correlation to the results of the construction industry, the global
diversification of its sales network and the decrease in the fixed costs
elements of the Company's overall business. After-market sales for parts and
services accounted for 12% of the Company's net sales and 26% of gross profits
in fiscal 1997. Such sales typically have higher gross margins and are less
cyclical than new equipment sales. However, there can be no assurance that a
decline in the general condition of the economy will not have a material adverse
impact on the Company. See "Risk Factors--Industry Cyclicality."
36
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND THE IMPACT OF YEAR 2000
Certain computer programs and microprocessors use two digits rather than
four to define the applicable year. Any of the Company's computer programs that
have date-sensitive software and microprocessors may recognize a date using "00"
as the year 1900 rather than the year 2000. This phenomenon (the "Year-2000
Issue") could cause a disruption of operations, including, among other things, a
temporary inability to utilize manufacturing equipment, send invoices, or engage
in similar normal business activities. The completion of a project designed to
install a computer-based resources planning system will render all of the
Company's major computer systems Year 2000 compliant. The project, which is
expected to be completed at the end of fiscal 1998, will have a total cost of
approximately $41.0 million, of which approximately $26.3 million had been
expended as of March 28, 1998. However, if such modifications and conversions
are not completed in a timely manner, the Year 2000 Issue could have a material
impact on the operations of the Company. See "Business--Management Information
System."
The Company has also initiated communications with suppliers and customers
to determine the extent to which the Company may be vulnerable to such parties'
failure to remediate their own Year 2000 Issue. There can be no guarantee that
the systems of other companies on which the Company's systems rely will be
timely converted, or that a failure to convert by another company, or a
conversion that is incompatible with the Company's systems, would not have
material adverse effect on the Company. However, based on its current
assessment, management believes that the Year 2000 Issue will not have a
material adverse impact on the Company's future results of operations or
financial conditions, although there can be no assurance that such will be the
case.
DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS, INFLATION AND INTEREST RATE RISK
Movement in foreign currency exchange rates creates risk to the Company's
operations to the extent of sales made and costs incurred in foreign currencies.
The major foreign currencies, among others, in which the Company does business
are the British pound sterling, German mark and French franc. In addition,
changes in currency exchange rates can affect the competitiveness of the
Company's products and could result in management reconsidering pricing
strategies to maintain market share. In fiscal 1997, approximately 29% of the
Company's net sales were transacted in foreign currencies. During the past three
fiscal years, the impact of currency fluctuations has not had significant impact
on the Company's results of operations.
Historically, the Company's currency risk had been coordinated with Hanson.
As of March 28, 1998, the Company was obligated under forward exchange contracts
of approximately $22.5 million primarily for the purchase and sale of U.S.
dollars, French francs, German marks and British pounds sterling. The Company is
now responsible for its own cash management activities and expects to use
forward exchange contracts and options to manage its foreign currency risk.
The Company historically has been able to adjust prices to offset increased
inflation, and, therefore, inflation has not had, nor is it expected to have, a
significant effect on the operations of the Company.
Interest rates on borrowings under the Company's Term Loan Facility and
Revolving Credit Facility are based, at the option of the Company, on the
Alternative Base Rate or the relevant Eurocurrency Rate (each as defined in the
Credit Agreement) plus an Applicable Margin, as defined in the Credit Agreement.
At the date of the Acquisition, borrowings under the Term Loan Facility and
Revolving Credit Facility bore interest at LIBOR plus 250 and 225 basis points,
respectively. The Company may enter into interest rate caps, swaps or collars to
hedge its interest rate risk and is required under the Credit Agreement to enter
into interest rate hedging arrangements satisfactory to Chase with respect to
one third of the aggregate principal amount of the term loans by July 30, 1998.
See "Description of Certain Indebtedness--New Credit Facility."
37
<PAGE>
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
The Company generates hazardous and non-hazardous waste in the normal course
of its manufacturing operations. As a result, the Company is subject to a wide
range of Federal, state, local and foreign environmental laws, including CERCLA,
that (i) govern activities or operations that may have adverse environmental
effects, such as discharges to air and water, as well as handling and disposal
practices for hazardous and nonhazardous wastes, and (ii) impose liability for
the costs of cleaning up, and certain damages resulting from sites of past
spills, disposals or other releases of hazardous substances. Compliance with
such laws has required, and will continue to require, expenditures by the
Company on a continuing basis. The Company does not expect that these
expenditures will have a material adverse effect on its financial condition or
results of operations.
The Company is currently developing a remediation program with respect to an
area that has been contaminated by petroleum hydrocarbons at its Shady Grove,
Pennsylvania facility. The Company believes that this contamination is confined
to the Shady Grove site and has not migrated to any adjacent properties. The
Company also believes that the costs of remediating this contamination will not
have a material adverse effect on its financial condition or results of
operations.
CHANGE IN ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
In 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement No. 131,
"Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information." This
Statement requires that public business enterprises disclose information about
their products and services, operating segments, the geographic areas in which
they operate, and their major customers. Management will adopt the provisions of
this Standard in fiscal year 1999.
In 1998, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants issued
Statement No. 98-1, "Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or
Obtained For Internal Use." This Statement requires capitalization of: (i)
external direct costs of materials and services incurred in developing or
obtaining internal-use computer software, (ii) payroll and payroll-related costs
for employees who are directly associated with and who devote time to the
internal-use computer software project and (iii) interest costs incurred in
developing computer software for internal use. Costs that are considered to be
related to research and development activities would be expensed as incurred.
Similarly, training and maintenance costs would be expensed, and allocations to
amounts capitalized of general and administrative or overhead costs would not be
permitted. The proposal is effective for fiscal years beginning after December
15, 1998. Application would be prospective. Earlier application of this
Statement of the beginning of the fiscal year is encouraged for years for which
annual financial statements have not been issued. The Company is not expected to
early-adopt this Statement. The adoption of this Statement is not expected to
have a material effect on the financial position or results of the Company.
38
<PAGE>
THE EXCHANGE OFFER
GENERAL
The Issuers hereby offer, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set
forth in this Prospectus and in the accompanying Letter of Transmittal (which
together constitute the Exchange Offer), to exchange up to $225.0 million
aggregate principal amount of Exchange Notes for a like aggregate principal
amount of Senior Subordinated Notes properly tendered on or prior to the
Expiration Date and not withdrawn as permitted pursuant to the procedures
described below. The Exchange Offer is being made with respect to any and all of
the Senior Subordinated Notes.
As of the date of this Prospectus, $225.0 million aggregate principal amount
of the Senior Subordinated Notes is outstanding. This Prospectus, together with
the Letter of Transmittal, is first being sent on or about , 1998, to
all holders of Senior Subordinated Notes known to the Company. The Issuers'
obligations to accept Senior Subordinated Notes for exchange pursuant to the
Exchange Offer is subject to certain conditions set forth under "--Certain
Conditions to the Exchange Offer" below. The Issuers currently expect that each
of the conditions will be satisfied and that no waivers will be necessary.
PURPOSE OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
The Senior Subordinated Notes were issued on April 29, 1998 in a transaction
exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Accordingly,
the Senior Subordinated Notes may not be reoffered, resold, or otherwise
transferred unless so registered or unless an applicable exemption from the
registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act is
available.
In connection with the issuance and sale of the Senior Subordinated Notes,
the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors entered into the Registration Rights
Agreement, which requires the Issuers to file with the Commission a registration
statement relating to the Exchange Offer not later than June 29, 1998 (60 days
after the date of issuance of the Senior Subordinated Notes) and to use their
reasonable best efforts to cause the registration statement relating to the
Exchange Offer to become effective under the Securities Act not later than
October 29, 1998 (180 days after the date of issuance of the Senior Subordinated
Notes) and the Exchange Offer to be consummated not later than 30 business days
after the date of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement. In addition,
under certain circumstances the Issuers are required to use their reasonable
best efforts to file a shelf registration statement with respect to resales of
the Notes not later than 60 days after such filing obligation arises and cause
such registration statement to become effective not later than 120 days after
the date on which the Issuers become obligated to file such shelf registration
statement). A copy of the Registration Rights Agreement has been filed as an
exhibit to the Registration Statement.
The Exchange Offer is being made by the Issuers to satisfy their obligations
with respect to the Registration Rights Agreement. The term "holder," with
respect to the Exchange Offer, means any person in whose name Senior
Subordinated Notes are known to the Company or any other person who has obtained
a properly completed bond power from the registered holder, or any person whose
Senior Subordinated Notes are held of record by The Depository Trust Company.
Other than pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuers are not
required to file any registration statement to register any outstanding Senior
Subordinated Notes. Holders of Senior Subordinated Notes that do not tender
their Senior Subordinated Notes or whose Senior Subordinated Notes are tendered
but not accepted would have to rely on exemptions to registration requirements
under the securities laws, including the Securities Act, if they wish to sell
their Senior Subordinated Notes.
TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE
The Issuers hereby offer to exchange, subject to the conditions set forth
herein and in the Letter of Transmittal accompanying this Prospectus, $1,000 in
principal amount of Exchange Notes for each $1,000
39
<PAGE>
in principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes. The terms of the Exchange
Notes are the same in all material respects (including principal amount,
interest rate, maturity and ranking) as the terms of the Senior Subordinated
Notes for which they may be exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer, except
that the Exchange Notes have been registered under the Securities Act, and
therefore will not be subject to certain restrictions on transfer applicable to
the Senior Subordinated Notes and will not be entitled to registration rights
except under certain limited circumstances. The Exchange Notes will evidence the
same indebtedness as the Senior Subordinated Notes and will be entitled to the
benefits of the Indenture. See "Description of Notes."
The Exchange Offer is not conditioned upon any minimum aggregate amount of
Senior Subordinated Notes being tendered for exchange.
The Issuers have not requested, and do not intend to request, an
interpretation by the Staff with respect to whether the Exchange Notes issued
pursuant to the Exchange Offer in exchange for the Senior Subordinated Notes may
be offered for sale, resold or otherwise transferred by any holder without
compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the
Securities Act. Instead, based on an interpretation by the Staff set forth in a
series of no-action letters issued to third parties, the Issuers believe that
Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer in exchange for Senior
Subordinated Notes may be offered for sale, resold and otherwise transferred by
any holder of such Exchange Notes (other than any holder which is (i) an
Affiliate of the Company or (ii) a broker-dealer that purchases Notes from the
Issuers to resell pursuant to Rule 144A or any other available exemption)
without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of
the Securities Act, provided that such Exchange Notes are acquired in the
ordinary course of such holder's business and such holder has no arrangement or
understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of such
Exchange Notes and neither such holder nor any other such person is
participating in or intends to participate in a distribution of such Exchange
Notes. Since the Commission has not considered the Exchange Offer in the context
of a no-action letter, there can be no assurance that Staff would make a similar
determination with respect to the Exchange Offer. Any holder who is an Affiliate
of the Company or who tenders in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of
participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes may be deemed to have
received restricted securities and cannot rely on such interpretation by the
Staff and must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements
of the Securities Act in accordance with any resale transaction. Each holder
must acknowledge, among other things, that it is not participating in, and does
not intend to participate in, a distribution of Exchange Notes. Each
broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for
Senior Subordinated Notes, where such Senior Subordinated Notes were acquired by
such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading
activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection
with any such resale of the Exchange Notes. See "Plan of Distribution."
Interest on the Exchange Notes will accrue from the last Interest Payment
Date on which interest was paid on the Senior Subordinated Notes so surrendered
or, if no interest has been paid on such Senior Subordinated Notes, from April
29, 1998.
Tendering holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes shall not be required to
pay brokerage commissions or fees or, subject to the instructions in the Letter
of Transmittal, transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of the Senior
Subordinated Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer.
EXPIRATION DATE; EXTENSION; TERMINATION; AMENDMENT
The Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on
, 1998, unless the Issuers have extended the period of time for which
the Exchange Offer is open (such date, as it may be extended, is referred to
herein as the "Expiration Date"). The Expiration Date will be at least 20
business days after the commencement of the Exchange Offer in accordance with
Rule 14e-1(a) under the Exchange Act. The Issuers expressly reserve the right,
at any time or from time to time, in their sole
40
<PAGE>
discretion, to extend the period of time during which the Exchange offer is
open, and thereby delay acceptance for exchange of any Senior Subordinated
Notes, by giving oral or written notice to the Exchange Agent and by timely
public announcement no later than 9:00 a.m. New York City time, on the next
business day after the previously scheduled Expiration Date. During any such
extension, all Senior Subordinated Notes previously tendered will remain subject
to the Exchange Offer unless properly withdrawn.
The Issuers expressly reserve the right to (i) terminate or amend the
Exchange Offer and not to accept for exchange any Senior Subordinated Notes not
theretofore accepted for exchange upon the occurrence of any of the events
specified below under "--Certain Conditions to the Exchange Offer" which have
not been waived by the Issuers and (ii) amend the terms of the Exchange Offer in
any manner which, in their good faith judgment, is advantageous to the holders
of the Senior Subordinated Notes, whether before or after any tender of the
Senior Subordinated Notes. If any such termination or amendment occurs, the
Issuers will notify the Exchange Agent and will either issue a press release or
give oral or written notice to the holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes as
promptly as practicable.
For purposes of the Exchange Offer, the term "business day" has the meaning
set forth in Rule 14d-1(c)(6) under the Exchange Act.
PROCEDURES FOR TENDERING SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES
The tender to the Issuers of Senior Subordinated Notes by a holder thereof
as set forth below and the acceptance thereof by the Issuers will constitute a
binding agreement between the tendering holder and the Issuers upon the terms
and subject to the conditions set forth in this Prospectus and in the
accompanying Letter of Transmittal.
A holder of Senior Subordinated Notes may tender the same by (i) properly
completing and signing the Letter of Transmittal or a facsimile thereof (all
references in this Prospectus to the Letter of Transmittal shall be deemed to
include a facsimile thereof) and delivering the same, together with the
certificate or certificates representing the Senior Subordinated Notes being
tendered and any required signature guarantees and any other documents required
by the Letter of Transmittal, to the Exchange Agent at its address set forth
below on or prior to the Expiration Date (or complying with the procedure for
book-entry transfer described below) or (ii) complying with the guaranteed
delivery procedures described below. A tender will not be deemed to have been
timely received if the tendering holder's properly completed and duly signed
Letter of Transmittal accompanied by the Senior Subordinated Notes is mailed
prior to the Expiration Date but is received by the Exchange Agent after the
Expiration Date.
Any beneficial owner whose Senior Subordinated Notes are registered in the
name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and
who wishes to tender should contact such registered holder promptly and instruct
such registered holder to tender on such beneficial owner's behalf. If such
beneficial owner wishes to tender on such beneficial owner's behalf, such
beneficial owner must, prior to completing and executing the Letter of
Transmittal and delivering the Senior Subordinated Notes, either make
appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the Senior Subordinated Notes
in such beneficial owner's name or obtain a properly completed bond power from
the registered holder. The transfer of registered ownership may take
considerable time.
THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES, LETTERS OF TRANSMITTAL
AND ALL OF THE REQUIRED DOCUMENTS IS AT THE ELECTION AND RISK OF THE HOLDER. IF
SUCH DELIVERY IS BY MAIL, IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT REGISTERED MAIL PROPERLY
INSURED, WITH RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, BE USED. IN ALL CASES, SUFFICIENT TIME
SHOULD BE ALLOWED TO INSURE TIMELY DELIVERY. NO SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES OR
LETTERS OF TRANSMITTAL SHOULD BE SENT TO THE ISSUERS.
41
<PAGE>
If tendered Senior Subordinated Notes are registered in the name of the
signer of the Letter of Transmittal and the Exchange Notes to be issued in
exchange therefor are to be issued (and any untendered Senior Subordinated Notes
are to be reissued) in the name of the registered holder (which term, for the
purposes described herein, shall include any participant in The Depository Trust
Company ("DTC" or the "Book-Entry Transfer Facility") whose name appears on a
security listing as a owner of Senior Subordinated Notes), the signature of such
signer need not be guaranteed. In any other case, the tendered Senior
Subordinated Notes must be endorsed or accompanied by written instruments of
transfer, in form satisfactory to the Issuers and duly executed by the
registered holder, and the signature on the endorsement or instrument of
transfer must be guaranteed by a bank, broker, dealer, credit union, savings
association, clearing agency or other institution (each an "Eligible
Institution") that is a member of a registered signature guarantee medallion
program within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act. If the
Exchange Notes and/or Senior Subordinated Notes not exchanged are to be
delivered to an address other than that of the registered holder appearing on
the note registrar for the Senior Subordinated Notes, the signature in the
Letter of Transmittal must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.
The Issuers understand that the Exchange Agent has confirmed with DTC that
any financial institution that is a participant in DTC's system may utilize
DTC's Automated Tender Offer Program ("ATOP") to tender Senior Subordinated
Notes. The Issuers further understand that the Exchange Agent will request,
within two business days after the date the Exchange Offer commences, that DTC
establish an account with respect to the Senior Subordinated Notes for the
purpose of facilitating the Exchange Offer, and any participant may make
book-entry delivery of Senior Subordinated Notes by causing DTC to transfer such
Senior Subordinated Notes into the Exchange Agent's account in accordance with
DTC's ATOP procedures for transfer. However, the exchange of the Senior
Subordinated Notes so tendered will only be made after timely confirmation (a
"Book-Entry Confirmation") of such book-entry transfer and timely receipt by the
Exchange Agent of an Agent's Message (as defined in the next sentence), an
appropriate Letter of Transmittal with any registered signature guarantee, and
any other documents required. The term "Agent's Message" means a message,
transmitted by DTC and received by the Exchange Agent and forming part of a
Book-Entry Confirmation, which states that DTC has received an express
acknowledgment from a participant tendering Senior Subordinated Notes which are
the subject of such Book-Entry Confirmation and that such participant has
received and agrees to be bound by the terms of the Letter of Transmittal and
that the Issuers may enforce such agreement against such participant.
If a holder desires to tender Senior Subordinated Notes in the Exchange
Offer and time will not permit a letter of Transmittal or Senior Subordinated
Notes to reach the Exchange Agent before the Expiration Date or the procedure
for book-entry transfer cannot be completed on a timely basis, a tender may be
effected if the Exchange Agent has received at its address set forth below on or
prior to the Expiration Date, a letter, telegram or facsimile transmission
(receipt confirmed by telephone and an original delivered by guaranteed
overnight courier) from an Eligible Institution setting forth the name and
address of the tendering holder, the names in which the Senior Subordinated
Notes are registered and, if possible, the certificate number of the Senior
Subordinated Notes to be tendered, and stating that the tender is being made
thereby and guaranteeing that within three business days after the Expiration
Date, the Senior Subordinated Notes in proper form for transfer (or a
confirmation of book-entry transfer of each Senior Subordinated Notes into the
Exchange Agent's account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility), will be delivered
by such Eligible Institution together with a properly completed and duly
executed Letter of Transmittal (and any other required documents). Unless Senior
Subordinated Notes being tendered by the above-described method are deposited
with the Exchange Agent within the time period set forth above (accompanied or
preceded by a properly completed Letter of Transmittal and any other required
documents), the Issuers may, at their option, reject the tender. Copies of the
notice of guaranteed delivery ("Notice of Guaranteed Delivery") which may be
used by Eligible Institutions for the purposes described in this paragraph are
available from the Exchange Agent.
42
<PAGE>
A tender will be deemed to have been received as of the date when (i) the
tendering holder's properly completed and duly signed Letter of Transmittal
accompanied by the Senior Subordinated Notes (or a confirmation of book-entry
transfer of such Senior Subordinated Notes into the Exchange Agent's account at
the Book-Entry Transfer Facility) is received by the Exchange Agent, or (ii) a
Notice of Guaranteed Delivery or letter, telegram or facsimile transmission to
similar effect (as provided above) from an Eligible Institution is received by
the Exchange Agent. Issuances of Exchange Notes in exchange for Senior
Subordinated Notes tendered pursuant to a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery or
letter, telegram or facsimile transmission to similar effect (as provided above)
by an Eligible Institution will be made only against deposit of the Letter of
Transmittal (and any other required documents) and the tendered Senior
Subordinated Notes.
All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of
receipt) and acceptance of Senior Subordinated Notes tendered for exchange will
be determined by the Issuers in their sole discretion, which determination shall
be final and binding on all parties. The Issuers reserve the absolute right to
reject any and all tenders of any particular Senior Subordinated Note not
properly tendered or not to accept any particular Senior Subordinated Notes
which acceptance might, in the judgment of the Issuers or their counsel, be
unlawful. The Issuers also reserve the absolute right to waive any defects or
irregularities or conditions of the Exchange Offer as to any particular Senior
Subordinated Notes either before or after the Expiration Date (including the
right to waive the ineligibility of any holder who seeks to tender Senior
Subordinated Notes in the Exchange Offer). The interpretation of the terms and
conditions of the Exchange Offer (including the Letter of Transmittal and the
instructions thereto) by the Issuers shall be final and binding on all parties.
Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of
Senior Subordinated Notes for exchange must be cured within such reasonable
period of time as the Issuers shall determine. Neither the Issuers, the Exchange
Agent nor any other person shall be under any duty to give notification of any
defect or irregularity with respect to any tender of Senior Subordinated Notes
for exchange, nor shall any of them incur any liability for failure to give such
notification.
If the Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person or persons other than the
registered holder or holders of Senior Subordinated Notes, such Senior
Subordinated Notes must be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate powers of
attorney, in either case signed exactly as the name or names of the registered
holder or holders appear on the Senior Subordinated Notes.
If the Letter of Transmittal or any Senior Subordinated Notes or powers of
attorney are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians,
attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or
representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing, and,
unless waived by the Issuers, proper evidence satisfactory to the Issuers of
their authority to so act must be submitted.
By tendering, each holder will represent to the Issuers, among other things,
that (A) the Exchange Notes acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer are being
acquired in the ordinary course of business of the person receiving such
Exchange Notes, whether or not such person is the holder; (B) it is not an
Affiliate of the Issuers or any Subsidiary Guarantor; (C) it is not
participating in, and does not intend to participate in, and has no arrangement
or understanding with any Person to participate in, a distribution of the Senior
Subordinated Notes or the Exchange Notes; and (D) if such holder is a broker or
dealer registered under the Exchange Act, it will receive the Exchange Notes for
its own account in exchange for the Senior Subordinated Notes that were acquired
as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities.
Each broker-dealer referred to in clause (D) of the preceding sentence must
acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of
such Exchange Notes. See "Plan of Distribution."
TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
The Letter of Transmittal contains, among other things, the following terms
and conditions, which are part of the Exchange Offer.
43
<PAGE>
The party tendering Senior Subordinated Notes for exchange (the
"Transferor") exchanges, assigns and transfers the Senior Subordinated Notes to
the Issuers and irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Exchange Agent as the
Transferor's agent and attorney-in-fact to cause the Senior Subordinated Notes
to be assigned, transferred and exchanged. The Transferor represents and
warrants that it has full power and authority to tender, exchange assign and
transfer the Senior Subordinated Notes and to acquire Exchange Notes issuable
upon the exchange of such tendered Senior Subordinated Notes, and that, when the
same are accepted for exchange, the Issuers will acquire good and unencumbered
title to the tendered Senior Subordinated Notes, free and clear of all liens,
restrictions, charges and encumbrances and not subject to any adverse claim. The
Transferor also warrants that it will, upon request, execute and deliver any
additional documents deemed by the Exchange Agent or the Issuers to be necessary
or desirable to complete the exchange, assignment and transfer of tendered
Senior Subordinated Notes or transfer ownership of such Senior Subordinated
Notes on the account books maintained by a Book-Entry Transfer Facility. The
Transferor further agrees that acceptance of any tendered Senior Subordinated
Notes by the Issuers and the issuance of Exchange Notes in exchange therefor
shall constitute performance in full by the Issuers of certain of its
obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement. All authority conferred by
the Transferor will survive the death or incapacity of the Transferor and every
obligation of the Transferor shall be binding upon the heirs, legal
representatives, successors, assigns, executors and administrators of such
Transferor. The Transferor will also make the representations described above
under "Procedures for Tendering Senior Subordinated Notes."
WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS
Tenders of Senior Subordinated Notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to
5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.
For a withdrawal to be effective, a written notice of withdrawal sent by
telegram, facsimile transmission (receipt confirmed by telephone) or letter must
be received by the Exchange Agent at the address set forth herein prior to the
Expiration Date. Any such notice of withdrawal must (i) specify the name of the
person having tendered the Senior Subordinated Notes to be withdrawn (the
"Depositor"), (ii) identify the Senior Subordinated Notes to be withdrawn
(including the certificate number or numbers and principal amount of such Senior
Subordinated Notes), (iii) specify the principal amount of Senior Subordinated
Notes to be withdrawn, (iv) include a statement that such holder is withdrawing
his election to have such Senior Subordinated Notes exchanged, (v) be signed by
the holder in the same manner as the original signature on the Letter of
Transmittal by which such Senior Subordinated Notes were tendered or as
otherwise described above (including any required signature guarantees) or be
accompanied by documents of transfer sufficient to have the Trustee under the
Indenture register the transfer of such Senior Subordinated Notes into the name
of the person withdrawing the tender and (vi) specify the name in which any such
Senior Subordinated Notes are to be registered, if different from that of the
Depositor. The Exchange Agent will return the properly withdrawn Senior
Subordinated Notes promptly following receipt of notice of withdrawal. If Senior
Subordinated Notes have been tendered pursuant to the procedure for book-entry
transfer, any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the
account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility to be credited with the withdrawn
Senior Subordinated Notes or otherwise comply with the Book-Entry Transfer
Facility's procedure. All questions as to the validity of notices of
withdrawals, including time of receipt, will be determined by the Issuers in
their sole discretion and such determination will be final and binding on all
parties.
Any Senior Subordinated Notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been
validly tendered for exchange for purposes of the Exchange Offer. Any Senior
Subordinated Notes which have been tendered for exchange but which are not
exchanged for any reason will be returned to the holder thereof without cost to
such holder (or, in the case of Senior Subordinated Notes tendered by book-entry
transfer into the Exchange Agent's account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility
pursuant to the book-entry transfer procedures described above, such Senior
Subordinated Notes will be credited to an account with such
44
<PAGE>
Book-Entry Transfer Facility specified by the holder) as soon as practicable
after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the Exchange Offer.
Properly withdrawn Senior Subordinated Notes may be retendered by following one
of the procedures described under "--Procedures for Tendering Senior
Subordinated Notes" above at any time on or prior to the Expiration Date.
ACCEPTANCE OF SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES FOR EXCHANGE; DELIVERY OF EXCHANGE NOTES
Upon satisfaction or waiver of all of the conditions to the Exchange Offer,
the Issuers will accept, promptly after the Exchange Date, all Senior
Subordinated Notes properly tendered and will issue the Exchange Notes promptly
after such acceptance. See "--Certain Conditions to the Exchange Offer" below.
For purposes of the Exchange Offer, the Issuers shall be deemed to have accepted
properly tendered Senior Subordinated Notes for exchange when, as and if the
Issuers have given oral or written notice thereof to the Exchange Agent.
For each Senior Subordinated Note accepted for exchange, the holder of such
Senior Subordinated Note will receive an Exchange Note having a principal amount
equal to that of the surrendered Senior Subordinated Note.
In all cases, issuance of Exchange Notes for Senior Subordinated Notes that
are accepted for exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be made only after
timely receipt by the Exchange Agent of certificates for such Senior
Subordinated Notes or a timely book-entry confirmation of such Senior
Subordinated Notes into the Exchange Agent's account at the Book-Entry Transfer
Facility, a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal and all
other required documents. If any tendered Senior Subordinated Notes are not
accepted for any reason set forth in the terms and conditions of the Exchange
Offer or if Senior Subordinated Notes are submitted for a greater principal
amount than the holder desires to exchange, such unaccepted or non-exchanged
Senior Subordinated Notes will be returned without expense to the tendering
holder thereof (or, in the case of Senior Subordinated Notes tendered by
book-entry transfer into the Exchange Agent's account the Book-Entry Transfer
Facility pursuant to the book-entry transfer procedures described above, such
non-exchanged Senior Subordinated Notes will be credited to an account
maintained with such Book-Entry Transfer Facility) as promptly as practicable
after the Exchange Date.
CERTAIN CONDITIONS TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Exchange Offer, or any extension
of the Exchange Offer, the Issuers shall not be required to accept for exchange,
or to issue Exchange Notes in exchange for, any Senior Subordinated Notes and
may terminate or amend the Exchange Offer (by oral or written notice to the
Exchange Agent or by a timely press release) if at any time before the
acceptance of such Senior Subordinated Notes for exchange or the exchange of the
Exchange Notes for such Senior Subordinated Notes, any of the following
conditions exist:
(a) any action or proceeding is instituted or threatened in any court or by
or before any governmental agency or regulatory authority or any
injunction, order or decree is issued with respect to the Exchange Offer
which, in the sole judgment of the Issuers, might materially impair the
ability of the Issuers to proceed with the Exchange Offer or have a
material adverse effect on the contemplated benefits of the Exchange
Offer to the Issuers; or
(b) any change (or any development involving a prospective change) shall
have occurred or be threatened in the business, properties, assets,
liabilities, financial condition, operations, results of operations or
prospects of the Issuers that is or may be adverse to the Issuers, or the
Issuers shall have become aware of facts that have or may have adverse
significance with respect to the value of the Senior Subordinated Notes
or the Exchange Notes or that may materially impair the contemplated
benefits of the Exchange Offer to the Issuers; or
45
<PAGE>
(c) any law, rule or regulation or applicable interpretation of the Staff is
issued or promulgated which, in the good faith determination of the
Issuers, does not permit the Issuers to effect the Exchange Offer; or
(d) any governmental approval has not been obtained, which approval the
Issuers, in their sole discretion, deems necessary for the consummation
of the Exchange Offer; or
(e) there shall have been proposed, adopted or enacted any law, statute,
rule or regulation (or an amendment to any existing law, statute, rule or
regulation) which, in the sole judgment of the Issuers, might materially
impair the ability of the Issuers to proceed with the Exchange Offer or
have a material adverse effect on the contemplated benefits of the
Exchange Offer to the Issuers; or
(f) there shall occur a change in the current interpretation by the Staff of
the Commission which permits the Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the
Exchange Offer in exchange for Senior Subordinated Notes to be offered
for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by holders thereof (other
than any such holder that is a broker-dealer or an "affiliate" of the
Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) without
compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of
the Securities Act provided that such Exchange Notes are acquired in the
ordinary course of such holders' business and such holders have no
arrangement with any person to participate in the distribution of such
Exchange Notes.
The Issuers expressly reserve the right to terminate the Exchange Offer and
not accept for exchange any Senior Subordinated Notes upon the occurrence of any
of the foregoing conditions. In addition, the Issuers may amend the Exchange
Offer at any time prior to the Expiration Date if any of the conditions set
forth above occur. Moreover, regardless of whether any of such conditions has
occurred, the Issuers may amend the Exchange Offer in any manner which, in its
good faith judgment, is advantageous to holders of the Senior Subordinated
Notes.
The foregoing conditions are for the sole benefit of the Issuers and may be
asserted by the Issuers regardless of the circumstances giving rise to any such
condition or may be waived by the Issuers in whole or in part at any time and
from time to time in their sole discretion. The failure by the Issuers at any
time to exercise any of the foregoing rights shall not be deemed a waiver of any
such right and each such right shall be deemed an ongoing right which may be
asserted at any time and from time to time.
In addition, the Issuers will not accept for exchange any Senior
Subordinated Notes tendered, and no Exchange Notes will be issued in exchange
for any such Senior Subordinated Notes, if at such time any stop order shall be
threatened or in effect with respect to the Registration Statement of which this
Prospectus constitutes a part or the qualification of the Indenture under the
Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the "Trust Indenture Act"). In any such
event the Issuers are required to use their best efforts to obtain the
withdrawal of any stop order at the earliest possible time.
The Exchange Offer is not conditioned upon any minimum principal amount of
Senior Subordinated Notes being tendered for exchange.
46
<PAGE>
EXCHANGE AGENT
United States Trust Company of New York has been appointed as the Exchange
Agent for the Exchange Offer. All executed Letters of Transmittal should be
directed to the Exchange Agent the addresses set forth below:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
BY HAND UP TO 4:30 PM: United States Trust Company of New York
111 Broadway
Lower Level
New York, New York 10006
Attention: Corporate Trust Services
Telephone: 1(800) 548-6565
Facsimile: (212) 780-0592
BY OVERNIGHT COURIER AND BY HAND United States Trust Company of New York
AFTER 4:30 PM ON THE EXPIRATION DATE ONLY: 770 Broadway, 13th Floor
New York, New York 10003
Attention: Corporate Trust Services
Telephone: 1(800) 548-6565
Facsimile: (212) 780-0592
BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL: United States Trust Company of New York
Post Office Box 844
New York, New York 10276-0844
Attention: Corporate Trust Services,
Cooper Station
Telephone: 1(800) 548-6565
Facsimile: (212) 780-0592
</TABLE>
Questions and requests for assistance, requests for additional copies of
this Prospectus or of the Letter of Transmittal and requests for Notices of
Guaranteed Delivery should be directed to the Exchange Agent at the address and
telephone number set forth above.
DELIVERY TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE, OR TRANSMISSIONS OF
INSTRUCTIONS VIA A FACSIMILE NUMBER OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE, WILL NOT
CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.
SOLICITATION OF TENDERS; FEES AND EXPENSES
The Issuers have not retained any dealer-manager in connection with the
Exchange Offer and will not make any payments to brokers, dealers or others
soliciting acceptances of the Exchange Offer. The Issuers, however, will pay the
Exchange Agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and will reimburse
it for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection therewith.
The estimated cash expenses to be incurred in connection with the Exchange
Offer will be paid by the Issuers and are estimated in the aggregate to be
approximately $135,000 which includes fees and expenses of the Exchange Agent,
Trustee, registration fees, accounting, legal, printing and related fees and
expenses.
No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any
representations in connection with the Exchange Offer other than those contained
in this Prospectus. If given or made, such information or representation should
not be relied upon as having been authorized by the Issuers.
Neither the delivery of this Prospectus nor any exchange made hereunder
shall, under any circumstances, create any implication that there has been no
change in the affairs of the Issuers since the respective dates as of which
information is given herein. The Exchange Offer is not being made to (nor will
tenders be accepted from or on behalf of) holders of Senior Subordinated Notes
in any jurisdiction in which the making of the Exchange Offer or the acceptance
thereof would not be in compliance with the
47
<PAGE>
laws of such jurisdiction. However, the Issuers may, at their discretion, take
such action as it may deem necessary to make the Exchange Offer in any such
jurisdiction and extend the Exchange Offer to holders of Senior Subordinated
Notes in such jurisdiction.
TRANSFER TAXES
The Issuers will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange
of Senior Subordinated Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If, however,
certificates representing Exchange Notes or Senior Subordinated Notes for
principal amounts not tendered or accepted for exchange are to be delivered to,
or are to be issued in the name of, any person other than the registered holder
of the Senior Subordinated Notes tendered, or if tendered Senior Subordinated
Notes are registered in the name of any person other than the person signing the
Letter of Transmittal, or if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than
the exchange of Senior Subordinated Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, then
the amount of any such transfer taxes (whether imposed on the registered holder
or any other person) will be payable by the tendering holder. If satisfactory
evidence of payment of such taxes or exemption therefrom is not submitted with
the Letter of Transmittal, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed
directly to such tendering holder.
ACCOUNTING TREATMENT
The Exchange Notes will be recorded at the carrying value of the Senior
Subordinated Notes as reflected in the Company's accounting records on the
Exchange Date. Accordingly, no gain or loss for accounting purposes will be
recognized by the Issuers upon the exchange of Exchange Notes for Senior
Subordinated Notes. Expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of the
Exchange Notes will be amortized over the term of the Exchange Notes.
CONSEQUENCES OF FAILURE TO EXCHANGE
Holders of Senior Subordinated Notes who do not exchange their Senior
Subordinated Notes for Exchange Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer will
continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer of such Senior
Subordinated Notes as set forth in the legend thereon. Senior Subordinated Notes
not exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer will continue to remain outstanding
in accordance with their terms. In general, the Senior Subordinated Notes may
not be offered or sold unless registered under the Securities Act, except
pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the
Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. The Issuers do not
currently anticipate that they will register the Senior Subordinated Notes under
the Securities Act. However, under certain limited circumstances the Issuers may
be required to file with the Commission a shelf registration statement to cover
resales of the Senior Subordinated Notes by the Holders thereof who satisfy
certain conditions relating to the provision of information in connection with
such shelf registration statement. See "Description of Notes--Registration
Rights; Liquidated Damages."
Participation in the Exchange Offer is voluntary, and holders of Senior
Subordinated Notes should carefully consider whether to participate. Holders of
Senior Subordinated Notes are urged to consult their financial and tax advisors
in making their own decision whether or not to tender their Senior Subordinated
Notes. See "Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences."
As a result of the making of, and upon acceptance for exchange of all
validly tendered Senior Subordinated Notes pursuant to the terms of, this
Exchange Offer, the Issuers will have fulfilled a covenant contained in the
Registration Rights Agreement. Holders of Senior Subordinated Notes who do not
tender their Senior Subordinated Notes in the Exchange Offer will continue to
hold such Senior Subordinated Notes and will be entitled to all the rights and
limitations applicable thereto under the Indenture, except for any such rights
under the Registration Rights Agreement that by their terms terminate or cease
to have further effectiveness as a result of the making of this Exchange Offer.
To the extent that Senior Subordinated Notes are tendered and accepted in the
Exchange Offer, the trading market for untendered,
48
<PAGE>
or tendered but unaccepted, Senior Subordinated Notes could be adversely
affected. See "Risk Factors-- Adverse Consequences of Failure to Exchange."
The Issuers may in the future seek to acquire, subject to the terms of the
Indenture, untendered Senior Subordinated Notes in open market or privately
negotiated transactions, through subsequent exchange offers or otherwise. The
terms of any such purchases or offers may differ form the terms of the Exchange
Offer. The Issuers have no present plan to acquire any Senior Subordinated Notes
which are not tendered in the Exchange Offer.
RESALE OF EXCHANGE NOTES
The Issuers are making the Exchange Offer in reliance on the position of the
Staff of the Commission as set forth in certain interpretive letters addressed
to third parties in other transactions. However, the Issuers have not sought
their own interpretive letter and there can be no assurance that the Staff would
make a similar determination with respect to the Exchange Offer as it has in
such interpretive letters to third parties. Based on these interpretations by
the Staff, the Issuers believe that the Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the
Exchange Offer in exchange for Senior Subordinated Notes may be offered for
resale, resold and otherwise transferred by a holder (other than any holder
which is (i) an Affiliate of the Company or (ii) a broker-dealer that purchases
Notes from the Issuers to resell pursuant to Rule 144A or any other available
exemption) without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery
provisions of the Securities Act, provided that such Exchange Notes are acquired
in the ordinary course of such holder's business and such holder has no
arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution
of such Exchange Notes and neither such holder nor any other such person is
engaging in or intends to engage in a distribution of such Exchange Notes.
However, any holder who is an Affiliate of the Company or who has an arrangement
or understanding with respect to the distribution of the Exchange Notes to be
acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer, or any broker-dealer who purchased
Senior Subordinated Notes from the Issuers to resell pursuant to Rule 144A or
any other available exemption under the Securities Act (i) cannot rely on the
applicable interpretations of the Staff and (ii) must comply with the
registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act. A
broker-dealer who holds Senior Subordinated Notes that were acquired for its own
account as a result of market-making or other trading activities may be deemed
to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act and must,
therefore, deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act
in connection with any resale of Exchange Notes. Each such broker-dealer that
receives Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Senior Subordinated
Notes, where such Senior Subordinated Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer
as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (other than
Senior Subordinated Notes acquired directly from the Issuers) must acknowledge
in the Letter of Transmittal that it will deliver a prospectus in connection
with any resale of such Exchange Notes. A secondary resale transaction in the
United States by a holder using the Exchange Offer to participate in a
distribution of Senior Subordinated Notes must be covered by an effective
registration statement containing the selling security holder information
required by Item 507 of Regulation S-K. See "Plan of Distribution."
In addition, to comply with the securities laws of certain jurisdictions, if
applicable, the Exchange Notes may not be offered or sold unless they have been
registered or qualified for sale in such jurisdiction or an exemption from
registration or qualification is available and is complied with. The Issuers
have agreed, pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and subject to
certain specified limitations therein, to register or qualify the Exchange Notes
for offer or sale under the securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as
any holder of the Exchange Notes reasonably requests. Such registration or
qualification may require the imposition of restrictions or conditions
(including suitability requirements for offerees or purchasers) in connection
with the offer or sale of any Exchange Notes.
49
<PAGE>
BUSINESS
Grove Worldwide is a leading international designer, manufacturer and
marketer of a comprehensive line of mobile hydraulic cranes, aerial work
platforms and truck-mounted cranes. In North America, Grove Crane, the Company's
largest operating division, has a number one market position and a 45% market
share. The Company's products are used in a wide variety of applications by
commercial and residential building contractors, as well as by industrial,
municipal and military end-users. The Company's products are marketed to
independent equipment rental companies and directly to end-users under three
widely recognized brand names--GROVE CRANE, GROVE MANLIFT and NATIONAL CRANE.
The Company believes it has achieved a leading position in each of its principal
markets due to its: (i) strong brand name and reputation for quality products;
(ii) superior customer service; (iii) established network of distributors; (iv)
broad product line; and (v) commitment to superior engineering design and
product innovation. For the twelve months ended March 28, 1998, the Company
generated net sales of $853.5 million and pro forma EBITDA of $85.0 million.
The Company's products are sold in over 50 countries primarily through an
established, global network of approximately 240 independent distributors. The
Company's major markets are North America (67% of fiscal 1997 new equipment
sales), Europe (23% of fiscal 1997 new equipment sales), Asia (7% of fiscal 1997
new equipment sales) and Latin America (3% of fiscal 1997 new equipment sales).
The Company markets its products through three operating divisions:
- - GROVE CRANE (approximately 69% of fiscal 1997 net sales) designs and
manufactures over 40 models of mobile hydraulic cranes. The Company's mobile
hydraulic cranes, which are used primarily in industrial, commercial and
public works construction, are capable of reaching maximum heights of 372 feet
and lifting up to 300 tons. From fiscal 1993 to fiscal 1997, Grove Crane's net
sales (including acquisitions) increased from $290 million to $587 million,
representing a CAGR of 19.4%.
- - GROVE MANLIFT (approximately 23% of fiscal 1997 net sales) designs and
manufactures over 60 models of aerial work platforms. The Company's aerial
work platforms, which are used primarily in industrial, commercial and
construction applications, are capable of lifting people to maximum working
heights ranging from 19 to 131 feet. Aerial work platforms elevate workers and
their materials more safely, quickly and easily than alternative methods such
as scaffolding and ladders. From fiscal 1993 to fiscal 1997, Grove Manlift's
net sales (including acquisitions) increased from $57 million to $199 million,
representing a CAGR of 36.8%.
- - NATIONAL CRANE (approximately 8% of fiscal 1997 net sales) designs and
manufactures over 14 models of telescoping and 12 modes of articulating
truck-mounted cranes. The Company's telescoping and articulating cranes, which
are used primarily in industrial, commercial, public works and construction
applications, are capable of reaching maximum heights of 166 feet and lifting
up to 36 tons. Telescoping and articulating cranes are mounted on a standard
truck chassis or on a pedestal at a fixed location. From fiscal 1993 to fiscal
1997, National Crane's net sales increased from $40 million to $71 million,
representing a CAGR of 15.4%.
50
<PAGE>
COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS
The Company believes that it benefits from the following competitive
strengths:
- - LEADING MARKET POSITIONS. The Company believes that its three operating
divisions have established a leading position in each of their principal
markets.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DIVISION PRODUCTS PRINCIPAL MARKETS MARKET POSITION(1) MARKET SHARE(1)
- ---------------- ---------------------- ----------------- ----------------------- -------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Grove Crane Mobile Hydraulic North America 1 45%
Cranes
Europe 2 17%
Grove Manlift Aerial Work Platforms North America 2 11%
Europe 2 21%
National Crane Truck-Mounted Cranes:
Telescoping North America 1 43%
Articulating North America 4 13%(2)
</TABLE>
- - STRONG BRAND NAME AND REPUTATION FOR QUALITY PRODUCTS. The Company has created
significant brand equity as a result of its innovative designs, quality
products and product reliability. With over 100,000 units sold during the past
50 years, the Company believes that it currently has one of the industry's
largest installed bases of cranes and aerial work platforms. The quality of
the Company's products and the value of its brand name are reflected in the
North American marketplace, where the Company believes that its cranes
generally command premium prices and have higher residual values than
comparable products manufactured by its competitors. For example, Grove
Crane's products typically have residual values in excess of 50% of their
original cost after five years, which management believes is significantly
greater than the average residual value of its competitors' products.
- - SUPERIOR CUSTOMER SERVICE. The Company is committed to providing superior
training, sales and service support to its distributors and end-users as a
standard part of its sales and marketing effort. Management believes that no
other major competitor matches the extent and quality of its customer support
services and that such services significantly contribute to the Company's
ability to charge premium prices for its products. In addition, the Company
has focused on providing ready availability of service parts. For example, in
fiscal 1997, the Company shipped over 80% of its replacement parts worldwide
within 24 hours after receipt of an order. After-market sales for parts and
services accounted for 12% of the Company's net sales and 26% of gross profits
in fiscal 1997. Such sales typically have higher gross margins and are less
cyclical than new equipment sales.
- - ESTABLISHED NETWORK OF DISTRIBUTORS. The Company benefits from an established
base of approximately 240 independent distributors located in 50 countries
around the world. Over two-thirds of Grove Crane's North American distributors
have sold the Company's products for over 10 years. The Company believes that,
in many cases, its products represent an important portion of its
distributors' business. Many of these distributors also represent Caterpillar
Inc. or Komatsu Ltd. and, as such, are considered among the best-capitalized
in the industry. Management believes that the strength of its distributor
network is an important competitive advantage. For example, within twelve
months after acquiring the mobile hydraulic crane business of Krupp in August
1995, the Company leveraged Grove's brand name and distribution network to
increase annual sales in the United States of the cranes, formerly
manufactured by Krupp, by 100% from approximately 40 units in 1995 to
approximately 80 units in 1996.
- ------------------------------
(1) All market share data are based on units shipped during fiscal 1997, except
for data on Grove Manlift's share of the North American aerial work platform
market, which are based on fiscal 1997 revenues. With respect to aerial work
platforms, management believes that because the Company primarily competes
in the North American market for larger, high-end aerial work platforms,
comparisons based on revenues are more appropriate. Market data were derived
from industry statistics together with management estimates and including,
as applicable, management assumptions regarding unit price.
(2) In the United States, the Company has a number three market position and a
17% market share. National Crane has only a nominal presence in the Canadian
market for articulating cranes.
51
<PAGE>
- - BROAD PRODUCT LINE. The Company believes it has the broadest product line in
the industry, with 10 product categories and over 120 models offered by its
three operating divisions. Management believes the breadth of the Company's
product offerings enables it to more effectively serve the equipment rental
market, which management estimates represents approximately 80% of the
Company's net sales. The Company's broad product line allows it to satisfy the
rental market's demand for models addressing specific end-user needs, while
also providing customers the opportunity to save on support, maintenance and
training costs by purchasing from a single manufacturer.
BUSINESS STRATEGY
As a result of the Acquisition, the Company is operated on a stand-alone
basis rather than as part of a larger diversified enterprise. The Company's
management team expects to capitalize on the experience and expertise of new
senior management as it implements the Operations Improvement Program in
cooperation with the George Group Inc. (the "George Group"), an acquisition and
management consulting firm that applies strategic and operations management
expertise to manufacturing businesses. Management is led by Salvatore J. Bonanno
who joined the Company in March 1998 from Foamex International Inc., where he
led an organizational restructuring designed to reduce manufacturing and
overhead costs. The Company will implement the Operations Improvement Program
and the other key elements of the Company's business strategy described below in
order to reach its objective of increased net sales and EBITDA.
- - OPERATIONS IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM. The Company, in cooperation with the George
Group, has developed a comprehensive program which it believes will enable the
Company to reduce its annual costs by approximately $35 million to $50 million
and achieve significant working capital efficiencies by fiscal 2001. The
Operations Improvement Program is intended to improve the Company's operating
efficiency and margins by: (i) rationalizing product lines; (ii) reducing
manufacturing costs; and (iii) reducing selling, general and administrative
expenses. In addition, the Company believes the Operations Improvement Program
should enable it to reduce its working capital requirements by decreasing
inventory levels by approximately $40 million to $50 million.
- - CONTINUE TO PROVIDE SUPERIOR PRODUCTS. The Company has maintained a commitment
to superior engineering design and technological innovation. The Company
believes that it has the most extensive engineering capability in the crane
industry, with an extensive engineering group focusing on developing
innovative, high performance, low maintenance products that satisfy the
demands of its customers. Together with the Company's manufacturing and
marketing staff, these engineers seek to utilize new technologies and
effectively introduce new products. For example, the Company has introduced
lighter booms with greater lifting capacity, electronic controls that
facilitate operations and product features that enhance safety and increase
versatility. The Company believes that the greater sophistication of its
products contributes to its ability to sustain higher residual values. The
Company intends to intensify its efforts to design products that meet evolving
customer needs while reducing manufacturing costs and the period from product
conception to introduction.
- - EXPAND EXISTING INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS. The Company intends to leverage its
significant brand equity and strong distribution network to opportunistically
expand its existing international business. As an industry leader, the Company
believes it is well-positioned to increase sales internationally as
infrastructure development in existing and emerging markets stimulates demand
for cranes and aerial work platforms. In 1995, the Company expanded its
product offerings and strengthened its manufacturing and distribution presence
in Europe by acquiring the mobile hydraulic crane business of Krupp in Germany
and the aerial work platform business of Delta in France. In addition, all but
one of the Company's manufacturing facilities have received ISO 9001
certifications, which enhances the Company's international marketing efforts.
52
<PAGE>
- - CAPITALIZE ON THE GROWTH OF THE WORLDWIDE AERIAL WORK PLATFORM MARKET. The
Company seeks to capitalize on the increasing recognition by end-users
worldwide that aerial work platforms are economical and safe alternatives to
scaffolding and ladders. The North American aerial work platform industry
experienced a CAGR in total unit shipments from 1992 to 1997 of 32%. In 1997,
approximately 41,000 aerial work platforms were shipped in North America while
only 13,000 units were shipped in markets outside of North America. The
Company expects to generate increased sales of aerial work platforms in
international markets as international end-users recognize the productivity
and safety advantages of aerial work platforms.
THE OPERATIONS IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM
The Company, in cooperation with the George Group, has developed a
comprehensive program which it believes will enable it to reduce its annual
costs by approximately $35 million to $50 million and achieve significant
working capital efficiencies by fiscal 2001. The Operations Improvement Program
is intended to improve the Company's operating efficiency and its margins by:
(i) rationalizing product lines; (ii) reducing manufacturing costs; and (iii)
reducing selling, general and administrative expenses. In addition, the Company
believes the Operations Improvement Program should enable it to reduce its
working capital requirements by decreasing inventory levels by approximately $40
million to $50 million. It is expected that these cost savings will be offset by
non-recurring costs of up to approximately $25 million associated with the
implementation of the Operations Improvement Program. Estimates of potential
cost savings and implementation costs are inherently uncertain and the
description of the Operations Improvement Program should be read in conjunction
with "Special Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements" and "Risk
Factors--Realization of Benefits of Operations Improvement Program." The key
components of the Operations Improvement Program are as follows:
RATIONALIZE PRODUCT LINES. The Company expects to implement a product line
rationalization program which will position it to reduce both operating costs
and working capital requirements without diminishing the advantages derived from
its broad product line. The Company will monitor product line data to enable it
to simplify its engineering processes by reducing the number of models and
manufacturing components, standardizing options and using platform design
concepts. The Company believes this program will enable it to eliminate certain
models that have low demand, low margins or features and capabilities that are
redundant with other models.
REDUCE MANUFACTURING COSTS. Management intends to reduce the annual costs
of goods sold by approximately $25 million to $30 million by fiscal 2001 by
rationalizing its product line and undertaking the following initiatives to
improve the Company's manufacturing process:
- - Accelerate the recently initiated DFMA program and continue to implement value
analysis programs. These established techniques are designed to lower material
and labor costs by redesigning products, incorporating more standardized
components and allowing a simplified fabrication and assembly process. Initial
efforts during fiscal 1997 resulted in a 28% reduction in labor costs for a
test model.
- - Consolidate sourcing by using fewer suppliers to fulfill the Company's global
requirements. As a result of its product rationalization and DFMA programs,
the Company expects to purchase a greater volume of fewer components, enabling
it to significantly reduce its vendor base and benefit from increased sourcing
leverage.
- - Implement other procedures to reduce manufacturing costs, including: (i)
improving planning and scheduling by introducing continuous flow manufacturing
principles and integrating the Company's new management information system;
(ii) improving product flow and reducing cycle time in order to increase
manufacturing flexibility and capacity; and (iii) shifting the production of
certain models and components to facilities where they can be more efficiently
produced.
53
<PAGE>
REDUCE SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES. Management believes it
can reduce annual selling, general and administrative expenses by approximately
$10 million to $20 million by fiscal 2001 by reducing redundant functions across
facilities, utilizing the Company's new management information system and
streamlining existing business processes, including redesigning sales and
administrative functions. See "Business--Management Information System."
REDUCE WORKING CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS. Management believes the Operations
Improvement Program will enable the Company to reduce its working capital
requirements by reducing inventory levels by approximately $40 million to $50
million. The Company expects to reduce its inventory levels primarily as a
result of: (i) improved manufacturing processes; (ii) the shifting of production
of certain models and components to facilities where they can be more
efficiently produced; and (iii) product rationalization.
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
The markets in which the Company competes include North America, (defined as
the United States and Canada), Latin America (defined as Central and South
America), Europe (defined as Europe, Africa and the Middle East) and Asia. All
statistical and numerical information set forth below are based on industry
data, which the Company has not independently verified, together with management
estimates and assumptions regarding unit prices.
MOBILE HYDRAULIC CRANES (GROVE CRANE)
The mobile hydraulic crane business was a $2.8 billion industry worldwide in
1997 with a demand for approximately 11,000 machines. Demand in this industry is
primarily dependent upon industrial and construction activity and replacement
cycles for existing cranes. Because of the different demands of each project,
such as boom lengths and lifting capacities, contractors, particularly those in
North America, tend to rent specific machines as needed rather than own a fleet
of machines with varying capabilities. Management estimates that 80% of all new
sales in North America are made to the equipment rental market. In periods of
economic recovery, rising end-user demand is initially reflected in rising
rental fleet utilization. Then, as rental fleet utilization reaches a maximum
level, new orders for cranes generally tend to increase.
In 1997, demand for mobile hydraulic cranes in North America was
approximately 2,400 machines, representing 22% of global demand. From 1992 to
1997, demand grew at a CAGR of 12.6%. The Company believes that, based on the
superior reputation of its products as well as the Company's strong network of
distributors, it is well positioned to capitalize on any growth in the North
American mobile hydraulic crane market. In addition, Grove's product line, which
is the broadest in the industry, enables rental fleet owners to provide a wide
range of models for end-users while maintaining low after-market maintenance and
service costs by buying from a single manufacturer. See "--Competitive
Strengths."
Demand for mobile hydraulic cranes in Europe was approximately 2,200
machines in 1997, representing 20% of global demand. Since 1992, demand in
Europe has experienced little growth. European construction activity has
remained at recessionary levels for the last five years. The Company believes
that this has been due initially to a cyclical downturn and more recently to
fiscal tightening as European countries attempt to meet the budget deficit
targets established by the Maastricht Treaty. The Company believes that it is
well positioned to participate in any cyclical improvements in Europe due to its
local manufacturing operations, strong local distribution and its established
market position in the region. The Company believes that European growth could
act as a buffer to a possible future economic downturn in the United States.
In addition to North America and Europe, markets for mobile hydraulic cranes
include Asia, notably Japan, and Latin America. These markets represented 58% of
global demand in 1997 with approximately 6,400 units shipped. The Japanese
market represents approximately 29% of the worldwide market on a unit basis,
with approximately 3,200 machines sold in 1997. The Company, like other crane
manufacturers
54
<PAGE>
in the United States and Europe, has chosen not to compete in Japan due to
economic fundamentals and certain barriers to entry. Japanese crane
manufacturers generally do not compete in the United States or Europe. The
Chinese market accounted for approximately 2,100 machines sold in 1997, the
majority of which were manufactured locally. However, the People's Republic of
China has been an emerging market for the Company, where it has sold an average
of 8 units per year since 1995, representing approximately 10% of imported
units.
AERIAL WORK PLATFORMS (GROVE MANLIFT)
The aerial work platform industry in North America has developed over the
past 20 years as end-users have realized that aerial work platforms are an
efficient and safer alternative to scaffolding and ladders. The products are
used for indoor or outdoor applications in a variety of construction, industrial
and commercial settings which require workers to be lifted to high elevations.
Rapid growth of the industry has been due to efficiency considerations as well
as regulations mandating safety standards for people working in elevated areas.
The Company believes that approximately 90% of all aerial work platform sales in
North America are to rental fleets. The rental market represents such a large
percentage of the overall market because: (i) contractors require workers to be
elevated only for limited periods during a given job, and different jobs require
different platform heights, making ownership of a single specification unit
uneconomical and (ii) industrial customers increasingly outsource their
equipment requirements to rental providers.
In terms of market penetration of aerial work platforms, the United States
is the most advanced market in the world, indicating strong fundamental growth
potential for the industry outside North America. Since 1992, demand in North
America has grown at a CAGR of 32%. In 1997, demand for aerial work platforms in
North America was approximately 41,000 machines, representing 76% of global
demand. The demand for aerial work platforms in the worldwide market, excluding
North America, in comparison, was only 13,000 units in 1997. The Company expects
increased sales of aerial work platforms in international markets, where the
number of aerial work platforms remains significantly lower than in the United
States.
The Company expects the aerial work platform division to be an important
factor in its long-term growth strategy. Growth in the aerial work platform
market is expected to be driven primarily by new product introductions and
applications, as well as continued compliance in the United States with
government-mandated safety regulations. Furthermore, as foreign governments
adopt stricter safety regulations and foreign end-users realize the efficiency
benefits of using aerial work platforms, the Company expects to capture its
share of international growth given its strong existing international market
presence and distribution capabilities, particularly in Europe.
TRUCK-MOUNTED CRANES (NATIONAL CRANE)
The truck-mounted crane division manufactures both telescoping cranes and
articulating cranes. These cranes are used primarily by contractors engaged in
the industrial, commercial, public works and residential construction, railroad
and oil field service industries and in maintenance applications to lift
materials or personnel at the same job site or to move material to another job
site or location. In 1997, demand for truck-mounted telescoping cranes in North
America was approximately 2,100 machines, representing 48% of total North
American demand. Since 1992, demand has grown at a CAGR of 16%. Demand for
truck-mounted articulating cranes in North America was approximately 2,300
machines in 1997, representing 52% of total North American demand. Since 1992,
demand has grown at a CAGR of 5%. Telescoping cranes are more popular in the
United States while articulating cranes are more popular in Europe.
55
<PAGE>
PRODUCTS
MOBILE HYDRAULIC CRANES (GROVE CRANE)
Grove Crane manufactures over 40 models of mobile hydraulic cranes, which
are used primarily in the industrial, commercial and public works construction
industries and in maintenance applications, to lift material at job sites. There
are four main types of mobile hydraulic cranes: (i) Rough-Terrain, (ii) All-
Terrain, (iii) Truck-Mounted and (iv) Industrial. In addition, Grove Crane
produces three models of specialty cranes for the U.S. Department of Defense.
ROUGH-TERRAIN CRANES are designed to lift materials and equipment on rough
or uneven terrain. These cranes cannot be driven on highways, and, accordingly,
must be transported by truck to a work site. Grove Crane produces 15 models of
rough-terrain cranes, believed to be the broadest such line in the world,
capable of working heights of up to 208 feet and maximum load capacities of up
to 100 tons.
ALL-TERRAIN CRANES are versatile cranes designed to lift materials and
equipment on rough or uneven terrain and yet are highly maneuverable and capable
of highway speeds. Grove Crane produces 11 models of all-terrain cranes capable
of working heights of up to 372 feet and maximum load capacities of up to 300
tons.
TRUCK-MOUNTED CRANES are designed to provide simple set-up and long reach
high capacity booms and are capable of traveling from site to site at highway
speeds. These cranes are suitable for urban and suburban uses. Grove Crane
produces 10 models of truck-mounted cranes, believed to be the broadest such
line in the world, capable of working heights of up to 270 feet and maximum load
capacities of up to 150 tons.
INDUSTRIAL CRANES are designed primarily for plant maintenance, storage yard
and material handling jobs. Grove Crane produces 5 models of industrial cranes
capable of working heights of up to 85 feet and maximum load capacities of up to
18 tons.
AERIAL WORK PLATFORMS (GROVE MANLIFT)
Grove Manlift manufactures over 60 models of aerial work platforms which
elevate workers and their materials more safely, quickly and easily than
alternative methods such as scaffolding and ladders. The work platform is
mounted on either a telescoping and/or articulating boom or on a vertical
lifting scissor mechanism. The boom truck lifting mechanism is mounted on a
chassis powered by electric motors or gas, diesel or propane engines. The
Company manufactures four types of aerial work platforms: (i) Scissor Lift, (ii)
Articulating Boom, (iii) Telescoping Boom and (iv) Vertical Mast.
SCISSOR LIFTS have a work platform that is mounted on top of a scissor type
lifting mechanism. The lifts are designed to set up and move quickly from job to
job in construction, industrial and commercial settings. Grove Manlift produces
19 models of scissor lifts capable of working heights of up to 46 feet and
maximum load capacities of up to 2,000 pounds.
ARTICULATING BOOM LIFTS have a work platform that is mounted on top of a
jointed boom. These lifts are used primarily in the industrial and construction
settings where articulation allows users to access elevated areas over machines
or structural obstacles. Grove Manlift produces 20 models of articulating boom
lifts capable of working heights of up to 131 feet and maximum load capacities
of up to 800 pounds.
TELESCOPING BOOM LIFTS have a work platform that is mounted on top of a
telescoping boom and designed for strength, rigidity and resistance to
deflection. These lifts are used primarily outdoors in residential, commercial
and industrial construction and maintenance projects. Grove Manlift produces 11
models of telescoping boom lifts capable of working heights of up to 116 feet
and maximum load capacities of up to 700 pounds.
56
<PAGE>
VERTICAL MAST LIFTS have work platforms that are either mounted on top of
fork-lift type devices or on push-around type devices. These lifts are designed
for use by workers for general purpose indoor maintenance. Some models are for
vertical lifting applications only, while others also have out-reach
capabilities. Grove Manlift produces 16 models of vertical mast lifts capable of
working heights of up to 46 feet and maximum load capacities of up to 500
pounds.
TRUCK-MOUNTED CRANES (NATIONAL CRANE)
National Crane manufactures 22 models of truck-mounted cranes used primarily
by contractors engaged in the industrial, commercial, public works and
residential construction, railroad and oil field service industries and in
maintenance applications to lift materials or personnel at the same job site or
to move material to another job site or location. The Company manufactures two
types of truck-mounted cranes: telescoping and articulating. The Company also
manufactures 4 models of pedestal-mounted, fixed location cranes.
TELESCOPING CRANES are used primarily for lifting material and personnel on
a job site. National Crane produces 10 models of truck-mounted telescoping
cranes capable of working heights of up to 166 feet and maximum load capacities
of up to 33 tons.
ARTICULATING CRANES are used primarily to load and unload truck beds at a
job site. National Crane produces 12 models of truck-mounted articulating cranes
capable of working heights of up to 71 feet and maximum load capacities of up to
28 tons.
OTHER CRANES include four models of pedestal-mounted cranes designed for
docks, factories, yards, and other areas where fixed, stationary lifting is
required. These cranes are capable of working heights of up to 90 feet and
maximum load capacities of up to 23 tons.
MARKETING AND DISTRIBUTION
GENERAL
The Company benefits from an established base of approximately 240
independent distributors located in 50 countries around the world. Over two
thirds of Grove Crane's North American distributors have been with the Company
for over 10 years. While the Company's distributors generally do not sell the
Company's products exclusively, management believes that, in many cases, the
Company's products represent a significant portion of the distributor's
business. Many of Grove Crane's distributors also represent Caterpillar Inc. or
Komatsu Ltd. and, as such, are considered among the best-capitalized in the
industry. Management believes that the strength of its distributor network is an
important competitive advantage. For example, within twelve months after
acquiring the mobile hydraulic crane business of Krupp in August 1995, the
Company leveraged its brand name and distribution network to increase annual
sales from approximately 40 units to approximately 80 units of the cranes
formerly manufactured by Krupp.
MOBILE HYDRAULIC CRANES
The Company distributes its mobile hydraulic cranes primarily through a
global network of independent distributors, except in Germany, France and the
United Kingdom, where the Company has its own distributors. In addition, the
Company sells directly to certain large corporate customers and the United
States Government. The Company believes that its distribution network is one of
its key strengths.
In fiscal 1997, 67% of the Company's unit sales of mobile hydraulic cranes
were derived from units shipped to North American and Latin American
distributors. The Company has longstanding relationships with its 42 North
American and 25 Latin American distributors, of which over 40% have been
distributors for the Company for over 25 years. Shipments to Europe (including
Europe, Africa and the Middle East) comprised approximately 27% of the Company's
shipments in fiscal 1997 through three Company stores,
57
<PAGE>
located in the U.K., Germany and France, and 42 third-party distributors. In
fiscal 1997, shipments to Asia comprised approximately 5% of the Company's unit
shipments through full-service distributors who cover the complete market in
each country in which they are located.
AERIAL WORK PLATFORMS
In fiscal 1997, aerial work platforms sold by North American distributors
represented approximately 63% of the Company's unit sales of aerial work
platforms. The Company has 64 authorized distributors in 187 locations across
North America providing coverage in most major markets. To take advantage of
growth in the aerial work platform market, the Company has increased the number
of North American distributors by 18% since 1992. Approximately 50% of the
Company's North American distributors carry only the Company's aerial work
platforms.
In fiscal 1997, sales to customers in Europe represented approximately 24%
of the Company's units shipped of aerial work platforms. The Company's 17
European distributors include independent and Company-owned distributors. Three
Company locations in the U.K., Germany and France and a major independent
distributor in the Netherlands collectively accounted for more than 50% of
aerial work platform net sales in Europe. Asian customers purchased
approximately 11% of the Company's units shipped in fiscal 1997. Asia is
supported by authorized distributors located in Hong Kong, India, Indonesia,
Korea, the Philippines, Singapore/Malaysia, Taiwan, Thailand and Vietnam and a
Company-owned distribution facility in Penrith, Australia. Latin American
customers purchased approximately 2% of the Company's units shipped in fiscal
1997.
TRUCK-MOUNTED CRANES
The Company's North American truck-mounted crane distribution network
consists of 67 distributors that carry multiple product lines, the majority of
which maintain rental fleets. In addition, the Company has 8 distributors that
focus either on limited product lines and/or market niches. Certain of the
Company's "niche" distributors primarily sell to railroads and are a particular
strength of the Company's customer base. Most of these distributors have been
with the Company for over 15 years. The Company believes that these distributors
account for a significant portion of the U.S. railroad market for articulating
truck-mounted cranes. The Company sells directly to E.I. du Pont de Nemours and
Company, The Hertz Corporation, the Tennessee Valley Authority, Union Pacific
Railroad Corporation and U.S. Rentals, Inc. In fiscal 1997, direct sales
accounted for 9% of all truck-mounted cranes sold by the Company.
END-USERS AND CUSTOMERS
Mobile hydraulic cranes are primarily used by contractors engaged in
industrial, commercial and public works construction and for plant maintenance
and material handling jobs. Aerial work platforms are primarily used by
contractors engaged in residential, commercial and industrial construction and
in maintenance projects. Truck-mounted cranes are primarily used by contractors
engaged in the industrial, commercial, public works and residential
construction, railroad and oil field service industries and in maintenance
applications to lift materials or personnel at the same job site or to move
material to another job site or location. In addition, U.S. railroad companies
and U.S. equipment rental companies use the Company's truck-mounted cranes.
Mobile hydraulic cranes and aerial work platforms are also sold to the U.S.
Department of Defense and other government agencies.
For the fiscal years ended September 30, 1995, September 28, 1996 and
September 27, 1997, approximately 20%, 20% and 19%, respectively, of the
Company's revenues were generated from sales to six major customers, with no one
customer accounting for more than 5% of total revenue. Approximately 15% and 31%
of the outstanding accounts and notes receivable balance as of September 28,
1996 and September 27, 1997, respectively, were due from these customers.
58
<PAGE>
DEALER FINANCING PROGRAM
The Company offers certain of its distributors up to 360-day inventory
financing. Units sold under this program generate secured notes receivable,
which the Company sells, from time to time, to financial institutions at 100% of
face value. The Company obtains insurance from a third party for 90% of the
payment obligations relating to these notes receivable and is therefore able to
obtain favorable interest rates on the sale of these notes, thereby generating
interest income to the Company based upon the difference between interest
received from its distributors and the interest paid to the purchasing financial
institutions. The Company guarantees the other 10% of the distributors'
obligations under the notes. The terms of the notes provide that if the
distributor sells the equipment prior to the maturity of the notes, the notes
must be repaid immediately along with any interest accrued thereon.
ENGINEERING AND DESIGN
The Company believes that its engineering and design capabilities are among
the Company's major strengths. The Company's team of engineers focuses on
developing innovative, high performance, low maintenance products that create
significant brand loyalty among customers. Design engineers work closely with
the Company's manufacturing and marketing staff, enabling the Company to quickly
identify changing end-user requirements, implement new technologies and
effectively introduce product innovations. As part of its ongoing commitment to
provide superior products, the Company intends to intensify its efforts to
design products that meet evolving customer demands and reduce the period from
product conception to product introduction.
The Company believes its investment in systems and techniques will enable it
to continually improve its cost position in the industry. The Company is now
positioned to realize the benefits of this investment as it reduces costs,
improves productivity and product development times, and enhances inventory
management.
MANUFACTURING AND FACILITIES
The Company maintains major manufacturing and engineering facilities in
Shady Grove, Pennsylvania, Sunderland, United Kingdom, and Wilhelmshaven,
Germany, as well as plants in Tonneins, France and Waverly, Nebraska. All such
manufacturing facilities are ISO 9001 certified except for the Tonneins
facility, which is currently seeking such certification. The Company also
maintains service facilities in the United Kingdom, Germany and France, and
offices in the United Arab Emirates, Singapore, Australia and China.
The following table outlines the principal facilities owned or leased by the
Company:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
APPROXIMATE
FACILITY LOCATION TYPE OF FACILITY SQUARE FOOTAGE OWNED/LEASED
- ------------------------- -------------------------- -------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Shady Grove, Pennsylvania Manufacturing/Headquarters 1,165,600 owned
Quincy, Pennsylvania Manufacturing 40,100 owned
Chambersburg,
Pennsylvania Office/Storage 81,000 owned
Waverly, Nebraska Manufacturing/Headquarters 303,800 owned
Sunderland, U.K.(1) Manufacturing/Storage/Office 775,000 leased
Wilhelmshaven, Germany(2) Manufacturing/Storage/Office 410,400 owned/leased
Storage/Office/Field
Langenfeld, Germany(3) Testing 80,300 leased
Tonneins, France(4) Manufacturing/Storage/Office 101,900 owned/leased
Osny, France Storage/Repair/Office 43,000 owned
</TABLE>
- ------------------------------
(1) The lease expires on April 30, 2000. The Company has an option to purchase
the facility at any time prior to February 27, 1999 for a nominal amount.
(2) Buildings are owned by the Company and the underlying land is leased from
the Federal Republic of Germany and Friedrich Krupp AG Hoesch Krupp. These
leases expire December 31, 2043 and December 31, 2042, respectively.
(3) The lease for the Langenfeld, Germany facility expires in July 1998. Unless
otherwise terminated, the lease will be automatically renewed annually
unless either party gives notice of termination.
(4) Includes two facilities, one of which is leased. The lease expires on
November 29, 2004.
59
<PAGE>
To the extent any such properties are leased, the Company expects to be able
to renew such leases or lease comparable facilities on terms commercially
acceptable to the Company. Management believes that the Company's facilities are
suitable for its operations and provide sufficient capacity to meet the
Company's requirements for the foreseeable future.
The obligations of the Company under the New Credit Facility are secured by
a mortgage on certain of the Company's owned, domestic real properties.
COMPETITION
The markets in which the Company operates are highly competitive. The
Company faces competition in each of its operating divisions from a number of
manufacturers. Competition in each of the Company's markets generally is based
on product design, overall product quality, maintenance costs and price. The
Company believes it benefits from the following competitive advantages: (i)
leading market positions; (ii) a strong brand name and reputation for quality
products and service; (iii) an established network of global distributors; (iv)
a broad product line and (v) a commitment to engineering design and product
innovation. The following table sets forth the Company's primary competitors in
each of its operating divisions:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
OPERATING
DIVISIONS PRODUCTS PRIMARY COMPETITORS
- ------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Grove Crane Mobile Hydraulic Liebherr Werk Nenzing, Link-Belt Construction Equipment Co.,
Cranes Mannesman DeMag, Tadano Ltd. and Terex Corporation ("Terex")
Grove Manlift Aerial Work Platforms Genie Industries, JLG Industries, Inc., Sky Jack Inc., Snorkel
Company, Terex and UpRight, a division of W.R. Carpenter North
America, Inc.
National Crane Truck-Mounted Cranes Fassi Gru Idrauliche SpA, Hiab BV, Iowa Mold Tooling Co. Inc. (IMT),
Manitex, Inc., Palfinger GmbH, Pioneer Truck Cranes, manufactured by
Pioneer Engineering Corporation, Terex and USTC Inc.
</TABLE>
RAW MATERIALS
Principal materials used by the Company in its various manufacturing
processes include steel, castings, engines, tires, axles, transmissions,
hydraulic valves and controls, hydraulic cylinders, electric controls and
motors, and a variety of other fabricated or manufactured items. Substantially
all materials are normally available from multiple suppliers. Current and
potential suppliers are evaluated on a regular basis on their ability to meet
the Company's requirements and standards.
EMPLOYEES
As of June 1, 1998, the Company had a total of approximately 5,200
employees, of which approximately 3,500 were employed in the United States.
Approximately 26% of the Company's employees are represented by labor unions. In
the United States, workers at the Company's Waverly, Nebraska facility are
organized and are subject to a collective bargaining agreement that expires on
April 11, 1999. Certain employees at the Company's Sunderland, United Kingdom,
Wilhelmshaven, Germany and Tonneins, France facilities are also organized under
the host country's labor laws. The collective bargaining agreements covering the
Sunderland, United Kingdom employees are subject to renegotiation in October
1998. The collective bargaining agreements covering the Wilhelmshaven, Germany
employees will not terminate unless due notice is given by either party pursuant
to special provisions within the collective bargaining agreements, but are
subject to renegotiation at various times. Throughout all facilities, the
Company considers its relations with its employees and union representatives to
be good.
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEM
In fiscal 1995, the Company initiated a program to install a new
computer-based resource planning system at its United States, German and United
Kingdom facilities. The project, which is expected to be completed at the end of
fiscal 1998, will have a total cost of approximately $41.0 million, of which
60
<PAGE>
approximately $26.3 million had been expended at March 28, 1998. The Company
believes that this new system will enable the Company to reduce costs, improve
productivity and product development times, and enhance inventory management.
The Company's new resource planning system is expected to provide improved
cost data, facilitate inventory and work-in-process tracking and provide
improved order processing. In addition, the system is expected to yield improved
organizational performance due to timely and meaningful performance measurements
and the availability of timely and accurate management information across all
functions and all levels. The new software will cover the Company's product
lifecycle, including the functionality needed for new product development, order
management and lifetime product service and support, as well as accounting
support activities. The system will also address the Company's global
requirements such as a multi-lingual and multi-currency system to cover all of
its facilities.
The completion of the project will render all of the Company's major
computer systems Year 2000 compliant.
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
The Company generates hazardous and non-hazardous waste in the normal course
of its manufacturing operations. As a result, the Company is subject to a wide
range of Federal, state, local and foreign environmental laws, including CERCLA,
that (i) govern activities or operations that may have adverse environmental
effects, such as discharges to air and water, as well as handling and disposal
practices for hazardous and nonhazardous wastes, and (ii) impose liability for
the costs of cleaning up, and certain damages resulting from, sites of past
spills, disposals or other releases of hazardous substances. Compliance with
such laws has required, and will continue to require, expenditures by the
Company on a continuing basis. The Company does not expect that these
expenditures will have a material adverse effect on its financial condition or
results of operations.
The Company is currently developing a remediation program with respect to an
area that has been contaminated by petroleum hydrocarbons at its Shady Grove,
Pennsylvania facility. The Company believes that this contamination is confined
to the Shady Grove site and has not migrated to any adjacent properties. The
Company also believes that the costs of remediating this contamination will not
have a material adverse effect on its financial condition or results of
operations.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
The Company is involved in various legal proceedings which have arisen in
the normal course of its operations. The outcome of these legal proceedings, if
determined adversely to the Company, is unlikely to have a material effect on
the Company. The Company is also subject to product liability claims for which
it believes it has adequate insurance.
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
The Company's products are sold primarily under the logo
"G-Registered Trademark-", and the trademarks GROVE-Registered Trademark-,
MANLIFT-Registered Trademark-, GROVE WORLDWIDE-Registered Trademark-, G
MANLIFT-Registered Trademark-, G MEGA TRAK-Registered Trademark-,
MAXX-Registered Trademark- and SUPER-MAXX-Registered Trademark-. The Company
owns a number of patents and trademarks relating to the products it manufactures
that have been obtained over a number of years. These patents and trademarks
have been of value in the growth of the Company's business and may continue to
be of value in the future. The Company does not regard any portion of the
Company's business as being dependent upon any single patent or group of
patents.
61
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT
MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY
Holdings, as Managing Member, sets the terms of office of the members of the
Management Committee of the Company (the "Company Management Committee"). Aside
from Mr. Bonanno, the executive officers of the Company serve at the discretion
of the Company Management Committee. See "--Employment Arrangements." The
following table sets forth information concerning executive officers of the
Company and the members of the Company Management Committee, each of whom is
also a member of the Management Committee of Holdings (the "Holdings Management
Committee," and, together with the Company Management Committee, the "Management
Committees"):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME AGE
- ------------------------------------------------------------- ---
<S> <C> <C>
Salvatore J. Bonanno......................................... 57
James A. Kolinski............................................ 56
Joseph A. Shull.............................................. 51
Jeffry D. Bust............................................... 45
Theodore J. Urbanek.......................................... 63
Keith R. Simmons............................................. 47
Robert J. Sliwa.............................................. 49
J Taylor Crandall............................................ 43
Michael L. George............................................ 58
Gerald Grinstein............................................. 65
Steven B. Gruber............................................. 40
Robert B. Henske............................................. 35
Gerard E. Holthaus........................................... 48
Anthony P. Scotto............................................ 50
<CAPTION>
NAME POSITION
- ------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
Salvatore J. Bonanno......................................... Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Grove Worldwide and
Member of each Management Committee
James A. Kolinski............................................ President and Chief Operating Officer, Grove Manlift
Joseph A. Shull.............................................. Chairman, Grove Crane
Jeffry D. Bust............................................... President and Chief Operating Officer, Grove Crane
Theodore J. Urbanek.......................................... President, National Crane Corporation
Keith R. Simmons............................................. Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Senior Business
Development Officer, Grove Worldwide
Robert J. Sliwa.............................................. Vice President, Human Resources, Grove Worldwide
J Taylor Crandall............................................ Member of each Management Committee
Michael L. George............................................ Member of each Management Committee
Gerald Grinstein............................................. Member of each Management Committee
Steven B. Gruber............................................. Member of each Management Committee
Robert B. Henske............................................. Member of each Management Committee
Gerard E. Holthaus........................................... Member of each Management Committee
Anthony P. Scotto............................................ Member of each Management Committee
</TABLE>
Mr. Bonanno serves as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company
and serves as a member of each Management Committee. From July 1995 to June
1997, he was President of Foamex L.P. and from July 1997 to March 1998, he was
President, Chief Operating Officer and a Board Member of Foamex International
Inc. ("Foamex"), a $1 billion polyurethane manufacturing company, where he was
responsible for directing all manufacturing operations, strategic planning and
policy-making activities for Foamex's cushioning foams, automotive foams and
technical foams businesses. While at Foamex, Mr. Bonanno led an organizational
restructuring which included eliminating three layers of management,
restructuring manufacturing operations and reducing costs. From July 1993 to
July 1995, Mr. Bonanno served as General Manager of International Manufacturing
Operations for Chrysler Corporation where his responsibilities included solely
owned operations, joint ventures and licensing agreements outside of North
America. Mr. Bonanno joined Chrysler in 1965.
Mr. Kolinski serves as President and Chief Operating Officer of Grove
Manlift, a position in which he has served since May 1993. Mr. Kolinski is
responsible for Grove Manlift's sales, marketing, engineering and service
worldwide. As President, Chief Operating Officer and director of Simon Aerials
Inc., he was responsible for worldwide sales and North American operations from
August 1989 through April 1993.
Mr. Shull serves as Chairman of Grove Crane, a position in which he has
served since June 1998. From September 1995 to June 1998, Mr. Shull was
President and Chief Operating Officer of Grove Crane, where he was responsible
for the business direction of Grove Crane, including overseeing the
manufacturing, quality, marketing, sales, product support and engineering
departments at Grove Crane's Shady Grove, Pennsylvania, Sunderland, United
Kingdom and Wilhelmshaven, Germany facilities. He began his
62
<PAGE>
career at Grove Crane in June 1968. From May 1995 to September 1995, Mr. Shull
was the Senior Vice President of Sales and Product Support for Grove Crane.
Mr. Bust serves as President and Chief Operating Officer of Grove Crane, a
position in which he has served since June 1998, and is responsible for the
business direction of Grove Crane, including overseeing the manufacturing,
quality, marketing, sales, product support and engineering departments at Grove
Crane's Shady Grove, Pennsylvania, Sunderland, United Kingdom, and
Wilhelmshaven, Germany facilities. From November 1994 to June 1998, he served as
President and General Manager for Manitowoc Cranes, Inc., and the Lattice Crane
Group. From January 1989 to November 1994, he held the positions of Senior Vice
President, Mining Equipment Division, and Vice President of Operations for
Harnischfeger Corporation. He also held various management positions with FMC
Corporation from June 1982 to January 1989.
Mr. Urbanek serves as President of National Crane, the position in which he
has served since 1975. Mr. Urbanek is responsible for the business direction of
National Crane, including overseeing the manufacturing, engineering, marketing,
sales, product support, quality, human resources, accounting and information
services departments at the Waverly, Nebraska facility. His past positions
include acting Vice President and General Manager of Grove Manlift from 1981 to
1983 and Group Vice President for Circle Steel Corp. and Cook Pump (a Grove
Worldwide operation) from 1984 to 1987.
Mr. Simmons serves as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Senior
Business Development Officer of the Company. He has served as the Senior Vice
President, General Counsel and Senior Business Development Officer for Grove
Worldwide since May 1995, and is responsible for managing the legal affairs of
Grove Worldwide and its operating companies and for developing and implementing
all external growth initiatives. From April 1992 to May 1995, he was Senior Vice
President and General Counsel for Grove Worldwide.
Mr. Sliwa serves as Vice President of Human Resources of the Company. He has
served as Vice President of Human Resources of Grove Worldwide since March 1997,
and is responsible for the design, implementation and management of Human
Resources policies, procedures and programs on a worldwide basis. He was Vice
President of Human Resources at General Chemical Corporation from December 1993
through February 1997, having held the position of Director of Employee
Relations from 1990 through 1993.
Mr. Crandall serves as a member of each Management Committee. Since 1986,
Mr. Crandall has served as Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of
Keystone. Since 1991, he has served as a President and a Director of Acadia MGP,
Inc. Mr. Crandall is currently a Director of Bell & Howell Company, Quaker State
Corporation, Specialty Foods Corporation, Washington Mutual, Inc., Integrated
Orthopedic, Inc. and Signature Resorts, Inc. Mr. Crandall also serves on the
Board of Advisors of FEP Capital Holdings, L.P., and on the Investment
Committees of Insurance Partners and Brazos Fund, L.P.
Mr. George serves as a member of each Management Committee. Since 1984, Mr.
George has served as Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of the
George Group, an acquisition and management consulting firm based in Dallas,
Texas. He is currently a Director of Reliant Building Products, Inc.
Mr. Grinstein serves as a member of each Management Committee. Since August
1997, Mr. Grinstein has been the non-executive Chairman of Delta Airlines. He
served as Chairman of Burlington Northern Santa Fe Corp., a railroad
transportation company, until his retirement in 1995. He was Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer of Burlington Northern Inc. from 1991 to 1995. Before joining
Burlington Northern in 1987, he was Chairman of Western Airlines from 1983 to
1987 and a partner in the law firm of Preston, Thorgrimson, Ellis and Holman
from 1969 to 1983. In addition to being a director of Delta Airlines, Mr.
Grinstein also serves as a director of Browning-Ferris Industries, Inc., PACCAR
Inc., Sundstrand Corp. and Imperial Holly Corp.
63
<PAGE>
Mr. Gruber serves as a member of each Management Committee. Since March
1992, Mr. Gruber has been a Managing Director of Oak Hill Partners, Inc. From
May 1990 to March 1992, he was a Managing Director of Rosecliff, Inc. Since
February 1994, Mr. Gruber has also been an officer of Insurance Partners
Advisors, L.P., an investment adviser to Insurance Partners, L.P. Since October
1992, he has been a Vice President of Keystone. From 1981 to 1990, Mr. Gruber
was a Managing Director and co-head of High Yield Securities and held various
other positions at Lehman Brothers, Inc. Mr. Gruber serves as a Director of
Superior National Insurance Group, Inc., MVE Holdings, Inc., Reliant Building
Products, Inc. and several private companies related to Keystone, Insurance
Partners, L.P. and Oak Hill Partners, Inc.
Mr. Henske serves as a member of each Management Committee. Since January
1997, Mr. Henske has served as a principal at Arbor Investors, LLC. From January
1996 to December 1996, he was Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
and Board Member of American Savings Bank, F.A., a federally-chartered thrift.
From 1986 to January 1996, he was a partner and held various other positions
with Bain & Company, Inc., a management consulting firm. Mr. Henske is currently
a Director of Reliant Building Products, Inc. and Williams Scotsman, Inc.
Mr. Holthaus serves as a member of each Management Committee. Since April
1997, Mr. Holthaus has been President and Chief Executive Officer of Williams
Scotsman, Inc. From September 1995 to April 1997, he was President and Chief
Operating Officer and was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
prior thereto. He has served as a Director since June 1994. Before joining
Williams Scotsman, Inc., Mr. Holthaus served as Senior Vice President of MNC
Financial, Inc. from April 1988 to June 1994. From 1971 to 1988, Mr. Holthaus
was associated with the accounting firm of Ernst & Young (Baltimore), where he
served as a partner from 1982 to 1988.
Mr. Scotto serves as a member of each Management Committee. Since 1992, he
has served as a Managing Director of Oak Hill Partners, Inc., the investment
advisor and management company for Acadia Partners, L.P. and Keystone. Mr.
Scotto is currently a Director of Holophane Corporation, Ivex Packaging
Corporation and Specialty Foods Corporation.
MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE SUBCOMMITTEES AND FEES
Neither Management Committee has a compensation committee, audit committee
or nominating committee. The members of the Management Committees are not
compensated for their services as such.
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
The following table sets forth all cash compensation paid during the last
fiscal year to Grove Worldwide's Chief Executive Officer and those officers who
were, at September 27, 1997, the next four highest paid officers of the Company
(collectively, together with the Chief Executive Officer, the "Named Executive
Officers"):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
LONG TERM
COMPENSATION
ANNUAL COMPENSATION AWARD
---------------------- ------------- ALL OTHER
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION YEAR SALARY BONUS(1) LTIP PAYOUTS COMPENSATION(2)
- -------------------------------------------------------------- --------- ---------- ---------- ------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
R. Stift, Chairman and CEO,
Grove Worldwide(3).......................................... 1997 $ 391,000 $ 390,000 $ 23,776 $ 21,129(4)
J. Shull, President, Grove Crane.............................. 1997 221,008 220,000 3,237 15,928(5)
J. Kolinski, President, Grove Manlift......................... 1997 201,004 142,000 10,364 19,555(6)
K. Simmons, General Counsel, Grove Worldwide.................. 1997 186,004 138,750 3,214 15,728(7)
F. Heidinger, CFO, Grove Worldwide(8)......................... 1997 175,408 131,250 7,781 13,320(9)
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) Attributable to the fiscal year 1996 through fiscal year 1997, but paid in
December 1997.
64
<PAGE>
(2) Represents value of personal use of a company vehicle, employer matching
contributions under Grove Worldwide's 401(k) plan, excess group term life
insurance value, supplemental health care insurance and long-term disability
insurance premiums. Does not include benefits that are made available to all
employees.
(3) Robert C. Stift served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Grove
Worldwide until April 29, 1998.
(4) Includes excess group term life insurance valued at $8,550.
(5) Includes the use of a company vehicle valued at $4,990 and employer matching
contributions under Grove Worldwide's 401(k) plan of $4,197.
(6) Includes the use of a company vehicle valued at $6,279 and excess group term
life insurance valued at $8,550.
(7) Includes the use of a company vehicle valued at $4,579 and employer matching
contributions under Grove Worldwide's 401(k) plan of $5,430.
(8) G. Fred Heidinger served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer of Grove Worldwide until May 15, 1998.
(9) Includes the use of a company vehicle valued at $4,328 and employer matching
contributions under Grove Worldwide's 401(k) plan of $5,052.
Kidde, Grove Worldwide and/or Hanson maintained certain other compensation
programs that were terminated on or prior to the consummation of the
Transactions.
EXERCISE OF OPTIONS DURING FISCAL 1997
The following table sets forth certain information with regard to stock
options held by the Named Executive Officers during fiscal 1997:
AGGREGATED OPTIONS EXERCISES DURING FISCAL 1997 AND YEAR-END VALUES (1)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
VALUE OF UNEXERCISED IN-
UNEXERCISED OPTIONS AT THE THE-MONEY OPTIONS AT THE END OF
SECURITIES AGGREGATE END OF FISCAL 1997(#) FISCAL 1997
ACQUIRED ON VALUE -------------------------- --------------------------------
NAME EXERCISE(2) REALIZED($) EXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE EXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE
- ---------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------- ----------- -------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
R. Stift................................ 19,457 $ 9,850 151,336 0 $ 39,386 0
J. Shull................................ 0 0 38,358 11,641 0 0
J. Kolinski............................. 0 0 11,641 15,521 0 0
K. Simmons.............................. 0 0 35,475 11,641 0 0
F. Heidinger............................ 0 0 46,564 11,641 0 0
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) Hanson maintained the stock option plan under which the options described in
this table were issued. The participation of the Named Executive Officers
will cease as of the Closing Date in connection with the Closing of the
Transactions.
(2) All options described in this table are to purchase the ordinary shares of
Hanson.
65
<PAGE>
PENSION BENEFITS
The following table sets forth the standard annual benefits payable to
participants in the Company's pension plan and nonqualified supplemental benefit
plan:
PENSION PLAN TABLE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS OF SERVICE
--------------------------------------------------------
REMUNERATION 15 20 25 30 35
- ------------- --------- --------- ---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1$25,000..... $ 27,903 $ 37,203 $ 46,504 $ 55,805 $ 65,106
1$50,000..... $ 34,090 $ 45,453 $ 56,817 $ 68,180 $ 79,543
1$75,000..... $ 40,278 $ 53,703 $ 67,129 $ 80,555 $ 93,981
2$00,000..... $ 46,465 $ 61,953 $ 77,442 $ 92,930 $ 108,418
2$25,000..... $ 52,653 $ 70,203 $ 87,754 $ 105,356 $ 122,856
3$00,000..... $ 61,315 $ 81,753 $ 101,192 $ 122,630 $ 143,068
4$00,000..... $ 61,315 $ 81,753 $ 102,192 $ 122,630 $ 143,068
4$50,000..... $ 61,315 $ 81,753 $ 102,192 $ 122,630 $ 143,068
5$00,000..... $ 61,315 $ 81,753 $ 102,192 $ 122,630 $ 143,068
</TABLE>
Salaried employees of the Company are eligible to participate in the
Company's defined benefit pension plan, and each named Executive Officer
participates in a supplemental excess retirement plan. Under the aggregated
plans, benefits are determined based on years of service and average annual base
salary (up to $260,000 for years after 1996) for the highest three of the last
10 years of service. Benefits under the plan equal 1% of final average pay plus
0.65% of final average pay in excess of social security covered compensation,
minus any benefits payable under the Company's prior plan. Mr. Stift is covered
by a special, non-qualified, unfunded supplemental retirement plan, which
provides a total retirement benefit of 66 2/3% of base pay averaged over the
full 60 months prior to retirement. This total benefit is reduced by benefits
from the Grove and Hanson pension plans, 50% of the Primary Social Security
benefit and for employment after July 1, 1984 of less than 20 years.
All of the Named Executive Officers are participants in the pension plan.
The following table sets forth the estimated credited years of service are
for the Named Executive Officers as of the end of fiscal 1997:
ESTIMATED CREDITED YEARS OF SERVICE AS OF THE END OF FISCAL YEAR 1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CREDITED YEARS
NAME OF SERVICE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -----------------
<S> <C>
R. Stift(1)........................................................................ 13.8
J. Shull........................................................................... 29.3
J. Kolinski........................................................................ 4.4
K. Simmons......................................................................... 12.1
F. Heidinger....................................................................... 4.2
</TABLE>
- ------------------------------
(1) Includes 8.4 credited years of service with Hanson.
DESCRIPTION OF MANAGEMENT OPTION PLAN
In April 1998, Grove Investors adopted the Grove Investors LLC Management
Option Plan (the "Option Plan"). The purposes of the Option Plan are to promote
the interests of Grove Investors and its
66
<PAGE>
members by (i) attracting and retaining exceptional officers and other key
employees of Grove Investors and its affiliates, specifically the Company, and
(ii) enabling such individuals to acquire an equity interest in, and participate
in the long-term growth and financial success of Grove Investors.
Subject to a participant's continued employment with the Company or its
affiliates, options granted under the Option Plan will vest over a five year
period, as follows. For each of the first five fiscal years beginning after the
date the options are granted, the options will vest and become cumulatively
exercisable with respect to 20% of the Grove Investors' membership interests
subject to such options on the last day of such fiscal year if the Company and
its subsidiaries meet the EBITDA target established for that fiscal year. If the
EBITDA actually achieved for a year is less than the EBITDA target for that
year, then the vesting schedule for that year will be proportionately reduced.
In addition, options will not vest in any year if the actual EBITDA for that
year is less than a minimum percentage of the EBITDA target.
To the extent not previously canceled, any unvested portion of an option
will, as of the date of a Change in Control (as defined in the Option Plan), be
deemed vested and exercisable immediately prior to such Change in Control. In
addition, as a result of a termination of employment by any participant, Grove
Investors has the assignable right but not the obligation to purchase the
participant's membership interests in Grove Investors for an amount to be
calculated based on the participant's reason for termination of employment.
EMPLOYMENT ARRANGEMENTS
Mr. Bonanno entered into an employment contract with the Company in March
1998. Mr. Bonanno's term of employment is two years, beginning on April 29,
1998, subject to two-year automatic renewal periods. Mr. Bonanno is entitled to
an annual salary of $500,000, STIP awards and two additional payments of
$450,000 on March 31, 1999 and March 31, 2000. See "Short-Term Incentive Plan."
Mr. Bonanno will also receive an amount equal to the positive difference between
the fair market value of shares of stock of Mr. Bonanno's former employer under
options that Mr. Bonanno held that were not exercisable when he terminated his
previous employment and the exercise price thereof. Further, the Company will
purchase Mr. Bonanno's former residence for $675,000.
As part of his employment contract, Mr. Bonanno was granted an option under
the Option Plan to purchase 2.0% of the outstanding membership interests of
Grove Investors, calculated as of the Closing Date. See "--Description of
Management Option Plan." The contract also provides that Mr. Bonanno will
purchase additional membership interests of Grove Investors for a minimum
aggregate purchase price of $1.5 million. The Company will provide Mr. Bonanno
with a loan in an amount to be agreed upon to help finance his purchase.
In March 1998, Mr. Bonanno entered into a separate employment agreement with
the Company covering the period between March 16, 1998 and April 29, 1998, under
which he received a ratable payment based on the actual number of days elapsed
during such period based on a yearly salary of $500,000.
Mr. Shull entered into an executive agreement with the Company in June 1998.
Mr. Shull's term of employment is four months, beginning on June 1, 1998. Mr.
Shull is entitled to a ratable payment based on his current salary and STIP
awards. See "Short-Term Incentive Plan." In addition, in consideration of his
agreeing not to compete with the Company through August 31, 2001, and to waive
his change of control agreement, Mr. Shull will receive additional annual
payments through August 31, 2001. See "--Termination and Change of Control
Agreements." Mr. Shull also entered into a consulting arrangement covering the
period between October 1, 1998 and December 31, 2000.
TERMINATION AND CHANGE OF CONTROL AGREEMENTS
Effective March 1, 1997, each of Messrs. Heidinger, Kolinski, Shull, Sliwa,
Simmons and Urbanek entered into separate change of control agreements with
Grove Worldwide. Each executive's agreement
67
<PAGE>
provides that if, within two years after a change in control of Grove Worldwide,
(a) the executive is terminated by Grove Worldwide without Cause (as defined
therein) or due to death, disability or retirement, or (b) the executive
terminates his employment for Good Reason, then, in addition to payment for
certain unreimbursed expenses, deferred compensation, health coverage premiums
(including reimbursement for any income tax liability resulting from such
payment) and other employment-related benefits, the executive will also be
entitled to a lump-sum payment equal to two times the sum of (x) his highest
annual base salary in effect within 180 days prior to the change of control and
(y) his highest annual bonus paid or payable for either of the last two
completed years by the Company or its predecessors. Each executive is also
entitled to the above-described severance amount in the event his employment is
within 180 days prior to a change in control terminated (a) by the Company
without Cause or (b) by him for Good Reason (based on an event that occurred
within the 180-day period) or (c) due to his death. Pursuant to Mr. Shull's 1998
executive agreement, he has waived any rights under his change of control
agreement. See "--Employment Arrangements."
SHORT-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
The Company's short-term incentive plan (the "STIP"), will permit the
Company to pay officers and other key employees, including prospective officers
and employees, of the Company and its affiliates an annual bonus conditioned on
the attainment of certain pre-established financial performance criteria based
on EBITDA targets for the Company and/or designated business sub-units. The STIP
will be administered by the Committee of the Company or any person or persons
designated by the Committee to administer the STIP.
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
None of the Named Executive Officers had an employment contract during
fiscal 1997. During fiscal 1997, the compensation of the executive officers of
Grove Worldwide and National Crane, other than Mr. Stift, was determined by Mr.
Stift and by Mr. Andrew Dougal, Chief Executive Officer of Hanson. Mr. Stift's
compensation was determined by Mr. Dougal. No other executive officers of Grove
Worldwide or National Crane participated in deliberations regarding their
compensation.
MANAGEMENT OF GROVE CAPITAL
Messrs. Henske, Scotto and Bonanno are the directors of Grove Capital. They
are not compensated in any way for acting in their capacity as such. The board
of directors of Grove Capital does not have a compensation committee, audit
committee or nominating committee.
Mr. Bonanno is the Chief Executive Officer of Grove Capital. Mr. Simmons is
the Secretary of Grove Capital. Neither of the executive officers of Grove
Capital are compensated as such. See "--Management Committee and Executive
Officers of the Company" for biographical information on the members and
executive officers of Grove Capital.
68
<PAGE>
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN
BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
All of the issued and outstanding membership interests of the Company are
beneficially owned by Holdings, whose principal address is 201 Main Street,
Suite 3200, Fort Worth, Texas 76102. All shares of the issued and outstanding
capital stock of Grove Capital are beneficially owned by the Company, whose
principal address is 1565 Buchanan Trail East, Shady Grove, Pennsylvania 17256.
All of the issued and outstanding membership interests of Holdings are
beneficially owned by Grove Investors, whose principal address is 201 Main
Street, Suite 3200, Fort Worth, Texas 76102.
The following table sets forth certain information regarding beneficial
ownership of the membership interests of Grove Investors, the managing member of
Holdings, after consummation of the Transactions by (i) each member of the
Company Management Committee individually, (ii) each Named Executive Officer and
(iii) all executive officers and members of the Company Management Committee as
a group:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERCENTAGE OF
GROVE INVESTORS
NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ---------------------
<S> <C>
FW Strategic Partners, L.P.(1).............................................................................. 46.22%
FW Grove Coinvestors, L.P.(1)............................................................................... 46.22%
GGEP-Grove, L.P............................................................................................. 2.83%
Squam Lake Investors, II, L.P............................................................................... *
Sunapee Securities, Inc..................................................................................... *
DLJ Capital Corporation..................................................................................... 1.33%
J Crandall.................................................................................................. --
M. George................................................................................................... 2.01%
G. Grinstein................................................................................................ --
S. Gruber................................................................................................... --
R. Henske................................................................................................... --
G. Holthaus................................................................................................. --
A. Scotto................................................................................................... --
S. Bonanno(3)............................................................................................... (2)
R. Stift.................................................................................................... --
J. Shull.................................................................................................... (2)
J. Kolinski................................................................................................. (2)
K. Simmons.................................................................................................. (2)
F. Heidinger................................................................................................ --
All executive officers and members of the Company Management Committee as a group (13 persons).............. (2)
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
* Indicates less than one percent.
(1) The address of this entity is 201 Main Street, Suite 3200, Fort Worth, Texas
76102.
(2) Membership interests to be purchased and to be subject to options under the
Option Plan to be determined.
(3) Mr. Bonanno has options to acquire up to 2.0% of the outstanding membership
interests of Grove Investors, calculated as of the Closing Date.
Certain members of senior management of the Company (the "Senior Management
Members") are expected to purchase up to approximately 6.0% of the membership
interests of Grove Investors. The purchase price of such interests is expected
to be partially financed through approximately $2.0 million in loans from the
Company. The Senior Management Members will also be granted options to purchase
membership interests of Grove Investors under the Option Plan. See
"Management--Description of Management Option Plan." Grove Investors membership
interests held by Senior Management Members will be subject to calls by Grove
Investors upon a termination of employment. See "Management-- Description of
Management Option Plan."
69
<PAGE>
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
OPERATING AGREEMENTS
GROVE WORLDWIDE LLC OPERATING AGREEMENT
The Company is wholly owned by Holdings, which is also the managing member.
As managing member, Holdings has delegated the management of the Company to the
Company Management Committee. Subject to restrictions contained in the New
Credit Facility and the Indenture, all distributions in respect of membership
interests of the Company will be made to Holdings.
GROVE HOLDINGS LLC OPERATING AGREEMENT
Grove Holdings is wholly owned by Grove Investors, which is also the
managing member. As managing member, Grove Investors has delegated the
management of the Company to the Holdings Management Committee, which is
identical in composition to the Company Management Committee. Subject to
restrictions contained in the Debenture Indenture, all distributions in respect
of membership interests of Holdings will be made to Grove Investors.
AGREEMENTS WITH GEORGE GROUP INC. FOR MANAGEMENT CONSULTING SERVICES
The George Group provides consulting services to facilitate the Company's
development and achievement of its business plan, including services with
respect to strategic planning, operations and financial matters. For such
services, the George Group will be paid cash fees equivalent to their costs and
will be reimbursed for its out-of-pocket expenses. The George Group has advised
the Company that it estimates its engagement will be completed within 48 months
and that the total cash fees and expenses would approximate $14 million. The
Company will agree to indemnify the George Group, its owners, employees, and
agents from liabilities and claims relating to or arising from the engagement of
the George Group, other than those resulting from gross negligence or willful
misconduct of the George Group. Michael L. George, a member of the Company
Management Committee, is Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of
the George Group. See "The Acquisition."
AGREEMENTS WITH CERTAIN EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
The Company has entered into certain agreements with Messrs. Bonanno, Stift,
Sliwa, Simmons, Urbanek, Kolinski and Shull. See "Management--Employment
Arrangements" and "--Termination and Change of Control Agreements." The Company
is also expected to provide approximately $4.0 million in loans to the Senior
Management Members to finance their investments in the membership interests of
Grove Investors. In addition, the Company has entered into an executive
agreement with Mr. Shull. See "Management--Employment Arrangements."
CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS WITH HANSON PRIOR TO THE CLOSING DATE
Prior to the consummation of the Transactions, the Company and its
subsidiaries were affiliates of Hanson. Hanson provided the Company and its
subsidiaries with various services, including, without limitation, cash
management, tax reporting and risk management services and charged a management
fee for such services. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations--Results of Operations." Prior to the
consummation of the Transactions, Hanson also purchased small quantities of the
Company's products on an arms-length basis.
70
<PAGE>
DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS
NEW CREDIT FACILITY
As part of the Transactions, the Company entered into the New Credit
Facility with a syndicate of banks, as lenders, and Chase, as administrative
agent, DLJ, as documentation agent, and BankBoston, as syndication agent. Each
of Chase and DLJ is an affiliate of one of the Initial Purchasers. The New
Credit Facility consists of a $200 million term loan facility, which was fully
drawn at Closing (the "Term Loan Facility"), and a $125 million revolving credit
facility (the "Revolving Credit Facility"). The Revolving Credit Facility
enables the Issuers to obtain revolving credit loans and the issuance of letters
of credit for the account of the Company from time to time for working capital,
acquisitions and general corporate purposes. A portion of the Revolving Credit
Facility is available for borrowings by the Company in the Eurocurrency markets
of British pounds sterling, German marks, French francs and certain other
currencies. At the Company's option, loans under the New Credit Facility will
bear interest (a) in the case of loans in U.S. dollars, at the highest of (x)
1/2 of 1% in excess of the Federal Funds Effective Rate (as defined in the New
Credit Facility), (y) 1.0% in excess of a certificate of deposit rate and (z)
the Agent's prime rate, plus the Applicable Margin (as defined in the New Credit
Facility), or (b) in the case of all loans, the relevant Eurocurrency Rate (as
defined in the New Credit Facility) as determined by the Agent, plus the
Applicable Margin. The Company will also pay certain fees with respect to the
New Credit Facility. The Term Loan Facility has a term of eight years unless
terminated sooner upon an event of default (as defined in the New Credit
Facility). The Term Loan Facility must be repaid in semi-annual installments
until the date that is eight years after the closing date of the Term Loan
Facility (the "Closing Date") in an aggregate amount for each year following the
Closing Date of (i) $2 million for the first six years, (ii) $88 million during
the seventh year and (iii) $100 million during the eighth year. The Revolving
Credit Facility has a term of seven years, unless terminated sooner upon an
event of default, and outstanding revolving credit loans will be payable on such
date or such earlier date as may be accelerated following the occurrence of any
event of default.
The obligations of the Company under the New Credit Facility are guaranteed
by Holdings and each of the Company's domestic subsidiaries (the "Guarantors").
The obligations of the Company under the New Credit Facility are secured by a
first priority lien (subject to permitted encumbrances) on substantially all of
the Company's and each Guarantor's real, personal and intellectual property and
on the capital stock of the Company, all of the capital stock of the Company's
domestic subsidiaries and 65% of the capital stock of the Company's first-tier
foreign subsidiaries (such amount to be increased to 100% for a first-tier
foreign subsidiary if, and only for so long as, (i) such first-tier foreign
subsidiary has elected, and continues to elect, to be treated as a partnership
for United States federal income tax purposes (any such first-tier foreign
subsidiary, a "Partnership Subsidiary"), and (ii) the pledge of the greater
percentage does not result in material adverse tax consequences). Each
Partnership Subsidiary will pledge its equity interests in its subsidiaries to
secure any intercompany notes owing by it, but only so long as (i) such
Partnership Subsidiary continues to elect to be treated as a partnership for
United States federal income tax purposes and (ii) such pledge does not result
in material adverse tax consequences.
The New Credit Facility contains various covenants that restrict the Company
from taking various actions and that require the Company to achieve and maintain
certain financial covenants. The New Credit Facility includes covenants relating
to balance sheet, fixed charge coverage and leverage ratios, and limitations on,
among other things, capital expenditures, liens, indebtedness, guarantees,
mergers, acquisitions, disposition of assets, dividends, changes in business
activities and certain corporate activities. The New Credit Facility prohibits
the Company from prepaying the Notes.
The New Credit Facility also contains events of default, including
nonpayment of principal, interest or fees, violation of covenants, inaccuracy of
representations or warranties in any material respect, cross default and cross
acceleration to certain other indebtedness, bankruptcy, ERISA, material
judgments and certain changes in control of the Company or Holdings.
71
<PAGE>
Oak Hill Securities Fund, L.P. ("OHSF") participated as a lender in the Term
Loan Facility and received customary fees in connection therewith. OHSF is a
Delaware limited partnership that acquires and actively manages a diverse
portfolio of investments principally in leveraged companies. Certain principals
of the general partner of OHSF and Oak Hill Advisors, Inc., the adviser of OHSF,
have business relationships with Keystone, and Keystone has an equity investment
in OHSF. Keystone is a member of the Investor Group. See "The Transactions."
72
<PAGE>
DESCRIPTION OF NOTES
GENERAL
The Senior Subordinated Notes were, and the Exchange Notes offered hereby
will be, issued pursuant to the Indenture, a copy of which is filed as an
exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part, in
a private transaction that was not subject to the registration requirements of
the Securities Act. The form and terms of the Exchange Notes are identical in
all material respects to those of the Senior Subordinated Notes, except for
certain transfer restrictions and registration rights relating to the Existing
Notes, which do not apply to the Exchange Notes. The terms of the Notes include
those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference
to the Trust Indenture Act. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders
of Notes are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a
statement thereof. The following summary of the material provisions of the
Indenture does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by
reference to the Indenture, including the definitions therein of certain terms
used below. Copies of the Indenture and Registration Rights Agreement are
available as set forth below under "--Additional Information." The definitions
of certain terms used in the following summary are set forth below under
"--Certain Definitions." For purposes of this summary, the term "Company" refers
only to Grove Worldwide and not to any of its Subsidiaries.
The Notes are general unsecured obligations of the Issuers, subordinated in
right of payment to all existing and future Senior Debt of the Issuers,
including Indebtedness pursuant to the New Credit Facility. The Issuers'
obligations under the Notes are guaranteed on a senior subordinated basis by the
Subsidiary Guarantors. See "--Subsidiary Guarantees." As of March 28, 1998, on a
pro forma basis after giving effect to the Transactions, the Notes would have
been subordinated to $219.4 million of Senior Debt and effectively subordinated
to $91.9 million of liabilities of the Company's subsidiaries that are not
Subsidiary Guarantors. As of April 29, 1998, approximately $113.0 million was
available for additional borrowing under the New Credit Facility. The Indenture
will permit the incurrence of additional Senior Debt in the future. See "Risk
Factors--Subordination."
The operations of the Company are conducted through its Subsidiaries and,
therefore, the Issuers are dependent upon the cash flow of such Subsidiaries to
meet their obligations, including their obligations under the Notes. All of the
existing domestic Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company (other than Grove
Capital) are, and all future domestic Restricted Subsidiaries are expected to
be, Subsidiary Guarantors. As of the date of the Indenture, all of the Company's
Subsidiaries are Restricted Subsidiaries. However, under certain circumstances,
the Company is able to designate current or future Subsidiaries as Unrestricted
Subsidiaries. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to many of the
restrictive covenants set forth in the Indenture. The Issuers and their
Restricted Subsidiaries are also subject to certain covenants, which are
contained in the Debenture Indenture and certain other agreements. While the
restrictions placed on Holdings and its subsidiaries in the Debenture Indenture
and certain other agreements are substantially the same as those applicable to
the Company and its subsidiaries under the Indenture, additional indebtedness of
Holdings (including that represented by the Debentures) will have the effect of
making the covenants contained in the Debenture Indenture that are applicable to
the Company and its subsidiaries (including those described herein under the
captions "--Certain Covenants--Restricted Payments" and "--Incurrence of
Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock") more restrictive than the
corresponding covenants contained in the Indenture.
Grove Capital is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company that was
incorporated in Delaware solely for the purpose of serving as a co-issuer of the
Senior Subordinated Notes in order to facilitate the Offering. The Company
believes that certain prospective purchasers of the Senior Subordinated Notes
would have been restricted in their ability to purchase debt securities of
limited liability companies, such as the Company, unless such debt securities
were jointly issued by a corporation. Other than serving as a co-issuer of the
Notes and as a borrower under the New Credit Facility, Grove Capital has no
assets, operations or revenues and is prohibited from engaging in any business
activities. As a result, holders of
73
<PAGE>
the Notes should not expect Grove Capital to participate in servicing the
interest and principal obligations on the Notes.
PRINCIPAL, MATURITY AND INTEREST
The Notes are limited in aggregate principal amount to $325.0 million, of
which $225.0 million was issued in the Offering, and will mature on May 1, 2008.
Interest on the Notes will accrue at the rate of 9 1/4% per annum and will be
payable semi-annually in arrears on May 1 and November 1 of each year,
commencing November 1, 1998, to Holders of record on the immediately preceding
April 15 and October 15. Additional Notes may be issued from time to time after
the Offering, subject to the provisions of the Indenture described below under
the caption "--Certain Covenants--Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of
Disqualified Stock." The Senior Subordinated Notes and the Exchange Notes are
treated as a single class for all purposes under the Indenture, including
without limitations, waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase.
Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest
has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of original
issuance. Interest is computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of
twelve 30-day months. Principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and
interest on the Notes will be payable at the office or agency of the Issuers
maintained for such purpose within the City and State of New York or, at the
option of the Issuers, payment of principal, premium, interest and Liquidated
Damages, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders of the Notes at
their respective addresses set forth in the register of Holders of Notes;
PROVIDED that all payments of principal, premium, interest and Liquidated
Damages, if any, with respect to Notes the Holders of which have given wire
transfer instructions to the Issuers will be required to be made by wire
transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holders
thereof. Until otherwise designated by the Issuers, the Issuers' office or
agency in New York will be the office of the Trustee maintained for such
purpose. The Exchange Notes, like the Senior Subordinated Notes, will be issued
in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof.
SUBORDINATION
The payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes are
subordinated in right of payment, as set forth in the Indenture, to the prior
payment in full of all Senior Debt, whether outstanding on the date of the
Indenture or thereafter incurred. The Notes will rank equal in right of payment
with all other senior subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuers and senior in
right of payment to all subordinated Indebtedness.
Upon any distribution to creditors of the Issuers in a liquidation or
dissolution of either of the Issuers or in a bankruptcy, reorganization,
insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to either of the Issuers
or their property, an assignment for the benefit of creditors or any marshaling
of either of the Issuers' assets and liabilities, the holders of Senior Debt are
entitled to receive payment in full of all Obligations due in respect of such
Senior Debt (including interest after the commencement of any such proceeding at
the rate specified in the applicable Senior Debt whether or not such interest is
allowed in such proceeding) before the Holders of Notes are entitled to receive
any payment or distribution of any kind with respect to the Notes, and until all
Obligations with respect to Senior Debt are paid in full, any distribution to
which the Holders of Notes would be entitled shall be made to the holders of
Senior Debt (except that Holders of Notes may receive and retain Permitted
Junior Securities and payments or distributions made from the trust described
under "--Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance").
The Issuers also may not make any payment upon or in respect of the Notes
(except in Permitted Junior Securities or from the trust described under
"--Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance") if (i) a default in the payment of
the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on Designated Senior Debt occurs
and is continuing beyond any applicable period of grace or (ii) any other
default occurs and is continuing with respect to Designated Senior Debt that
permits holders of the Designated Senior Debt as to which such default relates
to accelerate its maturity and the Trustee receives a notice of such default (a
74
<PAGE>
"Payment Blockage Notice") from the Issuers or the holders of any Designated
Senior Debt or the trustee or agent acting on behalf of the holders of such
Designated Senior Debt. Payments on the Notes may and shall be resumed (a) in
the case of a payment default, upon the date on which such default is cured or
waived and (b) in case of a nonpayment default, the earlier of the date on which
such nonpayment default is cured or waived or 179 days after the date on which
the applicable Payment Blockage Notice is received, unless the maturity of any
Designated Senior Debt has been accelerated. No new period of payment blockage
may be commenced unless and until 360 days have elapsed since the effectiveness
of the immediately prior Payment Blockage Notice. No nonpayment default that
existed or was continuing on the date of delivery of any Payment Blockage Notice
to the Trustee shall be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent Payment Blockage
Notice.
The Indenture also requires that the Issuers promptly notify holders of
Senior Debt if payment of the Notes is accelerated because of an Event of
Default.
As a result of the subordination provisions described above, in the event of
a liquidation or insolvency, Holders of Notes may recover less ratably than
creditors of the Issuers who are holders of Senior Debt. The Indenture limits,
subject to certain financial tests, the amount of additional Indebtedness,
including Senior Debt, that the Issuers and their Subsidiaries can incur. See
"--Certain Covenants--Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified
Stock."
SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES
The Issuers' payment obligations under the Notes are fully and
unconditionally guaranteed on a joint and several basis by the Subsidiary
Guarantors. The obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary
Guarantee are limited so as not to constitute a fraudulent conveyance under
applicable law. See, however, "Risk Factors--Risk of Fraudulent Transfer
Liability."
The Indenture provides that no Subsidiary Guarantor may consolidate with or
merge with or into (whether or not such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving
Person), another Person whether or not affiliated with such Subsidiary Guarantor
unless (i) subject to the provisions of the following paragraph, the Person
formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such
Subsidiary Guarantor) assumes all the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor
pursuant to a supplemental indenture in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Trustee, under the Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees, the
Indenture, and the Registration Rights Agreement; (ii) immediately after giving
effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and (iii) the
Issuers would be permitted by virtue of the Company's pro forma Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio, immediately after giving effect to such transaction, to incur at
least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio test set forth in the covenant described above under the caption
"--Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock"; provided that
the merger of any Subsidiary Guarantor with or into the Company or another
Subsidiary Guarantor under circumstances where the Company or such Subsidiary
Guarantor, as applicable, is the surviving Person shall not be subject to the
foregoing provisions.
The Indenture provides that in the event of a sale or other disposition of
all or substantially all of the assets of any Subsidiary Guarantor, by way of
merger, consolidation or otherwise, or a sale or other disposition of all of the
capital stock of any Subsidiary Guarantor, then such Subsidiary Guarantor (in
the event of a sale or other disposition, by way of such a merger, consolidation
or otherwise, of all of the capital stock of such Subsidiary Guarantor) or the
corporation or other entity acquiring the property (in the event of a sale or
other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of such Subsidiary
Guarantor) will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Subsidiary
Guarantee; PROVIDED that the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are
applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture. See
"Redemption or Repurchase at Option of Holders--Asset Sales." In addition, the
Indenture provides that, in the event the Company designates a Restricted
Subsidiary to become an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the
Indenture, then such Restricted Subsidiary shall, in
75
<PAGE>
accordance with the Indenture, be released from its obligations under its
Subsidiary Guarantee upon the effectiveness of such designation.
OPTIONAL REDEMPTION
The Notes are redeemable at any time at the option of the Issuers, in whole
or in part upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' notice, in cash at the
redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below
plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to the
applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning
on May 1 of the years indicated below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR PERCENTAGE
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -----------
<S> <C>
2003.................................................................................. 104.625%
2004.................................................................................. 103.083%
2005.................................................................................. 101.542%
2006 and thereafter................................................................... 100.000%
</TABLE>
Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time prior to May 1, 2001, the Issuers
may (but will not have the obligation to) on any one or more occasions redeem up
to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued at a
redemption price equal to 109.250% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued
and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to the redemption
date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Public Equity Offerings;
PROVIDED that at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally
issued remain outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption
(excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries); and PROVIDED,
FURTHER, that such redemption shall occur within 60 days of the date of the
closing of such Public Equity Offering.
SELECTION AND NOTICE
If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed or repurchased at any time,
selection of Notes for redemption or repurchase will be made by the Trustee in
compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange,
if any, on which the Notes are listed, or, if the Notes are not so listed, on a
pro rata basis, by lot or by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and
appropriate; PROVIDED that no Notes of $1,000 or less shall be redeemed in part.
Notices of redemption shall be mailed by first class mail at least 30 but not
more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be
redeemed at its registered address. Notices of redemption or repurchase may not
be conditional. If any Note is to be redeemed or repurchased in part only, the
notice of redemption or repurchase that relates to such Note shall state the
portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or repurchased. A new
Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed or unrepurchased portion
thereof will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of
the original Note. Notes called for redemption or repurchase become due on the
date fixed for redemption or repurchase. On and after the redemption or
repurchase date, interest and Liquidated Damages ceases to accrue on Notes or
portions of them called for redemption or repurchase.
MANDATORY REDEMPTION
The Issuers are not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund
payments with respect to the Notes.
REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF HOLDERS
CHANGE OF CONTROL
Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder of Notes will have
the right to require the Issuers to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000
or an integral multiple thereof) of such Holder's
76
<PAGE>
Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the "Change of Control Offer") at
an offer price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof
plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages thereon, if any, to the
date of purchase (the "Change of Control Payment"). Within 30 days following any
Change of Control, the Issuers will mail a notice to each Holder describing the
transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering
to repurchase Notes on the date specified in such notice, which date shall be no
earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is
mailed (the "Change of Control Payment Date"), pursuant to the procedures
required by the Indenture and described in such notice. The Issuers will comply
with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other
securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and
regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a
result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of any
securities laws or regulations directly conflict with the provisions of the
Indenture relating to such Change of Control Offer, the Company will comply with
the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have
breached its obligations described in the Indenture by virtue thereof.
On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuers will, to the extent
lawful, (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered
pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an
amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or
portions thereof so tendered and (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the
Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers' Certificate stating the
aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the
Issuers. The Paying Agent will promptly mail to each Holder of Notes so tendered
the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly
authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder
a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes
surrendered, if any; PROVIDED that each such new Note will be in a principal
amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof. The Indenture provides that,
prior to complying with the provisions of this covenant, but in any event within
90 days following a Change of Control, the Issuers will either repay all
outstanding Senior Debt or obtain the requisite consents, if any, under the
agreements governing outstanding Senior Debt to permit the repurchase of Notes
required by this covenant. The Issuers will publicly announce the results of the
Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control
Payment Date.
The Change of Control provisions described above are applicable whether or
not any other provisions of the Indenture are applicable (and will not affect
the subordination provisions). Except as described above with respect to a
Change of Control, the Indenture does not contain provisions that permit the
Holders of the Notes to require that the Issuers repurchase or redeem the Notes
in the event of a takeover, recapitalization or similar transaction. The New
Credit Agreement currently prohibits the Issuers from repurchasing any Notes and
also provides that certain change of control events with respect to the Issuers
would constitute a default thereunder. Any future credit agreements or other
agreements relating to Senior Debt to which the Issuers become a party may
contain similar restrictions and provisions. In the event a Change of Control
occurs at a time when the Issuers are prohibited from purchasing Notes, the
Issuers could seek the consent of their lenders to the purchase of Notes or
could attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain such prohibition. If the
Issuers do not obtain such a consent or repay such borrowings, the Issuers will
remain prohibited from purchasing Notes. In such case, the Issuers' failure to
purchase tendered Notes would constitute an Event of Default under the Indenture
which would, in turn, constitute as default under the New Credit Agreement. In
such circumstances, the subordination provisions in the Indenture would likely
restrict payments to the Holders of Notes. In addition, the exercise by Holders
of the Notes of their right to require the Company to repurchase the Notes could
cause a default under such Senior Debt, even if the Change of Control itself
does not, due to the financial effect of such repurchases on the Company.
Finally, the Company's ability to pay cash to the Holders of Notes upon a
repurchase may be limited by the Company's then existing financial resources.
The Issuers will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a
Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the
manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance
77
<PAGE>
with the requirements set forth in the Indenture applicable to a Change of
Control Offer made by the Issuers and purchases all Notes validly tendered and
not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.
"Change of Control" means the occurrence of any of the following: (i) the
sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of
merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or
substantially all of the assets of Holdings and its Subsidiaries (determined on
a consolidated basis) or the Company and its Subsidiaries (determined on a
consolidated basis), in each case, to any "person" (as such term is used in
Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) other than the Company or a Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiary or any Permitted Holder or Permitted Holders, (ii) the
adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of one of both of
the Issuers (other than in a transaction which complies with the provisions
described under "--Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets"), (iii) the
consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or
consolidation) the result of which is that any "person" (as defined above),
other than one or more Permitted Holders, becomes the "beneficial owner" (as
such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except
that a person shall be deemed to have "beneficial ownership" of all securities
that such person has the right to acquire, whether such right is currently
exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent
condition), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of the
Company (measured by voting power rather than number of shares) and the
Permitted Holders do not beneficially own as much or more of the Voting Stock of
the Company (measured by voting power rather than by number of shares) than such
person, (iv) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Management
Committee of the Company are not Continuing Members or (v) the first day on
which the Company fails to own 100% of the issued and outstanding Equity
Interests of Grove Capital (other than by reason of the merger of Grove Capital
with and into a corporate successor to the Company).
The definition of Change of Control includes a phrase relating to the sale,
lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of "all or substantially all"
of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries (determined on a consolidated
basis). Although there is a developing body of case law interpreting the phrase
"substantially all," there is no precise established definition of the phrase
under applicable law. Accordingly, the ability of a Holder of Notes to require
the Issuers to repurchase such Notes as a result of a sale, lease, transfer,
conveyance or other disposition of less than all of the assets of the Company
and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to another Person or group may be
uncertain.
"Continuing Members" means, as of any date of determination, any member of
the Management Committee of the Company who (i) was a member of such Management
Committee on the date of the Indenture or (ii) was nominated for election or
elected to such Management Committee with the approval of a majority of the
Continuing Members who were members of such Management Committee at the time of
such nomination or election.
"Permitted Holders" means (i) any of Keystone, Inc., FW Grove Coinvestors,
L.P., FW Strategic Partners, L.P., George Group Employee Partners-Grove, L.P.
and Michael George and their respective affiliates on the date of the Indenture;
(ii) any of the Permitted Transferees of the Persons referred to in clause (i);
and (iii) any person or group which holds, directly or indirectly, Equity
Interests in the Company so long as a majority of the Equity Interests in the
Company are beneficially owned by the Persons referred to in clauses (i) and
(ii).
"Permitted Transferee" means, with respect to any Person: (a) in the case of
any Person who is a natural person, such individual's spouse or children, any
trust for such individual's benefit or the benefit of such individual's spouse
or children, or any corporation, partnership, limited liability company or
similar entity in which the direct and beneficial owner or owners of 80% or more
of the Equity Interests in such Person or such individual's spouse or children
or any trust for the benefit of such Persons; and (b) in the case of any Person
who is a natural person, the heirs, executors, administrators or personal
representatives upon death of such Person or upon the incompetence or disability
of such Person for purposes of the protection and management of such
individual's assets.
78
<PAGE>
ASSET SALES
The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless (i) the Company
(or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the
time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (evidenced by a
resolution of the Management Committee set forth in an Officers' Certificate
delivered to the Trustee) of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or
otherwise disposed of and (ii) at least 75% of the consideration therefor
received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash and
Cash Equivalents; PROVIDED that the amount of (x) any liabilities (as shown on
the Company's or such Restricted Subsidiary's most recent balance sheet), of the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and
liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any guarantee
thereof) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a
customary novation agreement that releases the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary from further liability and (y) any securities, Notes or other
obligations received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such
transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into
cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 60 days following the closing
of such Asset Sale, shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision.
Within 360 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale,
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may apply such Net Proceeds, at its
option, (a) to repay Senior Debt, (b) to the acquisition of a majority of the
assets of, or a majority of the Voting Stock of, another Permitted Business, the
making of a capital expenditure or the acquisition of other long-term assets
that are used or useful in a Permitted Business or (c) for a combination of uses
described in clauses (a) and (b). Pending the final application of any such Net
Proceeds, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may temporarily reduce
revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner
that is not prohibited by the Indenture. Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that
are not applied or invested as provided in the first sentence of this paragraph
are deemed to constitute "Excess Proceeds." When the aggregate amount of Excess
Proceeds exceeds $10.0 million, the Issuers are required to make an offer to all
Holders of Notes (an "Asset Sale Offer") to purchase the maximum principal
amount of Notes that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds, at an offer
price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus
accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages thereon, if any, to the date
of repurchase, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. To
the extent that any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale
Offer, the Company may use such Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise
prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes tendered
into such Asset Sale Offer surrendered by Holders thereof exceeds the amount of
Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro
rata basis. Upon completion of such offer to purchase, the amount of Excess
Proceeds shall be reset at zero.
CERTAIN COVENANTS
RESTRICTED PAYMENTS
The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: (i) declare or pay any
dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Company's
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries' Equity Interests (including, without
limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect
holders of the Company's or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries' Equity Interests
in their capacity as such (other than dividends or distributions payable in
Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or dividends or
distributions payable to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company);
(ii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including,
without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the
Issuers) any Equity Interests of the Company (other than Equity Interests owned
by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) or any direct or
indirect parent of the Company;
79
<PAGE>
(iii) make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or
otherwise acquire or retire for value any Indebtedness that is subordinated to
the Notes (other than any subordinated indebtedness held by the Company or any
Subsidiary Guarantor), except a payment of interest or principal at Stated
Maturity; or (iv) make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and other
actions set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above being collectively referred
to as "Restricted Payments"), unless, at the time of and after giving effect to
such Restricted Payment:
(a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing
or would occur as a consequence thereof; and
(b) the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after
giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made
at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted
to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed
Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant
described below under the caption "--Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance
of Disqualified Stock"; and
(c) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all
other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries after the date of the Indenture (excluding Restricted Payments
permitted by clauses (ii), (iii), (iv), (vi), (viii), (x), (xi), (xiii) and
(xiv) of the next succeeding paragraph), is less than the sum, without
duplication, of (i) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for
the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the first
fiscal quarter commencing after the date of the Indenture to the end of the
Company's most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial
statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such
Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, less 100% of such
deficit), plus (ii) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the
Company since the date of the Indenture as a contribution to its equity
capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company (other
than Disqualified Stock) or from the issue or sale of Disqualified Stock or
debt securities of the Company that have been converted into such Equity
Interests (other than Equity Interests (or Disqualified Stock or convertible
debt securities) sold to a Subsidiary of the Company), plus (iii) to the
extent that any Restricted Investment that was made after the date of the
Indenture is sold for cash or otherwise liquidated or repaid for cash, the
lesser of (A) the cash return of capital with respect to such Restricted
Investment (less the cost of disposition, if any) and (B) the initial amount
of such Restricted Investment, plus (iv) 50% of any dividends received by
the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary after the date of the
Indenture from an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company, to the extent that
such dividends were not otherwise included in Consolidated Net Income of the
Company for such period, plus (v) to the extent that any Unrestricted
Subsidiary is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary after the date of the
Indenture, the lesser of (A) the fair market value of the Company's
Investment in such Subsidiary as of the date of such redesignation or (B)
such fair market value as of the date on which such Subsidiary was
originally designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
The foregoing provisions does not prohibit: (i) the payment of any dividend
within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at said date of
declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of the
Indenture; (ii) the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other
acquisition of any PARI PASSU or subordinated Indebtedness or Equity Interests
of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor in exchange for, or out of the net
cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary
of the Company) of, other Equity Interests of the Company (other than any
Disqualified Stock); PROVIDED that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that
are utilized for any such redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or
other acquisition shall be excluded from clause (c) (ii) of the preceding
paragraph; (iii) the defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of
subordinated Indebtedness with the net cash proceeds from an incurrence of
Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; (iv) the payment of any dividend or making
of any distribution by a Subsidiary of the Company to the holders of its Equity
Interests on a pro rata basis; (v) the repurchase, redemption or other
acquisition or
80
<PAGE>
retirement for value of any Equity Interests of Grove Investors, Holdings or the
Company or any Subsidiary of the Company held by any former member of Holdings'
or the Company's (or any of their Subsidiaries') Management Committee or any
former officer, employee or director of the Company or any of its subsidiaries
pursuant to the Holdings operating agreement or the Grove Investors operating
agreement, any equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement, employment
agreement or other similar agreements and any dividends or distributions to
Holdings and Grove Investors to fund such purchase, redemption or other
acquisition or retirement; PROVIDED that (A) the aggregate price paid for all
such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests shall not
exceed (1) $5.0 million in any calendar year (with unused amounts in any
calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a
maximum (without giving effect to clause (2)) of $10.0 million PLUS (2) the
aggregate cash proceeds received by Grove Investors, Holdings or the Company
during such calendar year from any reissuance of Equity Interests by Grove
Investors, Holdings or the Company to members of management of the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries and (B) no Default or Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing immediately after such transaction; PROVIDED, FURTHER
that the aggregate cash proceeds referred to in (2) above shall be excluded from
clause (c)(ii) of the preceding paragraph; (vi) so long as the Company is a
limited liability company either treated as a partnership or disregarded as an
entity separate from its owner for federal income tax purposes (as evidenced by
a certificate of an officer of the Company, prepared based on such officer's
best knowledge, at least annually), distributions to members of the Company in
an amount with respect to any period after December 31, 1997 not to exceed the
Tax Amount of the Company for such period; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such
distributions shall be allowed to be made quarterly based on an estimation and
after the end of a taxable year based on the partnership tax return of the
Company (or, if the Company is disregarded as an entity separate from its owner,
its nearest owner that is not so disregarded) for such taxable year (or at such
other times as reasonably appropriate including in connection with an audit
adjustment), taking into account any previous payments of Tax Amount for such
taxable year or, if the Company becomes included in a consolidated tax group for
federal income tax purposes, payments to Holdings or the common parent of the
taxable group in an amount, with respect to any period after December 31, 1997,
not to exceed the tax liability attributable to the Company and its subsidiaries
on a stand-alone basis for such period; (vii) any Investment to the extent that
the consideration therefor consists of the net cash proceeds of the concurrent
issue and sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of Equity Interests of
the Company (other than any Disqualified Stock); (viii) the payment of dividends
or the making of loans or advances for costs and expenses incurred by Grove
Investors or Holdings in its capacity as a holding company, or for services
rendered by Grove Investors or Holdings on behalf of the Company in an aggregate
amount not to exceed $2.0 million in each calendar year pursuant to this clause
(viii); (ix) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing and the Company can incur at least $1.00 of additional indebtedness
pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first
paragraph of the covenant described below under caption "--Incurrence of
Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock," the declaration and payment of
dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the
Company, or any Subsidiary Guarantor issued after the date of the Indenture in
accordance with the covenant described below under the caption "Incurrence of
Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock"; (x) Investments made by the
Company within 30 days of the date of the Indenture, the proceeds of which are
used to fund the Transactions or capitalize Restricted Subsidiaries; (xi)
repurchase of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options if
such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options;
(xii) Restricted Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken
together with all other Restricted Investments made pursuant to this clause
(xii) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed $20.0 million (with the
fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without
giving effect to subsequent changes in value); (xiii) distributions or payments
of Receivables Fees; (xiv) dividends or distributions to Grove Investors or
Holdings to fund severance costs incurred by Grove Investors or Holdings in
connection with the Transactions; and (xv) Restricted Payments not to exceed
$10.0 million since the date of the Indenture.
81
<PAGE>
The Management Committee may designate any Restricted Subsidiary, other than
Grove Capital, to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if such designation would not
cause a Default. For purposes of making such determination, all outstanding
Investments by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent
repaid in cash) in the Subsidiary so designated are deemed to be Restricted
Payments at the time of such designation and will reduce the amount available
for Restricted Payments under the first paragraph of this covenant. All such
outstanding Investments are deemed to constitute Investments in an amount equal
to the fair market value of such Investments at the time of such designation.
Such designation will only be permitted if such Restricted Payment would be
permitted at such time and if such Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the
definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, in the event that
a Restricted Payment meets the criteria of more than one of the exceptions
described in (i) through (xv) above or is entitled to be made pursuant to the
first paragraph of this covenant, the Company shall, in its sole discretion,
classify such Restricted Payment in any manner that complies with the covenant.
The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the fair market
value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities
proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The fair
market value of any non-cash Restricted Payment shall be determined by the
Management Committee whose resolution with respect thereto shall be delivered to
the Trustee, such determination to be based upon an opinion or appraisal issued
by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing if
such fair market value exceeds $5.0 million. Not later than the date of making
any Restricted Payment, the Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers'
Certificate stating that such Restricted Payment is permitted and setting forth
the basis upon which the calculations required by the covenant "Restricted
Payments" were computed, together with a copy of any fairness opinion or
appraisal required by the Indenture.
INCURRENCE OF INDEBTEDNESS AND ISSUANCE OF DISQUALIFIED STOCK
The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any of
its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume,
guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or
otherwise, with respect to (collectively, "incur") any Indebtedness (including
Acquired Debt) and that the Company will not issue any Disqualified Stock and
will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to issue any shares of preferred stock;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Issuers may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired
Debt) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock and the Company's Subsidiaries may
incur Indebtedness or issue preferred equity if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
for the Company's most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which
internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on
which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock is
issued would have been at least 2.0 to 1, determined on a pro forma basis
(including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the
additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock had been
issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such four-quarter period.
The provisions of the first paragraph of this covenant do not apply to the
incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively,
"Permitted Debt"):
(i) the incurrence by the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors of
Indebtedness under the New Credit Facility; PROVIDED that the aggregate
principal amount of all term Indebtedness outstanding under the New Credit
Facility after giving effect to such incurrence does not exceed an amount
equal to $200.0 million plus (in the case of any refinancing thereof) the
aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs
and expenses incurred in connection with such refinancing less the aggregate
amount of all scheduled or mandatory repayments of the principal of any term
Indebtedness under the New Credit Facility (other than repayments that are
immediately reborrowed) that have been made since the date of the Indenture;
82
<PAGE>
(ii) the incurrence by the Issuers and the Restricted Subsidiaries of
Indebtedness and letters of credit under Credit Facilities; PROVIDED that
the aggregate principal amount of all revolving credit Indebtedness (with
letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the
maximum face amount thereunder) outstanding under all Credit Facilities
after giving effect to such incurrence does not exceed an amount equal to
the greater of (A) the amount of the Borrowing Base and (B) $125.0 million
less, in the case of clause (B), the aggregate amount of all Net Proceeds of
Asset Sales applied to permanently reduce revolving credit commitments under
a Credit Facility pursuant to the covenant described above under the caption
"--Asset Sales";
(iii) the incurrence by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of
the Existing Indebtedness;
(iv) the incurrence by the Issuers of Indebtedness represented by the
Notes sold in the Offering and the incurrence by the Subsidiary Guarantors
of Indebtedness represented by the Subsidiary Guarantees of such Notes;
(v) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage
financings or purchase money obligations or similar financings, in each case
incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price
or cost of construction or improvement of property, plant or equipment used
in the business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, in an
aggregate principal amount not to exceed $10.0 million at any time
outstanding;
(vi) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
of Indebtedness in connection with the acquisition of assets or a new
Subsidiary; PROVIDED that such Indebtedness was incurred by the prior owner
of such assets or such Subsidiary prior to such acquisition by the Company
or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries and was not incurred in connection
with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition by the Company or one of it
Restricted Subsidiaries; and PROVIDED FURTHER that the principal amount (or
accreted value, as applicable) of such Indebtedness, together with any other
outstanding Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (vi) and any
Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace
any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (vi), does not exceed
$10.0 million;
(vii) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds
of which are used to refund, refinance or replace Indebtedness (other than
intercompany Indebtedness) that was permitted by the Indenture to be
incurred under the first paragraph hereof or clauses (iii), (iv), (v), (vi)
or (x) of this paragraph;
(viii) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
of intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its
Wholly Owned Subsidiaries, including a pledge of assets in connection
therewith; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (i) if one of the Issuers is the obligor
on such Indebtedness, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated to the
prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations with respect to the Notes
and (ii)(A) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that
results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof and (B) any sale or other
transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Company
or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary thereof shall be deemed, in each
case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or
such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by
this clause (viii);
(ix) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
of Hedging Obligations that are incurred for the purpose of fixing or
hedging (i) interest rate risk with respect to any floating rate
Indebtedness that is permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be
outstanding , (ii) the value of foreign currencies purchased or received by
the Company in the ordinary course of business as conducted by the Company
or (iii) commodity risk relating to commodity agreements to the extent
83
<PAGE>
entered into in the ordinary course of business to protect the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries from fluctuations in the prices of raw materials
used in its business;
(x) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
of additional Indebtedness (which may include Senior Debt) in an aggregate
principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) at any time outstanding,
including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund,
refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (x),
not to exceed $25.0 million;
(xi) the incurrence by the Company's Unrestricted Subsidiaries of
Non-Recourse Debt, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if any such Indebtedness ceases
to be Non-Recourse Debt of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such event shall be
deemed to constitute an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company that was not permitted by this clause (xi);
(xii) the Guarantee by the Issuers or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors of
Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company, which
Indebtedness was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this
covenant;
(xiii) the incurrence of Indebtedness (including letters of credit) in
respect of workers' compensation claims, self-insurance obligations,
performance, surety, bid or similar bonds and completion guarantees provided
by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business
and consistent with past practices;
(xiv) the incurrence of Indebtedness, including Guarantees, by the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a Dealer
Financing Program;
(xv) the incurrence of Equipment Financing Guarantees; and
(xvi) the incurrence of Indebtedness arising from agreements of the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification,
adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred
or assumed in connection with the disposition or acquisition of any
business, assets or Capital Stock of a Subsidiary; PROVIDED that the maximum
aggregate liability of such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross
proceeds actually received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in
connection with any such disposition or the gross proceeds actually paid by
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any such
acquisition.
For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, in the event that
an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of
Permitted Debt described in clauses (i) through (xvi) above or is entitled to be
incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, the Issuers shall, in
their sole discretion, classify such item of Indebtedness in any manner that
complies with this covenant. Accrual of interest, accretion or amortization of
original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form
of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, and the payment of dividends on
Disqualified Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of
Disqualified Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an
issuance of Disqualified Stock for purposes of this covenant; PROVIDED, in each
such case, that the amount thereof is included in Fixed Charges of the Company
as accrued.
NO SENIOR SUBORDINATED DEBT
The Indenture provides that (i) the Issuers will not incur, create, issue,
assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable for any Indebtedness that is
subordinate or junior in right of payment to any Senior Debt and senior in any
respect in right of payment to the Notes, and (ii) no Subsidiary Guarantor will
incur, create, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable for any
Indebtedness that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Senior
Guarantees and senior in any respect in right of payment to the Subsidiary
Guarantees.
84
<PAGE>
LIENS
The Indenture provides that the Issuers will not, and will not permit any of
their Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume
or suffer to exist any Lien securing Indebtedness or trade payables on any asset
now owned or hereafter acquired, or any income or profits therefrom or assign or
convey any right to receive income therefrom, except Permitted Liens.
DIVIDEND AND OTHER PAYMENT RESTRICTIONS AFFECTING SUBSIDIARIES
The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise
cause or suffer to exist or become effective any encumbrance or restriction on
the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to (i)(a) pay dividends or make any
other distributions to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (1) on
its Capital Stock or (2) with respect to any other interest or participation in,
or measured by, its profits, or (b) pay any indebtedness owed to the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) make loans or advances to the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) transfer any of its properties or
assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. However, the
foregoing restrictions will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing
under or by reason of (a) Existing Indebtedness as in effect on the date of the
Indenture, (b) the New Credit Agreement as in effect as of the date of the
Indenture, and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases,
supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings thereof, PROVIDED that
such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements,
refundings, replacement or refinancings are no more restrictive, taken as a
whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those
contained in the New Credit Agreement as in effect on the date of the Indenture,
(c) the Indenture and the Notes and the Debenture Indenture and the Debentures,
(d) applicable law, (e) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock
of a Person acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in
effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness
was incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which
encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or
assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the
Person, so acquired, PROVIDED that, in the case of Indebtedness, such
Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of the Indenture to be incurred, (f)
customary non-assignment provisions in leases and other agreements entered into
in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices, (g)
purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of
business that impose restrictions of the nature described in clause (iii) above
on the property so acquired, (h) any agreement for the sale of a Restricted
Subsidiary that restricts distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary pending
its sale, (i) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, PROVIDED that the restrictions
contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness
are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the
agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced, (j) secured Indebtedness
otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to the provisions of the covenant
described above under the caption "--Liens" that limits the right of the debtor
to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness, (k) provisions with respect
to the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture
agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of
business, (l) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by
customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, (m)
purchase money obligations or other Indebtedness or contractual requirements
incurred in connection with or permitted by the covenant described below under
the caption "--Sales of Accounts Receivable", (n) any Equipment Financing
Guarantees, and (o) restrictions on transfers of assets pursuant to agreements
relating to a Dealer Financing Program.
MERGER, CONSOLIDATION, OR SALE OF ASSETS
The Indenture provides that neither Issuer may consolidate or merge with or
into (whether or not such Issuer is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign,
transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its
properties or assets in one or more related transactions, to another Person
unless
85
<PAGE>
(i) such Issuer is the surviving corporation or the entity or the Person formed
by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than one of the
Issuers) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other
disposition shall have been made is a corporation or other entity organized or
existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District
of Columbia; (ii) the entity or Person formed by or surviving any such
consolidation or merger (if other than one of the Issuers) or the entity or
Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other
disposition shall have been made assumes all the obligations of such Issuer
under the Registration Rights Agreement, the Notes and the Indenture pursuant to
a supplemental indenture in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; (iii)
immediately after such transaction no Default or Event of Default exists; and
(iv) except in the case of a merger of one of the Issuers with or into a Wholly
Owned Subsidiary of the Company, the Issuer or the Person formed by or surviving
any such consolidation or merger (if other than one of the Issuers), or to which
such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall
have been made will, at the time of such transaction and after giving pro forma
effect thereto as if such transaction had occurred at the beginning of the
applicable four-quarter period, be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of
additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set
forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described above under the caption
"--Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock."
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company is permitted to reorganize as a
corporation in accordance with the procedures established in the Indenture (and
Grove Capital may thereafter liquidate); PROVIDED that the Company shall have
delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel in the United States reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee confirming that such reorganization (and, if
applicable, liquidation of Grove Capital) is not adverse to holders of the Notes
(it being recognized that such reorganization shall not be deemed adverse to the
holders of the Notes solely because (i) of the accrual of deferred tax
liabilities resulting from such reorganization or (ii) the successor or
surviving corporation (a) is subject to income tax as a corporate entity or (b)
is considered to be an "includible corporation" of an affiliated group of
corporations within the meaning of the Code or any similar state or local law)
and certain other conditions are satisfied.
LIMITATION ON LEASES
The Indenture provides that the Company will not, directly or indirectly,
lease all or substantially all of its properties or assets to any Person.
TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES
The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or
otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any
property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction,
contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the
benefit of, any affiliate (each of the foregoing, an "Affiliate Transaction"),
unless (i) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to
the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have
been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary with an unrelated Person and (ii) the Issuers deliver to the Trustee
(a) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate
Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $2.0 million, a
resolution of the Management Committee set forth in an Officers' Certificate
certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (i) above and
that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the
disinterested members of the Management Committee and (b) with respect to any
Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving
aggregate consideration in excess of $10.0 million, an opinion as to the
fairness to the Holders of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of
view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national
standing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following items shall not be deemed
to be Affiliate Transactions: (i) any employment agreement, compensation or
employee benefit arrangements and incentive arrangements with any officer,
director, member or employee entered into by Grove Investors or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary
86
<PAGE>
course of business of Grove Investors or such Restricted Subsidiary, as well as
customary change of control and severance payments, (ii) transactions between or
among the Issuers and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries, (iii) payment of
reasonable managers and directors fees to Persons who are not otherwise
affiliates of the Issuers, (iv) Restricted Payments, Permitted Investments and
other payments and distributions that are permitted by the provisions of the
Indenture described above under the caption "--Restricted Payments," (v) any
Permitted George Group Transaction; (vi) loans and advances to officers,
directors and employees of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary for travel,
entertainment, moving and other relocation expenses, in each case made in the
ordinary course of business; (vii) transactions permitted by the provisions of
the covenant described below under the caption "--Sales of Accounts
Receivables"; (viii) transactions permitted by clauses (xii) and (xiv) of the
covenant described above under the caption "--Incurrence of Indebtedness and
Issuance of Disqualified Stock"; and (ix) transactions pursuant to any contract
or agreement in effect on the date of the Indenture as the same may be amended,
modified or replaced from time to time so long as such amendment, modification
or replacement is no less favorable to the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries than the contract or agreement as in effect on the date of the
Indenture.
SALE AND LEASEBACK TRANSACTIONS
The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any sale and leaseback transaction;
PROVIDED that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may enter into a
sale and leaseback transaction if (i) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary
could have (a) incurred Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt
relating to such sale and leaseback transaction pursuant to the Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described
above under the caption "--Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness and Issuance of
Disqualified Stock" and (b) incurred a Lien to secure such Indebtedness pursuant
to the covenant described above under the caption "--Liens," (ii) the gross cash
proceeds of such sale and leaseback transaction are at least equal to the fair
market value (as determined in good faith by the Management Committee and set
forth in an Officers' Certificate delivered to the Trustee) of the property that
is the subject of such sale and leaseback transaction and (iii) the transfer of
assets in such sale and leaseback transaction is permitted by, and if
applicable, the Issuers apply the proceeds of such transaction in compliance
with, the covenant described above under the caption "--Asset Sales."
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Delta Manlift, S.A. and Grove France, S.A. and
its successor may enter into any sale and leaseback transaction; PROVIDED that
such sale and leaseback transaction is in the ordinary course of business
consistent with past practices as in effect on the date of the Indenture and the
aggregate amount of any Attributable Debt in connection with such transactions
does not exceed $4.0 million in any calendar year.
RESTRICTIONS ON PREFERRED STOCK OF SUBSIDIARIES
The Indenture provides that the Company will not permit any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any preferred stock, or permit any Person to
own or hold an interest in any preferred stock of any such Subsidiary, except
for preferred stock issued to the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor of the
Company.
LIMITATION ON ISSUANCES AND SALES OF EQUITY INTERESTS IN WHOLLY OWNED
SUBSIDIARIES
The Indenture provides that the Company (i) will not, and will not permit
any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to, transfer, convey,
sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any Equity Interests in any Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to any Person (other than the Company or a
Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company), unless (a) such transfer,
conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition is of all the Equity Interests in
such Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary and (b) the cash Net Proceeds from such
transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition are applied in accordance
with the covenant described above under the caption "--Asset Sales," and (ii)
will not
87
<PAGE>
permit any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to issue any of its
Equity Interests (other than, if necessary, shares of its Capital Stock
constituting directors' qualifying shares) to any Person other than to the
Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company.
BUSINESS ACTIVITIES
The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to,
engage in any business other than Permitted Businesses, except to such extent as
would not be material to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a
whole.
RESTRICTIONS ON ACTIVITIES OF GROVE CAPITAL
The Indenture provides that Grove Capital may not hold any assets, become
liable for any obligations or engage in any business activities; PROVIDED that
Grove Capital may be a co-obligor with respect to Notes issued pursuant to the
Indenture and the Senior Debt and engage in any activities directly related or
necessary in connection therewith.
PAYMENTS FOR CONSENT
The Indenture provides that neither the Company nor any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries will, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any
consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any Holder of
any Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of
the terms or provisions of the Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration
is offered to be paid or is paid to all Holders of the Notes that consent, waive
or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents
relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.
ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES
The Indenture provides that if the Issuers or any of their Restricted
Subsidiaries shall acquire or create another domestic Subsidiary after the date
of the Indenture, then such newly acquired or created Subsidiary shall become a
Subsidiary Guarantor and execute a Supplemental Indenture and deliver an opinion
of counsel, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.
LIMITATIONS ON ISSUANCES OF GUARANTEES OF INDEBTEDNESS
The Indenture provides that the Company will not permit any Restricted
Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to Guarantee any other Indebtedness of the
Company unless, if such Restricted Subsidiary is not a Guarantor, such
Restricted Subsidiary simultaneously executes and delivers a supplemental
indenture to the Indenture providing for the Guarantee of the payment of the
Notes by such Restricted Subsidiary, which Guarantee shall be senior to or rank
equal with such Subsidiary's Guarantee of such other Indebtedness unless such
other Indebtedness is Senior Debt, in which case the Guarantee of the Notes may
be subordinated to the Guarantee of such Senior Debt to the same extent as the
Notes are subordinated to such Senior Debt; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, the foregoing
shall not apply to Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clauses (viii), (xiv) and
(xv) of the covenant described above under the caption "Incurrence of
Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock." Notwithstanding the foregoing,
any such Guarantee by a Subsidiary of the Notes shall provide by its terms that
it shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon any
sale, exchange or transfer, to any Person not an affiliate of the Company, of
all of the Company's stock in, or all or substantially all the assets of, such
Restricted Subsidiary, which sale, exchange or transfer is made in compliance
with the applicable provisions of the Indenture. The form of such Guarantee is
attached as an exhibit to the Indenture.
88
<PAGE>
SALES OF ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
The Company may, and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may, sell at any
time and from time to time, accounts receivable and or notes receivable and
related assets to an Accounts Receivable Subsidiary; PROVIDED that (i) the
aggregate consideration received in each such sale is at least equal to the
aggregate fair market value of the receivables sold, as determined by the
Management Committee in good faith, (ii) no less than 80% of the consideration
received in each such sale consists of either cash or a promissory note (a
"Promissory Note") which is subordinated to no Indebtedness or obligation other
than the financial institution or other entity providing the financing to the
Accounts Receivable Subsidiary with respect to such accounts receivable (the
"Financier") or an Equity Interest in such Accounts Receivable Subsidiary;
PROVIDED FURTHER that the initial sale will include all accounts receivable of
the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries that are party to such
arrangements that constitute eligible receivables under such arrangements, (iii)
the cash proceeds received from the initial sale less reasonable and customary
transaction costs are deemed to be Net Proceeds and are applied in accordance
with the second paragraph of the covenant described above under the caption
entitled "--Repurchase at the Option of Holders-Assets Sales," and (iv) the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will sell all accounts receivable that
constitute eligible receivables under such arrangements to the Accounts
Receivable Subsidiary no less frequently than on a weekly basis.
The Company (i) will not permit any Accounts Receivable Subsidiary to sell
any accounts receivable purchased from the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to any other person except on an arms-length basis and solely for
consideration in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents, (ii) will not permit the
Accounts Receivable Subsidiary to engage in any business or transaction other
than the purchase, financing and sale of accounts receivable of the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries and activities incidental thereto, (iii) will not
permit any Accounts Receivable Subsidiary to incur Indebtedness in an amount in
excess of the book value of such Accounts Receivable Subsidiary's total assets,
as determined in accordance with GAAP, (iv) will, at least as frequently as
monthly, cause the Accounts Receivable Subsidiary to remit to the Company as
payment on the Promissory Notes or a dividend, all available cash or Cash
Equivalents not held in a collection account pledged to a Financier, to the
extent not applied to pay or maintain reserves for reasonable operating expenses
of the Accounts Receivable Subsidiary or to satisfy reasonable minimum operating
capital requirements and (v) will not, and will not permit any of its
Subsidiaries to, sell accounts receivable to any Accounts Receivable Subsidiary
upon (1) the occurrence of a Default with respect to the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries and (2) the occurrence of certain events of bankruptcy
or insolvency with respect to such Accounts Receivable Subsidiary.
REPORTS
The Indenture provides that, whether or not required by the rules and
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission"), so
long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will furnish to the Holders of
Notes (i) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required
to be contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the
Company was required to file such Forms, including a "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" that describes
the financial condition and results of operations of the Issuers and their
consolidated Subsidiaries and, with respect to the annual information only, a
report thereon by the Issuers' certified independent accountants and (ii) all
current reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Form
8-K if the Company was required to file such reports, in each case within the
time periods specified in the Commission's rules and regulations. In addition,
following the consummation of the exchange offer contemplated by the
Registration Rights Agreement, whether or not required by the rules and
regulations of the Commission, the Company will file a copy of all such
information and reports with the Commission for public availability within the
time periods specified in the Commission's rules and regulations (unless the
Commission will not accept such a filing) and make such information available to
securities analysts and prospective investors upon request. In addition, (i) at
all times the Commission does
89
<PAGE>
not accept the filings provided for in the preceding sentence or (ii) such
filings provided for in the preceding sentence do not contain the information
required to be delivered upon request pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the
Securities Act, then, in each case, the Company has agreed that, for so long as
any Notes remain outstanding, it will furnish to the Holders and to securities
analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required
to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.
EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
The Indenture provides that each of the following constitutes an Event of
Default: (i) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on, or
Liquidated Damages with respect to, the Notes (whether or not permitted by the
subordination provisions of the Indenture); (ii) default in payment when due of
the principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes (whether or not permitted by
the subordination provisions of the Indenture); (iii) failure by the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 30 days after notice by the Trustee or by
the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of Notes then outstanding to
comply with the provisions described under the captions "--Change of Control,"
"--Asset Sales," "--Restricted Payments" or "--Incurrence of Indebtedness and
Issuance of Disqualified Stock"; (iv) failure by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries for 60 days after notice by the Trustee or by the
Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of Notes then outstanding to comply
with any of its other agreements in the Indenture or the Notes; (v) default
under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or
by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed
by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is
guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) whether such
Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of the
Indenture, which default (a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of or
premium, if any, or interest on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the
grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default (a
"Payment Default") or (b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior
to its stated maturity and, in each case, the principal amount of any such
Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness
under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been
so accelerated, aggregates $10.0 million or more and PROVIDED that in the case
of any guarantees, a default shall not be deemed to occur unless the Company or
such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, defaults in its payment obligations
under such guarantee after demand has been made in accordance with the terms of
such guarantee; (vi) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $10.0 million (net
of any amount with respect to which a reputable insurance company with assets
over $100.0 million has acknowledged liability in writing), which judgments are
not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days; (vii) certain events of
bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;
(viii) failure by the Company or its Subsidiaries to apply the proceeds from the
Offering as set forth under the caption "Use of Proceeds" above prior to the
10th Business Day after the date of the Indenture; and (ix) except as permitted
by the Indenture, any Subsidiary Guarantee shall be held in any judicial
proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason to be in
full force and effect or any Subsidiary Guarantor, or any Person acting on
behalf of any Subsidiary Guarantor, shall deny or disaffirm its obligations
under its Subsidiary Guarantee. In the event of a declaration of acceleration of
the Notes because an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing as a result
of the acceleration of any Indebtedness described in clause (v) of the preceding
paragraph, the declaration of acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically
annulled if the holders of any Indebtedness described in clause (v) of the
preceding paragraph have rescinded the declaration of acceleration in respect of
such Indebtedness within 30 days of the date of such declaration and if (a) the
annulment of the acceleration of Notes would not conflict with any judgment or
decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (b) all existing Events of
Default, except nonpayment of principal or interest on the Notes that became due
solely because of the acceleration of the Notes have been cured or waived.
90
<PAGE>
If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders
of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare
all the Notes to be due and payable immediately; PROVIDED, that so long as any
Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to the New Credit Agreement shall
be outstanding, such acceleration shall not be effective until the earlier of
(i) an acceleration of any such Indebtedness under the New Credit Agreement or
(ii) five business days after receipt by the Issuers of written notice of such
acceleration. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default
arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, with respect to the
Issuers, any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken
together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding Notes will
become due and payable without further action or notice. Holders of the Notes
may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture.
Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the
then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or
power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any
continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default
relating to the payment of principal or interest) if it determines that
withholding notice is in their interest.
In the case of any Event of Default occurring by reason of any willful
action (or inaction) taken (or not taken) by or on behalf of the Issuers with
the intention of avoiding payment of the premium that the Issuers would have had
to pay if the Issuers then had elected to redeem the Notes pursuant to the
optional redemption provisions of the Indenture, an equivalent premium shall
also become and be immediately due and payable to the extent permitted by law
upon the acceleration of the Notes. If an Event of Default occurs prior to May
1, 2003 by reason of any willful action (or inaction) taken (or not taken) by or
on behalf of the Issuers with the intention of avoiding the prohibition on
redemption of the Notes prior to May 1, 2003, then the premium specified in the
Indenture shall also become immediately due and payable to the extent permitted
by law upon the acceleration of the Notes.
The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then
outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the
Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under
the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of
interest on, or the principal of, the Notes.
The Issuers are required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement
regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Issuers are required upon
becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a
statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.
NO PERSONAL LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, MEMBERS AND
STOCKHOLDERS
No director, officer, employee, incorporator, member or stockholder of the
Issuers, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers
under the Notes, the Indenture or the Subsidiary Guarantees or for any claim
based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.
Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability.
The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.
Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal
securities laws and it is the view of the Commission that such a waiver is
against public policy.
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
The Issuers may, at their option and at any time, elect to have all of their
obligations and the obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors discharged with
respect to the outstanding Notes ("Legal Defeasance") except for (i) the rights
of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal
of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest on such Notes when such
payments are due from the trust referred to below, (ii) the Issuers' obligations
with respect to the Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of
Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an
office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust,
(iii) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the
Issuers' obligations in connection
91
<PAGE>
therewith and (iv) the Legal Defeasance provisions of the Indenture. In
addition, the Issuers may, at their option and at any time, elect to have the
obligations of the Issuers released with respect to certain covenants that are
described in the Indenture ("Covenant Defeasance") and thereafter any omission
to comply with such obligations shall not constitute a Default or Event of
Default with respect to the Notes. In the event Covenant Defeasance occurs,
certain events (not including non-payment, bankruptcy, receivership,
rehabilitation and insolvency events) described under "Events of Default" will
no longer constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Notes.
In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, (i) the
Issuers must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of
the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government
Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in
the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants,
to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Liquidated Damages on
the outstanding Notes on the stated maturity or on the applicable redemption
date, as the case may be, and the Issuers must specify whether the Notes are
being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date; (ii) in the case
of Legal Defeasance, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion
of counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming
that (A) the Issuers have received from, or there has been published by, the
Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (B) since the date of the Indenture, there
has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to
the effect that, and based thereon such opinion of counsel shall confirm that,
subject to customary assumptions and exceptions, the Holders of the outstanding
Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as
a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on
the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been
the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; (iii) in the case of
Covenant Defeasance, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion
of counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming
that, subject to customary assumptions and exceptions, the Holders of the
outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax
purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal
income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as
would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; (iv) no
Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of
such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the
borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit) or insofar as Events of
Default from bankruptcy or insolvency events are concerned, at any time in the
period ending on the 91st day after the date of deposit; (v) such Legal
Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of,
or constitute a default under any material agreement or instrument (other than
the Indenture) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by
which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound; (vi) the Issuers must
have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel to the effect that, subject
to customary assumptions and exceptions, after the 91st day following the
deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of any applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors'
rights generally; (vii) the Issuers must deliver to the Trustee an Officers'
Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuers with the intent
of preferring the Holders of Notes over the other creditors of the Issuers with
the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the
Issuers or others; and (viii) the Issuers must deliver to the Trustee an
Officers' Certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that all
conditions precedent provided for relating to the Legal Defeasance or the
Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.
TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE
A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture.
The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to
furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Issuers may
require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the
Indenture. The Issuers are not required to transfer or exchange any Note
selected for redemption.
92
<PAGE>
Also, the Issuers are not required to transfer or exchange any Note for a period
of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed.
The registered Holder of a Note is treated as the owner of it for all
purposes.
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
Except as provided in the next two succeeding paragraphs, the Indenture, the
Subsidiary Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the
consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes
then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection
with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes), and any
existing default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture, the Notes or
the Subsidiary Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a
majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without
limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer
or exchange offer for, Notes).
Without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver may not
(with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder): (i) reduce the
principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement
or waiver, (ii) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note
or alter the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes (other than
provisions relating to the covenants described above under the caption
"--Repurchase at the Option of Holders"), (iii) reduce the rate of or change the
time for payment of interest on any Note, (iv) waive a Default or Event of
Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the
Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at
least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the
payment default that resulted from such acceleration), (v) make any Note payable
in money other than that stated in the Notes, (vi) make any change in the
provisions of the Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights
of Holders of Notes to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or
interest on the Notes, (vii) waive a redemption payment with respect to any Note
(other than a payment required by one of the covenants described above under the
caption "-- Repurchase at the Option of Holders") or (viii) make any change in
the foregoing amendment and waiver provisions. In addition, any amendment to the
provisions of Article 10 of the Indenture (which relate to subordination) will
require the consent of the Holders of at least 75% in aggregate principal amount
of the Notes then outstanding if such amendment would adversely affect the
rights of Holders of the Notes.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of any Holder of Notes,
the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Issuers and the Trustee may amend or supplement
the Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees or the Notes to cure any ambiguity,
defect or inconsistency, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or
in place of certificated Notes, to provide for the assumption of the Issuers' or
a Subsidiary Guarantor's obligations to Holders of Notes in the case of a merger
or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Issuers' assets, to
make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the
Holders of Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the
Indenture of any such Holder, or to comply with requirements of the Commission
in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the
Trust Indenture Act or to allow any Subsidiary Guarantor to guarantee the Notes.
CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE
The Indenture contains certain limitations on the rights of the Trustee,
should it become a creditor of the Issuers, to obtain payment of claims in
certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such
claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee is permitted to engage in other
transactions; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate
such conflict within 90 days, apply to the Commission for permission to continue
or resign.
The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes
will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any
proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the
93
<PAGE>
Trustee, subject to certain exceptions. The Indenture provides that in case an
Event of Default shall occur (which shall not be cured), the Trustee is
required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent
man in the conduct of his own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the Trustee
is under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the
Indenture at the request of any Holder of Notes, unless such Holder shall have
offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any
loss, liability or expense.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Anyone who receives this Prospectus may obtain a copy of the Indenture and
Registration Rights Agreement without charge by writing to the Issuers at 1565
Buchanan Trail East, P.O. Box 21, Shady Grove, Pennsylvania 17256, Attention:
Keith R. Simmons.
BOOK-ENTRY; DELIVERY AND FORM
The Exchange Notes will initially be issued in the form of one or more
registered Exchange Notes in global form without coupons (collectively, the
"Global Notes").The Global Notes will be deposited on the date of the closing of
the exchange of the Exchange Notes for Senior Subordinated Notes with, or on
behalf of, DTC and registered in the name of DTC or its nominee, in each case
for credit to an account of a direct or indirect participant as described below.
Except as set forth below, the Global Notes may be transferred, in whole and
not in part, only to another nominee of DTC or to a successor DTC or its
nominee. Beneficial interests in the Global Notes may not be exchange for Notes
in certificated form except in the limited circumstances described below. In
addition, transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be subject
to the applicable rules and procedures of DTC and its direct or indirect
participants, which may change from time to time.
The Notes may be presented for registration of transfer and exchange at the
offices of the Registrar.
DEPOSITARY PROCEDURES
DTC has advised the Issuers that DTC is a limited-purpose trust company
created to hold securities for its participating organizations (collectively,
the "Direct Participants") and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of
transactions in those securities between Direct Participants through electronic
book-entry changes in accounts of Participants. The Direct Participants include
securities brokers and dealers (including the Initial Purchasers), banks, trust
companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations. Access to
DTC's system is also available to other entities that clear through or maintain
a direct or indirect, custodial relationship with a Direct Participant
(collectively, the "Indirect Participants"). DTC may hold securities
beneficially owned by other persons only through the Direct Participants or
Indirect Participants and such other persons' ownership interest and transfer of
ownership interest will be recorded only on the records of the Direct
Participant and/or Indirect Participant, and not on the records maintained by
DTC.
DTC has also advised the Issuers that, pursuant to DTC's procedures, (i)
upon deposit of the Global Notes, DTC will credit the accounts of the Direct
Participants designated by the Initial Purchasers with portions of the principal
amount of the Global Notes allocated by the Initial Purchasers to such Direct
Participants, and (ii) DTC will maintain records of the ownership interests of
such Direct Participants in the Global Notes and the transfer of ownership
interests by and between Direct Participants. DTC will not maintain records of
the ownership interests of, or the transfer of ownership interests by and
between, Indirect Participants or other owners of beneficial interests in the
Global Notes. Direct Participants and Indirect Participants must maintain their
own records of the ownership interests of, and the transfer of ownership
interests by and between, Indirect Participants and other owners of beneficial
interests in the Global Notes.
94
<PAGE>
Investors in the Global Notes may hold their interests therein directly
through DTC if they are Direct Participants in DTC or indirectly through
organizations that are Direct Participants in DTC. All ownership interests in
any Global Notes may be subject to the procedures and requirements of DTC.
The laws of some states require that certain persons take physical delivery
in definitive, certificated form of securities that they own. This may limit or
curtail the ability to transfer beneficial interests in a Global Note to such
persons. Because DTC can act only on behalf of Direct Participants, which in
turn act on behalf of Indirect Participants and others, the ability of a person
having a beneficial interest in a Global Note to pledge such interest to persons
or entities that are not Direct Participants in DTC, or to otherwise take
actions in respect of such interests, may be affected by the lack of physical
certificates evidencing such interests. For certain other restrictions on the
transferability of the Notes.
Except as described in "Transfers of Interests in Global Notes for
Certificated Notes," owners of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will not
have Notes registered in their names, will not receive physical delivery of
Notes in certificated form and will not be considered the registered owners or
holders thereof under the Indenture for any purpose.
Under the terms of the Indenture, the Issuers, the Subsidiary Guarantors and
the Trustee will treat the persons in whose names the Notes are registered
(including Notes represented by Global Notes) as the owners thereof for the
purpose of receiving payments and for any and all other purposes whatsoever.
Payments in respect of the principal, premium, Liquidated Damages, if any, and
interest on Global Notes registered in the name of DTC or its nominee will be
payable by the Trustee to DTC or its nominee as the registered holder under the
Indenture. Consequently, neither the Issuers, the Trustee nor any agent of the
Issuers or the Trustee has or will have any responsibility or liability for (i)
any aspect of DTC's records or any Direct Participant's or Indirect
Participant's records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial
ownership interests in the Global Notes or for maintaining, supervising or
reviewing any of DTC's records or any Direct Participant's or Indirect
Participant's records relating to the beneficial ownership interests in any
Global Note or (ii) any other matter relating to the actions and practices of
DTC or any of its Direct Participants or Indirect Participants.
DTC has advised the Issuers that its current payment practice (for payments
of principal, interest and the like) with respect to securities such as the
Notes is to credit the accounts of the relevant Direct Participants with such
payment on the payment date in amounts proportionate to such Direct
Participant's respective ownership interests in the Global Notes as shown on
DTC's records. Payments by Direct Participants and Indirect Participants to the
beneficial owners of the Notes will be governed by standing instructions and
customary practices between them and will not be the responsibility of DTC, the
Trustee, the Issuers or the Subsidiary Guarantors. Neither the Issuers, the
Subsidiary Guarantors nor the Trustee will be liable for any delay by DTC or its
Direct Participants or Indirect Participants in identifying the beneficial
owners of the Notes, and the Issuers and the Trustee may conclusively rely on
and will be protected in relying on instructions from DTC or its nominee as the
registered owner of the Notes for all purposes.
Interests in the Global Notes are expected to be eligible to trade in DTC's
Same-Day Funds Settlement System and, therefore, transfers between Direct
Participants in DTC will be effected in accordance with DTC's procedures, and
will be settled in immediately available funds. Transfers between Indirect
Participants who hold an interest through a Direct Participant will be effected
in accordance with the procedures of such Direct Participant but generally will
settle in immediately available funds.
DTC has advised the Issuers that it will take any action permitted to be
taken by a holder of Notes only at the direction of one or more Direct
Participants to whose account interests in the Global Notes are credited and
only in respect of such portion of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes
as to which such Direct Participant or Direct Participants has or have given
direction. However, if there is an Event of Default under the Notes, DTC
reserves the right to exchange Global Notes (without the direction of one or
more of its Direct Participants) for legended Notes in certificated form, and to
distribute such
95
<PAGE>
certificated forms of Notes to its Direct Participants. See "--Transfers of
Interests in Global Notes for Certificated Notes."
Although DTC has agreed to the foregoing procedures to facilitate transfers
of interests in the Global Notes among Direct Participants, they are under no
obligation to perform or to continue to perform such procedures, and such
procedures may be discontinued at any time. None of the Issuers, the Subsidiary
Guarantors, the Initial Purchasers or the Trustee will have any responsibility
for the performance by DTC, Direct and Indirect Participants of their respective
obligations under the rules and procedures governing any of their operations.
The information in this section concerning DTC, and its book-entry system
has been obtained from sources that the Issuers believe to be reliable, but the
Issuers take no responsibility for the accuracy thereof.
TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS IN GLOBAL NOTES FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES
An entire Global Note may be exchanged for definitive Notes in registered,
certificated form without interest coupons ("Certificated Notes") if (i) DTC (x)
notifies the Issuers that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary
for the Global Notes and the Issuers thereupon fail to appoint a successor
depositary within 90 days or (y) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered
under the Exchange Act, (ii) the Issuers, at their option, notify the Trustee in
writing that they elect to cause the issuance of Certificated Notes or (iii)
there shall have occurred and be continuing a Default or an Event of Default
with respect to the Notes. In any such case, the Issuers will notify the Trustee
in writing that, upon surrender by the Direct and Indirect Participants of their
interest in such Global Note, Certificated Notes will be issued to each person
that such Direct and Indirect Participants and DTC identify as being the
beneficial owner of the related Notes.
Beneficial interests in Global Notes held by any Direct or Indirect
Participant may be exchanged for Certificated Notes upon request to DTC, by such
Direct Participant (for itself or on behalf of an Indirect Participant), but
only upon at least 20 days' prior written notice given to the Trustee by or on
behalf of DTC in accordance with customary DTC procedures. Certificated Notes
delivered in exchange for any beneficial interest in any Global Note will be
registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by
DTC on behalf of such Direct or Indirect Participants (in accordance with DTC's
customary procedures).
Neither the Issuers, the Subsidiary Guarantors nor the Trustee will be
liable for any delay by the holder of the Global Notes or the DTC in identifying
the beneficial owners of Notes, and the Issuers and the Trustee may conclusively
rely on, and will be protected in relying on, instructions from the holder of
the Global Note or the DTC for all purposes.
SAME DAY SETTLEMENT AND PAYMENT
The Indenture requires that payments in respect of the Notes represented by
the Global Notes (including principal, premium, if any, interest and Liquidated
Damages, if any) be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the
accounts specified by the holder of such Global Note. With respect to
Certificated Notes, the Issuers will make all payments of principal, premium, if
any, interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, by wire transfer of immediately
available funds to the accounts specified by the holders thereof or, if no such
account is specified, by mailing a check to each such holder's registered
address. The Issuers expect that secondary trading in the Certificated Notes
will also be settled in immediately available funds.
96
<PAGE>
REGISTRATION RIGHTS; LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
The Issuers, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers entered
into the Registration Rights Agreement on April 29, 1998. Pursuant to the
Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuers agreed to file with the Commission
this Registration Statement under the Securities Act with respect to the Notes.
As required by the Registration Rights Agreement, upon the effectiveness of the
Registration Statement, the Issuers will offer to the Holders of Transfer
Restricted Securities (as defined) that are able to make certain representations
the opportunity to exchange their Transfer Restricted Securities for Exchange
Notes. If (i) the Issuers are not required to file the Registration Statement or
permitted to consummate the Exchange Offer because the Exchange Offer is not
permitted by applicable law or Commission policy or (ii) any Holder of Transfer
Restricted Securities notifies the Issuers prior to the 20th day following
consummation of the Exchange Offer that (A) such Holder is prohibited by law or
Commission policy from participating in the Exchange Offer or (B) that it may
not resell the Exchange Notes acquired by it in the Exchange Offer to the public
without delivering a Prospectus and the Prospectus contained in the Registration
Statement is not appropriate or available for such resales or (C) that it is a
broker-dealer and owns Notes acquired directly from the Issuers or an affiliate
of the Issuers, the Issuers will file with the Commission a shelf registration
statement to cover resales of the Transfer Restricted Securities by the Holders
thereof who satisfy certain conditions relating to the provision of information
in connection with the shelf registration statement. The Issuers will use their
best efforts to cause the applicable registration statement to be declared
effective as promptly as possible by the Commission. For purposes of the
foregoing, "Transfer Restricted Securities" means each Senior Subordinated Note
until the date on which such Senior Subordinated Note (i) is exchanged in the
Exchange Offer for an Exchange Note which is entitled to be resold to the public
by the holder thereof without complying with prospectus delivery requirements of
the Securities Act, (ii) has been disposed of in accordance with a shelf
registration statement (and the purchasers thereof have been issued Exchange
Notes), or (iii) is distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the
Securities Act or is saleable pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act
and each Exchange Note until the date on which such Exchange Note is disposed of
by a broker-dealer pursuant to the "Plan of Distribution" contemplated by this
Registration Statement.
Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuers were obligated to
file this Registration Statement with the Commission on or before June 29, 1998
(60 days after the Closing Date). In addition, the Registration Rights Agreement
provides that (i) the Issuers will use their best efforts to have the
Registration Statement declared effective by the Commission on or prior to
October 29, 1998 (180 days after the Closing Date), (ii) unless the Exchange
Offer would not be permitted by applicable law or Commission policy, the Issuers
will commence the Exchange Offer and use their best efforts to issue on or prior
to 30 business days after the date on which the Registration Statement is
declared effective by the Commission, Exchange Notes in exchange for all Notes
tendered prior thereto in the Exchange Offer and (iii) if obligated to file the
shelf registration statement, the Issuers will use their best efforts to file
the shelf registration statement with the Commission on or prior to 60 days
after such filing obligation arises and to cause the shelf registration
statement to be declared effective by the Commission on or prior to 120 days
after such obligation arises. If (a) the Issuers fail to file any of the
registration statements required by the Registration Rights Agreement on or
before the date specified for such filing, (b) any of such registration
statements is not declared effective by the Commission on or prior to the date
specified for such effectiveness (the "Effectiveness Target Date"), (c) the
Issuers fail to consummate the Exchange Offer within 30 business days of the
Effectiveness Target Date with respect to the Registration Statement, or (d) the
Registration Statement or the shelf registration statement is declared effective
but thereafter ceases to be effective or usable in connection with resales of
Transfer Restricted Securities during the periods specified in the Registration
Rights Agreement (each such event referred to in clauses (a) through (d) above a
"Registration Default"), then the Issuers will pay Liquidated Damages to each
Holder of Notes, with respect to the first 90-day period immediately following
the occurrence of the first Registration Default in an amount equal to $.05 per
week per $1,000 principal amount of Notes held by such Holder. The amount of the
Liquidated Damages will increase by an additional $.05 per week per $1,000
principal
97
<PAGE>
amount of Notes with respect to each subsequent 90-day period until all
Registration Defaults have been cured, up to a maximum amount of Liquidated
Damages for all Registration Defaults of $.50 per week per $1,000 principal
amount of Notes. All accrued Liquidated Damages will be paid by the Issuers on
each Damages Payment Date to the Global Note Holder by wire transfer of
immediately available funds or by federal funds check and to Holders of
Certificated Securities by wire transfer to the accounts specified by them or by
mailing checks to their registered addresses if no such accounts have been
specified. Following the cure of all Registration Defaults, the accrual of
Liquidated Damages will cease.
Holders of Notes are required to make certain representations to the Issuers
(as described in the Registration Rights Agreement) in order to participate in
the Exchange Offer and are required to deliver certain information to be used in
connection with a shelf registration statement and to provide comments on the
shelf registration statement within the time periods set forth in the
Registration Rights Agreement in order to have their Notes included in the shelf
registration statement and benefit from the provisions regarding Liquidated
Damages set forth above. See "The Exchange Offer."
The foregoing description of the Registration Rights Agreement is a summary
only and does not purport to be complete. This summary is qualified in its
entirety by reference to all provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement
which as been filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this
Prospectus forms a part.
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the Indenture. Reference
is made to the Indenture for a full disclosure of all such terms, as well as any
other capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is provided.
"ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE SUBSIDIARY" means a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the
Company (i) which is formed solely for the purpose of, and which engages in no
activities other than activities in connection with, financing accounts
receivable and/or notes receivable and related assets of the Company and/or its
Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) which is designated by the Management Committee of
the Company as an Accounts Receivables Subsidiary pursuant to a Management
Committee resolution set forth in an Officers' Certificate and delivered to the
Trustee, (iii) that has total assets at the time of such designation with a book
value not exceeding $100,000 PLUS the reasonable fees and expenses required to
establish such Accounts Receivable Subsidiary and any accounts receivable
financing, (iv) no portion of Indebtedness or any other obligation (contingent
or otherwise) of which (a) is at any time recourse to or obligates the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in any way, other than pursuant to
(I) representations and covenants entered into in the ordinary course of
business in connection with the sale of accounts receivable and/or notes
receivable to such Accounts Receivable Subsidiary or (II) any guarantee of any
such accounts receivable financing by the Company that is permitted to be
incurred pursuant to the covenant described under the caption entitled
"--Certain Covenants--Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified
Stock," or (b) subjects any property or asset of the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to
the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to (I) representations and
covenants entered into in the ordinary course of business in connection with
sales of accounts receivable and/or notes receivable or (II) any guarantee of
any such accounts receivable financing by the Company that is permitted to be
incurred pursuant to the covenant described under the caption entitled
"--Certain Covenants--Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified
Stock," (v) with which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company has any contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than
contracts, agreements, arrangements and understandings entered into in the
ordinary course of business in connection with sales of accounts receivable
and/or notes receivable in accordance with the covenant described under the
caption "--Certain Covenants--Sales of Accounts Receivable" and fees payable in
the ordinary course of business in connection with servicing accounts receivable
and/or notes receivable and (vi) with respect to which neither the Company nor
any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company has any obligation (a) to subscribe for
98
<PAGE>
additional shares of Capital Stock or other Equity Interests therein or make any
additional capital contribution or similar payment or transfer thereto other
than in connection with the sale of accounts receivable and/or notes receivable
to such Accounts Receivable Subsidiary in accordance with the covenant described
under "--Certain Covenants--Sales of Accounts Receivable" or (b) to maintain or
preserve solvency or any balance sheet item, financial condition, level of
income or results of operations thereof.
"ACQUIRED DEBT" means, with respect to any specified Person, (i)
Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is
merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified Person, including,
without limitation, Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in
contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a
Subsidiary of such specified Person, and (ii) Indebtedness secured by a Lien
encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.
"AFFILIATE" of any specified Person means any other Person directly or
indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common
control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, "control"
(including, with correlative meanings, the terms "controlling," "controlled by"
and "under common control with"), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean
the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the
direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the
ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise; PROVIDED that
beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the Voting Stock of a Person shall be
deemed to be control.
"ASSET SALE" means (i) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of
any assets or rights (including, without limitation, by way of a sale and
leaseback) other than (A) in the ordinary course of business or (B) sales or
other dispositions of accounts receivable and/or notes receivable and related
assets to (x) the Accounts Receivable Subsidiary in accordance with the covenant
described under the caption "--Certain Covenants--Sale of Accounts Receivable"
and (y) one or more financial institutions in connection with a Dealer Financing
Program or factoring arrangements as in existence on the date of the Indenture
(PROVIDED that, in each case, the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition
of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries
(determined on a consolidated basis) are governed by the provisions of the
Indenture described above under the caption "--Change of Control" and/or the
provisions described above under the caption "--Limitation on Leases" and not by
the provisions of the Asset Sale covenant), and (ii) the issue or sale by the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries of Equity Interests of any of the Company's
Subsidiaries, in the case of either clause (i) or (ii), whether in a single
transaction or a series of related transactions (a) that have a fair market
value in excess of $2.5 million or (b) for net proceeds in excess of $2.5
million. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following items shall not be deemed
to be Asset Sales: (i) a transfer of assets by the Issuers to a Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiary or by a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuers
or to another Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) an issuance of Equity
Interests by a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuers or to another
Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, (iii) a Restricted Payment that is permitted
by the covenant described above under the caption "--Restricted Payments," (iv)
the sale and leaseback of any assets within 90 days of the acquisition of such
assets; PROVIDED that such sale and leaseback complies with the covenant
described above under the caption "--Sale and Leaseback Transactions," (v)
foreclosures of assets, and (vi) the sale at fair market value of property or
equipment that has become worn out, obsolete or damaged or otherwise unsuitable
for use in connection with the business of the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary, as the case may be, in the ordinary course of business.
"ATTRIBUTABLE DEBT" in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction means, at
the time of determination, the present value (discounted at the rate of interest
implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP) of the
obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of
the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction (including any period
for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be
extended).
"BORROWING BASE" means, as of any date, an amount equal to the sum of 85% of
the face amount of all accounts receivable and notes receivable owned by the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such
99
<PAGE>
date that are not more than 90 days past due, as calculated on a consolidated
basis and in accordance with GAAP. To the extent that information is not
available as to the amount of accounts receivable and notes receivable as of a
specific date, the Company may utilize the most recent available information for
purposes of calculating the Borrowing Base.
"CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATION" means, at the time any determination thereof is
to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would
at such time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with
GAAP.
"CAPITAL STOCK" means (i) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock,
(ii) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares,
interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of
corporate stock, (iii) in the case of a partnership or limited liability
company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited) and
(iv) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to
receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the
issuing Person.
"CASH EQUIVALENTS" means (i) United States dollars, (ii) securities issued
or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or
any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit
of the United States is pledged in support thereof) having maturities of not
more than one year from the date of acquisition, (iii) certificates of deposit
and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date
of acquisition, bankers' acceptances with maturities not exceeding one-year and
overnight bank deposits, in each case with any domestic commercial bank having
capital and surplus in excess of $500 million, (iv) repurchase obligations with
a term of not more than thirty days for underlying securities of the types
described in clauses (ii) and (iii) above entered into with any financial
institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (iii) above, (v)
obligations issued or fully guaranteed by any state of the United States of
America or any political subdivision of any such state or any public
instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition
thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having one of the two highest ratings
obtainable from either Standard & Poor's Corporation or Moody's Investors
Service, Inc., (vi) commercial paper having the highest rating obtainable from
Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or Standard & Poor's Corporation and in each
case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition and (vii) money
market funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of
the kinds described in clauses (i) through (vii) of this definition.
"CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
"CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW" means, with respect to any Person for any period,
the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus (i) an amount
equal to any extraordinary or nonrecurring loss plus any net loss realized in
connection with an Asset Sale or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness (to the
extent such losses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income),
plus (ii) provision for taxes based on income or profits or the Tax Amount of
such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period or, following the
reorganization of the Company as a corporation, any tax sharing payment made
pursuant to a tax sharing agreement executed in connection therewith, in each
case, to the extent that such provision for taxes was included in computing such
Consolidated Net Income, plus (iii) consolidated interest expense of such Person
and its Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued and whether or not
capitalized (including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs
and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component
of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments
associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to
Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in
respect of letter of credit or bankers' acceptance financings, and net payments
(if any) pursuant to Hedging Obligations), to the extent that any such expense
was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income, plus (iv) depreciation,
amortization (including amortization of goodwill and other intangibles but
excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior
period) and other non-cash expenses (excluding any such non-cash expense to the
extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any
future period or
100
<PAGE>
amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period) of such
Person and its Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such
depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses were deducted in
computing such Consolidated Net Income, plus (v) any interest expense on
Indebtedness of another person that is guaranteed by such person or a Subsidiary
of such person or secured by a Lien on the assets of such person or one of its
Subsidiaries (to the extent that such interest expense was deducted in computing
Consolidated Net Income in such period), plus (vi) any charges of up to $30.0
million relating to a facility closing, plus (vii) any charges of up to $16.0
million resulting from fees payable to the George Group in connection with the
consulting arrangements with the Company, plus (viii) one-time expenses
associated with inventory, research and development and other write-ups
resulting from purchase accounting adjustments at the time of the Transactions
or any other permitted acquisition (to the extent such expenses were deducted in
computing Consolidated Net Income in such period), plus (ix) any expenses or
charges related to any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment or Indebtedness
permitted to be incurred by the Indenture (including such expenses or charges
related to the Transactions) and deducted in such period in computing
Consolidated Net Income, minus (x) non-cash items increasing such Consolidated
Net Income for such period, in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined
in accordance with GAAP. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provision for taxes
based on the income or profits of, and the depreciation and amortization and
other non-cash charges of, a Subsidiary of a Person shall be added to
Consolidated Net Income to compute Consolidated Cash Flow only to the extent
(and in the same proportion) that the Net Income of such Subsidiary was included
in calculating the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and only if a
corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be
dividended to the Company by such Subsidiary without prior approval (that has
not been obtained), pursuant to the terms of its charter and all agreements,
instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental
regulations applicable to that Subsidiary or its stockholders.
"CONSOLIDATED NET INCOME" means, with respect to any Person for any period,
the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such
period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; PROVIDED
that (i) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Person that is not a Subsidiary
(other than the Company) or that is accounted for by the equity method of
accounting shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or
distributions paid in cash (or converted into cash) to the referent Person or a
Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary thereof that is a Subsidiary Guarantor, (ii)
the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary shall be excluded to the extent that
the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that
Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted
without any prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained) or,
directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any
agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental
regulation applicable to that Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such
restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or in similar distributions
has been legally waived, provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Company
shall be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other
payments paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent
person or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary thereof that is a Subsidiary
Guarantor in respect of such period, (iii) the Net Income of any Person acquired
in a pooling of interests transaction for any period prior to the date of such
acquisition shall be excluded, (iv) the cumulative effect of a change in
accounting principles shall be excluded and (v) the Net Income (but not loss) of
any Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be excluded, whether or not distributed to the
Company or one of its Subsidiaries.
"CREDIT FACILITIES" means, with respect to the Issuers or their Restricted
Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the
New Credit Facility) or commercial paper facilities with banks or other
institutional lenders providing for revolving credit loans, term loans,
receivables financing (including through the sale or factoring of receivables to
such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders
against such receivables) or letters of credit, in each case, as amended,
restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in
part from time to time.
101
<PAGE>
"DEALER FINANCING PROGRAM" means (x) that certain financing program pursuant
to which (i) distributors of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries can
obtain up to 366-day inventory financing for the purchase of the Company's
products, (ii) units financed will generate secured notes receivable, accounts
receivable, chattel paper, instruments or other intangibles (collectively,
"Receivables"), which the Company may sell, from time to time, to financial
institutions at 100% of face value and (iii) the Company will insure (with a
nationally recognized insurance company with at least $100.0 million in assets)
at least 85% of the payment obligations relating to such Receivables and (y)
factoring or discounting arrangements as in effect on the date of the Indenture
or entered into in the ordinary course of business consistent with past
practice.
"DEFAULT" means any event that is or with the passage of time or the giving
of notice or both would be an Event of Default.
"DESIGNATED SENIOR DEBT" means (i) any Indebtedness outstanding under the
New Credit Agreement (ii) any other Senior Debt permitted under the Indenture
the principal amount of which is $25.0 million or more and that has been
designated by the Issuers as "Designated Senior Debt."
"DISQUALIFIED STOCK" means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the
terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is
exchangeable, at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any
event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund
obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the Holder thereof, in
whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on
which the Notes mature; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any Capital Stock that would
constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right
to require the Issuers to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a
Change of Control or an Asset Sale shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if
the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Issuers may not repurchase or
redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase
or redemption complies with the covenant described above under the caption
"--Certain Covenants-- Restricted Payments"; and PROVIDED FURTHER, that Capital
Stock issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or its
subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees shall not constitute
Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the
Company in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.
"EQUIPMENT FINANCING GUARANTEES" means guarantees (including but not limited
to repurchase or remarketing obligations, residual value guarantees, conditional
loss guarantees or first loss guarantees) by the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past
practice of Indebtedness incurred by a distributor, or other purchaser or
lessor, for the purchase of inventory manufactured or sold by the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary, the proceeds of which Indebtedness is used solely to pay
the purchase price of such inventory to such distributor or other purchaser or
lessor and any related reasonable fees and expenses (including financing fees);
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (1) to the extent commercially practicable, the
Indebtedness so guaranteed is secured by a Lien on such inventory in favor of
the holder of such Indebtedness, and (2) if the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary is required to make payment with respect to such guarantee, the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary will have the right to receive either (q)
title to such inventory, (r) a valid assignment of a Lien in such inventory or
(s) the net proceeds of any resale of such inventory.
"EQUITY INTERESTS" means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other
rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is
convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).
"EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS" means up to $15.0 million in aggregate principal
amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries (other than
Indebtedness under the New Credit Agreement) in existence on the date of the
Indenture, until such amounts are permanently repaid.
"FIXED CHARGE COVERAGE RATIO" means with respect to any Person for any
period, the ratio of the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person for such period
to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such
102
<PAGE>
period. In the event that the referent Person or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, Guarantees or redeems any Indebtedness (other than
revolving credit borrowings) or issues or redeems preferred equity subsequent to
the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is
being calculated but prior to the date on which the event for which the
calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the "Calculation Date"),
then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect
to such incurrence, assumption, Guarantee or redemption of Indebtedness, or such
issuance or redemption of preferred equity, as if the same had occurred at the
beginning of the applicable four-quarter reference period. In addition, for
purposes of making the computation referred to above, (i) acquisitions that have
been made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including
through mergers or consolidations and including any related financing
transactions, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such
reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date shall be deemed to have
occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period and Consolidated
Cash Flow for such reference period shall be calculated without giving effect to
clause (iii) of the proviso set forth in the definition of Consolidated Net
Income and shall reflect any pro forma adjustments for expenses and cost
reductions attributable to such acquisitions (to the extent such adjustments are
(x) realizable within twelve months of the date of the acquisition and (y) based
on pro forma financial statements reviewed by the Company's accountants), (ii)
the Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued operations, as
determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses disposed of
prior to the Calculation Date, shall be excluded, (iii) the Fixed Charges
attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP,
and operations or businesses disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, shall be
excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Fixed
Charges will not be obligations of the referent Person or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries following the Calculation Date, and (iv) the amount of interest
expense attributable to financings pursuant to the Dealer Financing Program
shall be subtracted from the numerator and excluded from the denominator in
calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio provided that the interest income
from such financings exceeds interest expense.
"FIXED CHARGES" means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum,
without duplication, of (i) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and
its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued (including,
without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue
discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred
payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with
Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt,
commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter
of credit or bankers' acceptance financings, and net payments (if any) pursuant
to Hedging Obligations; provided, however, that in no event shall any
amortization of deferred financing costs incurred in connection with the
Transactions be included in fixed charges) and (ii) the consolidated interest of
such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such
period, and (iii) any interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person that is
Guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a
Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Subsidiaries (whether or not such
Guarantee or Lien is called upon) excluding, however, guarantees incurred in
connection with (a) any Equipment Financing Guarantee or (b) residual value
guarantees, conditional loss guarantees and similar financings allowed to be
incurred pursuant to the covenant described above under the caption "Incurrence
of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock" and (iv) if and for so long as
such Person is taxed as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, all cash
dividend payments or other distributions of property on any series of preferred
stock of such Person or, if such Person is taxed as a corporation for federal
income tax purposes, the product of (a) all cash dividend payments or other
distributions of property (and non-cash dividend payments in the case of a
Person that is a Subsidiary) on any series of preferred equity of such Person
times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which
is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax
rate of such Person expressed as a decimal, in each case, on a consolidated
basis and in accordance with GAAP.
103
<PAGE>
"GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the
opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American
Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of
the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such
other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting
profession, which are in effect on the date of the Indenture.
"GEORGE GROUP" means The George Group, Inc. a Texas corporation, and its
successors.
"GUARANTEE" means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable
instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or
indirect, in any manner (including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of
assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect
thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness.
"HEDGING OBLIGATIONS" means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of
such Person under (i) interest rate or currency swap agreements, interest rate
cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements, (ii) other agreements or
arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in interest or
currency exchange rates and (iii) commodities purchase and sale agreements and
other similar agreements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in
the price of raw materials used by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
in the ordinary course of business.
"INDEBTEDNESS" means, with respect to any Person, any indebtedness of such
Person, whether or not contingent, in respect of borrowed money or evidenced by
bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or
reimbursement agreements in respect thereof) or banker's acceptances or
representing Capital Lease Obligations or the balance deferred and unpaid of the
purchase price of any property or representing any Hedging Obligations, except
any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable, if and to
the extent any of the foregoing (other than letters of credit and Hedging
Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of such Person
prepared in accordance with GAAP, as well as all Indebtedness of others secured
by a Lien on any asset of such Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is
assumed by such Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee
by such Person of any indebtedness of any other Person. The amount of any
Indebtedness (other than Hedging Obligations and guarantees) outstanding as of
any date shall be (i) the accreted value thereof, in the case of any
Indebtedness issued with original issue discount, and (ii) the principal amount
thereof, together with any interest thereon that is more than 30 days past due,
in the case of any other Indebtedness.
"INVESTMENT GRADE SECURITIES" means (i) securities issued or directly and
fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or
instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents), (ii) debt securities or
debt instruments with a rating of BBB- or higher by Standard & Poor's
Corporation or Baa3 or higher by Moody's Investors Services, Inc. or the
equivalent of such rating by such rating organization, or, if no rating of
Standard & Poor's Corporation or Moody's Investors Services, Inc. then exists,
the equivalent of such rating by any other nationally recognized securities
rating agency, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting
loans or advances among the Company and its Subsidiaries, and (iii) investments
in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in
clauses (i) and (ii) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending
investment and/or distribution.
"INVESTMENTS" means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such
Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of direct or
indirect loans (including guarantees of Indebtedness or other obligations),
advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel and similar
advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business),
purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity
Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be
classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP;
provided that an acquisition of assets, Equity Interests or other securities by
the Issuers or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries for consideration consisting
solely of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the
104
<PAGE>
Company shall not be deemed to be an Investment. If the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity
Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Company such
that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no
longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the Company shall be deemed to
have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the
fair market value of the Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary not sold
or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of the
covenant described above under the caption "--Restricted Payments."
"LIEN" means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge,
security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether
or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law (including
any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature
thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in
and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform
Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction).
"MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE" means (i) for so long as the Company is a limited
liability company, the Management Committee of the Company and (ii) otherwise
the Board of Directors of the Company.
"NET INCOME" means, with respect to any Person for any period, (i) the net
income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any
reduction in respect of dividends on preferred interests, excluding, however,
(a) any gain (but not loss), together with any related provision for taxes or
Tax Distributions on such gain (but not loss), realized in connection with (1)
any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, dispositions pursuant to sale and
leaseback transactions) or (2) the disposition of any securities by such Person
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness
of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (b) any extraordinary
or nonrecurring gain (but not loss), together with any related provision for
taxes or Tax Distributions on such extraordinary or nonrecurring gain (but not
loss) less (ii) in the case of any Person that is a partnership or limited
liability company, the Tax Amount of such person for such period.
"NET PROCEEDS" means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including,
without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any
non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of the direct costs
relating to such Asset Sale (including, without limitation, legal, accounting
and investment banking fees, and sales commissions) and any relocation expenses
incurred as a result thereof, any taxes or Tax Distributions paid or payable as
a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or
deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), and any reserve for adjustment in
respect of the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with
GAAP.
"NEW CREDIT AGREEMENT" means that certain New Credit Agreement, dated as of
the date of the Indenture, by and among the Issuers and Chase Bank of Texas,
National Association, as administrative agent, BankBoston, N.A., as syndication
agent and Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation, as documentation
agent, and certain other lenders party thereto, providing for up to $125 million
of revolving credit borrowings and $200 million, of term borrowings, including
any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements
executed in connection therewith, and in each case as amended, modified,
renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced from time to time.
"NEW CREDIT FACILITY" means, with respect to the Issuers and the Restricted
Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the
New Credit Agreement) or commercial paper facilities with banks or other
institutional lenders providing for revolving credit loans, term loans,
receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders
or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such
receivables) or letters of credit, in each case, as amended, restated, modified,
renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time.
105
<PAGE>
"NON-RECOURSE DEBT" means Indebtedness (i) as to which neither the Company
nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind
(including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute
Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly liable (as a guarantor or
otherwise), or (c) constitutes the lender; and (ii) no default with respect to
which (including any rights that the holders thereof may have to take
enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit (upon
notice, lapse of time or both) any holder of any other Indebtedness (other than
the Notes being offered hereby) of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the
payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its stated maturity; and
(iii) as to which the lenders have been notified in writing that they will not
have any recourse to the stock or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries.
"OBLIGATIONS" means any principal, interest, penalties, fees,
indemnifications, costs, expenses, reimbursement obligations, damages and other
liabilities and obligations which may arise under or in connection with the New
Credit Agreement or the documentation governing any Indebtedness, and in all
cases whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, now outstanding or
hereafter created, assumed or incurred and including, without limitation,
interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy or the
commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or similar proceedings at the
rate provided in the relevant document, whether or not an allowed claim, and any
obligation to redeem or defease any of the foregoing.
"PERMITTED BUSINESS" means any of the businesses and any other businesses
related to the businesses engaged in by the Company and its respective
Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of the Indenture.
"PERMITTED GEORGE GROUP TRANSACTIONS" means, for purposes of the covenant
described above under the caption "--Transactions with Affiliates," consulting
arrangements with the George Group and its affiliates and any payments for fees
and expenses thereunder made, provided that such payments shall not exceed $8.0
million in any fiscal year (with such amount being subject to reasonable
adjustments in connection with advisory and consulting services rendered in
connection with Permitted Investments).
"PERMITTED INVESTMENTS" means (a) any Investment in the Company or in a
Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Subsidiary Guarantor
and is engaged in a Permitted Business; (b) any Investment in Cash Equivalents
and Investment Grade Securities; (c) any Investment by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a Person, if as a result of such
Investment (i) such Person becomes a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company and a Subsidiary Guarantor and is engaged in a Permitted Business or
(ii) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or
transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into,
the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a
Subsidiary Guarantor and that is engaged in Permitted Business; (d) any
Investment made as a result of the receipt of assets not constituting Cash
Equivalents from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with
the covenant described above under the caption "--Repurchase at the Option of
Holders--Asset Sales"; (e) any acquisition of assets solely in exchange for the
issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; (f)
other Investments in any Person having an aggregate fair market value (measured
on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to
subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments
made pursuant to this clause (f) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed
$10 million; (g) Investments in securities of customers received in settlement
of obligations or pursuant to a plan of reorganization or similar arrangement
upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of such trade creditors or customers; (h)
Investments existing on the date of the Indenture or made in connection with the
Transactions; (i) Investments consisting of receivables owing to the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries and advances or loans to or the receipt of notes or
drafts from, distributors and customers, in each case, in connection with the
sale or lease of inventory in the ordinary course of business and consistent
with past practices, including such Investments made pursuant to or in
connection with a Dealer Financing Program; (j) loans and advances to officers,
directors, members and employees for business-related travel expenses, moving
expenses and other similar expenses, in each case, incurred in the ordinary
106
<PAGE>
course of business and consistent with past practices not to exceed $1.0
million; (k) any Hedging Obligation; (l) Investments in an Accounts Receivable
Subsidiary made in connection with the formation of an Accounts Receivable
Subsidiary or received in consideration of sales of accounts receivable, in each
case, in accordance with the covenant described above under the caption entitled
"--Certain Covenants-- Sales of Accounts Receivable," (m) Investments consisting
of intercompany loans from the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to
Restricted Subsidiaries, including Restricted Subsidiaries that are not
Subsidiary Guarantors; (n) Investments consisting of capital contributions from
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries to Restricted Subsidiaries that are
not Subsidiary Guarantors in an aggregate amount at any one time outstanding not
to exceed $25.0 million; (o) Equipment Financing Guarantees permitted by the
terms of clause (xv) of the covenant described above under the caption
"--Certain Covenants--Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred
Stock" and (p) loans made to managers and officers of Grove Investors, Holdings
or the Company, and promissory notes or other instruments issued by managers and
officers of Grove Investors, Holdings or the Company, in each case, in
connection with the purchase of Equity Interests of Grove Investors or Holdings.
"PERMITTED JUNIOR SECURITIES" means Equity Interests in the Company or any
Subsidiary Guarantor or debt securities that are subordinated to all Senior Debt
(and any debt securities issued in exchange for Senior Debt) to substantially
the same extent as, or to a greater extent than, the Notes are subordinated to
Senior Debt pursuant to Article 10 of the Indenture; PROVIDED that no such
Equity Interests or debt securities may be issued if the rights of the holders
of the Senior Debt are impaired by any such issuance in connection with a
reorganization, including, without limitation, by reason of such rights being
impaired within the meaning of Section 1124 of Title 11 of the United States
Code.
"PERMITTED LIENS" means (i) Liens securing Senior Debt and Liens on assets
of Restricted Subsidiaries securing Senior Debt permitted by the terms of the
Indenture to be incurred; (ii) Liens in favor of the Issuers or a Restricted
Subsidiary; (iii) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person
becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or is merged into or consolidated
with one of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; PROVIDED that such
Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such merger or
consolidation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person
merged into or consolidated with the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company;
(iv) Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition thereof by the
Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, PROVIDED that such Liens were in
existence prior to the contemplation of such acquisition; (v) Liens to secure
Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) permitted by clause (v) of
the second paragraph of the covenant entitled "Incurrence of Indebtedness and
Issuance of Disqualified Stock" covering only the assets acquired, constructed
or improved with such Indebtedness; (vi) Liens existing on the date of the
Indenture; (vii) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims
that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded, PROVIDED
that any reserve or other appropriate provision as shall be required in
conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor; (viii) Liens on assets of
Unrestricted Subsidiaries that secure Non-Recourse Debt of Unrestricted
Subsidiaries; (ix) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the
Issuers or any Subsidiary of the Issuers with respect to obligations that do not
exceed $5.0 million at any one time outstanding and that (a) are not incurred in
connection with the borrowing of money or the obtaining of advances or credit
(other than trade credit in the ordinary course of business) and (b) do not in
the aggregate materially detract from the value of the property or materially
impair the use thereof in the operation of business by the Issuers or such
Subsidiary; (x) liens on assets of the Subsidiary Guarantors to secure Senior
Debt of such Subsidiary Guarantors that was permitted to be incurred under the
Indenture; (xi) statutory Liens of landlords and Liens of carriers,
warehousemen, mechanics, suppliers, materialmen, repairmen and other Liens
imposed by law incurred in the ordinary course of business; (xii) Liens incurred
or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers'
compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security or
similar obligations, or to secure the performance of tenders, statutory
obligations, surety and appeal bonds, bids, leases, government contracts,
performance and return-of-money bonds and other similar obligations (exclusive
of obligations
107
<PAGE>
for the payment of borrowed money); (xiii) judgment or attachment Liens not
giving rise to an Event of Default; (xiv) easements, rights-of-way, zoning
restrictions and other similar charges or encumbrances in respect of real
property not interfering in any material respect with the ordinary course of the
business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; (xv) any interest
or title of a lessor under any lease, whether or not characterized as capital or
operating; provided that such Liens do not extend to any property or assets
which is not leased property subject to such lease; (xvi) Liens upon specific
items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such
Person's obligations in respect of bankers' acceptances issued or created for
the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of
such inventory or other goods; (xvii) Liens securing reimbursement obligations
with respect to letters of credit and products and proceeds thereof; (xviii)
Liens securing Hedging Obligations which Hedging Obligations relate to
Indebtedness that is otherwise permitted under the Indenture; (xix) Liens
arising out of consignment, conditional sale or similar arrangements for the
purchase of goods entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in
the ordinary course of business; (xx) Liens securing Permitted Refinancing
Indebtedness which is incurred to refinance any Indebtedness which has been
secured by a Lien permitted under the Indenture and which has been incurred in
accordance with the provisions of the Indenture; (xxi) Liens with respect to
Equipment Financing Guarantees and related inventory and equipment; (xxii) Liens
incurred in connection with the Dealer Financing Program; and (xxiii) Liens
incurred in the ordinary course of business on equipment and inventory held for
lease by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
"PERMITTED REFINANCING INDEBTEDNESS" means any Indebtedness of the Issuers
or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net
proceeds of which are used within 60 days after the incurrence thereof to
extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund other Indebtedness of the
Issuers or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany
Indebtedness); PROVIDED that: (i) the principal amount (or accreted value, if
applicable) of such permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the
principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus accrued interest
on, the Indebtedness so extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or
refunded (plus the amount of reasonable expenses, premiums, penalties, fees and
interest incurred in connection therewith); (ii) such Permitted Refinancing
Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of,
and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the
Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being extended,
refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; (iii) if the Indebtedness
being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is
subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, such Permitted Refinancing
Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of,
and is subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes on terms at least as
favorable to the Holders of Notes as those contained in the documentation
governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced,
defeased or refunded; and (iv) such Indebtedness is incurred either by the
Issuers or by the Restricted Subsidiary who is the obligor on the Indebtedness
being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded.
"PUBLIC EQUITY OFFERING" means a public offering pursuant to an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act of Equity Interests (other than
Disqualified Stock) of (i) the Company; or (ii) Holdings (or any other person
that owns, directly or indirectly, 100% of the common equity of the Issuers) to
the extent the net proceeds thereof are contributed to the Company as a capital
contribution, that, in each case, results in the net proceeds to the Company of
at least $25.0 million.
"RECEIVABLES FEES" means distributions or payments made directly or by means
of discounts with respect to any participation interests issued or sold in
connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted
Subsidiary in connection with, any receivables financing permitted pursuant to
the covenant entitled "Sales of Accounts Receivable."
"RESTRICTED INVESTMENT" means an Investment other than a Permitted
Investment.
108
<PAGE>
"RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY" of a Person means any Subsidiary of the referent
Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
"SENIOR DEBT" means (i) all Indebtedness outstanding under the New Credit
Agreement, including any Guarantee thereof and all Hedging Obligations with
respect thereto, (ii) any other Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by the
Issuers under the terms of the Indenture, unless the instrument under which such
Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is on a parity with or
subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and (iii) all Obligations with
respect to the foregoing. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the
foregoing, Senior Debt will not include (w) any liability for federal, state,
local or other taxes owed or owing by the Issuers, (x) any Indebtedness of the
Issuers to any of their Subsidiaries or other Affiliates, (y) any trade payables
or (z) any Indebtedness that is incurred in violation of the Indenture.
"SIGNIFICANT SUBSIDIARY" means any Subsidiary that would be a "significant
subsidiary" as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated
pursuant to the Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date hereof.
"STATED MATURITY" means, with respect to any installment of interest or
principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which such payment of
interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation
governing such Indebtedness, and shall not include any contingent obligations to
repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date
originally scheduled for the payment thereof.
"SUBSIDIARY" means, with respect to any Person, (i) any corporation,
association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting
power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of
any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees
thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such
Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination
thereof) and (ii) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing
general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b)
the only general partners of which are such Person or of one or more
Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof).
"SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS" means each of (i) Crane Acquisition Corp., Crane
Holding Inc., National Crane Corporation, Grove U.S. LLC, Grove Finance LLC and
(ii) any other subsidiary that executes a Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance
with the provisions of the Indenture, and their respective successors and
assigns.
"TAX AMOUNT" means, with respect to the Company for any period, the product
of (i) the taxable income of the Company for such period and (ii) the maximum
combined Federal, state and local income tax rates applicable to an individual
resident in New York City or California, whichever is higher; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that in determining the Tax Amount, the effect thereon of any net operating loss
carryforwards or other carryforwards or tax attributes, such as alternative
minimum tax carryforwards shall be taken into account, and adjusted to take into
account any applicable credits, deductions or other adjustments allowed under
both New York and California law to a direct or indirect owner of an interest in
the Company for state and local income tax purposes.
"TAX DISTRIBUTION" means a distribution in respect of taxes to the members
of the Company pursuant to clause (vi) of the second paragraph of the covenant
described above under the caption "Certain Covenants--Restricted Payments."
"TRANSACTIONS" means each of (i) the acquisition by the Company through
certain of its subsidiaries of the mobile hydraulic crane, aerial work platform
and truck-mounted crane businesses of Hanson Funding (G) PLC and certain of its
subsidiaries, for aggregate cash consideration of approximately $583.0 million
plus certain assumed liabilities (the "Acquisition"); (ii) approximately $203.0
million of borrowings under the New Credit Facility; (iii) approximately $225.0
million of estimated gross proceeds from the Offering;
109
<PAGE>
and (iv) an approximately $168.0 million equity contribution to the Company by
Grove Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the "Equity
Contribution").
"UNRESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY" means (i) any Subsidiary (other than Grove
Capital) or any successor to any of them that is designated by the Management
Committee as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a resolution of the
Management Committee; but only to the extent that such Subsidiary: (a) has no
Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt; (b) is not party to any agreement,
contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company unless the terms of any such agreement, contract,
arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons
who are not Affiliates of the Company; (c) is a Person with respect to which
neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or
indirect obligation (x) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (y) to
maintain or preserve such Person's financial condition or to cause such Person
to achieve any specified levels of operating results; (d) has not guaranteed or
otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and (e) has at least one
director on its board of directors that is not a director or executive officer
of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and has at least one
executive officer that is not a director or executive officer of the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. Any such designation by the Management
Committee shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a
certified copy of the Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an
Officers' Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the
foregoing conditions and was permitted by the covenant described above under the
caption "Certain Covenants--Restricted Payments." If, at any time, any
Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the foregoing requirements as an
Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted
Subsidiary for purposes of the Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary
shall be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of
such date (and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such
date under the covenant described under the caption "Incurrence of Indebtedness
and Issuance of Disqualified Stock," the Issuers shall be in default of such
covenant). The Management Committee of the Company may at any time designate any
Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; PROVIDED that such
designation shall be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted
Subsidiary and such designation shall only be permitted if (i) such Indebtedness
is permitted under the covenant described under the caption "Certain
Covenants--Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock,"
calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the
beginning of the four-quarter reference period, and (ii) no Default or Event of
Default would be in existence following such designation.
"VOTING STOCK" of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such
Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Management
Committee of such Person.
"WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE TO MATURITY" means, when applied to any Indebtedness
at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the
products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining
installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of
principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the
number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between
such date and the making of such payment, by (ii) the then outstanding principal
amount of such Indebtedness.
"WHOLLY OWNED RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY" of any Person means a Restricted
Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding Capital Stock or other
ownership interests of which (other than (x) directors' qualifying shares and
(y) shares required to be held by a second shareholder pursuant to the laws of
France in an amount not to exceed one-tenth of one percent of the outstanding
shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person and one or more Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiaries of such Person.
110
<PAGE>
CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
In the opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison, counsel to the
Issuers, the following discussion is an accurate general description of certain
of the material anticipated Federal income tax consequences of the purchase,
ownership and disposition of the Notes. The tax treatment of the holders of the
Notes may vary depending upon their particular situations. This discussion is
based upon the United States Federal tax law now in effect, which is subject to
change, possibly retroactively, which could affect the continued validity of
this summary. The discussion does not purport to deal with all aspects of
Federal taxation that may be relevant to particular investors in light of their
personal investment circumstances, nor does it discuss Federal tax laws
applicable to special classes of taxpayers (for example, insurance companies,
tax-exempt organizations, financial institutions, subsequent purchasers of Notes
and broker-dealers). In addition, the description does not consider the effect
of any estate, gift. foreign, state, local or other tax laws that may be
applicable to a particular investor. In general, the summary assumes that a
holder acquires a Note at original issuance and holds such Note as a capital
asset within the meaning of section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended (the "Code"), and not as part of an integrated investment (for
example, a hedge, straddle or conversion transaction). Prospective investors are
strongly urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences
of purchasing, holding and disposing of the Notes.
UNITED STATES HOLDERS
As used herein, the term "United States Holder" means the beneficial owner
of a Note that is, for United States Federal income tax purposes, (i) a citizen
or resident of the United States, (ii) a domestic corporation or other entity
taxable as a corporation, (iii) an estate or trust the income of which is
subject to United States Federal income taxation regardless of its source or
(iv) otherwise subject to United States Federal income taxation with respect to
its worldwide income on a net income basis.
TAXATION OF UNITED STATES HOLDERS ON EXCHANGE
The exchange of a Senior Subordinated Note for an Exchange Note will not be
a taxable event to a United States Holder of a Senior Subordinated Note, and a
United States holder will not recognize any taxable gain or loss as a result of
such an exchange. Accordingly, a United States Holder will have the same
adjusted basis and holding period in an Exchange Note as it had in a Senior
Subordinated Note immediately before the exchange. Further, the tax consequences
of ownership and disposition of any Exchange Note will be the same as the tax
consequences of ownership and disposition of a Senior Subordinated Note.
INTEREST
Interest on a Note will generally be taxable to a United States Holder as
ordinary income from domestic sources at the time it is paid or accrued in
accordance with the United States Holder's method of accounting for tax
purposes.
MARKET DISCOUNT
If a United States Holder purchases a Note for an amount that is less than
its principal amount, the amount of the difference will be treated as "market
discount" for Federal income tax purposes, unless such difference is less than a
specified DE MINIMIS amount. Under the market discount rules, a United States
Holder will be required to treat any principal payment on, or any gain on the
sale, exchange, retirement or other disposition of, a Note as ordinary income to
the extent of the market discount which has not previously been included in
income and is treated as having accrued on such a Note at the time of such
payment or disposition. In addition, the United States Holder may be required to
defer, until the maturity
111
<PAGE>
of the Note or its earlier disposition in a taxable transaction, the deduction
of all or a portion of the interest expense on any indebtedness incurred or
continued to purchase or carry such Note.
Any market discount will be considered to accrue ratably during the period
from the date of acquisition to the maturity date of the Note, unless the United
States Holder elects to accrue on a constant interest method. A United States
Holder of a Note may elect to include market discount in income currently as it
accrues (on either a ratable or constant interest method), in which case the
rule described above regarding deferral of interest deductions will not apply.
This election to include market discount in income currently, once made, applies
to all market discount obligations acquired on or after the first taxable year
to which the election applies and may not be revoked without the consent of the
Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS").
AMORTIZABLE BOND PREMIUM
A United States Holder that purchases a Note for an amount in excess of the
sum of its principal amount will be considered to have purchased the Note at a
"premium." A holder generally may elect to amortize the premium over the
remaining term of the Note on a constant yield method. The amount amortized in
any year will be treated as a reduction of the United States Holder's interest
income from the Note. Bond premium on a Note held by a United States Holder that
does not make such an election will decrease the gain or increase the loss
otherwise recognized on disposition of the Note. The election to amortize
premium on a constant yield method once made applies to all debt obligations
held or subsequently acquired by the electing United States Holder on or after
the first day of the first taxable year to which the election applies and may
not be revoked with the consent of the IRS.
Final Treasury regulations issued on December 30, 1997 provide that, at a
holder's election, premium may be amortized to offset interest income only as a
United States Holder takes the qualified stated interest into account under the
United States Holder's regular accounting method. In the case of instruments
that provide for alternative payment schedules, bond premium is calculated by
assuming that (i) the holder will exercise or not exercise options in a manner
that maximizes the holder's yield and (ii) the issuer will exercise or not
exercise options in a manner that minimizes the holder's yield except with
respect to call options for which the issuer is assumed to exercise such call
options in a manner that maximizes the holder's yield. The final regulations are
effective for debt instruments acquired on or after March 2, 1998. However, if a
United States Holder elects to amortize bond premium for the taxable year
containing March 2, 1998, or any subsequent taxable year, the final regulations
would apply to all the United States Holder's debt instruments held on or after
the first day of that taxable year. Once made, the election cannot be revoked
without the consent of the IRS.
GAIN ON DISPOSITION
A United States Holder's tax basis in a Note will, in general, be the United
States Holder's cost therefor, increased by market discount previously included
in income by the holder and reduced by any amortized premium. Upon the sale,
exchange or retirement of a Note, a United States Holder will recognize gain or
loss equal to the difference between the amount realized upon the sale, exchange
or retirement (less any accrued interest, which will be taxable as such ) and
the adjusted tax basis of the Note. Except as described above with respect to
market discount, such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss and will be
long-term capital gain or loss if at the time of sale, exchange or retirement
the Note has been held for more than one year. Under current law, long-term
capital gains of individuals are, under certain circumstances, taxed at lower
rates than items of ordinary income. The deductibility of capital losses is
subject to limitations.
112
<PAGE>
INFORMATION REPORTING AND BACKUP WITHHOLDING
In general, information reporting requirements will apply to certain
payments of principal, interest and premium paid on Notes and to the proceeds of
sale of a Note made to United States Holders other than certain exempt
recipients (such as corporations). A 31% backup withholding tax will apply to
such payments if the holder fails to provide a taxpayer identification number or
certification of foreign or other exempt status or fails to report in full
dividend and interest income.
Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a
refund or a credit against such United States Holder's United States Federal
income tax liability, provided the required information is furnished to the IRS.
NON-UNITED STATES HOLDERS
As used herein, the term "Non-United States Holder" means a beneficial owner
of a Note that, for United States Federal income tax purposes, is not a United
States Holder.
TAXATION OF NON-UNITED STATES HOLDERS ON EXCHANGE
The exchange of a Senior Subordinated Note for an Exchange Note will not be
a taxable event to a Non-United States Holder of a Senior Subordinated Note, and
a Non-United States Holder will not recognize any taxable gain or loss as a
result of such an exchange. Accordingly, a Non-United States Holder will have
the same adjusted basis and holding period in an Exchange Note as it had in a
Senior Subordinated Note immediately before the exchange. Further, the tax
consequences of ownership and disposition of any Exchange Note will be the same
as the tax consequences of ownership and disposition of a Senior Subordinated
Note.
INTEREST
Subject to the discussion of information reporting and backup withholding
below, payments of interest to or on behalf of any Non-United States Holder will
not be subject to United States Federal income or withholding tax if such
interest is not effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business
within the United States by such Non-United States Holder, provided that (i)
such Non-United States Holder is not a bank for United States Federal income tax
purposes, (ii) such Non-United States Holder is not a "10-percent shareholder"
within the meaning of section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, (iii) such Non-United
States Holder is not a controlled foreign corporation for United States Federal
income tax purposes that is related to the Company through stock ownership, and
(iv) certain certification requirements are met. A Non-United States Holder that
is not exempt from tax under these rules generally will be subject to United
States Federal income tax withholding at a rate of 30% (or lower applicable
treaty rate) on interest payments.
If the interest is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or
business within the United States of such Non-United States Holder, such
interest will be subject to the United States Federal income tax on net income
that applies to United States persons generally (and with respect to corporate
holders under certain circumstances, the branch profits tax).
GAIN ON DISPOSITION
Any capital gain realized upon a sale, exchange or retirement of a Note by
or on behalf of a Non-United States Holder generally will not be subject to
United States Federal withholding or income tax, unless (i) such gain is
effectively connected with a United States trade or business of such Non-United
States Holder, (ii) the Non-United States Holder is an individual that is
present in the United States for
113
<PAGE>
183 days or more during the taxable year of the sale, exchange or retirement and
certain other requirements are met, or (iii) the Non-United States Holder is
subject to tax pursuant to provisions of the United States Federal tax law
applicable to certain United States expatriates.
INFORMATION REPORTING AND BACKUP WITHHOLDING
Under temporary Treasury Regulations now in effect, information reporting
and backup withholding will not apply to payments by the Company or any
middleman to a Non-United States Holder, provided that the holder (and, in
certain cases the custodian, nominee or other agent of such holder) meets
certain certification requirements as to the status of the holder as a
Non-United States Holder (provided that the payor does not have actual knowledge
that the holder is a United States person or that the conditions of any other
exemption are not in fact satisfied).
Recently published final Treasury Regulations (the "Final Withholding
Regulations") make a number of important changes to the procedures for income
tax withholding and certification of eligibility for the portfolio interest
exemption or for a reduced rate of income tax withholding based on an applicable
income tax treaty. In general, the Final Withholding Regulations do not
significantly alter substantive withholding requirements, but unify
certification procedures and clarify reliance standards. The Final Withholding
Regulations are scheduled to be effective for payments made on or after January
1, 2000, subject to certain transition rules.
Initial Non-United States Holders will be required to submit certification
complying with the temporary Treasury Regulations upon purchase of the Notes.
Certification that complies with the procedures in the Final Withholding
Regulations, where required, must be provided not later than the earlier of (i)
the date after December 31, 1999 on which such Non-United States Holders'
certification is no longer accurate or has expired, and (ii) December 31, 2000,
by initial Non-United States Holders that remain holders on such date, unless
such Non-United States Holders receive payments on the Notes through a qualified
intermediary (as defined in the Final Withholding Regulations) that has
certified on such Non-United States Holders' behalf. Non-United States Holders
claiming under an income tax treaty (and not relying on the portfolio interest
exemption) should be aware that they may be required to obtain taxpayer
identification numbers and to certify their eligibility under the applicable
treaty's limitations on benefits article in order to comply with the Final
Withholding Regulations' certification requirements. THE FINAL WITHHOLDING
REGULATIONS ARE QUITE COMPLEX. NON-UNITED STATES HOLDERS ARE STRONGLY URGED TO
CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING POTENTIAL APPLICATION OF THE FINAL
WITHHOLDING REGULATIONS TO PAYMENTS ON THE NOTES IN LIGHT OF THEIR PARTICULAR
CIRCUMSTANCES.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax; any amounts so withheld may be
refunded or credited against a Non-United States Holder's United States Federal
income tax liability, provided the required information is furnished to the IRS.
THE UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX DISCUSSION SET FORTH ABOVE IS INCLUDED
FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND MAY OR MAY NOT BE APPLICABLE DEPENDING UPON A
HOLDER'S PARTICULAR SITUATION. INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISOR WITH
RESPECT TO THE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF THE
NOTES, INCLUDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES UNDER STATE, LOCAL FOREIGN AND OTHER TAX
LAWS AND THE POSSIBLE EFFECTS OF CHANGES IN FEDERAL OR OTHER TAX LAWS.
114
<PAGE>
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS
Sections 406 and 407 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
as amended ("ERISA"), and Section 4975 of the Code prohibit certain employee
benefit plans, individual retirement accounts, individual retirement annuities,
and employee annuity plans ("Plans") from engaging in certain transactions with
persons who, with respect to such Plan, are "parties in interest" under ERISA or
"disqualified persons" under the Code. A violation of these "prohibited
transactions" rules may generate excise taxes under the Code and other
liabilities under ERISA for such persons. Possible violations of the prohibited
transaction rules occur if the Notes are purchased with the assets of any Plan
if the Company or any of its affiliates is a party in interest or disqualified
person with respect to such Plan, unless such acquisition is subject to a
statutory or administrative exemption.
The foregoing discussion is general in nature and is not intended to be
all-inclusive. Any fiduciary of a Plan considering the purchase of the Notes
should consult its legal advisors regarding the consequences of such purchases
under ERISA and the Code. If the Plan is not subject to ERISA, the fiduciary
should consult its legal advisors regarding the consequences of any state law or
Code considerations.
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
Based on interpretations by the Staff set forth in no-action letters issued
to third parties, the Issuers believe that a holder (other than a person that is
an affiliate of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities
Act or a "broker" or "dealer" registered under the Exchange Act (each a "Broker
Dealer") that purchases Notes from the Issuers to resell pursuant to Rule 144A
under the Securities Act or any other exemption) that exchanges Senior
Subordinated Notes for Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of business and
that is not participating, does not intend to participate, and has no
arrangement or understanding with any person to participate, in the distribution
of the Exchange Notes will be allowed to resell the Exchange Notes to the public
without further registration under the Securities Act and without delivering to
the purchasers of the Exchange Notes a prospectus that satisfies the
requirements of Section 10 thereof. However, if any holder acquires Exchange
Notes in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing or participating in
a distribution of the Exchange Notes, such holder cannot rely on the position of
the Staff enunciated in Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13,
1988) or similar no-action or interpretive letters and must comply with the
registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in
connection with a secondary resale transaction, and such secondary resale
transaction must be covered by an effective registration statement containing
the selling security holder information required by Item 507 or 508, as
applicable, of Regulation S-K if the resales are of Exchange Notes obtained by
such holder in exchange for Senior Subordinated Notes acquired by such holder
directly from the Issuers or an affiliate thereof, unless an exemption from
registration is otherwise available.
As contemplated by the above no-action letters and the Registration Rights
Agreement, each holder accepting the Exchange Offer is required to represent to
the Issuers in the Letter of Transmittal that (A) it is not an Affiliate of the
Issuers or any Subsidiary Guarantor; (B) it is not participating in, and does
not intend to participate in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any
Person to participate in, a distribution of the Senior Subordinated Notes or the
Exchange Notes; (C) it is acquiring the Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of
business; and (D) if such holder is a Broker Dealer, it will receive the
Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for the Senior Subordinated Notes
that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading
activities. Each Broker Dealer referred to in clause (D) of the preceding
sentence must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with
any resale of such Exchange Notes.
Any Broker Dealer who holds Senior Subordinated Notes that were acquired for
its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading
activities (other than Senior Subordinated Notes acquired directly from the
Issuers or any Affiliate of the Issuers) may exchange such Senior Subordinated
115
<PAGE>
Notes for Exchange Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer; however, such Broker
Dealer may be deemed an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act
and, therefore, must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the
Securities Act in connection with any resales of the Exchange Notes received by
it in the Exchange Offer, which prospectus delivery requirement may be satisfied
by the delivery by such Broker Dealer of this Prospectus, as it may be amended
or supplemented from time to time. The Issuers have agreed to use their
reasonable best efforts to cause the Registration Statement, of which this
Prospectus is a part, to remain continuously effective for a period of one year
from the Exchange Date, and to make this Prospectus, as amended or supplemented,
available to any such Broker Dealer for use in connection with resales. Any
Broker Dealer participating in the Exchange Offer will be required to
acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resales of
Exchange Notes received by it in the Exchange Offer. The Letter of Transmittal
states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a
prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act, a Broker Dealer will
not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the
Securities Act.
The Issuers will not receive any proceeds from any sale of Exchange Notes by
Broker Dealers. Exchange Notes received by Broker-Dealers for their own account
pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time in one or more
transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through
the writing of options on the Exchange Notes or a combination of such methods of
resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to
such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made
directly to purchaser or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive
compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such Broker
Dealers and/or the purchasers of any such Exchange Notes. Any Broker Dealer that
resells Exchange Notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to
the Exchange Offer and any Broker Dealer that participates in a distribution of
such Exchange Notes may be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of
the Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of Exchange Notes and any
commission or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be
underwriting compensation under the Securities Act.
The Issuers have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the Exchange Offer
(including the reasonable expenses of one counsel for holders of the Senior
Subordinated Notes) other than commissions and concessions of Broker Dealers,
and will indemnify the holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes (including any
Broker Dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the
Securities Act.
LEGAL MATTERS
Certain legal matters in connection with the Exchange Notes offered hereby
will be passed upon for the Company, Grove Capital and the Subsidiary
Guarantors, by Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison, New York, New York.
EXPERTS
The historical financial statements of the Company as of September 28, 1996
and September 27, 1997 and for the fiscal years then ended, included in this
Prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of Ernst & Young LLP,
independent auditors, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing
and accounting. The historical financial statements of the Company for the
fiscal year ended September 30, 1995, included in this Prospectus have been so
included in reliance on the report of Price Waterhouse LLP, independent
auditors, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and
accounting.
116
<PAGE>
INDEX TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
-----
<S> <C>
Introduction............................................................................................... P-2
Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Balance Sheet as of March 28, 1998............................................ P-3
Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Balance Sheet........................................................ P-4
Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Statement of Operations for the year ended September 27, 1997................. P-6
Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Statement of Operations for the six months ended March 28, 1998............... P-7
Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Statements of Operations............................................. P-8
</TABLE>
P-1
<PAGE>
GROVE WORLDWIDE LLC
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA
The following unaudited pro forma combined financial data of the Company
have been derived by the application of pro forma adjustments to the historical
combined financial statements of the Company appearing elsewhere in this
Prospectus. The unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet gives effect to the
Transactions as if they were consummated on March 28, 1998. The unaudited pro
forma combined statements of operations for the six months ended March 28, 1998
(the "fiscal 1998 six months") and the year ended September 27, 1997 ("fiscal
1997") give effect to the Transactions as if they were consummated at the
beginning of fiscal 1997.
The pro forma adjustments are described in the accompanying notes and are
based upon available information and upon certain assumptions that management
believes are reasonable. The unaudited pro forma combined information and
accompanying notes should be read in conjunction with the Combined Financial
Statements and related notes, and other financial information pertaining to the
Company, including "Capitalization" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations," included elsewhere in this
Prospectus.
The unaudited pro forma combined financial data are provided for
informational data only and are not necessarily indicative of the operating
results that would have occurred had the Transactions been consummated on the
dates described above, nor are they necessarily indicative of the Company's
future results of operations or financial position.
The unaudited pro forma combined financial data have been prepared
accounting for the Acquisition using the purchase method. The estimated total
purchase price of $583 million and related acquisition fees and expenses of
approximately $6.5 million, have been allocated to the assets and liabilities of
the Company based upon an estimate of their respective fair values, with the
remainder being allocated to goodwill. Such allocation is based on studies which
have not yet been completed. Accordingly, the allocation reflected in the
unaudited pro forma combined financial data is preliminary and subject to
revision. Such revision could be material.
The unaudited pro forma combined statements of operations data do not
include annual costs savings the Company estimates it can achieve by fiscal 2001
through the implementation of a detailed program to improve the manufacturing
process and reduce selling, general and administrative expenses described
elsewhere in this Prospectus. It is expected that cost savings during the next
four years will be offset by non-recurring costs of approximately $25.0 million
associated with the implementation of the Operations Improvement Program.
P-2
<PAGE>
GROVE WORLDWIDE LLC
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED BALANCE SHEET
AS OF MARCH 28, 1998
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PRO FORMA
HISTORICAL ADJUSTMENTS PRO FORMA
---------- --------------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents............................................. $ 4,085 -- $ 4,085
Trade receivables (net)............................................... 131,344 -- 131,344
Notes receivable...................................................... 40,041 (38,541)(b) 1,500
Inventories........................................................... 225,255 22,000(c) 247,255
Deferred tax assets................................................... 14,936 (14,936)(d) --
Other current assets.................................................. 12,656 21,000(b) 33,656
---------- --------------- -----------
Total current assets................................................ 428,317 (10,477) 417,840
Property, plant and equipment (net)..................................... 160,862 25,000(c) 185,862
Goodwill................................................................ 250,032 16,454(c) 266,486
Deferred tax assets..................................................... 9,057 (6,699)(d) 2,358
Other non-current assets................................................ 6,983 (4,312)(c) 15,686
13,015(a)
---------- --------------- -----------
Total assets........................................................ $ 855,251 $ 32,981 $ 888,232
---------- --------------- -----------
---------- --------------- -----------
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Short-term borrowings................................................. $ 9,904 $ -- $ 9,904
Revolving Credit Facility............................................. -- 9,500(a) 9,500
Current maturities of long-term debt.................................. -- 2,000(a) 2,000
Trade accounts payable................................................ 78,402 3,500(b) 81,902
Income taxes payable.................................................. 12,665 (12,665)(b) --
Other payables and accrued liabilities................................ 80,646 -- 80,646
---------- --------------- -----------
Total current liabilities........................................... 181,617 2,335 183,952
Term Loan Facility...................................................... -- 198,000(a) 198,000
The Senior Subordinated Notes........................................... -- 225,000(a) 225,000
Non-current liabilities:
Deferred revenue...................................................... 57,201 -- 57,201
Other non-current liabilities......................................... 45,949 10,130(c) 56,079
---------- --------------- -----------
Total liabilities................................................... 284,767 435,465 720,232
Total invested capital/equity........................................... 570,484 (8,376)(b) 168,000
(562,108)(c)
168,000(a)
---------- --------------- -----------
Total liabilities and invested capital/equity....................... $ 855,251 $ 32,981 $ 888,232
---------- --------------- -----------
---------- --------------- -----------
</TABLE>
See notes to unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet
P-3
<PAGE>
GROVE WORLDWIDE LLC
NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED BALANCE SHEET
(IN THOUSANDS)
(a) To record sources and uses of capital to consummate the Acquisition and
related financing.
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Sources:
Issuance of the Senior Subordinated Notes....................... $ 225,000
Borrowings under Revolving Credit Facility...................... 9,500
Borrowings under Term Loan Facility, incl. current maturities of
$2,000........................................................ 200,000
Proceeds from Holdings Equity Issuance.......................... 120,000
Gross proceeds from Senior Discount Debentures issued by
Holdings...................................................... 49,985
---------
Total sources................................................. $ 604,485
---------
---------
Uses:
Acquisition price............................................... $ 583,000
Transaction costs............................................... 6,485
---------
Aggregate purchase price...................................... 589,485
Debt financing costs............................................ 15,000
---------
Total uses.................................................... $ 604,485
---------
---------
</TABLE>
Proceeds from $120,000 of equity issued by Holdings together with the net
proceeds of $48,000 (net of discounts and commissions of $1,749 and other
costs) from the issuance by Holdings of Senior Discount Debenture will be
contributed by Holdings to the Company.
(b) To record adjustments to assets acquired and liabilities assumed pursuant to
the Acquisition Agreement including estimated post-closing adjustment based
on March 28, 1998 balance sheet.
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Notes receivable retained by Hanson............................... $ (38,541)
Net liabilities retained by the Company, previously in
intercompany balance with Hanson................................ (3,500)
Liability for income taxes payable retained by Hanson............. 12,665
Estimated post-closing adjustment due to Company.................. 21,000
---------
Net distribution to Hanson...................................... $ (8,376)
---------
---------
</TABLE>
(c) To allocate estimated purchase price to assets acquired and liabilities
assumed based upon their estimated fair values with the residual being
allocated to goodwill. The Company intends to amortize goodwill over a 40
year period based on the strong brand name of the Company and the longevity
of
P-4
<PAGE>
GROVE WORLDWIDE LLC
NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED BALANCE SHEET
(IN THOUSANDS)
the business and the industry in which it operates. The estimated fair
values of the assets and liabilities acquired in the Acquisition are
summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Cash and cash equivalents........................................ $ 4,085
Trade receivables................................................ 131,344
Notes receivable................................................. 1,500
Inventories...................................................... 247,255
Other current assets............................................. 33,656
Property, plant and equipment.................................... 185,862
Goodwill......................................................... 266,486
Deferred taxes................................................... 2,358
Other non-current assets......................................... 2,671
Short-term borrowings............................................ (9,904)
Trade accounts payable........................................... (81,902)
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities................... (80,646)
Deferred revenue................................................. (57,201)
Other non-current liabilities.................................... (56,079)
---------
Aggregate purchase price....................................... $ 589,485
---------
---------
</TABLE>
(d) To eliminate net deferred tax assets ($21,635) associated with tax temporary
differences of the Company. Income tax expense following the Acquisition
with respect to the results of the Company will become the responsibility of
the equity holders of Holdings.
P-5
<PAGE>
GROVE WORLDWIDE LLC
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 27, 1997
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PRO FORMA
HISTORICAL ADJUSTMENTS PRO FORMA
---------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Net sales................................................................ $ 856,812 $ -- $ 856,812
Cost of goods sold....................................................... 653,539 1,421(a) 654,960
---------- ----------- -----------
Gross profit........................................................... 203,273 (1,421) 201,852
Selling, engineering, general and administrative expenses................ 120,909 587(a) 120,092
(1,404)(b)
Restructuring costs...................................................... 1,960 -- 1,960
Business process reengineering costs associated with new computer system
installation........................................................... 1,283 -- 1,283
Amortization of goodwill................................................. 9,054 (2,377)(c) 6,677
Management fees paid to Hanson........................................... 2,176 (2,176)(d) --
---------- ----------- -----------
Operating profit....................................................... 67,891 3,949 71,840
Other income (expense):
Interest income........................................................ 2,085 (1,606)(e) 479
Interest expense....................................................... (2,042) 1,404(f) (39,839)
(39,201)(g)
Other income, net...................................................... 535 -- 535
---------- ----------- -----------
Income before income taxes........................................... 68,469 (35,454) 33,015
Income taxes............................................................. 26,249 (22,543)(h) 3,706
---------- ----------- -----------
Net income........................................................... $ 42,220 $ (12,911) $ 29,309
---------- ----------- -----------
---------- ----------- -----------
Other data:
EBITDA(i).............................................................. $ 95,254
Depreciation and amortization.......................................... 17,616
Cash interest expense(j)............................................... 38,339
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(k).................................. 1.8x
</TABLE>
See notes to unaudited pro forma combined statements of operations
P-6
<PAGE>
GROVE WORLDWIDE LLC
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
SIX MONTHS ENDED MARCH 28, 1998
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PRO FORMA
HISTORICAL ADJUSTMENTS PRO FORMA
---------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Net sales................................................................ $ 405,903 $ -- $ 405,903
Cost of goods sold....................................................... 321,337 711(a) 322,048
---------- ----------- -----------
Gross profit......................................................... 84,566 (711) 83,855
Selling, engineering, general and administrative expenses................ 61,674 293(a) 60,833
(1,134)(b)
Restructuring costs...................................................... -- -- --
Business process reengineering costs associated with new computer system
installation........................................................... 142 -- 142
Amortization of goodwill................................................. 4,696 (1,365)(c) 3,331
Management fees paid to Hanson........................................... 162 (162)(d) --
---------- ----------- -----------
Operating profit..................................................... 17,892 1,657 19,549
Other income (expense):
Interest income........................................................ 2,993 (2,754)(e) 239
Interest expense....................................................... (1,779) 1,591(f) (19,779)
(19,591)(g)
Other income, net...................................................... (4,684) -- (4,684)
---------- ----------- -----------
Income (loss) before income taxes.................................... 14,422 (19,097) (4,675)
Income taxes............................................................. 11,174 (9,007)(h) 2,167
---------- ----------- -----------
Net income (loss).................................................... $ 3,248 $ (10,090) $ (6,842)
---------- ----------- -----------
---------- ----------- -----------
Other data:
EBITDA(i).............................................................. $ 29,584
Depreciation and amortization.......................................... 9,023
Cash interest expense(j)............................................... 19,029
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(k).................................. --
</TABLE>
See notes to unaudited pro forma combined statements of operations
P-7
<PAGE>
GROVE WORLDWIDE LLC
NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS)
(a) To reflect additional depreciation expense ($2,008 in fiscal 1997 and $1,004
in the fiscal 1998 six months) as a result of the fair values assigned to
property, plant and equipment. In addition, in connection with the
allocation of the purchase price, the Company has assumed that it will
assign a value to inventory of approximately $25,000 in excess of its net
book value. The amount in excess of net book value will be charged against
operations over the first six months following the Acquisition. This charge
is not included in the pro forma combined statements of operations since
such charge is non-recurring.
Accounting for units sold with residual value guarantees as operating leases
reduced gross profit by $2,555 and $870 in fiscal 1997 and the fiscal 1998
six months, respectively.
(b) To adjust selling, engineering, general and administrative expenses for
costs increases and reductions resulting from the Acquisition and the
operation of the Company on a stand-alone basis.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FISCAL 1998
FISCAL 1997 SIX MONTHS
----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C>
Elimination of long-term incentive plan for senior executives........ $ (750) $ (190)
Elimination of other executive perquisites........................... (600) (300)
Adjustment to pension and postretirement expense resulting from
purchase accounting adjustments.................................... (1,054) (527)
Estimated additional costs to replace certain administrative costs
provided by Hanson................................................. 1,000 500
Professional fees and expenses in connection with the sale of the
Company............................................................ -- (617)
----------- -----------
Net reduction in expenses.......................................... $ (1,404) $ (1,134)
----------- -----------
----------- -----------
</TABLE>
The Company intends to replace the long-term incentive plan with a stock
option plan which will provide for the granting of stock options at fair
market value.
(c) To adjust goodwill amortization to $6,662 in fiscal 1997 and $3,331 in the
fiscal 1998 six months based on goodwill of $266,486 amortized over 40
years.
(d) To eliminate management fees paid to Hanson ($2,176 in fiscal 1997 and $162
in the fiscal 1998 six months).
(e) To eliminate interest income ($1,606 in fiscal 1997 and $2,754 in the fiscal
1998 six months) earned on notes receivable from customers using the special
North American dealer financing program. Virtually all notes receivable
outstanding under this dealer financing program at the date of the
Acquisition will be retained by Hanson. The Company intends to continue the
dealer financing program and is currently negotiating an agreement with a
third-party to purchase the notes as they are issued. The Company will
generate interest income from new notes issued under the dealer financing
program; however, no interest income from the notes receivable has been
assumed in the pro forma combined statements of operations.
(f) To eliminate interest expense paid to Hanson ($1,404 in fiscal 1997 and
$1,591 in the fiscal 1998 six months) with respect to intercompany
obligations.
P-8
<PAGE>
GROVE WORLDWIDE LLC
NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS)
(g) To reflect interest expense based upon the pro forma debt of the Company,
including pro forma borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility, as
follows for fiscal 1997 and the fiscal 1998 six months:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FISCAL 1998
FISCAL 1997 SIX MONTHS
----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C>
Revolving Credit Facility (7.95% per annum).................................... $ 488 $ 234
Term Loan Facility (8.20% per annum)........................................... 16,400 8,200
9 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008...................................... 20,813 10,407
Other borrowing costs.......................................................... 638 188
Amortization of deferred financing costs....................................... 1,500 750
----------- -----------
$ 39,839 $ 19,779
----------- -----------
----------- -----------
</TABLE>
Interest expense on the Revolving Credit Facility includes the unused
facility fee (0.375%) of $468 and $234 in fiscal 1997 and fiscal 1998 six
months, respectively.
Interest rates with respect to borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility
and the Term Loan Facility are variable. A 25-basis point increase in
interest rates on borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility and the
Term Loan Facility would increase pro forma interest expense by $500
annually.
(h) To eliminate certain United States Federal and state income taxes. Following
the Acquisition, a significant portion of the Company's business will be
operated as a United States limited liability company, whereby the limited
liability company will not itself be subject to income tax, the taxable
income of the limited liability company in the United States will be
allocated to the equity holders of Holdings and such equity holders will be
responsible for income taxes on such taxable income. The Company expects to
make distributions in the form of dividends to equity holders of Holdings to
enable them to meet their tax obligations with respect to income allocated
to them by the Company. Foreign and domestic taxes payable on taxable income
generated by the Company's foreign subsidiaries and its truck-mounted crane
business will continue to be the responsibility of the Company. The pro
forma adjustment does not reflect income tax planning techniques which may
be implemented to reduce such foreign and domestic taxes.
(i) EBITDA represents operating profit plus (i) depreciation and amortization
(exclusive of depreciation on equipment held for rent) ($17,616 in fiscal
1997 and $9,023 in the fiscal 1998 six months), (ii) restructuring charges,
principally related to redundancy costs of facility reorganization ($1,960
in fiscal 1997), (iii) business process reengineering and training costs
associated with installation of the Company's new management information
system ($1,283 in fiscal 1997, and $142 in the fiscal 1998 six months) and
(iv) an adjustment to eliminate the effect of units sold with residual value
guarantees which have been accounted for as operating leases and recognize
the gross profit on such units in the period in which such units were
shipped ($2,555 in fiscal 1997 and $870 in the fiscal 1998 six months).
While EBITDA should not be construed as a substitute for operating profit or
a better indicator of liquidity than cash flow from operating activities,
which are determined in accordance with GAAP, it is included herein to
provide additional information with respect to the ability of the Company to
meet its future debt service, capital expenditure and working capital
requirements. In addition, the Company believes that certain investors find
EBITDA to be a useful tool for measuring the ability of
P-9
<PAGE>
GROVE WORLDWIDE LLC
NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS)
the Company to service its debt. EBITDA is not necessarily a measure of the
Company's ability to fund its cash needs.
(j) Cash interest expense represents total interest expense less amortization of
deferred financing costs.
(k) Earnings used in computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges consists
of earnings before provisions for income taxes plus fixed charges. Fixed
charges are defined as interest expense, which includes the amortization of
deferred financing costs, and that portion of rental expense representative
of interest (deemed to be one-third of rental expense). Earnings before
fixed charges were insufficient to cover fixed charges by $4,825 in the
fiscal 1998 six months. Earnings for the fiscal 1998 six months included
non-cash charges of $9,023.
P-10
<PAGE>
INDEX TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
---------
<S> <C>
Report of Independent Auditors............................................................................. F-2
Report of Independent Accountants.......................................................................... F-3
Combined Balance Sheets as of September 28, 1996 and September 27, 1997.................................... F-4
Combined Statements of Operations for the years ended September 30, 1995, September 28, 1996 and September
27, 1997................................................................................................. F-5
Combined Statements of Changes in Invested Capital for the years ended September 30, 1995, September 28,
1996 and September 27, 1997.............................................................................. F-6
Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended September 30, 1995, September 28, 1996 and September
27, 1997................................................................................................. F-7
Notes to Combined Financial Statements..................................................................... F-8
Unaudited Condensed Combined Balance Sheet as of March 28, 1998............................................ F-32
Unaudited Condensed Combined Statements of Operations for the six months ended March 27, 1997 and March 28,
1998..................................................................................................... F-33
Unaudited Condensed Combined Statement of Changes in Invested Capital for the six months ended March 28,
1998..................................................................................................... F-34
Unaudited Condensed Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the six months ended March 27, 1997 and March 28,
1998..................................................................................................... F-35
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Combined Financial Statements................................................. F-36
</TABLE>
F-1
<PAGE>
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
The Shareholder of
The Grove Companies
We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets as of September 27,
1997 and September 28, 1996 of the Grove Companies (as listed in Note 1), and
the related combined statements of income, changes in invested capital, and cash
flows for each of the two years in the period ended September 27, 1997. Our
audits also included the financial statements schedule listed in the Index at
Item 21(b). These financial statements and schedules are the responsibility of
the Companies' management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the
financial statements and schedule based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the combined financial position at September 27, 1997
and September 28, 1996, of the Grove Companies, and the combined results of
their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years in the period
ended September 27, 1997, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when
considered in relation to the basis financial statements taken as a whole,
presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.
ERNST & YOUNG LLP
December 15, 1997
except for Note 19, as to which the date is
April 29, 1998
Baltimore, Maryland
F-2
<PAGE>
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
To the Shareholder of
The Grove Companies
In our opinion, the combined statements of operations, of cash flows and of
changes in invested capital for the year ended September 30, 1995 present
fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations and cash flows of
The Grove Companies for the year ended September 30, 1995, in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles. Our audit also included the financial
statement schedule listed in the Index as Item 21(b). These financial statements
are the responsibility of the Company's management; our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We
conducted our audit of these statements in accordance with generally accepted
auditing standards which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and
evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our
audit provides a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above. We have not
audited the combined statements of The Grove Companies for any period subsequent
to September 30, 1995.
PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP
December 15, 1997
Florham Park, NJ
F-3
<PAGE>
THE GROVE COMPANIES
COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS
AS OF SEPTEMBER 28, 1996 AND SEPTEMBER 27, 1997
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1996 1997
---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents............................................................. $ 8,184 $ 5,024
Trade receivables (net)............................................................... 121,044 149,164
Notes receivable...................................................................... -- 68,450
Inventories........................................................................... 222,542 215,332
Other current assets.................................................................. 6,680 7,633
Deferred tax assets................................................................... -- 14,936
---------- ----------
Total current assets.............................................................. 358,450 460,539
Property, plant, and equipment (net)...................................................... 101,176 147,588
Goodwill.................................................................................. 264,844 254,728
Deferred tax assets....................................................................... -- 11,415
Other non-current assets.................................................................. 5,688 7,226
---------- ----------
Total assets...................................................................... $ 730,158 $ 881,496
---------- ----------
---------- ----------
LIABILITIES AND INVESTED CAPITAL
Current liabilities:
Trade accounts payable................................................................ $ 70,779 $ 70,327
Short-term borrowings................................................................. 7,443 7,265
Income taxes payable.................................................................. -- 4,622
Deferred tax liability................................................................ 4,828 --
Other payables and accrued liabilities................................................ 90,206 86,112
---------- ----------
Total current liabilities......................................................... 173,256 168,326
Non-current liabilities:
Deferred tax liability................................................................ 4,047 --
Deferred revenue...................................................................... 21,154 46,509
Other non-current liabilities......................................................... 29,147 38,169
---------- ----------
Total liabilities................................................................. 227,604 253,004
Total invested capital.................................................................... 502,554 628,492
---------- ----------
Total liabilities and invested capital............................................ $ 730,158 $ 881,496
---------- ----------
---------- ----------
</TABLE>
See notes to combined financial statements.
F-4
<PAGE>
THE GROVE COMPANIES
COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1995,
SEPTEMBER 28, 1996, AND SEPTEMBER 27, 1997
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FISCAL YEAR ENDED
-------------------------------------------
SEPTEMBER 30, SEPTEMBER 28, SEPTEMBER 27,
1995 1996 1997
------------- ------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Net sales........................................................... $ 503,815 $ 794,209 $ 856,812
Cost of goods sold.................................................. 377,226 609,130 653,539
------------- ------------- -------------
Gross profit.................................................... 126,589 185,079 203,273
Selling, engineering, general, and administrative expenses.......... 84,826 128,804 131,246
Management fees..................................................... 3,390 5,655 2,176
Restructuring charges............................................... -- -- 1,960
------------- ------------- -------------
Operating profit................................................ 38,373 50,620 67,891
Net interest (expense) income, net of interest income of $302, $535,
and $2,085 respectively........................................... (2,312) (2,791) 43
Other (expense) income, net......................................... (279) (193) 535
------------- ------------- -------------
Income before income taxes...................................... 35,782 47,636 68,469
Income taxes........................................................ 19,013 22,188 26,249
------------- ------------- -------------
Net income...................................................... $ 16,769 $ 25,448 $ 42,220
------------- ------------- -------------
------------- ------------- -------------
</TABLE>
See notes to combined financial statements.
F-5
<PAGE>
THE GROVE COMPANIES
COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN INVESTED CAPITAL
FOR THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1995,
SEPTEMBER 28, 1996, AND SEPTEMBER 27, 1997
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MINIMUM
PENSION TOTAL
INVESTED LIABILITY TRANSLATION INVESTED
CAPITAL ADJUSTMENT ADJUSTMENT CAPITAL
---------- ----------- ----------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at October 1, 1994...................................... $ 420,401 $ (975) $ (19,664) $ 399,762
Net income.................................................... 16,769 -- -- 16,769
Dividend paid to parent....................................... (11,097) -- -- (11,097)
Net transactions with affiliates.............................. 61,825 -- -- 61,825
Change in minimum pension liability........................... -- (1,102) -- (1,102)
Change in foreign currency translation........................ -- -- 1,149 1,149
---------- ----------- ----------- ----------
Balance at September 30, 1995................................... 487,898 (2,077) (18,515) 467,306
Net income.................................................... 25,448 -- -- 25,448
Dividend paid to parent....................................... (30,057) -- -- (30,057)
Net transactions with affiliates.............................. 42,394 -- -- 42,394
Change in minimum pension liability........................... -- (162) -- (162)
Change in foreign currency translation........................ -- -- (2,375) (2,375)
---------- ----------- ----------- ----------
Balance at September 28, 1996................................... 525,683 (2,239) (20,890) 502,554
Net income.................................................... 42,220 -- -- 42,220
Net transactions with affiliates.............................. 88,524 -- -- 88,524
Change in minimum pension liability........................... -- 601 -- 601
Change in foreign currency translation........................ -- -- (5,407) (5,407)
---------- ----------- ----------- ----------
Balance at September 27, 1997................................... $ 656,427 $ (1,638) $ (26,297) $ 628,492
---------- ----------- ----------- ----------
---------- ----------- ----------- ----------
</TABLE>
See notes to combined financial statements.
F-6
<PAGE>
THE GROVE COMPANIES
COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1995,
SEPTEMBER 28, 1996, AND SEPTEMBER 27, 1997
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FISCAL YEAR ENDED
-------------------------------------------
SEPTEMBER 30, SEPTEMBER 28, SEPTEMBER 27,
1995 1996 1997
------------- ------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income........................................................ $ 16,769 $ 25,448 $ 42,220
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization................................... 13,765 17,313 17,985
Depreciation of equipment held for rent......................... 196 3,805 8,352
(Gain)/loss on sale of fixed assets............................. (1,297) 5 (600)
Deferred tax expense............................................ 183 126 1,969
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Trade receivables (net)....................................... (13,241) (48,405) (23,266)
Notes receivable.............................................. -- -- (68,450)
Inventories................................................... (33,766) (27,528) (162)
Trade accounts payable........................................ (1,022) 21,559 564
Other assets and liabilities (net)............................ 25,366 17,503 33,383
------------- ------------- -------------
Net cash provided by operating activities........................... 6,953 9,826 11,995
------------- ------------- -------------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Capital expenditures.............................................. (7,385) (19,443) (32,491)
Investment in equipment held for rent............................. (552) (22,527) (37,904)
Proceeds from sales of property, plant, and equipment............. 1,733 432 1,603
Acquisition of businesses......................................... (40,370) (3,703) --
------------- ------------- -------------
Net cash used in investing activities............................. (46,574) (45,241) (68,792)
------------- ------------- -------------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Net proceeds from short-term borrowings........................... (127) 7,443 204
Net amounts received from parent.................................. 61,825 48,366 54,145
Cash dividends paid to parent..................................... (11,097) (30,057) --
------------- ------------- -------------
Net cash provided by financing activities......................... 50,601 25,752 54,349
------------- ------------- -------------
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash........................... 570 (838) (712)
------------- ------------- -------------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents.............. 11,550 (10,501) (3,160)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year.................... 7,135 18,685 8,184
------------- ------------- -------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year.......................... $ 18,685 $ 8,184 $ 5,024
------------- ------------- -------------
------------- ------------- -------------
</TABLE>
See notes to combined financial statements.
F-7
<PAGE>
THE GROVE COMPANIES
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION
The Grove Companies (the "Company") and the accompanying combined financial
statements consist of the combined operations and substantially all of the
assets and liabilities of Kidde Industries, Inc. and the following legal
entities: Grove Europe Ltd., Crane Holding Inc., Deutsche Grove GmbH, and Grove
Manlift Pty. Ltd. All of the Grove Companies are either directly or indirectly
wholly owned by Hanson PLC, a United Kingdom company.
All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated in the
accompanying combined financial statements.
DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS
The Company is primarily engaged in the design, production, sale, and
after-sale support of mobile hydraulic cranes, aerial work platforms and
truck-mounted cranes. The Company's manufacturing plants and primary related
facilities are located in: Shady Grove and Chambersburg, Pennsylvania and
Waverly, Nebraska, United States; Sunderland, United Kingdom; Wilhelmshaven and
Langenfeld, Germany; and Tonneins and Cergy, France. The majority of the
Company's sales are to independent distributors, rental companies, and end users
which serve the heavy industrial and construction industries in the United
States and Europe.
FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION
The financial statements of subsidiaries located outside the United States
are measured using the local currency as the functional currency. Assets,
including goodwill, and liabilities are translated at the rates of exchange at
the balance sheet date. The resulting translation gains and losses are included
as a separate component of invested capital. Income and expense items are
translated at average monthly rates of exchange. Gains and losses from foreign
currency transactions of these subsidiaries are included in net income.
USE OF ESTIMATES
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make reasonable estimates
and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and
accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
The Company defines cash equivalents as highly liquid investments with a
maturity of less than three months when purchased.
TRADE RECEIVABLES
Trade receivables are net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $2,553 and
$2,717 as of September 28, 1996 and September 27, 1997, respectively.
F-8
<PAGE>
THE GROVE COMPANIES
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
INVENTORIES
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market, as determined
primarily under the first-in, first-out method.
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Property, plant, and equipment are stated at cost. Maintenance and repairs
are charged to operations when incurred, while expenditures having the effect of
extending the useful life of an asset are capitalized. Depreciation is computed
primarily using the straight-line method for financial reporting purposes. The
depreciation periods for these assets are as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Land improvements............................................... 3-20 years
10-50
Buildings and improvements...................................... years
Machinery and equipment......................................... 3-12 years
Equipment held for rent......................................... Lease term
Furniture and fixtures.......................................... 3-10 years
</TABLE>
GOODWILL
The excess of the purchase price of the Company and its subsidiaries over
the fair value of the net assets acquired was recorded as goodwill. Amortization
expense is recorded on the straight-line method over periods of up to 40 years.
IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS
In accordance with FASB Statement No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of
Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of," the Company
records impairment losses on long-lived assets when events and circumstances
indicate that the assets might be impaired. No such losses have been recorded in
the accompanying financial statements.
POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS
The Company has several defined benefit pension plans covering substantially
all of its employees. Plans covering salaried employees provide pension benefits
that are based on the participant's final average salary and credited service.
Plans covering hourly employees provide benefits based on the participant's
career earnings and service with the Company. The Company's funding policy for
all plans is to make the minimum annual contributions required by applicable
regulations, plus such additional amounts as the Company may determine to be
appropriate from time to time. Prior service costs and unrecognized gains or
losses in excess of the corridor for defined benefit plans are generally
amortized on the straight-line method over the estimated remaining service
periods of participants.
Certain employees of the Company are covered by defined contribution plans.
The Company's contributions to the plans are based on percentage of employee
compensation or employee contributions. The plans are funded on a current basis.
F-9
<PAGE>
THE GROVE COMPANIES
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
In addition to pension benefits, the Company provides certain postretirement
medical, and prescription drug benefits, principally to certain former United
States employees. These plans are unfunded. Retirees in other countries are
generally covered by government-sponsored programs.
DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Derivative financial instruments are utilized by the Company to reduce
foreign currency exchange risks and consist primarily of forward contracts. The
Company does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading
purposes. Gains and losses on foreign currency transaction hedges are recognized
in income and offset the foreign exchange gains and losses of the underlying
transactions. Gains and losses on foreign currency firm commitment hedges and
hedges of forecasted transactions are deferred and included in the basis of the
transactions underlying the commitments. If and when the forecasted transactions
are no longer likely to occur, the derivative financial instruments are
marked-to-market and recognized through the income statement.
REVENUE RECOGNITION
Revenue is generally recognized as products are shipped to customers.
However, for certain transactions, the Company provides guarantees of the
residual value of the equipment to third party leasing companies. Such
guarantees generally take the form of end-of-term residual value guarantees or
reducing residual value guarantees. Reducing residual value guarantees represent
guarantees of residual value that decline with the passage of time. End-of-term
guarantees and reducing residual value guarantees are generally over periods of
five years. The Company records these transactions in accordance with the lease
principles established by FASB Statement No. 13. If the transaction qualifies as
an operating lease, the Company records deferred revenue for the amount of the
net proceeds received upon the equipment's initial transfer to the customer. The
liability is then subsequently reduced on a pro rata basis over the period to
the first exercise date of the guarantee, to the amount of the guaranteed
residual value at that date, with corresponding credits to revenue in the
Company's income statement. Any further reduction in the guaranteed residual
value resulting from the purchaser's decision to continue to use the equipment
is recognized in a similar manner. Depreciation of equipment held for rent is
recognized in a similar manner over the term of the lease agreement. As of
September 28, 1996 and September 27, 1997, the amount of deferred revenue
relating to transactions involving residual value guarantees which is included
in other current or noncurrent liabilities was $24,179 and $53,150,
respectively.
PRODUCT WARRANTIES
Product warranty expenses are provided for estimated normal warranty costs
at the time of sale. Additional warranty expense is provided for specific
performance issues when identified. Estimated obligations beyond one year are
classified as other non-current liabilities.
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
Research and development expenditures are charged to operations as incurred.
Research and development costs were $9,337, $14,976, and $15,427 for the years
ended September 30, 1995, September 28, 1996, and September 27, 1997,
respectively.
F-10
<PAGE>
THE GROVE COMPANIES
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
ADVERTISING
All costs associated with advertising and promoting products are expensed
when incurred. Advertising expense amounted to $3,952, $3,887, and $4,802 for
the years ended September 30, 1995, September 28, 1996, and September 27, 1997,
respectively.
STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
The Company has elected to follow Accounting Principles Board Opinion No.
25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees," and related interpretations in
accounting for its stock-based compensation arrangements.
ADOPTION OF NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
In October 1996, the Accounting Standards Executive Committee of the
American Institute of Certified Public Accountants issued Statement of Position
(SOP) 96-1, "Environmental Remediation Liabilities." The SOP provides
authoritative guidance on the recognition, measurement, display, and disclosure
of environmental liabilities.
The SOP provides benchmarks that should be considered when evaluating the
probability that a loss has been incurred and the extent to which the amount of
any loss is reasonably estimable at each benchmark. The effect of adopting the
SOP will be recognized in operating income as a change in estimate in fiscal
year 1998. Management does not believe that the adoption of this SOP will have a
material effect on the Company's financial position or on its results of
operations.
In 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement No. 131,
"Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information." This
Statement requires that public business enterprises disclose information about
their products and services, operating segments, the geographic areas in which
they operate, and their major customers. Management will adopt the provisions of
this standard in fiscal year 1999.
2. ACQUISITIONS
On August 30, 1995, the Company acquired certain assets and liabilities of
Krupp Mobilkrane GmbH and affiliates of the Fried.Krupp AG Hoesch-Krupp's
("Krupp") mobile hydraulic crane business, for approximately $40,370. The
acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method. The purchase price was
allocated based on the fair values of the assets and liabilities acquired, with
the excess allocated to goodwill. In connection with the acquisition, the
Company recognized $10,454 in goodwill which is being amortized on the
straight-line basis over a period of 15 years. Results of the Company's
operations from the date of acquisition, including the amortization of goodwill,
have been reflected in the statement of operations.
Pro forma unaudited combined operating results of the Company for the year
ended September 30, 1995, assuming that the acquisition had been made as of
October 2, 1994 are summarized below:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Net sales......................................................... $ 639,203
Operating profit.................................................. $ 38,210
Net income........................................................ $ 15,799
</TABLE>
F-11
<PAGE>
THE GROVE COMPANIES
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
2. ACQUISITIONS (CONTINUED)
These pro forma results have been prepared for comparative purposes only and
include certain adjustments, including the recognition of additional
amortization expense as a result of goodwill. They do not purport to be
indicative of the results of operations which actually would have resulted had
the combination been in effect on October 2, 1994 or of future results of
operations of the combined entities.
A summary of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of
August 30, 1995 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Inventories........................................................ $ 58,492
Property, plant, and equipment..................................... 14,203
Goodwill........................................................... 10,454
Other non-current assets........................................... 1,571
---------
Total assets..................................................... 84,720
---------
---------
Trade accounts payable............................................. 10,535
Other payables and accrued liabilities............................. 33,410
Other non-current liabilities...................................... 405
---------
Total liabilities................................................ 44,350
---------
Total cash paid.................................................. $ 40,370
---------
---------
</TABLE>
In 1996, the Company acquired the operations of Delta Manlift SAS for a
purchase price of $3,703. The acquisition was accounted for under the purchase
method and is not significant to the Company's operations.
3. RESTRUCTURING
In 1996, the Company restructured certain operations obtained in the
acquisition of Krupp's mobile hydraulic crane business and recorded a purchase
accounting reserve (and increase to goodwill) of $1,642.
In 1997, the Company recorded a restructuring charge of approximately $1,960
related to the gradual phase-out of crane production at its Sunderland, United
Kingdom location.
4. INVENTORY
The components of inventory are as follows as of September 28, 1996 and
September 27, 1997:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1996 1997
---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C>
Raw materials and supplies............................................ $ 58,749 $ 76,573
Work in process....................................................... 88,005 78,993
Finished goods........................................................ 75,788 59,766
---------- ----------
$ 222,542 $ 215,332
---------- ----------
---------- ----------
</TABLE>
F-12
<PAGE>
THE GROVE COMPANIES
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
5. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
The components of property, plant and equipment are as follows as of
September 28, 1996 and September 27, 1997:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1996 1997
---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C>
Land and improvements................................................. $ 12,789 $ 12,765
Buildings and improvements............................................ 60,348 63,052
Machinery and equipment............................................... 62,904 71,864
Equipment held for rent............................................... 24,845 58,455
Furniture and fixtures................................................ 15,845 17,016
Construction in progress.............................................. 7,090 20,329
---------- ----------
183,821 243,481
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization........................ (82,645) (95,893)
---------- ----------
$ 101,176 $ 147,588
---------- ----------
---------- ----------
</TABLE>
Depreciation expense for the years ended September 30, 1995, September 28,
1996, and September 27, 1997 was $5,898, $11,933 and $17,295, respectively.
Gains and losses on the sale of fixed assets are included in other (expense)
income.
Construction in progress consists primarily of costs related to the
Company's installation of new manufacturing and administrative systems,
including computer hardware and software components. The project is expected to
be completed during the latter part of fiscal year 1998. As of September 28,
1996 and September 27, 1997, total capitalized costs related to this project
were approximately $4,286 and $18,328, respectively. Project costs related to
reengineering, training of personnel, and the current and future operational
state assessments have been expensed as incurred.
6. GOODWILL
Goodwill consists of the following as of September 28, 1996 and September
27, 1997:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1996 1997
---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C>
Goodwill.............................................................. $ 338,505 $ 337,443
Accumulated amortization.............................................. (73,661) (82,715)
---------- ----------
$ 264,844 $ 254,728
---------- ----------
---------- ----------
</TABLE>
F-13
<PAGE>
THE GROVE COMPANIES
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
7. SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS AND LINES OF CREDIT
The Company's European operations maintain credit facilities. As of
September 27, 1997, the Company had $14,998 of credit facilities available for
discounting certain accounts receivable. As of September 28, 1996 and September
27, 1997, $7,443 and $7,265 were drawn against these facilities. The interest
rate charged on the outstanding borrowings was 3.25% and 3.0% at September 28,
1996 and September 27, 1997, respectively. As of September 27, 1997, the Company
also had available revolving lines-of-credit in the amount of $14,072. These
arrangements do not have termination dates and are reviewed periodically. No
material commitment fees are required to be paid on the undrawn portion of the
credit facilities and the revolving lines of credit.
8. OTHER PAYABLES AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES
The components of other payables and accrued liabilities are as follows as
of September 28, 1996 and September 27, 1997:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1996 1997
--------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
Salaries and wages...................................................... $ 18,639 $ 21,036
Employee benefits....................................................... 8,511 8,603
Accrued warranty........................................................ 23,940 18,044
Deferred revenue associated with equipment held for rent................ 3,025 6,641
Product, workers' compensation and general liability.................... 12,923 12,757
All other............................................................... 23,168 19,031
--------- ---------
$ 90,206 $ 86,112
--------- ---------
--------- ---------
</TABLE>
All other consists primarily of accruals for advertising, commissions, and
accruals for inventory receipts.
9. CREDIT AND FOREIGN EXCHANGE RISK
Trade receivables subject the Company to concentration of credit risk,
because they are concentrated in distributors and rental companies which serve
the heavy industrial and construction industries, which are subject to business
cycle variations. For the fiscal years ended September 30, 1995, September 28,
1996 and September 27, 1997, approximately 20%, 20% and 19%, respectively, of
revenues were generated from six major customers, with no one customer
accounting for more than 5% of total revenue. Approximately 15% and 31% of the
outstanding trade and notes receivable balance as of September 28, 1996 and
September 27, 1997, respectively, were due from these customers. This risk is
managed by the periodic evaluation of customers' financial condition.
The Company generally offers terms of up to 30 days to its customers and
generally obtains a security interest in the underlying machinery sold. In the
year ended September 27, 1997, the Company offered a special financing program
primarily to its U.S. distributors which provides credit terms of periods up to
360 days in exchange for an interest-bearing note. The Company generally retains
a security interest in the machinery sold.
Through its foreign currency hedging activities, the Company seeks to
minimize the risk that cash flows resulting from the sales of products
manufactured in a currency different from that of the selling
F-14
<PAGE>
THE GROVE COMPANIES
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
9. CREDIT AND FOREIGN EXCHANGE RISK (CONTINUED)
company will be affected by changes in exchange rates. Management responds to
foreign exchange movements through various means, such as pricing actions,
changes in cost structure, and changes in hedging strategies.
The Company may hedge its foreign currency transactions and firm sales
commitment exposures, based on management's judgment, through forward exchange
contracts. These forward exchange contracts are purchased from local banks or
from the Company's parent, Hanson PLC. Some of the contracts involve the
exchange of two foreign currencies according to the local needs of the
companies.
The following table summarizes the contractual amounts of the Company's
forward exchange contracts as of September 28, 1996 and September 27, 1997,
including details by major currency as of September 27, 1997. Foreign currency
amounts were translated at the current rate as of the reporting date. The "sell"
amounts represent the U.S. dollar equivalent of commitments to sell foreign
currencies, and the "buy" amounts represent the U.S. dollar equivalent of
commitments to purchase foreign currencies.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
BUY SELL
--------- ----------
<S> <C> <C>
As of September 28, 1996............................................... $ 48,856 $ (49,145)
--------- ----------
--------- ----------
As of September 27, 1997:
United States Dollars.................................................. $ 2,098 $ (6,880)
Japanese Yen........................................................... -- (208)
German Marks........................................................... 10,651 (1,687)
Pounds Sterling........................................................ 7,347 (5,175)
French Francs.......................................................... 21 (6,443)
--------- ----------
$ 20,117 $ (20,393)
--------- ----------
--------- ----------
</TABLE>
The Company's credit exposure on its foreign currency derivatives was $352
and $259 as of September 28, 1996 and September 27, 1997, respectively,
including $17 and $38, respectively with Hanson PLC. Gross deferred realized
gains and losses on firm commitments and anticipated transactions were not
significant as of September 28, 1996 and September 27, 1997. Substantially all
of the amounts deferred at September 27, 1997 are expected to be recognized in
income during fiscal year 1998, when the gains or losses on the underlying
transactions will also be recognized.
10. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The fair value of a financial instrument represents the amount at which the
instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties,
other than a forced sale or liquidation. Significant differences can arise
between the fair value and carrying amount of financial instruments that are
recognized at historical cost amounts.
The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating
fair value disclosures for financial instruments:
Cash, trade receivables, notes receivable, trade accounts payable and
short-term borrowings: The amounts reported in the combined balance sheets
approximate fair value.
F-15
<PAGE>
THE GROVE COMPANIES
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
10. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED)
Foreign currency contracts: The fair value of forward exchange contracts
is estimated using prices established by financial institutions for
comparable instruments. As of September 28, 1996 and September 27, 1997, the
carrying amounts of forward currency contracts reported in the balance
sheets were in a net liability of $225 and $276, respectively. The fair
value of the forward contracts approximated the carrying amounts as of
September 28, 1996 and September 27, 1997.
11. INCOME TAXES
For the period presented, federal and state income taxes are provided as if
the Company filed its own separate income tax returns. The Company files its
foreign income tax returns separately for each subsidiary. In the U.S., certain
of the Company's operations were included in a U.S. consolidated return with
other Hanson PLC affiliates until the demerger of Millennium Chemicals Inc.
("Millennium"). As a result of transactions consummated pursuant to the
demerger, the U.S. operations now file separate U.S. federal and state income
tax returns. The Company is charged for its share of taxes by Hanson PLC. These
charges are reflected in invested capital. In 1995 and 1996, Hanson PLC did not
charge the Company for its share of federal taxes.
The Company uses the liability method in accounting for income taxes. Under
this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the
differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities
and are measured using enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when
the differences are expected to reverse.
Income (losses) from continuing operations before income taxes were as
follows for the fiscal years ended September 30, 1995, September 28, 1996 and
September 27, 1997:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1995 1996 1997
--------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
United States................................................ $ 39,979 $ 47,535 $ 66,721
Other Countries.............................................. (4,197) 101 1,748
--------- --------- ---------
$ 35,782 $ 47,636 $ 68,469
--------- --------- ---------
--------- --------- ---------
</TABLE>
The provision for income taxes is comprised of the following for the fiscal
years ended September 30, 1995, September 28, 1996 and September 27, 1997:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1995 1996 1997
--------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Current:
United States.............................................. $ 18,979 $ 21,623 $ 23,979
Other Countries............................................ (149) 439 301
--------- --------- ---------
18,830 22,062 24,280
--------- --------- ---------
Deferred:
United States.............................................. 183 126 1,969
Other Countries............................................ -- -- --
--------- --------- ---------
183 126 1,969
--------- --------- ---------
$ 19,013 $ 22,188 $ 26,249
--------- --------- ---------
--------- --------- ---------
</TABLE>
F-16
<PAGE>
THE GROVE COMPANIES
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
11. INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
Significant components of the Company's deferred tax liabilities and assets
are as follows as of September 28, 1996 and September 27, 1997:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1996 1997
--------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
Deferred tax liabilities:
Intercompany basis differences......................................... $ (7,557) $ (7,557)
Fixed assets........................................................... (7,492) --
Other.................................................................. (6,423) (122)
--------- ---------
Total deferred tax liabilities....................................... (21,472) (7,679)
--------- ---------
Deferred tax assets:
Fixed assets........................................................... -- 6,977
Tax-deductible goodwill................................................ -- 5,074
Inventory differences.................................................. -- 1,881
Accrued expenses....................................................... 1,114 12,221
Foreign net operating losses and AMT credits........................... 6,957 6,323
Other.................................................................. 11,483 7,877
--------- ---------
Total deferred tax assets.............................................. 19,554 40,353
--------- ---------
Valuation allowance.................................................... (6,957) (6,323)
--------- ---------
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities).................................... $ (8,875) $ 26,351
--------- ---------
--------- ---------
</TABLE>
As stated above, the Company's ultimate parent, Hanson PLC, demerged several
of their businesses. In connection with the Millennium demerger, one of the
Company's U.S. subsidiaries as well as the Company's German subsidiaries were
owned by Millennium Chemicals Inc. from September 29, 1996 to October 6, 1996.
On October 6, 1996, these subsidiaries were reacquired by Hanson PLC, which
resulted in a new tax basis in certain assets and liabilities. The impact of
this "step-up" in basis, generated additional deferred tax assets, of which
$37,195 has been recorded as a component of invested capital. The combined
financial statements reflect the results of operations of these entities for the
full year.
Tax carryforwards at September 28, 1996 and September 27, 1997 consist of
alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards of $700 which do not expire, and
other foreign net operating loss carryforwards of $17,878 and $16,066, which do
not expire.
F-17
<PAGE>
THE GROVE COMPANIES
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
11. INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
The reasons for the differences between applicable income taxes and the
amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate of 35% to
income before taxes were as follows for the fiscal years ended September 30,
1995, September 28, 1996 and September 27, 1997:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1995 1996 1997
--------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Applicable income taxes based on federal statutory tax
rate....................................................... $ 12,524 $ 16,673 $ 23,964
State taxes, net of federal tax benefit...................... 1,879 1,130 2,520
Goodwill amortization........................................ 2,822 2,955 333
Foreign operating loss benefits not previously recognized.... (229) (1,020) (1,409)
Foreign operating loss valuation allowances.................. 1,915 2,182 1,405
Other........................................................ 102 268 (564)
--------- --------- ---------
$ 19,013 $ 22,188 $ 26,249
--------- --------- ---------
--------- --------- ---------
</TABLE>
The Company does not provide for income taxes on the undistributed earnings
of a subsidiary not consolidated for U.S. federal income tax purposes since it
intends to retain these earnings in the business. The additional taxes payable
if these earnings were distributed would principally represent the difference
between applicable U.S. income tax rates and credits allowed for taxes
previously paid by such subsidiary.
12. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
The Company has several defined benefit pension plans covering substantially
all of its employees. Plans covering salaried employees provide pension benefits
that are based on the participant's final average salary and credited service.
Plans covering hourly employees provide benefits based on the participant's
career earnings and service with the Company. The Company's funding policy for
all plans is to make the minimum annual contributions required by applicable
regulations, plus such additional amounts as the Company may determine to be
appropriate from time to time.
The components of the net periodic pension costs for all U.S. defined
benefit plans for the fiscal years ended September 30, 1995, September 28, 1996,
and September 27, 1997 are summarized below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1995 1996 1997
--------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Service cost.................................................. $ 1,480 $ 1,787 $ 2,172
Interest cost................................................. 2,149 2,482 3,128
Actual return on assets....................................... (1,773) (1,895) (2,748)
Net amortization and deferral................................. 122 341 539
--------- --------- ---------
Net periodic pension costs.................................... $ 1,978 $ 2,715 $ 3,091
--------- --------- ---------
--------- --------- ---------
</TABLE>
F-18
<PAGE>
THE GROVE COMPANIES
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
12. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)
The following tables set forth the U.S. plans' funded status at September
28, 1996 and September 27, 1997:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PLANS WHOSE PLANS WHOSE
ASSETS ACCUMULATED
EXCEED BENEFITS
ACCUMULATED EXCEED
BENEFITS ASSETS
------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C>
As of September 28, 1996
Projected benefit obligation for service rendered to date........................... $ (25,587) $ (14,179)
Plan assets at fair value, primarily marketable securities.......................... 17,436 11,889
------------ ------------
Underfunded projected benefit obligation............................................ (8,151) (2,290)
Unrecognized net loss............................................................... 3,764 3,445
Unrecognized prior service cost..................................................... 835 3,491
Adjustment to recognize the required minimum pension liability...................... -- (6,936)
------------ ------------
Pension liability recognized in the balance sheets.................................. $ (3,552) $ (2,290)
Actuarial present value of accumulated benefit obligation, including vested benefits
of $15,380 and $14,088, respectively................................................ $ 15,565 $ 14,179
------------ ------------
------------ ------------
As of September 27, 1997
Projected benefit obligation for service rendered to date........................... $ (29,550) $ (17,259)
Plan assets at fair value, primarily marketable securities.......................... 22,519 15,523
------------ ------------
Underfunded projected benefit obligation............................................ (7,031) (1,736)
Unrecognized net loss............................................................... 933 2,520
Unrecognized prior service cost..................................................... 3,128 4,312
Adjustment to recognize the required minimum pension liability...................... -- (6,832)
------------ ------------
Pension liability recognized in the balance sheets.................................. $ (2,970) $ (1,736)
------------ ------------
------------ ------------
Actuarial present value of accumulated benefit obligation, including vested benefits
of $18,574 and $16,776, respectively.............................................. $ 18,859 $ 17,259
------------ ------------
------------ ------------
</TABLE>
The weighted average discount rate and the rate of increase in future
compensation levels used in determining the actuarial present value of the
projected benefit obligation shown in the above domestic plan tables were 7.5%
and 4.25%, respectively, for all periods presented above. The expected return on
plan assets was 9.0% for all periods presented above.
The plans' assets relating to the domestic plans are included in the HM
Holdings Master Trust (the "Trust"). The Trust invests principally in listed
stocks and bonds, including common stock of Hanson PLC which, at market values,
comprised 2.1% of the Trust's assets at September 28, 1996. These assets were
subsequently transferred to the Hanson North America Inc. Master Trust effective
November 1, 1996.
F-19
<PAGE>
THE GROVE COMPANIES
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
12. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)
The components of the net periodic pension costs for all foreign defined
benefit plans for the years ended September 30, 1995, September 28, 1996, and
September 27, 1997 are summarized below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1995 1996 1997
--------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Service cost.................................................. $ 1,216 $ 1,804 $ 1,978
Interest cost................................................. 1,108 1,481 1,782
Actual return on assets....................................... (1,870) (2,176) (3,038)
Net amortization and deferral................................. 220 80 802
--------- --------- ---------
Net periodic pension costs.................................... $ 674 $ 1,189 $ 1,524
--------- --------- ---------
--------- --------- ---------
</TABLE>
The following table sets forth the foreign plans' unfunded status at
September 30, 1996 and September 27, 1997:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1996 1997
---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C>
Projected benefit obligation for service rendered to date............. $ (22,093) $ (25,906)
Plan assets at fair value, primarily marketable securities............ 15,940 19,911
---------- ----------
Underfunded projected benefit obligation.............................. (6,153) (5,995)
Unrecognized net loss (gain).......................................... 77 (367)
---------- ----------
Pension liability recognized in the balance sheets.................... $ (6,076) $ (6,362)
---------- ----------
---------- ----------
Actuarial present value of accumulated benefit obligation, including
vested benefits of $19,056 and
$22,792, respectively............................................... $ 19,813 $ 23,449
---------- ----------
---------- ----------
</TABLE>
The weighted average discount rate and the rate of increase in future
compensation levels used in determining the actuarial present value of the
projected benefit obligation shown in the above foreign plan tables were at
rates ranging from 6.5% to 8.0% and 6.0%, respectively for all periods presented
above. The expected return on plan assets was 9.0% for all periods presented.
Assets of the foreign defined benefit plans consist principally of
investments in equity securities, debt securities, and cash equivalents.
The Company also has several defined contribution plans covering
substantially all of its U.S. employees. Eligible employees may contribute a
portion of their base compensation to the plan and their contributions are
matched by the Company at rates specified in the plan documents. Contributions
by the Company for the years ended September 30, 1995, September 28, 1996 and
September 27, 1997 were approximately $1,532, $1,797, and $1,902, respectively.
In addition to providing pension benefits, the Company provides certain
health care and prescription drug benefits to certain retirees. Substantially
all of the Company's eligible employees may qualify for benefits if they reach
normal retirement age while working for the Company. The Company funds benefits
on a pay-as-you-go basis, while retirees pay monthly premiums. These benefits
are subject to deductibles, co-payment provisions and other limitations.
F-20
<PAGE>
THE GROVE COMPANIES
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
12. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)
Net periodic postretirement benefit expense included the following
components as of September 30, 1995, September 28, 1996 and September 27, 1997:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1995 1996 1997
--------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Service expense.................................................. $ 149 $ 797 $ 833
Interest expense................................................. 597 1,423 1,464
Net amortization and deferral.................................... 305 550 458
--------- --------- ---------
Net periodic postretirement benefit cost......................... $ 1,051 $ 2,770 $ 2,755
--------- --------- ---------
--------- --------- ---------
</TABLE>
The reconciliation of the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation to
the liability recognized in the combined balance sheet at September 30, 1996 and
1997 is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1996 1997
--------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation:
Retirees.............................................................. $ 4,822 $ 5,542
Fully eligible active participants.................................... 3,796 5,214
Other active participants............................................. 11,243 14,503
--------- ---------
Total................................................................... 19,861 25,259
Unrecognized prior service (cost) benefit............................... (251) 3,407
Unrecognized net loss................................................... (2,720) (9,807)
--------- ---------
Net postretirement benefit liability recognized in the balance sheets... $ 16,890 $ 18,859
--------- ---------
--------- ---------
</TABLE>
The discount rate used in determining the accumulated postretirement benefit
obligation was 7.5% for 1996 and 1997. The assumed health care cost trend rate
used in measuring the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation was 9.5% and
9.0% for 1996 and 1997, respectively, with subsequent annual decrements of 0.5%
to an ultimate trend rate of 5.5%. A one percentage point increase in the
assumed health care cost trend rate for each year would increase the accumulated
postretirement benefit obligation by approximately 11.6% and the net
postretirement benefit cost by approximately 13.2% as of September 27, 1997.
13. STOCK COMPENSATION PLANS
The Hanson PLC Long Term Incentive Plan, which became effective January 1,
1997 allocates Hanson PLC stock to eligible management employees based on
continued employment and achievement of certain performance objectives. The
Company has recorded a provision of $1,378 as an estimate of the value of the
shares earned for the nine months ended September 27, 1997.
In 1993, the Board of Directors of Hanson PLC approved a Stock Option Plan
("the Plan") which authorizes up to 65,530,000 shares of Hanson PLC stock for
participants in the Plan, including certain employees of the Company, as well as
including employees of other Hanson PLC divisions and subsidiaries. The Plan
provides for the granting of options to officers and other key employees at an
exercise price not lower than the fair market value of the stock on the date of
grant. Under the terms of the plan, the
F-21
<PAGE>
THE GROVE COMPANIES
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
13. STOCK COMPENSATION PLANS (CONTINUED)
maximum term for the options granted is ten years with the options vesting
ratably over a period of three years. The Plan only permits the issuance of
non-qualified options. The following table summarizes the activity related to
the Company's participation in the Plan:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
STOCK WEIGHTED
OPTIONS AVERAGE
OUTSTANDING EXERCISE PRICE
----------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C>
October 1, 1994...................................................................... 1,064,090 $ 6.07
Granted.............................................................................. 244,447 6.53
Exercised............................................................................ (70,009) 5.55
----------- -----
September 30, 1995................................................................... 1,238,528 6.20
Granted.............................................................................. 162,651 5.49
Exercised............................................................................ (42,882) 4.13
Forfeited............................................................................ (32,498) 6.31
----------- -----
September 28, 1996................................................................... 1,325,799 6.11
Exercised............................................................................ (24,945) 4.79
Forfeited............................................................................ (83,843) 6.76
----------- -----
September 27, 1997................................................................... 1,217,011 $ 6.29
----------- -----
----------- -----
Options exercisable at September 30, 1995............................................ 566,159 $ 5.25
Options exercisable at September 28, 1996............................................ 682,361 5.61
Options exercisable at September 27, 1997............................................ 847,545 6.29
</TABLE>
Exercise prices for options outstanding as of September 27, 1997, ranged
from $3.79 to $7.76. The following table sets forth certain information with
respect to those stock options outstanding at September 27, 1997:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
WEIGHTED
AVERAGE
WEIGHTED REMAINING
STOCK OPTIONS AVERAGE EXERCISE CONTRACTUAL
RANGE OF EXERCISE PRICES OUTSTANDING PRICE LIFE
- ---------------------------------------------------------------- ------------- ----------------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Under $4.82..................................................... 121,402 $ 4.22 0.94 years
4.82 to $6.42................................................... 493,080 5.81 4.77 years
Over $6.42...................................................... 602,529 7.10 6.36 years
------------- ----- ---------------
1,217,011 $ 6.29 5.17 years
------------- ----- ---------------
------------- ----- ---------------
</TABLE>
F-22
<PAGE>
THE GROVE COMPANIES
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
13. STOCK COMPENSATION PLANS (CONTINUED)
The following table sets forth certain information with respect to those
stock options exercisable at September 27, 1997:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
WEIGHTED
STOCK OPTIONS AVERAGE EXERCISE
RANGE OF EXERCISE PRICES EXERCISABLE PRICE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------- -----------------
<S> <C> <C>
Under $4.82...................................................................... 121,402 $ 4.22
$4.82 to $6.42................................................................... 344,781 5.86
Over $6.42....................................................................... 381,362 7.37
------------- -----
847,545 $ 6.29
------------- -----
------------- -----
</TABLE>
14. TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES
The common stock reflected in the combined statements of changes in invested
capital represent the legal capital of Grove Europe Ltd. The total number of
authorized shares is 10,000, of which 5,307 are issued and outstanding for all
periods presented. The total amount of invested capital relating to the common
stock of Grove Europe Ltd. was $8,976 for all periods presented.
The Company receives certain services provided by Hanson PLC and its
affiliates that include cash management, tax reporting, and risk management and
is charged a management fee for such services. The allocation of these
management fees was based on percentage of total group sales in 1995 and 1996
and on total group operating profits in 1997. In the opinion of management,
these methods of allocation are reasonable.
The amount of invested capital included in the combined balance sheet
represents a net balance as the result of various transactions between the
Company and its parent, Hanson PLC. There are no terms of settlement associated
with the account balance. Generally, there are no interest charges associated
with these balances. The balance is primarily the result of various equity
transactions, as well as the Company's participation in the parent's central
cash management program, wherein all the Company's cash receipts are remitted to
the parent and all cash disbursements are funded by the parent. Other
transactions included in invested capital are management fees, taxes, insurance,
employee benefits, and miscellaneous other administrative expenses incurred by
the parent on behalf of the Company.
Intercompany interest expense for the fiscal years ended September 30, 1995,
September 28, 1996 and September 27, 1997 was $2,553, $2,610, and $1,404,
respectively.
In 1996, the Company had an arrangement with a Hanson PLC affiliated
company, whereby the affiliated company acted as a sales agent on behalf of the
Company. The Company recorded commission expense in the amount of $3,209 for the
fiscal year ended September 28, 1996.
15. BUSINESS SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC AREAS
The Company markets to heavy industrial and construction industries,
primarily in the United States and Europe through the production and support of
mobile hydraulic cranes, aerial work platforms and truck-mounted cranes. For
financial reporting purposes, the Company considers the heavy industrial and
F-23
<PAGE>
THE GROVE COMPANIES
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
15. BUSINESS SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC AREAS (CONTINUED)
construction industries as one segment. Transfers between geographic areas
primarily represent intercompany export sales and are accounted for based on
established sales prices between the related companies. In computing income from
operations, no allocations of general corporate expenses have been made.
Identifiable assets are those assets identified with the operation of legal
entities domiciled within the geographic area. General corporate assets were not
material at September 30, 1995, September 28, 1996 and September 27, 1997.
Information relating to operations by geographic area is as follows as of
and for the fiscal years ended September 30, 1995, September 28, 1996 and
September 27, 1997:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CORPORATE
UNITED OTHER AND
STATES EUROPE COUNTRIES ELIMINATIONS COMBINED
---------- ---------- ----------- ------------ ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1995
Sales to unaffiliated customers..................... $ 397,095 $ 106,720 $ -- $ -- $ 503,815
Transfers between geographic areas.................. 28,025 10,726 -- (38,751) --
---------- ---------- ----------- ------------ ----------
Net sales........................................... $ 425,120 $ 117,446 $ -- $ (38,751) $ 503,815
---------- ---------- ----------- ------------ ----------
---------- ---------- ----------- ------------ ----------
Operating profit.................................... $ 47,267 $ (4,457) $ -- $ (4,437) $ 38,373
Identifiable assets................................. $ 528,998 $ 177,971 $ -- $ (60,706) $ 646,263
1996
Sales to unaffiliated customers..................... $ 562,331 $ 231,878 $ -- $ -- $ 794,209
Transfers between geographic areas.................. $ 37,685 $ 83,330 -- $ (121,015) --
---------- ---------- ----------- ------------ ----------
Net sales........................................... $ 600,016 $ 315,208 $ -- $ (121,015) $ 794,209
---------- ---------- ----------- ------------ ----------
---------- ---------- ----------- ------------ ----------
Operating profit.................................... $ 58,653 $ 72 $ -- $ (8,105) $ 50,620
Identifiable assets................................. $ 530,605 $ 230,849 $ -- $ (31,296) $ 730,158
1997
Sales to unaffiliated customers..................... $ 606,003 $ 248,532 $ 2,277 $ -- $ 856,812
Transfers between geographic areas.................. 35,225 63,834 -- (99,059) --
---------- ---------- ----------- ------------ ----------
Net sales........................................... $ 641,228 $ 312,366 $ 2,277 $ (99,059) $ 856,812
---------- ---------- ----------- ------------ ----------
---------- ---------- ----------- ------------ ----------
Operating profit.................................... $ 69,284 $ 670 $ (100) $ (1,963) $ 67,891
Identifiable assets................................. $ 648,578 $ 261,768 $ 3,548 $ (32,398) $ 881,496
</TABLE>
16. LEASES
The Company and its subsidiaries lease office space, machinery and other
equipment under noncancelable operating leases with varying terms, some of which
contain renewal and/or purchase options.
F-24
<PAGE>
THE GROVE COMPANIES
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
16. LEASES (CONTINUED)
The following is a schedule of future minimum lease payments required under
third party operating leases that have initial or remaining noncancelable lease
terms in excess of one year:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
1998............................................................................... $ 4,570
1999............................................................................... 2,701
2000............................................................................... 1,870
2001............................................................................... 640
2002............................................................................... 327
Thereafter......................................................................... 9,768
---------
Total.......................................................................... $ 19,876
---------
---------
</TABLE>
The major component of the future minimum lease payments due after the year
2002 relates to leases of the Company's manufacturing facility and land in
Germany that expires in 2043.
Rental expense associated with third party operating leases was
approximately $1,608, $2,809, and $3,489 for the fiscal years ended September
30, 1995, September 28, 1996, and September 27, 1997, respectively. It is
expected that, in the normal course of business, leases that expire will be
renewed or replaced by leases on other property and equipment.
17. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
The Company is involved in various lawsuits arising in the ordinary course
of business. These lawsuits primarily involve claims for damages arising out of
the use of the Company's products. The Company is also involved in litigation
and administrative proceedings relating to employment matters and commercial
disputes. Some of these lawsuits include claims for punitive as well as
compensatory damages. The Company is insured for product liability and workers'
compensation claims for amounts in excess of established deductibles and accrues
for the estimated liability up to the limits of the deductibles. The Company
accrues for all other claims and lawsuits on a case-by-case basis. The Company's
policy is to accrue the probable legal costs to be incurred in defending the
Company against the claims.
The Company is also involved in lawsuits and administrative proceedings with
respect to claims involving the discharge of hazardous substances into the
environment. Certain of these claims assert damages and liability for remedial
investigations and cleanup costs with respect to sites at which the Company has
been identified as a potentially responsible party under federal and state
environmental laws and regulations (off-site). Other matters involve sites that
the Company currently owns and operates or has previously sold (on-site). For
off-site claims, the Company makes an assessment of the costs involved based on
environmental studies, prior experience at similar sites, and the experience of
other named parties. The Company also considers the ability of other parties to
share costs, the percentage of the Company's exposure relative to all other
parties, and the effects of inflation on these estimated costs. For on-site
matters associated with properties currently owned, the Company makes an
assessment as to whether an investigation and remediation effort is necessary
and estimates other potential costs associated with the site.
F-25
<PAGE>
THE GROVE COMPANIES
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
17. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)
The Company's estimate of the costs associated with legal, product
liability, and environmental exposures is accrued if, in management's judgment,
the likelihood of a loss is probable. These accrued liabilities are not
discounted.
Insurance recoveries for environmental and certain general liability claims
are not recognized until realized. In the opinion of management, while the
ultimate results of lawsuits or other proceedings against the Company cannot be
predicted with certainty, the amounts accrued for awards or assessments in
connection with these matters are adequate and, accordingly, management believes
that the ultimate resolution of these matters will not have a material effect on
the Company.
As of September 27, 1997, the Company had no known probable but inestimable
exposures that could have a material effect on the Company.
The Company provides conditional loss guarantees to certain financing
companies on behalf of their customers. As of September 28, 1996 and September
27, 1997, the Company had outstanding guarantees of $2,438 and $1,297
respectively. These guarantees mature at various dates ranging from October 1997
through August 2000. The Company has not and does not expect to incur losses as
a result of these guarantees.
As noted under the Company's revenue recognition policy, the Company
provides guarantees of residual value to third party financing companies in
support of certain customers' financing arrangements. These guarantees are only
exercisable should the Company's customer default on their financing agreements.
The Company has not and does not expect to incur losses under these guarantees.
Exercises of these guarantees have not been significant for the years ended
September 30, 1995, September 28, 1996 and September 27, 1997.
As of September 27, 1997, the Company had approximately $595 in outstanding
letters of credit relating to the purchase of certain equipment.
As collateral for performance and for import duties, the Company is
contingently liable under bonds in the amount of $3,125 at September 27, 1997.
18. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
DEALER FINANCING PROGRAM
In the first quarter of fiscal year 1998, the Company entered into an
agreement to finance certain of its notes receivable. The agreement enables the
transfer to a financial institution of up to 90% of these receivables (up to a
limit of $90,000), without recourse.
PRODUCT LIABILITY AND WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE
The Company purchased an insurance policy for approximately $5,900 which
effectively indemnifies the Company against North American product liability and
workers' compensation claims arising prior to September 27, 1997. All claims
incurred subsequent to September 30, 1997 will be subject to a self-insured
retention of $2,000 per occurrence with a $15,000 annual aggregate loss limit.
F-26
<PAGE>
THE GROVE COMPANIES
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
19. SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The Company's payment obligations under the proposed debt offering are to be
guaranteed by the Company's wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries other than Grove
Capital (the "Subsidiary Guarantors"). Such guarantees are full, unconditional
and joint and several. Separate financial statements of the Subsidiary
Guarantors are not presented because the Company's management has determined
that they would not be material to investors. The following supplemental
financial information sets forth, on a combined basis, balance sheets,
statements of operations and statements of cash flows information for the
Subsidiary Guarantors, the Company's non-guarantor subsidiaries and for the
Company.
CONDENSED COMBINING BALANCE SHEETS AT SEPTEMBER 28, 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
GUARANTOR OTHER COMBINED
SUBSIDIARIES SUBSIDIARIES ELIMINATIONS TOTALS
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents.................................. $ 470 $ 7,714 $ -- $ 8,184
Trade receivables (net).................................... 65,200 55,844 -- 121,044
Inventories................................................ 112,258 113,181 (2,897) 222,542
Other current assets....................................... 4,869 1,811 -- 6,680
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------
Total current assets....................................... 182,797 178,550 (2,897) 358,450
Property, plant, and equipment (net)......................... 56,852 44,324 -- 101,176
Goodwill..................................................... 257,060 7,784 -- 264,844
Due from Grove Companies..................................... 28,399 -- (28,399) --
Other non-current assets..................................... 5,497 191 -- 5,688
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------
Total assets............................................. $ 530,605 $ 230,849 $ (31,296) $ 730,158
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------
LIABILITIES AND INVESTED CAPITAL
Current liabilities:
Trade accounts payable..................................... $ 41,194 $ 29,585 $ $ 70,779
Short-term borrowings...................................... 7,443 -- -- 7,443
Deferred tax liability..................................... 4,828 -- -- 4,828
Other payables and accrued liabilities..................... 42,331 47,875 -- 90,206
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------
Total current liabilities................................ 95,796 77,460 -- 173,256
Deferred tax liability..................................... 4,047 -- -- 4,047
Non-current liabilities:
Due to Grove Companies..................................... -- 28,399 (28,399) --
Deferred revenue........................................... -- 21,154 -- 21,154
Other non-current liabilities................................ 18,556 10,591 -- 29,147
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------
Total liabilities........................................ 118,399 137,604 (28,399) 227,604
Total invested capital....................................... 412,206 93,245 (2,897) 502,554
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------
Total liabilities and invested capital................... $ 530,605 $ 230,849 $ (31,296) $ 730,158
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------
</TABLE>
F-27
<PAGE>
THE GROVE COMPANIES
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
19. SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)
CONDENSED COMBINING BALANCE SHEETS AT SEPTEMBER 27, 1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
GUARANTOR OTHER COMBINED
SUBSIDIARIES SUBSIDIARIES ELIMINATIONS TOTALS
------------- ----------- ------------ ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents................................ $ (492) $ 5,516 $ -- $ 5,024
Trade receivables (net).................................. 65,823 83,341 -- 149,164
Notes receivable......................................... 68,450 -- -- 68,450
Inventories.............................................. 123,621 94,395 (2,684) 215,332
Other current assets..................................... 3,923 3,710 -- 7,633
Deferred tax assets...................................... 14,936 -- -- 14,936
------------- ----------- ------------ ----------
Total current assets................................... 276,261 186,962 (2,684) 460,539
Property, plant, and equipment (net)....................... 75,884 71,704 -- 147,588
Goodwill................................................... 248,620 6,108 -- 254,728
Deferred tax assets........................................ 11,415 -- -- 11,415
Due from Grove Companies................................... 29,272 442 (29,714) --
Other non-current assets................................... 7,126 100 -- 7,226
------------- ----------- ------------ ----------
Total assets........................................... $ 648,578 $ 265,316 $ (32,398) $ 881,496
------------- ----------- ------------ ----------
------------- ----------- ------------ ----------
LIABILITIES AND INVESTED CAPITAL
Current liabilities:
Trade accounts payable................................... $ 45,072 $ 25,255 $ -- $ 70,327
Short-term borrowings.................................... -- 7,265 -- 7,265
Income taxes payable..................................... 4,622 -- -- 4,622
Other payables and accrued liabilities................... 46,423 39,689 -- 86,112
------------- ----------- ------------ ----------
Total current liabilities.............................. 96,117 72,209 -- 168,326
Non-current liabilities:
Due to Grove Companies................................. 442 29,272 (29,714) --
Deferred revenue....................................... -- 46,509 -- 46,509
Other non-current liabilities.............................. 27,781 10,388 --......... 38,169
------------- ----------- ------------ ----------
Total liabilities...................................... 124,340 158,378 (29,714) 253,004
Total invested capital..................................... 524,238 106,938 (2,684) 628,492
------------- ----------- ------------ ----------
Total liabilities and invested capital................. $ 648,578 $ 265,316 $ (32,398) $ 881,496
------------- ----------- ------------ ----------
------------- ----------- ------------ ----------
</TABLE>
F-28
<PAGE>
THE GROVE COMPANIES
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
19. SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)
CONDENSED COMBINING STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
1995
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
GUARANTOR OTHER COMBINED
SUBSIDIARIES SUBSIDIARIES ELIMINATIONS TOTALS
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net sales.................................................... $ 425,120 $ 117,446 $ (38,751) $ 503,815
Cost of goods sold........................................... 315,864 99,066 (37,704) 377,226
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------
Gross profit............................................. 109,256 18,380 (1,047) 126,589
Selling, engineering, general, and administrative expenses... 61,989 22,837 -- 84,826
Management fees.............................................. 3,390 -- -- 3,390
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------
Operating profit......................................... 43,877 (4,457) (1,047) 38,373
Net interest (expense)/income................................ (2,572) 260 -- (2,312)
Other expense, net........................................... (279) -- -- (279)
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------
Income before income taxes............................... 41,026 (4, 197) (1,047) 35,782
Income taxes................................................. 19,162 (149) -- 19,013
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------
Net income............................................... $ 21,864 $ (4,048) $ (1,047) $ 16,769
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------
</TABLE>
CONDENSED COMBINING STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 28,
1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
GUARANTOR OTHER COMBINED
SUBSIDIARIES SUBSIDIARIES ELIMINATIONS TOTALS
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net sales.................................................... $ 600,016 $ 315,208 $ (121,015) $ 794,209
Cost of goods sold........................................... 458,629 269,066 (118,565) 609,130
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------
Gross profit............................................. 141,387 46,142 (2,450) 185,079
Selling, engineering, general, and administrative expenses... 82,734 46,070 -- 128,804
Management fees.............................................. 5,655 -- -- 5,655
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------
Operating profit......................................... 52,998 72 (2,450) 50,620
Net interest (expense)/income................................ (2,820) 29 -- (2,791)
Other expense, net........................................... (193) -- -- (193)
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------
Income before income taxes............................... 49,985 101 (2,450) 47,636
Income taxes................................................. 21,749 439 -- 22,188
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------
Net income............................................... $ 28,236 $ (338) $ (2,450) $ 25,448
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------
</TABLE>
F-29
<PAGE>
THE GROVE COMPANIES
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
19. SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)
CONDENSED COMBINING STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 27,
1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
GUARANTOR OTHER COMBINED
SUBSIDIARIES SUBSIDIARIES ELIMINATIONS TOTALS
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net sales.................................................... $ 641,228 $ 314,643 $ (99,059) $ 856,812
Cost of goods sold........................................... 486,381 266,430 (99,272) 653,539
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------
Gross profit............................................. 154,847 48,213 213 203,273
Selling, engineering, general, and administrative expenses... 85,563 45,683 -- 131,246
Management fees.............................................. 2,176 -- -- 2,176
Restructuring charges........................................ -- 1,960 -- 1,960
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------
Operating profit......................................... 67,108 570 213 67,891
Net interest (expense)/income................................ 275 (232) -- 43
Other income, net............................................ 535 -- -- 535
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------
Income before income taxes............................... 67,918 338 213 68,469
Income taxes................................................. 25,948 301 -- 26,249
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------
Net income............................................... $ 41,970 $ 37 $ 213 $ 42,220
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------
</TABLE>
CONDENSED COMBINING STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
1995
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
GUARANTOR OTHER COMBINED
SUBSIDIARIES SUBSIDIARIES TOTALS
----------- ----------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net cash provided by operating activities.................................. $ 5,025 $ 1,928 $ 6,953
----------- ----------- ----------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Capital expenditures....................................................... (7,701) 316 (7,385)
Investment in equipment held for rent...................................... -- (552) (552)
Proceeds from sales of property, plant, and equipment...................... 1,733 -- 1,733
Acquisition of businesses.................................................. -- (40,370) (40,370)
----------- ----------- ----------
Net cash used in investing activities...................................... (5,968) (40,606) (46,574)
----------- ----------- ----------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Net proceeds from short-term borrowings.................................... (127) -- (127)
Net amounts received from parent........................................... 12,017 49,808 61,825
Cash dividends paid to parent.............................................. (11,097) -- (11,097)
----------- ----------- ----------
Net cash provided by financing activities.................................. 793 49,808 50,601
----------- ----------- ----------
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash.................................... -- 570 570
----------- ----------- ----------
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents....................... (150) 11,700 11,550
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year............................. 663 6,472 7,135
----------- ----------- ----------
Cash and cash equivalents and end of year.................................. $ 513 $ 18,172 $ 18,685
----------- ----------- ----------
----------- ----------- ----------
</TABLE>
F-30
<PAGE>
THE GROVE COMPANIES
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
19. SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)
CONDENSED COMBINING STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 28,
1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
GUARANTOR OTHER COMBINED
SUBSIDIARIES SUBSIDIARIES TOTALS
----------- ----------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities........................ $ 35,276 $ (25,450) $ 9,826
----------- ----------- ----------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Capital expenditures....................................................... (16,522) (2,921) (19,443)
Investment in equipment held for rent...................................... -- (22,527) (22,527)
Proceeds from sales of property, plant, and equipment...................... 432 -- 432
Acquisition of businesses.................................................. -- (3,703) (3,703)
----------- ----------- ----------
Net cash used in investing activities...................................... (16,090) (29,151) (45,241)
----------- ----------- ----------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Net proceeds from short-term borrowings.................................... 7,443 -- 7,443
Net amounts received from parent........................................... 3,385 44,981 48,366
Cash dividends paid to parent.............................................. (30,057) -- (30,057)
----------- ----------- ----------
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities........................ (19,229) 44,981 25,752
----------- ----------- ----------
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash.................................... -- (838) (838)
----------- ----------- ----------
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents.................................. (43) (10,458) (10,501)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year............................. 513 18,172 18,685
----------- ----------- ----------
Cash and cash equivalents and end of year.................................. $ 470 $ 7,714 $ 8,184
----------- ----------- ----------
----------- ----------- ----------
</TABLE>
CONDENSED COMBINING STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 27,
1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
GUARANTOR OTHER COMBINED
SUBSIDIARIES SUBSIDIARIES TOTALS
----------- ----------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities........................ $ (5,448) $ 17,443 $ 11,995
----------- ----------- ----------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Capital expenditures....................................................... (25,521) (6,970) (32,491)
Investment in equipment held for rent...................................... -- (37,904) (37,904)
Proceeds from sales of property, plant, and equipment...................... 1,587 16 1,603
----------- ----------- ----------
Net cash used in investing activities...................................... (23,934) (44,858) (68,792)
----------- ----------- ----------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Net proceeds from short-term borrowings.................................... (7,443) 7,647 204
Net amounts received from parent........................................... 35,863 18,282 54,145
----------- ----------- ----------
Net cash provided by financing activities.................................. 28,420 25,929 54,349
----------- ----------- ----------
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash.................................... -- (712) (712)
----------- ----------- ----------
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents.................................. (962) (2,198) (3,160)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year............................. 470 7,714 8,184
----------- ----------- ----------
Cash and cash equivalents and end of year.................................. $ (492) $ 5,516 $ 5,024
----------- ----------- ----------
----------- ----------- ----------
</TABLE>
F-31
<PAGE>
THE GROVE COMPANIES
CONDENSED COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS
MARCH 28, 1998
(UNAUDITED)
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MARCH 28, 1998
--------------
<S> <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents....................................................................... $ 4,085
Trade receivables (net)......................................................................... 131,344
Notes receivable................................................................................ 40,041
Inventories..................................................................................... 225,255
Other current assets............................................................................ 12,656
Deferred tax assets............................................................................. 14,936
--------------
Total current assets...................................................................... 428,317
Property, plant, and equipment (net).............................................................. 160,862
Goodwill.......................................................................................... 250,032
Deferred tax assets............................................................................... 9,057
Other non-current assets.......................................................................... 6,983
--------------
Total assets.............................................................................. $ 855,251
--------------
--------------
LIABILITIES AND INVESTED CAPITAL
Current Liabilities:
Trade accounts payable.......................................................................... $ 78,402
Short-term borrowings........................................................................... 9,904
Income taxes payable............................................................................ 12,665
--------------
Other payables and accrued liabilities........................................................ 80,646
Total current liabilities................................................................. 181,617
Non-current liabilities:
Deferred revenue................................................................................ 57,201
Other non-current liabilities................................................................... 45,949
--------------
Total liabilities......................................................................... 284,767
Total invested capital............................................................................ 570,484
--------------
Total liabilities and invested capital.................................................... $ 855,251
--------------
--------------
</TABLE>
See notes to unaudited combined financial statements.
F-32
<PAGE>
THE GROVE COMPANIES
CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED MARCH 27, 1997 AND MARCH 28, 1998
(UNAUDITED)
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MARCH 27, MARCH 28,
1997 1998
---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C>
Net sales................................................................................. $ 409,206 $ 405,903
Cost of goods sold........................................................................ 316,194 321,337
---------- ----------
Gross profit............................................................................ 93,012 84,566
Selling, engineering, general, and administrative expenses................................ 64,000 66,512
Management fees........................................................................... -- 162
---------- ----------
Operating profit........................................................................ 29,012 17,892
Net interest (expense)/income, including interest income of $516 and $2,993,
respectively............................................................................ (933) 1,214
Other (expense), net...................................................................... (123) (4,684)
---------- ----------
Income before income taxes.............................................................. 27,956 14,422
Income taxes.............................................................................. 10,735 11,174
---------- ----------
Net income.............................................................................. $ 17,221 $ 3,248
---------- ----------
---------- ----------
</TABLE>
See notes to unaudited combined financial statements.
F-33
<PAGE>
THE GROVE COMPANIES
CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN INVESTED CAPITAL
FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED MARCH 28, 1998
(UNAUDITED)
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MINIMUM
PENSION TOTAL
INVESTED LIABILITY TRANSLATION INVESTED
CAPITAL ADJUSTMENT ADJUSTMENT CAPITAL
---------- ----------- ----------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at September 27, 1997................................... $ 656,427 $ (1,638) $ (26,297) $ 628,492
Net income.................................................. 3,248 -- -- 3,248
Net transactions with affiliates............................ (61,191) -- -- (61,191)
Change in foreign currency translation...................... -- -- (65) (65)
---------- ----------- ----------- ----------
Balance at March 28, 1998....................................... $ 598,484 $ (1,638) $ (26,362) $ 570,484
---------- ----------- ----------- ----------
---------- ----------- ----------- ----------
</TABLE>
See notes to unaudited combined financial statements.
F-34
<PAGE>
THE GROVE COMPANIES
CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED MARCH 27, 1997 AND MARCH 28, 1998
(UNAUDITED)
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MARCH 27, MARCH 28,
1997 1998
---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income.............................................................................. $ 17,221 $ 3,248
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization......................................................... 8,855 9,384
Depreciation of equipment held for rent............................................... 2,137 5,501
Loss on sale of fixed assets.......................................................... 21 4,719
Deferred tax expense.................................................................. 743 2,358
Sale of notes receivable.............................................................. -- 52,671
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Trade receivables (net)............................................................. (11,810) 19,378
Notes receivable.................................................................... (22,091) (24,262)
Inventories......................................................................... (6,255) (8,699)
Trade accounts payable.............................................................. 2,808 7,444
Other assets and liabilities (net).................................................. 10,595 14,032
---------- ----------
Net cash provided by operating activities................................................. 2,224 85,774
---------- ----------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Capital expenditures.................................................................... (13,895) (15,197)
Investment in equipment held for rent................................................... (5,432) (16,380)
Proceeds from sales of property, plant, and equipment................................... 191 3,630
---------- ----------
Net cash used in investing activities................................................... (19,136) (27,947)
---------- ----------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Net proceeds from short-term borrowings................................................. 6,491 2,639
Net amounts received from (paid to) parent.............................................. 11,836 (61,649)
---------- ----------
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities..................................... 18,327 (59,010)
---------- ----------
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash................................................. (356) 244
---------- ----------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents.................................... 1,059 (939)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period........................................ 8,184 5,024
---------- ----------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period................................................ $ 9,243 $ 4,085
---------- ----------
---------- ----------
</TABLE>
See notes to unaudited combined financial statements.
F-35
<PAGE>
THE GROVE COMPANIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 28, 1998
(UNAUDITED)
(IN THOUSANDS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED)
1. ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION
The accompanying combined financial statements consist of the combined
operations and substantially all of the assets and liabilities of Kidde
Industries, Inc. and the following legal entities: Grove Europe Ltd., Crane
Holding Inc., Deutsche Grove GmbH, and Grove Manlift Pty. Ltd. The foregoing
operations are conducted through subsidiaries (the "Grove Companies" and
collectively, the "Company"). As of March 28, 1998, all of the Company was
either directly or indirectly wholly owned by Hanson PLC, a United Kingdom
company. All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated in the
accompanying combined financial statements.
The accompanying unaudited combined financial statements have been prepared
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for interim
financial information. Accordingly, these financial statements do not include
all the information and notes required by generally accepted accounting
principles for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, the
unaudited combined financial statements include all adjustments (consisting of
normal recurring accruals) considered necessary for a fair presentation of the
financial position and results of operations.
Interim results for the three and six month periods ended March 28, 1998 are
not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a full fiscal
year. For further information, refer to the combined financial statements and
notes for the year ended September 27, 1997.
2. SALE OF NOTES RECEIVABLE
During the first quarter of fiscal year 1998, the Company entered into an
agreement to sell certain of its notes receivable. The agreement enables the
transfer to a financial institution of up to 90% of the principal amount of a
note receivable, without recourse. The agreement requires the Company to
maintain adequate creditor's insurance on the receivables sold and a security
interest in the underlying inventory. The facility limit is $90 million with
interest charged and payable monthly at LIBOR plus 0.3% per annum. The Company,
as agent for the purchaser, retains collection and administrative
responsibilities for the receivables sold.
For the six months ended March 28, 1998, the Company had transferred $52.7
million of its receivables under this facility.
3. INVENTORY
The components of inventory at September 27, 1997 and March 28, 1998
consisted of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SEPTEMBER 27, MARCH 28,
1997 1998
------------- ----------
<S> <C> <C>
Raw materials and supplies......................................... $ 76,573 $ 67,633
Work in process.................................................... 78,993 82,612
Finished goods..................................................... 59,766 75,010
------------- ----------
$ 215,332 $ 225,255
------------- ----------
------------- ----------
</TABLE>
F-36
<PAGE>
THE GROVE COMPANIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
MARCH 28, 1998
(UNAUDITED)
(IN THOUSANDS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED)
3. INVENTORY (CONTINUED)
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market, as determined
primarily under the first-in, first-out method.
4. INCOME TAXES
The difference between the Company's reported tax provision for the first
six months of fiscal 1998 and the tax provision computed based on U.S. statutory
rates is primarily attributed to losses generated in foreign operations for
which a tax benefit has not been recognized.
5. SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The Company's obligations under the Senior Subordinated Notes described in
Note 6 are to be guaranteed by certain of the Company's wholly-owned
subsidiaries (the "Subsidiary Guarantors"). Such guarantees are full,
unconditional, and joint and several. Separate financial statements of Grove
Capital and the Subsidiary Guarantors are not presented because the Company's
management has determined that they would not be material to investors. The
following supplemental financial information sets forth, on a combined basis,
balance sheet, statement of operations and statements of cash flows information
for Grove Capital and the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Company's non-guarantor
subsidiaries and the Company. As of March 28, 1998, Grove Capital had no assets,
liabilities or operations.
F-37
<PAGE>
THE GROVE COMPANIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
MARCH 28, 1998
(UNAUDITED)
(IN THOUSANDS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED)
5. SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)
CONDENSED COMBINING BALANCE SHEETS AT MARCH 28, 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
GROVE
CAPITAL AND
THE
SUBSIDIARY OTHER COMBINED
GUARANTORS SUBSIDIARIES ELIMINATIONS TOTALS
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Current Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents.................................. $ 431 $ 3,654 $ -- $ 4,085
Trade receivables (net).................................... 58,009 73,335 -- 131,344
Notes receivable........................................... 40,041 -- -- 40,041
Inventories................................................ 139,341 88,143 (2,229) 225,255
Other current assets....................................... 5,970 6,686 -- 12,656
Deferred tax assets........................................ 14,936 -- -- 14,936
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------
Total current assets................................... 258,728 171,818 (2,229) 428,317
Property, plant, and equipment (net)......................... 81,958 78,904 -- 160,862
Goodwill..................................................... 244,400 5,632 -- 250,032
Deferred tax assets.......................................... 9,057 -- -- 9,057
Due from Grove Companies..................................... 30,793 1,474 (32,267) --
Other non-current assets..................................... 6,299 684 -- 6,983
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------
Total assets........................................... $ 631,235 $ 258,512 $ (34,496) $ 855,251
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------
LIABILITIES AND INVESTED CAPITAL
Current liabilities:
Trade accounts payable..................................... $ 49,074 $ 29,328 $ -- $ 78,402
Short-term borrowings...................................... -- 9,904 -- 9,904
Income taxes payable....................................... 12,665 -- -- 12,665
Other payable and accrued liabilities...................... 37,313 43,333 -- 80,646
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------
Total current liabilities.............................. 99,052 82,565 -- 181,617
Due to Grove Companies....................................... 1,474 30,793 (32,267) --
Non-Current liabilities:
Deferred revenue........................................... -- 57,201 -- 57,201
Other non-current liabilities.............................. 36,579 9,370 -- 45,949
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------
Total liabilities...................................... 137,105 179,929 (32,267) 284,767
Total invested capital....................................... 494,130 78,583 (2,229) 570,484
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------
Total liabilities and invested capital................. $ 631,235 $ 258,512 $ (34,496) $ 855,251
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------
</TABLE>
F-38
<PAGE>
THE GROVE COMPANIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
MARCH 28, 1998
(UNAUDITED)
(IN THOUSANDS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED)
5. SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)
CONDENSED COMBINING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED MARCH 27,
1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
GROVE
CAPITAL AND
THE
SUBSIDIARY OTHER COMBINED
GUARANTORS SUBSIDIARIES ELIMINATIONS TOTALS
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net sales.................................................... $ 298,590 $ 165,223 $ (54,607) $ 409,206
Cost of goods sold........................................... 230,662 139,534 (54,002) 316,194
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------
Gross profit........................................... 67,928 25,689 (605) 93,012
Selling, engineering, general, and administrative expenses... 40,993 23,007 -- 64,000
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------
Operating profit....................................... 26,935 2,682 (605) 29,012
Net interest income (expense)................................ (946) 13 -- (933)
Other expense, net........................................... (90) (33) -- (123)
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------
Income before income taxes............................. 25,899 2,662 (605) 27,956
Income taxes................................................. 9,820 915 -- 10,735
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------
Net income................................................... $ 16,079 $ 1,747 $ (605) $ 17,221
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------
</TABLE>
CONDENSED COMBINING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED MARCH 28,
1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
GROVE
CAPITAL AND
THE
SUBSIDIARY OTHER COMBINED
GUARANTORS SUBSIDIARIES ELIMINATIONS TOTALS
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net sales.................................................... $ 296,866 $ 144,505 $ (35,468) $ 405,903
Cost of goods sold........................................... 227,529 129,731 (35,923) 321,337
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------
Gross profit........................................... 69,337 14,774 455 84,566
Selling, engineering, general, and administrative expenses... 42,426 24,086 -- 66,512
Management fee............................................... 162 -- -- 162
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------
Operating profit....................................... 26,749 (9,312) 455 17,892
Net interest income.......................................... 1,163 51 -- 1,214
Other income (expense), net.................................. 20 (4,704) -- (4,684)
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------
Income before income taxes............................. 27,932 (13,965) 455 14,422
Income taxes................................................. 11,174 -- -- 11,174
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------
Net income............................................. $ 16,758 $ (13,965) $ 455 $ 3,248
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------
</TABLE>
F-39
<PAGE>
THE GROVE COMPANIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
MARCH 28, 1998
(UNAUDITED)
(IN THOUSANDS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED)
5. SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)
CONDENSED COMBINING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED MARCH 27,
1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
GROVE
CAPITAL AND
THE
SUBSIDIARY OTHER COMBINED
GUARANTORS SUBSIDIARIES TOTALS
----------- ----------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net cash provided by operating activities.................................. $ 2,010 $ 214 $ 2,224
----------- ----------- ----------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Capital expenditures....................................................... (10,176) (3,719) (13,895)
Investment in equipment held for rent...................................... -- (5,432) (5,432)
Proceeds for sales of property, plant, and equipment....................... 116 75 191
----------- ----------- ----------
Net cash used in investing activities...................................... (10,060) (9,076) (19,136)
----------- ----------- ----------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Net proceeds from short-term borrowings.................................... 1,688 4,803 6,491
Net amount received from parent............................................ 7,811 4,025 11,836
----------- ----------- ----------
Net cash provided by financing activities.................................. 9,499 8,828 18,327
----------- ----------- ----------
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash.................................... -- (356) (356)
----------- ----------- ----------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents....................... 1,449 (390) 1,059
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period........................... 470 7,714 8,184
----------- ----------- ----------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period................................. $ 1,919 $ 7,324 $ 9,243
----------- ----------- ----------
----------- ----------- ----------
</TABLE>
F-40
<PAGE>
THE GROVE COMPANIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
MARCH 28, 1998
(UNAUDITED)
(IN THOUSANDS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED)
5. SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)
CONDENSED COMBINING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED MARCH 28,
1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
GROVE
CAPITAL AND
THE
SUBSIDIARY OTHER COMBINED
GUARANTORS SUBSIDIARIES TOTALS
----------- ----------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net cash provided by operating activities.................................. $ 56,290 $ 29,484 $ 85,774
----------- ----------- ----------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Capital expenditures....................................................... (9,246) (5,951) (15,197)
Investment in equipment held for rent...................................... -- (16,380) (16,380)
Proceeds for sales of property, plant, and equipment....................... 259 3,371 3,630
----------- ----------- ----------
Net cash used in investing activities...................................... (8,987) (18,960) (27,947)
----------- ----------- ----------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Net proceeds from short-term borrowings.................................... -- 2,639 2,639
Net amount (paid to) parent................................................ (46,639) (15,010) (61,649)
----------- ----------- ----------
Net cash used in financing activities...................................... (46,639) (12,371) (59,010)
----------- ----------- ----------
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash.................................... -- 244 244
----------- ----------- ----------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents....................... 664 (1,603) (939)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period........................... (492) 5,516 5,024
----------- ----------- ----------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period................................. $ 172 $ 3,913 $ 4,085
----------- ----------- ----------
----------- ----------- ----------
</TABLE>
6. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
On April 29, 1998, the Company was acquired (the "Acquisition") from Hanson
Funding (G) PLC ("Hanson") by an investor group for an aggregate purchase price,
including the payment of related fees and expenses, of $604.5 million, subject
to a post-closing adjustment. To effect the transaction, the investor group,
through a newly formed entity, Grove Worldwide LLC ("Grove"), purchased from
Hanson and certain of its subsidiaries substantially all of the assets of the
Company's U.S. mobile hydraulic crane and aerial work platform operations, the
capital stock of the Company's U.S. truck-mounted crane operation and the
capital stock of the Company's British, French, German, and Australian
subsidiaries. Grove is a wholly owned subsidiary of Grove Holdings LLC
("Holdings"), which is a wholly owned subsidiary of Grove Investors LLC
("Investors"). Funds required by Grove to consummate the Acquisition, including
the payment of related fees and expenses were provided by (i) $209.5 million of
borrowings by Grove under a bank credit facility (the "Bank Credit Facility"),
(ii) $218.8 million in net proceeds from the issuance of 9 1/4% Senior
Subordinated Notes (the "Senior Subordinated Notes") and (iii) $168.2 million in
equity contributions to Grove by Holdings. The principal terms and conditions of
Grove's borrowings are as follows:
F-41
<PAGE>
THE GROVE COMPANIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
MARCH 28, 1998
(UNAUDITED)
(IN THOUSANDS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED)
6. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (CONTINUED)
BANK CREDIT FACILITY. The Bank Credit Facility, which was entered into on
April 29, 1998, consists of a $200.0 million term loan facility ("Term Loan
Facility") and a $125.0 million revolving credit facility ("Revolving Credit
Facility"). To consummate the Acquisition, the Company borrowed $200.0 million
under the Term Loan Facility and approximately $9.5 million under the Revolving
Credit Facility. The Revolving Credit Facility will enable the Company to obtain
revolving credit loans and to issue letters of credit for working capital,
acquisitions, and general corporate purposes. A portion of the Revolving Credit
Facility is available for borrowings by the Company in the Eurocurrency markets
of British pounds sterling, German marks, French francs and certain other
currencies. At the Company's option, loans under the Bank Credit Facility will
bear interest (a) in the case of loans in U. S. dollars, at the highest of (x)
1/2 of 1% in excess of the Federal Funds Effective Rate (as defined in the Bank
Credit Facility) (y) 1.0% in excess of a certificate of deposit rate and (z) the
bank's prime rate, plus the applicable margin (as defined in the Bank Credit
Facility), or (b) in the case of all loans, the relevant Eurocurrency Rate (as
defined in the Bank Credit Facility) as determined by the agent bank, plus the
applicable margin. The applicable margin will vary based upon the Company's
operating results and will range between 1.25% and 2.25% for borrowings under
the Revolving Credit Facility and between 2.0% and 2.5% for borrowings under the
Term Loan Facility. At the date of the Acquisition, borrowings under the Term
Loan Facility and the Revolving Credit Facility will bear interest at LIBOR plus
250 and 225 basis points, respectively. The Company will also pay certain fees
with respect to the Bank Credit Facility. The Term Loan Facility has a term of
eight years and must be repaid in semi-annual installments in April and October
of each year in an aggregate amount of (i) $2 million for the first six years,
(ii) $88 million during the seventh year and (iii) $100 million during the
eighth year. The Revolving Credit Facility has a term of seven years.
The obligations of the Company under the Bank Credit Facility are guaranteed
by Holdings and each of the Company's domestic subsidiaries (the "Guarantors").
The obligations of the Company under the Bank Credit Facility are secured by a
first priority lien (subject to permitted encumbrances) on substantially all of
the Company's and each Guarantor's real, personal, and intellectual property and
on the capital stock of the Company, all of the capital stock of the Company's
domestic subsidiaries, and 65% of the capital stock of the Company's first-tier
foreign subsidiaries.
In addition, the Bank Credit Facility contains various covenants that
restrict the Company from taking various actions and that require the Company to
achieve and maintain certain financial ratios.
SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES. The Senior Subordinated Notes bear interest at a
rate of 9 1/4% per annum payable semi-annually on May 1 and November 1 of each
year commencing November 1, 1998. The Senior Subordinated Notes are general
unsecured obligations of Grove and its co-issuer, Grove Capital, Inc., and are
guaranteed by all of the Company's domestic subsidiaries. The Senior
Subordinated Notes are redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole or in
part, at any time on or after, May 1, 2003, at a declining redemption price.
In addition, at any time prior to May 1, 2001, the Company may redeem up to
35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes at
109.25% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and
liquidated damages, if any, with net proceeds of one or more public offerings of
the Company's equity (or that of Investors or Holdings), provided at least 65%
of the principal
F-42
<PAGE>
THE GROVE COMPANIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
MARCH 28, 1998
(UNAUDITED)
(IN THOUSANDS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED)
6. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (CONTINUED)
amount of the originally issued Senior Subordinated Notes remain outstanding.
Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, as described in the Indenture, the
Company will be required to offer to repurchase the Senior Subordinated Notes in
cash at 101% of the principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes, plus
accrued and unpaid interest and liquidated damages, if any. The Indenture
contains certain covenants that limit, among other things, the ability of the
Company to (i) pay dividends, redeem capital stock or make certain other
restricted payments, (ii) incur additional indebtedness or issue certain
preferred equity interests, (iii) merge into or consolidate with certain other
entities or sell all or substantially all of its assets, (iv) create liens on
assets and (v) enter into certain transactions with affiliates or related
persons.
F-43
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NO PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY
REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED OR INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE IN THIS
PROSPECTUS IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING COVERED BY THIS PROSPECTUS AND, IF
GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS
HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY OR GROVE CAPITAL. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF
THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCE CREATE
AN IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY OR
GROVE CAPITAL SINCE THE DATE HEREOF. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN
OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY, THE SECURITIES OFFERED
HEREBY BY ANYONE IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS NOT
AUTHORIZED OR IN WHICH THE PERSON MAKING SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS NOT
QUALIFIED TO DO SO OR TO ANYONE TO WHOM IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER OR
SOLICITATION.
--------------------------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
----
<S> <C>
Available Information..................................................... 3
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements......................... 4
Market and Industry Data.................................................. 4
Prospectus Summary........................................................ 5
Risk Factors.............................................................. 19
The Transactions.......................................................... 25
Use of Proceeds........................................................... 27
Capitalization............................................................ 28
Selected Historical Combined Financial Data............................... 29
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations.............................................................. 31
The Exchange Offer........................................................ 39
Business.................................................................. 50
Management................................................................ 62
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management............ 69
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions............................ 70
Description of Certain Indebtedness....................................... 71
Description of Notes...................................................... 73
Certain Federal Income Tax Considerations................................. 111
ERISA Considerations...................................................... 115
Plan of Distribution...................................................... 115
Legal Matters............................................................. 116
Experts................................................................... 116
Index to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Data...................... P-1
Index to Combined Financial Statements.................................... F-1
</TABLE>
--------------------------
UNTIL , 1998, ALL DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE EXCHANGE
SECURITIES, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED
TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS. THIS IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO
DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR
UNSOLD ALLOTMENT.
$225,000,000
GROVE WORLDWIDE LLC
GROVE CAPITAL, INC.
OFFER TO EXCHANGE THEIR
9 1/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES
DUE 2008
WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933,
AS AMENDED,
FOR ANY AND ALL OF
THEIR OUTSTANDING
9 1/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES
DUE 2008
---------------------
PROSPECTUS
---------------------
, 1998
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
ITEM 20. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
Section 18-108 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, as amended
(the "Act"), grants a Delaware limited liability company the power, subject to
such standards and restrictions, if any, as are set forth in its limited
liability company agreement to indemnify and hold harmless any member or manager
or other person from and against any and all claims and demands whatsoever.
Section 6.1 of the Grove Worldwide LLC ("Grove") Amended and Restated
Limited Liability Company Agreement (the "Operating Agreement") provides that a
member shall not be personally liable for any debt, obligation or other
liability of Grove, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, except that
a member shall remain personally liable for the payment of any capital
contributions required by Article III regarding distributions to the members,
and as otherwise provided in the Operating Agreement, the Act and any other
applicable law. Section 6.2 of the Operating Agreement provides that any
affiliate of a member, and any officer, director, shareholder, partner, member,
employee or agent of a member or any affiliate thereof, and any officer,
employee or expressly authorized agent of Grove or its affiliates is a "Covered
Person." No Covered Person shall be liable to Grove or any other Covered Person
for any loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of any act or omission
performed or omitted by such Covered Person in good faith on behalf of Grove and
in a manner reasonably believed to be within the scope of authority conferred on
such Covered Person by the Operating Agreement, except that a Covered Person
shall be liable for any such loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of such
Covered Person's gross negligence or willful misconduct. A Covered Person shall
be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of Grove and upon
such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to Grove by any
person as to matters the Covered Person reasonably believes are within such
other person's professional or expert competence and who has been selected with
reasonable care by or on behalf of Grove, including information, opinions,
reports or statements as to the value and amount of the assets, liabilities,
profits, losses, or any other facts pertinent to the existence and amount of
assets from which distributions to s might properly be paid.
Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL") grants a
Delaware corporation the power to indemnify any director, officer, employee or
agent against reasonable expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by him in
connection with any proceeding brought by or on behalf of the corporation and
against judgments, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses (including
attorneys' fees) incurred by him in connection with any other proceeding, if (a)
he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not
opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and (b) in the case of any
criminal proceeding, he had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was
unlawful. Except as ordered by a court, however, no indemnification is to be
made in connection with any proceeding brought by or in the right of the
corporation where the person involved is adjudged to be liable to the
corporation.
Section 8 of the Grove Capital, Inc. ("Grove Capital") certificate of
incorporation and Article 8 of Grove Capital's by-laws provide that Grove
Capital shall to the extent not prohibited by law, indemnify any person who is
or was made, or threatened to be made, a party to any threatened, pending or
completed action, suit or proceeding (a "Proceeding"), whether civil, criminal,
administrative or investigative, including, without limitation, an action by or
in the right of Grove Capital to procure a judgment in its favor, by reason of
the fact that such person, or a person of whom such person is the legal
representative, is or was a director or officer of Grove Capital, or, at the
request of Grove Capital, is or was serving as a director or officer of any
other corporation or in a capacity with comparable authority or responsibilities
for any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other
enterprise (an "Other Entity"), against judgments, fines, penalties, excise
taxes, amounts paid in settlement and costs, charges and expenses (including
attorneys' fees, disbursements and other charges). Persons who are not directors
or
II-1
<PAGE>
officers of Grove Capital (or otherwise entitled to indemnification pursuant to
the preceding sentence) may be similarly indemnified in respect of service to
Grove Capital or to an Other Entity at the request of Grove Capital to the
extent the board of directors of Grove Capital at any time specifies that such
persons are entitled to the benefits of this Article 8.
Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL permits the elimination or limitation of
directors' personal liability to the corporation or its stockholders for
monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duties as a director except for (i) any
breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders,
(ii) acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct
or a knowing violation of the law, (iii) breaches under Section 174 of the DGCL,
which relate to unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchase or
redemptions, and (iv) any transaction from which the director derived an
improper personal benefit.
Section 7 of Grove Capital's certificate of incorporation limits the
personal liability of directors of the company to the fullest extent permitted
by paragraph (7) of subsection (b) of Section 102 of the DGCL.
Each of Grove U.S. LLC and Grove Finance LLC, Crane Acquisition Corp., Crane
Holding Inc. and National Crane Corporation (collectively, the "Subsidiary
Guarantors") is a direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Grove.
Grove U.S. LLC and Grove Finance LLC are Delaware limited liability
companies. Section 18-108 of the Act grants a Delaware limited liability company
the power, subject to such standards and restrictions, if any, as are set forth
in its limited liability company agreement, to indemnify and hold harmless any
member or manager or other person from and against any and all claims and
demands whatsoever.
Section 6.1 of each of the Grove U.S. LLC and Grove Finance LLC Amended and
Restated Limited Liability Company Agreements provides that a member shall not
be personally liable for any debt, obligation or other liability of such
company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, except that a member
shall remain personally liable for the payment of any capital contributions
required by Article III regarding distributions to the members, and as otherwise
provided in the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreements, the
Act and any other applicable law. Section 6.2 of each of the Amended and
Restated Limited Liability Company Agreements provides that any affiliate of a
member, and any officer, director, shareholder, partner, member, employee or
agent of a member or any affiliate thereof, and any officer, employee or
expressly authorized agent of such company or its affiliates is a "Covered
Person." No Covered Person shall be liable to such company or any other Covered
Person for any loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of any act or omission
performed or omitted by such Covered Person in good faith on behalf of such
company and in a manner reasonably believed to be within the scope of authority
conferred on such Covered Person by the Amended and Restated Limited Liability
Company Agreements , except that a Covered Person shall be liable for any such
loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of such Covered Person's gross
negligence or willful misconduct. A Covered Person shall be fully protected in
relying in good faith upon the records of such company and upon such
information, opinions, reports or statements presented to such company by any
person as to matters the Covered Person reasonably believes are within such
other person's professional or expert competence and who has been selected with
reasonable care by or on behalf of such company, including information,
opinions, reports or statements as to the value and amount of the assets,
liabilities, profits, losses, or any other facts pertinent to the existence and
amount of assets from which distributions to s might properly be paid.
Section 8 of the Crane Acquisition Corp. certificate of incorporation and
Article 8 of the Crane Acquisition Corp. by-laws provide that Crane Acquisition
Corp. shall to the extent not prohibited by law, indemnify any person who is or
was made, or threatened to be made, a party to any threatened, pending or
completed action, suit or proceeding (a "Proceeding"), whether civil, criminal,
administrative or investigative, including, without limitation, an action by or
in the right of Crane Acquisition Corp. to procure a judgment in its favor, by
reason of the fact that such person, or a person of whom such person is the
legal representative, is or was a director or officer of Crane Acquisition
Corp., or, at the request of Crane
II-2
<PAGE>
Acquisition Corp., is or was serving as a director or officer of any other
corporation or in a capacity with comparable authority or responsibilities for
any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise
(an "Other Entity"), against judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts
paid in settlement and costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys' fees,
disbursements and other charges). Persons who are not directors or officers of
Crane Acquisition Corp. (or otherwise entitled to indemnification pursuant to
the preceding sentence) may be similarly indemnified in respect of service to
Crane Acquisition Corp. or to an Other Entity at the request of Crane
Acquisition Corp. to the extent the board of directors of Crane Acquisition
Corp. at any time specifies that such persons are entitled to the benefits of
each of their individual indemnification provisions.
Article 9 of each of the Crane Holding Inc. and National Crane Corporation
amended and restated by-laws provide that Crane Holding Inc. and National Crane
Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to
be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or
proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than
an action by or in the right of such Company) by reason of the fact that such
person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such Company, or is
or was serving at the request of such Company as a director, officer, employee
or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other
enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys' and other professionals'
fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably
incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if
such person acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in or
not opposed to the best interests of such Company, and, with respect to any
criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the conduct
was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment,
order settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of NOLO CONTENDERE or its
equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not
act in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to
the best interests of such Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or
proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that the conduct was unlawful.
Section 18-108 of the Act grants a Delaware limited liability company the
power, subject to such standards and restrictions, if any, as are set forth in
its limited liability company agreement to indemnify and hold harmless any
member or manager or other person from and against any and all claims and
demands whatsoever. Section 145 of the DGCL grants a Delaware corporation the
power to indemnify any director, officer, employee or agent against reasonable
expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by him in connection with any
proceeding brought by or on behalf of such company and against judgments, fines,
settlements and reasonable expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by him
in connection with any other proceeding, if (a) he acted in good faith and in a
manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of
such company, and (b) in the case of any criminal proceeding, he had no
reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. Except as ordered by a
court, however, no indemnification is to be made in connection with any
proceeding brought by or in the right of such company where the person involved
is adjudged to be liable to such company.
The Directors' and Officers' Liability and Reimbursement Insurance Policy
covering Grove, Grove Capital and the Subsidiary Guarantors is designed to
reimburse Grove, Grove Capital and the Subsidiary Guarantors for any payments
made by them pursuant to the foregoing indemnification. Such policy has
aggregate coverage of $10.0 million.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling Grove, Grove
Capital and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors pursuant to the foregoing
provisions, Grove, Grove Capital and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors has been
informed that in the opinion of the Commission such indemnification is against
public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
Pursuant to Section 8 of the Registration Rights Agreement, the holders of
the Notes have agreed to indemnify Grove, Grove Capital and each of the
Subsidiary Guarantors and their directors and controlling
II-3
<PAGE>
persons against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses that may
arise out of an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of or omission to
state a material fact, contained in the registration statement or prospectus,
but only with reference to information relating to such holder furnished in
writing to Grove and Grove Capital.
The Purchase Agreement dated as of April 29, 1998, by and among Grove, Grove
Capital, the Subsidiary Guarantors and Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities
Corporation ("DLJ"), Chase Securities Inc. ("Chase Securities") and BancBoston
Securities Inc. ("BancBoston Securities" and, together with DLJ and Chase
Securities, the "Initial Purchasers"), contains provisions by which the Initial
Purchasers agree to indemnify Grove, Grove Capital and the Subsidiary Guarantors
and their respective directors, officers and controlling persons against any
losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses that may arise out of an untrue
statement or alleged untrue statement of or omission to state a material fact,
contained in the registration statement or prospectus, but only with reference
to information relating to such holder furnished in writing to Grove and Grove
Capital.
Section 12.07 of the Indenture dated as of April 29, 1998, by and among
Grove, Grove Capital, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the United States Trust
Company of New York provides that the holders of the Notes have agreed to waive
all liability for any obligations incurred by Grove or Grove Cpaital under the
Notes, the Indenture or the Subsidiary Guarantees or for any claim based on, in
repsect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation, against any
incorporator, member, director, officer, employee or stockholder, as such, of
Grove or Grove Capital, and have agreed to the release of such persons from any
such liability.
ITEM 21. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(A) EXHIBITS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO. DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
- ----------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C> <S>
1.1 Purchase Agreement dated as of April 29, 1998, by and among Grove, Grove Capital, the Subsidiary
Guarantors and Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation, Chase Securities Inc. and
BancBoston Securities Inc.
3.1 Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Grove.
3.2 Articles of Incorporation of Grove Capital.
3.3 By-laws of Grove Capital.
3.4 Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Grove U.S. LLC.
3.5 Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Grove Finance LLC.
3.6 Articles of Incorporation of Crane Acquisition Corp.
3.7 By-laws of Crane Acquisition Corp.
3.8 Articles of Incorporation of Crane Holding Inc.
3.9 By-laws of Crane Holding Inc.
3.10 Articles of Incorporation of National Crane Corporation.
3.11 By-laws of National Crane Corporation.
4.1 Indenture dated as of April 29, 1998, by and among Grove, Grove Capital, the Subsidiary Guarantors and
the United States Trust Company of New York (the "Indenture").
4.2 Form of 9 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 (see Exhibit A of the Indenture).
4.3* Form of new 9 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008.
4.4 Registration Rights Agreement dated as of April 29, 1998, by and among Grove, Grove Capital, the
Subsidiary Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers.
</TABLE>
II-4
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO. DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
- ----------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C> <S>
4.5 Credit Agreement dated April 29, 1998, by and among Grove, Grove Capital and Chase Bank of Texas,
National Association, as administrative agent, Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation, as
documentation agent, and BankBoston, N.A., as syndication agent.
5.1* Opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison as to validity of the Notes.
8.1 Opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison as to certain federal income tax matters.
10.1 Stock and Asset Purchase Agreement, dated March 10, 1998 (the "Acquisition Agreement"), by and among
Grove and Hanson Funding (G) Limited, Deutsche Grove Corporation, Hanson America Holdings (4) Ltd.,
Grove France SA, Kidde Industries, Inc. and Hanson Finance PLC (collectively, the "Sellers").
10.2 Amendment to the Acquisition Agreement, dated April 29, 1998, by and among the Grove and the Sellers.
10.3 George Group Consulting Agreement dated as of April 29, 1998 by and between Grove and George Group Inc.
10.4 Employment Agreement dated as of March 5, 1998 by and between Grove and Salvatore J. Bonanno.
10.5 Change of Control Agreement dated July 24, 1997 by and between Grove and James A. Kolinski.
10.6 Change of Control Agreement dated July 24, 1997 by and between Grove and Joseph A. Shull.
10.7 Change of Control Agreement dated July 24, 1997 by and between Grove and Robert J. Sliwa.
10.8 Change of Control Agreement dated July 24, 1997 by and between Grove and Keith R. Simmons.
10.9 Change of Control Agreement dated July 24, 1997 by and between Grove and Theodore J. Urbanek.
10.10 Change of Control Agreement dated July 24, 1997 by and between Grove and G. Fred Heidinger.
10.11 Grove Investors LLC Management Option Plan.
10.12 Grove Worldwide LLC Short-Term Incentive Plan.
10.13 Guarantee and Collateral Agreement by Grove Holdings LLC, Grove, Grove Capital, Inc. and certain of their
subsidiaries in favor of Chase Bank of Texas, National Association, as administrative agent.
10.14 Software License and Support Agreement, dated June 29, 1996, between Baan U.S.A. Inc. and Grove North
America, Division of Kidde Industries, Inc., and amended by Addendum No. One, dated June 29, 1996.
10.15 Professional Services Agreement, dated June 26, 1996, between Baan U.S.A. Inc. and Grove North America,
Division of Kidde Industries, Inc., and amended by Addendum No. One, dated June 29, 1996.
10.16 Consent Letter, dated April 27, 1998 from Grove to Baan U.S.A. Inc.
12.1 Statement of Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
21.1 Subsidiaries of the Company.
23.1 Consent of Price Waterhouse LLP.
23.2 Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
23.3 Consent of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison (included in the opinions filed as Exhibits 5.1 and
8.1 of this Registration Statement).
24.1 Powers of Attorney (contained on signature pages).
</TABLE>
II-5
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO. DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
- ----------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C> <S>
25.1* Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility of the United States Trust Company of New York to act as trustee under
the Indenture.
27.1 Financial Data Schedule.
99.1* Form of Letter of Transmittal.
99.2* Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
99.3* Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number of Substitute Form W-9
99.4* Form of Securities Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies and Other Nominees Letter
99.5* Form of Client Letter
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
* To be filed by amendment.
(B) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS SCHEDULE
S-1 VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
ITEM 22. UNDERTAKINGS.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrants
have been advised that in the opinion of the Commission such indemnification is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore,
unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such
liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or
paid by a director, officers or controlling person of the registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the registrants will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the
matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of
appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by
the final adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned registrants hereby undertake:
(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made,
a post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement;
(i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the
Securities Act;
(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after
the effective date of the Registration Statement (or the most recent
post-effective amendment thereof which, individually or in the aggregate,
represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the
Registration Statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or
decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of
securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any
deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering
range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the
Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in
volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the maximum
aggregate offering price set forth in the "Calculation of Registration
Fee" table in the effective Registration Statement;
(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of
distribution not previously disclosed in the Registration Statement or
any material change to such information in the Registration Statement;
(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a
new registration statement relating to the securities
II-6
<PAGE>
offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be
deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof;
(3) To remove from registration by means of post-effective amendment any
of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of
the offering;
(4) That prior to any public reoffering of the securities registered
hereunder through use of a prospectus which is a part of this Registration
Statement, by any person or party who is deemed to be an underwriter within
the meaning of Rule 145(c), the Issuers undertake that such reoffering
prospectus will contain the information called for by the applicable
registration form with respect to reofferings by persons who may be deemed
underwriters, in addition to the information called for by the other Items
of the applicable form;
(5) That every prospectus (i) that is filed pursuant to paragraph (4)
immediately proceeding, or (ii) that purports to meet the requirements of
Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933 and is used in connection
with a offering of securities subject to Rule 415, will be filed as part of
an amendment to the registration statement and will not be used until such
amendment is effective, and that, for purpose of determining any liability
under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall
be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities
offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be
deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof;
(6) To respond to requests for information that is incorporated by
reference into the prospectus pursuant to Item 4, 10(b), 11 or 13 of Form
S-4, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the
incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means.
This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the
effective date of this Registration Statement through the date of responding
to the request; and
(7) To supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information
concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein,
that was not the subject of and included in the Registration Statement when
it became effective.
II-7
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, THE REGISTRANT HAS DULY
CAUSED THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT TO BE SIGNED ON ITS BEHALF BY THE
UNDERSIGNED, THEREUNTO DULY AUTHORIZED, IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK, STATE OF NEW
YORK, ON JUNE , 1998.
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
GROVE WORLDWIDE LLC
By /s/ SALVATORE J. BONANNO
-----------------------------------------
Salvatore J. Bonanno
CHAIRMAN AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
</TABLE>
POWER OF ATTORNEY
Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Salvatore
J. Bonanno and Keith R. Simmons, or any one of them, with full power to act
without the other, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full
power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and
stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments to this
Registration Statement and to file the same with all exhibits thereto and other
documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission,
granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power
and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and
necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and
purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all
that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or either of them, or their or his
substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue
thereof.
PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT HAS BEEN SIGNED BELOW BY THE FOLLOWING PERSONS ON BEHALF OF THE
REGISTRANT AND IN THE CAPACITIES INDICATED, ON JUNE , 1998.
SIGNATURES TITLE
- ------------------------------ ---------------------------
Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer and
/s/ SALVATORE J. BONANNO Member (Principal
- ------------------------------ Executive Officer,
Salvatore J. Bonanno Principal Financial
Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer)
/s/ J TAYLOR CRANDALL
- ------------------------------ Member
J Taylor Crandall
/s/ MICHAEL L. GEORGE
- ------------------------------ Member
Michael L. George
/s/ GERARD GRINSTEIN
- ------------------------------ Member
Gerard Grinstein
II-8
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES TITLE
- ------------------------------ ---------------------------
/s/ STEVEN B. GRUBER
- ------------------------------ Member
Steven B. Gruber
/s/ ROBERT B. HENSKE
- ------------------------------ Member
Robert B. Henske
/s/ GERARD E. HOLTHAUS
- ------------------------------ Member
Gerard E. Holthaus
/s/ ANTHONY P. SCOTTO
- ------------------------------ Member
Anthony P. Scotto
II-9
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, GROVE CAPITAL, INC. HAS
DULY CAUSED THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT TO BE SIGNED ON ITS BEHALF BY THE
UNDERSIGNED, THEREUNTO DULY AUTHORIZED, IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK, STATE OF NEW
YORK, ON JUNE , 1998.
GROVE CAPITAL, INC.
By /s/ SALVATORE J. BONANNO
-----------------------------------------
Salvatore J. Bonanno
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
POWER OF ATTORNEY
Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Salvatore
J. Bonanno with full power to act without the other, his true and lawful
attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution,
for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any
or all amendments to this Registration Statement and to file the same with all
exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and
agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and
every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the
premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in
person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and
agents, or either of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may
lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.
PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT HAS BEEN SIGNED BELOW BY THE FOLLOWING PERSONS ON BEHALF OF THE
REGISTRANT AND IN THE CAPACITIES INDICATED, ON JUNE , 1998.
SIGNATURES TITLE
- ------------------------------ ---------------------------
President and Chief
Executive Officer and
/s/ SALVATORE J. BONANNO Director (Principal
- ------------------------------ Executive Officer,
Salvatore J. Bonanno Principal Financial
Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer)
/s/ ROBERT B. HENSKE
- ------------------------------ Director
Robert B. Henske
/s/ ANTHONY P. SCOTTO
- ------------------------------ Director
Anthony P. Scotto
II-10
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, GROVE U.S. LLC HAS DULY
CAUSED THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT TO BE SIGNED ON ITS BEHALF BY THE
UNDERSIGNED, THEREUNTO DULY AUTHORIZED, IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK, STATE OF NEW
YORK, ON JUNE , 1998.
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
GROVE U.S. LLC
By /s/ SALVATORE J. BONANNO
-----------------------------------------
Salvatore J. Bonanno
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
</TABLE>
PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT HAS BEEN SIGNED BELOW BY THE FOLLOWING PERSONS ON BEHALF OF THE
REGISTRANT AND IN THE CAPACITIES INDICATED, ON JUNE , 1998.
SIGNATURES TITLE
- ------------------------------ ---------------------------
President and Chief
Executive Officer
/s/ SALVATORE J. BONANNO (Principal Executive
- ------------------------------ Officer, Principal
Salvatore J. Bonanno Financial Officer and
Principal Accounting
Officer)
/s/ SALVATORE J. BONANNO
- ------------------------------ Grove Worldwide LLC, Member
Salvatore J. Bonanno
II-11
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, GROVE FINANCE LLC HAS
DULY CAUSED THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT TO BE SIGNED ON ITS BEHALF BY THE
UNDERSIGNED, THEREUNTO DULY AUTHORIZED, IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK, STATE OF NEW
YORK, ON JUNE , 1998.
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
GROVE FINANCE LLC
BY /S/ SALVATORE J. BONANNO
-----------------------------------------
Salvatore J. Bonanno
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND MEMBER
</TABLE>
PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT HAS BEEN SIGNED BELOW BY THE FOLLOWING PERSONS ON BEHALF OF THE
REGISTRANT AND IN THE CAPACITIES INDICATED, ON JUNE , 1998.
SIGNATURES TITLE
- ------------------------------ ---------------------------
President and Chief
Executive Officer
/s/ SALVATORE J. BONANNO (Principal Executive
- ------------------------------ Officer, Principal
Salvatore J. Bonanno Financial Officer and
Principal Accounting
Officer)
/s/ SALVATORE J. BONANNO
- ------------------------------ Grove Worldwide LLC, Member
Salvatore J. Bonanno
II-12
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, CRANE ACQUISITION CORP.
HAS DULY CAUSED THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT TO BE SIGNED ON ITS BEHALF BY THE
UNDERSIGNED, THEREUNTO DULY AUTHORIZED, IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK, STATE OF NEW
YORK, ON JUNE , 1998.
CRANE ACQUISITION CORP.
By /s/ SALVATORE J. BONANNO
-----------------------------------------
Salvatore J. Bonanno
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT HAS BEEN SIGNED BELOW BY THE FOLLOWING PERSONS ON BEHALF OF THE
REGISTRANT AND IN THE CAPACITIES INDICATED, ON JUNE , 1998.
SIGNATURES TITLE
- ------------------------------ ---------------------------
President and Chief
Executive Officer
/s/ SALVATORE J. BONANNO (Principal Executive
- ------------------------------ Officer, Principal
Salvatore J. Bonanno Financial Officer and
Principal Accounting
Officer)
/s/ SALVATORE J. BONANNO
- ------------------------------ Director
Salvatore J. Bonanno
II-13
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, CRANE HOLDING INC. HAS
DULY CAUSED THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT TO BE SIGNED ON ITS BEHALF BY THE
UNDERSIGNED, THEREUNTO DULY AUTHORIZED, IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK, STATE OF NEW
YORK, ON JUNE , 1998.
CRANE HOLDING INC.
By /s/ SALVATORE J. BONANNO
-----------------------------------------
Salvatore J. Bonanno
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT HAS BEEN SIGNED BELOW BY THE FOLLOWING PERSONS ON BEHALF OF THE
REGISTRANT AND IN THE CAPACITIES INDICATED, ON JUNE , 1998.
SIGNATURES TITLE
- ------------------------------ ---------------------------
President and Chief
Executive Officer
/s/ SALVATORE J. BONANNO (Principal Executive
- ------------------------------ Officer, Principal
Salvatore J. Bonanno Financial Officer and
Principal Accounting
Officer)
/s/ SALVATORE J. BONANNO
- ------------------------------ Director
Salvatore J. Bonanno
II-14
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, NATIONAL CRANE
CORPORATION HAS DULY CAUSED THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT TO BE SIGNED ON ITS
BEHALF BY THE UNDERSIGNED, THEREUNTO DULY AUTHORIZED, IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK,
STATE OF NEW YORK, ON JUNE , 1998.
NATIONAL CRANE CORPORATION
By /s/ SALVATORE J. BONANNO
-----------------------------------------
Salvatore J. Bonanno
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT HAS BEEN SIGNED BELOW BY THE FOLLOWING PERSONS ON BEHALF OF THE
REGISTRANT AND IN THE CAPACITIES INDICATED, ON JUNE , 1998.
SIGNATURES TITLE
- ------------------------------ ---------------------------
President and Chief
Executive Officer
/s/ SALVATORE J. BONANNO (Principal Executive
- ------------------------------ Officer, Principal
Salvatore J. Bonanno Financial Officer and
Principal Accounting
Officer)
/s/ THEODORE J. URBANEK
- ------------------------------ Director
Theodore J. Urbanek
/s/ SALVATORE J. BONANNO
- ------------------------------ Director
Salvatore J. Bonanno
II-15
<PAGE>
GROVE WORLDWIDE LLC
SCHEDULE OF
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ADDITIONS
------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
BALANCE AT
BEGINNING CHARGED TO CHARGED TO
OF COSTS AND OTHER DEDUCTIONS- BALANCE AT
YEAR EXPENSES ACCOUNTS(A) DESCRIBE(B) END OF YEAR
----------- --------------- ------------- --------------- -----------
ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS:
Year ended September 30, 1995.................. $ 2,590 86 5 790 $ 1,891
----------- --- --- --- -----------
----------- --- --- --- -----------
Year ended September 28, 1996.................. $ 1,891 688 (14) 12 $ 2,553
----------- --- --- --- -----------
----------- --- --- --- -----------
Year ended September 27, 1997.................. $ 2,553 538 (114) 260 $ 2,717
----------- --- --- --- -----------
----------- --- --- --- -----------
</TABLE>
- ------------------------------
(a) Impact of exchange rates
(b) Write-offs
S-1
<PAGE>
Exhibit 1.1
EXECUTION COPY
================================================================================
GROVE WORLDWIDE LLC
GROVE CAPITAL, INC.
AND THE
SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS LISTED HEREIN
$225,000,000 of
9 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008
Purchase Agreement
April 22, 1998
DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE
SECURITIES CORPORATION
CHASE SECURITIES INC.
BANCBOSTON SECURITIES INC.
================================================================================
<PAGE>
GROVE WORLDWIDE LLC
GROVE CAPITAL, INC.
$225,000,000
9 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008
PURCHASE AGREEMENT
April 22, 1998
DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE
SECURITIES CORPORATION
CHASE SECURITIES INC.
BANCBOSTON SECURITIES INC.
c/o Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette
Securities Corporation
277 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10172
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Grove Worldwide LLC., a Delaware limited liability company (the
"Company") and Grove Capital, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Grove Capital" and,
together with the Company, the "Issuers"), propose to issue and sell to
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation ("DLJ"), Chase Securities
Inc. ("Chase Securities") and BancBoston Securities Inc. ("BancBoston" and,
together with DLJ and Chase Securities, the "Initial Purchasers") an aggregate
of $225,000,000 in principal amount of their 9 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes
due 2008 (the "Senior Subordinated Notes"), subject to the terms and conditions
set forth herein. The Senior Subordinated Notes are to be issued pursuant to the
provisions of an indenture (the "Indenture"), to be dated as of the Closing Date
(as defined below), among the Issuers, the Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined
below) and United States Trust Company of New York, as trustee (the "Trustee").
The Senior Subordinated Notes and the New Senior Subordinated Notes (as defined
below) issuable in exchange therefor are collectively referred to herein as the
"Notes". The Notes will be guaranteed (the "Subsidiary Guarantees") by each of
the entities listed on Schedule A hereto (each, a "Subsidiary Guarantor" and
collectively the "Subsidiary Guarantors"). Capitalized terms used but not
defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Indenture.
2
<PAGE>
Pursuant to the terms of an acquisition agreement (the "Acquisition
Agreement"), the Company will purchase substantially all of the assets of Kidde
Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation and the capital stock of each of Grove
Europe Ltd., a limited company organized under the laws of England and Wales,
Crane Holding, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Deutsche Grove GmbH, a German
limited liability company, Grove France S.A., a societe anonyme organized under
the laws of France, Delta Manlift S.A.S., a societe par action simplifiee
organized under the laws of France and Grove Manlift Pty. Ltd., a limited
liability company incorporated under the laws of New South Wales, Australia,
from Hanson Funding (G) PLC ("Hanson") and certain of its subsidiaries.
The Issuers intend to use the gross proceeds from the sale to the
Initial Purchasers of the Senior Subordinated Notes, together with initial
borrowings under a new credit facility (together with all security and other
ancillary agreements thereto, the "New Credit Facility") and an equity
contribution from the Company's direct parent, to (i) acquire, through certain
of the Company's subsidiaries, the hydraulic and truck-mounted crane and aerial
work platform business of Hanson and certain of its subsidiaries (the
"Acquisition"), and (ii) pay related fees and expenses.
1. Offering Memorandum. The Senior Subordinated Notes will be
offered and sold to the Initial Purchasers pursuant to one or more exemptions
from the registration requirements under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(the "Securities Act"). The Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors have prepared
a preliminary offering memorandum, dated April 9, 1998 (the "Preliminary
Offering Memorandum"), and a final offering memorandum, dated April 23, 1998
(the "Offering Memorandum"), relating to the Senior Subordinated Notes and the
Subsidiary Guarantees.
Upon original issuance thereof, and until such time as the same is
no longer required pursuant to the Indenture, the Senior Subordinated Notes (and
all securities issued in exchange therefor, in substitution thereof or upon
conversion thereof) shall bear the following legend:
"THE SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY
ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE UNITED
STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), AND THE
SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN
THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH
PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER
MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE
SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A OR REGULATION S
3
<PAGE>
THEREUNDER. THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT
OF THE ISSUERS THAT (A) SUCH SECURITY MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED, ONLY (1)(a) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER
REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE
144A, (b) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144 UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT, (c) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A FOREIGN PERSON IN A
TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (d)
TO AN INSTITUTIONAL "ACCREDITED INVESTOR" AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3)
OR (7) OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AN "INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR") THAT,
PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN
REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS (THE FORM OF WHICH CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE
TRUSTEE) AND, IF SUCH TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF
SECURITIES LESS THAN $250,000, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN
COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT OR (e) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION
FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN
OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE ISSUERS SO REQUEST), (2) TO THE ISSUERS OR (3)
PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE
WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY
OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT
HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER FROM IT OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED
HEREBY OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN (A) ABOVE."
2. Agreements to Sell and Purchase. On the basis of the
representations, warranties and covenants contained in this Agreement, and
subject to the terms and conditions contained herein, the Issuers agree to issue
and sell to the Initial Purchasers, and the Initial Purchasers agree, severally
and not jointly, to purchase from the Issuers, the principal amounts of Senior
Subordinated Notes set forth opposite the name of such Initial Purchaser on
Schedule B hereto at a purchase price equal to 100.000% of the principal amount
thereof (the "Purchase Price").
3. Terms of Offering. The Initial Purchasers have advised the
Issuers that the Initial Purchasers will make offers (the "Exempt Resales") of
the Senior Subordinated Notes purchased hereunder on the terms set forth in the
Offering Memorandum, as amended or supplemented, solely to (i) persons whom the
Initial Purchasers reasonably believe to be
4
<PAGE>
"qualified institutional buyers" as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities
Act ("QIBs") and (ii) to persons permitted to purchase the Senior Subordinated
Notes in offshore transactions in reliance upon Regulation S under the
Securities Act (each, a "Regulation S Purchaser") (such persons specified in
clauses (i) and (ii) being referred to herein as the "Eligible Purchasers"). The
Initial Purchasers will offer the Senior Subordinated Notes to Eligible
Purchasers in accordance with the terms set forth in the Offering Memorandum
initially at a price equal to 100.000% of the principal amount thereof. Such
price may be changed at any time without notice.
Holders (including subsequent transferees) of the Senior
Subordinated Notes will have the registration rights set forth in the
registration rights agreement (the "Registration Rights Agreement"), to be
executed on and dated the Closing Date, in substantially the form of Exhibit A
hereto, for so long as such Senior Subordinated Notes constitute "Transfer
Restricted Securities" (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement).
Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuers and the Subsidiary
Guarantors will agree to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") under the circumstances set forth therein, (i) a registration
statement under the Securities Act (the "Exchange Offer Registration Statement")
relating to the Issuers' 9 1/4% new Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 (the "New
Senior Subordinated Notes"), identical in all material respects to the Senior
Subordinated Notes (except that the New Senior Subordinated Notes shall have
been registered pursuant to such Exchange Offer Registration Statement), to be
offered in exchange for the Senior Subordinated Notes (such offer to exchange
being referred to as the "Exchange Offer") and the Subsidiary Guarantees thereof
and (ii) a shelf registration statement pursuant to Rule 415 under the
Securities Act (the "Shelf Registration Statement" and, together with the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the "Registration Statements") relating
to the resale by certain holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes, and to use
their best efforts to cause such Registration Statements to be declared and
remain effective and usable for the periods specified in the Registration Rights
Agreement and to consummate the Exchange Offer. This Agreement, the Indenture,
the Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees and the Registration Rights Agreement are
hereinafter sometimes referred to collectively as the "Operative Documents."
4. Delivery and Payment.
(a) Delivery of, and payment of the Purchase Price for, the
Senior Subordinated Notes shall be made at the offices of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind,
Wharton & Garrison, 1285 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10019, or
such other location as may be mutually acceptable. Such delivery and payment
shall be made at 9:00 a.m. New York City time, on April 29, 1998 or at such
other time as shall be agreed upon in writing by the Initial Purchasers and the
Issuers. The time and date of such delivery and payment are herein called the
"Closing Date."
5
<PAGE>
(b) One or more of the Senior Subordinated Notes in definitive
global form, registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee of the Depository
Trust Company ("DTC"), having an aggregate principal amount corresponding to the
aggregate principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes (collectively, the
"Global Note"), shall be delivered by the Issuers to the Initial Purchasers (or
as the Initial Purchasers direct) in each case with any transfer taxes thereon
duly paid by the Issuers against payment by the Initial Purchasers of the
Purchase Price thereof by wire transfer in federal (same day) funds to an
account or accounts designated by the Issuers or such other manner of payment as
may be designated by the Issuers and agreed to by the Initial Purchasers. The
Global Note shall be made available to the Initial Purchasers for inspection not
later than 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on the business day immediately
preceding the Closing Date.
5. Agreements of the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors. As of
the date hereof, each of the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors, hereby
agrees with the Initial Purchasers as follows:
(a) To advise the Initial Purchasers promptly (and, if
requested by the Initial Purchasers, confirm such advice in writing) of (i) the
issuance by any state securities commission of any order suspending the
qualification or exemption from qualification of any Senior Subordinated Notes
for offering or sale in any jurisdiction designated by the Initial Purchasers
pursuant to Section 5(e) hereof, or the initiation of any proceeding by any
state securities commission or any other federal or state regulatory authority
for such purpose and (ii) the happening of any event during the period referred
to in Section 5(c) below that makes any statement of a material fact made in the
Preliminary Offering Memorandum or the Offering Memorandum untrue or that
requires any additions to or changes in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum or
the Offering Memorandum in order to make the statements therein not misleading.
The Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall use their best efforts to
prevent the issuance of any stop order or order suspending the qualification or
exemption of any Senior Subordinated Notes under any state securities or Blue
Sky laws and, if at any time any state securities commission or other federal or
state regulatory authority shall issue an order suspending the qualification or
exemption of any Senior Subordinated Notes under any state securities or Blue
Sky laws, the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall use their respective
best efforts to obtain the withdrawal or lifting of such order at the earliest
possible time.
(b) To furnish the Initial Purchasers and those persons
identified by the Initial Purchasers to the Issuers as many copies of the
Preliminary Offering Memorandum and Offering Memorandum, and any amendments or
supplements thereto, as the Initial Purchasers may reasonably request for the
time period specified in Section 5(c). Subject to the Initial Purchasers'
compliance with its representations and warranties and agreements set forth in
Section 7 hereof, the Issuers consent to the use of the Preliminary Offering
Memorandum and the
6
<PAGE>
Offering Memorandum, and any amendments and supplements thereto required
pursuant hereto, by the Initial Purchasers in connection with Exempt Resales.
(c) During such period as in the opinion of counsel for the
Initial Purchasers an Offering Memorandum is required by law to be delivered in
connection with Exempt Resales by the Initial Purchasers, not to make any
amendment or supplement to the Offering Memorandum of which the Initial
Purchasers shall not previously have been advised or to which the Initial
Purchasers shall reasonably object after being so advised and to prepare
promptly upon the Initial Purchasers' reasonable request, any amendment or
supplement to the Offering Memorandum which may be necessary or advisable in
connection with Exempt Resales or market-making activities.
(d) If, during the period referred to in Section 5(c) above,
any event shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which, in the
opinion of counsel to the Initial Purchasers, it becomes necessary to amend or
supplement the Offering Memorandum in order to make the statements therein, in
the light of the circumstances existing when such Offering Memorandum is
delivered to an Eligible Purchaser, not misleading, or if, in the opinion of
counsel to the Initial Purchasers, it is necessary to amend or supplement the
Offering Memorandum to comply with any applicable law, to prepare promptly upon
the Initial Purchasers' reasonable request an appropriate amendment or
supplement to such Offering Memorandum so that the statements therein, as so
amended or supplemented, will not, in the light of the circumstances existing
when it is so delivered, be misleading, or so that such Offering Memorandum will
comply with applicable law, and to furnish to the Initial Purchasers and such
other persons as the Initial Purchasers may designate such number of copies
thereof as the Initial Purchasers may reasonably request.
(e) Prior to the sale of all Senior Subordinated Notes
pursuant to Exempt Resales as contemplated hereby, to cooperate with the Initial
Purchasers and counsel to the Initial Purchasers in connection with the
registration or qualification of the Senior Subordinated Notes for offer and
sale to the Initial Purchasers and pursuant to Exempt Resales under the
securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Initial Purchasers may
reasonably request and to continue such registration or qualification in effect
so long as required for Exempt Resales and to file such consents to service of
process or other documents as may be necessary in order to effect such
registration or qualification; provided, however, that neither the Issuers nor
any Subsidiary Guarantor shall be required in connection therewith to register
or qualify as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction in which it is not now
so qualified or to take any action that would subject it to general consent to
service of process or taxation other than as to matters and transactions
relating to the Preliminary Offering Memorandum, the Offering Memorandum or
Exempt Resales, in any jurisdiction in which it is not now so subject.
7
<PAGE>
(f) So long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will
furnish to holders of the Notes (i) all quarterly and annual financial
information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the
Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company was required to file such
Forms, including a "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations" that describes the financial condition and results of
operations of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries and, with respect to
the annual information only, a report thereon by the Company's certified
independent accountants and (ii) all current reports that would be required to
be filed with the Commission on Form 8-K if the Company was required to file
such reports, in each case within the time periods specified in the Commission's
rules and regulations. In addition, following the consummation of the exchange
offer contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement, whether or not required
by the rules and regulations of the Commission, the Company will file a copy of
all such information and reports with the Commission for public availability
within the time periods specified in the Commission's rules and regulations
(unless the Commission will not accept such a filing) and make such information
available to securities analysts and prospective investors upon request. In
addition, (i) at all times the Commission does not accept the filings provided
for in the preceding sentence, or (ii) such filings provided for in the
preceding sentence do not contain the information required to be delivered
pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act, then, in each case, the
Company has agreed that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, it will
furnish to holders of the Notes and to securities analysts and prospective
investors, upon their request, the information ("Rule 144A Information")
required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.
(g) So long as the Notes are outstanding, to furnish to the
Initial Purchasers promptly after furnishing to its public security holders or
filing with any national securities exchange copies of all reports or other
communications furnished by the Issuers or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors to
their public security holders or filed with the Commission or any national
securities exchange on which any class of securities of the Issuers or any of
the Subsidiary Guarantors is listed and such other publicly available
information concerning the Issuers and/or their subsidiaries as the Initial
Purchasers may reasonably request.
(h) Whether or not the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, to pay or cause to be
paid all reasonable expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of
the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors under this Agreement, including: (i)
the fees, disbursements and expenses of counsel to the Issuers and the
Subsidiary Guarantors and accountants of the Issuers and the Subsidiary
Guarantors in connection with the sale and delivery of the Senior Subordinated
Notes to the Initial Purchasers and pursuant to Exempt Resales, and all other
fees or expenses in connection with the preparation, printing, filing and
distribution of the Preliminary Offering Memorandum, the Offering Memorandum and
all amendments and supplements to any of the foregoing (including financial
statements) including the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the
8
<PAGE>
Initial Purchasers and persons designated by it in the quantities specified
herein, (ii) all costs and expenses related to the sale and delivery of the
Senior Subordinated Notes to the Initial Purchasers and pursuant to Exempt
Resales, including any transfer or other taxes payable thereon, (iii) all costs
of printing or producing this Agreement, the other Operative Documents and any
other agreements or documents in connection with the offering, purchase, sale or
delivery of the Senior Subordinated Notes, (iv) all expenses in connection with
the registration or qualification of the Senior Subordinated Notes and the
Subsidiary Guarantees for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws
of the several states and all costs of printing or producing any preliminary and
supplemental Blue Sky memoranda in connection therewith (including the filing
fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Initial
Purchasers in connection with such registration or qualification and memoranda
relating thereto), (v) the cost of printing certificates representing the Senior
Subordinated Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees, (vi) all expenses and listing
fees in connection with the application for quotation of the Senior Subordinated
Notes in the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD") Private
Offerings, Resales and Trading through Automated Linkages market ("PORTAL"),
(vii) the fees and expenses of the Trustee and the Trustee's counsel in
connection with the Indenture, the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees, (viii)
the costs and charges of any transfer agent, registrar and/or depository
(including DTC), (ix) any fees charged by rating agencies for the rating of the
Notes, (x) all costs and expenses of the Exchange Offer and any Registration
Statement, as set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, and (xi) and all
other costs and expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the
Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors hereunder for which provision is not
otherwise made in this Section (but specifically excluding any fees,
disbursements and expenses of counsel to the Initial Purchasers except as
specifically provided for herein).
(i) To use its best efforts to effect the inclusion of the
Senior Subordinated Notes in PORTAL and to maintain the listing of the Senior
Subordinated Notes on PORTAL for so long as the Senior Subordinated Notes are
outstanding.
(j) To obtain the approval of DTC for "book-entry" transfer of
the Notes, and to comply with all of its agreements set forth in the
representation letters of the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors to DTC
relating to the approval of the Notes by DTC for "book-entry" transfer.
(k) During the period beginning on the date hereof and
continuing to and including the Closing Date, not to offer, sell, contract to
sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any debt securities of the Issuers or
any Subsidiary Guarantor or any warrants, rights or options to purchase or
otherwise acquire debt securities of the Issuers or any Subsidiary Guarantor
substantially similar to the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees (other than (i)
the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees and (ii) commercial paper issued in the
ordinary course of business, it being understood that the Issuers and the
Subsidiary Guarantors will enter into the
9
<PAGE>
New Credit Facility on the Closing Date), without the prior written consent of
the Initial Purchasers.
(l) Not to sell, offer for sale or solicit offers to buy or
otherwise negotiate in respect of any security (as defined in the Securities
Act) that would be integrated with the sale of the Senior Subordinated Notes to
the Initial Purchasers or pursuant to Exempt Resales in a manner that would
require the registration of any such sale of the Senior Subordinated Notes under
the Securities Act.
(m) Not to voluntarily claim, and to actively resist any
attempts to claim, the benefit of any usury laws against the holders of any
Notes and the related Subsidiary Guarantees.
(n) To comply with all of its agreements set forth in the
Registration Rights Agreement.
(o) To use its best efforts to do and perform all things
required or necessary to be done and performed under this Agreement by it prior
to the Closing Date and to satisfy or obtain the waiver of all conditions
precedent to the delivery of the Senior Subordinated Notes and the Subsidiary
Guarantees.
(p) Not to use any form of general solicitation or general
advertising (within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act) in
connection with the offer and sale of the Senior Subordinated Notes pursuant
hereto, including, but not limited to, articles, notices or other communications
published in any newspaper, magazine or similar medium or broadcast over
television or radio, or any seminar or meeting whose attendees have been invited
by any general solicitation or general advertising.
6. Representations, Warranties and Agreements of the Issuers and the
Subsidiary Guarantors. As of the date hereof, the Issuers and each of the
Subsidiary Guarantors, represent and warrant to, and agree with, the Initial
Purchasers as set forth below.
(a) The Preliminary Offering Memorandum and the Offering
Memorandum do not, and any supplement or amendment to them will not, contain any
untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required
to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light
of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except that the
representations and warranties contained in this paragraph (a) shall not apply
to statements in or omissions from the Preliminary Offering Memorandum or the
Offering Memorandum (or any supplement or amendment thereto) based upon
information relating to the Initial Purchasers furnished to the Issuers in
writing by the Initial Purchasers expressly for use therein. The Issuers
acknowledge for all purposes under this Agreement that the statements set forth
in the last paragraph on the cover page, the legend on the bottom of the
10
<PAGE>
inside cover page and in the first sentence of the third paragraph, the first
sentence of the fourth paragraph, the fourth sentence of the sixth paragraph and
the seventh and eighth paragraphs under the caption "Plan of Distribution" in
the Offering Memorandum constitute the only written information furnished to the
Issuers by the Initial Purchasers expressly for use in the Offering Documents
(or any amendment or supplement thereto). No stop order preventing the use of
the Preliminary Offering Memorandum or the Offering Memorandum, or any amendment
or supplement thereto, or any order asserting that any of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement are subject to the registration requirements of
the Securities Act, has been issued.
(b) Each of the Issuers and each of their subsidiaries is a
corporation or limited liability company, duly organized, validly existing and
in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or
organization (if such concept exists under such laws), as the case may be, and
has the corporate power (in the case of a corporation) or power (in the case of
a limited liability company) and authority to carry on its business as described
in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum and the Offering Memorandum and to own,
lease and operate its properties as described in the Offering Memorandum, and
each is, duly qualified and in good standing as a foreign corporation or limited
liability company, as the case may be, authorized to do business in each
jurisdiction in which the nature of its business or its ownership or leasing of
property requires such qualification, except where the failure to be so
qualified would not have a Material Adverse Effect. As used herein, "Material
Adverse Effect" shall mean, with respect to any Person, any effect that (i)
would be reasonably expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a
material adverse effect on the assets, properties, business, results of
operations, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of such Person and
its subsidiaries, taken as a whole or (ii) would materially and adversely affect
(A) the issuance of the Senior Subordinated Notes or the consummation of this
Agreement, (B) the performance by such Person and each of its subsidiaries of
its respective agreements and obligations under this Agreement or the
consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby.
(c) All limited liability company interests of the Company are
owned by Grove Holdings LLC free and clear of any security interest, claim,
lien, encumbrance or adverse interest of any nature (each a "Lien") (other than
in favor of the lenders under the New Credit Facility). All shares of capital
stock of Grove Capital are owned by the Company, free and clear of any Liens
(other than in favor of the lenders under the New Credit Facility). All
outstanding limited liability company interests of the Company have been duly
authorized, validly issued and are not subject to any preemptive or similar
rights. All outstanding shares of capital stock of Grove Capital have been duly
authorized and validly issued and are fully paid, non-assessable and not subject
to any preemptive or similar rights.
(d) All of the outstanding shares of capital stock of each of
the Company's subsidiaries that are corporations have been duly authorized and
validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable, and are owned by the
Company, directly or indirectly through
11
<PAGE>
one or more subsidiaries, free and clear of any Lien, (other than Liens in favor
of the Lenders under the New Credit Facility). All of the outstanding limited
liability company interests of each of the Company's subsidiaries that are
limited liability companies have been duly authorized and validly issued and are
owned by the Company, directly or indirectly through one or more subsidiaries,
free and clear of any Liens (other than Liens in favor of the Lenders under the
New Credit Facility).
(e) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and
delivered by the Issuers and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors and is a valid
and binding agreement of the Issuers and each Subsidiary Guarantor, enforceable
against the Issuers and each Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with its terms,
except as the enforcement hereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or other similar
laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally, general equitable
principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and an
implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing and except as rights to
indemnity and contribution thereunder may be limited by Federal or state
securities laws or principles of public policy.
(f) The Indenture has been duly authorized by the Issuers and
each of the Subsidiary Guarantors and, on the Closing Date, will have been
validly executed and delivered by the Issuers and each of the Subsidiary
Guarantors. When the Indenture has been duly executed and delivered by the
Trustee, the Issuers and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Indenture will
be a valid and binding agreement of the Issuers and each Subsidiary Guarantor,
enforceable against the Issuers and each Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with
its terms, except as the enforcement thereof may be limited by applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or
other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally,
general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at
law) and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing and except as rights
to indemnity and contribution thereunder may be limited by Federal or state
securities laws or principles of public policy. On the Closing Date, the
Indenture will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the
Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the "TIA" or "Trust Indenture Act"),
and the rules and regulations of the Commission applicable to an indenture which
is qualified thereunder.
(g) The Senior Subordinated Notes have been duly authorized by
the Issuers for issuance and sale to the Initial Purchasers pursuant to this
Agreement and, on the Closing Date, will have been validly executed and
delivered by the Issuers. When the Senior Subordinated Notes have been issued,
executed and authenticated in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture
and delivered to and paid for by the Initial Purchasers in accordance with the
terms of this Agreement, the Senior Subordinated Notes will be entitled to the
benefits of the Indenture and will be the valid and binding obligations of the
Issuers, enforceable in accordance with their terms except as the enforcement
thereof may be limited by applicable
12
<PAGE>
bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or
other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally,
general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at
law) and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing and except as rights
to indemnity and contribution thereunder may be limited by Federal or state
securities laws or principles of public policy. On the Closing Date, the Senior
Subordinated Notes will conform as to legal matters in all material respects to
the description thereof contained in the Offering Memorandum.
(h) On the Closing Date, the New Senior Subordinated Notes
will have been duly authorized by the Issuers. When the New Senior Subordinated
Notes are issued, executed and authenticated in accordance with the terms of the
Exchange Offer and the Indenture, the New Senior Subordinated Notes will be
entitled to the benefits of the Indenture and will be the valid and binding
obligations of the Issuers, enforceable against the Issuers in accordance with
their terms, except as the enforcement thereof may be limited by applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or
other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally,
general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at
law) and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing and except as rights
to indemnity and contribution thereunder may be limited by Federal or state
securities laws or principles of public policy.
(i) The Subsidiary Guarantee to be endorsed on the Senior
Subordinated Notes by each Subsidiary Guarantor has been duly authorized by such
Subsidiary Guarantor and, on the Closing Date, will have been duly executed and
delivered by each such Subsidiary Guarantor. When the Senior Subordinated Notes
have been issued, executed and authenticated in accordance with the Indenture
and delivered to and paid for by the Initial Purchasers in accordance with the
terms of this Agreement, the Subsidiary Guarantee of each Subsidiary Guarantor
endorsed thereon will be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture and will be
the valid and binding obligation of such Subsidiary Guarantor, enforceable
against such Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with its terms, except as the
enforcement thereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws
affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally, general equitable
principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and an
implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing and except as rights to
indemnity and contribution thereunder may be limited by Federal or state
securities laws or principles of public policy. On the Closing Date, the
Subsidiary Guarantees to be endorsed on the Senior Subordinated Notes will
conform as to legal matters in all material respects to the description thereof
contained in the Offering Memorandum.
(j) The Subsidiary Guarantee to be endorsed on the New Senior
Subordinated Notes by each Subsidiary Guarantor has been duly authorized by such
Subsidiary Guarantor and, when issued, will have been duly executed and
delivered by each such Subsidiary
13
<PAGE>
Guarantor. When the New Senior Subordinated Notes have been issued, executed and
authenticated in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer and the
Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantee of each Subsidiary Guarantor endorsed
thereon will be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture and will be the valid
and binding obligation of such Subsidiary Guarantor, enforceable against such
Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with its terms, except as the enforcement
thereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent
conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the
enforcement of creditors' rights generally, general equitable principles
(whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and an implied covenant
of good faith and fair dealing and except as rights to indemnity and
contribution thereunder may be limited by Federal or state securities laws or
principles of public policy. When the New Senior Subordinated Notes are issued,
authenticated and delivered, the Subsidiary Guarantees to be endorsed on the New
Senior Subordinated Notes will conform as to legal matters in all material
respects to the description thereof contained in the Offering Memorandum.
(k) The Registration Rights Agreement has been duly authorized
by the Issuers and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors and, on the Closing Date,
will have been duly executed and delivered by the Issuers and each of the
Subsidiary Guarantors. When the Registration Rights Agreement has been duly
executed and delivered, the Registration Rights Agreement will be a valid and
binding agreement of the Issuers and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors,
enforceable against the Issuers and each Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with
its terms, except as the enforcement thereof may be limited by applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or
other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally,
general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at
law) and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing and except as rights
to indemnity and contribution thereunder may be limited by Federal or state
securities laws or principles of public policy. On the Closing Date, the
Registration Rights Agreement will conform as to legal matters in all material
respects to the description thereof contained in the Offering Memorandum.
(l) The Acquisition Agreement has been duly authorized,
executed and delivered by the Company and is a valid and binding agreement of
the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms,
except as the enforcement thereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or other similar
laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally, general equitable
principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and an
implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing and except as rights to
indemnity and contribution thereunder may be limited by Federal or state
securities laws or principles of public policy. On the Closing Date, the
Acquisition Agreement will conform as to legal matters in all material respects
to the description thereof contained in the Offering Memorandum.
14
<PAGE>
(m) The New Credit Facility has been duly authorized by the
Company and, on the Closing Date, will have been duly executed and delivered by
the Company. When the New Credit Facility has been duly executed and delivered,
the New Credit Facility will be the valid and binding agreement of the Company,
enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as the
enforcement thereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws
affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally, general equitable
principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and an
implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing and except as rights to
indemnity and contribution thereunder may be limited by Federal or state
securities laws or principles of public policy. On the Closing Date, the New
Credit Facility will conform as to legal matters in all material respects to the
description thereof contained in the Offering Memorandum.
(n) Neither the Issuers nor any of their subsidiaries are in
violation of its respective charter or by-laws or operating agreement, as the
case may be, or in default in the performance of any obligation, agreement or
condition contained in any material bond, debenture, note or any other evidence
of material indebtedness or in any other material agreement, indenture or
instrument to which the Issuers or any of their subsidiaries are a party or by
which the Issuers or any of their subsidiaries or their respective properties
are bound, except for such defaults that would not have a Material Adverse
Effect.
(o) Except as described in the Offering Memorandum, the
execution, delivery and performance of the Acquisition Agreement, this Agreement
and the other Operative Documents by the Issuers and each of the Subsidiary
Guarantors that is a party thereto, compliance by the Issuers and each of the
Subsidiary Guarantors that is a party thereto with all provisions hereof and
thereof and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby
will not require any consent, approval, authorization or other order of any
court, regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental body (except
as such may be required under (1) the Securities Act and state securities or
Blue Sky laws and regulations, (2) the Trust Indenture Act, (3) the
Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended (the "HSR
Act"), and similar provisions of foreign laws and (4) applicable Environmental
Laws (as defined below) and will not conflict with or constitute a breach of any
of the terms or provisions of, or a default under, (x) the charter or by-laws or
operating agreement, as the case may be, of the Issuers, the Subsidiary
Guarantors or any of their respective subsidiaries or (y) any agreement,
indenture or other instrument to which the Issuers, the Subsidiary Guarantors or
any of their respective subsidiaries are a party or by which the Issuers, the
Subsidiary Guarantors or any of their respective subsidiaries or their
respective properties are bound except for, in the case of clause (y), for such
conflicts, breaches or defaults as would not have a Material Adverse Effect, or
violate or conflict with any laws, administrative regulations or rulings or
court decrees applicable to the Issuers, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any
15
<PAGE>
of their respective subsidiaries or their respective properties except for such
violations and conflicts as would not have a Material Adverse Effect.
(p) Except as described in the Offering Memorandum, there are
no legal or governmental proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the
Issuers, threatened to which the Issuers or any of their respective subsidiaries
are or would be a party or to which any of their respective properties are or
would be subject, which would, if determined adversely to the Issuers result,
singly or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect.
(q) Except as described in the Offering Memorandum, neither
the Issuers nor any of their subsidiaries have, violated any foreign, federal,
state or local law or regulation relating to the protection of human health and
safety, the environment or hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants
or contaminants ("Environmental Laws") or any federal or state law relating to
discrimination in the hiring, promotion or pay of employees or any applicable
federal or state wages and hours laws, or any provisions of the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"), or the rules and
regulations promulgated thereunder, except for such violations which, singly or
in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect.
(r) Except as described in the Offering Memorandum, neither
Issuer is required under any Environmental Laws (including, without limitation,
any capital or operating expenditures required for clean-up, closure of
properties or compliance with Environmental Laws or any Authorization, any
related constraints on operating activities and any potential liabilities to
third parties) to incur any costs or liabilities which would, singly or in the
aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
(s) Except as described in the Offering Memorandum, each of
the Issuers and its subsidiaries has such permits, licenses, consents,
exemptions, franchises, authorizations and other approvals (each, an
"Authorization") of, and has made all filings with and notices to, all
governmental or regulatory authorities and self-regulatory organizations and all
courts and other tribunals, including without limitation, under any applicable
Environmental Laws, as are necessary to own, lease, license and operate its
respective properties and to conduct its business in the manner described in the
Offering Memorandum, except where the failure to have any such Authorization or
to make any such filing or notice would not, singly or in the aggregate, have a
Material Adverse Effect. Except as described in the Offering Memorandum, each
such Authorization is valid and in full force and effect and each of the Issuers
and their respective subsidiaries is in compliance with all the terms and
conditions thereof and with the rules and regulations of the authorities and
governing bodies having jurisdiction with respect thereto; and no event has
occurred (including, without limitation, the receipt of any notice from any
authority or governing body) which allows or, after notice or lapse of time or
both, would allow, revocation, suspension or termination of any such
Authorization or results or, after notice
16
<PAGE>
or lapse of time or both, would result in any other impairment of the rights of
the holder of any such Authorization; and such Authorizations contain no
restrictions that are burdensome to the Issuers or any of their subsidiaries;
except where such failure to be valid and in full force and effect or to be in
compliance, the occurrence of any such event or the presence of any such
restriction would not, singly or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse
Effect.
(t) In connection with the Acquisition, the Company has
reviewed the effect of Environmental Laws and the disposal of hazardous or toxic
substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants on the business, assets,
operations and properties of the Company and its subsidiaries immediately
following the Acquisition, and identified and evaluated associated costs and
liabilities (including, without limitation, all material capital and operating
expenditures required for clean-up, closure of properties and compliance with
Environmental Laws, all permits, licenses and approvals, all related constraints
on operating activities and all potential liabilities to third parties). On the
basis of such reviews, the Company has reasonably concluded that such associated
costs and liabilities would not, immediately subsequent to and giving effect to
the Acquisition, have a Material Adverse Effect.
(u) Except as described in the Offering Memorandum, the
Company and each of its subsidiaries has, and immediately after the Acquisition
will have, good and marketable title, free and clear of all liens, claims,
encumbrances and restrictions except for Liens in favor of the Lenders under the
New Credit Facility, assessments, quasi-easements, licenses, covenants rights of
way, utility agreements or other similar restrictions that affect the use of
such properties or assets and liens for taxes not yet due and payable
(collectively "Permitted Liens"), to all property and assets being described in
the Offering Memorandum as being owned by it, except as would not have a
Material Adverse Effect. All leases for real property to which any of the
Company or any of its subsidiaries is, and immediately after the Acquisition
will be, a party are valid and binding and no default has occurred or is
continuing thereunder which would have a Material Adverse Effect, and the
Company and its subsidiaries enjoy peaceful and undisturbed possession under all
such leases to which any of the Company and its subsidiaries is, and immediately
after the Acquisition will be, a party as lessee with such exceptions as do not
materially interfere with the use currently made by the Company or such
subsidiary, as the case may be.
(v) The Company and its subsidiaries maintain, and immediately
after the Acquisition will maintain, reasonably adequate insurance.
(w) The accountants, Ernst & Young LLP and Price Waterhouse
LLP, that have certified the financial statements included in the Preliminary
Offering Memorandum and the Offering Memorandum are independent public
accountants with respect to the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors, as
required by the Securities Act and the Exchange Act. Except with respect to the
Subsidiary Guarantors as to which a condensed consolidated footnote will be
17
<PAGE>
provided in lieu of full separate financial statements, the historical financial
statements, together with related schedules and notes, set forth in the
Preliminary Offering Memorandum and the Offering Memorandum comply as to form in
all material respects with the requirements applicable to registration
statements on Form S-1 under the Securities Act.
(x) The historical financial statements of the Issuers and
their subsidiaries, together with related schedules and notes forming part of
the Offering Memorandum (and any amendment or supplement thereto), present
fairly the combined financial position, results of operations and changes in
financial position of the Issuers and their subsidiaries on the basis stated in
the Offering Memorandum at the respective dates or for the respective periods to
which they apply; such statements and related schedules and notes have been
prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
consistently applied throughout the periods involved, except as disclosed
therein and, with respect to interim financial statements, except for the
absence of footnote presentation and normal year-end adjustments; and the other
financial and statistical information and data of the Issuers and their
subsidiaries set forth in the Offering Memorandum (and any amendment or
supplement thereto) are, in all material respects, accurately presented and
prepared on a basis consistent with such financial statements and the books and
records of the Issuers.
(y) The pro forma financial statements included in the
Preliminary Offering Memorandum and the Offering Memorandum have been prepared
on a basis consistent with the historical financial statements of the Issuers
and their subsidiaries and give effect to assumptions used in the preparation
thereof on a reasonable basis and in good faith and such pro forma financial
statements comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements
applicable to pro forma financial statements included in registration statements
on Form S-1 under the Securities Act. The other pro forma financial and
statistical information and data included in the Offering Memorandum are, in all
material respects, accurately and consistently derived from the pro forma
financial statements.
(z) In the Issuers' opinion, the assumptions used in the
preparation of the pro forma financial statements included in the Offering
Memorandum are reasonable and the adjustments used therein are appropriate to
give effect to and present fairly the transactions or circumstances referred to
therein.
(aa) The Issuers are not and, after immediately giving effect
to the offering and sale of the Senior Subordinated Notes and the application of
the net proceeds thereof as described in the Offering Memorandum will not be, an
"investment company," as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of
1940, as amended.
(ab) Except as described in this Offering Memorandum, there
are no holders of securities of the Issuers or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors
who, by reason of the
18
<PAGE>
execution by the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors of the Registration
Rights Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby,
have the right to request or demand that the Issuers or any of the Subsidiary
Guarantors, as the case may be, register under the Securities Act securities
held by them other than pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.
(ac) Neither the Issuers nor any of their subsidiaries nor any
agent thereof acting on the behalf of them have taken, and none of them will
take, any action that might cause this Agreement or the issuance or sale of the
Senior Subordinated Notes to violate Regulation T (12 C.F.R. Part 220),
Regulation U (12 C.F.R. Part 221) or Regulation X (12 C.F.R. Part 224) of the
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
(ad) Since the respective dates as of which information is
given in the Offering Memorandum, other than as set forth in or contemplated by
the Offering Memorandum (exclusive of any amendments or supplements thereto
subsequent to the date of this Agreement), (i) there has not occurred any
material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or the
earnings, business, management, prospects (viewed as of the date hereof) or
operations of the Issuers and their subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (ii) there
has not been any material adverse change in the capital stock or in the
long-term debt of the Issuers or any of their subsidiaries and (iii) neither the
Issuers nor any of their subsidiaries have incurred any material liability or
obligation, direct or contingent.
(ae) The Company has delivered to the Initial Purchasers true
and correct conformed copies of the Acquisition Agreement, including all
schedules and exhibits thereto, and there have been no amendments, alterations,
modifications or waivers thereto or in the exhibits or schedules thereto, except
as have been delivered to the Initial Purchasers.
(af) There are, and immediately after the Acquisition there
will be, no outstanding subscriptions, rights, warrants, options, calls,
convertible securities, commitments of sale or liens related to or entitling any
person to purchase or otherwise to acquire any shares of the capital stock of,
or other ownership interest in, any of the Company's subsidiaries other than
Permitted Liens and liens in favor of the lenders under the New Credit Facility.
(ag) There is, and immediately after the Acquisition there
will be, (i) no significant unfair labor practice complaint pending against the
Company, any of its subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened
against any of them, before the National Labor Relations Board or any state or
local labor relations board, and no significant grievance or significant
arbitration proceeding arising out of or under any collective bargaining
agreement is so pending against the Company or any of its subsidiaries or, to
the best knowledge of the Company, threatened against any of them, and (ii) no
significant strike, labor dispute, slowdown or stoppage pending against the
Company, any of its subsidiaries, or, to the knowledge of the Company,
threatened against it or any of its subsidiaries except for such actions
specified in
19
<PAGE>
clause (i) or (ii) above, which, singly or in the aggregate, would not have a
Material Adverse Effect.
(ah) The Company maintains, and immediately after the
Acquisition will maintain, a system of internal accounting controls sufficient
to provide reasonable assurance that: (i) transactions are executed in
accordance with management's general or specific authorizations; (ii)
transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial
statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles to
maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in
accordance with management's general or specific authorization; and (iv) the
recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at
reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any
differences.
(ai) All material tax returns required to be filed by the
Company and its subsidiaries in any jurisdiction have been, and immediately
after the Acquisition will have been, filed, other than those filings being
contested in good faith, and all material taxes, including withholding taxes,
penalties and interest, assessments, fees and other charges due pursuant to such
returns or pursuant to any assessment received by the Company or any of its
subsidiaries have been, and immediately after the Acquisition will have been,
paid, other than those being contested in good faith and for which adequate
reserves have been provided.
(aj) Each of the Preliminary Offering Memorandum and the
Offering Memorandum, as of its date, contains all the information specified in,
and meeting the requirements of, Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.
(ak) When the Senior Subordinated Notes and the Subsidiary
Guarantees are issued and delivered pursuant to this Agreement, neither the
Senior Subordinated Notes nor the Subsidiary Guarantees will be of the same
class (within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act) as any security
of the Issuers or the Subsidiary Guarantors that is listed on a national
securities exchange registered under Section 6 of the Exchange Act or that is
quoted in a United States automated inter-dealer quotation system.
(al) No form of general solicitation or general advertising
(within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act) was used by the
Issuers, the Subsidiary Guarantors or any of their respective representatives
(other than the Initial Purchasers, as to whom the Issuers and the Subsidiary
Guarantors make no representation) in connection with the offer and sale of the
Senior Subordinated Notes contemplated hereby, including, but not limited to,
articles, notices or other communications published in any newspaper, magazine,
or similar medium or broadcast over television or radio, or any seminar or
meeting whose attendees have been invited by any general solicitation or general
advertising. No securities of the same class as
20
<PAGE>
the Senior Subordinated Notes have been issued and sold by the Issuers within
the six-month period immediately prior to the date hereof.
(am) Prior to the effectiveness of any Registration Statement,
the Indenture will not be required to be qualified under the TIA.
(an) None of the Issuers, the Subsidiary Guarantors nor any of
their respective affiliates or any person acting on its or their behalf (other
than the Initial Purchasers, as to whom the Issuers and the Subsidiary
Guarantors make no representation) has engaged or will engage in any directed
selling efforts within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act
("Regulation S") with respect to the Senior Subordinated Notes or the Subsidiary
Guarantees.
(ao) The Issuers have not, and will not, offer or sell the
Senior Subordinated Notes in reliance on Regulation S except in offshore
transactions.
(ap) The Issuers have not, and will not, offer or sell the
Senior Subordinated Notes as part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration
provisions of the Securities Act.
(aq) The Issuers, the Subsidiary Guarantors and their
respective affiliates and all persons acting on their behalf (other than the
Initial Purchasers, as to whom the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors make no
representation) have complied with and will comply with the offering
restrictions requirements of Regulation S in connection with the offering of the
Senior Subordinated Notes outside the United States and, in connection
therewith, the Offering Memorandum will contain the disclosure required by Rule
902(h).
(ar) Assuming (i) the accuracy of the Initial Purchasers'
representations and warranties and agreements set forth in Section 7 hereof and
(ii) compliance by the Initial Purchasers with the offering and transfer
procedures and restrictions described elsewhere in this Agreement and the
Offering Memorandum, no registration under the Securities Act of the Senior
Subordinated Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees is required for the sale of the
Senior Subordinated Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees to the Initial
Purchasers as contemplated hereby or for the Exempt Resales.
(as) No "nationally recognized statistical rating
organization" as such term is defined for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the
Securities Act (i) has informed the Issuers or any Subsidiary Guarantor that it
is imposing or considering imposing any condition (financial or otherwise) on
the Issuers' or any Subsidiary Guarantor's retaining any rating assigned as of
the date hereof to the Issuers or any Subsidiary Guarantor, any securities of
the Issuers or any Subsidiary Guarantor or (ii) has indicated to the Issuers or
any Subsidiary Guarantor that it is considering (a) the downgrading, suspension
or withdrawal of, or any review
21
<PAGE>
for a possible change that does not indicate the direction of the possible
change in, any rating so assigned or (b) any change in the outlook for any
rating of the Issuers or any Subsidiary Guarantor.
(at) Each certificate signed by any officer of the Issuers or
any Subsidiary Guarantor and delivered to the Initial Purchasers or counsel for
the Initial Purchasers shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by
the Issuers or such Subsidiary Guarantor to the Initial Purchasers as to the
matters covered thereby.
The Issuers acknowledge that the Initial Purchasers and, for
purposes of the opinions to be delivered to the Initial Purchasers pursuant to
Section 9 hereof, counsel to the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors and
counsel to the Initial Purchasers, will rely upon the accuracy and truth of the
foregoing representations and hereby consents to such reliance.
7. Initial Purchasers' Representations and Warranties. Each of the
Initial Purchasers, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants to the
Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors, and agrees that:
(a) Such Initial Purchaser is either a QIB or an institutional
"accredited investor" (as defined in rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of
Regulation D under the Securities Act) (an "Accredited Institution"), in either
case, with such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as is
necessary in order to evaluate the merits and risks of an investment in the
Senior Subordinated Notes.
(b) Such Initial Purchaser (A) is not acquiring the Senior
Subordinated Notes with a view to any distribution thereof or with any present
intention of offering or selling any of the Senior Subordinated Notes in a
transaction that would violate the Securities Act or the securities laws of any
state of the United States or any other applicable jurisdiction and (B) will be
reoffering and reselling the Senior Subordinated Notes only to (x) QIBs in
reliance on the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities
Act provided by Rule 144A and (y) in offshore transactions in reliance upon
Regulation S under the Securities Act.
(c) Such Initial Purchaser agrees that no form of general
solicitation or general advertising (within the meaning of Regulation D under
the Securities Act) has been or will be used by such Initial Purchaser or any of
its representatives in connection with the offer and sale of the Senior
Subordinated Notes pursuant hereto, including, but not limited to, articles,
notices or other communications published in any newspaper, magazine or similar
medium or broadcast over television or radio, or any seminar or meeting whose
attendees have been invited by any general solicitation or general advertising.
(d) Such Initial Purchaser understands that, the Senior
Subordinated Notes are being offered in a transaction not involving any public
offering in the United States
22
<PAGE>
within the meaning of the Securities Act, that the Senior Subordinated Notes
have not been registered under the Securities Act and that (A) the Senior
Subordinated Notes may be offered, resold, pledged or otherwise transferred only
(i) to a person who the seller reasonably believes is a QIB in a transaction
meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, in a transaction meeting the requirements
of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, outside the United States to a foreign
person in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 904 under the
Securities Act, to an institutional "accredited investor" as defined in Rules
501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of the Securities Act (an "institutional accredited
investor") that, prior to such transfer, furnishes the Trustee a signed letter
containing certain representations and agreements (the form of which can be
obtained from the Trustee) and, if such transfer is in respect of an aggregate
principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes less than $250,000, an opinion of
counsel that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act or in
accordance with another exemption from the registration requirements of the
Securities Act (and based upon an opinion of counsel if the Issuers so request),
(ii) to the Issuers or (iii) pursuant to an effective registration statement,
and, in each case, in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any
State of the United States or any other applicable jurisdiction and (B) the
Initial Purchasers shall, and each subsequent holder shall be required to,
notify any subsequent purchaser from it of the resale restrictions set forth in
(A) above.
(e) None of such Initial Purchasers nor any of its affiliates
or any person acting on its or their behalf has engaged or will engage in any
directed selling efforts within the meaning of Regulation S with respect to the
Senior Subordinated Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees.
(f) The Senior Subordinated Notes offered and sold by such
Initial Purchaser pursuant hereto in reliance on Regulation S have been and will
be offered and sold only in offshore transactions.
(g) The sale of the Senior Subordinated Notes offered and sold
by such Initial Purchaser pursuant hereto in reliance on Regulation S is not
part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration provisions of the Securities
Act.
(h) Such Initial Purchaser agrees that it has not offered or
sold and will not offer or sell the Senior Subordinated Notes in the United
States or to, or for the benefit or account of, a U.S. Person (other than a
distributor), in each case, as defined in Rule 902 under the Securities Act (i)
as part of its distribution at any time and (ii) otherwise until 40 days after
the later of the commencement of the offering of the Senior Subordinated Notes
pursuant hereto and the Closing Date, other than in accordance with Regulation S
of the Securities Act or another exemption from the registration requirements of
the Securities Act. Such Initial Purchaser agrees that, during such 40-day
restricted period, it will not cause any advertisement with respect to the
Senior Subordinated Notes (including any "tombstone" advertisement) to be
published in any
23
<PAGE>
newspaper or periodical or posted in any public place and will not issue any
circular relating to the Senior Subordinated Notes, except such advertisements
as permitted by and include the statements required by Regulation S.
(i) Such Initial Purchaser agrees that, at or prior to
confirmation of a sale of Senior Subordinated Notes by it to any distributor,
dealer or person receiving a selling concession, fee or other remuneration
during the 40-day restricted period referred to in Rule 903(c)(3) under the
Securities Act, it will send to such distributor, dealer or person receiving a
selling concession, fee or other remuneration a confirmation or notice to
substantially the following effect:
"The Senior Subordinated Notes covered hereby have not been
registered under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(the "Securities Act"), and may not be offered and sold within
the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of,
U.S. persons (i) as part of your distribution at any time or
(ii) otherwise until 40 days after the later of the
commencement of the Offering and the Closing Date, except in
either case in accordance with Regulation S under the
Securities Act (or Rule 144A or to Accredited Institutions in
transactions that are exempt from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act), and in connection with
any subsequent sale by you of the Senior Subordinated Notes
covered hereby in reliance on Regulation S during the period
referred to above to any distributor, dealer or person
receiving a selling concession, fee or other remuneration, you
must deliver a notice to substantially the foregoing effect.
Terms used above have the meanings assigned to them in
Regulation S."
(j) Such Initial Purchaser agrees that the Senior Subordinated
Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S will be represented upon
issuance by a global security that may not be exchanged for definitive
securities until the expiration of the 40-day restricted period referred to in
Rule 903(c)(3) of the Securities Act and only upon certification of beneficial
ownership of such Senior Subordinated Notes by non-U.S. persons or U.S. persons
who purchased such Senior Subordinated Notes in transactions that were exempt
from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.
The Initial Purchasers acknowledge that the Issuers and the
Subsidiary Guarantors and, for purposes of the opinions to be delivered to each
Initial Purchaser pursuant to Section 9 hereof, counsel to the Issuers and the
Subsidiary Guarantors and counsel to the Initial Purchasers, will rely upon the
accuracy and truth of the foregoing representations and the Initial Purchasers
hereby consent to such reliance.
24
<PAGE>
8. Indemnification.
(a) Each of the Issuers and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors
agrees, jointly and severally, to indemnify and hold harmless each Initial
Purchaser, its directors, its officers and each person, if any, who controls
such Initial Purchaser within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or
Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any and all losses, claims,
damages, liabilities and judgments (including, without limitation, any
reasonable legal or other reasonable expenses incurred in connection with
investigating or defending any matter, including any action, that could give
rise to any such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or judgments) caused by
any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in
the Offering Memorandum (or any amendment or supplement thereto), the
Preliminary Offering Memorandum or any Rule 144A Information provided by the
Issuers or any Subsidiary Guarantor to any holder or prospective purchaser of
Senior Subordinated Notes pursuant to Section 5(f) or caused by any omission or
alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein
or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as
such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or judgments are (i) caused by any
such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission based
upon information relating to an Initial Purchaser furnished in writing to the
Issuers by any Initial Purchaser; provided, however, that the foregoing
indemnity agreement with respect to any Preliminary Offering Memorandum shall
not inure to the benefit of any Initial Purchaser who failed to deliver a Final
Offering Memorandum (as then amended or supplemented, provided by the Issuers to
the several Initial Purchasers in the requisite quantity and on a timely basis
to permit proper delivery on or prior to the Closing Date) to the person
asserting any losses, claims, damages and liabilities caused by any untrue
statement or omission, or any alleged untrue statement of a material fact
contained in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum, or (ii) caused by any omission
or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated
therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, if such
material misstatement or omission or alleged material misstatement or omission
was cured in the Final Offering Memorandum.
(b) The Initial Purchasers agree, severally and not jointly,
to indemnify and hold harmless the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors, and
their respective directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls
(within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the
Exchange Act) the Issuers or any Subsidiary Guarantor, to the same extent as the
foregoing indemnity from the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors to each
Initial Purchaser but only with reference to information relating to an Initial
Purchaser furnished in writing to the Issuers by any Initial Purchaser expressly
for use in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum or the Offering Memorandum.
(c) In case any action shall be commenced involving any person
in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 8(a) or 8(b)
(the "indemnified party"), the indemnified party shall promptly notify the
person against whom such indemnity
25
<PAGE>
may be sought (the "indemnifying party") in writing and the indemnifying party
shall assume the defense of such action, including the employment of counsel
reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party and the payment of all fees and
expenses of such counsel, as incurred (except that in the case of any action in
respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to both Sections 8(a) and
8(b), the Initial Purchasers shall not be required to assume the defense of such
action pursuant to this Section 8(c), but may employ separate counsel and
participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel,
except as provided below, shall be at the expense of the Initial Purchasers).
Any indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any
such action and participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of
such counsel shall be at the expense of the indemnified party unless (i) the
employment of such counsel shall have been specifically authorized in writing by
the indemnifying party, (ii) the indemnifying party shall have failed to assume
the defense of such action or employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to the
indemnified party or (iii) the named parties to any such action (including any
impleaded parties) include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying
party, and the indemnified party shall have been advised by such counsel that
there may be one or more legal defenses available to it which are different from
or additional to those available to the indemnifying party (in which case the
indemnifying party shall not have the right to assume the defense of such action
on behalf of the indemnified party). In any such case, the indemnifying party
shall not, in connection with any one action or separate but substantially
similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same
general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the fees and expenses of
more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) for
all indemnified parties and all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as
they are incurred. Such firm shall be designated in writing by Donaldson, Lufkin
& Jenrette Securities Corporation, in the case of the parties indemnified
pursuant to Section 8(a), and by the Issuers, in the case of parties indemnified
pursuant to Section 8(b). The indemnifying party shall indemnify and hold
harmless the indemnified party from and against any and all losses, claims,
damages, liabilities and judgments by reason of any settlement of any action (i)
effected with the indemnifying party's written consent or (ii) effected without
its written consent if the settlement is entered into more than thirty business
days after the indemnifying party shall have received a request from the
indemnified party for reimbursement for the reasonable fees and expenses of
counsel (in any case where such fees and expenses are at the expense of the
indemnifying party) and, prior to the date of such settlement, the indemnifying
party shall have failed to comply with such reimbursement request. No
indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified
party, effect any settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of
judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action in respect of which
the indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity or
contribution may be or could have been sought hereunder by the indemnified
party, unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an
unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability on claims that
are or could have been the subject matter of such action and
26
<PAGE>
(ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or
a failure to act, by or on behalf of the indemnified party.
(d) To the extent the indemnification provided for in this
Section 8 is unavailable to an indemnified party or insufficient in respect of
any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or judgments referred to herein, then
each indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall
contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result
of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and judgments (i) in such
proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the
Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Initial
Purchasers, on the other hand, from the offering of the Senior Subordinated
Notes or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause 8(d)(i) above is not
permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not
only the relative benefits referred to in clause 8(d)(i) above but also the
relative fault of the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors, on the one hand,
and the Initial Purchasers, on the other hand, in connection with the statements
or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or
judgments, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative
benefits received by the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors, on the one hand
and the Initial Purchasers, on the other hand, shall be deemed to be in the same
proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Senior
Subordinated Notes (after discounts and commissions, but before deducting
expenses) received by the Issuers, and the total discounts and commissions
received by the Initial Purchasers bear to the total price to investors of the
Senior Subordinated Notes, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover
page of the Offering Memorandum. The relative fault of the Issuers and the
Subsidiary Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other
hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the
untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged
omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Issuers
or the Subsidiary Guarantors, on the one hand, or the Initial Purchasers, on the
other hand, and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information
and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.
The Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Initial
Purchasers agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution
pursuant to this Section 8(d) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if
the Initial Purchasers were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any
other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable
considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. The amount
paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims,
damages, liabilities or judgments referred to in the immediately preceding
paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth
above, any legal or other expenses incurred by such indemnified party in
connection with investigating or defending any matter, including any action,
that could have given rise to such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or
judgments. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8, the Initial
Purchasers shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the
amount by which the total discounts and commissions received by such Initial
27
<PAGE>
Purchasers exceeds the amount of any damages which the Initial Purchasers have
otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue
statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent
misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act)
shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such
fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this paragraph (d), each member of
the Management Committee or each director of the Issuers or the Subsidiary
Guarantors (as the case may be), each officer of the Issuers or the Subsidiary
Guarantors, and each person, if any, who controls the Issuers or the Subsidiary
Guarantors within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20
of the Exchange Act, shall have the same rights to contribution as the Issuers
and the Subsidiary Guarantors.
(e) The remedies provided for in this Section 8 are not
exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be
available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.
9. Conditions of Initial Purchasers' Obligations. The obligations of
the Initial Purchasers to purchase the Senior Subordinated Notes under this
Agreement are subject to the satisfaction of each of the following conditions:
(a) All the representations and warranties of the Issuers and
the Subsidiary Guarantors contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct
on the Closing Date with the same force and effect as if made on and as of the
Closing Date.
(b) On or after the date hereof, (i) there shall not have
occurred any downgrading, suspension or withdrawal of, nor shall any notice have
been given of any potential or intended downgrading, suspension or withdrawal
of, or of any review (or of any potential or intended review) for a possible
change that does not indicate the direction of the possible change in, any
rating of the Issuers or any Subsidiary Guarantor or any securities of the
Issuers or any Subsidiary Guarantor (including, without limitation, the placing
of any of the foregoing ratings on credit watch with negative or developing
implications or under review with an uncertain direction) by any "nationally
recognized statistical rating organization" as such term is defined for purposes
of Rule 436(g)(2) under the Securities Act, (ii) there shall not have occurred
any change, nor shall notice have been given of any potential or intended
change, in the outlook for any rating of the Issuers or any Subsidiary Guarantor
by any such rating organization and (iii) no such rating organization shall have
given notice that it has assigned (or is considering assigning) a lower rating
to the Notes than that on which the Notes were marketed.
(c) Since the respective dates as of which information is
given in the Offering Memorandum, other than as set forth in or contemplated by
the Offering Memorandum (exclusive of any amendments or supplements thereto
subsequent to the date of this Agreement), (i) there shall not have occurred any
material adverse change in the condition, financial or
28
<PAGE>
otherwise, or the earnings, business, management, prospects (viewed as of the
Closing Date) or operations of the Issuers and their subsidiaries, taken as a
whole, (ii) there shall not have been any material adverse change in the capital
stock or in the long-term debt of the Issuers and their subsidiaries, taken as a
whole, and (iii) neither the Issuers nor any of their subsidiaries shall have
incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, the effect of which,
in any such case described in clause 9(c)(i), 9(c)(ii) or 9(c)(iii), in your
judgment, is material and adverse and, in your judgment, makes it impracticable
to market the Senior Subordinated Notes on the terms and in the manner
contemplated in the Offering Memorandum.
(d) The Initial Purchasers shall have received on the Closing
Date a certificate dated the Closing Date, signed by the Presidents and the
Chief Financial Officers of the Issuers, confirming the matters set forth in
Sections 9(a), 9(b) and 9(c) and stating that each of the Issuers and the
Subsidiary Guarantors has complied with all agreements and satisfied all of the
conditions herein contained and required to be complied with or satisfied on or
prior to the Closing Date.
(e) The Initial Purchasers shall have received on the Closing
Date an opinion (satisfactory to you and counsel for the Initial Purchasers),
dated the Closing Date, of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison, special
U.S. counsel for the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors, to the effect that:
(i) (1) each of the Issuers, (2) each of Grove U.S. LLC,
Grove Finance LLC and Crane Acquisition Corp. (collectively,
the "New Subsidiaries") and (3) each of Crane Holding Inc. and
National Crane Corp. (collectively, the "Existing
Subsidiaries") has been duly incorporated or organized, is
validly existing as a corporation or limited liability company
(as the case may be), is in good standing under the laws of
the State of Delaware and has the corporate power or limited
liability company power (as the case may be) to carry on its
business as described in the Offering Memorandum and to own,
lease and operate its properties;
(ii) each of the Issuers and the New Subsidiaries and
the Existing Subsidiaries is duly qualified and in good
standing as a foreign limited liability company or
corporation, as applicable, authorized to do business in each
jurisdiction listed opposite its name on Schedule I hereto;
(iii) the Issuers have duly authorized the Senior
Subordinated Notes and, when executed, issued and
authenticated in accordance with the provisions of the
Indenture and delivered to and paid for by the Initial
Purchasers in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the
Senior
29
<PAGE>
Subordinated Notes will be entitled to the benefits of the
Indenture and will be valid and binding obligations of the
Issuers, enforceable in accordance with their terms except as
(x) the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy,
insolvency, fraudulent conveyance or transfer, moratorium or
similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally and (y)
rights of acceleration and the availability of equitable
remedies may be limited by equitable principles of general
applicability whether asserted in law or in equity;
(iv) each of the New Subsidiaries has duly authorized
the Subsidiary Guarantee to which it is a party and, when the
Senior Subordinated Notes are issued and authenticated in
accordance with the terms of the Indenture, such Subsidiary
Guarantee endorsed thereon will be entitled to the benefits of
the Indenture and will be the legally valid and binding
obligation of such New Subsidiary, enforceable against such
New Subsidiary in accordance with its terms, except as (x) the
enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy,
insolvency, fraudulent conveyance or transfer, moratorium or
similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally and (y)
rights of acceleration and the availability of equitable
remedies may be limited by equitable principles of general
applicability whether asserted in law or in equity;
(v) the Issuers have duly authorized the New Senior
Subordinated Notes and, when the New Senior Subordinated Notes
are issued and authenticated in accordance with the terms of
the Registered Exchange Offer and the Indenture, the New
Senior Subordinated Notes will be the legally valid and
binding obligations of the Issuers, enforceable against the
Issuers in accordance with their terms except as (x) the
enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy,
insolvency, fraudulent conveyance or transfer, moratorium or
similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally and (y)
rights of acceleration and the availability of equitable
remedies may be limited by equitable principles of general
applicability whether asserted in law or in equity;
(vi) each of the New Subsidiaries has duly authorized
the Subsidiary Guarantee to which it is a party, to be
endorsed on the New Senior Subordinated Notes and, when the
New Senior Subordinated Notes are issued and authenticated in
accordance with the terms of the Registered Exchange Offer and
the Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantee endorsed thereon will
be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture and will be the
legally valid and binding obligation of such New Subsidiary,
30
<PAGE>
enforceable against such New Subsidiary in accordance with its
terms, except as (x) the enforceability thereof may be limited
by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance or transfer,
moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors' rights
generally and (y) rights of acceleration and the availability
of equitable remedies may be limited by equitable principles
of general applicability whether asserted in law or in equity;
(vii) the Indenture has been duly authorized, executed
and delivered by the Issuers and the New Subsidiaries and is a
valid and binding agreement of the Issuers and the New
Subsidiaries, enforceable against the Issuers and the New
Subsidiaries in accordance with its terms except as (x) the
enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy,
insolvency, fraudulent conveyance or transfer, moratorium or
similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally and (y)
rights of acceleration and the availability of equitable
remedies may be limited by equitable principles of general
applicability whether asserted in law or in equity;
(viii) this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed
and delivered by the Issuers and the New Subsidiaries;
(ix) the Registration Rights Agreement has been duly
authorized, executed and delivered by the Issuers and the New
Subsidiaries and is a valid and binding agreement of the
Issuers and the New Subsidiaries, enforceable against the
Issuers and the New Subsidiaries in accordance with its terms,
except as (x) the enforceability thereof may be limited by
bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance or transfer,
moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors' rights
generally, (y) rights of acceleration and the availability of
equitable remedies may be limited by equitable principles of
general applicability whether asserted in action at law or in
equity and (z) indemnification or contribution provisions may
be held to be enforceable;
(x) the statements under the captions "Description of
Notes", `Transactions", "Business--Environmental Matters",
"Business--Legal Proceedings", "Certain Relationships and
Related Transactions" and "Description of Certain
Indebtedness" in the Offering Memorandum, insofar as such
statements refer to matters arising under or governed by
Applicable Law (as hereinafter defined), and constitute a
summary of the legal matters, documents or proceedings
referred to therein, fairly present in all material respects
such legal matters, documents and proceedings;
31
<PAGE>
(xi) such counsel is of the opinion ascribed to it in
the Offering Memorandum under the caption "United States
Federal Tax Considerations for Non-United States Holders";
(xii) based on current provisions of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, applicable regulations
promulgated by the Department of Treasury, and the current
administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, each of
the Company, Grove U.S. LLC and Grove Finance LLC, has been
properly treated either as (x) a partnership or (y) not as an
entity separate from its sole member for all periods of its
existence and should not have been treated as an "association"
taxable as a corporation; no assurance can be given that
changes in applicable law, regulations or administrative
rulings, procedures or announcements, or that judicial
decisions would not adversely affect the classification of
such entities for federal income tax purposes.
(xiii) to such counsel's knowledge, neither the Issuers
nor any of the New Subsidiaries (i) are in violation of its
respective charter or by-laws or (ii) are in default in the
performance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or
condition contained in any indenture, loan agreement,
mortgage, lease or other agreement or instrument to which any
of the Issuers or the New Subsidiaries are a party or by which
any of the Issuers or the New Subsidiaries or their respective
properties are bound, which indenture, loan agreement,
mortgage, lease or other agreement or instrument is material
to the Issuers or the New Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and
would be required to be filed as an exhibit to a registration
statement of the Company on Form S-1 covering this offering of
the Senior Subordinated Notes;
(xiv) except as described in the Offering Memorandum,
the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and
the other Operative Documents by the Issuers and the New
Subsidiaries and compliance by the Issuers and the New
Subsidiaries with all provisions hereof and thereof and the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and
thereby will not (i) require any consent, approval,
authorization or other order of, or qualification with, any
court or governmental body or agency of the United States or
the State of New York or under the Limited Liability Company
Act of the State of Delaware (the "DLLC Act") or the Delaware
General Corporation Law (together with the DLLC Act, the
"Delaware Laws") (except such as may be required under the
securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states),
32
<PAGE>
(ii) conflict with or constitute a breach of any of the terms
or provisions of, or a default under, the charter or by-laws
or operating agreements, as applicable, of the Issuers and the
New Subsidiaries to such counsel's knowledge, any indenture,
loan agreement, mortgage, lease or other agreement or
instrument to which any of the Issuers or the New Subsidiaries
is a party or by which any of the Issuers or the New
Subsidiaries or their respective properties is bound, which
indenture, loan agreement, mortgage, lease or other agreement
or instrument is material to the Company or its subsidiaries,
taken as a whole, and would be required to be filed as an
exhibit to a registration statement of the Company on Form S-1
covering this offering of the Senior Subordinated Notes, or
(iii) violate or conflict with any Applicable Law (as
hereinafter defined) or any judgment, order or decree known to
such counsel of any court or any governmental body or agency
of the United States or the State of New York that has
jurisdiction over the Issuers, any of the New Subsidiaries or
their respective properties, except, in each case, where such
failure to obtain consent, such conflict, breach, default or
violation will not result in a Material Adverse Effect. The
term "Applicable Law" means the Delaware Laws, the laws of the
State of New York and the laws, rules and regulations of the
United States, in each case, which in such counsel's
experience are normally applicable to transaction of the type
contemplated by this Agreement;
(xv) except as described in the Offering Memorandum,
such counsel does not know of any legal or governmental
proceedings pending or threatened to which the Issuers or the
New Subsidiaries are or would be a party or to which any of
their respective properties are or would be subject, which, if
determined adversely, would result, singly or in the
aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect.;
(xvi) the Issuers after giving effect to the offering
and sale of the Senior Subordinated Notes and the application
of the net proceeds thereof as described in the Offering
Memorandum, will not be required to register under the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, as an "investment
company" as such term is defined in such Act;
(xvii) the Indenture appears on its face to be
appropriately responsive in all material respects to the
requirements of the TIA, and the rules and regulations of the
Commission applicable to an indenture which is qualified
thereunder. It is not necessary in connection with the offer,
sale and delivery of the Senior Subordinated Notes to the
Initial
33
<PAGE>
Purchasers in the manner contemplated by this Agreement or in
connection with the Exempt Resales to qualify the Indenture
under the TIA.
(xviii) no registration under the Securities Act of the
Senior Subordinated Notes is required for the sale of the
Senior Subordinated Notes to the Initial Purchasers as
contemplated by this Agreement or for the Exempt Resales
assuming that (i) each Initial Purchaser is a QIB or a
Regulation S Purchaser, (ii) the accuracy of, and compliance
with, the Initial Purchasers' representations and agreements
contained in Section 7 of this Agreement, (iii) the accuracy
of the representations of the Issuers and the Subsidiary
Guarantors set forth in Sections 5(f) and 6(al), (an), (ao)
and (ap) of this Agreement.
In addition, such counsel shall state that no facts have come
to such counsel's attention that cause such counsel to believe that, as of the
date of the Offering Memorandum or as of the Closing Date, the Offering
Memorandum, as amended or supplemented, if applicable (except for the financial
statements and other financial data included therein or omitted therefrom, as to
which such counsel need not express any belief) contains any untrue statement of
a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the
statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were
made, not misleading. The opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison
described in Section 9(e) above shall be rendered to you at the request of the
Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors and shall so state therein. With respect
to the matters covered by the statement in the first sentence of this paragraph,
Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison may state that their belief is based
upon their participation in the preparation of the Offering Memorandum and any
amendments or supplements thereto and review and discussion of the contents
thereof, but are without independent check or verification except as specified
and such counsel may rely as to materiality to the extent they deem appropriate
upon facts provided to such counsel by officers and other representatives of the
Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors.
(f) You shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion
(satisfactory to you and counsel for the Initial Purchasers), dated the Closing
Date, of Keith Simmons, Esq., General Counsel of the Issuers and the Subsidiary
Guarantors, to the effect that:
(i) all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of
the Existing Subsidiaries have been duly authorized and
validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable, and are
owned by the Company, free and clear (to such counsel's
knowledge) of any Lien (other than the Liens in favor of the
lenders under the New Credit Facilities);
34
<PAGE>
(ii) each of the Existing Subsidiaries has duly
authorized the Subsidiary Guarantee to which it is a party
and, when the Senior Subordinated Notes are issued and
authenticated in accordance with the terms of the Indenture,
such Subsidiary Guarantee endorsed thereon will be entitled to
the benefits of the Indenture and will be the legally valid
and binding obligation of such Existing Subsidiary,
enforceable against such Existing Subsidiary in accordance
with its terms, except as (x) the enforceability thereof may
be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance or
transfer, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors'
rights generally and (y) rights of acceleration and the
availability of equitable remedies may be limited by equitable
principles of general applicability whether asserted in law or
in equity;
(iii) each of the Existing Subsidiaries has duly
authorized the Subsidiary Guarantee to which it is a party, to
be endorsed on the New Senior Subordinated Notes and, when the
New Senior Subordinated Notes are issued and authenticated in
accordance with the terms of the Registered Exchange Offer and
the Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantee endorsed thereon will
be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture and will be the
legally valid and binding obligation of such Existing
Subsidiary, enforceable against such Existing Subsidiary in
accordance with its terms, except as (x) the enforceability
thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent
conveyance or transfer, moratorium or similar laws affecting
creditors' rights generally and (y) rights of acceleration and
the availability of equitable remedies may be limited by
equitable principles of general applicability whether asserted
in law or in equity;
(iv) the Indenture has been duly authorized, executed
and delivered by the Existing Subsidiaries and is a valid and
binding agreement of the Existing Subsidiaries, enforceable
against the Existing Subsidiaries in accordance with its terms
except as (x) the enforceability thereof may be limited by
bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance or transfer,
moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors' rights
generally and (y) rights of acceleration and the availability
of equitable remedies may be limited by equitable principles
of general applicability whether asserted in law or in equity;
(v) this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed
and delivered by the Existing Subsidiaries;
35
<PAGE>
(vi) the Registration Rights Agreement has been duly
authorized, executed and delivered by the Existing
Subsidiaries and is a valid and binding agreement of the
Existing Subsidiaries, enforceable against the Existing
Subsidiaries in accordance with its terms, except as (x) the
enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy,
insolvency, fraudulent conveyance or transfer, moratorium or
similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally and (y)
rights of acceleration and the availability of equitable
remedies may be limited by equitable principles of general
applicability whether asserted in action at law or in equity;
(vii) none of the Existing Subsidiaries is in violation
of its respective charter or by-laws, and, to such counsel's
knowledge after due inquiry, none of the Existing Subsidiaries
is in default in performance of any indenture, loan agreement,
mortgage, lease or other agreement or instrument to which any
of the Existing Subsidiaries is a party or by which any of the
Existing Subsidiaries or their respective properties is bound,
which indenture, loan agreement, mortgage, lease or other
agreement or instrument is material to the Company and its
subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and would be required to be
filed as an exhibit to a registration statement of the Company
on Form S-1 covering this offering of the Senior Subordinated
Notes;
(viii) the execution, delivery and performance of this
Agreement and the other Operative Documents by the Issuers and
each of the Subsidiary Guarantors, compliance with all
provisions hereof and thereof and the consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not (i)
conflict with or constitute a breach of any of the terms of,
or a default under, the charter or by-laws of the Existing
Subsidiaries or any indenture, loan agreement, mortgage, lease
or other agreement or instrument to which any of the Existing
Subsidiaries is a party or by which any of the Existing
Subsidiaries or their respective properties is bound, which
indenture, loan agreement, mortgage, lease or other agreement
or instrument is material to the Company and its subsidiaries,
taken as a whole, and would be required to be filed as an
exhibit to a registration statement of the Company on Form S-1
covering this offering of the Senior Subordinated Notes, (ii)
result in the imposition or creation of (or the obligation to
create or impose) a material Lien under any of the Contracts
that would be required to be filed as an exhibit were the
offering of the Senior Subordinated Notes registered with the
Commission pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1
(except for Liens in favor of the lenders under the New Credit
Facilities), or (iii)
36
<PAGE>
result in the termination or revocation of any material
Authorization of the Issuers or any of their subsidiaries or
result in any other impairment of the rights of the holder of
any such Authorization;
(ix) except as described in the Offering Memorandum,
such counsel does not know of any legal or governmental
proceedings pending or threatened to which the Company or any
of its subsidiaries is or could be a party or to which any of
their respective property is or could be subject, which would
result, singly or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse
Effect;
(x) except as described in the Offering Memorandum, to
such counsel's knowledge, neither the Company nor any of its
subsidiaries has violated any Environmental Law or any
provisions of ERISA, or the rules or regulations thereunder,
except for such violations which, singly or in the aggregate,
would not have a Material Adverse Effect;
(xi) except as described in the Offering Memorandum, to
such counsel's knowledge, each of the Company and its
subsidiaries has such of, and has made all filings with and
notices to, all governmental or regulatory authorities and
self-regulatory organizations and all courts and other
tribunals, including, without limitation, under any applicable
Environmental Laws, as are necessary to own, lease, license
and operate its respective properties and to conducts its
business, except where the filing or notice would not, singly
or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect; except as
described in the Offering Memorandum, to such counsel's
knowledge, each such Authorization is valid and in full force
and effect and each of the Company and its subsidiaries is in
compliance with all the terms and conditions thereof and with
the rules and regulations of the authorities and governing
bodies having jurisdiction with respect thereto; and no event
has occurred (including the receipt of any notice from any
authority or governing body) which allows or, after notice or
lapse of time or both, would allow, revocation, suspension or
termination of any such Authorization or results or, after
notice or lapse of time or both, would result in any other
impairment of the rights of the holder of any such
Authorization; and such Authorizations contain no restrictions
that are burdensome to the Company or any of its subsidiaries;
except where such failure to be valid and in full force and
effect or to be in compliance on the occurrence of any such
event would not, singly or in the aggregate, have a Material
Adverse Effect; and
37
<PAGE>
(xii) except as described in the Offering Memorandum, to
such counsel's knowledge, there are no contracts, agreements
or understandings between the Issuers or any Subsidiary
Guarantor and any person granting such person the right to
require the Issuers or such Subsidiary Guarantor to include
any securities with the Senior Subordinated Notes and
Subsidiary Guarantees registered pursuant to any Registration
Statement.
(g) You shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion
(satisfactory to you and counsel for the Initial Purchasers), dated the Closing
Date, of Coudert Brothers or Oppenhoff & Radler, as appropriate, as to matters
of laws of the United Kingdom, France and Germany, to the effect that:
(i) each of Grove Holdings France, S.A.S., Grove France,
S.A., Delta Manlift S.A.S., Grove Worldwide Holdings Germany
GmbH, Deutsche Grove GmbH and Grove Europe Limited
(collectively, the "Foreign Subsidiaries") has been duly
incorporated, is validly existing as a corporation or limited
liability company, as applicable, in good standing (if such
concept exists under such laws) under the laws of its
jurisdiction of organization and has the corporate or limited
liability company power and authority, as applicable, to carry
on its business as described in the Offering Memorandum and to
own, lease and operate its properties;
(ii) to such counsel's knowledge neither the Foreign
Subsidiaries nor any of their subsidiaries is in violation of
its respective incorporation or charter documents and, neither
the Foreign Subsidiaries nor any of their subsidiaries is in
default in the performance of any obligation, agreement,
covenant or condition contained in any indenture, loan
agreement, mortgage, lease or other agreement or instrument
that is material to the Foreign Subsidiaries and their
subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to which the Foreign
Subsidiaries or any of their subsidiaries is a party or by
which the Foreign Subsidiaries or any of their subsidiaries or
their respective property is bound.
(h) The Initial Purchasers shall have received on the Closing
Date an opinion, dated the Closing Date, of Latham & Watkins, counsel for the
Initial Purchasers, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Initial
Purchasers.
(i) The Initial Purchasers shall have received, at the time
this Agreement is executed and at the Closing Date, letters dated the date
hereof or the Closing Date,
38
<PAGE>
as the case may be, in form and substance satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers
from Ernst & Young LLP and Price Waterhouse, independent public accountants for
the Issuers and, in each case containing the information and statements of the
type ordinarily included in accountants' "comfort letters" to the Initial
Purchasers with respect to the financial statements and certain financial
information contained in the Offering Memorandum.
(j) The Senior Subordinated Notes shall have been approved for
trading on, and duly listed in, PORTAL.
(k) The Initial Purchasers shall have received a counterpart,
conformed as executed, of the Indenture which shall have been entered into by
the Issuers, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee.
(l) The Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall have
executed the Registration Rights Agreement and the Initial Purchasers shall have
received an original copy thereof, duly executed by the Issuers and the
Subsidiary Guarantors.
(m) The Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall have
executed this Agreement and the Initial Purchasers shall have received an
original copy thereof, duly executed by the Issuers and the Subsidiary
Guarantors.
(n) The Issuers and any guarantors shall have entered into the
New Credit Facility (the form and substance of which shall be reasonably
acceptable to the Initial Purchasers) and the Initial Purchasers shall have
received counterpart, conformed as executed, thereof and of all other documents
and agreements entered into in connection therewith.
(o) The Initial Purchasers shall have received a copy of the
Acquisition Agreement, with all schedules, exhibits and amendments thereto,
certified by an executive officer of the Company as a true, correct and complete
copy as of the date hereof.
(p) Each condition to the closing contemplated by the New
Credit Facility (other than the issuance and sale of the Senior Subordinated
Notes and Subsidiary Guarantees pursuant hereto) shall have been satisfied or
waived. There shall exist at and as of the Closing Date (after giving effect to
the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Acquisition Agreement)
no conditions that would constitute a default (or an event that with notice or
the lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default) under the New Credit
Facility. On the Closing Date, the closing under the New Credit Facility shall
have been consummated on terms that conform in all material respects to the
description thereof in the Offering Memorandum.
(q) Each condition to the closing of the Acquisition
contemplated by the Acquisition Agreement (other than the issuance and sale of
the Senior Subordinated Notes
39
<PAGE>
and the Subsidiary Guarantees pursuant hereto and the closing under the New
Credit Facility) shall have been satisfied or waived. There shall exist at and
as of the Closing Date (after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement and the New Credit Facility) no conditions that would constitute
a default (or an event that with notice or the lapse of time, or both, would
constitute a default) under the Acquisition Agreement. On the Closing Date, the
Acquisition shall have been consummated on terms that conform in all material
respects to the description thereof in the Offering Memorandum and the Initial
Purchasers shall have received evidence satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers
of the consummation thereof.
(r) Latham & Watkins shall have been furnished with such
documents, in addition to those set forth above, as they may reasonably require
for the purpose of enabling them to review or pass upon the matters referred to
in this Section 9 and in order to evidence the accuracy, completeness or
satisfaction in all material respects of any of the representations, warranties
or conditions herein contained.
(s) Prior to the Closing Date, the Issuers shall have
furnished to the Initial Purchasers such further information, certificates and
documents as the Initial Purchasers may reasonably request.
(t) The Issuers shall not have failed at or prior to the
Closing Date to perform or comply with any of the agreements herein contained
and required to be performed or complied with by the Issuers at or prior to the
Closing Date.
10. Effectiveness of Agreement and Termination. This Agreement shall
become effective upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the
parties hereto.
This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing
Date by the Initial Purchasers by written notice to the Company if any of the
following has occurred: (i) any outbreak or escalation of hostilities or other
national or international calamity or crisis or change in economic conditions or
in the financial markets of the United States or elsewhere that, in the Initial
Purchasers' judgment, is material and adverse and, in the Initial Purchasers'
judgment, makes it impracticable to market the Senior Subordinated Notes on the
terms and in the manner contemplated in the Offering Memorandum, (ii) the
suspension or material limitation of trading in securities or other instruments
on the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange, the Chicago Board
of Options Exchange, the Chicago Mercantile Exchange, the Chicago Board of Trade
or the Nasdaq National Market or limitation on prices for securities or other
instruments on any such exchange or the Nasdaq National Market, (iii) the
suspension of trading of any securities of the Company or any Subsidiary
Guarantor on any exchange or in the over-the-counter market, (iv) the enactment,
publication, decree or other promulgation of any federal or state statute,
regulation, rule or order of any court or other governmental authority which in
your opinion materially and adversely affects, or will materially and adversely
affect,
40
<PAGE>
the business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations of the
Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (v) the declaration of a banking
moratorium by either federal or New York State authorities or (vi) the taking of
any action by any federal, state or local government or agency in respect of its
monetary or fiscal affairs which in your opinion has a material adverse effect
on the financial markets in the United States.
If on the Closing Date either of the Initial Purchasers shall fail
or refuse to purchase the Senior Subordinated Notes which it or they have agreed
to purchase hereunder on such date and the aggregate principal amount of the
Senior Subordinated Notes which such defaulting Initial Purchaser or Initial
Purchasers, as the case may be, agreed but failed or refused to purchase is not
more than one-tenth of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Subordinated
Notes to be purchased on such date by all Initial Purchasers, each
non-defaulting Initial Purchaser shall be obligated severally, in the proportion
which the principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes set forth opposite
its name in Schedule B bears to the aggregate principal amount of the Senior
Subordinated Notes which all the non-defaulting Initial Purchasers, as the case
may be, have agreed to purchase, or in such other proportion as you may specify,
to purchase the Senior Subordinated Notes which such defaulting Initial
Purchaser or Initial Purchasers, as the case may be, agreed but failed or
refused to purchase on such date; provided that in no event shall the aggregate
principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes which any Initial Purchaser
has agreed to purchase pursuant to Section 2 hereof be increased pursuant to
this Section 11 by an amount in excess of one-ninth of such principal amount of
the Senior Subordinated Notes without the written consent of such Initial
Purchaser. If on the Closing Date any Initial Purchaser or Initial Purchasers
shall fail or refuse to purchase the Senior Subordinated Notes and the aggregate
principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes with respect to which such
default occurs is more than one-tenth of the aggregate principal amount of the
Senior Subordinated Notes to be purchased by all Initial Purchasers and
arrangements satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers and the Issuers for purchase
of such Senior Subordinated Notes are not made within 48 hours after such
default, this Agreement will terminate without liability on the part of any
non-defaulting Initial Purchaser and the Issuers. In any such case which does
not result in termination of this Agreement, either you or the Issuers shall
have the right to postpone the Closing Date, but in no event for longer than
seven days, in order that the required changes, if any, in the Offering
Memorandum or any other documents or arrangements may be effected. Any action
taken under this paragraph shall not relieve any defaulting Initial Purchaser
from liability in respect of any default of any such Initial Purchaser under
this Agreement.
11. Miscellaneous. Notices given pursuant to any provision of this
Agreement shall be addressed as follows: (i) if to the Issuers or any Subsidiary
Guarantor, to 1565 Buchanan Trail East, P.O. Box 21, Shady Grove, PA 17256,
Attention: Keith Simmons, with a copy to Grove Investors LLC, c\o Paul, Weiss,
Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison, 1285 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10019,
Attention: Mathew Nimetz and Bruce Gruder,
41
<PAGE>
and (ii) if to the Initial Purchasers, Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities
Corporation, 277 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10172, Attention: Syndicate
Department, or in any case to such other address as the person to be notified
may have requested in writing.
The respective indemnities, contribution agreements,
representations, warranties and other statements of the Issuers, the Subsidiary
Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers set forth in or made pursuant to this
Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect, and will survive
delivery of and payment for the Senior Subordinated Notes, regardless of (i) any
investigation, or statement as to the results thereof, made by or on behalf of
the Initial Purchasers, the officers or directors of the Initial Purchasers, any
person controlling the Initial Purchasers, the Issuers, any Subsidiary
Guarantor, the officers or directors of the Issuers or any Subsidiary Guarantor,
or any person controlling the Issuers or any Subsidiary Guarantor, (ii)
acceptance of the Senior Subordinated Notes and payment for them hereunder and
(iii) termination of this Agreement.
If this Agreement shall be terminated by the Initial Purchasers
because of any failure or refusal on the part of the Issuers or the Subsidiary
Guarantors to comply with the terms or to fulfill any of the conditions of this
Agreement, the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors, jointly and severally,
agree to reimburse the Initial Purchasers for all out-of-pocket expenses
(including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) reasonably incurred
by them. Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, the Issuers shall be
liable for all expenses which they have agreed to pay pursuant to Section 5(i)
hereof. The Issuers and each Subsidiary Guarantor also agree, jointly and
severally, to reimburse each Initial Purchaser and its officers, directors and
each person, if any, who controls such Initial Purchaser within the meaning of
Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act for any and
all fees and expenses (including without limitation the reasonable fees and
expenses of counsel) incurred by them in connection with enforcing their rights
under this Agreement (including without limitation its rights under this Section
12).
Except as otherwise provided, this Agreement has been and is made
solely for the benefit of and shall be binding upon the Issuers, the Subsidiary
Guarantors, the Initial Purchasers, the Initial Purchasers' directors and
officers, any controlling persons referred to herein, the directors of the
Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors and their respective successors and
assigns, all as and to the extent provided in this Agreement, and no other
person shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this Agreement. The
term "successors and assigns" shall not include a purchaser of any of the Senior
Subordinated Notes from the Initial Purchasers merely because of such purchase.
This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with
the internal laws of the State of New York.
42
<PAGE>
This Agreement may be signed in various counterparts which together
shall constitute one and the same instrument.
* * * *
43
<PAGE>
Please confirm that the foregoing correctly sets forth the agreement
among the Issuers, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers as of
the date first above written.
Very truly yours,
GROVE WORLDWIDE, LLC
By: /s/ Salvatore J. Bonanno
-------------------------------
Name:
Title:
GROVE CAPITAL, INC.
By: /s/ Salvatore J. Bonanno
-------------------------------
Name:
Title:
CRANE ACQUISITION CORP.
By: /s/ Salvatore J. Bonanno
-------------------------------
Name:
Title:
CRANE HOLDING INC.
By: /s/ Salvatore J. Bonanno
-------------------------------
Name:
Title:
[additional signatures on following page]
<PAGE>
NATIONAL CRANE CORP.
By: /s/ Salvatore J. Bonanno
-------------------------------
Name:
Title:
GROVE FINANCE LLC
By: /s/ Salvatore J. Bonanno
-------------------------------
Name:
Title:
GROVE U.S. LLC
By: /s/ Salvatore J. Bonanno
-------------------------------
Name:
Title:
<PAGE>
The foregoing Purchase Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the date
first above written by Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation on
behalf of the Initial Purchasers.
DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE
SECURITIES CORPORATION
By: /s/ Edward Biggins
-------------------------------
Name:
Title:
<PAGE>
Exhibit 3.1
THE AMENDED AND RESTATED
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT
OF
GROVE WORLDWIDE LLC
This Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement (this
"Agreement") of Grove Worldwide LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the
"Company"), is made as of the 29th day of April 1998, by Grove Holdings LLC, as
member (the "Member").
WHEREAS, the Company was formed under the laws of the State of
Delaware by filing a certificate of formation with the Secretary of the State of
Delaware pursuant to an Operating Agreement dated as of January 15, 1998 (the
"Original Agreement") and the Company wishes to amend and restate the Original
Agreement as set forth below:
ARTICLE I
FORMATION; NAME; TERM
1.1 Formation. The Company was formed on January 15, 1998, pursuant
to the provisions of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, as amended from
time to time (the "Act") upon the filing of the Certificate of Formation with
the Secretary of State of Delaware. The Company shall be governed by, and the
rights, duties and liabilities of the Member shall be as provided in, the Act
and this Agreement.
1.2 Name. The name of the Company shall be "Grove Worldwide LLC".
The business of the Company may be conducted upon compliance with all applicable
laws under any other name designated by the Managing Member (as defined in
Section 4.1).
1.3 Effective Date; Term. This Agreement shall become effective upon
the execution of this Agreement by the Member. The Company shall continue in
existence until it is dissolved and its affairs wound up in accordance with the
Act and this Agreement or until it is terminated as provided in the Act or this
Agreement.
1.4 Principal Place of Business. The principal place of business of
the Company shall be at 1565 Buchanan Trail East, P.O. Box 21, Shady Grove, PA
17256 or at such other or additional place or places as the Managing Member
shall determine from time to time. The Company may have other offices, either
within or
<PAGE>
2
outside of the State of Delaware, at such place or places as the Managing Member
may from time to time designate or the business of the Company may require.
1.5 Registered Office. The address of the Company's registered
office in Delaware shall be c/o National Corporate Research, Ltd., 9 East
Loockerman Street, Dover, County of Kent, Delaware 19901.
1.6 Registered Agent. The name and address of the registered agent
of the Company for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware
initially is National Corporate Research, Ltd., 9 East Loockerman Street, Dover,
County of Kent, Delaware 19901. The Managing Member may at any time and from
time to time designate another registered agent.
1.7 Filings. The Managing Member promptly shall cause the execution
and delivery of such documents and performance of such acts consistent with the
terms of this Agreement as may be necessary to comply with the requirements of
law for the formation, qualification and operation of a limited liability
company under the laws of each jurisdiction in which the Company shall conduct
business. All expenses of such filings shall be borne by the Company.
1.8 Authorized Person. Salvatore J. Bonanno is hereby designated as
an authorized person, within the meaning of the Act, to execute, deliver and
file the certificate of formation of the Company, and any amendments and/or
restatements thereof.
1.9 Purpose. The Company is formed for the purpose of, directly or
indirectly, engaging in the business of designing, manufacturing, selling and
providing customer support for mobile hydraulic cranes, aerial work platforms,
truck mounted cranes and similar devices and in any and all activities and
transactions which are necessary, convenient, desirable or incidental to the
foregoing and in any lawful business, act or activity related thereto as the
Managing Member may determine from time to time and for which a limited
liability company may be organized under the Act, and in any and all activities
necessary, convenient, desirable or incidental to the foregoing.
1.10 Powers. Except as otherwise limited in this Agreement,
(a) the Company shall have the power and authority to do any
and all acts necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, convenient or incidental
to or for the furtherance of the purpose set forth in Section 1.9, including:
(i) to conduct its business, carry on its operations and
have and exercise the powers granted to a limited liability company by the Act
in any state, territory, district or possession of the United States, or in any
foreign
<PAGE>
3
country that may be necessary, convenient or incidental to the accomplishment of
the purpose of the Company;
(ii) to acquire by purchase, lease, contribution of
property or otherwise, own, hold, operate, maintain, finance, improve, lease,
sell, convey, mortgage, transfer, demolish or dispose of any real or personal
property that may be necessary, convenient or incidental to the accomplishment
of the purpose of the Company;
(iii) to enter into, perform and carry out contracts of
any kind, including, without limitation, contracts with any Member or any
Affiliate thereof, or any agent of the Company necessary to, in connection with,
convenient to, or incidental to the accomplishment of the purposes of the
Company;
(iv) to purchase, take, receive, subscribe for or
otherwise acquire, own, hold, vote, use, employ, sell, mortgage, lend, pledge,
or otherwise dispose of, and otherwise use and deal in and with, shares or other
interests in or obligations of domestic or foreign corporations, associations,
general or limited partnerships (including the power to be admitted as a partner
thereof and to exercise the rights and perform the duties created thereby),
trusts, limited liability companies (including the power to be admitted as a
member or appointed as a manager thereof and to exercise the rights and perform
the duties created thereby), or individuals or direct or indirect obligations of
the United States or of any government, state, territory, governmental district
or municipality or of any instrumentality of any of them;
(v) to lend money for any proper purpose, to invest and
reinvest funds and to take and hold real and personal property for the payment
of funds so loaned or invested;
(vi) to sue and be sued, complain and defend and
participate in administrative or other proceedings, in its name;
(vii) to appoint employees and agents of the Company,
define their duties and fix their compensation;
(viii) to indemnify any Person to the fullest extent
permitted by the Act and to obtain any and all types of insurance;
(ix) to cease its activities and cancel its Certificate;
(x) to negotiate, enter into, renegotiate, extend,
renew, terminate, modify, amend, waive, execute, acknowledge or take any other
action with respect to any lease, contract or security agreement in respect of
any assets of the Company;
<PAGE>
4
(xi) to borrow money and issue evidences of
indebtedness, and to secure the same by a mortgage, pledge or other lien on the
assets of the Company;
(xii) to pay, collect, compromise, litigate, arbitrate
or otherwise adjust or settle any and all other claims or demands of or against
the Company or to hold such proceeds against the payment of contingent
liabilities; and
(xiii) to make, execute, acknowledge and file any and
all documents or instruments necessary, convenient or incidental to the
accomplishment of the purpose of the Company.
(b) The Company, and the Managing Member, on behalf of the
Company, may enter into and perform any and all documents, agreements and
instruments contemplated thereby, all without any further act, vote or approval
of any Member notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Act or
other applicable law. The Managing Member may authorize any Person (including,
without limitation, any other Member) to enter into and perform any document on
behalf of the Company.
(c) The Company may merge with, or consolidate into, another
Delaware limited liability company or other business entity (as defined in
Section 18-209(a) of the Act) upon the approval of the Majority Members.
ARTICLE II
INTERESTS; COMMITMENTS; CLOSING; CONTRIBUTIONS
2.1 Capital Contributions. The Member shall contribute, transfer,
assign and convey (collectively, "contribute"), or cause to be contributed, to
the capital of the Company, an amount in cash equal to $168,206,759 in exchange
for 100% of the interests (an "Interest") in the Company. The Member will have
no interest in specific Company property.
ARTICLE III
DISTRIBUTIONS
3.1 Distributions.
(a) The Company shall, to the extent the Managing Member determines
that Company has cash available to do so, make quarterly distributions of cash
to the Member in an amount equal to (i) the product of (A) the taxable income
<PAGE>
5
of the Company and (B) the maximum combined Federal, state and local income tax
rates applicable to an individual resident of New York City or Los Angeles,
California, whichever is higher, provided, however, that in determining such
amount, the effect thereon of any net operating loss carryforwards or other
carryforwards or tax attributes attributable to the Company, such as alternative
minimum tax carryforwards shall be taken into account, and adjusted to take into
account any applicable credits, deductions or other adjustments allowed under
both New York and California law to a direct or indirect owner of an Interest in
the Company for state and local income tax purposes.
(b) Additional distributions shall be made to the Member at the
times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Managing Member.
ARTICLE IV
MANAGEMENT
4.1 Management of the Company.
(a) Grove Holdings LLC shall be the initial managing member of
the Company and, in such capacity, shall manage the Company in accordance with
this Agreement (the "Managing Member"). The Managing Member is an agent of the
Company's business, and the actions of the Managing Member taken in such
capacity and in accordance with this Agreement shall bind the Company.
(b) The Managing Member shall have full, exclusive and
complete discretion to manage and control the business and affairs of the
Company, to make all decisions affecting the business and affairs of the Company
and to take all such actions as it deems necessary or appropriate to accomplish
the purpose of the Company as set forth herein. The Managing Member shall be the
sole person or entity with the power to bind the Company, except and to the
extent that such power is expressly delegated to any other person, entity or
committee by the Managing Member, and such delegation shall not cause the
Managing Member to cease to be the Member or the Managing Member. There shall
not be a "manager" (within the meaning of the Act) of the Company.
(c) The Managing Member may appoint individuals with or
without such titles as it may elect, including the titles of President, Vice
President, Treasurer, Secretary, and Assistant Secretary, to act on behalf of
the Company with such power and authority as the Managing Member may delegate in
writing to any such persons.
<PAGE>
6
4.2 Powers of the Managing Member. The Managing Member shall have
the right, power and authority, in the management of the business and affairs of
the Company, to do or cause to be done, at the expense of the Company, any and
all acts deemed by the Managing Member to be necessary or appropriate to
effectuate the business, purposes and objectives of the Company.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Managing
Member shall have the power and authority to:
(a) issue from time to time in one or more series of any
number of Interests, and with such powers, preferences, rights and
qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, and such distinctive serial
designations, all as shall hereafter be stated and expressed in the resolution
or resolutions adopted by the Managing Member. Each series of Interests (a) may
have such voting rights or powers, full or limited, or may be without voting
rights or powers; (b) may be subject to redemption at such time or times and at
such prices; (c) may be entitled to receive allocations and distributions (which
may be cumulative or non-cumulative) at such rate or rates, on such conditions
and at such times, and allocable and payable in preference to, or in such
relation to, the allocations and distributions allocable and payable to any
other class or classes or series of Interests; (d) may have such rights upon the
voluntary or involuntary liquidation, winding up or dissolution of, or upon any
distribution of the assets of, the Company; (e) may be made convertible into or
exchangeable for, Interests of any other class or classes or of any other series
of the same or any other class or classes of interests of the Company at such
price or prices or at such rates of exchange and with such adjustments; (f) may
be entitled to the benefit of a sinking fund to be applied to the purchase or
redemption of Interests of such series in such amount or amounts; (g) may be
entitled to the benefit of conditions and restrictions upon the creation of
indebtedness of the Company or any subsidiary, upon the issue of any additional
Interests (including additional Interests of such series or of any other series)
and upon the making of allocations or distributions on, and the purchase,
redemption or other acquisition by the Company or any subsidiary of, any
outstanding Interests of the Company and (h) may have such other relative,
participating, optional or other special rights, qualifications, limitations or
restrictions thereof; all as shall be stated in said resolution or resolutions
providing for the issue of such Interests;
(b) establish a record date with respect to all actions to
betaken hereunder that require a record date be established, including with
respect to allocations and distributions;
(c) bring and defend on behalf of the Company actions and
proceedings at law or in equity before any court or governmental, administrative
or other regulatory agency, body or commission or otherwise; and
<PAGE>
7
(d) execute all documents or instruments, perform all duties
and powers and do all things for and on behalf of the Company in all matters
necessary, desirable, convenient or incidental to the purpose of the Company,
including, without limitation, all documents, agreements and instruments related
to the making of investments of Company funds.
The expression of any power or authority of the Managing Member in
this Agreement shall not in any way limit or exclude any other power or
authority of the Managing Member which is not specifically or expressly set
forth in this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the
Managing Member shall also have the powers, and shall be subject to the
restrictions, of a Member to the extent of such Managing Member's participation
in the Company as a Member.
4.3 Reliance by Third Parties. Any person or entity dealing with the
Company or the Managing Member, in his capacity as a Member, may rely upon a
certificate signed by the Managing Member as to:
(a) the identity of the Managing Member or the Member;
(b) the existence or non-existence of any fact or facts which
constitute a condition precedent to acts by the Managing Member or the Member or
are in any other manner germane to the affairs of the Company;
(c) the persons who or entities which are authorized to
execute and deliver any instrument or document of or on behalf of the Company;
or
(d) any act or failure to act by the Company as to any other
matter whatsoever involving the Company or the Member.
ARTICLE V
ACCOUNTING; FINANCIAL AND TAX MATTERS
5.1 Accounting Method. The Company shall keep its accounting records
and shall report its profits or losses on the accrual method of accounting in
accordance with the principles used by the Company for Federal income tax
purposes and otherwise in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting
Principles ("GAAP") and, to the extent inconsistent therewith, in accordance
with this Agreement.
5.2 Accounting Records. The Company shall keep complete and accurate
business and accounting records reflecting all transactions of the Company. Such
accounting records shall be kept in accordance with the principles used by the
Company for Federal income tax purposes and otherwise in accordance with GAAP
<PAGE>
8
consistently applied and, to the extent inconsistent therewith, in accordance
with this Agreement. The Company shall also keep all records required to be kept
pursuant to the Act. The Company's records, together with a copy of this
Agreement and of the Certificate, shall be maintained at the principal place of
business of the Company and shall be subject to inspection or examination by
each Member and its duly authorized representative at all reasonable times for
any purpose reasonably related to such Member's interest as a member of the
Company.
5.3 Fiscal Year and Taxable Year. The accounting fiscal year (the
"Fiscal Year") of the Company initially shall end on the last Saturday of
September of each year. The taxable year (the "Taxable Year") of the Company
shall end on December 31 of each year. The Fiscal Year and Taxable Year may be
changed by the Managing Member.
5.4 Financial Statements.
(a) As soon as practicable but in any event within 60 days
after the end of each of the first three quarters of each Fiscal Year of the
Company, the Managing Member or the financial officers of the Company shall
prepare quarterly financial statements of the Company (which need not be
examined or reported on by an independent certified public accountant), which
shall include a balance sheet of the Company as of the end of such fiscal
quarter, a statement of net income and net loss for such fiscal quarter and a
statement of cash flows of the Company for such fiscal quarter, all in
reasonable detail, setting forth in each case in comparative form the
information for the corresponding period (or periods) of the previous Fiscal
Year.
(b) As soon as practicable but in any event within 90 days
after the close of each Fiscal Year of the Company, the Company shall cause to
be prepared the following financial statements, accompanied by the audited
report thereon of the independent accountants for the Company: (i) a balance
sheet of the Company as at the end of such Fiscal Year; (ii) a statement of net
income and net loss for such Fiscal Year; (iii) a statement of cash flows of the
Company for such Fiscal Year; and (iv) a statement of the Members' Capital
Accounts and changes therein for such Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail,
setting forth in each case in comparative form all the information for the
corresponding period (or periods) of the previous Fiscal Year.
5.5 Bank and Investment Accounts. All funds of the Company shall be
deposited in its name, or in such name as may be designated by the Managing
Member, in such checking, savings or other accounts, or held in its name in the
form of such other investments as shall be designated by the Managing Member.
The funds of the Company shall not be commingled with the funds of any Person.
All withdrawals of such deposits or liquidations of such investments by the
Company shall
<PAGE>
9
be made exclusively upon the signature or signatures of such officer or officers
of the Company as Managing Member may designate.
5.6 Tax Matters Partner. The "tax matters partner" (as such term is
defined in Section 6231(a)(7) of the Code) of the Company shall be the Managing
Member or any successor "tax matters partner" designated by the Managing Member
in accordance with this agreement.
5.7 Taxes.
(a) The Company shall prepare, or cause to be prepared, and
shall file all tax returns, be they information returns or otherwise, which are
required to be filed with the Internal Revenue Service, state and local tax
authorities and foreign tax jurisdictions, if any. A copy of such returns shall
be furnished to the Member.
(b) The Company shall furnish the Member with all Company
information required to be reported in the tax returns of the Member for tax
jurisdictions in which the Company is considered to be doing business, including
a report indicating the Company's income, gain, credits, losses and deductions
within 90 days after the end of the Company's Taxable Year.
(c) All determinations as to tax elections shall be made by
the Tax Matters Partner.
5.8 Classification as a Disregarded Entity. The Member intends that
the Company be disregarded as an entity separate from its owner for Federal tax
purposes effective as of the date of this Agreement. The Tax Matters Partner
shall not file an election for the Company to be taxable as an association and
shall, for and on behalf of the Company, take all steps as may be required to
maintain the Company's classification as disregarded as an entity separate from
its owner for Federal tax purposes.
5.9 Accounting Decisions. All determinations as to accounting
principles shall be made by the Managing Member.
ARTICLE VI
LIABILITY; EXCULPATION; INDEMNIFICATION
6.1 Liability of Members. A Member shall not be personally liable
for any debt, obligation or other liability of the Company, whether arising in
contract, tort or otherwise, except that a Member shall remain personally liable
for the payment
<PAGE>
10
of any capital contributions required by Article III, and as otherwise provided
in this Agreement, the Act and any other applicable law.
6.2 Exculpation.
(a) For purposes of this Agreement, "Covered Person" shall
mean any Member, any Affiliate of a Member, and any officer, director,
shareholder, partner, member, employee or agent of a Member or any Affiliate
thereof, and any officer, employee or expressly authorized agent of the Company
or its Affiliates.
(b) No Covered Person shall be liable to the Company or any
other Covered Person for any loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of any act
or omission performed or omitted by such Covered Person in good faith on behalf
of the Company and in a manner reasonably believed to be within the scope of
authority conferred on such Covered Person by this Agreement, except that a
Covered Person shall be liable for any such loss, damage or claim incurred by
reason of such Covered Person's gross negligence or willful misconduct.
(c) A Covered Person shall be fully protected in relying in
good faith upon the records of the Company and upon such information, opinions,
reports or statements presented to the Company by any Person as to matters the
Covered Person reasonably believes are within such other Person's professional
or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on
behalf of the Company, including information, opinions, reports or statements as
to the value and amount of the assets, liabilities, profits, losses, or any
other facts pertinent to the existence and amount of assets from which
distributions to Members might properly be paid.
6.3 Duties and Liabilities of Covered Persons.
(a) To the extent that, at law or in equity, any Covered
Person has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities related thereto
to the Company or to any other Covered Person, a Covered Person acting under
this Agreement shall not be liable to the Company or to any other Covered Person
for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement. The provisions
of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities
of a Covered Person otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the
Members to replace such other duties and liabilities of such Covered Person.
(b) Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (i) whenever a
conflict of interest exists or arises between Covered Persons, or (ii) whenever
this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated herein provides that a
Covered Person shall act in a manner that is, or provides terms that are, fair
and reasonable to the Company or any Member, the Covered Person shall resolve
such conflict of interest, taking such action or providing such terms,
considering in each case the
<PAGE>
11
relative interest of each party (including its own interest) to such conflict,
agreement, transaction or situation and the benefits and burdens relating to
such interests, any customary or accepted industry practices, and any applicable
generally accepted accounting practices or principles. In the absence of bad
faith by the Covered Person, the resolution, action or term so made, taken or
provided by the Covered Person shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement
or any other agreement contemplated herein or of any duty or obligation of the
Covered Person at law or in equity or otherwise.
(c) Whenever in this Agreement a Covered Person is permitted
or required to make a decision (a) in its "discretion" or under a grant of
similar authority or latitude, the Covered Person shall be entitled to consider
only such interests and factors as it desires, including its own interests, and
shall have no duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of or
factors affecting the Company or any other Person, or (b) in its "good faith" or
under another express standard, the Covered Person shall act under such express
standard and shall not be subject to any other or different standard imposed by
this Agreement or other applicable law.
6.4 Indemnification.
(a) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the
Company shall indemnify any Covered Person who was or is made a party or is
threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action,
suit or proceeding brought by or against the Company or otherwise, whether
civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, including, without limitation,
an action by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor,
by reason of the fact that such Covered Person is or was a Member, Affiliate,
officer, employee or agent of the Company, or that such Covered Person is or was
serving at the request of the Company as an Affiliate partner, member, director,
officer, trustee, employee or agent of another Person, against all expenses,
including attorneys' fees and disbursements, judgments, fines and amounts paid
in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such Covered Person in
connection with such action, suit or proceeding. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
no indemnification shall be provided to or on behalf of any Covered Person if a
judgment or other final adjudication adverse to such Covered Person establishes
that his or her acts constituted intentional misconduct or gross negligence.
(b) Any indemnification under subsection (a) of this Section
(unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Company only as authorized in
the specific case upon a determination that the indemnification of the Covered
Person is proper under the circumstances because he or she has met the
applicable standard of conduct set forth in subsection (a) of this Section 6.4.
Such determination shall be made by the Majority Members or, if the Majority
Members so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion. Any
indemnification payment shall be
<PAGE>
12
payable only out of and to the extent of the Company's assets, and no Covered
Person shall have any liability therefor.
(c) The Company shall, in the discretion of the Majority
Members, pay expenses incurred in defending any action, suit or proceeding
described in subsection (a) above (including reasonable legal fees and expenses
of counsel and other experts) in advance of the final disposition of such
action, suit or proceeding upon receipt by the Company of an undertaking, in
form satisfactory to the Managing Member or the Company's legal counsel, to
repay such amount if it shall be determined that the Covered Person is not
entitled to be indemnified as authorized by paragraph (a) above.
(d) The indemnification provided by this Section 6.4 shall not
be deemed exclusive of any other rights to indemnification to which those
seeking indemnification may be entitled under any agreement, or otherwise. The
rights to indemnification and reimbursement or advancement of expenses provided
by, or granted pursuant to, this Section 6.4 shall continue as to a Covered
Person who has ceased to be a Member, officer, employee or agent (or other
person indemnified hereunder) and shall inure to the benefit of the executors,
administrators, legatees and distributees of such person.
(e) The provisions of this Section 6.4 shall be a contract
between the Company, on the one hand, and each Covered Person who served in such
capacity at any time while this Section 6.4 is in effect, on the other hand,
pursuant to which the Company and each such Covered Person intend to be legally
bound. No repeal or modification of this Section 6.4 shall affect any rights or
obligations with respect to any state of facts then or theretofore existing or
thereafter arising or any proceeding theretofore or thereafter brought or
threatened based in whole or in part upon such state of facts.
6.5 Insurance. The Company may purchase and maintain insurance, to
the extent and in such amounts as the Managing Member shall, in its sole
discretion, deem reasonable, on behalf of Covered Persons and such other persons
or entities as the Managing Member shall determine, against any liability that
may be asserted against or expenses that may be incurred by any such person or
entity in connection with the activities of the Company or such indemnities,
regardless of whether the Company would have the power to indemnify such person
or entity against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement. The
Managing Member, on behalf of the Company, and/or the Company may enter into
indemnity contracts with Covered Person and adopt written procedures pursuant to
which arrangements are made for the advancement of expenses and the funding of
obligations under Section 6.4 hereof and containing such other procedures
regarding indemnification as are appropriate.
<PAGE>
13
ARTICLE VII
TERMINATION; DISSOLUTION; LIQUIDATION AND WINDING-UP
7.1 Events of Dissolution. The Company shall be dissolved upon any
of the following (each a "Dissolution Event"):
(a) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under
Section 18-802 of the Act;
(b) the written consent to a dissolution of the Member;
(c) the expiration of 60 days after the assignment, sale,
transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets,
properties and business of the Company;
(d) the death, retirement, resignation, expulsion, bankruptcy
or dissolution of the Member or any other event that terminates the continued
membership of the Member.
7.2 Liquidation and Winding-Up. If the Company is dissolved pursuant
to Section 7.1, the Company shall be liquidated and wound up in accordance with
the Act and the following provisions:
(a) The financial officers of the Company shall be directed to
prepare a balance sheet, income statement and statement of cash flows of the
Company in accordance with GAAP as of the date of dissolution and for the period
ended on such date, which balance sheet shall be reported upon by the Company's
independent public accountants.
(b) The assets, properties and business of the Company shall
be liquidated by the Managing Member as promptly as possible, but in an orderly
and businesslike manner so as not to involve undue sacrifice. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, if it is determined by the Managing Member not to sell all or any
portion of the properties and assets of the Company, such properties and assets
shall be distributed in kind in the order of priority set forth in subsection
(c); provided, however, that the Fair Market Value of such properties and
assets, as determined in good faith by the Managing Member, shall be used in
determining the extent and amount of a distribution in kind of such properties
and assets in lieu of actual cash proceeds of any sale or other disposition
thereof.
(c) The proceeds of sale of all or substantially all of the
properties and assets of the Company and all other properties and assets of the
Company not sold, as provided in subsection (b) above, and valued at the Fair
Market
<PAGE>
14
Value thereof as provided in such subsection (b), shall be applied and
distributed as follows, and in the following order or priority:
(i) First, to the payment of all debts and liabilities
of the Company and the expenses of liquidation not otherwise adequately
provided for;
(ii) Second, to the setting up of any reserves that are
reasonably necessary for any contingent unforeseen liabilities or
obligations of the Company or of the Member arising out of, or in
connection with, the Company.
(iii) Thereafter, to the Member.
(d) A Certificate of Cancellation shall be filed with the
Secretary of State of the State of Delaware by the Members.
7.3 Survival of Rights, Duties and Obligations. Termination,
dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company for any reason shall not
release any party from any liability which at the time of such termination,
dissolution, liquidation or winding up already had accrued to any other party or
which thereafter may accrue in respect to any act or omission prior to such
termination, dissolution, liquidation or winding up.
7.4 Claims of the Members. The Member shall look solely to the
Company's assets for the return of their contributions to the Company, and if
the assets of the Company remaining after payment of or due provision for all
debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company are insufficient to return
such contributions, the Member shall have no recourse against the Company.
ARTICLE VIII
MISCELLANEOUS
8.1 Assignments. The Member may assign in whole or in part its
limited liability company Interest.
8.2 Resignation. The Managing Member may resign from the Company.
8.3 Admission of Additional Members. One (1) or more additional
members of the Company may be admitted to the Company with the consent of the
Member.
<PAGE>
15
8.4 Liability of Members. The Member shall not have any liability
for the obligations or liabilities of the Company except to the extent provided
in the Act.
8.5 Amendment. This Agreement may be amended at any time by the
Member.
8.6 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and
construed under, the laws of the State of Delaware, all rights and remedies
being governed by said laws.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound
hereby, has duly executed this Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the
date and year first aforesaid.
GROVE HOLDINGS LLC
By: /s/ Salvatore J.Bonanno
---------------------------
Name: Salvatore J. Bonanno
Title: Chief Executive Officer
<PAGE>
Exhibit 3.2
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
of
GROVE CAPITAL, INC.
The undersigned incorporator, in order to form a corporation under
the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the "General Corporation
Law"), certifies as follows:
1. Name. The name of the corporation is Grove Capital, Inc. (the
"Corporation").
2. Address; Registered Office and Agent. The address of the
registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is c/o CSC The
United States Corporation Company, 1013 Centre Road, Wilmington, New Castle
County, Delaware 19805.
3. Purposes. The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any
lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General
Corporation Law.
4. Number of Shares. The total number of shares of stock that the
Corporation shall have authority to issue is: One Thousand (1,000), all of which
shall be shares of Common Stock of the par value of One Cent ($0.01) each.
5. Name and Mailing Address of Incorporator. The name and mailing
address of the incorporator are: Todd A. Finger, 1285 Avenue of the Americas,
New York, New York 10019-6064.
<PAGE>
6. Election of Directors. Members of the Board of Directors of the
Corporation (the "Board") may be elected either by written ballot or by voice
vote.
7. Limitation of Liability. No director of the Corporation shall be
personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages
for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, provided that this provision shall
not eliminate or limit the liability of a director (a) for any breach of the
director's duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (b) for acts
or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a
knowing violation of law, (c) under section 174 of the General Corporation Law
or (d) for any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal
benefits.
Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provision shall not
adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation
existing at the time of such repeal or modification.
8. Indemnification.
8.1 To the extent not prohibited by law, the Corporation shall
indemnify any person who is or was made, or threatened to be made, a party to
any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (a
"Proceeding"), whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative,
including, without limitation, an action by or in the right of the Corporation
to procure a judgment in its favor, by
2
<PAGE>
reason of the fact that such person, or a person of whom such person is the
legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or, at
the request of the Corporation, is or was serving as a director or officer of
any other corporation or in a capacity with comparable authority or
responsibilities for any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit
plan or other enterprise (an "Other Entity"), against judgments, fines,
penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid in settlement and costs, charges and
expenses (including attorneys' fees, disbursements and other charges). Persons
who are not directors or officers of the Corporation (or otherwise entitled to
indemnification pursuant to the preceding sentence) may be similarly indemnified
in respect of service to the Corporation or to an Other Entity at the request of
the Corporation to the extent the Board at any time specifies that such persons
are entitled to the benefits of this Section 8.
8.2 The Corporation shall, from time to time, reimburse or
advance to any director or officer or other person entitled to indemnification
hereunder the funds necessary for payment of expenses, including attorneys' fees
and disbursements, incurred in connection with any Proceeding, in advance of the
final disposition of such Proceeding; provided, however, that, if required by
the General Corporation Law, such expenses incurred by or on behalf of any
director or officer or other person may be paid in advance of the final
disposition of a Proceeding only upon receipt by the Corporation of an
undertaking, by or on behalf of such director or officer (or other person
indemnified hereunder), to repay any such amount so
3
<PAGE>
advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from
which there is no further right of appeal that such director, officer or other
person is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses.
8.3 The rights to indemnification and reimbursement or
advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Section 8
shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which a person seeking
indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses may have or
hereafter be entitled under any statute, this Certificate of Incorporation, the
By-laws of the Corporation (the "By-laws"), any agreement, any vote of
stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his
or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such
office.
8.4 The rights to indemnification and reimbursement or
advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Section 8
shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer (or
other person indemnified hereunder) and shall inure to the benefit of the
executors, administrators, legatees and distributees of such person.
8.5 The Corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain
insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or
agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation
as a director, officer, employee or agent of an Other Entity, against any
liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such
4
<PAGE>
capacity, or arising out of such person's status as such, whether or not the
Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability
under the provisions of this Section 8, the By-laws or under section 145 of the
General Corporation Law or any other provision of law.
8.6 The provisions of this Section 8 shall be a contract
between the Corporation, on the one hand, and each director and officer who
serves in such capacity at any time while this Section 8 is in effect and any
other person entitled to indemnification hereunder, on the other hand, pursuant
to which the Corporation and each such director, officer, or other person intend
to be, and shall be, legally bound. No repeal or modification of this Section 8
shall affect any rights or obligations with respect to any state of facts then
or theretofore existing or thereafter arising or any proceeding theretofore or
thereafter brought or threatened based in whole or in part upon any such state
of facts.
8.7 The rights to indemnification and reimbursement or
advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Section 8
shall be enforceable by any person entitled to such indemnification or
reimbursement or advancement of expenses in any court of competent jurisdiction.
The burden of proving that such indemnification or reimbursement or advancement
of expenses is not appropriate shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure
of the Corporation (including its Board, its independent legal counsel and its
stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such
action that such indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses is
proper in the circumstances nor an actual determination by the Corporation
(including its Board, its independent legal counsel and its stockholders) that
such person is not entitled to such indemnification
5
<PAGE>
or reimbursement or advancement of expenses shall constitute a defense to the
action or create a presumption that such person is not so entitled. Such a
person shall also be indemnified for any expenses incurred in connection with
successfully establishing his or her right to such indemnification or
reimbursement or advancement of expenses, in whole or in part, in any such
proceeding.
8.8 Any director or officer of the Corporation serving in any
capacity of (a) another corporation of which a majority of the shares entitled
to vote in the election of its directors is held, directly or indirectly, by the
Corporation or (b) any employee benefit plan of the Corporation or any
corporation referred to in clause (a) shall be deemed to be doing so at the
request of the Corporation.
8.9 Any person entitled to be indemnified or to reimbursement
or advancement of expenses as a matter of right pursuant to this Section 8 may
elect to have the right to indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of
expenses interpreted on the basis of the applicable law in effect at the time of
the occurrence of the event or events giving rise to the applicable Proceeding,
to the extent permitted by law, or on the basis of the applicable law in effect
at the time such indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses is
sought. Such election shall be made, by a notice in writing to the Corporation,
at the time
6
<PAGE>
indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses is sought; provided,
however, that if no such notice is given, the right to indemnification or
reimbursement or advancement of expenses shall be determined by the law in
effect at the time indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses
is sought.
9. Adoption, Amendment and/or Repeal of By-Laws. The Board may from
time to time adopt, amend or repeal the By-laws of the Corporation; provided,
however, that any By-laws adopted or amended by the Board may be amended or
repealed, and any By-laws may be adopted, by the stockholders of the Corporation
by vote of a majority of the holders of shares of stock of the Corporation
entitled to vote in the election of directors of the Corporation.
WITNESS the signature of this Certificate this 16th day of March,
1998.
/s/ Todd A. Finger
------------------
Todd A. Finger
<PAGE>
Exhibit 3.3
BY-LAWS
of
GROVE CAPITAL, INC.
(A Delaware Corporation)
------------------------
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS
As used in these By-laws, unless the context otherwise requires, the
term:
1.1 "Assistant Secretary" means an Assistant Secretary of the
Corporation.
1.2 "Assistant Treasurer" means an Assistant Treasurer of the
Corporation.
1.3 "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
1.4 "By-laws" means the initial by-laws of the Corporation, as
amended from time to time.
1.5 "Certificate of Incorporation" means the initial certificate of
incorporation of the Corporation, as amended, supplemented or restated from time
to time.
1.6 "Chairman" means the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the
Corporation.
1.7 "Corporation" means Grove Capital, Inc..
1.8 "Directors" means directors of the Corporation.
1.9 "Entire Board" means all directors of the Corporation in office,
whether or not present at a meeting of the Board, but disregarding vacancies.
<PAGE>
2
1.10 "General Corporation Law" means the General Corporation Law of
the State of Delaware, as amended from time to time.
1.11 "Office of the Corporation" means the executive office of the
Corporation, anything in Section 131 of the General Corporation Law to the
contrary notwithstanding.
1.12 "President" means the President of the Corporation.
1.13 "Secretary" means the Secretary of the Corporation.
1.14 "Stockholders" means stockholders of the Corporation.
1.15 "Treasurer" means the Treasurer of the Corporation.
1.16 "Vice President" means a Vice President of the Corporation.
ARTICLE 2
STOCKHOLDERS
2.1 Place of Meetings. Every meeting of Stockholders shall be held
at the office of the Corporation or at such other place within or without the
State of Delaware as shall be specified or fixed in the notice of such meeting
or in the waiver of notice thereof.
2.2 Annual Meeting. A meeting of Stockholders shall be held annually
for the election of Directors and the transaction of other business at such hour
and on such business day in September or October or as may be determined by the
Board and designated in the notice of meeting.
2.3 Deferred Meeting for Election of Directors, Etc. If the annual
meeting of Stockholders for the election of Directors and the transaction of
other
<PAGE>
3
business is not held within the months specified in Section 2.2 hereof, the
Board shall call a meeting of Stockholders for the election of Directors and the
transaction of other business as soon thereafter as convenient.
2.4 Other Special Meetings. A special meeting of Stockholders (other
than a special meeting for the election of Directors), unless otherwise
prescribed by statute, may be called at any time by the Board or by the
President or by the Secretary. At any special meeting of Stockholders only such
business may be transacted as is related to the purpose or purposes of such
meeting set forth in the notice thereof given pursuant to Section 2.6 hereof or
in any waiver of notice thereof given pursuant to Section 2.7 hereof.
2.5 Fixing Record Date. For the purpose of (a) determining the
Stockholders entitled (i) to notice of or to vote at any meeting of Stockholders
or any adjournment thereof, (ii) unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of
Incorporation to express consent to corporate action in writing without a
meeting or (iii) to re ceive payment of any dividend or other distribution or
allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any
change, conversion or exchange of stock; or (b) any other lawful action, the
Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon
which the resolution fixing the record date was adopted by the Board and which
record date shall not be (x) in the case of clause (a)(i) above, more than sixty
nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, (y) in the case of
clause (a)(ii) above, more than 10 days after the date upon which the resolution
fixing the record date was adopted by the Board and (z) in the case of clause
(a)(iii)
<PAGE>
4
or (b) above, more than sixty days prior to such action. If no such
record date is fixed:
2.5.1 the record date for determining Stockholders
entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at
the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is
given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next
preceding the day on which the meeting is held;
2.5.2 the record date for determining stockholders
entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a
meeting (unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation),
when no prior action by the Board is required under the General
Corporation Law, shall be the first day on which a signed written consent
setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the
Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware,
its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation
having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of
stockholders are recorded; and when prior action by the Board is required
under the General Corporation Law, the record date for determining
stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a
meeting shall be at the close of business on the date on which the Board
adopts the resolution taking such prior action; and
2.5.3 the record date for determining stockholders for
any purpose other than those specified in Sections 2.5.1 and 2.5.2 shall
be at
<PAGE>
5
the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution
relating thereto.
When a determination of Stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any
meeting of Stockholders has been made as provided in this Section 2.5, such
determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof unless the Board fixes a
new record date for the adjourned meeting. Delivery made to the Corporation's
registered office in accordance with Section 2.5.2 shall be by hand or by
certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.
2.6 Notice of Meetings of Stockholders. Except as otherwise provided
in Sections 2.5 and 2.7 hereof, whenever under the provisions of any statute,
the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, Stockholders are required or
permitted to take any action at a meeting, written notice shall be given stating
the place, date and hour of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting,
the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Unless otherwise
provided by any statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, a
copy of the notice of any meeting shall be given, personally or by mail, not
less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting, to each
Stockholder entitled to notice of or to vote at such meeting. If mailed, such
notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail,
with postage prepaid, directed to the Stockholder at his or her address as it
appears on the records of the Corporation. An affidavit of the Secretary or an
Assistant Secretary or of the transfer agent of the Corporation that the notice
required by this Section 2.6 has been given shall, in the absence of fraud,
<PAGE>
6
be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein. When a meeting is adjourned
to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if
the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment
is taken, and at the adjourned meeting any business may be transacted that might
have been transacted at the meeting as originally called. If, however, the
adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new
record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned
meeting shall be given to each Stockholder of record entitled to vote at the
meeting.
2.7 Waivers of Notice. Whenever the giving of any notice is required
by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, a waiver thereof,
in writing, signed by the Stockholder or Stockholders entitled to said notice,
whether before or after the event as to which such notice is required, shall be
deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance by a Stockholder at a meeting shall
constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except when the Stockholder
attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the
meeting, to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting has
not been lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at,
nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the Stockholders need be
specified in any written waiver of notice unless so required by statute, the
Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws.
2.8 List of Stockholders. The Secretary shall prepare and make, or
cause to be prepared and made, at least ten days before every meeting of
Stockholders, a complete list of the Stockholders entitled to vote at the
meeting,
<PAGE>
7
arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each
Stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each Stockholder.
Such list shall be open to the examination of any Stockholder, the Stockholder's
agent, or attorney, at the Stockholder's expense, for any purpose germane to the
meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior
to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be
held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so
specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be
produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time
thereof, and may be inspected by any Stockholder who is present. The Corporation
shall maintain the Stockholder list in written form or in another form capable
of conversion into written form within a reasonable time. Upon the willful
neglect or refusal of the Directors to produce such a list at any meeting for
the election of Directors, they shall be ineligible for election to any office
at such meeting. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the
Stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list of Stockholders or
the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of
Stockholders.
2.9 Quorum of Stockholders; Adjournment. Except as otherwise
provided by any statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, the
holders of one-third of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote at any
meeting of Stockholders, present in person or represented by proxy, shall
constitute a quorum for the transaction of any business at such meeting. When a
quorum is once present to organize a meeting of Stockholders, it is not broken
by the subsequent withdrawal of
<PAGE>
8
any Stockholders. The holders of a majority of the shares of stock present in
person or represented by proxy at any meeting of Stockholders, including an
adjourned meeting, whether or not a quorum is present, may adjourn such meeting
to another time and place. Shares of its own stock belonging to the Corporation
or to another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the
election of directors of such other corporation is held, directly or indirectly,
by the Corporation, shall neither be entitled to vote nor be counted for quorum
purposes; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not limit the right of the
Corporation to vote stock, including but not limited to its own stock, held by
it in a fiduciary capacity.
2.10 Voting; Proxies. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate
of Incorporation, every Stockholder of record shall be entitled at every meeting
of Stockholders to one vote for each share of capital stock standing in his or
her name on the record of Stockholders determined in accordance with Section 2.5
hereof. If the Certificate of Incorporation provides for more or less than one
vote for any share on any matter, each reference in the By-laws or the General
Corporation Law to a majority or other proportion of stock shall refer to such
majority or other proportion of the votes of such stock. The provisions of
Sections 212 and 217 of the General Corporation Law shall apply in determining
whether any shares of capital stock may be voted and the persons, if any,
entitled to vote such shares; but the Corporation shall be protected in assuming
that the persons in whose names shares of capital stock stand on the stock
ledger of the Corporation are entitled to vote such shares. Holders of
redeemable shares of stock are not entitled to vote after the notice of
redemption is
<PAGE>
9
mailed to such holders and a sum sufficient to redeem the stocks has been
deposited with a bank, trust company, or other financial institution under an
irrevocable obligation to pay the holders the redemption price on surrender of
the shares of stock. At any meeting of Stockholders (at which a quorum was
present to organize the meeting), all matters, except as otherwise provided by
statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-laws, shall be
decided by a majority of the votes cast at such meeting by the holders of shares
present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote thereon, whether
or not a quorum is present when the vote is taken. All elections of Directors
shall be by written ballot unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of
Incorporation. In voting on any other question on which a vote by ballot is
required by law or is demanded by any Stockholder entitled to vote, the voting
shall be by ballot. Each ballot shall be signed by the Stockholder voting or the
Stockholder's proxy and shall state the number of shares voted. On all other
questions, the voting may be viva voce. Each Stockholder entitled to vote at a
meeting of Stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in
writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for
such Stockholder by proxy. The validity and enforceability of any proxy shall be
determined in accordance with Section 212 of the General Corporation Law. A
Stockholder may revoke any proxy that is not irrevocable by attending the
meeting and voting in person or by filing an instrument in writing revoking the
proxy or by delivering a proxy in accordance with applicable law bearing a later
date to the Secretary.
<PAGE>
10
2.11 Voting Procedures and Inspectors of Election at Meetings of
Stockholders. The Board, in advance of any meeting of Stockholders, may appoint
one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof.
The Board may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace
any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate has been appointed
or is able to act at a meeting, the person presiding at the meeting may appoint,
and on the request of any Stockholder entitled to vote thereat shall appoint,
one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering
upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully
to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the
best of his or her ability. The inspectors shall (a) ascertain the number of
shares outstanding and the voting power of each, (b) determine the shares
represented at the meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots, (c) count
all votes and ballots, (d) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record
of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the
inspectors, and (e) certify their determination of the number of shares
represented at the meeting and their count of all votes and ballots. The
inspectors may appoint or retain other persons or entities to assist the
inspectors in the performance of their duties. Unless otherwise provided by the
Board, the date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each
matter upon which the Stockholders will vote at a meeting shall be determined by
the person presiding at the meeting and shall be announced at the meeting. No
ballot, proxies or votes, or any revocation thereof or change thereto, shall be
accepted by the inspectors after the
<PAGE>
11
closing of the polls unless the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware upon
application by a Stockholder shall determine otherwise.
2.12 Organization. At each meeting of Stockholders, the President,
or in the absence of the President, the Chairman, or if there is no Chairman or
if there be one and the Chairman is absent, a Vice Presi dent, and in case more
than one Vice President shall be present, that Vice President designated by the
Board (or in the absence of any such designation, the most senior Vice
President, based on age, present), shall act as chairman of the meeting. The
Secretary, or in his or her absence, one of the Assistant Secretaries, shall act
as secretary of the meeting. In case none of the officers above designated to
act as chairman or secretary of the meeting, respectively, shall be present, a
chairman or a secretary of the meeting, as the case may be, shall be chosen by a
majority of the votes cast at such meeting by the holders of shares of capital
stock present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at the
meeting.
2.13 Order of Business. The order of business at all meetings of
Stockholders shall be as determined by the chairman of the meeting, but the
order of business to be followed at any meeting at which a quorum is present may
be changed by a majority of the votes cast at such meeting by the holders of
shares of capital stock present in person or represented by proxy and entitled
to vote at the meeting.
2.14 Written Consent of Stockholders Without a Meeting. Unless
otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required by
the General Corporation Law to be taken at any annual or special meeting of
stockholders
<PAGE>
12
may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a
consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be
signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum
number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a
meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and
shall be delivered (by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt
requested) to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State
of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the
Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of
stockholders are recorded. Every written consent shall bear the date of
signature of each stockholder who signs the consent and no written consent shall
be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within 60
days of the earliest dated consent delivered in the manner required by this
Section 2.14, written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take
action are delivered to the Corporation as aforesaid. Prompt notice of the
taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written
consent shall be given to those Stockholders who have not consented in writing.
ARTICLE 3
Directors
3.1 General Powers. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate
of Incorporation, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed
by or under the direction of the Board. The Board may adopt such rules and
regulations, not inconsistent with the Certificate of Incorporation or these
By-laws
<PAGE>
13
or applicable laws, as it may deem proper for the conduct of its meetings and
the management of the Corporation. In addition to the powers expressly conferred
by these By-laws, the Board may exercise all powers and perform all acts that
are not required, by these By-laws or the Certificate of Incorporation or by
statute, to be exercised and performed by the Stockholders.
3.2 Number; Qualification; Term of Office. The Board shall consist
of one or more members. The number of Directors shall be fixed initially by the
incorporator and may thereafter be changed from time to time by action of the
stockholders or by action of the Board. Directors need not be stockholders. Each
Director shall hold office until a successor is elected and qualified or until
the Director's death, resignation or removal.
3.3 Election. Directors shall, except as otherwise required by
statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, be elected by a plurality of the
votes cast at a meeting of stockholders by the holders of shares entitled to
vote in the election.
3.4 Newly Created Directorships and Vacancies. Unless otherwise
provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, newly created Directorships
resulting from an increase in the number of Directors and vacancies occurring in
the Board for any other reason, including the removal of Directors without
cause, may be filled by the affirmative votes of a majority of the entire Board,
although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining Director, or may be elected
by a plurality of the votes cast by the holders of shares of capital stock
entitled to vote in the election at a special
<PAGE>
14
meeting of stockholders called for that purpose. A Director elected to fill a
vacancy shall be elected to hold office until a successor is elected and
qualified, or until the Director's earlier death, resignation or removal.
3.5 Resignation. Any Director may resign at any time by written
notice to the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the time
therein specified, and, unless otherwise specified in such resignation, the
acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.
3.6 Removal. Subject to the provisions of Section 141(k) of the
General Corporation Law, any or all of the Directors may be removed with or
without cause by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled
to vote at an election of Directors.
3.7 Compensation. Each Director, in consideration of his or her
service as such, shall be entitled to receive from the Corporation such amount
per annum or such fees for attendance at Directors' meetings, or both, as the
Board may from time to time determine, together with reimbursement for the
reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, if any, incurred by such Director in
connection with the performance of his or her duties. Each Director who shall
serve as a member of any committee of Directors in consideration of serving as
such shall be entitled to such additional amount per annum or such fees for
attendance at committee meetings, or both, as the Board may from time to time
determine, together with reimbursement for the reasonable out-of-pocket
expenses, if any, incurred by such Director in the performance of his or her
duties. Nothing contained in this Section 3.7 shall preclude
<PAGE>
15
any Director from serving the Corporation or its subsidiaries in any other
capacity and receiving proper compensation therefor.
3.8 Times and Places of Meetings. The Board may hold meetings, both
regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware. The times
and places for holding meetings of the Board may be fixed from time to time by
resolution of the Board or (unless contrary to a resolution of the Board) in the
notice of the meeting.
3.9 Annual Meetings. On the day when and at the place where the
annual meeting of stockholders for the election of Directors is held, and as
soon as practicable thereafter, the Board may hold its annual meeting, without
notice of such meeting, for the purposes of organization, the election of
officers and the transaction of other business. The annual meeting of the Board
may be held at any other time and place specified in a notice given as provided
in Section 3.11 hereof for special meetings of the Board or in a waiver of
notice thereof.
3.10 Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board may be held
without notice at such times and at such places as shall from time to time be
determined by the Board.
3.11 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board may be called
by the Chairman, the President or the Secretary or by any two or more Directors
then serving on at least one day's notice to each Director given by one of the
means specified in Section 3.14 hereof other than by mail, or on at least three
days' notice if given by mail. Special meetings shall be called by the Chairman,
President or
<PAGE>
16
Secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of any two or
more of the Directors then serving.
3.12 Telephone Meetings. Directors or members of any committee
designated by the Board may participate in a meeting of the Board or of such
committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment
by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other,
and participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section 3.12 shall constitute
presence in person at such meeting.
3.13 Adjourned Meetings. A majority of the Directors present at any
meeting of the Board, including an adjourned meeting, whether or not a quorum is
present, may adjourn such meeting to another time and place. At least one day's
notice of any adjourned meeting of the Board shall be given to each Director
whether or not present at the time of the adjournment, if such notice shall be
given by one of the means specified in Section 3.14 hereof other than by mail,
or at least three days' notice if by mail. Any business may be transacted at an
adjourned meeting that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally
called.
3.14 Notice Procedure. Subject to Sections 3.11 and 3.17 hereof,
whenever, under the provisions of any statute, the Certificate of Incorporation
or these By-laws, notice is required to be given to any Director, such notice
shall be deemed given effectively if given in person or by telephone, by mail
addressed to such Director at such Director's address as it appears on the
records of the
<PAGE>
17
Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, or by telegram, telex, telecopy or
similar means addressed as aforesaid.
3.15 Waiver of Notice. Whenever the giving of any notice is required
by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, a waiver thereof,
in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether
before or after the event as to which such notice is required, shall be deemed
equivalent to notice. Attendance by a person at a meeting shall constitute a
waiver of notice of such meeting except when the person attends a meeting for
the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the
transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting has not been lawfully
called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose
of, any regular or special meeting of the Directors or a committee of Directors
need be specified in any written waiver of notice unless so required by statute,
the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws.
3.16 Organization. At each meeting of the Board, the Chairman, or in
the absence of the Chairman, the President, or in the absence of the President,
a chairman chosen by a majority of the Directors present, shall preside. The
Secretary shall act as secretary at each meeting of the Board. In case the
Secretary shall be absent from any meeting of the Board, an Assistant Secretary
shall perform the duties of secretary at such meeting; and in the absence from
any such meeting of the Secretary and all Assistant Secretaries, the person
presiding at the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the
meeting.
<PAGE>
18
3.17 Quorum of Directors. The presence in person of a majority of
the entire Board shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for
the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board, but a majority of a
smaller number may adjourn any such meeting to a later date.
3.18 Action by Majority Vote. Except as otherwise expressly required
by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, the act of a
majority of the Directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present
shall be the act of the Board.
3.19 Action Without Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the
Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, any action required or permitted
to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken
without a meeting if all Directors or members of such committee, as the case may
be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the
minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.
ARTICLE 4
COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD
The Board may, by resolution passed by a vote of a majority of the
entire Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one
or more of the Directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one or more
Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or
disqualified member at any meeting of such committee. If a member of a committee
shall be absent from any meeting, or disqualified from voting thereat, the
remaining
<PAGE>
19
member or members present and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such
member or members constitute a quorum, may, by a unanimous vote, appoint another
member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or
disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the
resolution of the Board passed as aforesaid, shall have and may exercise all the
powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs
of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be
impressed on all papers that may require it, but no such committee shall have
the power or authority of the Board in reference to amending the Certificate of
Incorporation, adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation under section
251 or section 252 of the General Corporation Law, recommending to the
stockholders (a) the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the
Corporation's property and assets, or (b) a dissolution of the Corporation or a
revocation of a dissolution, or amending the Bylaws of the Corporation; and,
unless the resolution designating it expressly so provides, no such committee
shall have the power and authority to declare a dividend, to authorize the
issuance of stock or to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger pursuant to
Section 253 of the General Corporation Law. Unless otherwise specified in the
resolution of the Board designating a committee, at all meetings of such
committee a majority of the total number of members of the committee shall
constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the vote of a majority
of the members of the committee present at any meeting at which there is a
quorum shall be the act of the committee. Each committee shall keep regular
minutes of its meetings. Unless the
<PAGE>
20
Board otherwise provides, each committee designated by the Board may make, alter
and repeal rules for the conduct of its business. In the absence of such rules
each committee shall conduct its business in the same manner as the Board
conducts its business pursuant to Article 3 of these By-laws.
ARTICLE 5
OFFICERS
5.1 Positions. The officers of the Corporation shall be a President,
a Secretary, a Treasurer and such other officers as the Board may appoint,
including a Chairman, one or more Vice Presidents and one or more Assistant
Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers, who shall exercise such powers and perform
such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board. The Board may
designate one or more Vice Presidents as Executive Vice Presidents and may use
descriptive words or phrases to designate the standing, seniority or areas of
special competence of the Vice Presidents elected or appointed by it. Any number
of offices may be held by the same person unless the Certificate of
Incorporation or these By-laws otherwise provide.
5.2 Appointment. The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by
the Board at its annual meeting or at such other time or times as the Board
shall determine.
5.3 Compensation. The compensation of all officers of the
Corporation shall be fixed by the Board. No officer shall be prevented from
<PAGE>
21
receiving a salary or other compensation by reason of the fact that the officer
is also a Director.
5.4 Term of Office. Each officer of the Corporation shall hold
office for the term for which he or she is elected and until such officer's
successor is chosen and qualifies or until such officer's earlier death,
resignation or removal. Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice
to the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the date of receipt of
such notice or at such later time as is therein specified, and, unless otherwise
specified, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it
effective. The resignation of an officer shall be without prejudice to the
contract rights of the Corporation, if any. Any officer elected or appointed by
the Board may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by vote of a
majority of the entire Board. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the
Corporation shall be filled by the Board. The removal of an officer without
cause shall be without prejudice to the officer's contract rights, if any. The
election or appointment of an officer shall not of itself create contract
rights.
5.5 Fidelity Bonds. The Corporation may secure the fidelity of any
or all of its officers or agents by bond or otherwise.
5.6 Chairman. The Chairman, if one shall have been appointed, shall
preside at all meetings of the Board and shall exercise such powers and perform
such other duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board.
5.7 President. The President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of
the Corporation and shall have general supervision over the business of the
<PAGE>
22
Corporation, subject, however, to the control of the Board and of any duly
authorized committee of Directors. The President shall preside at all meetings
of the Stockholders and at all meetings of the Board at which the Chairman (if
there be one) is not present. The President may sign and execute in the name of
the Corporation deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts and other instruments except
in cases in which the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated
by the Board or by these By-laws to some other officer or agent of the
Corporation or shall be required by statute otherwise to be signed or executed
and, in general, the President shall perform all duties incident to the office
of President of a corporation and such other duties as may from time to time be
assigned to the President by the Board.
5.8 Vice Presidents. At the request of the President, or, in the
President's absence, at the request of the Board, the Vice Presidents shall (in
such order as may be designated by the Board, or, in the absence of any such
designation, in order of seniority based on age) perform all of the duties of
the President and, in so performing, shall have all the powers of, and be
subject to all restrictions upon, the President. Any Vice President may sign and
execute in the name of the Corporation deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or
other instruments, except in cases in which the signing and execution thereof
shall be expressly delegated by the Board or by these By-laws to some other
officer or agent of the Corporation, or shall be required by statute otherwise
to be signed or executed, and each Vice President shall perform such other
duties as from time to time may be assigned to such Vice President by the Board
or by the President.
<PAGE>
23
5.9 Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board
and of the Stockholders and shall record all the proceedings of the meetings of
the Board and of the stockholders in a book to be kept for that purpose, and
shall perform like duties for committees of the Board, when required. The
Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all special meetings of
the Board and of the stockholders and shall perform such other duties as may be
prescribed by the Board or by the President, under whose supervision the
Secretary shall be. The Secretary shall have custody of the corporate seal of
the Corporation, and the Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, shall have
authority to impress the same on any instrument requiring it, and when so
impressed the seal may be attested by the signature of the Secretary or by the
signature of such Assistant Secretary. The Board may give general authority to
any other officer to impress the seal of the Corporation and to attest the same
by such officer's signature. The Secretary or an Assistant Secretary may also
attest all instruments signed by the President or any Vice President. The
Secretary shall have charge of all the books, records and papers of the
Corporation relating to its organization and management, shall see that the
reports, statements and other documents required by statute are properly kept
and filed and, in general, shall perform all duties incident to the office of
Secretary of a corporation and such other duties as may from time to time be
assigned to the Secretary by the Board or by the President.
5.10 Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have charge and custody of, and
be responsible for, all funds, securities and notes of the Corporation; receive
and give
<PAGE>
24
receipts for moneys due and payable to the Corporation from any sources
whatsoever; deposit all such moneys and valuable effects in the name and to the
credit of the Corporation in such depositaries as may be designated by the
Board; against proper vouchers, cause such funds to be disbursed by checks or
drafts on the authorized depositaries of the Corporation signed in such manner
as shall be determined by the Board and be responsible for the accuracy of the
amounts of all moneys so disbursed; regularly enter or cause to be entered in
books or other records maintained for the purpose full and adequate account of
all moneys received or paid for the account of the Corporation; have the right
to require from time to time reports or statements giving such information as
the Treasurer may desire with respect to any and all financial transactions of
the Corporation from the officers or agents transacting the same; render to the
President or the Board, whenever the President or the Board shall require the
Treasurer so to do, an account of the financial condition of the Corporation and
of all financial transactions of the Corporation; exhibit at all reasonable
times the records and books of account to any of the Directors upon application
at the office of the Corporation where such records and books are kept; disburse
the funds of the Corporation as ordered by the Board; and, in general, perform
all duties incident to the office of Treasurer of a corporation and such other
duties as may from time to time be assigned to the Treasurer by the Board or the
President.
5.11 Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers. Assistant
Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers shall perform such duties as shall be
assigned to
<PAGE>
25
them by the Secretary or by the Treasurer, respectively, or by the Board or by
the President.
ARTICLE 6
CONTRACTS, CHECKS, DRAFTS, BANK ACCOUNTS, ETC.
6.1 Execution of Contracts. The Board, except as otherwise provided
in these By-laws, may prospectively or retroactively authorize any officer or
officers, employee or employees or agent or agents, in the name and on behalf of
the Corporation, to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any
instrument, and any such authority may be general or confined to specific
instances, or otherwise limited.
6.2 Loans. The Board may prospectively or retroactively authorize
the President or any other officer, employee or agent of the Corporation to
effect loans and advances at any time for the Corporation from any bank, trust
company or other institution, or from any firm, corporation or individual, and
for such loans and advances the person so authorized may make, execute and
deliver promissory notes, bonds or other certificates or evidences of
indebtedness of the Corporation, and, when authorized by the Board so to do, may
pledge and hypothecate or transfer any securities or other property of the
Corporation as security for any such loans or advances. Such authority conferred
by the Board may be general or confined to specific instances, or otherwise
limited.
6.3 Checks, Drafts, Etc. All checks, drafts and other orders for the
payment of money out of the funds of the Corporation and all evidences of
<PAGE>
26
indebtedness of the Corporation shall be signed on behalf of the Corporation in
such manner as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the Board.
6.4 Deposits. The funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed
shall be deposited from time to time to the order of the Corporation with such
banks, trust companies, investment banking firms, financial institutions or
other depositaries as the Board may select or as may be selected by an officer,
employee or agent of the Corporation to whom such power to select may from time
to time be delegated by the Board.
ARTICLE 7
STOCK AND DIVIDENDS
7.1 Certificates Representing Shares. The shares of capital stock of
the Corporation shall be represented by certificates in such form (consistent
with the provisions of Section 158 of the General Corporation Law) as shall be
approved by the Board. Such certificates shall be signed by the Chairman, the
President or a Vice President and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or
the Treasurer or an Assistant Trea surer, and may be impressed with the seal of
the Corporation or a facsimile thereof. The signatures of the officers upon a
certificate may be facsimiles, if the certificate is countersigned by a transfer
agent or registrar other than the Corporation itself or its employee. In case
any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile
signature has been placed upon any certificate shall have ceased to be such
officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, such
certificate may, unless otherwise ordered by the Board, be issued by
<PAGE>
27
the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer,
transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.
7.2 Transfer of Shares. Transfers of shares of capital stock of the
Corporation shall be made only on the books of the Corporation by the holder
thereof or by the holder's duly authorized attorney appointed by a power of
attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary or a transfer agent of the
Corporation, and on surrender of the certificate or certificates representing
such shares of capital stock properly endorsed for transfer and upon payment of
all necessary transfer taxes. Every certificate exchanged, returned or
surrendered to the Corporation shall be marked "Cancelled," with the date of
cancellation, by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or the transfer agent
of the Corporation. A person in whose name shares of capital stock shall stand
on the books of the Corporation shall be deemed the owner thereof to receive
dividends, to vote as such owner and for all other purposes as respects the
Corporation. No transfer of shares of capital stock shall be valid as against
the Corporation, its stockholders and creditors for any purpose, except to
render the transferee liable for the debts of the Corporation to the extent
provided by law, until such transfer shall have been entered on the books of the
Corporation by an entry showing from and to whom transferred.
7.3 Transfer and Registry Agents. The Corporation may from time to
time maintain one or more transfer offices or agents and registry offices or
agents at such place or places as may be determined from time to time by the
Board.
<PAGE>
28
7.4 Lost, Destroyed, Stolen and Mutilated Certificates. The holder
of any shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall immediately notify the
Corporation of any loss, destruction, theft or mutilation of the certificate
representing such shares, and the Corporation may issue a new certificate to
replace the certificate alleged to have been lost, destroyed, stolen or
mutilated. The Board may, in its discretion, as a condition to the issue of any
such new certificate, require the owner of the lost, destroyed, stolen or
mutilated certificate, or his or her legal representatives, to make proof
satisfactory to the Board of such loss, destruction, theft or mutilation and to
advertise such fact in such manner as the Board may require, and to give the
Corporation and its transfer agents and registrars, or such of them as the Board
may require, a bond in such form, in such sums and with such surety or sureties
as the Board may direct, to indemnify the Corporation and its transfer agents
and registrars against any claim that may be made against any of them on account
of the continued existence of any such certificate so alleged to have been lost,
destroyed, stolen or mutilated and against any expense in connection with such
claim.
7.5 Rules and Regulations. The Board may make such rules and
regulations as it may deem expedient, not inconsistent with these By-laws or
with the Certificate of Incorporation, concerning the issue, transfer and
registration of certificates representing shares of its capital stock.
7.6 Restriction on Transfer of Stock. A written restriction on the
transfer or registration of transfer of capital stock of the Corporation, if
permitted by Section 202 of the General Corporation Law and noted conspicuously
on the
<PAGE>
29
certificate representing such capital stock, may be enforced against the holder
of the restricted capital stock or any successor or transferee of the holder,
including an executor, administrator, trustee, guardian or other fiduciary
entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of the holder.
Unless noted conspicuously on the certificate representing such capital stock, a
restriction, even though permitted by Section 202 of the General Corporation
Law, shall be ineffective except against a person with actual knowledge of the
restriction. A restriction on the transfer or registration of transfer of
capital stock of the Corporation may be imposed either by the Certificate of
Incorporation or by an agreement among any number of stockholders or among such
stockholders and the Corporation. No restriction so imposed shall be binding
with respect to capital stock issued prior to the adoption of the restriction
unless the holders of such capital stock are parties to an agreement or voted in
favor of the restriction.
7.7 Dividends, Surplus, Etc. Subject to the provisions of the
Certificate of Incorporation and of law, the Board:
7.7.1 may declare and pay dividends or make other
distributions on the outstanding shares of capital stock in such amounts
and at such time or times as it, in its discretion, shall deem advisable
giving due consideration to the condition of the affairs of the
Corporation;
7.7.2 may use and apply, in its discretion, any of the
surplus of the Corporation in purchasing or acquiring any shares of
capital stock of the Corporation, or purchase warrants therefor, in
accordance with
<PAGE>
30
law, or any of its bonds, debentures, notes, scrip or other securities or
evidences of indebtedness; and
7.7.3 may set aside from time to time out of such
surplus or net profits such sum or sums as, in its discretion, it may
think proper, as a reserve fund to meet contingencies, or for equalizing
dividends or for the purpose of maintaining or increasing the property or
business of the Corporation, or for any purpose it may think conducive to
the best interests of the Corporation.
ARTICLE 8
INDEMNIFICATION
8.1 Indemnity Undertaking. To the extent not prohibited by law, the
Corporation shall indemnify any person who is or was made, or threatened to be
made, a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding
(a "Proceeding"), whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative,
including, without limitation, an action by or in the right of the Corporation
to procure a judgment in its favor, by reason of the fact that such person, or a
person of whom such person is the legal representative, is or was a Director or
officer of the Corporation, or, at the request of the Corporation, is or was
serving as a director or officer of any other corporation or in a capacity with
comparable authority or responsibilities for any partnership, joint venture,
trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (an "Other Entity"), against
judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid in settlement and costs,
charges and expenses (including attorneys' fees,
<PAGE>
31
disbursements and other charges). Persons who are not directors or officers of
the Corporation (or otherwise entitled to indemnification pursuant to the
preceding sentence) may be similarly indemnified in respect of service to the
Corporation or to an Other Entity at the request of the Corporation to the
extent the Board at any time specifies that such persons are entitled to the
benefits of this Article 8.
8.2 Advancement of Expenses. The Corporation shall, from time to
time, reimburse or advance to any Director or officer or other person entitled
to indemnification hereunder the funds necessary for payment of expenses,
including attorneys' fees and disbursements, incurred in connection with any
Proceeding, in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding; provided,
however, that, if required by the General Corporation Law, such expenses
incurred by or on behalf of any Director or officer or other person may be paid
in advance of the final disposition of a Proceeding only upon receipt by the
Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such Director or officer (or
other person indemnified hereunder), to repay any such amount so advanced if it
shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no
further right of appeal that such Director, officer or other person is not
entitled to be indemnified for such expenses.
8.3 Rights Not Exclusive. The rights to indemnification and
reimbursement or advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to,
this Article 8 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which a
person seeking indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses may
have or hereafter be entitled under any statute, the Certificate of
Incorporation, these By-laws, any
<PAGE>
32
agreement, any vote of stockholders or disinterested Directors or otherwise,
both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another
capacity while holding such office.
8.4 Continuation of Benefits. The rights to indemnification and
reimbursement or advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to,
this Article 8 shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Director or
officer (or other person indemnified hereunder) and shall inure to the benefit
of the executors, administrators, legatees and distributees of such person.
8.5 Insurance. The Corporation shall have power to purchase and
maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer,
employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the
Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of an Other Entity,
against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person
in any such capacity, or arising out of such person's status as such, whether or
not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such
liability under the provisions of this Article 8, the Certificate of
Incorporation or under section 145 of the General Corporation Law or any other
provision of law.
8.6 Binding Effect. The provisions of this Article 8 shall be a
contract between the Corporation, on the one hand, and each Director and officer
who serves in such capacity at any time while this Article 8 is in effect and
any other person entitled to indemnification hereunder, on the other hand,
pursuant to which the Corporation and each such Director, officer or other
person intend to be, and shall be
<PAGE>
33
legally bound. No repeal or modification of this Article 8 shall affect any
rights or obligations with respect to any state of facts then or theretofore
existing or thereafter arising or any proceeding theretofore or thereafter
brought or threatened based in whole or in part upon any such state of facts.
8.7 Procedural Rights. The rights to indemnification and
reimbursement or advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to,
this Article 8 shall be enforceable by any person entitled to such
indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses in any court of
competent jurisdiction. The burden of proving that such indemnification or
reimbursement or advancement of expenses is not appropriate shall be on the
Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of
Directors, its independent legal counsel and its stockholders) to have made a
determination prior to the commencement of such action that such indemnification
or reimbursement or advancement of expenses is proper in the circumstances nor
an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors,
its independent legal counsel and its stockholders) that such person is not
entitled to such indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses
shall constitute a defense to the action or create a presumption that such
person is not so entitled. Such a person shall also be indemnified for any
expenses incurred in connection with successfully establishing his or her right
to such indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses, in whole or
in part, in any such proceeding.
<PAGE>
34
8.8 Service Deemed at Corporation's Request. Any Director or officer
of the Corporation serving in any capacity (a) another corporation of which a
majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of its directors is
held, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation or (b) any employee benefit
plan of the Corporation or any corporation referred to in clause (a) shall be
deemed to be doing so at the request of the Corporation.
8.9 Election of Applicable Law. Any person entitled to be
indemnified or to reimbursement or advancement of expenses as a matter of right
pursuant to this Article 8 may elect to have the right to indemnification or
reimbursement or advancement of expenses interpreted on the basis of the
applicable law in effect at the time of the occurrence of the event or events
giving rise to the applicable Proceeding, to the extent permitted by law, or on
the basis of the applicable law in effect at the time such indemnification or
reimbursement or advancement of expenses is sought. Such election shall be made,
by a notice in writing to the Corporation, at the time indemnification or
reimbursement or advancement of expenses is sought; provided, however, that if
no such notice is given, the right to indemnification or reimbursement or
advancement of expenses shall be determined by the law in effect at the time
indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses is sought.
<PAGE>
35
ARTICLE 9
BOOKS AND RECORDS
9.1 Books and Records. There shall be kept at the principal office
of the Corporation correct and complete records and books of account recording
the financial transactions of the Corporation and minutes of the proceedings of
the stockholders, the Board and any committee of the Board. The Corporation
shall keep at its principal office, or at the office of the transfer agent or
registrar of the Corporation, a record containing the names and addresses of all
stockholders, the number and class of shares held by each and the dates when
they respectively became the owners of record thereof.
9.2 Form of Records. Any records maintained by the Corporation in
the regular course of its business, including its stock ledger, books of
account, and minute books, may be kept on, or be in the form of, punch cards,
magnetic tape, photographs, microphotographs, or any other information storage
device, provided that the records so kept can be converted into clearly legible
written form within a reasonable time. The Corporation shall so convert any
records so kept upon the request of any person entitled to inspect the same.
9.3 Inspection of Books and Records. Except as otherwise provided by
law, the Board shall determine from time to time whether, and, if allowed, when
and under what conditions and regulations, the accounts, books, minutes and
other records of the Corporation, or any of them, shall be open to the
stockholders for inspection.
<PAGE>
36
ARTICLE 10
SEAL
The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the
Corporation, the year of its organization and the words "Corporate Seal,
Delaware." The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be
impressed or affixed or otherwise reproduced.
ARTICLE 11
FISCAL YEAR
The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed, and may be
changed, by resolution of the Board.
ARTICLE 12
PROXIES AND CONSENTS
Unless otherwise directed by the Board, the Chairman, the President,
any Vice President, the Secretary or the Treasurer, or any one of them, may
execute and deliver on behalf of the Corporation proxies respecting any and all
shares or other ownership interests of any Other Entity owned by the Corporation
appointing such person or persons as the officer executing the same shall deem
proper to represent and vote the shares or other ownership interests so owned at
any and all meetings of holders of shares or other ownership interests, whether
general or special, and/or to execute and deliver consents respecting such
shares or other ownership interests; or any of the aforesaid officers may attend
any meeting of the holders of shares or other
<PAGE>
37
ownership interests of such Other Entity and thereat vote or exercise any or all
other powers of the Corporation as the holder of such shares or other ownership
interests.
ARTICLE 13
EMERGENCY BY-LAWS
Unless the Certificate of Incorporation provides otherwise, the
following provisions of this Article 13 shall be effective during an emergency,
which is defined as when a quorum of the Corporation's Directors cannot be
readily assembled because of some catastrophic event. During such emergency:
13.1 Notice to Board Members. Any one member of the Board or any one
of the following officers: Chairman, President, any Vice President, Secretary,
or Treasurer, may call a meeting of the Board. Notice of such meeting need be
given only to those Directors whom it is practicable to reach, and may be given
in any practical manner, including by publication and radio. Such notice shall
be given at least six hours prior to commencement of the meeting.
13.2 Temporary Directors and Quorum. One or more officers of the
Corporation present at the emergency Board meeting, as is necessary to achieve a
quorum, shall be considered to be Directors for the meeting, and shall so serve
in order of rank, and within the same rank, in order of seniority. In the event
that less than a quorum of the Directors are present (including any officers who
are to serve as Directors for the meeting), those Directors present (including
the officers serving as Directors) shall constitute a quorum.
<PAGE>
38
13.3 Actions Permitted To Be Taken. The Board as constituted in
Section 13.2, and after notice as set forth in Section 13.1 may:
13.3.1 prescribe emergency powers to any officer of the
Corporation;
13.3.2 delegate to any officer or Director, any of the
powers of the Board;
13.3.3 designate lines of succession of officers and
agents, in the event that any of them are unable to discharge their
duties;
13.3.4 relocate the principal place of business, or
designate successive or simultaneous principal places of business; and
13.3.5 take any other convenient, helpful or necessary
action to carry on the business of the Corporation.
ARTICLE 14
AMENDMENTS
These By-laws may be amended or repealed and new By-laws may be
adopted by a vote of the holders of shares entitled to vote in the election of
Directors or by the Board. Any By-laws adopted or amended by the Board may be
amended or repealed by the Stockholders entitled to vote thereon.
<PAGE>
Exhibit 3.4
THE AMENDED AND RESTATED
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT
OF
GROVE U.S. LLC
This Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement (this
"Agreement") of Grove U.S. LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the
"Company"), is made as of the 29th day of April 1998, by Grove Worldwide LLC, as
member (the "Member").
WHEREAS, the Company was formed under the laws of the State of
Delaware by filing a certificate of formation with the Secretary of the State of
Delaware pursuant to an Operating Agreement dated as of January 15, 1998 (the
"Original Agreement") and the Company wishes to amend and restate the Original
Agreement as set forth below:
ARTICLE I
FORMATION; NAME; TERM
1.1 Formation. The Company was formed on January 29, 1998, pursuant
to the provisions of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, as amended from
time to time (the "Act") upon the filing of the Certificate of Formation with
the Secretary of State of Delaware. The Company shall be governed by, and the
rights, duties and liabilities of the Member shall be as provided in, the Act
and this Agreement.
1.2 Name. The name of the Company shall be "Grove U.S. LLC". The
business of the Company may be conducted upon compliance with all applicable
laws under any other name designated by the Managing Member (as defined in
Section 4.1).
1.3 Effective Date; Term. This Agreement shall become effective upon
the execution of this Agreement by the Member. The Company shall continue in
existence until it is dissolved and its affairs wound up in accordance with the
Act and this Agreement or until it is terminated as provided in the Act or this
Agreement.
1.4 Principal Place of Business. The principal place of business of
the Company shall be at 1565 Buchanan Trail East, P.O. Box 21, Shady Grove, PA
17256 or at such other or additional place or places as the Managing Member
shall determine from time to time. The Company may have other offices, either
within or
<PAGE>
2
outside of the State of Delaware, at such place or places as the Managing Member
may from time to time designate or the business of the Company may require.
1.5 Registered Office. The address of the Company's registered
office in Delaware shall be c/o National Corporate Research, Ltd., 9 East
Loockerman Street, Dover, County of Kent, Delaware 19901.
1.6 Registered Agent. The name and address of the registered agent
of the Company for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware
initially is National Corporate Research, Ltd., 9 East Loockerman Street, Dover,
County of Kent, Delaware 19901. The Managing Member may at any time and from
time to time designate another registered agent.
1.7 Filings. The Managing Member promptly shall cause the execution
and delivery of such documents and performance of such acts consistent with the
terms of this Agreement as may be necessary to comply with the requirements of
law for the formation, qualification and operation of a limited liability
company under the laws of each jurisdiction in which the Company shall conduct
business. All expenses of such filings shall be borne by the Company.
1.8 Authorized Person. Salvatore J. Bonanno is hereby designated as
an authorized person, within the meaning of the Act, to execute, deliver and
file the certificate of formation of the Company, and any amendments and/or
restatements thereof.
1.9 Purpose. The Company is formed for the purpose of, directly or
indirectly, engaging in the business of designing, manufacturing, selling and
providing customer support for mobile hydraulic cranes, aerial work platforms,
truck mounted cranes and similar devices and in any and all activities and
transactions which are necessary, convenient, desirable or incidental to the
foregoing and in any lawful business, act or activity related thereto as the
Managing Member may determine from time to time and for which a limited
liability company may be organized under the Act, and in any and all activities
necessary, convenient, desirable or incidental to the foregoing.
1.10 Powers. Except as otherwise limited in this Agreement,
(a) the Company shall have the power and authority to do any
and all acts necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, convenient or incidental
to or for the furtherance of the purpose set forth in Section 1.9, including:
(i) to conduct its business, carry on its operations and
have and exercise the powers granted to a limited liability company by the Act
in any state, territory, district or possession of the United States, or in any
foreign
<PAGE>
3
country that may be necessary, convenient or incidental to the accomplishment of
the purpose of the Company;
(ii) to acquire by purchase, lease, contribution of
property or otherwise, own, hold, operate, maintain, finance, improve, lease,
sell, convey, mortgage, transfer, demolish or dispose of any real or personal
property that may be necessary, convenient or incidental to the accomplishment
of the purpose of the Company;
(iii) to enter into, perform and carry out contracts of
any kind, including, without limitation, contracts with any Member or any
Affiliate thereof, or any agent of the Company necessary to, in connection with,
convenient to, or incidental to the accomplishment of the purposes of the
Company;
(iv) to purchase, take, receive, subscribe for or
otherwise acquire, own, hold, vote, use, employ, sell, mortgage, lend, pledge,
or otherwise dispose of, and otherwise use and deal in and with, shares or other
interests in or obligations of domestic or foreign corporations, associations,
general or limited partnerships (including the power to be admitted as a partner
thereof and to exercise the rights and perform the duties created thereby),
trusts, limited liability companies (including the power to be admitted as a
member or appointed as a manager thereof and to exercise the rights and perform
the duties created thereby), or individuals or direct or indirect obligations of
the United States or of any government, state, territory, governmental district
or municipality or of any instrumentality of any of them;
(v) to lend money for any proper purpose, to invest and
reinvest funds and to take and hold real and personal property for the payment
of funds so loaned or invested;
(vi) to sue and be sued, complain and defend and
participate in administrative or other proceedings, in its name;
(vii) to appoint employees and agents of the Company,
define their duties and fix their compensation;
(viii)to indemnify any Person to the fullest extent
permitted by the Act and to obtain any and all types of insurance;
(ix) to cease its activities and cancel its Certificate;
(x) to negotiate, enter into, renegotiate, extend,
renew, terminate, modify, amend, waive, execute, acknowledge or take any other
action with respect to any lease, contract or security agreement in respect of
any assets of the Company;
<PAGE>
4
(xi) to borrow money and issue evidences of
indebtedness, and to secure the same by a mortgage, pledge or other lien on the
assets of the Company;
(xii) to pay, collect, compromise, litigate, arbitrate
or otherwise adjust or settle any and all other claims or demands of or against
the Company or to hold such proceeds against the payment of contingent
liabilities; and
(xiii) to make, execute, acknowledge and file any and
all documents or instruments necessary, convenient or incidental to the
accomplishment of the purpose of the Company.
(b) The Company, and the Managing Member, on behalf of the
Company, may enter into and perform any and all documents, agreements and
instruments contemplated thereby, all without any further act, vote or approval
of any Member notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Act or
other applicable law. The Managing Member may authorize any Person (including,
without limitation, any other Member) to enter into and perform any document on
behalf of the Company.
(c) The Company may merge with, or consolidate into, another
Delaware limited liability company or other business entity (as defined in
Section 18-209(a) of the Act) upon the approval of the Majority Members.
ARTICLE II
INTERESTS; COMMITMENTS; CLOSING; CONTRIBUTIONS
2.1 Capital Contributions. The Member shall contribute, transfer,
assign and convey (collectively, "contribute"), or cause to be contributed, to
the capital of the Company, an amount in cash equal to $70,097,183.30 in
exchange for 100% of the interests (an "Interest") in the Company. The Member
will have no interest in specific Company property.
ARTICLE III
DISTRIBUTIONS
3.1 Distributions.
(a) The Company shall, to the extent the Managing Member determines
that Company has cash available to do so, make quarterly distributions of cash
to the Member in an amount equal to (i) the product of (A) the taxable income
<PAGE>
5
of the Company and (B) the maximum combined Federal, state and local income tax
rates applicable to an individual resident of New York City or Los Angeles,
California, whichever is higher, provided, however, that in determining such
amount, the effect thereon of any net operating loss carryforwards or other
carryforwards or tax attributes, such as alternative minimum tax carryforwards
shall be taken into account, and adjusted to take into account any applicable
credits, deductions or other adjustments allowed under both New York and
California law to a direct or indirect owner of an Interest in the Company for
state and local income tax purposes.
(b) Additional distributions shall be made to the Member at the
times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Managing Member.
ARTICLE IV
MANAGEMENT
4.1 Management of the Company.
(a) Grove Worldwide LLC shall be the initial managing member
of the Company and, in such capacity, shall manage the Company in accordance
with this Agreement (the "Managing Member"). The Managing Member is an agent of
the Company's business, and the actions of the Managing Member taken in such
capacity and in accordance with this Agreement shall bind the Company.
(b) The Managing Member shall have full, exclusive and
complete discretion to manage and control the business and affairs of the
Company, to make all decisions affecting the business and affairs of the Company
and to take all such actions as it deems necessary or appropriate to accomplish
the purpose of the Company as set forth herein. The Managing Member shall be the
sole person or entity with the power to bind the Company, except and to the
extent that such power is expressly delegated to any other person, entity or
committee by the Managing Member, and such delegation shall not cause the
Managing Member to cease to be the Member or the Managing Member. There shall
not be a "manager" (within the meaning of the Act) of the Company.
(c) The Managing Member may appoint individuals with or
without such titles as it may elect, including the titles of President, Vice
President, Treasurer, Secretary, and Assistant Secretary, to act on behalf of
the Company with such power and authority as the Managing Member may delegate in
writing to any such persons.
4.2 Powers of the Managing Member. The Managing Member shall have
the right, power and authority, in the management of the business and affairs of
<PAGE>
6
the Company, to do or cause to be done, at the expense of the Company, any and
all acts deemed by the Managing Member to be necessary or appropriate to
effectuate the business, purposes and objectives of the Company.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Managing
Member shall have the power and authority to:
(a) issue from time to time in one or more series of any
number of Interests, and with such powers, preferences, rights and
qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, and such distinctive serial
designations, all as shall hereafter be stated and expressed in the resolution
or resolutions adopted by the Managing Member. Each series of Interests (a) may
have such voting rights or powers, full or limited, or may be without voting
rights or powers; (b) may be subject to redemption at such time or times and at
such prices; (c) may be entitled to receive allocations and distributions (which
may be cumulative or non-cumulative) at such rate or rates, on such conditions
and at such times, and allocable and payable in preference to, or in such
relation to, the allocations and distributions allocable and payable to any
other class or classes or series of Interests; (d) may have such rights upon the
voluntary or involuntary liquidation, winding up or dissolution of, or upon any
distribution of the assets of, the Company; (e) may be made convertible into or
exchangeable for, Interests of any other class or classes or of any other series
of the same or any other class or classes of interests of the Company at such
price or prices or at such rates of exchange and with such adjustments; (f) may
be entitled to the benefit of a sinking fund to be applied to the purchase or
redemption of Interests of such series in such amount or amounts; (g) may be
entitled to the benefit of conditions and restrictions upon the creation of
indebtedness of the Company or any subsidiary, upon the issue of any additional
Interests (including additional Interests of such series or of any other series)
and upon the making of allocations or distributions on, and the purchase,
redemption or other acquisition by the Company or any subsidiary of, any
outstanding Interests of the Company and (h) may have such other relative,
participating, optional or other special rights, qualifications, limitations or
restrictions thereof; all as shall be stated in said resolution or resolutions
providing for the issue of such Interests;
(b) establish a record date with respect to all actions to
betaken hereunder that require a record date be established, including with
respect to allocations and distributions;
(c) bring and defend on behalf of the Company actions and
proceedings at law or in equity before any court or governmental, administrative
or other regulatory agency, body or commission or otherwise; and
(d) execute all documents or instruments, perform all duties
and powers and do all things for and on behalf of the Company in all matters
necessary, desirable, convenient or incidental to the purpose of the Company,
<PAGE>
7
including, without limitation, all documents, agreements and instruments related
to the making of investments of Company funds.
The expression of any power or authority of the Managing Member in
this Agreement shall not in any way limit or exclude any other power or
authority of the Managing Member which is not specifically or expressly set
forth in this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the
Managing Member shall also have the powers, and shall be subject to the
restrictions, of a Member to the extent of such Managing Member's participation
in the Company as a Member.
4.3 Reliance by Third Parties. Any person or entity dealing with the
Company or the Managing Member, in his capacity as a Member, may rely upon a
certificate signed by the Managing Member as to:
(a) the identity of the Managing Member or the Member;
(b) the existence or non-existence of any fact or facts which
constitute a condition precedent to acts by the Managing Member or the Member or
are in any other manner germane to the affairs of the Company;
(c) the persons who or entities which are authorized to
execute and deliver any instrument or document of or on behalf of the Company;
or
(d) any act or failure to act by the Company as to any other
matter whatsoever involving the Company or the Member.
ARTICLE V
ACCOUNTING; FINANCIAL AND TAX MATTERS
5.1 Accounting Method. The Company shall keep its accounting records
and shall report its profits or losses on the accrual method of accounting in
accordance with the principles used by the Company for Federal income tax
purposes and otherwise in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting
Principles ("GAAP") and, to the extent inconsistent therewith, in accordance
with this Agreement.
5.2 Accounting Records. The Company shall keep complete and accurate
business and accounting records reflecting all transactions of the Company. Such
accounting records shall be kept in accordance with the principles used by the
Company for Federal income tax purposes and otherwise in accordance with GAAP
consistently applied and, to the extent inconsistent therewith, in accordance
with this Agreement. The Company shall also keep all records required to be kept
pursuant to the Act. The Company's records, together with a copy of this
Agreement and of the
<PAGE>
8
Certificate, shall be maintained at the principal place of business of the
Company and shall be subject to inspection or examination by each Member and its
duly authorized representative at all reasonable times for any purpose
reasonably related to such Member's interest as a member of the Company.
5.3 Fiscal Year and Taxable Year. The accounting fiscal year (the
"Fiscal Year") of the Company initially shall end on the last Saturday of
September of each year. The taxable year (the "Taxable Year") of the Company
shall end on December 31 of each year. The Fiscal Year and Taxable Year may be
changed by the Managing Member.
5.4 Financial Statements.
(a) As soon as practicable but in any event within 60 days
after the end of each of the first three quarters of each Fiscal Year of the
Company, the Managing Member or the financial officers of the Company shall
prepare quarterly financial statements of the Company (which need not be
examined or reported on by an independent certified public accountant), which
shall include a balance sheet of the Company as of the end of such fiscal
quarter, a statement of net income and net loss for such fiscal quarter and a
statement of cash flows of the Company for such fiscal quarter, all in
reasonable detail, setting forth in each case in comparative form the
information for the corresponding period (or periods) of the previous Fiscal
Year.
(b) As soon as practicable but in any event within 90 days
after the close of each Fiscal Year of the Company, the Company shall cause to
be prepared the following financial statements, accompanied by the audited
report thereon of the independent accountants for the Company: (i) a balance
sheet of the Company as at the end of such Fiscal Year; (ii) a statement of net
income and net loss for such Fiscal Year; (iii) a statement of cash flows of the
Company for such Fiscal Year; and (iv) a statement of the Members' Capital
Accounts and changes therein for such Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail,
setting forth in each case in comparative form all the information for the
corresponding period (or periods) of the previous Fiscal Year.
5.5 Bank and Investment Accounts. All funds of the Company shall be
deposited in its name, or in such name as may be designated by the Managing
Member, in such checking, savings or other accounts, or held in its name in the
form of such other investments as shall be designated by the Managing Member.
The funds of the Company shall not be commingled with the funds of any Person.
All withdrawals of such deposits or liquidations of such investments by the
Company shall be made exclusively upon the signature or signatures of such
officer or officers of the Company as Managing Member may designate.
<PAGE>
9
5.6 Tax Matters Partner. The "tax matters partner" (as such term is
defined in Section 6231(a)(7) of the Code) of the Company shall be the Managing
Member or any successor "tax matters partner" designated by the Managing Member
in accordance with this agreement.
5.7 Taxes.
(a) The Company shall prepare, or cause to be prepared, and
shall file all tax returns, be they information returns or otherwise, which are
required to be filed with the Internal Revenue Service, state and local tax
authorities and foreign tax jurisdictions, if any. A copy of such returns shall
be furnished to the Member.
(b) The Company shall furnish the Member with all Company
information required to be reported in the tax returns of the Member for tax
jurisdictions in which the Company is considered to be doing business, including
a report indicating the Company's income, gain, credits, losses and deductions
within 90 days after the end of the Company's Taxable Year.
(c) All determinations as to tax elections shall be made by
the Tax Matters Partner.
5.8 Classification as a Disregarded Entity. The Member intends that
the Company be disregarded as an entity separate from its owner for Federal tax
purposes effective as of the date of this Agreement. The Tax Matters Partner
shall not file an election for the Company to be taxable as an association and
shall, for and on behalf of the Company, take all steps as may be required to
maintain the Company's classification as disregarded as an entity separate from
its owner for Federal tax purposes.
5.9 Accounting Decisions. All determinations as to accounting
principles shall be made by the Managing Member.
ARTICLE VI
LIABILITY; EXCULPATION; INDEMNIFICATION
6.1 Liability of Members. A Member shall not be personally liable
for any debt, obligation or other liability of the Company, whether arising in
contract, tort or otherwise, except that a Member shall remain personally liable
for the payment of any capital contributions required by Article III, and as
otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Act and any other applicable law.
<PAGE>
10
6.2 Exculpation.
(a) For purposes of this Agreement, "Covered Person" shall
mean any Member, any Affiliate of a Member, and any officer, director,
shareholder, partner, member, employee or agent of a Member or any Affiliate
thereof, and any officer, employee or expressly authorized agent of the Company
or its Affiliates.
(b) No Covered Person shall be liable to the Company or any
other Covered Person for any loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of any act
or omission performed or omitted by such Covered Person in good faith on behalf
of the Company and in a manner reasonably believed to be within the scope of
authority conferred on such Covered Person by this Agreement, except that a
Covered Person shall be liable for any such loss, damage or claim incurred by
reason of such Covered Person's gross negligence or willful misconduct.
(c) A Covered Person shall be fully protected in relying in
good faith upon the records of the Company and upon such information, opinions,
reports or statements presented to the Company by any Person as to matters the
Covered Person reasonably believes are within such other Person's professional
or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on
behalf of the Company, including information, opinions, reports or statements as
to the value and amount of the assets, liabilities, profits, losses, or any
other facts pertinent to the existence and amount of assets from which
distributions to Members might properly be paid.
6.3 Duties and Liabilities of Covered Persons.
(a) To the extent that, at law or in equity, any Covered
Person has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities related thereto
to the Company or to any other Covered Person, a Covered Person acting under
this Agreement shall not be liable to the Company or to any other Covered Person
for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement. The provisions
of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities
of a Covered Person otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the
Members to replace such other duties and liabilities of such Covered Person.
(b) Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (i) whenever a
conflict of interest exists or arises between Covered Persons, or (ii) whenever
this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated herein provides that a
Covered Person shall act in a manner that is, or provides terms that are, fair
and reasonable to the Company or any Member, the Covered Person shall resolve
such conflict of interest, taking such action or providing such terms,
considering in each case the relative interest of each party (including its own
interest) to such conflict, agreement, transaction or situation and the benefits
and burdens relating to such interests, any customary or accepted industry
practices, and any applicable generally accepted
<PAGE>
11
accounting practices or principles. In the absence of bad faith by the Covered
Person, the resolution, action or term so made, taken or provided by the Covered
Person shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement or any other agreement
contemplated herein or of any duty or obligation of the Covered Person at law or
in equity or otherwise.
(c) Whenever in this Agreement a Covered Person is permitted
or required to make a decision (a) in its "discretion" or under a grant of
similar authority or latitude, the Covered Person shall be entitled to consider
only such interests and factors as it desires, including its own interests, and
shall have no duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of or
factors affecting the Company or any other Person, or (b) in its "good faith" or
under another express standard, the Covered Person shall act under such express
standard and shall not be subject to any other or different standard imposed by
this Agreement or other applicable law.
6.4 Indemnification.
(a) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the
Company shall indemnify any Covered Person who was or is made a party or is
threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action,
suit or proceeding brought by or against the Company or otherwise, whether
civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, including, without limitation,
an action by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor,
by reason of the fact that such Covered Person is or was a Member, Affiliate,
officer, employee or agent of the Company, or that such Covered Person is or was
serving at the request of the Company as an Affiliate partner, member, director,
officer, trustee, employee or agent of another Person, against all expenses,
including attorneys' fees and disbursements, judgments, fines and amounts paid
in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such Covered Person in
connection with such action, suit or proceeding. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
no indemnification shall be provided to or on behalf of any Covered Person if a
judgment or other final adjudication adverse to such Covered Person establishes
that his or her acts constituted intentional misconduct or gross negligence.
(b) Any indemnification under subsection (a) of this Section
(unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Company only as authorized in
the specific case upon a determination that the indemnification of the Covered
Person is proper under the circumstances because he or she has met the
applicable standard of conduct set forth in subsection (a) of this Section 6.4.
Such determination shall be made by the Majority Members or, if the Majority
Members so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion. Any
indemnification payment shall be payable only out of and to the extent of the
Company's assets, and no Covered Person shall have any liability therefor.
<PAGE>
12
(c) The Company shall, in the discretion of the Majority
Members, pay expenses incurred in defending any action, suit or proceeding
described in subsection (a) above (including reasonable legal fees and expenses
of counsel and other experts) in advance of the final disposition of such
action, suit or proceeding upon receipt by the Company of an undertaking, in
form satisfactory to the Managing Member or the Company's legal counsel, to
repay such amount if it shall be determined that the Covered Person is not
entitled to be indemnified as authorized by paragraph (a) above.
(d) The indemnification provided by this Section 6.4 shall not
be deemed exclusive of any other rights to indemnification to which those
seeking indemnification may be entitled under any agreement, or otherwise. The
rights to indemnification and reimbursement or advancement of expenses provided
by, or granted pursuant to, this Section 6.4 shall continue as to a Covered
Person who has ceased to be a Member, officer, employee or agent (or other
person indemnified hereunder) and shall inure to the benefit of the executors,
administrators, legatees and distributees of such person.
(e) The provisions of this Section 6.4 shall be a contract
between the Company, on the one hand, and each Covered Person who served in such
capacity at any time while this Section 6.4 is in effect, on the other hand,
pursuant to which the Company and each such Covered Person intend to be legally
bound. No repeal or modification of this Section 6.4 shall affect any rights or
obligations with respect to any state of facts then or theretofore existing or
thereafter arising or any proceeding theretofore or thereafter brought or
threatened based in whole or in part upon such state of facts.
6.5 Insurance. The Company may purchase and maintain insurance, to
the extent and in such amounts as the Managing Member shall, in its sole
discretion, deem reasonable, on behalf of Covered Persons and such other persons
or entities as the Managing Member shall determine, against any liability that
may be asserted against or expenses that may be incurred by any such person or
entity in connection with the activities of the Company or such indemnities,
regardless of whether the Company would have the power to indemnify such person
or entity against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement. The
Managing Member, on behalf of the Company, and/or the Company may enter into
indemnity contracts with Covered Person and adopt written procedures pursuant to
which arrangements are made for the advancement of expenses and the funding of
obligations under Section 6.4 hereof and containing such other procedures
regarding indemnification as are appropriate.
<PAGE>
13
ARTICLE VII
TERMINATION; DISSOLUTION; LIQUIDATION AND WINDING-UP
7.1 Events of Dissolution. The Company shall be dissolved upon any
of the following (each a "Dissolution Event"):
(a) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under
Section 18-802 of the Act;
(b) the written consent to a dissolution of the Member;
(c) the expiration of 60 days after the assignment, sale,
transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets,
properties and business of the Company;
(d) the death, retirement, resignation, expulsion, bankruptcy
or dissolution of the Member or any other event that terminates the continued
membership of the Member.
7.2 Liquidation and Winding-Up. If the Company is dissolved pursuant
to Section 7.1, the Company shall be liquidated and wound up in accordance with
the Act and the following provisions:
(a) The financial officers of the Company shall be directed to
prepare a balance sheet, income statement and statement of cash flows of the
Company in accordance with GAAP as of the date of dissolution and for the period
ended on such date, which balance sheet shall be reported upon by the Company's
independent public accountants.
(b) The assets, properties and business of the Company shall
be liquidated by the Managing Member as promptly as possible, but in an orderly
and businesslike manner so as not to involve undue sacrifice. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, if it is determined by the Managing Member not to sell all or any
portion of the properties and assets of the Company, such properties and assets
shall be distributed in kind in the order of priority set forth in subsection
(c); provided, however, that the Fair Market Value of such properties and
assets, as determined in good faith by the Managing Member, shall be used in
determining the extent and amount of a distribution in kind of such properties
and assets in lieu of actual cash proceeds of any sale or other disposition
thereof.
(c) The proceeds of sale of all or substantially all of the
properties and assets of the Company and all other properties and assets of the
Company not sold, as provided in subsection (b) above, and valued at the Fair
Market
<PAGE>
14
Value thereof as provided in such subsection (b), shall be applied and
distributed as follows, and in the following order or priority:
(i) First, to the payment of all debts and liabilities
of the Company and the expenses of liquidation not otherwise adequately
pro vided for;
(ii) Second, to the setting up of any reserves that are
reasonably necessary for any contingent unforeseen liabilities or
obligations of the Company or of the Member arising out of, or in
connection with, the Company.
(iii) Thereafter, to the Member.
(d) A Certificate of Cancellation shall be filed with the
Secretary of State of the State of Delaware by the Members.
7.3 Survival of Rights, Duties and Obligations. Termination,
dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company for any reason shall not
release any party from any liability which at the time of such termination,
dissolution, liquidation or winding up already had accrued to any other party or
which thereafter may accrue in respect to any act or omission prior to such
termination, dissolution, liquidation or winding up.
7.4 Claims of the Members. The Member shall look solely to the
Company's assets for the return of their contributions to the Company, and if
the assets of the Company remaining after payment of or due provision for all
debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company are insufficient to return
such contributions, the Member shall have no recourse against the Company.
ARTICLE VIII
MISCELLANEOUS
8.1 Assignments. The Member may assign in whole or in part its
limited liability company Interest.
8.2 Resignation. The Managing Member may resign from the Company.
8.3 Admission of Additional Members. One (1) or more additional
members of the Company may be admitted to the Company with the consent of the
Member.
<PAGE>
15
8.4 Liability of Members. The Member shall not have any liability
for the obligations or liabilities of the Company except to the extent provided
in the Act.
8.5 Amendment. This Agreement may be amended at any time by the
Member.
8.6 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and
construed under, the laws of the State of Delaware, all rights and remedies
being governed by said laws.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound
hereby, has duly executed this Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the
date and year first aforesaid.
GROVE WORLDWIDE LLC
By: /s/ Salvatore J. Bonanno
----------------------------------------
Name: Salvatore J. Bonanno
Title: Chief Executive Officer
<PAGE>
Exhibit 3.5
THE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT
OF
GROVE FINANCE LLC
This Limited Liability Company Agreement (this "Agreement") of Grove
Finance LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the "Company"), is made as of
the 1st day of April 1998, by Grove Worldwide LLC, as member (the "Member").
WHEREAS, the Company was formed under the laws of the State of
Delaware by filing a certificate of formation with the Secretary of the State of
Delaware pursuant to an Operating Agreement dated as of January 29, 1998 (the
"Original Agreement") and the Company wishes to amend and restate the Original
Agreement as set forth below:
ARTICLE I
FORMATION; NAME; TERM
1.1 Formation. The Company was formed on January 29, 1998, pursuant
to the provisions of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, as amended from
time to time (the "Act") upon the filing of the Certificate of Formation with
the Secretary of State of Delaware. The Company shall be governed by, and the
rights, duties and liabilities of the Member shall be as provided in, the Act
and this Agreement.
1.2 Name. The name of the Company shall be "Grove Finance LLC". The
business of the Company may be conducted upon compliance with all applicable
laws under any other name designated by the Managing Member (as defined in
Section 4.1).
1.3 Effective Date; Term. This Agreement shall become effective upon
the execution of this Agreement by the Member. The Company shall continue in
existence until it is dissolved and its affairs wound up in accordance with the
Act and this Agreement or until it is terminated as provided in the Act or this
Agreement.
1.4 Principal Place of Business. The principal place of business of
the Company shall be at 1565 Buchanan Trail East, P.O. Box 21, Shady Grove, PA
17256 or at such other or additional place or places as the Managing Member
shall determine from time to time. The Company may have other offices, either
within or
<PAGE>
2
outside of the State of Delaware, at such place or places as the Managing Member
may from time to time designate or the business of the Company may require.
1.5 Registered Office. The address of the Company's registered
office in Delaware shall be c/o National Corporate Research, Ltd., 9 East
Loockerman Street, Dover, County of Kent, Delaware 19901.
1.6 Registered Agent. The name and address of the registered agent
of the Company for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware
initially is National Corporate Research, Ltd., 9 East Loockerman Street, Dover,
County of Kent, Delaware 19901. The Managing Member may at any time and from
time to time designate another registered agent.
1.7 Filings. The Managing Member promptly shall cause the execution
and delivery of such documents and performance of such acts consistent with the
terms of this Agreement as may be necessary to comply with the requirements of
law for the formation, qualification and operation of a limited liability
company under the laws of each jurisdiction in which the Company shall conduct
business. All expenses of such filings shall be borne by the Company.
1.8 Authorized Person. Salvatore J. Bonanno is hereby designated as
an authorized person, within the meaning of the Act, to execute, deliver and
file the certificate of formation of the Company, and any amendments and/or
restatements thereof.
1.9 Purpose. The Company is formed for the purpose of, directly or
indirectly, engaging in the business of designing, manufacturing, selling and
providing customer support for mobile hydraulic cranes, aerial work platforms,
truck mounted cranes and similar devices and in any and all activities and
transactions which are necessary, convenient, desirable or incidental to the
foregoing and in any lawful business, act or activity related thereto as the
Managing Member may determine from time to time and for which a limited
liability company may be organized under the Act, and in any and all activities
necessary, convenient, desirable or incidental to the foregoing.
1.10 Powers. Except as otherwise limited in this Agreement,
(a) the Company shall have the power and authority to do any
and all acts necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, convenient or incidental
to or for the furtherance of the purpose set forth in Section 1.9, including:
(i) to conduct its business, carry on its operations and
have and exercise the powers granted to a limited liability company by the Act
in any state, territory, district or possession of the United States, or in any
foreign
<PAGE>
3
country that may be necessary, convenient or incidental to the accomplishment of
the purpose of the Company;
(ii) to acquire by purchase, lease, contribution of
property or otherwise, own, hold, operate, maintain, finance, improve, lease,
sell, convey, mortgage, transfer, demolish or dispose of any real or personal
property that may be necessary, convenient or incidental to the accomplishment
of the purpose of the Company;
(iii) to enter into, perform and carry out contracts of
any kind, including, without limitation, contracts with any Member or any
Affiliate thereof, or any agent of the Company necessary to, in connection with,
convenient to, or incidental to the accomplishment of the purposes of the
Company;
(iv) to purchase, take, receive, subscribe for or
otherwise acquire, own, hold, vote, use, employ, sell, mortgage, lend, pledge,
or otherwise dispose of, and otherwise use and deal in and with, shares or other
interests in or obligations of domestic or foreign corporations, associations,
general or limited partnerships (including the power to be admitted as a partner
thereof and to exercise the rights and perform the duties created thereby),
trusts, limited liability companies (including the power to be admitted as a
member or appointed as a manager thereof and to exercise the rights and perform
the duties created thereby), or individuals or direct or indirect obligations of
the United States or of any government, state, territory, governmental district
or municipality or of any instrumentality of any of them;
(v) to lend money for any proper purpose, to invest and
reinvest funds and to take and hold real and personal property for the payment
of funds so loaned or invested;
(vi) to sue and be sued, complain and defend and
participate in administrative or other proceedings, in its name;
(vii) to appoint employees and agents of the Company,
define their duties and fix their compensation;
(viii) to indemnify any Person to the fullest extent
permitted by the Act and to obtain any and all types of insurance;
(ix) to cease its activities and cancel its Certificate;
(x) to negotiate, enter into, renegotiate, extend,
renew, terminate, modify, amend, waive, execute, acknowledge or take any other
action with respect to any lease, contract or security agreement in respect of
any assets of the Company;
<PAGE>
4
(xi) to borrow money and issue evidences of
indebtedness, and to secure the same by a mortgage, pledge or other lien on the
assets of the Company;
(xii) to pay, collect, compromise, litigate, arbitrate
or otherwise adjust or settle any and all other claims or demands of or against
the Company or to hold such proceeds against the payment of contingent
liabilities; and
(xiii) to make, execute, acknowledge and file any and
all documents or instruments necessary, convenient or incidental to the
accomplishment of the purpose of the Company.
(b) The Company, and the Managing Member, on behalf of the
Company, may enter into and perform any and all documents, agreements and
instruments contemplated thereby, all without any further act, vote or approval
of any Member notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Act or
other applicable law. The Managing Member may authorize any Person (including,
without limitation, any other Member) to enter into and perform any document on
behalf of the Company.
(c) The Company may merge with, or consolidate into, another
Delaware limited liability company or other business entity (as defined in
Section 18-209(a) of the Act) upon the approval of the Majority Members.
ARTICLE II
INTERESTS; COMMITMENTS; CLOSING; CONTRIBUTIONS
2.1 Capital Contributions. The Member shall contribute, transfer,
assign and convey (collectively, "contribute"), or cause to be contributed, to
the capital of the Company, an amount in cash equal to $100 in exchange for 100%
of the interests (an "Interest") in the Company. The Member will have no
interest in specific Company property.
ARTICLE III
DISTRIBUTIONS
3.1 Distributions.
(a) The Company shall, to the extent the Managing Member determines
that Company has cash available to do so, make quarterly distributions of cash
to the Member in an amount equal to (i) the product of (A) the taxable income
<PAGE>
5
of the Company and (B) the maximum combined Federal, state and local income tax
rates applicable to an individual resident of New York City or Los Angeles,
California, whichever is higher, provided, however, that in determining such
amount, the effect thereon of any net operating loss carryforwards or other
carryforwards or tax attributes, such as alternative minimum tax carryforwards
shall be taken into account, and adjusted to take into account any applicable
credits, deductions or other adjustments allowed under both New York and
California law to a direct or indirect owner of an Interest in the Company for
state and local income tax purposes.
(b) Additional distributions shall be made to the Member at the
times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Managing Member.
ARTICLE IV
MANAGEMENT
4.1 Management of the Company.
(a) Grove Worldwide LLC shall be the initial managing member
of the Company and, in such capacity, shall manage the Company in accordance
with this Agreement (the "Managing Member"). The Managing Member is an agent of
the Company's business, and the actions of the Managing Member taken in such
capacity and in accordance with this Agreement shall bind the Company.
(b) The Managing Member shall have full, exclusive and
complete discretion to manage and control the business and affairs of the
Company, to make all decisions affecting the business and affairs of the Company
and to take all such actions as it deems necessary or appropriate to accomplish
the purpose of the Company as set forth herein. The Managing Member shall be the
sole person or entity with the power to bind the Company, except and to the
extent that such power is expressly delegated to any other person, entity or
committee by the Managing Member, and such delegation shall not cause the
Managing Member to cease to be the Member or the Managing Member. There shall
not be a "manager" (within the meaning of the Act) of the Company.
(c) The Managing Member may appoint individuals with or
without such titles as it may elect, including the titles of President, Vice
President, Treasurer, Secretary, and Assistant Secretary, to act on behalf of
the Company with such power and authority as the Managing Member may delegate in
writing to any such persons.
4.2 Powers of the Managing Member. The Managing Member shall have
the right, power and authority, in the management of the business and affairs of
<PAGE>
6
the Company, to do or cause to be done, at the expense of the Company, any and
all acts deemed by the Managing Member to be necessary or appropriate to
effectuate the business, purposes and objectives of the Company.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Managing
Member shall have the power and authority to:
(a) issue from time to time in one or more series of any
number of Interests, and with such powers, preferences, rights and
qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, and such distinctive serial
designations, all as shall hereafter be stated and expressed in the resolution
or resolutions adopted by the Managing Member. Each series of Interests (a) may
have such voting rights or powers, full or limited, or may be without voting
rights or powers; (b) may be subject to redemption at such time or times and at
such prices; (c) may be entitled to receive allocations and distributions (which
may be cumulative or non-cumulative) at such rate or rates, on such conditions
and at such times, and allocable and payable in preference to, or in such
relation to, the allocations and distributions allocable and payable to any
other class or classes or series of Interests; (d) may have such rights upon the
voluntary or involuntary liquidation, winding up or dissolution of, or upon any
distribution of the assets of, the Company; (e) may be made convertible into or
exchangeable for, Interests of any other class or classes or of any other series
of the same or any other class or classes of interests of the Company at such
price or prices or at such rates of exchange and with such adjustments; (f) may
be entitled to the benefit of a sinking fund to be applied to the purchase or
redemption of Interests of such series in such amount or amounts; (g) may be
entitled to the benefit of conditions and restrictions upon the creation of
indebtedness of the Company or any subsidiary, upon the issue of any additional
Interests (including additional Interests of such series or of any other series)
and upon the making of allocations or distributions on, and the purchase,
redemption or other acquisition by the Company or any subsidiary of, any
outstanding Interests of the Company and (h) may have such other relative,
participating, optional or other special rights, qualifications, limitations or
restrictions thereof; all as shall be stated in said resolution or resolutions
providing for the issue of such Interests;
(b) establish a record date with respect to all actions to
betaken hereunder that require a record date be established, including with
respect to allocations and distributions;
(c) bring and defend on behalf of the Company actions and
proceedings at law or in equity before any court or governmental, administrative
or other regulatory agency, body or commission or otherwise; and
(d) execute all documents or instruments, perform all duties
and powers and do all things for and on behalf of the Company in all matters
necessary, desirable, convenient or incidental to the purpose of the Company,
<PAGE>
7
including, without limitation, all documents, agreements and instruments related
to the making of investments of Company funds.
The expression of any power or authority of the Managing Member in
this Agreement shall not in any way limit or exclude any other power or
authority of the Managing Member which is not specifically or expressly set
forth in this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the
Managing Member shall also have the powers, and shall be subject to the
restrictions, of a Member to the extent of such Managing Member's participation
in the Company as a Member.
4.3 Reliance by Third Parties. Any person or entity dealing with the
Company or the Managing Member, in his capacity as a Member, may rely upon a
certificate signed by the Managing Member as to:
(a) the identity of the Managing Member or the Member;
(b) the existence or non-existence of any fact or facts which
constitute a condition precedent to acts by the Managing Member or the Member or
are in any other manner germane to the affairs of the Company;
(c) the persons who or entities which are authorized to
execute and deliver any instrument or document of or on behalf of the Company;
or
(d) any act or failure to act by the Company as to any other
matter whatsoever involving the Company or the Member.
ARTICLE V
ACCOUNTING; FINANCIAL AND TAX MATTERS
5.1 Accounting Method. The Company shall keep its accounting records
and shall report its profits or losses on the accrual method of accounting in
accordance with the principles used by the Company for Federal income tax
purposes and otherwise in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting
Principles ("GAAP") and, to the extent inconsistent therewith, in accordance
with this Agreement.
5.2 Accounting Records. The Company shall keep complete and accurate
business and accounting records reflecting all transactions of the Company. Such
accounting records shall be kept in accordance with the principles used by the
Company for Federal income tax purposes and otherwise in accordance with GAAP
consistently applied and, to the extent inconsistent therewith, in accordance
with this Agreement. The Company shall also keep all records required to be kept
pursuant to the Act. The Company's records, together with a copy of this
Agreement and of the
<PAGE>
8
Certificate, shall be maintained at the principal place of business of the
Company and shall be subject to inspection or examination by each Member and its
duly authorized representative at all reasonable times for any purpose
reasonably related to such Member's interest as a member of the Company.
5.3 Fiscal Year and Taxable Year. The accounting fiscal year (the
"Fiscal Year") of the Company initially shall end on the last Saturday of
September of each year. The taxable year (the "Taxable Year") of the Company
shall end on December 31 of each year. The Fiscal Year and Taxable Year may be
changed by the Managing Member.
5.4 Financial Statements.
(a) As soon as practicable but in any event within 60 days
after the end of each of the first three quarters of each Fiscal Year of the
Company, the Managing Member or the financial officers of the Company shall
prepare quarterly financial statements of the Company (which need not be
examined or reported on by an independent certified public accountant), which
shall include a balance sheet of the Company as of the end of such fiscal
quarter, a statement of net income and net loss for such fiscal quarter and a
statement of cash flows of the Company for such fiscal quarter, all in
reasonable detail, setting forth in each case in comparative form the
information for the corresponding period (or periods) of the previous Fiscal
Year.
(b) As soon as practicable but in any event within 90 days
after the close of each Fiscal Year of the Company, the Company shall cause to
be prepared the following financial statements, accompanied by the audited
report thereon of the independent accountants for the Company: (i) a balance
sheet of the Company as at the end of such Fiscal Year; (ii) a statement of net
income and net loss for such Fiscal Year; (iii) a statement of cash flows of the
Company for such Fiscal Year; and (iv) a statement of the Members' Capital
Accounts and changes therein for such Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail,
setting forth in each case in comparative form all the information for the
corresponding period (or periods) of the previous Fiscal Year.
5.5 Bank and Investment Accounts. All funds of the Company shall be
deposited in its name, or in such name as may be designated by the Managing
Member, in such checking, savings or other accounts, or held in its name in the
form of such other investments as shall be designated by the Managing Member.
The funds of the Company shall not be commingled with the funds of any Person.
All withdrawals of such deposits or liquidations of such investments by the
Company shall be made exclusively upon the signature or signatures of such
officer or officers of the Company as Managing Member may designate.
<PAGE>
9
5.6 Tax Matters Partner. The "tax matters partner" (as such term is
defined in Section 6231(a)(7) of the Code) of the Company shall be the Managing
Member or any successor "tax matters partner" designated by the Managing Member
in accordance with this agreement.
5.7 Taxes.
(a) The Company shall prepare, or cause to be prepared, and
shall file all tax returns, be they information returns or otherwise, which are
required to be filed with the Internal Revenue Service, state and local tax
authorities and foreign tax jurisdictions, if any. A copy of such returns shall
be furnished to the Member.
(b) The Company shall furnish the Member with all Company
information required to be reported in the tax returns of the Member for tax
jurisdictions in which the Company is considered to be doing business, including
a report indicating the Company's income, gain, credits, losses and deductions
within 90 days after the end of the Company's Taxable Year.
(c) All determinations as to tax elections shall be made by
the Tax Matters Partner.
5.8 Classification as a Disregarded Entity. The Member intends that
the Company be disregarded as an entity separate from its owner for Federal tax
purposes effective as of the date of this Agreement. The Tax Matters Partner
shall not file an election for the Company to be taxable as an association and
shall, for and on behalf of the Company, take all steps as may be required to
maintain the Company's classification as disregarded as an entity separate from
its owner for Federal tax purposes.
5.9 Accounting Decisions. All determinations as to accounting
principles shall be made by the Managing Member.
ARTICLE VI
LIABILITY; EXCULPATION; INDEMNIFICATION
6.1 Liability of Members. A Member shall not be personally liable
for any debt, obligation or other liability of the Company, whether arising in
contract, tort or otherwise, except that a Member shall remain personally liable
for the payment of any capital contributions required by Article III, and as
otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Act and any other applicable law.
<PAGE>
10
6.2 Exculpation.
(a) For purposes of this Agreement, "Covered Person" shall
mean any Member, any Affiliate of a Member, and any officer, director,
shareholder, partner, member, employee or agent of a Member or any Affiliate
thereof, and any officer, employee or expressly authorized agent of the Company
or its Affiliates.
(b) No Covered Person shall be liable to the Company or any
other Covered Person for any loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of any act
or omission performed or omitted by such Covered Person in good faith on behalf
of the Company and in a manner reasonably believed to be within the scope of
authority conferred on such Covered Person by this Agreement, except that a
Covered Person shall be liable for any such loss, damage or claim incurred by
reason of such Covered Person's gross negligence or willful misconduct.
(c) A Covered Person shall be fully protected in relying in
good faith upon the records of the Company and upon such information, opinions,
reports or statements presented to the Company by any Person as to matters the
Covered Person reasonably believes are within such other Person's professional
or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on
behalf of the Company, including information, opinions, reports or statements as
to the value and amount of the assets, liabilities, profits, losses, or any
other facts pertinent to the existence and amount of assets from which
distributions to Members might properly be paid.
6.3 Duties and Liabilities of Covered Persons.
(a) To the extent that, at law or in equity, any Covered
Person has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities related thereto
to the Company or to any other Covered Person, a Covered Person acting under
this Agreement shall not be liable to the Company or to any other Covered Person
for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement. The provisions
of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities
of a Covered Person otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the
Members to replace such other duties and liabilities of such Covered Person.
(b) Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (i) whenever a
conflict of interest exists or arises between Covered Persons, or (ii) whenever
this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated herein provides that a
Covered Person shall act in a manner that is, or provides terms that are, fair
and reasonable to the Company or any Member, the Covered Person shall resolve
such conflict of interest, taking such action or providing such terms,
considering in each case the relative interest of each party (including its own
interest) to such conflict, agreement, transaction or situation and the benefits
and burdens relating to such interests, any customary or accepted industry
practices, and any applicable generally accepted
<PAGE>
11
accounting practices or principles. In the absence of bad faith by the Covered
Person, the resolution, action or term so made, taken or provided by the Covered
Person shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement or any other agreement
contemplated herein or of any duty or obligation of the Covered Person at law or
in equity or otherwise.
(c) Whenever in this Agreement a Covered Person is permitted
or required to make a decision (a) in its "discretion" or under a grant of
similar authority or latitude, the Covered Person shall be entitled to consider
only such interests and factors as it desires, including its own interests, and
shall have no duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of or
factors affecting the Company or any other Person, or (b) in its "good faith" or
under another express standard, the Covered Person shall act under such express
standard and shall not be subject to any other or different standard imposed by
this Agreement or other applicable law.
6.4 Indemnification.
(a) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the
Company shall indemnify any Covered Person who was or is made a party or is
threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action,
suit or proceeding brought by or against the Company or otherwise, whether
civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, including, without limitation,
an action by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor,
by reason of the fact that such Covered Person is or was a Member, Affiliate,
officer, employee or agent of the Company, or that such Covered Person is or was
serving at the request of the Company as an Affiliate partner, member, director,
officer, trustee, employee or agent of another Person, against all expenses,
including attorneys' fees and disbursements, judgments, fines and amounts paid
in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such Covered Person in
connection with such action, suit or proceeding. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
no indemnification shall be provided to or on behalf of any Covered Person if a
judgment or other final adjudication adverse to such Covered Person establishes
that his or her acts constituted intentional misconduct or gross negligence.
(b) Any indemnification under subsection (a) of this Section
(unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Company only as authorized in
the specific case upon a determination that the indemnification of the Covered
Person is proper under the circumstances because he or she has met the
applicable standard of conduct set forth in subsection (a) of this Section 6.4.
Such determination shall be made by the Majority Members or, if the Majority
Members so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion. Any
indemnification payment shall be payable only out of and to the extent of the
Company's assets, and no Covered Person shall have any liability therefor.
<PAGE>
12
(c) The Company shall, in the discretion of the Majority
Members, pay expenses incurred in defending any action, suit or proceeding
described in subsection (a) above (including reasonable legal fees and expenses
of counsel and other experts) in advance of the final disposition of such
action, suit or proceeding upon receipt by the Company of an undertaking, in
form satisfactory to the Managing Member or the Company's legal counsel, to
repay such amount if it shall be determined that the Covered Person is not
entitled to be indemnified as authorized by paragraph (a) above.
(d) The indemnification provided by this Section 6.4 shall not
be deemed exclusive of any other rights to indemnification to which those
seeking indemnification may be entitled under any agreement, or otherwise. The
rights to indemnification and reimbursement or advancement of expenses provided
by, or granted pursuant to, this Section 6.4 shall continue as to a Covered
Person who has ceased to be a Member, officer, employee or agent (or other
person indemnified hereunder) and shall inure to the benefit of the executors,
administrators, legatees and distributees of such person.
(e) The provisions of this Section 6.4 shall be a contract
between the Company, on the one hand, and each Covered Person who served in such
capacity at any time while this Section 6.4 is in effect, on the other hand,
pursuant to which the Company and each such Covered Person intend to be legally
bound. No repeal or modification of this Section 6.4 shall affect any rights or
obligations with respect to any state of facts then or theretofore existing or
thereafter arising or any proceeding theretofore or thereafter brought or
threatened based in whole or in part upon such state of facts.
6.5 Insurance. The Company may purchase and maintain insurance, to
the extent and in such amounts as the Managing Member shall, in its sole
discretion, deem reasonable, on behalf of Covered Persons and such other persons
or entities as the Managing Member shall determine, against any liability that
may be asserted against or expenses that may be incurred by any such person or
entity in connection with the activities of the Company or such indemnities,
regardless of whether the Company would have the power to indemnify such person
or entity against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement. The
Managing Member, on behalf of the Company, and/or the Company may enter into
indemnity contracts with Covered Person and adopt written procedures pursuant to
which arrangements are made for the advancement of expenses and the funding of
obligations under Section 6.4 hereof and containing such other procedures
regarding indemnification as are appropriate.
<PAGE>
13
ARTICLE VII
TERMINATION; DISSOLUTION; LIQUIDATION AND WINDING-UP
7.1 Events of Dissolution. The Company shall be dissolved upon any
of the following (each a "Dissolution Event"):
(a) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under
Section 18-802 of the Act;
(b) the written consent to a dissolution of the Member;
(c) the expiration of 60 days after the assignment, sale,
transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets,
properties and business of the Company;
(d) the death, retirement, resignation, expulsion, bankruptcy
or dissolution of the Member or any other event that terminates the continued
membership of the Member.
7.2 Liquidation and Winding-Up. If the Company is dissolved pursuant
to Section 7.1, the Company shall be liquidated and wound up in accordance with
the Act and the following provisions:
(a) The financial officers of the Company shall be directed to
prepare a balance sheet, income statement and statement of cash flows of the
Company in accordance with GAAP as of the date of dissolution and for the period
ended on such date, which balance sheet shall be reported upon by the Company's
independent public accountants.
(b) The assets, properties and business of the Company shall
be liquidated by the Managing Member as promptly as possible, but in an orderly
and businesslike manner so as not to involve undue sacrifice. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, if it is determined by the Managing Member not to sell all or any
portion of the properties and assets of the Company, such properties and assets
shall be distributed in kind in the order of priority set forth in subsection
(c); provided, however, that the Fair Market Value of such properties and
assets, as determined in good faith by the Managing Member, shall be used in
determining the extent and amount of a distribution in kind of such properties
and assets in lieu of actual cash proceeds of any sale or other disposition
thereof.
(c) The proceeds of sale of all or substantially all of the
properties and assets of the Company and all other properties and assets of the
Company not sold, as provided in subsection (b) above, and valued at the Fair
Market
<PAGE>
14
Value thereof as provided in such subsection (b), shall be applied and
distributed as follows, and in the following order or priority:
(i) First, to the payment of all debts and liabilities
of the Company and the expenses of liquidation not otherwise adequately
pro vided for;
(ii) Second, to the setting up of any reserves that are
reasonably necessary for any contingent unforeseen liabilities or
obligations of the Company or of the Member arising out of, or in
connection with, the Company.
(iii) Thereafter, to the Member.
(d) A Certificate of Cancellation shall be filed with the
Secretary of State of the State of Delaware by the Members.
7.3 Survival of Rights, Duties and Obligations. Termination,
dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company for any reason shall not
release any party from any liability which at the time of such termination,
dissolution, liquidation or winding up already had accrued to any other party or
which thereafter may accrue in respect to any act or omission prior to such
termination, dissolution, liquidation or winding up.
7.4 Claims of the Members. The Member shall look solely to the
Company's assets for the return of their contributions to the Company, and if
the assets of the Company remaining after payment of or due provision for all
debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company are insufficient to return
such contributions, the Member shall have no recourse against the Company.
ARTICLE VIII
MISCELLANEOUS
8.1 Assignments. The Member may assign in whole or in part its
limited liability company Interest.
8.2 Resignation. The Managing Member may resign from the Company.
8.3 Admission of Additional Members. One (1) or more additional
members of the Company may be admitted to the Company with the consent of the
Member.
<PAGE>
15
8.4 Liability of Members. The Member shall not have any liability
for the obligations or liabilities of the Company except to the extent provided
in the Act.
8.5 Amendment. This Agreement may be amended at any time by the
Member.
8.6 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and
construed under, the laws of the State of Delaware, all rights and remedies
being governed by said laws.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound
hereby, has duly executed this Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the
date and year first aforesaid.
GROVE WORLDWIDE LLC
By: /s/ Salvatore J. Bonanno
----------------------------------------
Name: Salvatore J. Bonanno
Title: Chief Executive Officer
<PAGE>
Exhibit 3.6
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
of
CRANE ACQUISITION CORP.
The undersigned incorporator, in order to form a corporation under
the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the "General Corporation
Law"), certifies as follows:
1. Name. The name of the corporation is Crane Acquisition Corp. (the
"Corporation").
2. Address; Registered Office and Agent. The address of the
registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is c/o CSC The
United States Corporation Company, 1013 Centre Road, Wilmington, New Castle
County, Delaware 19805.
3. Purposes. The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any
lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General
Corporation Law.
4. Number of Shares. The total number of shares of stock that the
Corporation shall have authority to issue is: One Thousand (1,000), all of which
shall be shares of Common Stock of the par value of One Cent ($0.01) each.
5. Name and Mailing Address of Incorporator. The name and mailing
address of the incorporator are: Todd A. Finger, 1285 Avenue of the Americas,
New York, New York 10019-6064.
<PAGE>
6. Election of Directors. Members of the Board of Directors of the
Corporation (the "Board") may be elected either by written ballot or by voice
vote.
7. Limitation of Liability. No director of the Corporation shall be
personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages
for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, provided that this provision shall
not eliminate or limit the liability of a director (a) for any breach of the
director's duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (b) for acts
or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a
knowing violation of law, (c) under section 174 of the General Corporation Law
or (d) for any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal
benefits.
Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provision shall not
adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation
existing at the time of such repeal or modification.
8. Indemnification.
8.1 To the extent not prohibited by law, the Corporation shall
indemnify any person who is or was made, or threatened to be made, a party to
any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (a
"Proceeding"), whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative,
including, without limitation, an action by or in the right of the Corporation
to procure a judgment in its favor, by
2
<PAGE>
reason of the fact that such person, or a person of whom such person is the
legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or, at
the request of the Corporation, is or was serving as a director or officer of
any other corporation or in a capacity with comparable authority or
responsibilities for any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit
plan or other enterprise (an "Other Entity"), against judgments, fines,
penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid in settlement and costs, charges and
expenses (including attorneys' fees, disbursements and other charges). Persons
who are not directors or officers of the Corporation (or otherwise entitled to
indemnification pursuant to the preceding sentence) may be similarly indemnified
in respect of service to the Corporation or to an Other Entity at the request of
the Corporation to the extent the Board at any time specifies that such persons
are entitled to the benefits of this Section 8.
8.2 The Corporation shall, from time to time, reimburse or
advance to any director or officer or other person entitled to indemnification
hereunder the funds necessary for payment of expenses, including attorneys' fees
and disbursements, incurred in connection with any Proceeding, in advance of the
final disposition of such Proceeding; provided, however, that, if required by
the General Corporation Law, such expenses incurred by or on behalf of any
director or officer or other person may be paid in advance of the final
disposition of a Proceeding only upon receipt by the Corporation of an
undertaking, by or on behalf of such director or officer (or other person
indemnified hereunder), to repay any such amount so
3
<PAGE>
advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from
which there is no further right of appeal that such director, officer or other
person is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses.
8.3 The rights to indemnification and reimbursement or
advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Section 8
shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which a person seeking
indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses may have or
hereafter be entitled under any statute, this Certificate of Incorporation, the
By-laws of the Corporation (the "By-laws"), any agreement, any vote of
stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his
or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such
office.
8.4 The rights to indemnification and reimbursement or
advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Section 8
shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer (or
other person indemnified hereunder) and shall inure to the benefit of the
executors, administrators, legatees and distributees of such person.
8.5 The Corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain
insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or
agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation
as a director, officer, employee or agent of an Other Entity, against any
liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such
4
<PAGE>
capacity, or arising out of such person's status as such, whether or not the
Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability
under the provisions of this Section 8, the By-laws or under section 145 of the
General Corporation Law or any other provision of law.
8.6 The provisions of this Section 8 shall be a contract
between the Corporation, on the one hand, and each director and officer who
serves in such capacity at any time while this Section 8 is in effect and any
other person entitled to indemnification hereunder, on the other hand, pursuant
to which the Corporation and each such director, officer, or other person intend
to be, and shall be, legally bound. No repeal or modification of this Section 8
shall affect any rights or obligations with respect to any state of facts then
or theretofore existing or there after arising or any proceeding theretofore or
thereafter brought or threatened based in whole or in part upon any such state
of facts.
8.7 The rights to indemnification and reimbursement or
advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Section 8
shall be enforceable by any person entitled to such indemnification or
reimbursement or advancement of expenses in any court of competent jurisdiction.
The burden of proving that such indemnification or reimbursement or advancement
of expenses is not appropriate shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure
of the Corporation (including its Board, its independent legal counsel and its
stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such
action that such indemnification
5
<PAGE>
or reimbursement or advancement of expenses is proper in the circumstances nor
an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board, its independent
legal counsel and its stockholders) that such person is not entitled to such
indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses shall constitute a
defense to the action or create a presumption that such person is not so
entitled. Such a person shall also be indemnified for any expenses incurred in
connection with successfully establishing his or her right to such
indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses, in whole or in
part, in any such proceeding.
8.8 Any director or officer of the Corporation serving in any
capacity of (a) another corporation of which a majority of the shares entitled
to vote in the election of its directors is held, directly or indirectly, by the
Corporation or (b) any employee benefit plan of the Corporation or any
corporation referred to in clause (a) shall be deemed to be doing so at the
request of the Corporation.
8.9 Any person entitled to be indemnified or to reimbursement
or advancement of expenses as a matter of right pursuant to this Section 8 may
elect to have the right to indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of
expenses interpreted on the basis of the applicable law in effect at the time of
the occurrence of the event or events giving rise to the applicable Proceeding,
to the extent permitted by law, or on the basis of the applicable law in effect
at the time such indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses is
sought. Such election shall be made, by a notice in writing to the Corporation,
at the time
6
<PAGE>
indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses is sought; provided,
however, that if no such notice is given, the right to indemnification or
reimbursement or advancement of expenses shall be determined by the law in
effect at the time indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses
is sought.
9. Adoption, Amendment and/or Repeal of By-Laws. The Board may from
time to time adopt, amend or repeal the By-laws of the Corporation; provided,
however, that any By-laws adopted or amended by the Board may be amended or
repealed, and any By-laws may be adopted, by the stockholders of the Corporation
by vote of a majority of the holders of shares of stock of the Corporation
entitled to vote in the election of directors of the Corporation.
WITNESS the signature of this Certificate this 5th day of February,
1998.
/s/ Todd A. Finger
--------------------------
Todd A. Finger
7
<PAGE>
Exhibit 3.7
BY-LAWS
of
CRANE ACQUISITION CORP.
(A Delaware Corporation)
------------------------
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS
As used in these By-laws, unless the context otherwise requires, the
term:
1.1 "Assistant Secretary" means an Assistant Secretary of the
Corporation.
1.2 "Assistant Treasurer" means an Assistant Treasurer of the
Corporation.
1.3 "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
1.4 "By-laws" means the initial by-laws of the Corporation, as
amended from time to time.
1.5 "Certificate of Incorporation" means the initial certificate of
incorporation of the Corporation, as amended, supplemented or restated from time
to time.
1.6 "Chairman" means the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the
Corporation.
1.7 "Corporation" means Crane Acquisition Corp.
1.8 "Directors" means directors of the Corporation.
1.9 "Entire Board" means all directors of the Corporation in office,
whether or not present at a meeting of the Board, but disregarding vacancies.
<PAGE>
2
1.10 "General Corporation Law" means the General Corporation Law of
the State of Delaware, as amended from time to time.
1.11 "Office of the Corporation" means the executive office of the
Corporation, anything in Section 131 of the General Corporation Law to the
contrary notwithstanding.
1.12 "President" means the President of the Corporation.
1.13 "Secretary" means the Secretary of the Corporation.
1.14 "Stockholders" means stockholders of the Corporation.
1.15 "Treasurer" means the Treasurer of the Corporation.
1.16 "Vice President" means a Vice President of the Corporation.
ARTICLE 2
STOCKHOLDERS
2.1 Place of Meetings. Every meeting of Stockholders shall be held
at the office of the Corporation or at such other place within or without the
State of Delaware as shall be specified or fixed in the notice of such meeting
or in the waiver of notice thereof.
2.2 Annual Meeting. A meeting of Stockholders shall be held annually
for the election of Directors and the transaction of other business at such hour
and on such business day in September or October or as may be determined by the
Board and designated in the notice of meeting.
2.3 Deferred Meeting for Election of Directors, Etc. If the annual
meeting of Stockholders for the election of Directors and the transaction of
other
<PAGE>
3
business is not held within the months specified in Section 2.2 hereof, the
Board shall call a meeting of Stockholders for the election of Directors and the
transaction of other business as soon thereafter as convenient.
2.4 Other Special Meetings. A special meeting of Stockholders (other
than a special meeting for the election of Directors), unless otherwise
prescribed by statute, may be called at any time by the Board or by the
President or by the Secretary. At any special meeting of Stockholders only such
business may be transacted as is related to the purpose or purposes of such
meeting set forth in the notice thereof given pursuant to Section 2.6 hereof or
in any waiver of notice thereof given pursuant to Section 2.7 hereof.
2.5 Fixing Record Date. For the purpose of (a) determining the
Stockholders entitled (i) to notice of or to vote at any meeting of Stockholders
or any adjournment thereof, (ii) unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of
Incorporation to express consent to corporate action in writing without a
meeting or (iii) to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or
allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any
change, conversion or exchange of stock; or (b) any other lawful action, the
Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon
which the resolution fixing the record date was adopted by the Board and which
record date shall not be (x) in the case of clause (a)(i) above, more than sixty
nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, (y) in the case of
clause (a)(ii) above, more than 10 days after the date upon which the resolution
fixing the record date was adopted by the Board and (z) in the case of clause
(a)(iii)
<PAGE>
4
or (b) above, more than sixty days prior to such action. If no such record date
is fixed:
2.5.1 the record date for determining Stockholders entitled to
notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of
business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or,
if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding
the day on which the meeting is held;
2.5.2 the record date for determining stockholders entitled to
express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting (unless
otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation), when no prior
action by the Board is required under the General Corporation Law, shall
be the first day on which a signed written consent setting forth the
action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by
delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal
place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having
custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are
recorded; and when prior action by the Board is required under the General
Corporation Law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to
consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the
close of business on the date on which the Board adopts the resolution
taking such prior action; and
2.5.3 the record date for determining stockholders for any
purpose other than those specified in Sections 2.5.1 and 2.5.2 shall be at
<PAGE>
5
the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution
relating thereto.
When a determination of Stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any
meeting of Stockholders has been made as provided in this Section 2.5, such
determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof unless the Board fixes a
new record date for the adjourned meeting. Delivery made to the Corporation's
registered office in accordance with Section 2.5.2 shall be by hand or by
certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.
2.6 Notice of Meetings of Stockholders. Except as otherwise provided
in Sections 2.5 and 2.7 hereof, whenever under the provisions of any statute,
the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, Stockholders are required or
permitted to take any action at a meeting, written notice shall be given stating
the place, date and hour of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting,
the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Unless otherwise
provided by any statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, a
copy of the notice of any meeting shall be given, personally or by mail, not
less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting, to each
Stockholder entitled to notice of or to vote at such meeting. If mailed, such
notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail,
with postage prepaid, directed to the Stockholder at his or her address as it
appears on the records of the Corporation. An affidavit of the Secretary or an
Assistant Secretary or of the transfer agent of the Corporation that the notice
required by this Section 2.6 has been given shall, in the absence of fraud,
<PAGE>
6
be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein. When a meeting is adjourned
to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if
the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment
is taken, and at the adjourned meeting any business may be transacted that might
have been transacted at the meeting as originally called. If, however, the
adjourn ment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new
record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned
meeting shall be given to each Stockholder of record entitled to vote at the
meeting.
2.7 Waivers of Notice. Whenever the giving of any notice is required
by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, a waiver thereof,
in writing, signed by the Stockholder or Stockholders entitled to said notice,
whether before or after the event as to which such notice is required, shall be
deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance by a Stockholder at a meeting shall
constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except when the Stockholder
attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the
meeting, to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting has
not been lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at,
nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the Stockholders need be
specified in any written waiver of notice unless so required by statute, the
Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws.
2.8 List of Stockholders. The Secretary shall prepare and make, or
cause to be prepared and made, at least ten days before every meeting of
Stockholders, a complete list of the Stockholders entitled to vote at the
meeting,
<PAGE>
7
arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each Stockholder and
the number of shares registered in the name of each Stockholder. Such list shall
be open to the examination of any Stockholder, the Stockholder's agent, or
attorney, at the Stockholder's expense, for any purpose germane to the meeting,
during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the
meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held,
which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so
specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be
produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time
thereof, and may be inspected by any Stockholder who is present. The Corporation
shall maintain the Stockholder list in written form or in another form capable
of conversion into written form within a reasonable time. Upon the willful
neglect or refusal of the Directors to produce such a list at any meeting for
the election of Directors, they shall be ineligible for election to any office
at such meeting. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the
Stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list of Stockholders or
the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of
Stockholders.
2.9 Quorum of Stockholders; Adjournment. Except as otherwise
provided by any statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, the
holders of one-third of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote at any
meeting of Stockholders, present in person or represented by proxy, shall
constitute a quorum for the transaction of any business at such meeting. When a
quorum is once present to organize a meeting of Stockholders, it is not broken
by the subsequent withdrawal of
<PAGE>
8
any Stockholders. The holders of a majority of the shares of stock present in
person or repre sented by proxy at any meeting of Stockholders, including an
adjourned meeting, whether or not a quorum is present, may adjourn such meeting
to another time and place. Shares of its own stock belonging to the Corporation
or to another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the
election of directors of such other corporation is held, directly or indirectly,
by the Corporation, shall neither be entitled to vote nor be counted for quorum
purposes; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not limit the right of the
Corporation to vote stock, including but not limited to its own stock, held by
it in a fiduciary capacity.
2.10 Voting; Proxies. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate
of Incorporation, every Stockholder of record shall be entitled at every meeting
of Stockholders to one vote for each share of capital stock standing in his or
her name on the record of Stockholders determined in accordance with Section 2.5
hereof. If the Certificate of Incorporation provides for more or less than one
vote for any share on any matter, each reference in the By-laws or the General
Corporation Law to a majority or other proportion of stock shall refer to such
majority or other proportion of the votes of such stock. The provisions of
Sections 212 and 217 of the General Corporation Law shall apply in determining
whether any shares of capital stock may be voted and the persons, if any,
entitled to vote such shares; but the Corporation shall be protected in assuming
that the persons in whose names shares of capital stock stand on the stock
ledger of the Corporation are entitled to vote such shares. Holders of
redeemable shares of stock are not entitled to vote after the notice of
redemption is
<PAGE>
9
mailed to such holders and a sum sufficient to redeem the stocks has been
deposited with a bank, trust company, or other financial institution under an
irrevocable obligation to pay the holders the redemption price on surrender of
the shares of stock. At any meeting of Stockholders (at which a quorum was
present to organize the meeting), all matters, except as otherwise provided by
statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-laws, shall be
decided by a majority of the votes cast at such meeting by the holders of shares
present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote thereon, whether
or not a quorum is present when the vote is taken. All elections of Directors
shall be by written ballot unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of
Incorporation. In voting on any other question on which a vote by ballot is
required by law or is demanded by any Stockholder entitled to vote, the voting
shall be by ballot. Each ballot shall be signed by the Stockholder voting or the
Stockholder's proxy and shall state the number of shares voted. On all other
questions, the voting may be viva voce. Each Stockholder entitled to vote at a
meeting of Stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in
writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for
such Stockholder by proxy. The validity and enforceability of any proxy shall be
determined in accordance with Section 212 of the General Corporation Law. A
Stockholder may revoke any proxy that is not irrevocable by attending the
meeting and voting in person or by filing an instrument in writing revoking the
proxy or by delivering a proxy in accordance with applicable law bearing a later
date to the Secretary.
<PAGE>
10
2.11 Voting Procedures and Inspectors of Election at Meetings of
Stockholders. The Board, in advance of any meeting of Stockholders, may appoint
one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof.
The Board may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace
any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate has been appointed
or is able to act at a meeting, the person presiding at the meeting may appoint,
and on the request of any Stockholder entitled to vote thereat shall appoint,
one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering
upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully
to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the
best of his or her ability. The inspectors shall (a) ascertain the number of
shares outstanding and the voting power of each, (b) determine the shares
represented at the meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots, (c) count
all votes and ballots, (d) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record
of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the
inspectors, and (e) certify their determination of the number of shares
represented at the meeting and their count of all votes and ballots. The
inspectors may appoint or retain other persons or entities to assist the
inspectors in the performance of their duties. Unless otherwise provided by the
Board, the date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each
matter upon which the Stockholders will vote at a meeting shall be determined by
the person presiding at the meeting and shall be announced at the meeting. No
ballot, proxies or votes, or any revocation thereof or change thereto, shall be
accepted by the inspectors after the
<PAGE>
11
closing of the polls unless the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware upon
application by a Stockholder shall determine otherwise.
2.12 Organization. At each meeting of Stockholders, the President,
or in the absence of the President, the Chairman, or if there is no Chairman or
if there be one and the Chairman is absent, a Vice President, and in case more
than one Vice President shall be present, that Vice President designated by the
Board (or in the absence of any such designation, the most senior Vice
President, based on age, present), shall act as chairman of the meeting. The
Secretary, or in his or her absence, one of the Assistant Secretaries, shall act
as secretary of the meeting. In case none of the officers above designated to
act as chairman or secretary of the meeting, respectively, shall be present, a
chairman or a secretary of the meeting, as the case may be, shall be chosen by a
majority of the votes cast at such meeting by the holders of shares of capital
stock present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at the
meeting.
2.13 Order of Business. The order of business at all meetings of
Stockholders shall be as determined by the chairman of the meeting, but the
order of business to be followed at any meeting at which a quorum is present may
be changed by a majority of the votes cast at such meeting by the holders of
shares of capital stock present in person or represented by proxy and entitled
to vote at the meeting.
2.14 Written Consent of Stockholders Without a Meeting. Unless
otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required by
the General Corporation Law to be taken at any annual or special meeting of
stockholders
<PAGE>
12
may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a
consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be
signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum
number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a
meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and
shall be delivered (by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt
requested) to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State
of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the
Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of
stockholders are recorded. Every written consent shall bear the date of
signature of each stockholder who signs the consent and no written consent shall
be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within 60
days of the earliest dated consent delivered in the manner required by this
Section 2.14, written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take
action are delivered to the Corporation as aforesaid. Prompt notice of the
taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written
consent shall be given to those Stockholders who have not consented in writing.
ARTICLE 3
Directors
3.1 General Powers. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate
of Incorporation, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed
by or under the direction of the Board. The Board may adopt such rules and
regulations, not inconsistent with the Certificate of Incorporation or these
By-laws
<PAGE>
13
or applicable laws, as it may deem proper for the conduct of its meetings and
the management of the Corporation. In addition to the powers expressly conferred
by these By-laws, the Board may exercise all powers and perform all acts that
are not required, by these By-laws or the Certificate of Incorporation or by
statute, to be exercised and performed by the Stockholders.
3.2 Number; Qualification; Term of Office. The Board shall consist
of one or more members. The number of Directors shall be fixed initially by the
incorporator and may thereafter be changed from time to time by action of the
stockholders or by action of the Board. Directors need not be stockholders. Each
Director shall hold office until a successor is elected and qualified or until
the Director's death, resignation or removal.
3.3 Election. Directors shall, except as otherwise required by
statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, be elected by a plurality of the
votes cast at a meeting of stockholders by the holders of shares entitled to
vote in the election.
3.4 Newly Created Directorships and Vacancies. Unless otherwise
provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, newly created Directorships
resulting from an increase in the number of Directors and vacancies occurring in
the Board for any other reason, including the removal of Directors without
cause, may be filled by the affirmative votes of a majority of the entire Board,
although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining Director, or may be elected
by a plurality of the votes cast by the holders of shares of capital stock
entitled to vote in the election at a special
<PAGE>
14
meeting of stockholders called for that purpose. A Director elected to fill a
vacancy shall be elected to hold office until a successor is elected and
qualified, or until the Director's earlier death, resignation or removal.
3.5 Resignation. Any Director may resign at any time by written
notice to the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the time
therein specified, and, unless otherwise specified in such resignation, the
acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.
3.6 Removal. Subject to the provisions of Section 141(k) of the
General Corporation Law, any or all of the Directors may be removed with or
without cause by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled
to vote at an election of Directors.
3.7 Compensation. Each Director, in consideration of his or her
service as such, shall be entitled to receive from the Corporation such amount
per annum or such fees for attendance at Directors' meetings, or both, as the
Board may from time to time determine, together with reimbursement for the
reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, if any, incurred by such Director in
connection with the performance of his or her duties. Each Director who shall
serve as a member of any committee of Directors in consideration of serving as
such shall be entitled to such additional amount per annum or such fees for
attendance at committee meetings, or both, as the Board may from time to time
determine, together with reimbursement for the reasonable out-of-pocket
expenses, if any, incurred by such Director in the performance of his or her
duties. Nothing contained in this Section 3.7 shall preclude
<PAGE>
15
any Director from serving the Corporation or its subsidiaries in any other
capacity and receiving proper compensation therefor.
3.8 Times and Places of Meetings. The Board may hold meetings, both
regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware. The times
and places for holding meetings of the Board may be fixed from time to time by
resolution of the Board or (unless contrary to a resolution of the Board) in the
notice of the meeting.
3.9 Annual Meetings. On the day when and at the place where the
annual meeting of stockholders for the election of Directors is held, and as
soon as practicable thereafter, the Board may hold its annual meeting, without
notice of such meeting, for the purposes of organization, the election of
officers and the transaction of other business. The annual meeting of the Board
may be held at any other time and place specified in a notice given as provided
in Section 3.11 hereof for special meetings of the Board or in a waiver of
notice thereof.
3.10 Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board may be held
without notice at such times and at such places as shall from time to time be
determined by the Board.
3.11 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board may be called
by the Chairman, the President or the Secretary or by any two or more Directors
then serving on at least one day's notice to each Director given by one of the
means specified in Section 3.14 hereof other than by mail, or on at least three
days' notice if given by mail. Special meetings shall be called by the Chairman,
President or
<PAGE>
16
Secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of any two or
more of the Directors then serving.
3.12 Telephone Meetings. Directors or members of any committee
designated by the Board may participate in a meeting of the Board or of such
committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment
by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other,
and participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section 3.12 shall constitute
presence in person at such meeting.
3.13 Adjourned Meetings. A majority of the Directors present at any
meeting of the Board, including an adjourned meeting, whether or not a quorum is
present, may adjourn such meeting to another time and place. At least one day's
notice of any adjourned meeting of the Board shall be given to each Director
whether or not present at the time of the adjournment, if such notice shall be
given by one of the means specified in Section 3.14 hereof other than by mail,
or at least three days' notice if by mail. Any business may be transacted at an
adjourned meeting that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally
called.
3.14 Notice Procedure. Subject to Sections 3.11 and 3.17 hereof,
whenever, under the provisions of any statute, the Certificate of Incorporation
or these By-laws, notice is required to be given to any Director, such notice
shall be deemed given effectively if given in person or by telephone, by mail
addressed to such Director at such Director's address as it appears on the
records of the
<PAGE>
17
Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, or by telegram, telex, telecopy or
similar means addressed as aforesaid.
3.15 Waiver of Notice. Whenever the giving of any notice is required
by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, a waiver thereof,
in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether
before or after the event as to which such notice is required, shall be deemed
equivalent to notice. Attendance by a person at a meeting shall constitute a
waiver of notice of such meeting except when the person attends a meeting for
the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the
transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting has not been lawfully
called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose
of, any regular or special meeting of the Directors or a committee of Directors
need be specified in any written waiver of notice unless so required by statute,
the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws.
3.16 Organization. At each meeting of the Board, the Chairman, or in
the absence of the Chairman, the President, or in the absence of the President,
a chairman chosen by a majority of the Directors present, shall preside. The
Secretary shall act as secretary at each meeting of the Board. In case the
Secretary shall be absent from any meeting of the Board, an Assistant Secretary
shall perform the duties of secretary at such meeting; and in the absence from
any such meeting of the Secretary and all Assistant Secretaries, the person
presiding at the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the
meeting.
<PAGE>
18
3.17 Quorum of Directors. The presence in person of a majority of
the entire Board shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for
the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board, but a majority of a
smaller number may adjourn any such meeting to a later date.
3.18 Action by Majority Vote. Except as otherwise expressly required
by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, the act of a
majority of the Directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present
shall be the act of the Board.
3.19 Action Without Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the
Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, any action required or permitted
to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken
without a meeting if all Directors or members of such committee, as the case may
be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the
minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.
ARTICLE 4
COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD
The Board may, by resolution passed by a vote of a majority of the
entire Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one
or more of the Directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one or more
Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or
disqualified member at any meeting of such committee. If a member of a committee
shall be absent from any meeting, or disqualified from voting thereat, the
remaining
<PAGE>
19
member or members present and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such
member or members constitute a quorum, may, by a unanimous vote, appoint another
member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or
disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the
resolution of the Board passed as aforesaid, shall have and may exercise all the
powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs
of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be
impressed on all papers that may require it, but no such committee shall have
the power or authority of the Board in reference to amending the Certificate of
Incorporation, adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation under section
251 or section 252 of the General Corporation Law, recommending to the
stockholders (a) the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the
Corporation's property and assets, or (b) a dissolution of the Corporation or a
revocation of a dissolution, or amending the By-laws of the Corporation; and,
unless the resolution designating it expressly so provides, no such committee
shall have the power and authority to declare a dividend, to authorize the
issuance of stock or to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger pursuant to
Section 253 of the General Corporation Law. Unless otherwise specified in the
resolution of the Board designating a committee, at all meetings of such
committee a majority of the total number of members of the committee shall
constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the vote of a majority
of the members of the committee present at any meeting at which there is a
quorum shall be the act of the committee. Each committee shall keep regular
minutes of its meetings. Unless the
<PAGE>
20
Board otherwise provides, each committee designated by the Board may make, alter
and repeal rules for the conduct of its business. In the absence of such rules
each committee shall conduct its business in the same manner as the Board
conducts its business pursuant to Article 3 of these By-laws.
ARTICLE 5
OFFICERS
5.1 Positions. The officers of the Corporation shall be a President,
a Secretary, a Treasurer and such other officers as the Board may appoint,
including a Chairman, one or more Vice Presidents and one or more Assistant
Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers, who shall exercise such powers and perform
such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board. The Board may
designate one or more Vice Presidents as Executive Vice Presidents and may use
descriptive words or phrases to designate the standing, seniority or areas of
special competence of the Vice Presidents elected or appointed by it. Any number
of offices may be held by the same person unless the Certificate of
Incorporation or these By-laws otherwise provide.
5.2 Appointment. The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by
the Board at its annual meeting or at such other time or times as the Board
shall determine.
5.3 Compensation. The compensation of all officers of the
Corporation shall be fixed by the Board. No officer shall be prevented from
<PAGE>
21
receiving a salary or other compensation by reason of the fact that the officer
is also a Director.
5.4 Term of Office. Each officer of the Corporation shall hold
office for the term for which he or she is elected and until such officer's
successor is chosen and qualifies or until such officer's earlier death,
resignation or removal. Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice
to the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the date of receipt of
such notice or at such later time as is therein specified, and, unless otherwise
specified, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it
effective. The resignation of an officer shall be without prejudice to the
contract rights of the Corporation, if any. Any officer elected or appointed by
the Board may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by vote of a
majority of the entire Board. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the
Corporation shall be filled by the Board. The removal of an officer without
cause shall be without prejudice to the officer's contract rights, if any. The
election or appointment of an officer shall not of itself create contract
rights.
5.5 Fidelity Bonds. The Corporation may secure the fidelity of any
or all of its officers or agents by bond or otherwise.
5.6 Chairman. The Chairman, if one shall have been appointed, shall
preside at all meetings of the Board and shall exercise such powers and perform
such other duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board.
5.7 President. The President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of
the Corporation and shall have general supervision over the business of the
<PAGE>
22
Corporation, subject, however, to the control of the Board and of any duly
authorized committee of Directors. The President shall preside at all meetings
of the Stockholders and at all meetings of the Board at which the Chairman (if
there be one) is not present. The President may sign and execute in the name of
the Corporation deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts and other instruments except
in cases in which the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated
by the Board or by these By-laws to some other officer or agent of the
Corporation or shall be required by statute otherwise to be signed or executed
and, in general, the President shall perform all duties incident to the office
of President of a corporation and such other duties as may from time to time be
assigned to the President by the Board.
5.8 Vice Presidents. At the request of the President, or, in the
President's absence, at the request of the Board, the Vice Presidents shall (in
such order as may be designated by the Board, or, in the absence of any such
designation, in order of seniority based on age) perform all of the duties of
the President and, in so performing, shall have all the powers of, and be
subject to all restrictions upon, the President. Any Vice President may sign and
execute in the name of the Corporation deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or
other instruments, except in cases in which the signing and execution thereof
shall be expressly delegated by the Board or by these By-laws to some other
officer or agent of the Corporation, or shall be required by statute otherwise
to be signed or executed, and each Vice President shall perform such other
duties as from time to time may be assigned to such Vice President by the Board
or by the President.
<PAGE>
23
5.9 Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board
and of the Stockholders and shall record all the proceedings of the meetings of
the Board and of the stockholders in a book to be kept for that purpose, and
shall perform like duties for committees of the Board, when required. The
Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all special meetings of
the Board and of the stockholders and shall perform such other duties as may be
prescribed by the Board or by the President, under whose supervision the
Secretary shall be. The Secretary shall have custody of the corporate seal of
the Corporation, and the Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, shall have
authority to impress the same on any instrument requiring it, and when so
impressed the seal may be attested by the signature of the Secretary or by the
signature of such Assistant Secretary. The Board may give general authority to
any other officer to impress the seal of the Corporation and to attest the same
by such officer's signature. The Secretary or an Assistant Secretary may also
attest all instruments signed by the President or any Vice President. The
Secretary shall have charge of all the books, records and papers of the
Corporation relating to its organization and management, shall see that the
reports, statements and other documents required by statute are properly kept
and filed and, in general, shall perform all duties incident to the office of
Secretary of a corporation and such other duties as may from time to time be
assigned to the Secretary by the Board or by the President.
5.10 Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have charge and custody of, and
be responsible for, all funds, securities and notes of the Corporation; receive
and give
<PAGE>
24
receipts for moneys due and payable to the Corporation from any sources
whatsoever; deposit all such moneys and valuable effects in the name and to the
credit of the Corporation in such depositaries as may be designated by the
Board; against proper vouchers, cause such funds to be disbursed by checks or
drafts on the authorized depositaries of the Corporation signed in such manner
as shall be determined by the Board and be responsible for the accuracy of the
amounts of all moneys so disbursed; regularly enter or cause to be entered in
books or other records maintained for the purpose full and adequate account of
all moneys received or paid for the account of the Corporation; have the right
to require from time to time reports or statements giving such information as
the Treasurer may desire with respect to any and all financial transactions of
the Corporation from the officers or agents transacting the same; render to the
President or the Board, whenever the President or the Board shall require the
Treasurer so to do, an account of the financial condition of the Corporation and
of all financial transactions of the Corporation; exhibit at all reasonable
times the records and books of account to any of the Directors upon application
at the office of the Corporation where such records and books are kept; disburse
the funds of the Corporation as ordered by the Board; and, in general, perform
all duties incident to the office of Treasurer of a corporation and such other
duties as may from time to time be assigned to the Treasurer by the Board or the
President.
5.11 Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers. Assistant
Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers shall perform such duties as shall be
assigned to
<PAGE>
25
them by the Secretary or by the Treasurer, respectively, or by the Board or by
the President.
ARTICLE 6
CONTRACTS, CHECKS, DRAFTS, BANK ACCOUNTS, ETC.
6.1 Execution of Contracts. The Board, except as otherwise provided
in these By-laws, may prospectively or retroactively authorize any officer or
officers, employee or employees or agent or agents, in the name and on behalf of
the Corporation, to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any
instrument, and any such authority may be general or confined to specific
instances, or otherwise limited.
6.2 Loans. The Board may prospectively or retroactively authorize
the President or any other officer, employee or agent of the Corporation to
effect loans and advances at any time for the Corporation from any bank, trust
company or other institution, or from any firm, corporation or individual, and
for such loans and advances the person so authorized may make, execute and
deliver promissory notes, bonds or other certificates or evidences of
indebtedness of the Corporation, and, when authorized by the Board so to do, may
pledge and hypothecate or transfer any securities or other property of the
Corporation as security for any such loans or advances. Such authority conferred
by the Board may be general or confined to specific instances, or otherwise
limited.
6.3 Checks, Drafts, Etc. All checks, drafts and other orders for the
payment of money out of the funds of the Corporation and all evidences of
<PAGE>
26
indebtedness of the Corporation shall be signed on behalf of the Corporation in
such manner as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the Board.
6.4 Deposits. The funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed
shall be deposited from time to time to the order of the Corporation with such
banks, trust companies, investment banking firms, financial institutions or
other depositaries as the Board may select or as may be selected by an officer,
employee or agent of the Corporation to whom such power to select may from time
to time be delegated by the Board.
ARTICLE 7
STOCK AND DIVIDENDS
7.1 Certificates Representing Shares. The shares of capital stock of
the Corporation shall be represented by certificates in such form (consistent
with the provisions of Section 158 of the General Corporation Law) as shall be
approved by the Board. Such certificates shall be signed by the Chairman, the
President or a Vice President and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or
the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, and may be impressed with the seal of
the Corporation or a facsimile thereof. The signatures of the officers upon a
certificate may be facsimiles, if the certificate is countersigned by a transfer
agent or registrar other than the Corporation itself or its employee. In case
any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile
signature has been placed upon any certificate shall have ceased to be such
officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, such
certificate may, unless otherwise ordered by the Board, be issued by
<PAGE>
27
the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer,
transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.
7.2 Transfer of Shares. Transfers of shares of capital stock of the
Corporation shall be made only on the books of the Corporation by the holder
thereof or by the holder's duly authorized attorney appointed by a power of
attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary or a transfer agent of the
Corporation, and on surrender of the certificate or certificates representing
such shares of capital stock properly endorsed for transfer and upon payment of
all necessary transfer taxes. Every certificate exchanged, returned or
surrendered to the Corporation shall be marked "Cancelled," with the date of
cancellation, by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or the transfer agent
of the Corporation. A person in whose name shares of capital stock shall stand
on the books of the Corporation shall be deemed the owner thereof to receive
dividends, to vote as such owner and for all other purposes as respects the
Corporation. No transfer of shares of capital stock shall be valid as against
the Corporation, its stockholders and creditors for any purpose, except to
render the transferee liable for the debts of the Corporation to the extent
provided by law, until such transfer shall have been entered on the books of the
Corporation by an entry showing from and to whom transferred.
7.3 Transfer and Registry Agents. The Corporation may from time to
time maintain one or more transfer offices or agents and registry offices or
agents at such place or places as may be determined from time to time by the
Board.
<PAGE>
28
7.4 Lost, Destroyed, Stolen and Mutilated Certificates. The holder
of any shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall immediately notify the
Corporation of any loss, destruction, theft or mutilation of the certificate
representing such shares, and the Corporation may issue a new certificate to
replace the certificate alleged to have been lost, destroyed, stolen or
mutilated. The Board may, in its discretion, as a condition to the issue of any
such new certificate, require the owner of the lost, destroyed, stolen or
mutilated certificate, or his or her legal representatives, to make proof
satisfactory to the Board of such loss, destruction, theft or mutilation and to
advertise such fact in such manner as the Board may require, and to give the
Corporation and its transfer agents and registrars, or such of them as the Board
may require, a bond in such form, in such sums and with such surety or sureties
as the Board may direct, to indemnify the Corporation and its transfer agents
and registrars against any claim that may be made against any of them on account
of the continued existence of any such certificate so alleged to have been lost,
destroyed, stolen or mutilated and against any expense in connection with such
claim.
7.5 Rules and Regulations. The Board may make such rules and
regulations as it may deem expedient, not inconsistent with these By-laws or
with the Certificate of Incorporation, concerning the issue, transfer and
registration of certificates representing shares of its capital stock.
7.6 Restriction on Transfer of Stock. A written restriction on the
transfer or registration of transfer of capital stock of the Corporation, if
permitted by Section 202 of the General Corporation Law and noted conspicuously
on the
<PAGE>
29
certificate representing such capital stock, may be enforced against the holder
of the restricted capital stock or any successor or transferee of the holder,
including an executor, administrator, trustee, guardian or other fiduciary
entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of the holder.
Unless noted conspicuously on the certificate representing such capital stock, a
restriction, even though permitted by Section 202 of the General Corporation
Law, shall be ineffective except against a person with actual knowledge of the
restriction. A restriction on the transfer or registration of transfer of
capital stock of the Corporation may be imposed either by the Certificate of
Incorporation or by an agreement among any number of stockholders or among such
stockholders and the Corporation. No restriction so imposed shall be binding
with respect to capital stock issued prior to the adoption of the restriction
unless the holders of such capital stock are parties to an agreement or voted in
favor of the restriction.
7.7 Dividends, Surplus, Etc. Subject to the provisions of the
Certificate of Incorporation and of law, the Board:
7.7.1 may declare and pay dividends or make other
distributions on the outstanding shares of capital stock in such amounts
and at such time or times as it, in its discretion, shall deem advisable
giving due consideration to the condition of the affairs of the
Corporation;
7.7.2 may use and apply, in its discretion, any of the surplus
of the Corporation in purchasing or acquiring any shares of capital stock
of the Corporation, or purchase warrants therefor, in accordance with
<PAGE>
30
law, or any of its bonds, debentures, notes, scrip or other securities or
evidences of indebtedness; and
7.7.3 may set aside from time to time out of such surplus or
net profits such sum or sums as, in its discretion, it may think proper,
as a reserve fund to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends or
for the purpose of main taining or increasing the property or business of
the Corporation, or for any purpose it may think conducive to the best
interests of the Corporation.
ARTICLE 8
INDEMNIFICATION
8.1 Indemnity Undertaking. To the extent not prohibited by law, the
Corporation shall indemnify any person who is or was made, or threatened to be
made, a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding
(a "Proceeding"), whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative,
including, without limitation, an action by or in the right of the Corporation
to procure a judgment in its favor, by reason of the fact that such person, or a
person of whom such person is the legal representative, is or was a Director or
officer of the Corporation, or, at the request of the Corporation, is or was
serving as a director or officer of any other corporation or in a capacity with
comparable authority or responsibilities for any partnership, joint venture,
trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (an "Other Entity"), against
judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid in settlement and costs,
charges and expenses (including attorneys' fees,
<PAGE>
31
disbursements and other charges). Persons who are not directors or officers of
the Corporation (or otherwise entitled to indemnification pursuant to the
preceding sentence) may be similarly indemnified in respect of service to the
Corporation or to an Other Entity at the request of the Corporation to the
extent the Board at any time specifies that such persons are entitled to the
benefits of this Article 8.
8.2 Advancement of Expenses. The Corporation shall, from time to
time, reimburse or advance to any Director or officer or other person entitled
to indemnifi cation hereunder the funds necessary for payment of expenses,
including attorneys' fees and disbursements, incurred in connection with any
Proceeding, in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding; provided,
however, that, if required by the General Corporation Law, such expenses
incurred by or on behalf of any Director or officer or other person may be paid
in advance of the final disposition of a Proceeding only upon receipt by the
Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such Director or officer (or
other person indemnified hereunder), to repay any such amount so advanced if it
shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no
further right of appeal that such Director, officer or other person is not
entitled to be indemnified for such expenses.
8.3 Rights Not Exclusive. The rights to indemnification and
reimbursement or advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to,
this Article 8 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which a
person seeking indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses may
have or hereafter be entitled under any statute, the Certificate of
Incorporation, these By-laws, any
<PAGE>
32
agreement, any vote of stockholders or disinterested Directors or otherwise,
both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another
capacity while holding such office.
8.4 Continuation of Benefits. The rights to indemnification and
reimbursement or advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to,
this Article 8 shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Director or
officer (or other person indemnified hereunder) and shall inure to the benefit
of the executors, administrators, legatees and distributees of such person.
8.5 Insurance. The Corporation shall have power to purchase and
maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer,
employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the
Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of an Other Entity,
against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person
in any such capacity, or arising out of such person's status as such, whether or
not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such
liability under the provisions of this Article 8, the Certificate of
Incorporation or under section 145 of the General Corporation Law or any other
provision of law.
8.6 Binding Effect. The provisions of this Article 8 shall be a
contract between the Corporation, on the one hand, and each Director and officer
who serves in such capacity at any time while this Article 8 is in effect and
any other person entitled to indemnification hereunder, on the other hand,
pursuant to which the Corporation and each such Director, officer or other
person intend to be, and shall be
<PAGE>
33
legally bound. No repeal or modification of this Article 8 shall affect any
rights or obligations with respect to any state of facts then or theretofore
existing or thereafter arising or any proceeding theretofore or thereafter
brought or threatened based in whole or in part upon any such state of facts.
8.7 Procedural Rights. The rights to indemnification and
reimbursement or advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to,
this Article 8 shall be enforceable by any person entitled to such
indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses in any court of
competent jurisdiction. The burden of proving that such indemnification or
reimbursement or advancement of expenses is not appropriate shall be on the
Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of
Directors, its independent legal counsel and its stockholders) to have made a
determination prior to the commencement of such action that such indemnification
or reimbursement or advancement of expenses is proper in the circumstances nor
an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors,
its independent legal counsel and its stockholders) that such person is not
entitled to such indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses
shall constitute a defense to the action or create a presumption that such
person is not so entitled. Such a person shall also be indemnified for any
expenses incurred in connection with successfully establishing his or her right
to such indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses, in whole or
in part, in any such proceeding.
<PAGE>
34
8.8 Service Deemed at Corporation's Request. Any Director or officer
of the Corporation serving in any capacity (a) another corporation of which a
majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of its directors is
held, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation or (b) any employee benefit
plan of the Corporation or any corporation referred to in clause (a) shall be
deemed to be doing so at the request of the Corporation.
8.9 Election of Applicable Law. Any person entitled to be
indemnified or to reimbursement or advancement of expenses as a matter of right
pursuant to this Article 8 may elect to have the right to indemnification or
reimbursement or advancement of expenses interpreted on the basis of the
applicable law in effect at the time of the occurrence of the event or events
giving rise to the applicable Proceeding, to the extent permitted by law, or on
the basis of the applicable law in effect at the time such indemnification or
reimbursement or advancement of expenses is sought. Such election shall be made,
by a notice in writing to the Corporation, at the time indemnification or
reimbursement or advancement of expenses is sought; provided, however, that if
no such notice is given, the right to indemnification or reimbursement or
advancement of expenses shall be determined by the law in effect at the time
indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses is sought.
<PAGE>
35
ARTICLE 9
BOOKS AND RECORDS
9.1 Books and Records. There shall be kept at the principal office
of the Corporation correct and complete records and books of account recording
the financial transactions of the Corporation and minutes of the proceedings of
the stockholders, the Board and any committee of the Board. The Corporation
shall keep at its principal office, or at the office of the transfer agent or
registrar of the Corporation, a record containing the names and addresses of all
stockholders, the number and class of shares held by each and the dates when
they respectively became the owners of record thereof.
9.2 Form of Records. Any records maintained by the Corporation in
the regular course of its business, including its stock ledger, books of
account, and minute books, may be kept on, or be in the form of, punch cards,
magnetic tape, photographs, microphotographs, or any other information storage
device, provided that the records so kept can be converted into clearly legible
written form within a reasonable time. The Corporation shall so convert any
records so kept upon the request of any person entitled to inspect the same.
9.3 Inspection of Books and Records. Except as otherwise provided by
law, the Board shall determine from time to time whether, and, if allowed, when
and under what conditions and regulations, the accounts, books, minutes and
other records of the Corporation, or any of them, shall be open to the
stockholders for inspection.
<PAGE>
36
ARTICLE 10
SEAL
The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the
Corporation, the year of its organization and the words "Corporate Seal,
Delaware." The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be
impressed or affixed or otherwise reproduced.
ARTICLE 11
FISCAL YEAR
The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed, and may be
changed, by resolution of the Board.
ARTICLE 12
PROXIES AND CONSENTS
Unless otherwise directed by the Board, the Chairman, the President,
any Vice President, the Secretary or the Treasurer, or any one of them, may
execute and deliver on behalf of the Corporation proxies respecting any and all
shares or other ownership interests of any Other Entity owned by the Corporation
appointing such person or persons as the officer executing the same shall deem
proper to represent and vote the shares or other ownership interests so owned at
any and all meetings of holders of shares or other ownership interests, whether
general or special, and/or to execute and deliver consents respecting such
shares or other ownership interests; or any of the aforesaid officers may attend
any meeting of the holders of shares or other
<PAGE>
37
ownership interests of such Other Entity and thereat vote or exercise any or all
other powers of the Corporation as the holder of such shares or other ownership
interests.
ARTICLE 13
EMERGENCY BY-LAWS
Unless the Certificate of Incorporation provides otherwise, the
following provisions of this Article 13 shall be effective during an emergency,
which is defined as when a quorum of the Corporation's Directors cannot be
readily assembled because of some catastrophic event. During such emergency:
13.1 Notice to Board Members. Any one member of the Board or any one
of the following officers: Chairman, President, any Vice President, Secretary,
or Treasurer, may call a meeting of the Board. Notice of such meeting need be
given only to those Directors whom it is practicable to reach, and may be given
in any practical manner, including by publication and radio. Such notice shall
be given at least six hours prior to commencement of the meeting.
13.2 Temporary Directors and Quorum. One or more officers of the
Corporation present at the emergency Board meeting, as is necessary to achieve a
quorum, shall be considered to be Directors for the meeting, and shall so serve
in order of rank, and within the same rank, in order of seniority. In the event
that less than a quorum of the Directors are present (including any officers who
are to serve as Directors for the meeting), those Directors present (including
the officers serving as Directors) shall constitute a quorum.
<PAGE>
38
13.3 Actions Permitted To Be Taken. The Board as constituted in
Section 13.2, and after notice as set forth in Section 13.1 may:
13.3.1 prescribe emergency powers to any officer of the
Corporation;
13.3.2 delegate to any officer or Director, any of the powers
of the Board;
13.3.3 designate lines of succession of officers and agents,
in the event that any of them are unable to discharge their duties;
13.3.4 relocate the principal place of business, or designate
successive or simultaneous principal places of business; and
13.3.5 take any other convenient, helpful or necessary action
to carry on the business of the Corporation.
ARTICLE 14
AMENDMENTS
These By-laws may be amended or repealed and new By-laws may be
adopted by a vote of the holders of shares entitled to vote in the election of
Directors or by the Board. Any By-laws adopted or amended by the Board may be
amended or repealed by the Stockholders entitled to vote thereon.
<PAGE>
Exhibit 3.8
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
HKID 18 Inc.
1. The name of the corporation is HKID 18 Inc.
2. The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is
Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County
of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The
Corporation Trust Company.
3. The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or
promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may
be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.
4. The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall
have authority to issue is One Thousand (1,000), all of which shares shall be
without par value.
5. The board of directors is authorized to make, alter or repeal the
by-laws of the corporation. Election of directors need not be by written
ballot.
6. The name and mailing address of the incorporator is:
Yoshihisa Kainuma
c/o Weil, Gotshal & Manges
767 Fifth Avenue
New York, New York 10153
I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the incorporator herein before named, for
the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of
Delaware, do make this certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that this is
my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have
hereunto set my hand this 28th day of September, 1987.
/s/ Yoshihisa Kainuma
--------------------------
Yoshihisa Kainuma
<PAGE>
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
OF
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
HKID 18 Inc.
----------------------------------------
Pursuant to Section 242 of the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware
----------------------------------------
HKID 18 Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Corporation"), does
hereby certify that the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is
hereby amended by changing Article FIRST thereof so that, as amended, said
Article shall read in its entirety as follows:
"FIRST: The name of the Corporation is Crane Holding Inc.
(hereinafter, the "Corporation")."
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate to
be executed in its corporate name by its Vice President and attested by its
Assistant Secretary this 4th day of April, 1988.
HKID 18 Inc.
By: /s/ George Hempstead, III
-----------------------------
Name: George Hempstead, III
Title: Vice President
ATTEST:
/s/ Robert E. Walton
- ----------------------------
Name: Robert E. Walton
Title: Assistant Secretary
<PAGE>
AMENDED AND RESTATED
BY-LAWS
OF
CRANE HOLDING INC.
(a Delaware corporation)
ARTICLE V.
Stockholders
SECTION A. Annual Meetings. (a) All meetings of the Stockholders
for the election of directors shall be held in the County of New Castle, State
of Delaware, at such place as may be fixed from time to time by the Board of
Directors, or at such other place either within or without the State of Delaware
as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in
the notice of the meeting. Meetings of Stockholders for any other purpose may be
held at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall
be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice
thereof.
(b) Annual meetings of Stockholders shall be held on such date and
at such time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors
and stated in the notice of the meeting, at which they shall elect by a
plurality vote a Board of Directors, and transact such other business as may
properly be brought before the meeting.
(c) Written notice of the annual meeting stating the place, date,
and hour of the meeting shall be given to each Stockholder entitled to vote at
such meeting not less than ten days nor more than sixty days prior to the date
of the meeting.
(d) The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the
Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of
Stockholders, a complete list of the Stockholders entitled to vote at the
meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each
Stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each Stockholder.
Such list shall be open to the examination of any Stockholder, for any purpose
germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least
ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the
meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the
meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held.
The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting
during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any Stockholder who is
present. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to the Stockholders
entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by this section or the
books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of
Stockholders.
SECTION B. Special Meetings. (a) Special meetings of the
Stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by
statute or by the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, may be called
by the President and shall be called by the President or Secretary at the
request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors, or at the request in
writing of a Stockholder or Stockholders owning a majority in amount of the
entire capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to
vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.
(b) Written notice of a special meeting stating the place, date,
and hour of the meeting and, in general terms, the purpose or purposes for which
the meeting is called, shall be given not less than ten days nor
<PAGE>
more than sixty days prior to the date of the meeting, to each Stockholder
entitled to vote at such meeting. Whenever the directors shall fail to fix such
place, the meeting shall be held at the principal executive offices of the
Corporation.
(c) Business transacted at any special meeting of Stockholders
shall be limited to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice.
SECTION 3. Quorums. (a) The holders of a majority of the stock
issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or
represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the
Stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by
statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If, however, such quorum shall
not be present or represented at any meeting of the Stockholders, the
Stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by
proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice
other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or
represented. At such adjourned meeting, at which a quorum shall be present or
represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at
the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than thirty
days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned
meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each Stockholder of
record entitled to vote at the meeting. When a quorum is once present it is not
broken by the subsequent withdrawal of any Stockholder.
(b) When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the
holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or
represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting,
unless the question is one on which by express provision of the Delaware General
Corporation Law or of the certificate of incorporation, a different vote is
required in which case such express provision shall govern and control the
decision of such question.
SECTION 4. Organization. Meetings of Stockholders shall be presided
over by the Chairman, if any, or if none or in the Chairman's absence the
President, if any, or if none or in the President's absence, by a Chairman to be
chosen by the Stockholders entitled to vote who are present in person or by
proxy at the meeting. The Secretary of the Corporation, or in the Secretary's
absence an Assistant Secretary, shall act as Secretary of every meeting, but if
neither the Secretary nor an Assistant Secretary is present, the presiding
officer of the meeting shall appoint any person present to act as Secretary of
the meeting.
SECTION 5. Voting; Proxies; Required Vote. (a) At each meeting of
Stockholders, every Stockholder shall be entitled to vote in person or by proxy
appointed by an instrument in writing, subscribed by such Stockholder or by such
Stockholder's duly authorized attorney-in-fact (but no such proxy shall be voted
or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a
longer period), and, unless the Certificate of Incorporation provides otherwise,
shall have one vote for each share of stock entitled to vote registered in the
name of such Stockholder on the books of the Corporation on the applicable
record date fixed pursuant to these By-Laws. At all elections of directors the
voting may but need not be by ballot and a plurality of the votes cast there
shall elect. Except as otherwise required by law or the Certificate of
Incorporation, any other action shall be authorized by a majority of the votes
cast.
(b) Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of
Stockholders may, except as otherwise required by law or the Certificate of
Incorporation, be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a
vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be
signed by the holders of record of the issued and outstanding capital stock of
the Corporation having a majority of votes that would be necessary to authorize
or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon
were present and voted, and the writing or writings are filed with the permanent
records of the Corporation. Prompt notice of the taking of corporate action
without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those
Stockholders who have not consented in writing.
2
<PAGE>
(c) Where a separate vote by a class or classes, present in person
or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to vote on that
matter, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares of such class or classes
present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of
such class, unless otherwise provided in the Corporation's Certificate of
Incorporation.
SECTION 6. The Board of Directors, in advance of any meeting, may,
but need not, appoint one or more inspectors of election to act at the meeting
or any adjournment thereof. If an inspector or inspectors are not so appointed,
the person presiding at the meeting may, but need not, appoint one or more
inspectors. In case any person who may be appointed as an inspector fails to
appear or act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the directors in
advance of the meeting or at the meeting by the person presiding thereat. Each
inspector, if any, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties,
shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector at
such meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability.
The inspectors, if any, shall determine the number of shares of stock
outstanding and the voting power of each, the shares of stock represented at the
meeting, the existence of a quorum, and the validity and effect of proxies, and
shall receive votes, ballots or consents, hear and determine all challenges and
questions arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all
votes, ballots or consents, determine the result, and do such acts as are proper
to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all Stockholders. On request of
the person presiding at the meeting, the inspector or inspectors, if any, shall
make a report in writing of any challenge, question or matter determined by such
inspector or inspectors and execute a certificate of any fact found by such
inspector or inspectors.
ARTICLE II
Board of Directors
SECTION 1. General Powers. The business, property and affairs of
the Corporation shall be managed by, or under the direction of, the Board of
Directors.
SECTION 2. Qualification; Number; Term; Remuneration. (a) Each
director shall be at least 18 years of age. A director need not be a
Stockholder, a citizen of the United States, or a resident of the State of
Delaware. The number of directors constituting the entire Board shall be one or
such other number not greater than ten as may be fixed from time to time by the
Board of Directors or the Stockholders. One of the directors may be selected by
the Board of Directors to be its Chairman, who shall preside at meetings of the
Stockholders and the Board of Directors and shall have such other duties, if
any, as may from time to time be assigned by the Board of Directors. In the
absence of formal selection, the President of the Corporation shall serve as
Chairman. The use of the phrase "entire Board" herein refers to the total number
of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies.
(b) Directors who are elected at an annual meeting of Stockholders,
and directors who are elected in the interim to fill vacancies and newly created
directorships, shall hold office until the next annual meeting of Stockholders
and until their successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier
resignation or removal.
(c) Directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at
each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for
attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as
director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the
Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members
of special or standing Committees may be allowed like compensation for attending
Committee meetings.
SECTION 3. Quorum and Manner of Voting. Except as otherwise
provided by law, a majority of the entire Board of Directors shall constitute a
quorum. A majority of the directors present, whether or not a quorum is present,
may adjourn a meeting from time to time to another time and place without
notice. The vote
3
<PAGE>
of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is
present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.
SECTION 4. Places of Meetings. Meetings of the Board of Directors
may be held at any place within or without the State of Delaware, as may from
time to time be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors, or as may be
specified in the notice of meeting.
SECTION 5. Annual Meeting. Following the annual meeting of
Stockholders, the newly elected Board of Directors shall meet for the purpose of
the election of officers and the transaction of such other business as may
properly come before the meeting. Such meeting may be held without notice
immediately after the annual meeting of Stockholders at the same place at which
such Stockholders' meeting is held.
SECTION 6. Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of
Directors shall be held at such times and places as the Board of Directors shall
from time to time by resolution determine.
SECTION 7. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of
Directors shall be held whenever called by the Chairman of the Board, President,
or by a majority of the directors then in office.
SECTION 8. Notice of Meetings. A notice of the place, date and time
and the purpose or purposes of each meeting of the Board of Directors shall be
given to each director by mailing the same at least two days before the meeting,
or by telephoning or faxing the same or by delivering the same personally not
later than the day before the day of the meeting.
SECTION 9. Organization. At all meetings of the Board of Directors,
the Chairman or in the Chairman's absence or inability to act, the President, or
in the President's absence, a Chairman chosen by the directors, shall preside.
The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as secretary at all meetings of the
Board of Directors when present, and, in the Secretary's absence, the presiding
officer may appoint any person to act as Secretary.
SECTION 10. Resignation. Any director may resign at any time upon
written notice to the Corporation and such resignation shall take effect upon
receipt thereof by the President or Secretary, unless otherwise specified in the
resignation. Any or all of the directors may be removed, with or without cause,
by the holders of a majority of the shares of stock outstanding and entitled to
vote for the election of directors.
SECTION 11. Vacancies. Unless otherwise provided in these By-Laws,
vacancies on the Board of Directors, whether caused by resignation, death,
disqualification, removal, an increase in the authorized number of directors or
otherwise, may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining
directors, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, or at a
special meeting of the Stockholders, by vote of the Stockholders required for
the election of directors generally.
SECTION 12. Action by Written Consent. Any action required or
permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken
without a meeting if all the directors consent thereto in writing, and the
writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of
Directors.
SECTION 13. Electronic Communication. Any member or members of the
Board of Directors may participate in a meeting of the Board by means of
conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all
persons participating in the meeting can hear and speak to each other.
4
<PAGE>
ARTICLE III
Committees
SECTION 1. Appointment. The Board of Directors may, by resolution
passed by a majority of the whole board, designate one or more Committees, each
Committee to consist of two or more of the directors of the Corporation. The
Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of
any Committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting
of the Committee. Any such Committee, to the extent provided in the resolution,
shall have and may exercise the powers of the Board of Directors in the
management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the
seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Such
Committee or Committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from
time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.
SECTION 2. Procedures, Quorum and Manner of Acting. Each Committee
shall fix its own rules of procedure, and shall meet where and as provided by
such rules or by resolution of the Board of Directors. Except as otherwise
provided by law, the presence of a majority of the then appointed members of a
Committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business by that
Committee, and in every case where a quorum is present the affirmative vote of a
majority of the members of the Committee present shall be the act of the
Committee. Each Committee shall keep minutes of its proceedings, and actions
taken by a Committee shall be reported to the Board of Directors.
SECTION 3. Action by Written Consent. Any action required or
permitted to be taken at any meeting of any Committee of the Board of Directors
may be taken without a meeting if all the members of the Committee consent
thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of
proceedings of the Committee.
SECTION 4. Electronic Communication. Any member or members of a
Committee of the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting of a Committee
by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of
which all persons participating in the meeting can hear and speak to each other.
SECTION 5. Termination. In the event any person shall cease to be a
director of the Corporation, such person shall simultaneously therewith cease to
be a member of any Committee appointed by the Board of Directors.
ARTICLE IV
Officers
SECTION 1. Election and Qualifications. The Board of Directors at
its first meeting held after each annual meeting of Stockholders shall elect the
officers of the Corporation, which shall include a President and a Secretary,
and may include, by election or appointment, one or more Vice-Presidents (any
one or more of whom may be given an additional designation of rank or function),
a Treasurer and such Assistant Secretaries, such Assistant Treasurers and such
other officers as the Board of Directors may from time to time deem proper. Each
officer shall have such powers and duties as may be prescribed by these By-Laws
and as may be assigned by the Board of Directors or the President. Any two or
more offices may be held by the same person.
SECTION 2. Term of Office and Remuneration. The term of office of
all officers shall be one year and until their respective successors have been
elected and qualified, but any officer may be removed from office, either with
or without cause, at any time by the Board of Directors. Any vacancy in any
office arising from any cause may be filled for the unexpired portion of the
term by the Board of Directors. The remuneration
5
<PAGE>
of all officers of the Corporation may be fixed by the Board of Directors or in
such manner as the Board of Directors shall provide.
SECTION 3. Resignation; Removal. Any officer may resign at any time
upon written notice to the Corporation and such resignation shall take effect
upon receipt thereof by the President or Secretary, unless otherwise specified
in the resignation. Any officer shall be subject to removal, with or without
cause, at any time by vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors.
SECTION 4. Powers and Duties of Officers.
(a) The Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, shall
preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and shall have such other
powers and duties as may from time to time be assigned by the Board of
Directors.
(b) The President shall be the chief executive officer of the
Corporation and shall preside at all meetings of the Stockholders and, if there
is no Chairman, of the Board of Directors and shall have general management of
and supervisory authority over the property, business and affairs of the
Corporation and its other officers. The President may execute and deliver in the
name of the Corporation powers of attorney, contracts, bonds and other
obligations and instruments, and shall have such other authority and perform
such other duties as from time to time may be assigned by the Board of
Directors. The President shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board
of Directors are carried into effect and shall perform such additional duties
that usually pertain to this office.
(c) A Vice President may execute and deliver in the name of the
Corporation powers of attorney, contracts, bonds and other obligations and
instruments pertaining to the regular course of such Vice President's duties,
and shall have such other authority and perform such other duties as from time
to time may be assigned by the Board of Directors or the President.
(d) The Treasurer shall in general have all duties and authority
incident to the position of Treasurer and such other duties and authority as may
be assigned by the Board of Directors or the President. The Treasurer shall keep
full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to
the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the
name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be
designated by or at the direction of the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall
disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of
Directors or the President, and shall render, upon request, an account of all
such transactions.
(e) The Secretary shall in general have all the duties and
authority incident to the position of Secretary and such other duties and
authority as may be assigned by the Board of Directors or the President. The
Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings
of Stockholders and record all the proceedings thereat in a book or books to be
kept for that purpose. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of
all meetings of the Stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors.
The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation and any officer
of the Corporation shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument
requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by the signature of the
Secretary or any other officer.
(f) Any assistant officer shall have such duties and authority as
the officer such assistant officer assists and, in addition, such other duties
and authority as the Board of Directors or President shall from time to time
assign.
6
<PAGE>
ARTICLE V
Contracts, Etc.
SECTION 1. Contracts. The Board of Directors may authorize any
person or persons, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, to enter into
or execute and deliver any and all deeds, bonds, mortgages, contracts and other
obligations or instruments, and such authority may be general or confined to
specific instances.
SECTION 2. Proxies; Powers of Attorney; Other Instruments. (a) The
Chairman, the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer or any other person
designated by any of them shall have the power and authority to execute and
deliver proxies, powers of attorney and other instruments on behalf of the
Corporation in connection with the execution of contracts, the purchase of real
or personal property, the rights and powers incident to the ownership of stock
by the Corporation and such other situations as the Chairman, the President,
such Vice President or the Treasurer shall approve, such approval to be
conclusively evidenced by the execution of such proxy, power of attorney or
other instrument on behalf of the Corporation.
(b) The Chairman, the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer
or any other person authorized by proxy or power of attorney executed and
delivered by any of them on behalf of the Corporation may attend and vote at any
meeting of Stockholders of any company in which the Corporation may hold stock,
and may exercise on behalf of the Corporation any and all of the rights and
powers incident to the ownership of such stock at any such meeting, or otherwise
as specified in the proxy or power of attorney so authorizing any such person.
The Board of Directors, from time to time, may confer like powers upon any other
person.
ARTICLE VI
Books and Records
SECTION 1. Location. The books and records of the Corporation may
be kept at such place or places within or outside the State of Delaware as the
Board of Directors or the respective officers in charge thereof may from time to
time determine. The record books containing the names and addresses of all
Stockholders, the number and class of shares of stock held by each and the dates
when they respectively became the owners of record thereof shall be kept by the
Secretary as prescribed in the By-Laws or by such officer or agent as shall be
designated by the Board of Directors.
SECTION 2. Addresses of Stockholders. Notices of meetings and all
other corporate notices may be delivered personally or mailed to each
Stockholder at the Stockholder's address as it appears on the records of the
Corporation.
SECTION 3. Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record.
(a) In order that the Corporation may determine the Stockholders entitled to
notice of or to vote at any meeting of Stockholders or any adjournment thereof,
the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not
precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by
the Board of Directors and which record date shall not be more than 60 days nor
less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by
the Board of Directors, the record date for determining Stockholders entitled to
notice of or to vote at a meeting of Stockholders shall be at the close of
business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if
notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on
which the meeting is held. A determination of Stockholders of record entitled to
notice of or to vote at a meeting of Stockholders shall apply to any adjournment
of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new
record date for the adjourned meeting.
7
<PAGE>
(b) In order that the Corporation may determine the Stockholders
entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board
of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date
upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of
Directors and which date shall not be more than 10 days after the date upon
which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of
Directors. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the
record date for determining Stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action
in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is
required, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting
forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation
by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal
place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of
the book in which proceedings of meetings of Stockholders are recorded. Delivery
made to the Corporation's registered office shall be by hand or by certified or
registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by
the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by
law, the record date for determining Stockholders entitled to consent to
corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business
on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such
prior action.
(c) In order that the Corporation may determine the Stockholders
entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment
of any rights or the Stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of
any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other
lawful action not contemplated by paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 3, the
Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede
the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted and which
record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record
date is fixed, the record date for determining Stockholders for any such purpose
shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors
adopts the resolution relating thereto.
ARTICLE VII
Certificates Representing Stock
SECTION 1. Certificates; Signatures. The shares of the Corporation
shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors of
the Corporation may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any
or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such
resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such
certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Notwithstanding the adoption of
such a resolution by the Board of Directors, every holder of stock represented
by certificates and upon request every holder of uncertificated shares shall be
entitled to have a certificate, signed by or in the name of the Corporation by
the Chairman or Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or
Vice-President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary
or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, representing the number of shares
registered in certificate form. Any and all signatures on any such certificate
may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has
signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall
have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such
certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect
as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.
The name of the holder of record of the shares represented thereby, with the
number of such shares and the date of issue, shall be entered on the books of
the Corporation. The Board of Directors shall have power and authority to make
all such rules and regulations as it may deem expedient concerning the issue,
transfer and registration of certificates representing shares of the
Corporation.
SECTION 2. Transfers of Stock. Upon compliance with provisions
restricting the transfer or registration of transfer of shares of stock, if any,
shares of capital stock shall be transferable on the books of the Corporation
only by the holder of record thereof in person, or by duly authorized attorney,
upon surrender and cancellation of certificates for a like number of shares,
properly endorsed, and the payment of all taxes due thereon.
8
<PAGE>
SECTION 3. Fractional Shares. The Corporation may, but shall not be
required to, issue certificates for fractions of a share where necessary to
effect authorized transactions, or the Corporation may pay in cash the fair
value of fractions of a share as of the time when those entitled to receive such
fractions are determined, or it may issue scrip in registered or bearer form
over the manual or facsimile signature of an officer of the Corporation or of
its agent, exchangeable as therein provided for full shares, but such scrip
shall not entitle the holder to any rights of a Stockholder except as therein
provided.
SECTION 4. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. The Corporation
may issue a new certificate of stock in place of any certificate, theretofore
issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Board of
Directors may require the owner of any lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or
his legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify
the Corporation against any claim that may be made against it on account of the
alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of
any such new certificate.
ARTICLE VIII
Dividends
Subject to the provisions of applicable law and the Certificate of
Incorporation, the Board of Directors shall have full power to determine whether
any, and, if any, what part of any, funds legally available for the payment of
dividends shall be declared as dividends and paid to Stockholders; the division
of the whole or any part of such funds of the Corporation shall rest wholly
within the lawful discretion of the Board of Directors, and it shall not be
required at any time, against such discretion, to divide or pay any part of such
funds among or to the Stockholders as dividends or otherwise; and before payment
of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation
available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to
time, in its absolute discretion, deems proper as a reserve or reserves to meet
contingencies or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any
property of the Corporation, or for any proper purpose, and the Board of
Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve. Stockholders shall receive
dividends pro rata in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock
respectively held by them. A holder of Common Stock shall be deemed to share pro
rata in all dividends declared by the Board of Directors within the meaning of
the preceding sentence if such Stockholder receives assets (whether consisting
of cash, securities, real property, equipment, inventory or other assets) the
fair market value of which is in the same proportion to the fair market value of
the total assets of the Corporation available for distribution as a dividend as
the number of shares of Common Stock held by such holder of Common Stock is to
the total number of issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock of the
Corporation. A Stockholder shall not have the right to receive a pro rata share
of each or any such asset available for distribution as a dividend; however, the
Corporation shall not be prohibited hereby for making a pro rata distribution of
each or any such asset available for distribution as a dividend. The fair market
value of any and all assets of the Corporation distributed as a dividend shall
be determined in the sole discretion of the Corporation's Board of Directors.
ARTICLE IX
Ratification
Any transaction, questioned in any lawsuit on the ground of lack of
authority, defective or irregular execution, adverse interest of director,
officer or Stockholder, non-disclosure, miscomputation, or the application of
improper principles or practices of accounting, may be ratified before or after
judgment, by the Board of Directors or by the Stockholders, and if so ratified
shall have the same force and effect as if the questioned transaction had been
originally duly authorized. Such ratification shall be binding upon the
Corporation and its Stockholders and shall constitute a bar to any claim or
execution of any judgment in respect of such questioned transaction.
9
<PAGE>
ARTICLE X
Corporate Seal
The corporate seal shall be in either of the following forms: (a)
the letters "L.S." or (b) a circular inscription which contains the words
"Corporate Seal" and such additional information as the officer inscribing such
seal shall determine in such officer's sole discretion. The corporate seal may
be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or
reproduced or otherwise displayed or it may be manually inscribed.
ARTICLE XI
Fiscal Year
The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed, and shall be
subject to change, by the Board of Directors. Unless otherwise fixed by the
Board of Directors, the fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on the Saturday
closest to September 30.
ARTICLE XII
Waiver of Notice
Whenever notice is required to be given by these By-Laws or by the
Certificate of Incorporation or by law, a written waiver thereof, signed by the
person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time
stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice.
ARTICLE XIII
Amendments
The Board of Directors shall have power to adopt, amend or repeal
By-Laws. By-Laws adopted by the Board of Directors may be repealed or changed,
and new By-Laws made, by the Stockholders, and the Stockholders may prescribe
that any By-Law made by them shall not be altered, amended or repealed by the
Board of Directors.
ARTICLE XIV
Indemnification
SECTION 1. Power To Indemnify In Actions, Suits Or Proceedings
Other Than Those By Or In the Right Of The Corporation. Subject to Section 3 of
this Article XIV, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a
party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or
completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by
reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or
agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation
as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership,
joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys'
and other professionals' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement
actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action,
suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably
believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and,
with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to
believe the conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or
proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo
contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that
the person did not act in good faith and in a manner
10
<PAGE>
reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had
reasonable cause to believe that the conduct was unlawful.
SECTION 2. Power To Indemnify In Actions, Suits Or Proceedings By
Or In The Right Of The Corporation. Subject to Section 3 of this Article XIV,
the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is
threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or
suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by
reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of
the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys' and
other professionals' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in
connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person
acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in or not opposed
to the best interests of the Corporation except that no indemnification shall be
made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have
been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that
the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought
shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but
in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and
reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery
or such other court shall deem proper.
SECTION 3. Authorization of Indemnification. Any indemnification
under this Article XIV (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the
Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that
indemnification of the director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the
circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set
forth in Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article XIV, as the case may be. Such
determination shall be made (i) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of
a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or
proceeding, or (ii) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable,
a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in
a written opinion, or (iii) if the Board of Directors so directs, by the
Stockholders. To the extent, however, that a director, officer, employee or
agent of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in
defense of any action, suit or proceeding described above, or in defense of any
claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against
expenses (including attorneys' and other professionals' fees) actually and
reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith, without the
necessity of authorization in the specific case.
SECTION 4. Good Faith Defined. For purposes of any determination
under Section 3 of this Article XIV, a person shall be deemed to have acted in
good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the
best interests of the Corporation, or, with respect to any criminal action or
proceeding, to have had no reasonable cause to believe the conduct was unlawful,
if the action is based on (a) the records or books of account of the Corporation
or another enterprise (as defined below in this Section 4), or on information
supplied to such person by the officers of the Corporation or another enterprise
in the course of their duties, unless such person had reasonable cause to
believe that reliance thereon would not be justifiable, or on (b) the advice of
legal counsel for the Corporation or another enterprise, or on information or
records given or reports made to the Corporation or another enterprise by an
independent certified public accountant, independent financial adviser,
appraiser or other expert, as to matters reasonably believed to be within such
other person's professional or expert competence. The term "another enterprise"
as used in this Section 4 shall mean any other corporation or any partnership,
joint venture, trust or other enterprise of which such person is or was serving
at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent. The
provisions of this Section 4 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in
any way the circumstances in which a person may be deemed to have met the
applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 1 or 2 of this Article XIV,
as the case may be.
SECTION 5. Indemnification By A Court. Notwithstanding any contrary
determination in the specific case under Section 3 of this Article XIV, and
notwithstanding the absence of any determination thereunder, any director,
officer, employee or agent may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction in
the State of Delaware for indemnification to the extent otherwise permissible
under Sections 1 and 2 of this Article XIV.
11
<PAGE>
The basis of such indemnification by a court shall be a determination by such
court that indemnification of the director, officer, employee or agent is proper
in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standards of conduct set
forth in Sections 1 or 2 of this Article XIV, as the case may be. Notice of any
application for indemnification pursuant to this Section 5 shall be given to the
Corporation promptly upon the filing of such application.
SECTION 6. Expenses Payable In Advance. Expenses (including
attorneys' and other professionals' fees) incurred by an officer or director in
defending any threatened or pending civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative action, suit or proceeding may, but shall not be required to, be
paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit
or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or
officer, to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such
person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in
this Article XIV. Such expenses (including attorneys' and other professionals'
fees) incurred by other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and
conditions, if any, as the Board of Directors deems appropriate.
SECTION 7. Non-exclusivity and Survival of Indemnification. The
indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to
this Article XIV shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which
those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under
any By-Law, agreement, contract, vote of Stockholders or of disinterested
directors, or pursuant to the direction (howsoever embodied) of any court of
competent jurisdiction or otherwise, it being the policy of the Corporation that
indemnification of the persons specified in Sections 1 and 2 of this Article XIV
(as distinguished from advancement of funds pursuant to Section 6 of this
Article XIV) shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law. The
provisions of this Article XIV shall not be deemed to preclude the
indemnification of any person who is not specified in Sections 1 and 2 of this
Article XIV but whom the Corporation has the power or obligation to indemnify
under the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or
otherwise. The indemnification provided by this Article XIV shall continue as to
a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall
inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators and other
comparable legal representatives of such person. The rights conferred in this
Article XIV shall be enforceable as contract rights, and shall continue to exist
after any rescission or restrictive modification hereof with respect to events
occurring prior thereto.
SECTION 8. Meaning of "other enterprises" in connection with
Employee Benefit Plans. etc. For purposes of this Article XIV (including
Sections 1, 2, 4 and 9 hereof), references to "other enterprises" shall include
employee benefit plans; references to "fines" shall include any excise taxes
assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; references to
"serving at the request of the Corporation" shall include any service as a
director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on,
or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, or agent with respect
to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who
has acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in the
interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall
be deemed to have acted in a manner "not opposed to the best interests of the
Corporation" as referred to in this Article XIV.
SECTION 9. Insurance. The Corporation may, but shall not be
required to, purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or
was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was
serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or
agent of another Corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other
enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by
such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person's status as
such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power or the obligation to
indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this
Article XIV.
Dated: January 22, 1993
12
~
<PAGE>
Exhibit 3.10
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
-of-
W. K. 23, INC.
- - - - - - - - -
I, THE UNDERSIGNED, in order to form a corporation for the purposes
hereinafter stated, under and pursuant to the provisions of the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, does hereby certifies as follows:
FIRST: The name of the corporation is
W.K. 23, INC.
SECOND: The registered office of the corporation is to be located
at 306 South State Street, in the City of Dover, in the County of Kent, in
the State of Delaware. The name of its registered agent at that address is
the United States Corporation Company.
THIRD: The purpose of the corporation is to engage in any lawful
act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General
Corporation Law of Delaware.
Without limiting in any manner the scope and generality of the
foregoing, it is hereby provided that the corporation shall have the
following purposes, objects and powers:
To purchase, manufacture, produce, assemble,
receive, lease or in any manner acquire, hold, own, use,
operate, install, maintain, service, repair, process, alter,
improve, import, export, sell lease, assign, transfer and
generally to trade and deal in and with raw materials,
natural or manufactured articles or products, machin-
<PAGE>
ery, equipment, devices, systems, parts, supplies,
apparatus, goods, wares, merchandise and personal property
of every kind, nature or description, tangible or
intangible, used or capable of being used for any purpose
whatsoever, and to engage and participate in any mercantile,
manufacturing or trading business of any kind or character.
To improve, manage, develop, sell, assign,
transfer, lease, mortgage, pledge or otherwise dispose of or
turn to account or deal with all or any part of the property
of the corporation and from time to time to vary any
investment or employment of capital of the corporation.
To borrow money, and to make and issue notes,
bonds, debentures, obligations and evidences of
indebtedness of all kinds, whether secured by mortgage,
pledge or otherwise, without limit as to amount, and to
secure the same by mortgage, pledge or otherwise; and
generally to make and perform agreements and contracts of
every kind and description, including contracts of guaranty
and suretyship.
To land money for its corporate purposes, invest
and reinvest its funds, and take, hold and deal with real
and personal property as security for the payment of funds
so loaned or invested.
To the same extent as natural persons might or
could do, to purchase or otherwise acquire, and to hold,
own, maintain, work, develop, sell, lease, exchange, hire,
convey, mortgage or otherwise dispose of and deal in lands
and leaseholds, and any interest, estate and rights in real
property, and any personal or mixed property, and any
franchises, rights, licenses or privileges necessary,
convenient or appropriate for any of the purposes herein
expressed.
To apply for, obtain, register, purchase, lease
or otherwise to acquire and to hold, own, use, develop,
operate and introduce and to sell, assign, grant licenses or
territorial rights in respect to, or otherwise to turn to
account or dispose of, any copyrights, trade marks, trade
names, brands, labels, patent rights, letters patent of the
United States or of any other country or government,
inventions, improvements and processes, whether used in
connection with or secured under letters patent or
otherwise.
<PAGE>
To participate with others in any corporation,
partnership, limited partnership, joint venture, or other
association of any kind, or in any transaction, undertaking
or arrangement which the participating corporation would
have power to conduct by itself, whether or not such
participation involves sharing or delegation of control with
or to others; and to be an incorporator, promoter or manager
of other corporations of any type or kind.
To pay pensions and establish and carry out
pension, profit sharing, stock option, stock purchase,
stock bonus, retirement, benefit, incentive and commission
plans, trusts and provisions for any or all of its
directors, officers and employees, and for any or all of the
directors, officers and employees of its subsidiaries; and
to provide insurance for its benefit on the life of any of
its directors, officers or employees, or on the life of any
stockholder for the purpose of acquiring at his death
shares of its stock owned by such stockholders.
To acquire by purchase, subscription or otherwise,
and to hold for investment or otherwise and to use, sell,
assign, transfer, mortgage, pledge or otherwise deal with or
dispose of stocks, bonds or any other obligations or
securities of any corporation or corporations; to merge or
consolidate with any corporation in such manner as may be
permitted by law; to aid in any manner any corporation whose
stocks, bonds, or other obligations are held or in any
manner guaranteed by this corporation, or in which this
corporation is in any way interested; and to do any other
acts or things for the preservation, protection, improvement
or enhancement of the value of any such stock, bonds or
other obligations, and while owner of any such stock, bonds
or other obligations to exercise all the rights, powers and
privileges of ownership thereof, and to exercise any and all
voting powers thereon; and to guarantee the payment of
dividends upon any stock, the principal or interest or
both, of any bonds or other obligations, and the performance
of any contracts.
To do all and everything necessary, suitable and
proper for the accomplishment of any of the purposes or the
attainment of any of the objects or the furtherance of any
of the powers hereinbefore set forth, either alone or in
association with other corporations, firms or individuals,
and to do every other
<PAGE>
act or acts, thing or things incidental or appartenant to or
growing out of or connected with the aforesaid business or
powers or any part or parts thereof, provided the same be
not inconsistent with the laws under which this corporation
is organized.
The business or purpose of the corporation is
from time to time to do any one or more of the acts and
things hereinabove set forth, and it shall have power to
conduct and carry on its said business, or any part
thereof, and to have one or more offices, and to exercise
any or all of its corporate powers and rights, in the State
of Delaware, and in the various other states, territories,
colonies and dependencies of the United States, in the
District of Colombia, and in all or any foreign countries.
The Corporation herein of the objects and purposes
of the corporation shall be construed as powers as well as
objects and purposes and shall not be deemed to exclude by
inference any powers, objects or purposes which the
corporation is empowered to exercise, whether expressly by
force of the laws of the State of Delaware now or hereafter
in effect, or impliedly by the reasonable construction of
the said laws.
FOURTH: The total number of shares of stock which the corporation is
authorized to issue is one hundred (100) shares, all of which shall be without
par value.
FIFTH: The name and address of the sole incorporator are as
follows:
NAME ADDRESS
Thomas G. Hennelly 70 Pine Street, New York, N.Y. 10005
SIXTH: The following provisions are inserted for the management of
the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the corporation, and for
further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the corporation
and of its directors and stockholders:
<PAGE>
(1) The number of directors of the corporation shall be such as from
time to time shall be fixed by, or in the manner provided in the by-laws.
Election of directors need not be by ballot unless the by-laws so provide.
(2) The Board of Directors shall have power without the assent or
vote of the stockholders
(a) To make, alter, amend, change, add to or repeal the By-Laws
of the corporation; to fix and vary the amount to be reserved for any
proper purpose; to authorize and cause to be executed mortgages and
liens upon all or any part of the property of the corporation; to
determine the use and disposition of any surplus or net profits; and
to fix the times for the declaration and payment of dividends.
(b) To determine from time to time whether, and to what extent,
and at what times and places, and under what conditions and
regulations, the accounts and books of the corporation (other than the
stock ledger) or any of them, shall be open to the inspection of the
stockholders.
(3) The directors in their discretion may submit any contract or
act for approval or ratification at any annual meeting of the stockholders or
at any meeting of the stockholders called for the purpose of considering any
such act or contract, and any contract or act that shall be approved or be
ratified by the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of the
corporation which is represented in person or by proxy at such meeting and
entitled to vote thereat (provided that a lawful quorum of stockholders be
there represented in person or by proxy) shall be valide and as binding upon
the corporation and upon all the stockholders as though it had been approved
or ratified by every stockholder of the corporation, whether or not the
contract or
<PAGE>
act would otherwise be open to legal attack because of directors' interest, or
for any other reason.
(4) In addition to the powers and authorities hereinbefore or by
statute expressly conferred upon them, the directors are hereby empowered to
exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or
done by the corporation; subject, nevertheless, to the provisions of the
statutes of Delaware, of this certificate, and to any by-laws from time to time
made by the stockholders; provided, however, that no by-laws so made shall
invalidate any prior act of the directors which would have been valid if such
by-law had not been made.
SEVENTH: The corporation shall, to the full extent permitted by
Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended from time to
time, indemnify all persons whom it may indemnify pursuant thereto.
EIGHTH: Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between
this corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between this
corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable
jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary
way of this corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the
application of any receiver or receivers appointed for this corporation under
the provisions of section 291 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code or on the
application of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed
for this corporation under
<PAGE>
the provision of Section 279 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code order a meeting
of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class
of stockholders of this corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in
such manner as the said court directs. If a majority in number representing
three-fourths in value of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the
stockholders or class of stockholders of this corporation, as the case may
be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of this
corporation as consequence of such compromise of arrangement, the said
compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by
the court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all the
creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders or class of
stockholders, of this corporation, as the case may be, and also on this
corporation.
NINTH: The corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change
or repeal any provision contained in this certificate of incorporation in the
manner now or hereafter prescribed by law, and all rights and powers conferred
herein on stockholders, directors and officers are subject to this reserve
power.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I hereunto set my hand and seal, the 13th day of
February, 1978.
/s/ Thomas G. Hennelly (L.S.)
------------------------------------
Thomas G. Hennelly
Incorporator
<PAGE>
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
OF
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
W. K. 23, INC.
-------------------------------------------
Adopted in accordance with the provisions
of Section 242 of the General Corporation
Law of the State of Delaware
-------------------------------------------
We, Hugh H. Shull, Jr., Vice President, and Daryl W. Goodrich, Assistant
Secretary, of W. K. 23, INC., a corporation existing under the laws of the State
of Delaware, do hereby certify as follows:
FIRST: That the Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation has
been amended as follows:
By striking out the whole of Article First thereof as it now exists
and inserting in lieu and instead thereof a new Article First, reading as
follows:
First: The name of the corporation is
NATIONAL CRANE CORPORATION
SECOND: That such amendment has been duly adopted in accordance with
the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware by the
affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock entitled to vote at a
meeting of stockholders.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have signed this certificate this 29th day of
January, 1979.
/s/ Hugh H. Shull, Jr.
-----------------------------
Hugh H. Shull, Jr.
Vice President
ATTEST: /s/ Daryl W. Goodrich
-----------------------------
Daryl W. Goodrich
Assistant Secretary
<PAGE>
Exhibit 3.11
BY-LAWS
OF
NATIONAL CRANE CORPORATION
(a Delaware corporation)
ARTICLE I
Stockholders
SECTION 1. Annual Meetings. (a) All meetings of the Stockholders for
the election of directors shall be held in the County of New Castle, State of
Delaware, at such place as may be fixed from time to time by the Board of
Directors, or at such other place either within or without the State of Delaware
as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in
the notice of the meeting. Meetings of Stockholders for any other purpose may be
held at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall
be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice
thereof.
(b) Annual meetings of Stockholders shall be held on such date and
at such time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors
and stated in the notice of the meeting, at which they shall elect by a
plurality vote a Board of Directors, and transact such other business as may
properly be brought before the meeting.
(c) Written notice of the annual meeting stating the place, date,
and hour of the meeting shall be given to each Stockholder entitled to vote at
such meeting not less than ten days nor more than sixty days prior to the date
of the meeting.
(d) The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the
Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of
Stockholders, a complete list of the Stockholders entitled to vote at the
meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each
Stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each Stockholder.
Such list shall be open to the examination of any Stockholder, for any purpose
germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least
ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the
meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the
meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held.
The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting
during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any Stockholder who is
present. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to the Stockholders
entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by this section or the
books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of
Stockholders.
SECTION 2. Special Meetings. (a) Special meetings of the
Stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by
statute or by the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, may be called
by the President and shall be called by the President or Secretary at the
request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors, or at the request in
writing of a Stockholder or Stockholders owning a majority in amount of the
entire capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to
vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.
(b) Written notice of a special meeting stating the place, date, and
hour of the meeting and, in general terms, the purpose or purposes for which the
meeting is called, shall be given not less than ten days nor more than sixty
days prior to the date of the meeting, to each Stockholder entitled to vote at
such meeting. Whenever the directors shall fail to fix such place, the meeting
shall be held at the principal executive offices of the Corporation.
<PAGE>
(c) Business transacted at any special meeting of Stockholders shall
be limited to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice.
SECTION 3. Quorums. (a) The holders of a majority of the stock
issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or
represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the
Stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by
statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If, however, such quorum shall
not be present or represented at any meeting of the Stockholders, the
Stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by
proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice
other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or
represented. At such adjourned meeting, at which a quorum shall be present or
represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at
the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than thirty
days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned
meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each Stockholder of
record entitled to vote at the meeting. When a quorum is once present it is not
broken by the subsequent withdrawal of any Stockholder.
(b) When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders
of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented
by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the
question is one on which by express provision of the Delaware General
Corporation Law or of the certificate of incorporation, a different vote is
required in which case such express provision shall govern and control the
decision of such question.
SECTION 4. Organization. Meetings of Stockholders shall be presided
over by the Chairman, if any, or if none or in the Chairman's absence the
President, if any, or if none or in the President's absence, by a Chairman to be
chosen by the Stockholders entitled to vote who are present in person or by
proxy at the meeting. The Secretary of the Corporation, or in the Secretary's
absence an Assistant Secretary, shall act as Secretary of every meeting, but if
neither the Secretary nor an Assistant Secretary is present, the presiding
officer of the meeting shall appoint any person present to act as Secretary of
the meeting.
SECTION 5. Voting; Proxies; Required Vote. (a) At each meeting of
Stockholders, every Stockholder shall be entitled to vote in person or by proxy
appointed by an instrument in writing, subscribed by such Stockholder or by such
Stockholder's duly authorized attorney-in-fact (but no such proxy shall be voted
or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a
longer period), and, unless the Certificate of Incorporation provides otherwise,
shall have one vote for each share of stock entitled to vote registered in the
name of such Stockholder on the books of the Corporation on the applicable
record date fixed pursuant to these By-Laws. At all elections of directors the
voting may but need not be by ballot and a plurality of the votes cast there
shall elect. Except as otherwise required by law or the Certificate of
Incorporation, any other action shall be authorized by a majority of the votes
cast.
(b) Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of
Stockholders may, except as otherwise required by law or the Certificate of
Incorporation, be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a
vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be
signed by the holders of record of the issued and outstanding capital stock of
the Corporation having a majority of votes that would be necessary to authorize
or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon
were present and voted, and the writing or writings are filed with the permanent
records of the Corporation. Prompt notice of the taking of corporate action
without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those
Stockholders who have not consented in writing.
(c) Where a separate vote by a class or classes, present in person
or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to vote on that
matter, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares of such class or classes
present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of
such class, unless otherwise provided in the Corporation's Certificate of
Incorporation.
2
<PAGE>
SECTION 6. The Board of Directors, in advance of any meeting, may,
but need not, appoint one or more inspectors of election to act at the meeting
or any adjournment thereof. If an inspector or inspectors are not so appointed,
the person presiding at the meeting may, but need not, appoint one or more
inspectors. In case any person who may be appointed as an inspector fails to
appear or act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the directors in
advance of the meeting or at the meeting by the person presiding thereat. Each
inspector, if any, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties,
shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector at
such meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability.
The inspectors, if any, shall determine the number of shares of stock
outstanding and the voting power of each, the shares of stock represented at the
meeting, the existence of a quorum, and the validity and effect of proxies, and
shall receive votes, ballots or consents, hear and determine all challenges and
questions arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all
votes, ballots or consents, determine the result, and do such acts as are proper
to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all Stockholders. On request of
the person presiding at the meeting, the inspector or inspectors, if any, shall
make a report in writing of any challenge, question or matter determined by such
inspector or inspectors and execute a certificate of any fact found by such
inspector or inspectors.
ARTICLE II
Board of Directors
SECTION 1. General Powers. The business, property and affairs of the
Corporation shall be managed by, or under the direction of, the Board of
Directors.
SECTION 2. Qualification; Number; Term; Remuneration. (a) Each
director shall be at least 18 years of age. A director need not be a
Stockholder, a citizen of the United States, or a resident of the State of
Delaware. The number of directors constituting the entire Board shall be one or
such other number not greater than ten as may be fixed from time to time by the
Board of Directors or the Stockholders. One of the directors may be selected by
the Board of Directors to be its Chairman, who shall preside at meetings of the
Stockholders and the Board of Directors and shall have such other duties, if
any, as may from time to time be assigned by the Board of Directors. In the
absence of formal selection, the President of the Corporation shall serve as
Chairman. The use of the phrase "entire Board" herein refers to the total number
of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies.
(b) Directors who are elected at an annual meeting of Stockholders,
and directors who are elected in the interim to fill vacancies and newly created
directorships, shall hold office until the next annual meeting of Stockholders
and until their successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier
resignation or removal.
(c) Directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at
each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for
attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as
director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the
Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members
of special or standing Committees may be allowed like compensation for attending
Committee meetings.
SECTION 3. Quorum and Manner of Voting. Except as otherwise provided
by law, a majority of the entire Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum. A
majority of the directors present, whether or not a quorum is present, may
adjourn a meeting from time to time to another time and place without notice.
The vote of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum
is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.
3
<PAGE>
SECTION 4. Places of Meetings. Meetings of the Board of Directors
may be held at any place within or without the State of Delaware, as may from
time to time be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors, or as may be
specified in the notice of meeting.
SECTION 5. Annual Meeting. Following the annual meeting of
Stockholders, the newly elected Board of Directors shall meet for the purpose of
the election of officers and the transaction of such other business as may
properly come before the meeting. Such meeting may be held without notice
immediately after the annual meeting of Stockholders at the same place at which
such Stockholders' meeting is held.
SECTION 6. Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of
Directors shall be held at such times and places as the Board of Directors shall
from time to time by resolution determine.
SECTION 7. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of
Directors shall be held whenever called by the Chairman of the Board, President,
or by a majority of the directors then in office.
SECTION 8. Notice of Meetings. A notice of the place, date and time
and the purpose or purposes of each meeting of the Board of Directors shall be
given to each director by mailing the same at least two days before the meeting,
or by telephoning or faxing the same or by delivering the same personally not
later than the day before the day of the meeting.
SECTION 9. Organization. At all meetings of the Board of Directors,
the Chairman or in the Chairman's absence or inability to act, the President, or
in the President's absence, a Chairman chosen by the directors, shall preside.
The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as secretary at all meetings of the
Board of Directors when present, and, in the Secretary's absence, the presiding
officer may appoint any person to act as Secretary.
SECTION 10. Resignation. Any director may resign at any time upon
written notice to the Corporation and such resignation shall take effect upon
receipt thereof by the President or Secretary, unless otherwise specified in the
resignation. Any or all of the directors may be removed, with or without cause,
by the holders of a majority of the shares of stock outstanding and entitled to
vote for the election of directors.
SECTION 11. Vacancies. Unless otherwise provided in these By-Laws,
vacancies on the Board of Directors, whether caused by resignation, death,
disqualification, removal, an increase in the authorized number of directors or
otherwise, may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining
directors, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, or at a
special meeting of the Stockholders, by vote of the Stockholders required for
the election of directors generally.
SECTION 12. Action by Written Consent. Any action required or
permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken
without a meeting if all the directors consent thereto in writing, and the
writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of
Directors.
SECTION 13. Electronic Communication. Any member or members of the
Board of Directors may participate in a meeting of the Board by means of
conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all
persons participating in the meeting can hear and speak to each other.
ARTICLE III
Committees
SECTION 1. Appointment. The Board of Directors may, by resolution
passed by a majority of the whole board, designate one or more Committees, each
Committee to consist of two or more of the directors of the Corporation. The
Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of
any
4
<PAGE>
Committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of
the Committee. Any such Committee, to the extent provided in the resolution,
shall have and may exercise the powers of the Board of Directors in the
management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the
seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Such
Committee or Committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from
time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.
SECTION 2. Procedures, Quorum and Manner of Acting. Each Committee
shall fix its own rules of procedure, and shall meet where and as provided by
such rules or by resolution of the Board of Directors. Except as otherwise
provided by law, the presence of a majority of the then appointed members of a
Committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business by that
Committee, and in every case where a quorum is present the affirmative vote of a
majority of the members of the Committee present shall be the act of the
Committee. Each Committee shall keep minutes of its proceedings, and actions
taken by a Committee shall be reported to the Board of Directors.
SECTION 3. Action by Written Consent. Any action required or
permitted to be taken at any meeting of any Committee of the Board of Directors
may be taken without a meeting if all the members of the Committee consent
thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of
proceedings of the Committee.
SECTION 4. Electronic Communication. Any member or members of a
Committee of the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting of a Committee
by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of
which all persons participating in the meeting can hear and speak to each other.
SECTION 5. Termination. In the event any person shall cease to be a
director of the Corporation, such person shall simultaneously therewith cease to
be a member of any Committee appointed by the Board of Directors.
ARTICLE IV
Officers
SECTION 1. Election and Qualifications. The Board of Directors at
its first meeting held after each annual meeting of Stockholders shall elect the
officers of the Corporation, which shall include a President and a Secretary,
and may include, by election or appointment, one or more Vice-Presidents (any
one or more of whom may be given an additional designation of rank or function),
a Treasurer and such Assistant Secretaries, such Assistant Treasurers and such
other officers as the Board of Directors may from time to time deem proper. Each
officer shall have such powers and duties as may be prescribed by these By-Laws
and as may be assigned by the Board of Directors or the President. Any two or
more offices may be held by the same person.
SECTION 2. Term of Office and Remuneration. The term of office of
all officers shall be one year and until their respective successors have been
elected and qualified, but any officer may be removed from office, either with
or without cause, at any time by the Board of Directors. Any vacancy in any
office arising from any cause may be filled for the unexpired portion of the
term by the Board of Directors. The remuneration of all officers of the
Corporation may be fixed by the Board of Directors or in such manner as the
Board of Directors shall provide.
SECTION 3. Resignation; Removal. Any officer may resign at any time
upon written notice to the Corporation and such resignation shall take effect
upon receipt thereof by the President or Secretary, unless otherwise specified
in the resignation. Any officer shall be subject to removal, with or without
cause, at any time by vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors.
5
<PAGE>
SECTION 4. Powers and Duties of Officers.
(a) The Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, shall
preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and shall have such other
powers and duties as may from time to time be assigned by the Board of
Directors.
(b) The President shall be the chief executive officer of the
Corporation and shall preside at all meetings of the Stockholders and, if there
is no Chairman, of the Board of Directors and shall have general management of
and supervisory authority over the property, business and affairs of the
Corporation and its other officers. The President may execute and deliver in the
name of the Corporation powers of attorney, contracts, bonds and other
obligations and instruments, and shall have such other authority and perform
such other duties as from time to time may be assigned by the Board of
Directors. The President shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board
of Directors are carried into effect and shall perform such additional duties
that usually pertain to this office.
(c) A Vice President may execute and deliver in the name of the
Corporation powers of attorney, contracts, bonds and other obligations and
instruments pertaining to the regular course of such Vice President's duties,
and shall have such other authority and perform such other duties as from time
to time may be assigned by the Board of Directors or the President.
(d) The Treasurer shall in general have all duties and authority
incident to the position of Treasurer and such other duties and authority as may
be assigned by the Board of Directors or the President. The Treasurer shall keep
full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to
the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the
name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be
designated by or at the direction of the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall
disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of
Directors or the President, and shall render, upon request, an account of all
such transactions.
(e) The Secretary shall in general have all the duties and authority
incident to the position of Secretary and such other duties and authority as may
be assigned by the Board of Directors or the President. The Secretary shall
attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of Stockholders
and record all the proceedings thereat in a book or books to be kept for that
purpose. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings
of the Stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors. The
Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation and any officer of
the Corporation shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument
requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by the signature of the
Secretary or any other officer.
(f) Any assistant officer shall have such duties and authority as
the officer such assistant officer assists and, in addition, such other duties
and authority as the Board of Directors or President shall from time to time
assign.
ARTICLE V
Contracts, Etc.
SECTION 1. Contracts. The Board of Directors may authorize any
person or persons, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, to enter into
or execute and deliver any and all deeds, bonds, mortgages, contracts and other
obligations or instruments, and such authority may be general or confined to
specific instances.
SECTION 2. Proxies; Powers of Attorney; Other Instruments. (a) The
Chairman, the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer or any other person
designated by any of them shall have the power and authority to execute and
deliver proxies, powers of attorney and other instruments on behalf of the
6
<PAGE>
Corporation in connection with the execution of contracts, the purchase of real
or personal property, the rights and powers incident to the ownership of stock
by the Corporation and such other situations as the Chairman, the President,
such Vice President or the Treasurer shall approve, such approval to be
conclusively evidenced by the execution of such proxy, power of attorney or
other instrument on behalf of the Corporation.
(b) The Chairman, the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer
or any other person authorized by proxy or power of attorney executed and
delivered by any of them on behalf of the Corporation may attend and vote at any
meeting of Stockholders of any company in which the Corporation may hold stock,
and may exercise on behalf of the Corporation any and all of the rights and
powers incident to the ownership of such stock at any such meeting, or otherwise
as specified in the proxy or power of attorney so authorizing any such person.
The Board of Directors, from time to time, may confer like powers upon any other
person.
ARTICLE VI
Books and Records
SECTION 1. Location. The books and records of the Corporation may be
kept at such place or places within or outside the State of Delaware as the
Board of Directors or the respective officers in charge thereof may from time to
time determine. The record books containing the names and addresses of all
Stockholders, the number and class of shares of stock held by each and the dates
when they respectively became the owners of record thereof shall be kept by the
Secretary as prescribed in the By-Laws or by such officer or agent as shall be
designated by the Board of Directors.
SECTION 2. Addresses of Stockholders. Notices of meetings and all
other corporate notices may be delivered personally or mailed to each
Stockholder at the Stockholder's address as it appears on the records of the
Corporation.
SECTION 3. Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record.
(a) In order that the Corporation may determine the Stockholders entitled to
notice of or to vote at any meeting of Stockholders or any adjournment thereof,
the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not
precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by
the Board of Directors and which record date shall not be more than 60 days nor
less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by
the Board of Directors, the record date for determining Stockholders entitled to
notice of or to vote at a meeting of Stockholders shall be at the close of
business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if
notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on
which the meeting is held. A determination of Stockholders of record entitled to
notice of or to vote at a meeting of Stockholders shall apply to any adjournment
of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new
record date for the adjourned meeting.
7
<PAGE>
(b) In order that the Corporation may determine the Stockholders
entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board
of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date
upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of
Directors and which date shall not be more than 10 days after the date upon
which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of
Directors. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the
record date for determining Stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action
in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is
required, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting
forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation
by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal
place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of
the book in which proceedings of meetings of Stockholders are recorded. Delivery
made to the Corporation's registered office shall be by hand or by certified or
registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by
the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by
law, the record date for determining Stockholders entitled to consent to
corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business
on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such
prior action.
(c) In order that the Corporation may determine the Stockholders
entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment
of any rights or the Stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of
any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other
lawful action not contemplated by paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 3, the
Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede
the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted and which
record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record
date is fixed, the record date for determining Stockholders for any such purpose
shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors
adopts the resolution relating thereto.
ARTICLE VII
Certificates Representing Stock
SECTION 1. Certificates; Signatures. The shares of the Corporation
shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors of
the Corporation may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any
or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such
resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such
certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Notwithstanding the adoption of
such a resolution by the Board of Directors, every holder of stock represented
by certificates and upon request every holder of uncertificated shares shall be
entitled to have a certificate, signed by or in the name of the Corporation by
the Chairman or Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or
Vice-President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary
or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, representing the number of shares
registered in certificate form. Any and all signatures on any such certificate
may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has
signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall
have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such
certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect
as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.
The name of the holder of record of the shares represented thereby, with the
number of such shares and the date of issue, shall be entered on the books of
the Corporation. The Board of Directors shall have power and authority to make
all such rules and regulations as it may deem expedient concerning the issue,
transfer and registration of certificates representing shares of the
Corporation.
SECTION 2. Transfers of Stock. Upon compliance with provisions
restricting the transfer or registration of transfer of shares of stock, if any,
shares of capital stock shall be transferable on the books of the Corporation
only by the holder of record thereof in person, or by duly authorized attorney,
upon surrender and cancellation of certificates for a like number of shares,
properly endorsed, and the payment of all taxes due thereon.
8
<PAGE>
SECTION 3. Fractional Shares. The Corporation may, but shall not be
required to, issue certificates for fractions of a share where necessary to
effect authorized transactions, or the Corporation may pay in cash the fair
value of fractions of a share as of the time when those entitled to receive such
fractions are determined, or it may issue scrip in registered or bearer form
over the manual or facsimile signature of an officer of the Corporation or of
its agent, exchangeable as therein provided for full shares, but such scrip
shall not entitle the holder to any rights of a Stockholder except as therein
provided.
SECTION 4. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. The Corporation
may issue a new certificate of stock in place of any certificate, theretofore
issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Board of
Directors may require the owner of any lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or
his legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify
the Corporation against any claim that may be made against it on account of the
alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of
any such new certificate.
ARTICLE VIII
Dividends
Subject to the provisions of applicable law and the Certificate of
Incorporation, the Board of Directors shall have full power to determine whether
any, and, if any, what part of any, funds legally available for the payment of
dividends shall be declared as dividends and paid to Stockholders; the division
of the whole or any part of such funds of the Corporation shall rest wholly
within the lawful discretion of the Board of Directors, and it shall not be
required at any time, against such discretion, to divide or pay any part of such
funds among or to the Stockholders as dividends or otherwise; and before payment
of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation
available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to
time, in its absolute discretion, deems proper as a reserve or reserves to meet
contingencies or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any
property of the Corporation, or for any proper purpose, and the Board of
Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve. Stockholders shall receive
dividends pro rata in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock
respectively held by them. A holder of Common Stock shall be deemed to share pro
rata in all dividends declared by the Board of Directors within the meaning of
the preceding sentence if such Stockholder receives assets (whether consisting
of cash, securities, real property, equipment, inventory or other assets) the
fair market value of which is in the same proportion to the fair market value of
the total assets of the Corporation available for distribution as a dividend as
the number of shares of Common Stock held by such holder of Common Stock is to
the total number of issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock of the
Corporation. A Stockholder shall not have the right to receive a pro rata share
of each or any such asset available for distribution as a dividend; however, the
Corporation shall not be prohibited hereby for making a pro rata distribution of
each or any such asset available for distribution as a dividend. The fair market
value of any and all assets of the Corporation distributed as a dividend shall
be determined in the sole discretion of the Corporation's Board of Directors.
ARTICLE IX
Ratification
Any transaction, questioned in any lawsuit on the ground of lack of
authority, defective or irregular execution, adverse interest of director,
officer or Stockholder, non-disclosure, miscomputation, or the application of
improper principles or practices of accounting, may be ratified before or after
judgment, by the Board of Directors or by the Stockholders, and if so ratified
shall have the same force and effect as if the questioned transaction had been
originally duly authorized. Such ratification shall be binding upon the
Corporation and its Stockholders and shall constitute a bar to any claim or
execution of any judgment in respect of such questioned transaction.
9
<PAGE>
ARTICLE X
Corporate Seal
The corporate seal shall be in either of the following forms: (a)
the letters "L.S." or (b) a circular inscription which contains the words
"Corporate Seal" and such additional information as the officer inscribing such
seal shall determine in such officer's sole discretion. The corporate seal may
be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or
reproduced or otherwise displayed or it may be manually inscribed.
ARTICLE XI
Fiscal Year
The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed, and shall be
subject to change, by the Board of Directors. Unless otherwise fixed by the
Board of Directors, the fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on the Saturday
closest to September 30.
ARTICLE XII
Waiver of Notice
Whenever notice is required to be given by these By-Laws or by the
Certificate of Incorporation or by law, a written waiver thereof, signed by the
person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time
stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice.
ARTICLE XIII
Amendments
The Board of Directors shall have power to adopt, amend or repeal
By-Laws. By-Laws adopted by the Board of Directors may be repealed or changed,
and new By-Laws made, by the Stockholders, and the Stockholders may prescribe
that any By-Law made by them shall not be altered, amended or repealed by the
Board of Directors.
ARTICLE XIV
Indemnification
SECTION 1. Power To Indemnify In Actions, Suits Or Proceedings Other
Than Those By Or In the Right Of The Corporation. Subject to Section 3 of this
Article XIV, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or
is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action,
suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative
(other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the
fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the
Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys' and
other professionals' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement
actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action,
suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably
believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and,
with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to
believe the conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or
proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo
contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that
the person did not act in good faith and in a manner
10
<PAGE>
reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had
reasonable cause to believe that the conduct was unlawful.
SECTION 2. Power To Indemnify In Actions, Suits Or Proceedings By Or
In The Right Of The Corporation. Subject to Section 3 of this Article XIV, the
Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to
be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in
the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the
fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the
Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys' and
other professionals' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in
connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person
acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in or not opposed
to the best interests of the Corporation except that no indemnification shall be
made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have
been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that
the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought
shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but
in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and
reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery
or such other court shall deem proper.
SECTION 3. Authorization of Indemnification. Any indemnification
under this Article XIV (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the
Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that
indemnification of the director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the
circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set
forth in Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article XIV, as the case may be. Such
determination shall be made (i) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of
a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or
proceeding, or (ii) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable,
a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in
a written opinion, or (iii) if the Board of Directors so directs, by the
Stockholders. To the extent, however, that a director, officer, employee or
agent of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in
defense of any action, suit or proceeding described above, or in defense of any
claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against
expenses (including attorneys' and other professionals' fees) actually and
reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith, without the
necessity of authorization in the specific case.
SECTION 4. Good Faith Defined. For purposes of any determination
under Section 3 of this Article XIV, a person shall be deemed to have acted in
good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the
best interests of the Corporation, or, with respect to any criminal action or
proceeding, to have had no reasonable cause to believe the conduct was unlawful,
if the action is based on (a) the records or books of account of the Corporation
or another enterprise (as defined below in this Section 4), or on information
supplied to such person by the officers of the Corporation or another enterprise
in the course of their duties, unless such person had reasonable cause to
believe that reliance thereon would not be justifiable, or on (b) the advice of
legal counsel for the Corporation or another enterprise, or on information or
records given or reports made to the Corporation or another enterprise by an
independent certified public accountant, independent financial adviser,
appraiser or other expert, as to matters reasonably believed to be within such
other person's professional or expert competence. The term "another enterprise"
as used in this Section 4 shall mean any other corporation or any partnership,
joint venture, trust or other enterprise of which such person is or was serving
at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent. The
provisions of this Section 4 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in
any way the circumstances in which a person may be deemed to have met the
applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 1 or 2 of this Article XIV,
as the case may be.
SECTION 5. Indemnification By A Court. Notwithstanding any contrary
determination in the specific case under Section 3 of this Article XIV, and
notwithstanding the absence of any determination thereunder, any director,
officer, employee or agent may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction in
the State of Delaware for indemnification to the extent otherwise permissible
under Sections 1 and 2 of this Article XIV.
11
<PAGE>
The basis of such indemnification by a court shall be a determination by such
court that indemnification of the director, officer, employee or agent is proper
in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standards of conduct set
forth in Sections 1 or 2 of this Article XIV, as the case may be. Notice of any
application for indemnification pursuant to this Section 5 shall be given to the
Corporation promptly upon the filing of such application.
SECTION 6. Expenses Payable In Advance. Expenses (including
attorneys' and other professionals' fees) incurred by an officer or director in
defending any threatened or pending civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative action, suit or proceeding may, but shall not be required to, be
paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit
or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or
officer, to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such
person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in
this Article XIV. Such expenses (including attorneys' and other professionals'
fees) incurred by other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and
conditions, if any, as the Board of Directors deems appropriate.
SECTION 7. Non-exclusivity and Survival of Indemnification. The
indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to
this Article XIV shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which
those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under
any By-Law, agreement, contract, vote of Stockholders or of disinterested
directors, or pursuant to the direction (howsoever embodied) of any court of
competent jurisdiction or otherwise, it being the policy of the Corporation that
indemnification of the persons specified in Sections 1 and 2 of this Article XIV
(as distinguished from advancement of funds pursuant to Section 6 of this
Article XIV) shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law. The
provisions of this Article XIV shall not be deemed to preclude the
indemnification of any person who is not specified in Sections 1 and 2 of this
Article XIV but whom the Corporation has the power or obligation to indemnify
under the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or
otherwise. The indemnification provided by this Article XIV shall continue as to
a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall
inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators and other
comparable legal representatives of such person. The rights conferred in this
Article XIV shall be enforceable as contract rights, and shall continue to exist
after any rescission or restrictive modification hereof with respect to events
occurring prior thereto.
SECTION 8. Meaning of "other enterprises" in connection with
Employee Benefit Plans, etc. For purposes of this Article XIV (including
Sections 1, 2, 4 and 9 hereof), references to "other enterprises" shall include
employee benefit plans; references to "fines" shall include any excise taxes
assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; references to
"serving at the request of the Corporation" shall include any service as a
director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on,
or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, or agent with respect
to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who
has acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in the
interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall
be deemed to have acted in a manner "not opposed to the best interests of the
Corporation" as referred to in this Article XIV.
SECTION 9. Insurance. The Corporation may, but shall not be required
to, purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a
director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at
the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of
another Corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise
against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person
in any such capacity, or arising out of such person's status as such, whether or
not the Corporation would have the power or the obligation to indemnify such
person against such liability under the provisions of this Article XIV.
Dated: January 22, 1993
[bylaws]
12
<PAGE>
Exhibit 4.1
EXECUTION COPY
================================================================================
GROVE WORLDWIDE LLC
GROVE CAPITAL, INC.
------------------------------------------------
9 1/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE
2008
------------------------------------------------
INDENTURE
DATED AS OF APRIL 29, 1998
UNITED STATES TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK
Trustee
==============================================================================
<PAGE>
CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*
Trust Indenture Act Section Indenture Section
310(a)(1).................................................................7.10
(a)(2)....................................................................7.10
(a)(3)....................................................................N.A.
(a)(4)....................................................................N.A.
(a)(5)....................................................................7.10
(b).......................................................................7.10
(c).......................................................................N.A.
311(a)....................................................................7.11
(b).......................................................................7.11
(c).......................................................................N.A.
312(a)....................................................................2.05
(b)......................................................................11.03
(c)......................................................................11.03
313(a)....................................................................7.06
(b)(1)...................................................................10.03
(b)(2)....................................................................7.07
(c).................................................................7.06;11.02
(d).......................................................................7.06
314(a)..............................................................4.03;11.02
(b)......................................................................10.02
(c)(1)...................................................................11.04
(c)(2)...................................................................11.04
(c)(3)....................................................................N.A.
(e)......................................................................11.05
(f).........................................................................NA
315(a)....................................................................7.01
(b).................................................................7.05,11.02
(c).......................................................................7.01
(d).......................................................................7.01
(e).......................................................................6.11
316(a)(last sentence).....................................................2.09
(a)(1)(A).................................................................6.05
(a)(1)(B).................................................................6.04
(a)(2)....................................................................N.A.
(b).......................................................................6.07
(c).................................................................2.12; 2.13
317(a)(1).................................................................6.08
(a)(2)....................................................................6.09
(b).......................................................................2.04
318(a)...................................................................11.01
(b).......................................................................N.A.
(c)......................................................................11.01
- ----------
N.A. means not applicable.
* This Cross-Reference Table is not part of the Indenture.
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
----
ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE........................1
Section 1.01. Definitions..................................................1
Section 1.02. Other Definitions...........................................20
Section 1.03. Trust Indenture Act.........................................21
Section 1.04. Rules of Construction.......................................21
ARTICLE 2. THE NOTES........................................................22
Section 2.01. Form and Dating.............................................22
Section 2.02. Execution and Authentication................................23
Section 2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent..................................24
Section 2.04. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.........................24
Section 2.05. Holder Lists................................................24
Section 2.06. Transfer and Exchange.......................................25
Section 2.07. Replacement Notes...........................................37
Section 2.08. Outstanding Notes...........................................38
Section 2.09. Treasury Notes..............................................38
Section 2.10. Temporary Notes.............................................38
Section 2.11. Cancellation................................................38
Section 2.12. Defaulted Interest..........................................39
Section 2.13. Record Date.................................................39
Section 2.14. Computation of Interest.....................................39
Section 2.15. CUSIP Number................................................39
ARTICLE 3. REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT........................................39
Section 3.01. Notices to Trustee..........................................39
Section 3.02. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed...........................40
Section 3.03. Notice of Redemption........................................40
Section 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption..............................41
Section 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price.................................41
Section 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part......................................41
Section 3.07. Optional Redemption.........................................41
Section 3.08. Mandatory Redemption........................................42
Section 3.09. Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds.........42
ARTICLE 4. COVENANTS........................................................44
Section 4.01. Payment of Notes............................................44
Section 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency.............................44
Section 4.03. Reports.....................................................45
Section 4.04. Compliance Certificate......................................45
Section 4.05. Taxes.......................................................46
i
<PAGE>
Section 4.06. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws..............................46
Section 4.07. Restricted Payments.........................................46
Section 4.08. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions
Affecting Subsidiaries......................................49
Section 4.09. Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified
Stock.......................................................50
Section 4.10. Asset Sales.................................................53
Section 4.11. Transactions with Affiliates................................54
Section 4.12. Liens.......................................................55
Section 4.13. Corporate Existence.........................................55
Section 4.14. Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control..................55
Section 4.15. No Senior Subordinated Debt.................................56
Section 4.16. Sales of Accounts Receivable................................56
Section 4.17. Sale and Leaseback Transactions.............................57
Section 4.18. Restriction on Preferred Stock of Subsidiaries..............57
Section 4.19. Limitation on Issuances and Sales of Equity Interests In
Wholly Owned Subsidiaries...................................58
Section 4.20. Limitation on Issuances of Guarantees of Indebtedness.......58
Section 4.21. Restrictions on Activities of Grove Capital.................58
Section 4.22. Payments for Consent........................................58
Section 4.23. Additional Subsidiary Guarantees............................59
Section 4.24. Limitation on Leases........................................59
Section 4.25. Restrictions on Business Activities.........................59
ARTICLE 5. SUCCESSORS.......................................................59
Section 5.01. Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets.....................59
Section 5.02. Successor Corporation Substituted...........................60
ARTICLE 6. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES............................................60
Section 6.01. Events of Default...........................................60
Section 6.02. Acceleration................................................62
Section 6.03. Other Remedies..............................................63
Section 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults.....................................63
Section 6.05. Control by Majority.........................................63
Section 6.06. Limitation on Suits.........................................64
Section 6.07. Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment...............64
Section 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee..................................64
Section 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim............................64
Section 6.10. Priorities..................................................65
Section 6.11. Undertaking for Costs.......................................65
ARTICLE 7. TRUSTEE..........................................................66
Section 7.01. Duties of Trustee...........................................66
Section 7.02. Rights of Trustee...........................................67
Section 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee................................67
Section 7.04. Trustee's Disclaimer........................................68
Section 7.05. Notice of Defaults..........................................68
ii
<PAGE>
Section 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes..................68
Section 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity..................................68
Section 7.08. Replacement of Trustee......................................69
Section 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, etc............................70
Section 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification...............................70
Section 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuers...........70
ARTICLE 8. LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE.........................71
Section 8.01. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance....71
Section 8.02. Legal Defeasance and Discharge..............................71
Section 8.03. Covenant Defeasance.........................................71
Section 8.04. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance..................72
Section 8.05. Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in
Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.......................73
Section 8.06. Repayment to Issuers........................................73
Section 8.07. Reinstatement...............................................74
ARTICLE 9. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER.................................74
Section 9.01. Without Consent of Holders of Notes.........................74
Section 9.02. With Consent of Holders of Notes............................75
Section 9.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.........................76
Section 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents...........................76
Section 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes............................77
Section 9.06. Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.............................77
ARTICLE 10. SUBORDINATION...................................................77
Section 10.01. Agreement to Subordinate...................................77
Section 10.02. Liquidation; Dissolution; Bankruptcy.......................77
Section 10.03. Default on Designated Senior Debt..........................78
Section 10.04. Acceleration of Notes......................................79
Section 10.05. When Distribution Must Be Paid Over........................79
Section 10.06. Notice by Issuers..........................................79
Section 10.07. Subrogation................................................79
Section 10.08. Relative Rights............................................80
Section 10.09. Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Issuers...............80
Section 10.10. Distribution or Notice to Representative...................80
Section 10.11. Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent.........................80
Section 10.12. Authorization to Effect Subordination......................81
Section 10.13. Amendments.................................................81
ARTICLE 11. SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES...........................................81
Section 11.01. Guarantee..................................................81
Section 11.02. Subordination of Subsidiary Guarantee.....................82
Section 11.03. Limitation on Subsidiary Guarantor Liability...............82
Section 11.04. Execution and Delivery of Subsidiary Guarantee.............83
iii
<PAGE>
Section 11.05. Subsidiary Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain
Terms......................................................83
Section 11.06. Releases Following Sale of Assets..........................84
ARTICLE 12. MISCELLANEOUS...................................................85
Section 12.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls...............................85
Section 12.02. Notices....................................................85
Section 12.03. Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders
of Notes...................................................86
Section 12.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.........86
Section 12.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion..............86
Section 12.06. Rules by Trustee and Agents................................87
Section 12.07. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers,
Employees, Members and Stockholders........................87
Section 12.08. Governing Law..............................................87
Section 12.09. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements..............87
Section 12.10. Successors.................................................87
Section 12.11. Severability...............................................87
Section 12.12. Counterpart Originals......................................88
Section 12.13. Table of Contents, Headings, etc...........................88
EXHIBITS
Exhibit A FORM OF NOTE
Exhibit B FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
Exhibit C FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
Exhibit D FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR
Exhibit E FORM OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEE
Exhibit F FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
iv
<PAGE>
INDENTURE dated as of April 29, 1998 by and among Grove Worldwide
LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the "Company"), and Grove Capital,
Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Grove Capital", and together with the Company,
the "Issuers"), Crane Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation, Crane Holding
Inc., a Delaware corporation, National Crane Corp., a Delaware corporation,
Grove Finance LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Grove U.S. LLC, a
Delaware limited liability company (collectively, the "Subsidiary Guarantors")
and United States Trust Company of New York, as trustee (the "Trustee").
The Issuers, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee agree as
follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of
the Holders of the 9 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 (the "Senior
Subordinated Notes") and the 9 1/4% New Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 (the
"New Senior Subordinated Notes" and, together with the Senior Subordinated
Notes, the "Notes"):
ARTICLE 1.
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
SECTION 1.01. DEFINITIONS.
"144A Global Note" means a global note in the form of Exhibit A-1
hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and
deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or
its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding
principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.
"Accounts Receivable Subsidiary" means a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of
the Company (i) which is formed solely for the purpose of, and which engages in
no activities other than activities in connection with, financing accounts
receivable and/or notes receivable and related assets of the Company and/or its
Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) which is designated by the Management Committee of
the Company as an Accounts Receivables Subsidiary pursuant to a Management
Committee resolution set forth in an Officers' Certificate and delivered to the
Trustee, (iii) that has total assets at the time of such designation with a book
value not exceeding $100,000 plus the reasonable fees and expenses required to
establish such Accounts Receivable Subsidiary and any accounts receivable
financing, (iv) no portion of Indebtedness or any other obligation (contingent
or otherwise) of which (a) has at any time recourse to or obligates the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in any way, other than pursuant to
(I) representations and covenants entered into in the ordinary course of
business in connection with the sale of accounts receivable and/or notes
receivable to such Accounts Receivable Subsidiary or (II) any guarantee of any
such accounts receivable financing by the Company that is permitted to be
incurred pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof, or (b) subjects any property or asset
of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, directly or
indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than
pursuant to (I) representations and covenants entered into in the ordinary
course of business in connection with sales of accounts receivable and/or notes
receivable or (II) any guarantee of any such accounts receivable financing by
the Company that is permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof,
(v) with which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company
has any contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than contracts,
agreements, arrangements and understandings entered into in the ordinary course
of business in connection with sales of accounts receivable and/or notes
receivable in accordance with Section 4.16
<PAGE>
hereof and fees payable in the ordinary course of business in connection with
servicing accounts receivable and/or notes receivable and (vi) with respect to
which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company has any
obligation (a) to subscribe for additional shares of Capital Stock or other
Equity Interests therein or make any additional capital contribution or similar
payment or transfer thereto other than in connection with the sale of accounts
receivable and/or notes receivable to such Accounts Receivable Subsidiary in
accordance with Section 4.16 hereof or (b) to maintain or preserve solvency or
any balance sheet item, financial condition, level of income or results of
operations thereof.
"Acquired Debt" means, with respect to any specified Person, (i)
Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is
merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified Person, including,
without limitation, Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in
contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a
Subsidiary of such specified Person, and (ii) Indebtedness secured by a Lien
encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.
"Affiliate" of any specified Person means any other Person directly
or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common
control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, "control"
(including, with correlative meanings, the terms "controlling," "controlled by"
and "under common control with"), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean
the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the
direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the
ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise; provided that
beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the Voting Stock of a Person shall be
deemed to be control.
"Agent" means any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-registrar.
"Applicable Procedures" means, with respect to any transfer or
exchange of beneficial interests in a Global Note, the rules and procedures of
the Depositary, Euroclear or Cedel that apply to such transfer and exchange.
"Asset Sale" means (i) the sale, lease, conveyance or other
disposition of any assets or rights (including, without limitation, by way of a
sale and leaseback) other than (A) in the ordinary course of business or (B)
sales or other dispositions of accounts receivable and/or notes receivable and
related assets to (x) the Accounts Receivable Subsidiary in accordance with
Section 4.16 hereof and (y) one or more financial institutions in connection
with a Dealer Financing Program or factoring arrangements as in existence on the
date of the Indenture (provided that, in each case, the sale, lease, conveyance
or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company
and its Subsidiaries (determined on a consolidated basis) will be governed by
the provisions of Section 4.14 hereof and/or Section 4.24 hereof and not by the
provisions of the Asset Sale covenant), and (ii) the issue or sale by the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries of Equity Interests of any of the Company's
Subsidiaries, in the case of either clause (i) or (ii), whether in a single
transaction or a series of related transactions (a) that have a fair market
value in excess of $2.5 million or (b) for net proceeds in excess of $2.5
million. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following items shall not be deemed
to be Asset Sales: (i) a transfer of assets by an Issuer to a Wholly Owned
2
<PAGE>
Restricted Subsidiary or by a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary to an Issuer or
to another Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) an issuance of Equity
Interests by a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuers or to another
Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, (iii) a Restricted Payment that is permitted
by Section 4.07 hereof, (iv) the sale and leaseback of any assets within 90 days
of the acquisition of such assets; provided that such sale and leaseback
complies with Section 4.17, (v) foreclosures of assets, and (vi) the sale at
fair market value of property or equipment that has become worn out, obsolete or
damaged or otherwise unsuitable for use in connection with the business of the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in the ordinary course
of business.
"Attributable Debt" in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction
means, at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at the rate
of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP) of
the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term
of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction (including any
period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the
lessor, be extended).
"Bankruptcy Law" means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or
state law for the relief of debtors.
"Board of Directors" means the Board of Directors of Grove Capital,
or any authorized committee of the Board of Directors.
"Borrowing Base" means, as of any date, an amount equal to the sum
of 85% of the face amount of all accounts receivable and notes receivable owned
by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date that are not more
than 90 days past due, as calculated on a consolidated basis and in accordance
with GAAP. To the extent that information is not available as to the amount of
accounts receivable and notes receivable as of a specific date, the Company may
utilize the most recent available information for purposes of calculating the
Borrowing Base.
"Business Day" means any day other than a Legal Holiday.
"Capital Lease Obligation" means, at the time any determination
thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease
that would at such time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in
accordance with GAAP.
"Capital Stock" means (i) in the case of a corporation, corporate
stock, (ii) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all
shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however
designated) of corporate stock, (iii) in the case of a partnership or limited
liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or
limited) and (iv) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person
the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of
assets of, the issuing Person.
"Cash Equivalents" means (i) United States dollars, (ii) securities
issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States
government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full
faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof) having
maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition, (iii)
certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year
or less from the date of acquisition, bankers' acceptances with maturities not
exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any domestic
commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500 million, (iv)
repurchase
3
<PAGE>
obligations with a term of not more than thirty days for underlying securities
of the types described in clauses (ii) and (iii) above entered into with any
financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (iii)
above, (v) obligations issued or fully guaranteed by any state of the United
States of America or any political subdivision of any such state or any public
instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition
thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having one of the two highest ratings
obtainable from either Standard & Poor's Corporation or Moody's Investors
Service, Inc., (vi) commercial paper having the highest rating obtainable from
Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or Standard & Poor's Corporation and in each
case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition and (vii) money
market funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of
the kinds described in clauses (i) through (vi) of this definition.
"Cedel" means Cedel Bank, S.A.
"Change of Control" means the occurrence of any of the following:
(i) the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by
way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of
all or substantially all of the assets of Holdings and its Subsidiaries
(determined on a consolidated basis) or the Company and its Subsidiaries
(determined on a consolidated basis), in each case, to any "person" (as such
term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) other than the Company or
a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or any Permitted Holder or Permitted
Holders, (ii) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution
of one or both of the Issuers (other than in a transaction which complies with
the provisions described under Section 5.01 hereof), (iii) the consummation of
any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the
result of which is that any "person" (as defined above), other than one or more
Permitted Holders, becomes the "beneficial owner" (as such term is defined in
Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that a person shall be
deemed to have "beneficial ownership" of all securities that such person has the
right to acquire, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable
only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition), directly or indirectly, of
more than 50% of the Voting Stock of the Company (measured by voting power
rather than number of shares) and the Permitted Holders do not beneficially own
as much or more of the Voting Stock of the Company (measured by voting power
rather than by number of shares) than such person, (iv) the first day on which a
majority of the members of the Management Committee of the Company are not
Continuing Members or (v) the first day on which the Company fails to own 100%
of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of Grove Capital (other than by
reason of the merger of Grove Capital with and into a corporate successor to the
Company).
"Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
"Company" means Grove Worldwide LLC, a Delaware limited liability
company, and any and all successors thereto.
"Consolidated Cash Flow" means, with respect to any Person for any
period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus (i) an
amount equal to any extraordinary or nonrecurring loss plus any net loss
realized in connection with an Asset Sale or the extinguishment of any
Indebtedness (to the extent such losses were deducted in computing such
Consolidated Net Income), plus (ii) provision for taxes based on income or
profits or the Tax Amount of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period
or, following the reorganization of the Company as a corporation, any tax
4
<PAGE>
sharing payment made pursuant to a tax sharing agreement executed in connection
therewith, in each case, to the extent that such provision for taxes was
included in computing such Consolidated Net Income, plus (iii) consolidated
interest expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, whether
paid or accrued and whether or not capitalized (including, without limitation,
amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash
interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations,
the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease
Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions,
discounts, and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or
bankers' acceptance financings, and net payments (if any) pursuant to Hedging
Obligations), to the extent that any such expense was deducted in computing such
Consolidated Net Income, plus (iv) depreciation, amortization (including
amortization of goodwill and other intangibles but excluding amortization of
prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period) and other non-cash
expenses (excluding any such non-cash expense to the extent that it represents
an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or amortization
of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period) of such Person and
its Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation,
amortization and other non-cash expenses were deducted in computing such
Consolidated Net Income, plus (v) any interest expense on Indebtedness of
another person that is guaranteed by such person or a Subsidiary of such person
or secured by a Lien on the assets of such person or one of its Subsidiaries (to
the extent that such interest expense was deducted in computing Consolidated Net
Income in such period), plus (vi) any charges of up to $30.0 million relating to
a facility closing, plus (vii) any charges of up to $16.0 million resulting from
fees payable to the George Group in connection with the consulting arrangements
with the Company, plus (viii) one-time expenses associated with inventory,
research and development and other write ups resulting from purchase accounting
adjustments at the time of the Transactions or any other permitted acquisition
(to the extent such expenses were deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income
in such period), plus (ix) any expenses or charges related to any Equity
Offering, Permitted Investment or Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by this
Indenture (including such expenses or charges related to the Transactions) and
deducted in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, minus (x) non-cash
items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, in each case, on
a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the provision for taxes based on the income or profits of, and the
depreciation and amortization and other non-cash charges of, a Subsidiary of a
Person shall be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute Consolidated Cash
Flow only to the extent (and in the same proportion) that the Net Income of such
Subsidiary was included in calculating the Consolidated Net Income of such
Person and only if a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of
determination to be dividended to the Company by such Subsidiary without prior
approval (that has not been obtained), pursuant to the terms of its charter and
all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and
governmental regulations applicable to that Subsidiary or its stockholders.
"Consolidated Net Income" means, with respect to any Person for any
period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries for
such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP;
provided that (i) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Person that is not a
Subsidiary (other than the Company) or that is accounted for by the equity
method of accounting shall be included only to the extent of the amount of
dividends or distributions paid in cash (or converted into cash) to the referent
Person or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary thereof that is a Subsidiary
Guarantor, (ii) the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary shall be excluded to
the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions
by that Subsidiary of that Net Income is not
5
<PAGE>
at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval
(that has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the
terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order,
statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Subsidiary or its
stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends
or in similar distributions has been legally waived, provided that Consolidated
Net Income of the Company shall be increased by the amount of dividends or other
distributions or other payments paid in cash (or to the extent converted into
cash) to the referent person or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary thereof
that is a Subsidiary Guarantor in respect of such period, (iii) the Net Income
of any Person acquired in a pooling of interests transaction for any period
prior to the date of such acquisition shall be excluded, (iv) the cumulative
effect of a change in accounting principles shall be excluded and (v) the Net
Income (but not loss) of any Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be excluded, whether
or not distributed to the Company or one of its Subsidiaries.
"Continuing Members" means, as of any date of determination, any
member of the Management Committee of the Company who (i) was a member of such
Management Committee on the date of this Indenture or (ii) was nominated for
election or elected to such Management Committee with the approval of a majority
of the Continuing Management Committee Members who were members of such
Management Committee at the time of such nomination or election.
"Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee" shall be at the address of
the Trustee specified in Section 11.02 hereof or such other address as to which
the Trustee may give notice to the Company.
"Credit Agent" means Chase Bank of Texas, National Association in
its capacity as administrative agent for the lenders party to the New Credit
Agreement or any successor thereto or any person otherwise appointed.
"Credit Facilities" means, with respect to the Issuers or their
Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities (including, without
limitation, the New Credit Facility) or commercial paper facilities with banks
or other institutional lenders providing for revolving credit loans, term loans,
receivables financing (including through the sale or factoring of receivables to
such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders
against such receivables) or letters of credit, in each case, as amended,
restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in
part from time to time.
"Custodian" means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the
Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto.
"Dealer Financing Program" means (x) that certain financing program
pursuant to which (i) distributors of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries can obtain up to 366-day inventory financing for the purchase of
the Company's products, (ii) units financed will generate secured notes
receivable, accounts receivable, chattel paper, instruments or other intangibles
(collectively, "Receivables"), which the Company may sell, from time to time, to
financial institutions at 100% of face value and (iii) the Company shall insure
(with a nationally recognized insurance company with at least $100.0 million in
assets) at least 85% of the payment obligations relating to such Receivables and
(y) factoring or discounting arrangements as in effect on the date of the
Indenture or entered into in the ordinary course of business consistent with
past practice.
6
<PAGE>
"Default" means any event that is or with the passage of time or the
giving of notice or both would be an Event of Default.
"Definitive Note" means Notes that are in the form of Exhibit A-1
attached hereto (but without including the text referred to in footnotes 1 and 3
thereto).
"Depositary" means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in
whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as
the Depositary with respect to the Notes and any and all successors thereto
appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the
applicable provision of this Indenture.
"Designated Senior Debt" means (i) any Indebtedness outstanding
under the New Credit Agreement, (ii) any other Senior Debt permitted under the
Indenture the principal amount of which is $25.0 million or more and that has
been designated by the Issuers as "Designated Senior Debt."
"Domestic Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of a Person organized
under the laws of any State or Commonwealth of the United States of America.
"Disqualified Stock" means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or
by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is
exchangeable, at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any
event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund
obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the Holder thereof, in
whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on
which the Notes mature; provided, however, that any Capital Stock that would
constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right
to require the Issuers to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a
Change of Control or an Asset Sale shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if
the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Issuers may not repurchase or
redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase
or redemption complies with Section 4.07 hereof; and provided further, that
Capital Stock issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or
its subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees shall not constitute
Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the
Company in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.
"Equipment Financing Guarantees" means guarantees (including but not
limited to repurchase or remarketing obligations, residual value guarantees,
conditional loss guarantees or first loss guarantees) by the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent
with past practice of Indebtedness incurred by a distributor, or other purchaser
or lessor, for the purchase of inventory manufactured or sold by the Company or
a Restricted Subsidiary, the proceeds of which Indebtedness is used solely to
pay the purchase price of such inventory to such distributor or other purchaser
or lessor and any related reasonable fees and expenses (including financing
fees); provided, however, that (1) to the extent commercially practicable, the
Indebtedness so guaranteed is secured by a Lien on such inventory in favor of
the holder of such Indebtedness, and (2) if the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary is required to make payment with respect to such guarantee, the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary will have the right to receive either (q)
title to such inventory, (r) a valid assignment of a Lien in such inventory or
(s) the net proceeds of any resale of such inventory.
7
<PAGE>
"Equity Interests" means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or
other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is
convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).
"Euroclear" means Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York,
Brussels office, as operator of the Euroclear system.
"Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.
"Exchange Notes" means the Notes issued in the Exchange Offer
pursuant to Section 2.06(f) hereof.
"Existing Indebtedness" means up to $15.0 million in aggregate
principal amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries (other than
Indebtedness under the New Credit Agreement) in existence on the date of the
Indenture, until such amounts are permanently repaid.
"Fixed Charges" means, with respect to any Person for any period,
the sum, without duplication, of (i) the consolidated interest expense of such
Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued
(including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original
issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any
deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated
with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable
Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of
letter of credit or bankers' acceptance financings, and net payments (if any)
pursuant to Hedging Obligations; provided, however, that in no event shall any
amortization of deferred financing costs incurred in connection with the
Transactions be included in fixed charges), (ii) the consolidated interest of
such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such
period, (iii) any interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person that is
Guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a
Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Subsidiaries (whether or not such
Guarantee or Lien is called upon) excluding, however, guarantees incurred in
connection with (a) any Equipment Financing Guarantee or (b) residual value
guarantees, conditional loss guarantees and similar financings allowed to be
incurred pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof and (iv) if and for so long as such
Person is taxed as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, all cash
dividend payments or other distributions of property on any series of preferred
stock of such Person or, if such Person is taxed as a corporation for federal
income tax purposes, the product of (a) all cash dividend payments or other
distributions of property (and non-cash dividend payments in the case of a
Person that is a Subsidiary) on any series of preferred equity of such Person
times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which
is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax
rate of such Person expressed as a decimal, in each case, on a consolidated
basis and in accordance with GAAP.
"Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio" means with respect to any Person for
any period, the ratio of the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person for such
period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that
the referent Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes,
Guarantees or redeems any Indebtedness (other than revolving credit borrowings)
or issues or redeems preferred equity subsequent to the commencement of the
period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior
to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Fixed
8
<PAGE>
Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the "Calculation Date"), then the Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence,
assumption, Guarantee or redemption of Indebtedness, or such issuance or
redemption of preferred equity, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of
the applicable four-quarter reference period. In addition, for purposes of
making the computation referred to above, (i) acquisitions that have been made
by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers
or consolidations and including any related financing transactions, during the
four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or
prior to the Calculation Date shall be deemed to have occurred on the first day
of the four-quarter reference period and Consolidated Cash Flow for such
reference period shall be calculated without giving effect to clause (iii) of
the proviso set forth in the definition of Consolidated Net Income and shall
reflect any pro forma adjustments for expenses and cost reductions attributable
to such acquisitions (to the extent such adjustments are (x) realizable within
twelve months of the date of the acquisition and (y) based on pro forma
financial statements reviewed by the Company's accountants), (ii) the
Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in
accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses disposed of prior to the
Calculation Date, shall be excluded, (iii) the Fixed Charges attributable to
discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations
or businesses disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, shall be excluded, but
only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Fixed Charges will
not be obligations of the referent Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
following the Calculation Date, and (iv) the amount of interest expense
attributable to financings pursuant to the Dealer Financing Program shall be
subtracted from the numerator and excluded from the denominator in calculating
the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, provided that the interest income from such
financings exceeds interest expense.
"GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in
the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the
American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and
pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other
statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment
of the accounting profession, which are in effect on the date of this Indenture.
"George Group" means The George Group, Inc. a Texas corporation, and
its successors.
"Global Note Legend" means the legend set forth in Section
2.06(g)(ii), which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under
this Indenture.
"Global Notes" means, individually and collectively, each of the
Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes, in the form of
Exhibit A-1 and Exhibit A-2 hereto issued in accordance with Section 2.01,
2.06(b)(iv), 2.06(d)(ii) or 2.06(f) hereof.
"Government Securities" means direct obligations of, or obligations
guaranteed by, the United States of America, and the payment for which the
United States pledges its full faith and credit.
"Grove Investors" means Grove Investors LLC, a Delaware limited
liability company, and its successors.
"Guarantee" means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of
negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business),
direct or indirect, in any manner (including, without
9
<PAGE>
limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or
reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any
Indebtedness.
"Hedging Obligations" means, with respect to any Person, the
obligations of such Person under (i) interest rate or currency swap agreements,
interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements, (ii) other
agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations
in interest or currency exchange rates and (iii) commodities purchase and sale
agreements and other similar agreements designed to protect such Person against
fluctuations in the price of raw materials used by the Company or its Restricted
Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business.
"Holder" means a Person in whose name a Note is registered.
"Holdings" means Grove Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability
corporation, and its succesors.
"Indebtedness" means, with respect to any Person, any indebtedness
of such Person, whether or not contingent, in respect of borrowed money or
evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of
credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof) or banker's acceptances
or representing Capital Lease Obligations or the balance deferred and unpaid of
the purchase price of any property or representing any Hedging Obligations,
except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable, if
and to the extent any of the foregoing (other than letters of credit and Hedging
Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of such Person
prepared in accordance with GAAP, as well as all Indebtedness of others secured
by a Lien on any asset of such Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is
assumed by such Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee
by such Person of any indebtedness of any other Person. The amount of any
Indebtedness (other than Hedging Obligations and guarantees) outstanding as of
any date shall be (i) the accreted value thereof, in the case of any
Indebtedness issued with original issue discount, and (ii) the principal amount
thereof, together with any interest thereon that is more than 30 days past due,
in the case of any other Indebtedness.
"Indenture" means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from
time to time.
"Indirect Participant" means a Person who holds a beneficial
interest in a Global Note through a Participant.
"Institutional Accredited Investor" means an "accredited investor"
as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of the Securities Act.
"Investment Grade Securities" means (i) securities issued or
directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any
agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents), (ii) debt
securities or debt instruments with a rating of BBB- or higher by Standard &
Poor's Corporation or Baa3 or higher by Moody's Investors Services, Inc. or the
equivalent of such rating by such rating organization, or, if no rating of
Standard & Poor's Corporation or Moody's Investors Services, Inc. then exists,
the equivalent of such rating by any other nationally recognized securities
rating agency, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting
loans or advances among the Company and its Subsidiaries, and (iii) investments
in any fund that invests exclusively in
10
<PAGE>
investments of the type described in clauses (i) and (ii), which fund may also
hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment and/or distribution.
"Investments" means, with respect to any Person, all investments by
such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of direct or
indirect loans (including guarantees of Indebtedness or other obligations),
advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel and similar
advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business),
purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity
Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be
classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP;
provided that an acquisition of assets, Equity Interests or other securities by
the Issuers or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries for consideration consisting
solely of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company shall
not be deemed to be an Investment. If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct
or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Company such that, after giving effect
to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company, the Company shall be deemed to have made an
Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the fair market
value of the Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary not sold or disposed
of in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of Section 4.07
hereof.
"Legal Holiday" means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking
institutions in the City of New York or at a place of payment are authorized by
law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. If a payment date is a
Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the
next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue on
such payment for the intervening period.
"Letter of Transmittal" means the letter of transmittal to be
prepared by the Issuers and sent to all Holders of the Notes for use by such
Holders in connection with the Exchange Offer.
"Lien" means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge,
charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset,
whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law
(including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in
the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security
interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under
the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction).
"Liquidated Damages" shall have the meaning given under the
Registration Rights Agreement.
"Management Committee" means (i) for so long as the Company is a
limited liability company, the Management Committee of the Company and (ii)
otherwise, the Board of Directors of the Company.
"Net Income" means, with respect to any Person for any period, (i)
the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and
before any reduction in respect of dividends on preferred interests, excluding,
however, (a) any gain (but not loss), together with any related provision for
taxes or Tax Distributions on such gain (but not loss), realized in connection
with (1) any Asset Sale
11
<PAGE>
(including, without limitation, dispositions pursuant to sale and leaseback
transactions) or (2) the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such
Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (b) any extraordinary or
nonrecurring gain (but not loss), together with any related provision for taxes
or Tax Distributions on such extraordinary or nonrecurring gain (but not loss)
less (ii) in the case of any Person that is a partnership or limited liability
company, the Tax Amount of such person for such period.
"Net Proceeds" means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale
(including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other
disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of
the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale (including, without limitation,
legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions) and any
relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, any taxes or Tax Distributions
paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax
credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), and any reserve for
adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets established in
accordance with GAAP.
"New Credit Agreement" means that certain New Credit Agreement,
dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Company, Grove Capital and Chase
Bank of Texas, National Association, as administrative agent, BankBoston, N.A.,
as syndication agent and Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation, as
documentation agent, and certain other lenders party thereto, providing for up
to $125.0 million of revolving credit borrowings and $200.0 million of term
borrowings, including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents,
instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and in each case as
amended, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced from time to time.
"New Credit Facility" means, with respect to the Issuers and the
Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities (including, without
limitation, the New Credit Agreement) or commercial paper facilities with banks
or other institutional lenders providing for revolving credit loans, term loans,
receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders
or to special-purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such
receivables) or letters of credit, in each case, as amended, restated, modified,
renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time.
"Non-Recourse Debt" means Indebtedness (i) as to which neither the
Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of
any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would
constitute Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly liable (as a guarantor
or otherwise) or (c) constitutes the lender; and (ii) no default with respect to
which (including any rights that the holders thereof may have to take
enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit (upon
notice, lapse of time or both) any holder of any other Indebtedness (other than
the Notes being offered hereby) of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the
payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its stated maturity; and
(iii) as to which the lenders have been notified in writing that they will not
have any recourse to the stock or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries.
"Non-U.S. Person" means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.
12
<PAGE>
"Notes" has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to this
Indenture.
"Obligations" means any principal, interest, penalties, fees,
indemnifications, costs, expenses, reimbursement obligations, damages and other
liabilities and obligations which may arise under or in connection with the New
Credit Agreement or the documentation governing any Indebtedness, and in all
cases whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, now outstanding or
hereafter created, assumed or incurred and including, without limitation,
interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy or the
commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or similar proceedings at the
rate provided in the relevant document, whether or not an allowed claim, and any
obligation to redeem or defease any of the foregoing.
"Obligor" as to the Notes means the Issuers and any successor
obligor upon the Notes.
"Offering" means the offering of the Notes by the Issuers .
"Officer" means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the
Board of Directors or Management Committee, the Chief Executive Officer, the
President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the
Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary or any
Vice-President of such Person.
"Officers' Certificate" means a certificate signed on behalf of the
Company by two Officers of the Company, one of whom must be the principal
executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the
principal accounting officer of the Issuers, that meets the requirements of
Section 12.05 hereof.
"Opinion of Counsel" means an opinion from legal counsel who is
reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, that meets the requirements of Section
12.05 hereof. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuers, any
Subsidiary of the Issuers or the Trustee.
"Participant" means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or
Cedel, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Cedel,
respectively (and, with respect to DTC, the Depositary as of the date hereof,
shall include Euroclear and Cedel).
"Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint
venture, association, joint-stock company, limited liability company, trust,
unincorporated organization or government or agency or political subdivision
thereof (including any subdivision or ongoing business of any such entity or
substantially all of the assets of any such entity, subdivision or business).
"Permitted Business" means any of the businesses and any other
businesses related to the businesses engaged in by the Company and its
respective Restricted Subsidiaries on the date hereof.
"Permitted George Group Transactions" means, for purposes of Section
4.11 hereof, consulting arrangements with the George Group and its affiliates
and any payments for fees and expenses thereunder made, provided that such
payments shall not exceed $8.0 million in any fiscal year (with such amount
being subject to reasonable adjustments in connection with advisory and
consulting services rendered in connection with Permitted Investments).
13
<PAGE>
"Permitted Investments" means (a) any Investment in the Company or
in a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Subsidiary
Guarantor and is engaged in a Permitted Business; (b) any Investment in Cash
Equivalents and Investment Grade Securities; (c) any Investment by the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a Person, if as a result of such
Investment (i) such Person becomes a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company and a Subsidiary Guarantor and is engaged in a Permitted Business or
(ii) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or
transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into,
the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a
Subsidiary Guarantor and that is engaged in Permitted Business; (d) any
Investment made as a result of the receipt of assets not constituting Cash
Equivalents from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with
Section 4.10 hereof; (e) any acquisition of assets solely in exchange for the
issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; (f)
other Investments in any Person having an aggregate fair market value (measured
on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to
subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments
made pursuant to this clause (f) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed
$10 million; (g) Investments in securities of customers received in settlement
of obligations or pursuant to a plan of reorganization or similar arrangement
upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of such trade creditors or customers; (h)
Investments existing on the date hereof or made in connection with the
Transactions; (i) Investments consisting of receivables owing to the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries and advances or loans to or the receipt of notes or
drafts from, distributors and customers, in each case in connection with the
sale or lease of inventory in the ordinary course of business and consistent
with past practices, including such Investments made pursuant to or in
connection with a Dealer Financing Program; (j) loans and advances to officers,
directors, members and employees for business related travel expenses, moving
expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary
course of business and consistent with past practices not to exceed $1.0
million; (k) any Hedging Obligation; (l) Investments in an Accounts Receivable
Subsidiary made in connection with the formation of an Accounts Receivable
Subsidiary or received in consideration of sales of accounts receivable, in each
case, in accordance with Section 4.16 hereof; (m) Investments consisting of
intercompany loans from the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to
Restricted Subsidiaries, including Restricted Subsidiaries that are not
Subsidiary Guarantors; (n) Investments consisting of capital contributions from
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries to Restricted Subsidiaries that are
not Subsidiary Guarantors in an aggregate amount at any one time outstanding not
to exceed $25.0 million ; (o) Equipment Financing Guarantees permitted by the
terms of clause (xv) of Section 4.09 hereof; and (p) loans made to managers and
officers of Grove Investors, Holdings or the Company, and promissory notes or
other instruments issued to managers and officers of Grove Investors, Holdings
or the Company, in each case, in connection with the purchase of Equity
Interests of Grove Investors or Holdings.
"Permitted Junior Securities" means Equity Interests in the Company
or any Subsidiary Guarantor or debt securities that are subordinated to all
Senior Debt (and any debt securities issued in exchange for Senior Debt) to
substantially the same extent as, or to a greater extent than, the Notes are
subordinated to Senior Debt pursuant to Article 10 of this Indenture; provided
that no such Equity Interests or debt securities may be issued if the rights of
the holders of the Senior Debt are impaired by any such issuance in connection
with a reorganization, including, without limitation, by reason of such rights
being impaired within the meaning of Section 1124 of Title 11 of the United
States Code.
14
<PAGE>
"Permitted Liens" means (i) Liens securing Senior Debt and Liens on
assets of Restricted Subsidiaries securing Senior Debt permitted by the terms of
the Indenture to be incurred; (ii) Liens in favor of the Issuers or a Restricted
Subsidiary; (iii) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person
becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or is merged into or consolidated
with one of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such
Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such merger or
consolidation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person
merged into or consolidated with the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company;
(iv) Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition thereof by the
Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, provided that such Liens were in
existence prior to the contemplation of such acquisition; (v) Liens to secure
Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) permitted by clause (v) of
the second paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof covering only the assets acquired,
constructed or improved with such Indebtedness; (vi) Liens existing on the date
hereof; (vii) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims
that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded, provided
that any reserve or other appropriate provision as shall be required in
conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor; (viii) Liens on assets of
Unrestricted Subsidiaries that secure Non-Recourse Debt of Unrestricted
Subsidiaries; (ix) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the
Issuers or any Subsidiary of the Issuers with respect to obligations that do not
exceed $5.0 million at any one time outstanding and that (a) are not incurred in
connection with the borrowing of money or the obtaining of advances or credit
(other than trade credit in the ordinary course of business) and (b) do not in
the aggregate materially detract from the value of the property or materially
impair the use thereof in the operation of business by the Issuers or such
Subsidiary; (x) liens on assets of the Subsidiary Guarantors to secure Senior
Debt of such Subsidiary Guarantors that was permitted to be incurred under the
Indenture; (xi) statutory Liens of landlords and Liens of carriers,
warehousemen, mechanics, suppliers, materialmen, repairmen and other Liens
imposed by law incurred in the ordinary course of business; (xii) Liens incurred
or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers'
compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security or
similar obligations, or to secure the performance of tenders, statutory
obligations, surety and appeal bonds, bids, leases, government contracts,
performance and return of money bonds and other similar obligations (exclusive
of obligations for the payment of borrowed money); (xiii) judgment or attachment
Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default; (xiv) easements, rights-of-way,
zoning restrictions and other similar charges or encumbrances in respect of real
property not interfering in any material respect with the ordinary course of the
business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; (xv) any interest
or title of a lessor under any lease, whether or not characterized as capital or
operating; provided that such Liens do not extend to any property or assets
which is not leased property subject to such lease; (xvi) Liens upon specific
items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such
Person's obligations in respect of bankers' acceptances issued or created for
the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of
such inventory or other goods; (xvii) Liens securing reimbursement obligations
with respect to letters of credit and products and proceeds thereof; (xviii)
Liens securing Hedging Obligations which Hedging Obligations relate to
Indebtedness that is otherwise permitted under this Indenture; (xix) Liens
arising out of consignment, conditional purchase or similar arrangements for the
purchase of goods entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in
the ordinary course of business; (xx) Liens securing Permitted Refinancing
Indebtedness which is incurred to refinance any Indebtedness which has been
secured by a Lien permitted under this Indenture and which has been incurred in
accordance with the provisions of this Indenture; (xxi) Liens with respect to
Equipment Financing Guarantees and related inventory and equipment; (xxii) Liens
incurred in connection with the Dealer Financing Program; and
15
<PAGE>
(xxiii) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business on equipment and
inventory held for lease by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
"Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness" means any Indebtedness of the
Issuers or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the
net proceeds of which are used within 60 days after the incurrence thereof to
extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund other Indebtedness of the
Issuers or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany
Indebtedness); provided that: (i) the principal amount (or accreted value, if
applicable) of such permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the
principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus accrued interest
on, the Indebtedness so extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or
refunded (plus the amount of reasonable expenses, premiums, penalties, fees and
interest incurred in connection therewith); (ii) such Permitted Refinancing
Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of,
and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the
Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being extended,
refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; (iii) if the Indebtedness
being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is
subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, such Permitted Refinancing
Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of,
and is subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes on terms at least as
favorable to the Holders of Notes as those contained in the documentation
governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced,
defeased or refunded; and (iv) such Indebtedness is incurred either by the
Issuers or by the Restricted Subsidiary who is the obligor on the Indebtedness
being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded.
"Private Placement Legend" means the legend set forth in Section
2.06(g)(i) to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where
otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.
"Public Equity Offering" means a public offering pursuant to an
effective registration statement under the Securities Act of Equity Interests
(other than Disqualified Stock) of (i) the Company; or (ii) Holdings (or any
other person that owns, directly or indirectly, 100% of the common equity of the
Issuers) to the extent the net proceeds thereof are contributed to the Company
as a capital contribution, that, in each case, results in net proceeds to the
Company of at least $25.0 million.
"QIB" means a "qualified institutional buyer" as defined in Rule
144A.
"Receivables Fees" means distributions or payments made directly or
by means of discounts with respect to any participation interests issued or sold
in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted
Subsidiary in connection with, any receivables financing permitted pursuant to
Section 4.16 hereof.
"Registration Rights Agreement" means the Registration Rights
Agreement, dated as of April 29, 1998, by and among the Issuers and the other
parties named on the signature pages thereof, as such agreement may be amended,
modified or supplemented from time to time.
"Regulation S" means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities
Act.
16
<PAGE>
"Regulation S Global Note" means a global Note bearing the Private
Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of the Depositary and
registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a
denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes initially
sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S or a Regulation S Temporary Global
Note or Regulation S Permanent Global Note, as appropriate.
"Regulation S Permanent Global Note" means a permanent global Note
in the form of Exhibit A/A-1 hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the
Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in
the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the
outstanding principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note upon
expiration of the Restricted Period.
"Regulation S Temporary Global Note" means a temporary global Note
in the form of Exhibit A-2 hereto bearing the Private Placement Legend and
deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or
its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount
of the Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S.
"Representative" means the indenture trustee or other trustee, agent
or representative for any Senior Debt.
"Responsible Officer," when used with respect to the Trustee, means
any officer within the Corporate Trust Administration of the Trustee (or any
successor group of the Trustee) with direct responsibility for the
administration of this Indenture and also means, with respect to a particular
corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred
because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.
"Restricted Definitive Note" means one or more Definitive Notes that
bear and are required to bear the Private Placement Legend.
"Restricted Global Note" means a Global Note bearing the Private
Placement Legend.
"Restricted Period" means the 40-day distribution compliance period
as defined in Regulation S.
"Rule 144" means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.
"Rule 144A" means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.
"Rule 903" means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.
"Rule 904" means Rule 904 promulgated the Securities Act.
"Restricted Investment" means an Investment other than a Permitted
Investment.
"Restricted Subsidiary" of a Person means any Subsidiary of the
referent Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
17
<PAGE>
"SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
"Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
"Senior Debt" means (i) all Indebtedness outstanding under the New
Credit Agreement, including any Guarantee thereof and all Hedging Obligations
with respect thereto, (ii) any other Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by
the Issuers under the terms of this Indenture, unless the instrument under which
such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is on a parity with or
subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and (iii) all Obligations with
respect to the foregoing. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the
foregoing, Senior Debt will not include (w) any liability for federal, state,
local or other taxes owed or owing by the Issuers, (x) any Indebtedness of the
Issuers to any of their Subsidiaries or other Affiliates, (y) any trade payables
or (z) any Indebtedness that is incurred in violation of the Indenture.
"Shelf Registration Statement" means the Shelf Registration
Statement as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement.
"Significant Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary that would be a
"significant subsidiary" as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X,
promulgated pursuant to the Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date
hereof.
"Stated Maturity" means, with respect to any installment of interest
or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which such payment of
interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation
governing such Indebtedness, and shall not include any contingent obligations to
repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date
originally scheduled for the payment thereof.
"Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, (i) any corporation,
association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting
power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of
any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees
thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such
Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination
thereof) and (ii) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing
general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b)
the only general partners of which are such Person or of one or more
Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof).
"Subsidiary Guarantors" means each of (i) Crane Acquisition Corp.,
Crane Holding Inc., National Crane Corporation, Grove U.S. LLC, Grove Finance
LLC and (ii) any other Subsidiary of the Company that executes a Subsidiary
Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, and their
respective successors and assigns.
"Tax Amount" means, with respect to the Company for any period, the
product of (i) the taxable income of the Company for such period and (ii) the
maximum combined Federal, state and local income tax rates applicable to an
individual resident in New York City or California, whichever is higher;
provided, however, that in determining the Tax Amount, the effect thereon of any
net operating loss carryforwards or other carryforwards or tax attributes
attributable to the Company, such as
18
<PAGE>
alternative minimum tax carryforwards shall be taken into account, and adjusted
to take into account any applicable credits, deductions or other adjustments
allowed under both New York and California law to a direct or indirect owner of
an interest in the Company for state and local income tax purposes.
"Tax Distribution" means a distribution in respect of taxes to the
members of the Company pursuant to clause (vi) of the second paragraph of
Section 4.07 hereof.
"TIA" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. ss.ss.
77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date on which this Indenture is qualified
under the TIA; provided, however, that, in the event the Trust Indenture Act of
1939 is amended after such date, "TIA" means, to the extent required by any such
amendments, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.
"Transactions" means each of (i) the acquisition by the Company
through certain of its subsidiaries of the mobile hydraulic crane, aerial work
platform and truck mounted crane businesses of Hanson Funding (G) PLC and
certain of its subsidiaries, for aggregate cash consideration of approximately
$583.0 million plus certain assumed liabilities (the "Acquisition"); (ii)
approximately $203.0 million of borrowings under the New Credit Facility; (iii)
approximately $225.0 million of estimated gross proceeds from the Offering; and
(iv) an approximately $168.0 million equity contribution to the Company by
Holdings (the "Equity Contribution").
"Trustee" means the party named as such above until a successor
replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and
thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.
"Unrestricted Definitive Note" means one or more Definitive Notes
that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.
"Unrestricted Global Note" means a permanent global Note in the form
of Exhibit A-1 and Exhibit A-2 attached hereto that bears the Global Note Legend
and that has the "Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note"
attached thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered in
the name of the Depositary, representing a series of Notes that do not bear the
Private Placement Legend.
"Unrestricted Subsidiary" means (i) any Subsidiary (other than Grove
Capital) or any successor to any of them that is designated by the Management
Committee as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a resolution of the
Management Committee; but only to the extent that such Subsidiary: (a) has no
Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt; (b) is not party to any agreement,
contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company unless the terms of any such agreement, contract,
arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons
who are not Affiliates of the Company; (c) is a Person with respect to which
neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or
indirect obligation (x) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (y) to
maintain or preserve such Person's financial condition or to cause such Person
to achieve any specified levels of operating results; (d) has not guaranteed or
otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and (e) has at least one
director on its board of directors that is not a director or executive
19
<PAGE>
officer of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and has at least
one executive officer that is not a director or executive officer of the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. Any such designation by the Management
Committee shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a
certified copy of the resolution of the Management Committee giving effect to
such designation and an Officers' Certificate certifying that such designation
complied with the foregoing conditions and was permitted by Section 4.07 hereof.
If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the foregoing
requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall thereafter cease to be an
Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of
such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company as of such date (and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be
incurred as of such date under Section 4.09 hereof, the Issuers shall be in
default of such covenant). The Management Committee of the Company may at any
time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary;
provided that such designation shall be deemed to be an incurrence of
Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding
Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation shall only be
permitted if (i) such Indebtedness is permitted under Section 4.09 hereof,
calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the
beginning of the four-quarter reference period, and (ii) no Default or Event of
Default would be in existence following such designation.
"U.S. Person" means a U.S. person as defined in Rule 902(o) under
the Securities Act.
"Voting Stock" of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock
of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the
Management Committee of such Person.
"Weighted Average Life to Maturity" means, when applied to any
Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing (i) the sum
of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining
installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of
principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the
number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between
such date and the making of such payment, by (ii) the then outstanding principal
amount of such Indebtedness.
"Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary" of any Person means a
Restricted Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding Capital Stock or
other ownership interests of which (other than (x) directors' qualifying shares
and (y) shares required to be held by a second shareholder pursuant to the laws
of France in an amount not to exceed one-tenth of one percent of the outstanding
shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person and one or more Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiaries of such Person.
SECTION 1.02. OTHER DEFINITIONS.
Term Defined in
Section
"Affiliate Transaction"...................................................4.11
"Asset Sale"..............................................................4.10
"Asset Sale Offer"........................................................3.09
"Authentication Order"....................................................2.02
"Bankruptcy Law"..........................................................4.01
20
<PAGE>
"Change of Control Offer".................................................4.15
"Change of Control Payment"...............................................4.15
"Change of Control Payment Date" .........................................4.15
"Commission" .............................................................4.03
"Covenant Defeasance".....................................................8.03
"DTC".....................................................................2.03
"Event of Default"........................................................6.01
"Excess Proceeds".........................................................4.10
"Financier"...............................................................4.14
"incur"...................................................................4.09
"Legal Defeasance" .......................................................8.02
"Offer Amount"............................................................3.09
"Offer Period"............................................................3.09
"Paying Agent"............................................................2.03
"Payment Blockage Notice"................................................10.04
"Permitted Debt"..........................................................4.09
"Promissory Note".........................................................4.16
"Purchase Date"...........................................................3.09
"Registrar"...............................................................2.03
"Relevant Entity".........................................................6.01
"Restricted Payments".....................................................4.07
SECTION 1.03. TRUST INDENTURE ACT.
Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the
provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.
The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following
meanings:
"indenture securities" means the Notes;
"indenture security Holder" means a Holder of a Note;
"indenture to be qualified" means this Indenture;
"indenture trustee" or "institutional trustee" means the Trustee;
and
"obligor" on the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees means the
Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors, respectively, and any successor obligor
upon the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees, respectively.
All terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA,
defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA
have the meanings so assigned to them.
SECTION 1.04. RULES OF CONSTRUCTION.
Unless the context otherwise requires:
21
<PAGE>
(1) a term has the meaning assigned to it;
(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the
meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;
(3) "or" is not exclusive;
(4) words in the singular include the plural, and in the
plural include the singular;
(5) provisions apply to successive events and
transactions; and
(6) references to sections of or rules under the
Securities Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement of
successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time.
ARTICLE 2.
THE NOTES
SECTION 2.01. FORM AND DATING.
(a) General. The Notes and the Trustee's certificate of authentication
shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 and Exhibit A-2 hereto. The
Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock
exchange rule or usage. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.
The Notes shall be in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof.
The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute,
and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Issuers, the
Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this
Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby.
However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express
provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and
be controlling.
(b) Global Notes. Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in
the form of Exhibits A-1 or A-2 attached hereto (including the Global Note
Legend thereon and the "Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note"
attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the
form of Exhibit A-1 attached hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon
and without the "Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note" attached
thereto). Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as
shall be specified therein and each shall provide that it shall represent the
aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed
thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented
thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to
reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect
the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of
outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Note
Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions
given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.
22
<PAGE>
(c) Temporary Global Notes. Notes offered and sold in reliance on
Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of the Regulation S Temporary
Global Note, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes
represented thereby with the Trustee, at its New York office, as custodian for
the Depositary, and registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of
the Depositary for the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of
Euroclear or Cedel Bank, duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the
Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Restricted Period shall be terminated upon
the receipt by the Trustee of (i) a written certificate from the Depositary,
together with copies of certificates from Euroclear and Cedel Bank certifying
that they have received certification of non-United States beneficial ownership
of 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global
Note (except to the extent of any beneficial owners thereof who acquired an
interest therein during the Restricted Period pursuant to another exemption from
registration under the Securities Act and who will take delivery of a beneficial
ownership interest in a 144A Global Note, all as contemplated by Section
2.06(a)(ii) hereof), and (ii) an Officers' Certificate from the Company.
Following the termination of the Restricted Period, beneficial interests in the
Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall be exchanged for beneficial interests
in Regulation S Permanent Global Notes pursuant to the Applicable Procedures.
Simultaneously with the authentication of Regulation S Permanent Global Notes,
the Trustee shall cancel the Regulation S Temporary Global Note. The aggregate
principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S
Permanent Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by
adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its
nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as
hereinafter provided.
(d) Euroclear and Cedel Procedures Applicable. The provisions of the
"Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System" and "Terms and Conditions
Governing Use of Euroclear" and the "General Terms and Conditions of Cedel Bank"
and "Customer Handbook" of Cedel Bank shall be applicable to transfers of
beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the
Regulation S Permanent Global Notes that are held by Participants through
Euroclear or Cedel Bank.
SECTION 2.02. EXECUTION AND AUTHENTICATION.
One Officer shall sign the Notes for each of the Issuers by manual
or facsimile signature.
If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that
office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be
valid.
A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual
signature of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the
Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.
The Trustee shall, upon a written order of the Issuers signed by an
Officer (an "Authentication Order"), authenticate Notes for original issue up to
the aggregate principal amount stated in paragraph 4 of the Notes plus Notes
issued to pay Liquidated Damages pursuant to paragraphs 1 and 2 of the Notes.
The aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time under this
Indenture may not exceed $325,000,000 except as provided in Section 2.07 hereof.
The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the
Issuers to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes
whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference
23
<PAGE>
in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by
such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with
Holders or an Affiliate of the Issuers.
SECTION 2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent.
The Issuers shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be
presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the "Registrar") and an
office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (the "Paying Agent").
The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and
exchange. The Issuers may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more
additional paying agents. The term "Registrar" includes any co-registrar and the
term "Paying Agent" includes any additional paying agent. The Issuers may change
any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Issuers shall
notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party
to this Indenture. If the Issuers fail to appoint or maintain another entity as
Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Issuers or any of
their Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.
The Issuers initially appoint The Depository Trust Company (the
"DTC") to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.
The Issuers initially appoint the Trustee to act as the Registrar
and Paying Agent and to act as Note Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.
SECTION 2.04. PAYING AGENT TO HOLD MONEY IN TRUST.
The Issuers shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee
to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of
Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of
principal, premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest on the Notes, and
will notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuers in making any such
payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying
Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Issuers at any time may
require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment
over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Issuers or a Subsidiary
Guarantor) shall have no further liability for the money. If the Issuers or a
Subsidiary Guarantor acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a
separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as
Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the
Issuers, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.
SECTION 2.05. HOLDER LISTS.
The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably
practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of
all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA ss. 312(a). If the Trustee is
not the Registrar, the Issuers shall furnish to the Trustee at least seven
Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the
Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the
Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of
Notes and the Issuers shall otherwise comply with TIA ss. 312(a).
24
<PAGE>
SECTION 2.06. TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE.
(a) Transfer And Exchange. A Global Note may not be transferred as a whole
except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the
Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, the
Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such
successor Depositary. All Global Notes will be exchanged by the Issuers for
Definitive Notes if (i) the Issuers deliver to the Trustee notice from the
Depositary that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary or
that it is no longer a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in
either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Issuers within 120
days after the date of such notice from the Depositary or (ii) the Issuers in
their sole discretion determines that the Global Notes (in whole but not in
part) should be exchanged for Definitive Notes and delivers a written notice to
such effect to the Trustee; provided that in no event shall the Regulation S
Temporary Global Note be exchanged by the Issuers for Definitive Notes prior to
(x) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (y) the receipt by the Registrar
of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(c)(3)(ii)(B) under the
Securities Act. Upon the occurrence of either of the preceding events in (i) or
(ii) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in such names as the Depositary
shall instruct the Trustee. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in
whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Every Note
authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any
portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof,
shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global
Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided
in this Section 2.06(a), however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be
transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b),(c) or (f) hereof.
(b) Transfer And Exchange Of Beneficial Interests In The Global Notes. The
transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be
effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this
Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted
Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those
set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of
beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with
either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of
the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:
(i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note.
Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to
Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in
the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer
restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend ; provided,
however, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers
of beneficial interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note may not
be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person
(other than an Initial Purchaser). Beneficial interests in any
Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery
thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global
Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered
to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section
2.06(b)(i).
(ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in
Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial
interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(i) above, the transferor
of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either (A) (1) a
written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the
Depositary in
25
<PAGE>
accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to
credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global
Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or
exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable
Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be
credited with such increase or (B) (1) a written order from a Participant
or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the
Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a
Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be
transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the Depositary to
the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name
such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or
exchange referred to in (1) above; provided that in no event shall
Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial
interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note prior to (x) the
expiration of the Restricted Period and (y) the receipt by the Registrar
of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903 under the Securities
Act. Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Issuers in accordance
with Section 2.06(f) hereof, the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(ii)
shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of
the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the
Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon
satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of
beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the
Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall
adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Notes pursuant to
Section 2.06(h) hereof.
(iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global
Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be
transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a
beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer
complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) above and the
Registrar receives the following:
(A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a
beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor
must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto,
including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
(B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a
beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note or the
Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a
certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications in item (2) thereof; and
(C) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a
beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note, then the transferor must
deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications and certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by
item (3) thereof, if applicable.
(iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted
Global Note for Beneficial Interests in the Unrestricted Global Note. A
beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any
holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or
transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or
transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) above and:
26
<PAGE>
(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the
Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement
and the holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the
case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer,
certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal all matters
required to be certified by it under Section 5(a)(ii) of the
Registration Rights Agreement;
(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf
Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights
Agreement;
(C) such transfer is effected by a Participating Broker-Dealer
pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance
with the Registration Rights Agreement; or
(D) the Registrar receives the following:
(1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest
for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a
certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto,
including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or
(2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest
to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate
from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications in item (4) thereof;
and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the
Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an
Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the
effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities
Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the
Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain
compliance with the Securities Act.
If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D)
above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the
Issuers shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance
with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more
Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the
aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to
subparagraph (B) or (D) above.
Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be
exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form
of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.
(c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes.
27
<PAGE>
(i) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted
Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted
Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted
Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who
takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then,
upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:
(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted
Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a
Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the
form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item
(2)(a) thereof;
(B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB
in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a certificate
to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications in item (1) thereof;
(C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a
Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule
903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the
effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications
in item (2) thereof;
(D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant
to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities
Act in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a
certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including
the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;
(E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an
Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from
the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those
listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the
effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications,
certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if
applicable;
(F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the
Issuers or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set
forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item
(3)(b) thereof; or
(G) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant
to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a
certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including
the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,
the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable
Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof,
and the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and
deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in
the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange
for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this
Section 2.06(c) shall be registered
28
<PAGE>
in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations
as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar
through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect
Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the
Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note
issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note
pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement
Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained
therein.
Notwithstanding Sections 2.06(c)(i)(A) and (C) hereof, a beneficial
interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be exchanged for a
Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the
form of a Definitive Note prior to (x) the expiration of the Restricted Period
and (y) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to
Rule 903(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities Act, except in the case of a transfer
pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities
Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904.
(ii) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted
Definitive Notes. A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global
Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive
Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes
delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if:
(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the
Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement
and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an
exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in
the applicable Letter of Transmittal all matters required to be
certified by it under Section 5(a)(ii) of the Registration Rights
Agreement;
(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf
Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights
Agreement;
(C) such transfer is effected by a Participating Broker-Dealer
pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance
with the Registration Rights Agreement; or
(D) the Registrar receives the following:
(1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest
for a Definitive Note that does not bear the Private Placement
Legend, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C
hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or
(2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest
to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a
Definitive Note that does not bear the Private Placement Legend, a
certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto,
including the certifications in item (4) thereof;
29
<PAGE>
and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the
Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an
Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the
effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities
Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the
Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain
compliance with the Securities Act.
(iii) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to
Unrestricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in
an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest
for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person
who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon
satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof,
the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable
Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof,
and the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and
deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in
the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange
for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iii) shall be
registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or
denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the
Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or
Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to
the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive
Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section
2.06(c)(iii) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.
(d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial
Interests.
(i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in
Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note
proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted
Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person
who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the
following documentation:
(A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes
to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted
Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C
hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;
(B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to
a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a
certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including
the certifications in item (1) thereof;
(C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to
a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule
903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the
effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications
in item (2) thereof;
(D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred
pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the
Securities Act in
30
<PAGE>
accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate to
the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;
(E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to
an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption
from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than
those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate
to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item
(3) thereof, if applicable;
(F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to
one of an Issuer or any of their Subsidiaries, a certificate to the
effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications
in item (3)(b) thereof; or
(G) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred
pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities
Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto,
including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,
the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or
cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case
of clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the
case of clause (B) above, the 144A Global Note, in the case of
clause (c) above, the Regulation S Global Note, and in all other
cases, the IAI Global Note.
(ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in
Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may
exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global
Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes
delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted
Global Note only if:
(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the
Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement
and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in
the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of
Transmittal all matters required to be certified by it under Section
5(a)(ii) of the Registration Rights Agreement;
(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf
Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights
Agreement;
(C) such transfer is effected by a Participating Broker-Dealer
pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance
with the Registration Rights Agreement; or
(D) the Registrar receives the following:
31
<PAGE>
(1) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to
exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted
Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C
hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or
(2) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to
transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in
the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a
certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto,
including the certifications in item (4) thereof;
and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the
Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an
Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the
effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities
Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the
Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain
compliance with the Securities Act.
Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this
Section 2.06(d)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Definitive Notes and
increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the
Unrestricted Global Note.
(iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in
Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may
exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global
Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery
thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global
Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or
transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive
Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount
of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.
If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a
beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraphs (ii)(B), (ii)(D) or
(iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued,
the Issuers shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in
accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more
Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the
principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.
(e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon
request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder's compliance with the
provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or
exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or
exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the
Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of
transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or
by his attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder
shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as
applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section
2.06(e).
32
<PAGE>
(i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any
Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the
name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted
Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:
(A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A under
the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate
in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in
item (1) thereof;
(B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule
904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of
Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;
and
(C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other
exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act,
then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of
Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and
Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.
(ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes.
Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for
an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who
take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if:
(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the
Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement
and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in
the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of
Transmittal all matters required to be certified by it under Section
5(a)(ii) of the Registration Rights Agreement;
(B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf
Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights
Agreement;
(C) any such transfer is effected by a Participating
Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement
in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or
(D) the Registrar receives the following:
(1) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes
proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note,
a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto,
including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or
(2) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes
proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery
thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a
certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto,
including the certifications in item (4) thereof;
33
<PAGE>
and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the
Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable
to the Issuers to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in
compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer
contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer
required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
(iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive
Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes
to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted
Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer,
the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to
the instructions from the Holder thereof.
(f) Exchange Offer. Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in
accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuers shall issue and,
upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the
Trustee shall authenticate (i) one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an
aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial
interests in the Restricted Global Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that
certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal all matters required to be
certified by them under Section 5(a)(ii) of the Registration Rights Agreement
and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer and (ii) Definitive Notes in an
aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Restricted
Definitive Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer. Concurrently with
the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal
amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and
the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the
Persons designated by the Holders of Definitive Notes so accepted Definitive
Notes in the appropriate principal amount.
(g) Legends. The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global
Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically
stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture.
(i) Private Placement Legend.
(A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global
Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange
therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in
substantially the following form:
"THE SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY
ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF
THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE
"SECURITIES ACT"), AND THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE
OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH
REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF
THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER MAY
BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE
SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A OR REGULATION S THEREUNDER. THE
HOLDER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF
THE
34
<PAGE>
ISSUERS THAT (A) SUCH SECURITY MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED, ONLY (1)(a) IN THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHOM THE
SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS
DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION
MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (b) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING
THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (c) OUTSIDE
THE UNITED STATES TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE
REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (d) TO AN
INSTITUTIONAL "ACCREDITED INVESTOR" AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(A)(1),
(2), (3) OR (7) OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AN "INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED
INVESTOR") THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES THE TRUSTEE WITH
A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS
(THE FORM OF WHICH CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) AND, IF SUCH
TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF
SECURITIES LESS THAN $250,000, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL THAT SUCH
TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT OR (e) IN
ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS
OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE
ISSUERS SO REQUEST), (2) TO THE ISSUERS OR (3) PURSUANT TO AN
EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE
WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED
STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL,
AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER FROM
IT OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET
FORTH IN (A) ABOVE."
(B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or
Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraphs (b)(iv), (c)(ii),
(c)(iii), (d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii), (e)(iii) or (f) to this
Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or
substitution thereof) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.
(ii) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note shall bear a legend in
substantially the following form:
"THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE
INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE
BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO
ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY
MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION
2.07 OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN
WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE,
(III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR
CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO
35
<PAGE>
SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE
TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT
OF THE ISSUERS."
(iii) Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend. The Regulation S
Temporary Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following
form:
"THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE,
AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR
CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED
HEREIN). NEITHER THE HOLDER NOR THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THIS
REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RECEIVE
PAYMENT OF INTEREST HEREON."
(h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all
beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for
Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or
cancelled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to
or retained and cancelled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof.
At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global
Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof
in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive
Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be
reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the
Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such
reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred
to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest
in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly
and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the
Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.
(i) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.
(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuers
shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and
Definitive Notes upon the Issuers' order or at the Registrar's request.
(ii) No service charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial
interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any
registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuers may require payment
of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental
charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes
or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant
to Sections 2.10, 3.06, and 9.05 hereof).
(iii) The Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer
of or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part,
except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.
36
<PAGE>
(iv) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any
registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes
shall be the valid obligations of the Issuers, evidencing the same debt,
and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global
Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer
or exchange.
(v) The Issuers shall not be required (A) to issue, to register the
transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the
opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for
redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business
on the day of selection, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange
any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the
unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part or (C) to register
the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date and the next
succeeding Interest Payment Date.
(vi) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of
any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Issuers may deem and treat the
Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such
Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on
such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent
or the Issuers shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
(vii) The Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive
Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof.
(viii) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel
required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to
effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by
facsimile.
SECTION 2.07. REPLACEMENT NOTES
If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, or the Issuers
and the Trustee receive evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss
or theft of any Note, the Issuers shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of
an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee's
requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Issuers, an indemnity
bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the
Trustee and the Issuers to protect the Issuers, the Trustee, any Agent and any
authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is
replaced. The Issuers may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note.
Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Issuers
and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and
proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.
SECTION 2.08. OUTSTANDING NOTES.
The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by
the Trustee except for those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for
cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the
Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this
Section as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note
does not cease to be outstanding
37
<PAGE>
because the Issuers or an Affiliate of the Issuers holds the Note; however,
Notes held by the Issuers or a Subsidiary of the Issuers shall not be deemed to
be outstanding for purposes of Section 3.07(b) hereof.
If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to
be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the
replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.
If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section
4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.
If the Paying Agent (other than the Issuers, a Subsidiary or an
Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money
sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such
Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue
interest.
SECTION 2.09. TREASURY NOTES.
In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount
of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by an
Issuer, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or
under direct or indirect common control with an Issuer, shall be considered as
though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the
Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent,
only Notes that the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded.
SECTION 2.10. TEMPORARY NOTES.
Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the
Issuers may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order,
shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in
the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Issuers consider
appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the
Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuers shall prepare and the Trustee
shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.
Holders of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits
of this Indenture.
SECTION 2.11. CANCELLATION.
The Issuers at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for
cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any
Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The
Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of
transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall destroy
cancelled Notes (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange
Act). Certification of the destruction of all cancelled Notes shall be delivered
to the Issuers. The Issuers may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that they
have paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.
38
<PAGE>
SECTION 2.12. DEFAULTED INTEREST.
If the Issuers default in a payment of interest on the Notes, they
shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent
lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are
Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided
in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Issuers shall notify the Trustee in
writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and
the date of the proposed payment. The Issuers shall fix or cause to be fixed
each such special record date and payment date, provided that no such special
record date shall be less than 3 days prior to the related payment date for such
defaulted interest. At least 7 days before the special record date, the Issuers
(or, upon the written request of the Issuers, the Trustee in the name and at the
expense of the Issuers) shall mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice
that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of
such interest to be paid.
SECTION 2.13. RECORD DATE.
The record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders
of the Notes entitled to vote or consent to any action by vote or consent
authorized or permitted under this Indenture shall be determined as provided for
in TIA ss. 316 (c).
SECTION 2.14. COMPUTATION OF INTEREST.
Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day
year comprised of twelve 30-day months.
SECTION 2.15. CUSIP NUMBER.
The Issuers in issuing the Notes may use a "CUSIP" number, and if
they do so, the Trustee shall use the CUSIP number in notices of redemption or
exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state
that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP
number printed in the notice or on the Notes and that reliance may be placed
only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes. The Issuers shall
promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP number.
ARTICLE 3.
REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT
SECTION 3.01. NOTICES TO TRUSTEE.
If the Issuers elect to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional
redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, they shall furnish to the Trustee,
at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an
Officers' Certificate setting forth (i) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to
which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal
amount of Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price.
39
<PAGE>
SECTION 3.02. SELECTION OF NOTES TO BE REDEEMED.
If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed or purchased in an
offer to purchase at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed
or purchased among the Holders of the Notes in compliance with the requirements
of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are
listed or, if the Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or in
accordance with any other method the Trustee considers fair and appropriate. In
the event of partial redemption by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed
shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more
than 60 days prior to the redemption date by the Trustee from the outstanding
Notes not previously called for redemption.
The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuers in writing of the
Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Note selected for partial
redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. Notes and portions of
Notes selected shall be in amounts of $1,000 or whole multiples of $1,000;
except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed, the entire
outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of
$1,000, shall be redeemed. Except as provided in the preceding sentence,
provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also
apply to portions of Notes called for redemption.
SECTION 3.03. NOTICE OF REDEMPTION.
Subject to the provisions of Section 3.09 hereof, at least 30 days
but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Issuers shall mail or
cause to be mailed, by first-class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder
whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address.
The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:
(a) the redemption date;
(b) the redemption price;
(c) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal
amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon
surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the
unredeemed portion shall be issued upon cancellation of the original Note;
(d) the name and address of the Paying Agent;
(e) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying
Agent to collect the redemption price;
(f) that, unless the Issuers default in making such redemption payment,
interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the
redemption date;
(g) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant
to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and
40
<PAGE>
(h) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of
the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.
At the Issuers' request, the Trustee shall give the notice of
redemption in the Issuers' names and at their expense; provided, however, that
the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days prior to the
redemption date, an Officers' Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such
notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided
in the preceding paragraph and the date on which the Issuers wish the Trustee to
mail such notice.
SECTION 3.04. EFFECT OF NOTICE OF REDEMPTION.
Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03
hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the
redemption date at the redemption price. A notice of redemption may not be
conditional.
SECTION 3.05. DEPOSIT OF REDEMPTION PRICE.
One Business Day prior to the redemption date, the Issuers shall
deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the
redemption price of and accrued interest on all Notes to be redeemed on that
date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuers any
money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuers in excess of
the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued interest on,
all Notes to be redeemed.
If the Issuers comply with the provisions of the preceding
paragraph, on and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on
the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption. If a Note is redeemed
on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest
payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person
in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record
date. If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for
redemption because of the failure of the Issuers to comply with the preceding
paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption
date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not
paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes
and in Section 4.01 hereof.
SECTION 3.06. NOTES REDEEMED IN PART.
Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Issuers shall
issue and, upon the Issuers' written request, the Trustee shall authenticate for
the Holder at the expense of the Company, a new Note equal in principal amount
to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered.
SECTION 3.07. OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.
(a) Except as set forth in clause (b) of this Section 3.07, the Issuers
shall not have the option to redeem the Notes pursuant to this Section 3.07
prior to May 1, 2003 Thereafter, the Notes will be redeemable at any time at the
option of the Issuers, in whole or in part upon not less than 30 nor more than
60 days' notice, in cash at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of
principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and
Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to the applicable
41
<PAGE>
redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on May 1
of the years indicated below:
Year Percentage
---- ----------
2003.............................................104.625%
2004.............................................103.083%
2005.............................................101.542%
2006 and thereafter..............................100.000%
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time prior to May 1, 2001, the
Issuers may (but will not have the obligation to), on any one or more occasions,
redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued at
a redemption price equal to 109.250% of the principal amount thereof, plus
accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to the
redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Public Equity
Offerings; provided that at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes
originally issued remain outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such
redemption (excluding Notes held by the Issuers and its Subsidiaries); and
provided, further, that such redemption shall occur within 60 days of the date
of the closing of such Public Equity Offering.
(c) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to
the provisions of Section 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.
SECTION 3.08. MANDATORY REDEMPTION.
The Issuers shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or
sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.
SECTION 3.09. OFFER TO PURCHASE BY APPLICATION OF EXCESS PROCEEDS.
In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Issuers
shall be required to commence an offer to all Holders to purchase Notes (an
"Asset Sale Offer"), it shall follow the procedures specified below.
The Asset Sale Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business
Days following its commencement and no longer, except to the extent that a
longer period is required by applicable law (the "Offer Period"). No later than
five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the "Purchase
Date"), the Issuers shall purchase the principal amount of Notes required to be
purchased pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof (the "Offer Amount") or, if less than
the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered in response to the Asset
Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner
as interest payments are made.
If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on
or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest
shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of
business on such record date, and no additional interest shall be payable to
Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer.
42
<PAGE>
Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuers shall
send, by first class mail, a notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders. The
notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such
Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The Asset Sale Offer
shall be made to all Holders. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the
Asset Sale Offer, shall state:
(a) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section
3.09 and Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer shall
remain open;
(b) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date;
(c) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to
accrete or accrue interest;
(d) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note
accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer shall cease to accrete or
accrue interest after the Purchase Date;
(e) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset
Sale Offer may only elect to have all of such Note purchased and may not elect
to have only a portion of such Note purchased;
(f) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Asset
Sale Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled
"Option of Holder to Elect Purchase" on the reverse of the Note completed, or
transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Issuers, a Depositary, if appointed by
the Issuers, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least
three days before the Purchase Date;
(g) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the
Issuers, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not
later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, telex, facsimile
transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal
amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such
Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;
(h) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by
Holders exceeds the Offer Amount, the Issuers shall select the Notes to be
purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed
appropriate by the Issuers so that only Notes in denominations of $1,000, or
integral multiples thereof, shall be purchased); and
(i) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued
new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes
surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer).
On or before the Purchase Date, the Issuers shall, to the extent
lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the
Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale
Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered,
and shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that such
Notes or portions
43
<PAGE>
thereof were accepted for payment by the Issuers in accordance with the terms of
this Section 3.09. The Issuers, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case
may be, shall promptly (but in any case not later than five days after the
Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the
purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Issuers
for purchase, and the Issuers shall promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee,
upon written request from the Issuers shall authenticate and mail or deliver
such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased
portion of the Note surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly
mailed or delivered by the Issuers to the Holder thereof. The Issuers shall
publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on the Purchase Date.
Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09, any
purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the provisions
of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. Upon the completion of an Asset Sale Offer
in accordance with this Section 3.09, the amount of Excess Proceeds (as defined
in Section 4.10) shall be reset at zero.
ARTICLE 4.
COVENANTS
SECTION 4.01. PAYMENT OF NOTES.
The Issuers shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium,
if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the
Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the
date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Issuers or a Subsidiary thereof,
holds as of 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the due date, money deposited by the
Issuers in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay
all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. The Issuers shall pay all
Liquidated Damages, if any, in the same manner on the dates and in the amounts
set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.
The Issuers shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in
any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal
to 1% per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to
the extent lawful; they shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in
any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and
Liquidated Damages (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same
rate to the extent lawful.
SECTION 4.02. MAINTENANCE OF OFFICE OR AGENCY.
The Issuers shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of
New York, an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an
affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be
surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and
demands to or upon the Issuers in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be
served. The Issuers shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the
location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any
time the Issuers shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or
shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations,
surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust
Office of the Trustee.
44
<PAGE>
The Issuers may also from time to time designate one or more other
offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or
all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided,
however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the
Issuers of their obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of
Manhattan, the City of New York for such purposes. The Issuers shall give prompt
written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any
change in the location of any such other office or agency.
The Issuers hereby designate the Corporate Trust Office of the
Trustee as one such office or agency of the Issuers in accordance with Section
2.03.
SECTION 4.03. REPORTS.
Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the
Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission"), so long as any Notes are
outstanding, the Company will furnish to the Holders of Notes (i) all quarterly
and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a
filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company was required to
file such Forms, including a "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations" that describes the financial condition and
results of operations of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries and, with
respect to the annual information only, a report thereon by the Company's
certified independent accountants and (ii) all current reports that would be
required to be filed with the Commission on Form 8-K if the Company was required
to file such reports, in each case within the time periods specified in the
Commission's rules and regulations. In addition, following the consummation of
the exchange offer contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement, whether or
not required by the rules and regulations of the Commission, the Company will
file a copy of all such information and reports with the Commission for public
availability within the time periods specified in the Commission's rules and
regulations (unless the Commission will not accept such a filing) and make such
information available to securities analysts and prospective investors upon
request. In addition, (i) at all times the Commission does not accept the
filings provided for in the preceding sentence or (ii) such filings provided for
in the preceding sentence do not contain the information required to be
delivered upon request pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act,
then, in each case, the Company, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding,
will furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective
investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant
to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. The Company shall at all times
comply with TIA ss. 314(a).
SECTION 4.04. COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE.
(a) The Issuers and each Subsidiary Guarantor (to the extent that such
Subsidiary Guarantor is so required under the TIA) shall deliver to the Trustee,
within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officers' Certificate
stating that a review of the activities of the Issuers and their Subsidiaries
during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the
signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Issuers have kept,
observed, performed and fulfilled their obligations under this Indenture, and
further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the
best of his or her knowledge the Issuers have kept, observed, performed and
fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in
default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and
conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have
occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she
may have knowledge and what
45
<PAGE>
action the Issuers have taking or propose to take with respect thereto) and that
to the best of his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in
existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of or
interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a
description of the event and what action the Issuers have taking or propose to
take with respect thereto.
(b) So long as not contrary to the then current recommendations of the
American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the year-end financial
statements delivered pursuant to Section 4.03(a) above shall be accompanied by a
written statement of the Issuers' independent public accountants (who shall be a
firm of established national reputation) that in making the examination
necessary for certification of such financial statements, nothing has come to
their attention that would lead them to believe that the Issuers have violated
any provisions of Article 4 (other than Sections 4.02, 4.03, 4.04 and 4.06, as
to which no belief need be expressed) or Article 5 hereof or, if any such
violation has occurred, specifying the nature and period of existence thereof,
it being understood that such accountants shall not be liable directly or
indirectly to any Person for any failure to obtain knowledge of any such
violation. In the event that such written statement of the Issuers' independent
public accountants cannot be obtained, the Issuers shall deliver an Officer's
Certificate certifying that it has used its best efforts to obtain such
statements but was unable to do so.
(c) The Issuers shall, so long as any of the Notes are outstanding,
deliver to the Trustee, forthwith upon any Officer becoming aware of any Default
or Event of Default, an Officers' Certificate specifying such Default or Event
of Default and what action the Issuers have taken or propose to take with
respect thereto
SECTION 4.05. TAXES.
The Issuers shall pay, and shall cause each of their Subsidiaries to
pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments and governmental
levies, except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate
proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any
material respect to the Holders of the Notes
SECTION 4.06. STAY, EXTENSION AND USURY LAWS.
Each of the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors covenants (to the
extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon,
plead or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any
stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in
force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and
the Issuers and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors (to the extent that they may
lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such
law, and covenants that it shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay
or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall
suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has
been enacted.
SECTION 4.07. RESTRICTED PAYMENTS.
The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: (i) declare or pay any dividend or make
any other payment or distribution on account of the Company's or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries' Equity Interests (including, without
46
<PAGE>
limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect
holders of the Company's or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries' Equity Interests
in their capacity as such (other than dividends or distributions payable in
Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or dividends or
distributions payable to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company);
(ii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including,
without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the
Issuers) any Equity Interests of the Company (other than Equity Interests owned
by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) or any direct or
indirect parent of the Company; (iii) make any payment on or with respect to, or
purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any
Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Notes (other than any subordinated
indebtedness held by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor), except a payment
of interest or principal at Stated Maturity; or (iv) make any Restricted
Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (i) through
(iv) above being collectively referred to as "Restricted Payments"), unless, at
the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:
(a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing
or would occur as a consequence thereof; and
(b) the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after
giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at
the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to
incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof; and
(c) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all
other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
after the date hereof (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (ii),
(iii), (iv), (vi), (viii), (x), (xi), (xiii) and (xiv) of the next succeeding
paragraph), is less than the sum, without duplication, of (i) 50% of the
Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting
period) from the beginning of the first fiscal quarter commencing after the date
of the Indenture to the end of the Company's most recently ended fiscal quarter
for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such
Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a
deficit, less 100% of such deficit), plus (ii) 100% of the aggregate net cash
proceeds received by the Company since the date hereof as a contribution to its
equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company
(other than Disqualified Stock) or from the issue or sale of Disqualified Stock
or debt securities of the Company that have been converted into such Equity
Interests (other than Equity Interests (or Disqualified Stock or convertible
debt securities) sold to a Subsidiary of the Company), plus (iii) to the extent
that any Restricted Investment that was made after the date hereof is sold for
cash or otherwise liquidated or repaid for cash, the lesser of (A) the cash
return of capital with respect to such Restricted Investment (less the cost of
disposition, if any) and (B) the initial amount of such Restricted Investment,
plus (iv) 50% of any dividends received by the Company or a Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiary after the date hereof from an Unrestricted Subsidiary of
the Company, to the extent that such dividends were not otherwise included in
Consolidated Net Income of the Company for such period, plus (v) to the extent
that any Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary
after the date hereof, the lesser of (A) the fair market value of the Company's
Investment in such Subsidiary as of the date of such redesignation or (B) such
fair market value as of the date on which such Subsidiary was originally
designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
47
<PAGE>
The foregoing provisions shall not prohibit: (i) the payment of any
dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at said date
of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this
Indenture; (ii) the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other
acquisition of any pari passu or subordinated Indebtedness or Equity Interests
of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor in exchange for, or out of the net
cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary
of the Company) of, other Equity Interests of the Company (other than any
Disqualified Stock); provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that
are utilized for any such redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or
other acquisition shall be excluded from clause (c)(ii) of the preceding
paragraph; (iii) the defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of
subordinated Indebtedness with the net cash proceeds from an incurrence of
Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; (iv) the payment of any dividend or making
of any distribution by a Subsidiary of the Company to the holders of its Equity
Interests on a pro rata basis; (v) the repurchase, redemption or other
acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of Grove Investors,
Holdings or the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company held by any former
member of Grove Investors, Holdings' or the Company's (or any of their
Subsidiaries') Management Committee or any former officer, employee or director
of Grove Investors or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to the Holdings operating
agreement or the Grove Investors operating agreement, any equity subscription
agreement, stock option agreement, employment agreement or other similar
agreements and any dividends or distributions to Holdings and Grove Investors to
fund such purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement; provided that
(A) the aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or
retired Equity Interests shall not exceed (1) $5.0 million in any calendar year
(with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding
calendar years subject to a maximum (without giving effect to clause (2)) of
$10.0 million plus (2) the aggregate cash proceeds received by Grove Investors,
Holdings or the Company during such calendar year from any reissuance of Equity
Interests by Grove Investors, Holdings or the Company to members of management
of Grove Investors, Holdings, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and
(B) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing
immediately after such transaction; provided, further that the aggregate cash
proceeds referred to in (2) above shall be excluded from clause (c)(ii) of the
preceding paragraph; (vi) so long as the Company is a limited liability company
either treated as a partnership or disregarded as an entity separate from its
owner for U.S. federal income tax purposes (as evidenced by a certificate of an
officer of the Company, prepared based on such officer's best knowledge, at
least annually), distributions to members of the Company in an amount with
respect to any period after December 31, 1997 not to exceed the Tax Amount of
the Company for such period; provided, however, that such distributions shall be
allowed to be made quarterly based on an estimation and after the end of a
taxable year based on the partnership tax return of the Company (or, if the
Company is disregarded as an entity separate from its owner, its nearest owner
that is not so disregarded) for such taxable year (or at such other times as
reasonably appropriate including in connection with an audit adjustment), taking
into account any previous payments of Tax Amount for such taxable year or, if
the Company becomes included in a consolidated tax group for U.S. federal income
tax purposes, payments to Holdings or the common parent of the taxable group in
an amount, with respect to any period after December 31, 1997, not to exceed the
tax liability attributable to the Company and its Subsidiaries on a stand-alone
basis for such period; (vii) any Investment to the extent that the consideration
therefor consists of the net cash proceeds of the concurrent issue and sale
(other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of Equity Interests of the Company
(other than any Disqualified Stock); (viii) the payment of dividends or the
making of loans or advances for costs and expenses incurred by Grove Investors
or Holdings in its capacity as a holding company, or for services rendered by
Grove Investors or Holdings on behalf of the Company in an aggregate amount not
to exceed $2.0
48
<PAGE>
million in each calendar year pursuant to this clause (viii); (ix) so long as no
Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Company can
incur at least $1.00 of additional indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof, the
declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of
Disqualified Stock of the Company, or any Subsidiary Guarantor issued after the
date of this Indenture in accordance Section 4.09 hereof; (x) Investments made
by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries within 30 days of the date
hereof, the proceeds of which are used to fund the Transactions or capitalize
Restricted Subsidiaries; (xi) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur
upon exercise of stock options if such Equity Interests represent a portion of
the exercise price of such options; (xii) Restricted Investments having an
aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Restricted
Investments made pursuant to this clause (xii) that are at that time
outstanding, not to exceed $20.0 million (with the fair market value of each
Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to
subsequent changes in value); (xiii) distributions or payments of Receivables
Fees; (xiv) dividends or distributions to Grove Investors or Holdings to fund
severance costs incurred by Grove Investors or Holdings in connection with the
Transactions; and (xv) Restricted Payments not to exceed $10.0 million since the
date hereof.
The Management Committee may designate any Restricted Subsidiary,
other than Grove Capital, to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if such designation
would not cause a Default. For purposes of making such determination, all
outstanding Investments by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except
to the extent repaid in cash) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to
be Restricted Payments at the time of such designation and will reduce the
amount available for Restricted Payments under the first paragraph of this
Section 4.07. All such outstanding Investments will be deemed to constitute
Investments in an amount equal to the fair market value of such Investments at
the time of such designation. Such designation will only be permitted if such
Restricted Payment would be permitted at such time and if such Restricted
Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, in the
event that a Restricted Payment meets the criteria of more than one of the
exceptions described in (i) through (xv) above or is entitled to be made
pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section 4.07, the Issuers shall, in
their sole discretion, classify such Restricted Payment in any manner that
complies with this Section 4.07. The amount of all Restricted Payments (other
than cash) shall be the fair market value on the date of the Restricted Payment
of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the
Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any non-cash Restricted Payment
shall be determined by the Management Committee whose resolution with respect
thereto shall be delivered to the Trustee, such determination to be based upon
an opinion or appraisal issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking
firm of national standing if such fair market value exceeds $5.0 million. Not
later than the date of making any Restricted Payment, the Issuers shall deliver
to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that such Restricted Payment is
permitted and setting forth the basis upon which the calculations required by
Section 4.07 were computed, together with a copy of any fairness opinion or
appraisal required by this Indenture
SECTION 4.08. DIVIDEND AND OTHER PAYMENT RESTRICTIONS AFFECTING SUBSIDIARIES.
The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to
exist or become effective any encumbrance or
49
<PAGE>
restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to (i)(a) pay dividends
or make any other distributions to the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries (1) on its Capital Stock or (2) with respect to any other interest
or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or (b) pay any indebtedness
owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) make loans or
advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) transfer
any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries. However, the foregoing restrictions will not apply to encumbrances
or restrictions existing under or by reason of (a) Existing Indebtedness as in
effect on the date of hereof, (b) the New Credit Agreement as in effect as of
the date hereof, and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals,
increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings thereof,
provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases,
supplements, refundings, replacement or refinancings are no more restrictive,
taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions
than those contained in the New Credit Agreement as in effect on the date of the
Indenture, (c) the Indenture and the Notes, (d) applicable law, (e) any
instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such
acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness was incurred in connection
with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction
is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person,
other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired,
provided that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by
the terms of this Indenture to be incurred, (f) customary non-assignment
provisions in leases and other agreements entered into in the ordinary course of
business and consistent with past practices, (g) purchase money obligations for
property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of
the nature described in clause (iii) above on the property so acquired, (h) any
agreement for the sale of a Restricted Subsidiary that restricts distributions
by that Restricted Subsidiary pending its sale, (i) Permitted Refinancing
Indebtedness, provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements
governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are no more restrictive, taken
as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness
being refinanced, (j) secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred
pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.12 hereof that limits the right of the
debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness, (k) provisions with
respect to the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint
venture agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary
course of business, (l) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth
imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of
business, (m) purchase money obligations or other Indebtedness or contractual
requirements incurred in connection with or permitted by Section 4.16 hereof,
(n) any Equipment Financing Guarantees, and (o) restrictions on transfers of
assets pursuant to agreements relating to a Dealer Financing Program.
SECTION 4.09. INCURRENCE OF INDEBTEDNESS AND ISSUANCE OF DISQUALIFIED STOCK.
The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries
to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise
become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to
(collectively, "incur") any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and that the
Company shall not issue any Disqualified Stock and shall not permit any of its
Subsidiaries to issue any shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that the
Issuers may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue shares of
Disqualified Stock and the Company's Subsidiaries may incur Indebtedness or
issue preferred equity if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company's most
recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements
are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional
Indebtedness is incurred or such
50
<PAGE>
Disqualified Stock is issued would have been at least 2.0 to 1, determined on a
pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds
therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the
Disqualified Stock had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such
four quarter period.
The provisions of the first paragraph of this Section 4.09 shall not
apply to the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness
(collectively, "Permitted Debt"):
(i) the incurrence by the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors of
Indebtedness under the New Credit Facility; provided that the aggregate
principal amount of all term Indebtedness outstanding under the New Credit
Facility after giving effect to such incurrence does not exceed an amount equal
to $200.0 million plus (in the case of any refinancing thereof) the aggregate
amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses
incurred in connection with such refinancing less the aggregate amount of all
scheduled or mandatory repayments of the principal of any term Indebtedness
under the New Credit Facility (other than repayments that are immediately
reborrowed) that have been made since the date hereof;
(ii) the incurrence by an Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries of
Indebtedness and letters of credit under Credit Facilities; provided that the
aggregate principal amount of all revolving credit Indebtedness (with letters of
credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum face amount
thereunder) outstanding under all Credit Facilities after giving effect to such
incurrence does not exceed an amount equal to the greater of (A) the amount of
the Borrowing Base and (B) $125.0 million less, in the case of clause (B), the
aggregate amount of all Net Proceeds of Asset Sales applied to permanently
reduce revolving credit commitments under a Credit Facility pursuant to Section
4.10 hereof;
(iii) the incurrence by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of the
Existing Indebtedness;
(iv) the incurrence by the Issuers of Indebtedness represented by the
Notes sold in the Offering and the incurrence by the Subsidiary Guarantors of
Indebtedness represented by the Subsidiary Guarantees of such Notes;
(v) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of
Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or
purchase money obligations or similar financings, in each case incurred for the
purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of
construction or improvement of property, plant or equipment used in the business
of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, in an aggregate principal amount
not to exceed $10.0 million at any time outstanding;
(vi) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
of Indebtedness in connection with the acquisition of assets or a new
Subsidiary; provided that such Indebtedness was incurred by the prior owner of
such assets or such Subsidiary prior to such acquisition by the Company or one
of its Restricted Subsidiaries and was not incurred in connection with, or in
contemplation of, such acquisition by the Company or one of it Restricted
Subsidiaries; and provided further that the principal amount (or accreted value,
as applicable) of such Indebtedness, together with any other
51
<PAGE>
outstanding Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (vi) and any Permitted
Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any
Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (vi), does not exceed $10.0
million;
(vii) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of
which are used to refund, refinance or replace Indebtedness (other than
intercompany Indebtedness) that was permitted by this Indenture to be incurred
under the first paragraph hereof or clauses (iii), (iv), (v), (vi) or (x) of
this paragraph;
(viii) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
of intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its Wholly
Owned Subsidiaries, including a pledge of assets in connection therewith;
provided, however, that (i) if one of the Issuers is the obligor on such
Indebtedness, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated to the prior payment
in full in cash of all Obligations with respect to the Notes and (ii)(A) any
subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such
Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary thereof and (B) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness
to a Person that is not either the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary thereof shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of
such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may
be, that was not permitted by this clause (viii);
(ix) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
of Hedging Obligations that are incurred for the purpose of fixing or hedging
(i) interest rate risk with respect to any floating rate Indebtedness that is
permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be outstanding , (ii) the value of
foreign currencies purchased or received by the Company or its Restricted
Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business as conducted by the Company or
(iii) commodity risk relating to commodity agreements to the extent entered into
in the ordinary course of business to protect the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries from fluctuations in the prices of raw materials used in its
business;
(x) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of
additional Indebtedness (which may include Senior Debt) in an aggregate
principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) at any time outstanding,
including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance
or replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (x), not to exceed
$25.0 million;
(xi) the incurrence by the Company's Unrestricted Subsidiaries of
Non-Recourse Debt; provided, however, that if any such Indebtedness ceases to be
Non-Recourse Debt of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such event shall be deemed to
constitute an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company that was not permitted by this clause (xi);
(xii) the Guarantee by the Issuers or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors of
Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company, which Indebtedness
was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this Section;
(xiii) the incurrence of Indebtedness (including letters of credit) in
respect of workers' compensation claims, self insurance obligations,
performance, surety, bid or similar bonds and completion guarantees provided by
the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business and
consistent with past practices;
52
<PAGE>
(xiv) the incurrence of Indebtedness, including Guarantees, by the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a Dealer Financing
Program;
(xv) the incurrence of Equipment Financing Guarantees; and
(xvi) the incurrence of Indebtedness arising from agreements of the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment
of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in
connection with the disposition or acquisition of any business, assets or
Capital Stock of a Subsidiary; provided that the maximum aggregate liability of
such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds actually received
by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any such
disposition or the gross proceeds actually paid by the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any such acquisition.
For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in
the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of
the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (i) through (xvi) above or
is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section 4.09,
the Issuers shall, in their sole discretion, classify such item of Indebtedness
in any manner that complies with this Section 4.09. Accrual of interest,
accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on
any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, and
the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock in the form of additional shares
of the same class of Disqualified Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence
of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Stock for purposes of this
Section 4.09; provided, in each such case, that the amount thereof is included
in Fixed Charges of the Company as accrued.
SECTION 4.10. ASSET SALES.
The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless (i) the Company (or the
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of
such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (evidenced by a
resolution of the Management Committee set forth in an Officers' Certificate
delivered to the Trustee) of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or
otherwise disposed of and (ii) at least 75% of the consideration therefor
received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash and
Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of (x) any liabilities (as shown on
the Company's or such Restricted Subsidiary's most recent balance sheet), of the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and
liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any guarantee
thereof) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a
customary novation agreement that releases the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary from further liability and (y) any securities, Notes or other
obligations received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such
transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into
cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 60 days following the closing
of such Asset Sale, shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision.
Within 360 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset
Sale, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may apply such Net Proceeds, at
its option, (a) to repay Senior Debt, (b) to the acquisition of a majority of
the assets of, or a majority of the Voting Stock of, another Permitted Business,
the making of a capital expenditure or the acquisition of other long-term assets
that are used or
53
<PAGE>
useful in a Permitted Business or (c) for a combination of uses described in
clauses (a) and (b). Pending the final application of any such Net Proceeds, the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may temporarily reduce revolving credit
borrowings or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner that is not
prohibited by the Indenture. Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not
applied or invested as provided in the first sentence of this paragraph will be
deemed to constitute "Excess Proceeds." When the aggregate amount of Excess
Proceeds exceeds $10.0 million, the Issuers will be required to make an offer to
all Holders of Notes (an "Asset Sale Offer") to purchase the maximum principal
amount of Notes that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds, at an offer
price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus
accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages thereon, if any, to the date
of repurchase, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture. To
the extent that any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale
Offer, the Company may use such Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise
prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes
tendered into such Asset Sale Offer surrendered by Holders thereof exceeds the
amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased on
a pro rata basis. Upon completion of such offer to purchase, the amount of
Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.
SECTION 4.11. TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES.
The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise
dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or
assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract,
agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit
of, any Affiliate (each of the foregoing, an "Affiliate Transaction"), unless
(i) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the
Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been
obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary with an unrelated Person and (ii) the Issuers deliver to the Trustee
(a) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate
Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $2.0 million, a
resolution of the Management Committee set forth in an Officers' Certificate
certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (i) above and
that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the
disinterested members of the Management Committee and (b) with respect to any
Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving
aggregate consideration in excess of $10.0 million, an opinion as to the
fairness to the Holders of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of
view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national
standing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following items shall not be deemed
to be Affiliate Transactions: (i) any employment agreement, compensation or
employee benefit arrangements and incentive arrangements with any officer,
director, member or employee entered into by Grove Investors or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business of Grove Investors or
such Restricted Subsidiary, as well as customary change of control and severance
payments, (ii) transactions between or among the Issuers and/or their Restricted
Subsidiaries, (iii) payment of reasonable managers' and directors' fees to
Persons who are not otherwise Affiliates of the Issuers, (iv) Restricted
Payments, Permitted Investments and other payments and distributions that are
permitted by Section 4.07 hereof, (v) any Permitted George Group Transaction;
(vi) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees of the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary for travel, entertainment, moving and other relocation
expenses, in each case made in the ordinary course of business; (vii)
transactions permitted by the provisions of Section 4.16 hereof; (viii)
transactions permitted by clauses (xii) and (xiv) of Section 4.09 hereof; and
(ix) transactions pursuant to any contract or agreement in effect on the date of
the Indenture as the same may be amended,
54
<PAGE>
modified or replaced from time to time so long as such amendment, modification
or replacement is no less favorable to the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries than the contract or agreement as in effect on the date hereof.
SECTION 4.12. LIENS.
The Issuers shall not, and shall not permit any of their Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to
exist any Lien securing Indebtedness or trade payables on any asset now owned or
hereafter acquired, or any income or profits therefrom or assign or convey any
right to receive income therefrom, except Permitted Liens.
SECTION 4.13. CORPORATE EXISTENCE.
Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Issuers shall do or cause to be
done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect (i)
their corporate existence, and the corporate, limited liability company or other
existence of each of their Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective
organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the
Issuers or any such Subsidiary and (ii) the rights (charter and statutory),
licenses and franchises of the Issuers and their Subsidiaries; provided,
however, that the Issuers shall not be required to preserve any such right,
license or franchise, or the corporate, limited liability company or other
existence of any of their Subsidiaries, if the Management Committee or Board of
Directors, as applicable, shall determine that the preservation thereof is no
longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Issuers and their
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any
material respect to the Holders of the Notes.
SECTION 4.14. OFFER TO REPURCHASE UPON CHANGE OF CONTROL.
(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder of Notes will
have the right to require the Issuers to repurchase all or any part (equal to
$1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of such Holder's Notes pursuant to the
offer described below (the "Change of Control Offer") at an offer price in cash
equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid
interest and Liquidated Damages thereon, if any, to the date of purchase (the
"Change of Control Payment"). Within 30 days following any Change of Control,
the Issuers will mail a notice to each Holder describing the transaction or
transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase
Notes on the date specified in such notice, which date shall be no earlier than
30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the
"Change of Control Payment Date"), pursuant to the procedures required by this
Indenture and described in such notice. The Issuers shall comply with the
requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws
and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are
applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a
Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or
regulations directly conflict with the provisions of this Indenture relating to
such Change of Control Offer, the Company shall comply with the applicable
securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its
obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof.
On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuers will, to the
extent lawful, (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly
tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, (2) deposit with the Paying
Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes
55
<PAGE>
or portions thereof so tendered and (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the
Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers' Certificate stating the
aggregate principal amount of Notes or portion thereof being purchased by the
Issuers. The Paying Agent will promptly mail to each Holder of Notes so tendered
the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly
authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder
a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes
surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a principal
amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof. Prior to complying with
foregoing provisions of this covenant, but in any event within 90 days following
a Change of Control, the Issuers shall either repay all outstanding Senior Debt
or obtain the requisite consents, if any, under the agreements governing
outstanding Senior Debt to permit the repurchase of Notes required by this
covenant. The Issuers shall publicly announce the results of the Change of
Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment
Date.
(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.14, the
Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of
Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the
times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this
Section 4.14 and Section 3.09 hereof and purchases all Notes validly tendered
and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.
SECTION 4.15. NO SENIOR SUBORDINATED DEBT.
Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4.09 hereof, (i) the
Issuers shall not incur, create, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become
liable for any Indebtedness that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to
any Senior Debt and senior in any respect in right of payment to the Notes, and
(ii) no Subsidiary Guarantor shall incur, create, issue, assume, guarantee or
otherwise become liable for any Indebtedness that is subordinate or junior in
right of payment to the Senior Guarantees and senior in any respect in right of
payment to the Subsidiary Guarantees.
SECTION 4.16. SALES OF ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE.
The Company may, and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may, sell at
any time and from time to time, accounts receivable and or notes receivables and
related assets to an Accounts Receivable Subsidiary; provided that (i) the
aggregate consideration received in each such sale is a least equal to the
aggregate fair market value of the receivables sold, as determined by the
Management Committee in good faith, (ii) no less than 80% of the consideration
received in each such sale consists of either cash or a promissory note (a
"Promissory Note") which is subordinated to no Indebtedness or obligation other
than the financial institution or other entity providing the financing to the
Accounts Receivable Subsidiary with respect to such accounts receivable (the
"Financier") or an Equity Interest in such Accounts Receivable Subsidiary;
provided further that the initial sale will include all accounts receivable of
the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries that are party to such
arrangements that constitute eligible receivables under such arrangements, (iii)
the cash proceeds received from the initial sale less reasonable and customary
transaction costs will be deemed to be Net Proceeds and will be applied in
accordance with the second paragraph of Section 4.10 hereof, and (iv) the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will sell all accounts receivables that
constitute eligible receivables under such arrangements to the Accounts
Receivable Subsidiary no less frequently than on a weekly basis.
56
<PAGE>
The Company (i) shall not permit any Accounts Receivable Subsidiary
to sell any accounts receivable purchased from the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to any other person except on an arms-length basis and
solely for consideration in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents, (ii) will not
permit the Accounts Receivable Subsidiary to engage in any business or
transaction other than the purchase, financing and sale of accounts receivable
of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and activities incidental
thereto, (iii) will not permit any Accounts Receivable Subsidiary to incur
Indebtedness in an amount in excess of the book value of such Accounts
Receivable Subsidiary's total assets, as determined in accordance with GAAP,
(iv) will, at least as frequently as monthly, cause the Accounts Receivable
Subsidiary to remit to the Company as payment on the Promissory Notes or a
dividend, all available cash or Cash Equivalents not held in a collection
account pledged to a Financier, to the extent not applied to pay or maintain
reserves for reasonable operating expenses of the Accounts Receivable Subsidiary
or to satisfy reasonable minimum operating capital requirements and (v) will
not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, sell accounts receivable to
any Accounts Receivable Subsidiary upon (1) the occurrence of a Default with
respect to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (2) the occurrence of
certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to such Accounts
Receivable Subsidiary.
SECTION 4.17. SALE AND LEASEBACK TRANSACTIONS.
The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, enter into any sale and leaseback transaction; provided that
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may enter into a sale and
leaseback transaction if (i) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary could
have (a) incurred Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt
relating to such sale and leaseback transaction pursuant to the Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof and
(b) incurred a Lien to secure such Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.12 hereof,
(ii) the gross cash proceeds of such sale and leaseback transaction are at least
equal to the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Management
Committee and set forth in an Officers' Certificate delivered to the Trustee) of
the property that is the subject of such sale and leaseback transaction and
(iii) the transfer of assets in such sale and leaseback transaction is permitted
by, and if applicable, the Issuers apply the proceeds of such transaction in
compliance with Section 4.10 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Delta
Manlift, S.A. and Grove France, S.A. and its successor may enter into any sale
and leaseback transaction; provided that such sale and leaseback transaction is
in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices as in effect
on the date of the Indenture and the aggregate amount of any Attributable Debt
in connection with such transactions does not exceed $4.0 million in any
calendar year.
SECTION 4.18. RESTRICTION ON PREFERRED STOCK OF SUBSIDIARIES.
The Company shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to
issue any preferred stock, or permit any Person to own or hold an interest in
any preferred stock of any such Subsidiary, except for preferred stock issued to
the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor of the Company.
57
<PAGE>
SECTION 4.19. LIMITATION ON ISSUANCES AND SALES OF EQUITY INTERESTS IN WHOLLY
OWNED SUBSIDIARIES.
The Company (i) shall not, and shall not permit any Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to, transfer, convey, sell, lease or
otherwise dispose of any Equity Interests in any Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company to any Person (other than the Company or a Wholly
Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company), unless (a) such transfer,
conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition is of all the Equity Interests in
such Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary and (b) the cash Net Proceeds from such
transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition are applied in accordance
with Section 4.10 hereof, and (ii) will not permit any Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company to issue any of its Equity Interests (other than, if
necessary, shares of its Capital Stock constituting directors' qualifying
shares) to any Person other than to the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company.
SECTION 4.20. LIMITATION ON ISSUANCES OF GUARANTEES OF INDEBTEDNESS.
The Company shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or
indirectly, to Guarantee any other Indebtedness of the Company unless, if such
Restricted Subsidiary is not a Subsidiary Guarantor, such Restricted Subsidiary
simultaneously executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to the Indenture
providing for the Guarantee of the payment of the Notes by such Restricted
Subsidiary, which Guarantee shall be senior to or pari passu with such
Subsidiary's Guarantee of such other Indebtedness unless such other Indebtedness
is Senior Debt, in which case the Guarantee of the Notes may be subordinated to
the Guarantee of such Senior Debt to the same extent as the Notes are
subordinated to such Senior Debt; provided, however, the foregoing shall not
apply to Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clauses (viii), (xiv) and (xv) of
Section 4.09 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such Guarantee by a
Subsidiary of the Notes shall provide by its terms that it shall be
automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon any sale,
exchange or transfer, to any Person not an Affiliate of the Company, of all of
the Company's stock in, or all or substantially all the assets of, such
Restricted Subsidiary, which sale, exchange or transfer is made in compliance
with the applicable provisions of this Indenture. The form of such Guarantee is
attached hereto as Exhibit E.
SECTION 4.21. RESTRICTIONS ON ACTIVITIES OF GROVE CAPITAL.
Grove Capital shall not hold any assets, become liable for any
obligations or engage in any business activities; provided that Grove Capital
may be a co-obligor with respect to Notes issued pursuant to this Indenture and
the Senior Debt and engage in any activities directly related or necessary in
connection therewith.
SECTION 4.22. PAYMENTS FOR CONSENT.
Neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries will,
directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by
way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any Holder of any Notes for or as an
inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions
of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid
or is paid to all Holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in
the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent,
waiver or agreement.
58
<PAGE>
SECTION 4.23. ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES.
If the Issuers or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries shall acquire
or create another Domestic Subsidiary after the date of the Indenture, then such
newly acquired or created Subsidiary shall become a Subsidiary Guarantor and
execute a supplemental indenture and deliver an Opinion of Counsel, in
accordance with Section 11.04.
SECTION 4.24. LIMITATION ON LEASES.
The Company shall not, directly or indirectly, lease all or
substantially all of its properties or assets to any Person.
SECTION 4.25. RESTRICTIONS ON BUSINESS ACTIVITIES.
The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted
Subsidiary to engage in any business other than a Permitted Business, except to
such extent as would not be material to the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries taken as a whole.
ARTICLE 5.
SUCCESSORS
SECTION 5.01. MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR SALE OF ASSETS.
Neither Issuer shall consolidate or merge with or into (whether or
not such Issuer is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, convey
or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in
one or more related transactions, to another Person unless (i) such Issuer is
the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation
or merger (if other than one of the Issuers) or to which such sale, assignment,
transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is a
Person organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state
thereof or the District of Columbia; (ii) the entity or Person formed by or
surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than one of the Issuers) or
the entity or Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance
or other disposition shall have been made assumes all the obligations of such
Issuer under the Registration Rights Agreement, the Notes and this Indenture
pursuant to a supplemental indenture in a form reasonably satisfactory to the
Trustee; (iii) immediately after such transaction no Default or Event of Default
exists; (iv) except in the case of a merger of one of the Issuers with or into a
Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company, the Issuer or the Person formed by or
surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than one of the Issuers),
or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other
disposition shall have been made will, at the time of such transaction and after
giving pro forma effect thereto as if such transaction had occurred at the
beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, be permitted to incur at least
$1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
test set forth in the first paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof; and (v) the
Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of
Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment,
transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition and such supplemental indenture
complies with this Indenture and that all conditions precedent provided for in
this Indenture and that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture
relating to such transaction have been complied with. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the Company is permitted to reorganize as a corporation in accordance
with
59
<PAGE>
the procedures established in the Indenture (and Grove Capital may thereafter
liquidate); provided that the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an
Opinion of Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee
confirming that such reorganization (and, if applicable, liquidation of Grove
Capital) is not adverse to holders of the Notes (it being recognized that such
reorganization shall not be deemed adverse to the holders of the Notes solely
because (i) of the accrual of deferred tax liabilities resulting from such
reorganization or (ii) the successor or surviving corporation (a) is subject to
income tax as a corporate entity or (b) is considered to be an "includible
corporation" of an affiliated group of corporations within the meaning of the
Code or any similar state or local law) and certain other conditions are
satisfied.
SECTION 5.02. SUCCESSOR CORPORATION SUBSTITUTED.
Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer,
lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets
of an Issuer in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, the successor Person formed
by such consolidation or into or with which an Issuer is merged or to which such
sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall
succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such
consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the
provisions of this Indenture referring to such Issuer shall refer instead to the
successor Person and not to such Issuer), and may exercise every right and power
of the Issuers under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor
Person had been named as an Issuer herein; provided, however, that the
predecessor Issuer shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the
principal of and interest on the Notes except in the case of a sale of all of an
Issuer's assets that meets the requirements of Section 5.01 hereof.
ARTICLE 6.
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
SECTION 6.01. EVENTS OF DEFAULT.
The following constitute an "Event of Default":
(a) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on, or
Liquidated Damages with respect to, the Notes (whether or not permitted by the
subordination provisions of the Indenture);
(b) default in payment when due of the principal of or premium, if
any, on the Notes (whether or not permitted by the subordination provisions
of this Indenture);
(c) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 30
days after receipt by the Issuers of notice from the Trustee or by the Issuers
and the Trustee of notice from the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount
of Notes then outstanding to comply with the provisions described under Sections
4.07, 4.09, 4.10 or 4.14;
(d) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 60
days after receipt by the Issuers of notice from the Trustee or by the Issuers
and the Trustee of notice from the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount
of Notes then outstanding to comply with any of its other agreements in the
Indenture or the Notes;
60
<PAGE>
(e) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which
there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any
Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries) whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or
is created after the date of the Indenture, which default
(i) is caused by a failure to pay principal of or premium, if any, or
interest on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period
provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default (a "Payment Default")
or
(ii) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its stated
maturity and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness,
together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which
there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so
accelerated, aggregates $10.0 million or more and provided that in the case of
any guarantees, a default shall not be deemed to occur unless the Company or
such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, defaults in its payment obligations
under such guarantee after demand has been made in accordance with the terms of
such guarantee;
(f) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay
final judgments aggregating in excess of $10.0 million (net of any amount with
respect to which a reputable insurance company with assets over $100.0 million
has acknowledged liability in writing), which judgments are not paid, discharged
or stayed for a period of 60 days;
(g) failure by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to apply the
proceeds from the Offering as set forth under the caption "Use of Proceeds" in
the Offering Memorandum prior to the 10th Business Day after the date hereof;
and
(h) except as permitted by this Indenture, any Subsidiary Guarantee
shall be held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall
cease for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Subsidiary Guarantor,
or any Person acting on behalf of any Subsidiary Guarantor, shall deny or
disaffirm its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee,
(i) (1) the Company, (2) any Significant Subsidiary which is a
Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Accounts Receivable Subsidiary) or (3) any
group of Restricted Subsidiaries (other than an Accounts Receivable Subsidiary)
that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary (each a
"Relevant Entity") pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law:
(i) commences a voluntary case,
(ii) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an
involuntary case,
(iii) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for all or
substantially all of its property,
(iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or
(v) generally is not paying its debts as they become due, or
61
<PAGE>
(i) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under
any Bankruptcy Law that:
(i) is for relief against a Relevant Entity in an involuntary case;
(ii) appoints a Custodian of a Relevant Entity; or
(iii) orders the liquidation of a Relevant Entity;
and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive
days.
SECTION 6.02. ACCELERATION.
If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the
Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may
declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately; provided that so long
as any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to the New Credit
Agreement shall be outstanding, such acceleration shall not be effective until
the earlier of (i) an acceleration of any such Indebtedness under the New Credit
Agreement or (ii) five Business Days after receipt by the Issuers of written
notice of such acceleration. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an
Event of Default described in Section 6.01(h), all outstanding Notes will become
due and payable without further action or notice.
In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes because
an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing as a result of the
acceleration of any Indebtedness described in clause (e) of Section 6.01, the
declaration of acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically annulled if the
holders of any Indebtedness described in clause (e) of Section 6.01 have
rescinded the declaration of acceleration in respect of such indebtedness within
30 days of the date of such declaration and if (a) the annulment of the
acceleration of Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court
of competent jurisdiction and (b) all existing Events of Default, except
nonpayment of principal or interest on the Notes that became due solely because
of the acceleration of the Notes, have been cured or waived.
If an Event of Default occurs on or after May 1, 2003 by reason of
any willful action (or inaction) taken (or not taken) by or on behalf of the
Issuers with the intention of avoiding payment of the premium that the Issuers
would have had to pay if the Issuers then had elected to redeem the Notes
pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, an equivalent premium shall also become and be
immediately due and payable to the extent permitted by law upon the acceleration
of the Notes. If an Event of Default occurs prior to May 1, 2003 by reason of
any willful action (or inaction) taken (or not taken) by or on behalf of the
Issuers with the intention of avoiding the prohibition on redemption of the
Notes prior to May 1, 2003, then the premium shall also become immediately due
and payable (to the extent permitted by law) upon acceleration of the Notes in
an amount, for each of the years beginning on May 1 of the years set forth
below, as set forth below:
62
<PAGE>
Year Percentage
---- ----------
1998...............................................109.250%
1999...............................................108.325%
2000...............................................107.400%
2001...............................................106.475%
2002...............................................105.550%
SECTION 6.03. OTHER REMEDIES.
If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may
pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if
any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of
the Notes or this Indenture.
The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess
any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or
omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or
remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or
constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are
cumulative to the extent permitted by law.
SECTION 6.04. WAIVER OF PAST DEFAULTS.
Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of
the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders
of all of the Notes waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its
consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the
payment of the principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest
on, the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase) (provided,
however, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences,
including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration).
Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of
Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose
of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other
Default or impair any right consequent thereon.
SECTION 6.05. CONTROL BY MAJORITY.
Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding
Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for
exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power
conferred on it. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that
conflicts with law or this Indenture that the Trustee determines may be unduly
prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes or that may involve the
Trustee in personal liability. The Trustee may take any other action which it
deems proper which is not inconsistent with any such discretion. Notwithstanding
any provisions to the contrary in this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be
obligated to take any action with respect to the provisions of the last
paragraph of Section 6.02 hereof unless directed to do so pursuant to this
Section 6.05.
63
<PAGE>
SECTION 6.06. LIMITATION ON SUITS.
A Holder of a Note may pursue a remedy with respect to this
Indenture or the Notes only if:
(a) the Holder of a Note gives to the Trustee written notice of a
continuing Event of Default;
(b) the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;
(c) such Holder of a Note or Holders of Notes offer and, if
requested, provide to the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against
any loss, liability or expense;
(d) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days
after receipt of the request and the offer and, if requested, the provision of
indemnity; and
(e) during such 60-day period the Holders of a majority in principal
amount of the then outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction
inconsistent with the request.
A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the
rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over
another Holder of a Note.
SECTION 6.07. RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF NOTES TO RECEIVE PAYMENT.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of
any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal, premium and Liquidated
Damages, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates
expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to
bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective
dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.
SECTION 6.08. COLLECTION SUIT BY TRUSTEE.
If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a) or (b) occurs
and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name
and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of
principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest remaining
unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful,
interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and
expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agent and counsel and all other
amounts due to the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.07 hereof.
SECTION 6.09. TRUSTEE MAY FILE PROOFS OF CLAIM.
The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other
papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims
of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the
Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuers
(or any other
64
<PAGE>
obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and
empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable
or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial
proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the
Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such
payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for
the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the
Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under
Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation,
expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and
any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in
any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall
be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions,
dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be
entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan
of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be
deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on
behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or
composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the
Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.
SECTION 6.10. PRIORITIES.
If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article, it shall
pay out the money in the following order:
First: to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due
under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expense and
liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and
expenses of collection;
Second: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes
for principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest, ratably,
without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and
payable on the Notes for principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any and
interest, respectively; and
Third: to the Company or to such party as a court of competent
jurisdiction shall direct.
The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment
to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10.
SECTION 6.11. UNDERTAKING FOR COSTS.
In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this
Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by
it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party
litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the
court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable
attorneys' fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to
the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant.
This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a
Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.
65
<PAGE>
ARTICLE 7.
TRUSTEE
SECTION 7.01. DUTIES OF TRUSTEE.
(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee
shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and
use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent man would
exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.
(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:
(i) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the
express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only
those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no
others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this
Indenture against the Trustee; and
(ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may
conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness
of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished
to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture.
However, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to
determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this
Indenture.
(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent
action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except
that:
(i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of
this Section;
(ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made
in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the
Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and
(iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it
takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction
received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof.
(d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this
Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a),
(b), and (c) of this Section.
(e) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or
risk its own funds or incur any liability. The Trustee shall be under no
obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the
request of any Holders, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee
security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or
expense.
(f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by
it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in
trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the
extent required by law.
66
<PAGE>
(g) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the
facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument,
opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture or
other paper or documents, but the Trustee, in its discretion may make such
further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit,
and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or
investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises
of the Issuers, personally or by agent or attorney.
SECTION 7.02. RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE.
(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it
to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The
Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.
(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an
Officers' Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be
liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on
such Officers' Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with
counsel and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall
be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of
any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in
reliance thereon.
(c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not
be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due
care.
(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to
take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or
powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.
(e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any
demand, request, direction or notice from an Issuer shall be sufficient if
signed by an Officer of such Issuer. A permissive right granted to the Trustee
hereunder shall not be deemed to be an obligation to act
(f) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the
rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of
any of the Holders unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee
reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities
that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.
(g) The Trustee shall not be charged with the knowledge of any Default
or Event of Default unless either (i) a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall
have actual knowledge of such Default or Event of Default, or (ii) written
notice of Default or such Event of Default shall have been given to the Trustee
by the Issuers or by any Holder.
SECTION 7.03. INDIVIDUAL RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE.
The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the
owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuers or any
Affiliate of the Issuers with the same rights it would have if it were not
Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting
interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for
permission to continue as
67
<PAGE>
trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The
Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.
SECTION 7.04. TRUSTEE'S DISCLAIMER.
The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation
as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be
accountable for the Company's use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money
paid to the Issuers or upon the Issuers' direction under any provision of this
Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money
received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be
responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or
any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this
Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.
SECTION 7.05. NOTICE OF DEFAULTS.
If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it
is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders of Notes a notice of
the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the
case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium, if
any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long
as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that
withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes.
SECTION 7.06. REPORTS BY TRUSTEE TO HOLDERS OF THE NOTES.
Within 60 days after each May 15 beginning with the May 15 following
the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the
Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such
reporting date that complies with TIA ss. 313(a) (but if no event described in
TIA ss. 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting
date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA ss.
313(b)(2). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by
TIA ss. 313(c).
A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of
Notes shall be mailed to the Company and filed with the SEC and each stock
exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA ss. 313(d). The
Issuers shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock
exchange.
SECTION 7.07. COMPENSATION AND INDEMNITY.
The Issuers shall pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable
compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder. The
Trustee's compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a
trustee of an express trust. The Issuers shall reimburse the Trustee promptly
upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or
made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall
include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee's
agents and counsel.
68
<PAGE>
The Issuers shall jointly and severally indemnify the Trustee
against any and all losses, liabilities or expenses incurred by it arising out
of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under
this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture
against the Issuers (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against
any claim (whether asserted by the Issuers or any Holder or any other Person) or
liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or
duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense may
be attributable to its negligence or bad faith. The Trustee shall notify the
Issuers promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the
Trustee to so notify the Issuers shall not relieve the Issuers of their
obligations hereunder. The Issuers shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall
cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuers
shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. The Issuers need not
pay for any settlement made without their consent, which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld.
The obligations of the Issuers under this Section 7.07 shall survive
the resignation and removal of the Trustee and the satisfaction and discharge of
this Indenture.
To secure the Issuers' payment obligations in this Section, the
Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or
collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and
interest on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the resignation and
removal of the Trustee and the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.
When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event
of Default specified in Section 6.01(h) or (i) hereof occurs, the expenses and
the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents
and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any
Bankruptcy Law.
The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of TIA ss. 313(b)(2) to
the extent applicable.
SECTION 7.08. REPLACEMENT OF TRUSTEE.
A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a
successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee's
acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section.
The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from
the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuers. The Holders of Notes of a
majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the
Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuers in writing. The Issuers may
remove the Trustee if:
(a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;
(b) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for
relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;
(c) a Custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its
property; or
(d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.
69
<PAGE>
If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the
office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuers shall promptly appoint a successor
Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders
of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a
successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuers.
If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the
retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Issuers, or
the Holders of Notes of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding
Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a
successor Trustee.
If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder of a Note who
has been a Holder of a Note for at least six months, fails to comply with
Section 7.10, such Holder of a Note may petition any court of competent
jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor
Trustee.
A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its
appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuers. Thereupon, the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the
successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee
under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its
succession to Holders of the Notes. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer
all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, provided all sums
owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided
for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant
to this Section 7.08, the Issuers' obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall
continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.
SECTION 7.09. SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE BY MERGER, ETC.
If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers
all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another
corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the
successor Trustee.
SECTION 7.10. ELIGIBILITY; DISQUALIFICATION.
There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a
corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of
America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise
corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by
federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at
least $100 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of
condition.
This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the
requirements of TIA ss. 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA
ss. 310(b).
SECTION 7.11. PREFERENTIAL COLLECTION OF CLAIMS AGAINST ISSUERS.
The Trustee is subject to TIA ss. 311(a), excluding any creditor
relationship listed in TIA ss. 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been
removed shall be subject to TIA ss. 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.
70
<PAGE>
ARTICLE 8.
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
SECTION 8.01. OPTION TO EFFECT LEGAL DEFEASANCE OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE.
The Issuers may, at the option of their Management Committee or
Board of Directors, as applicable, evidenced by a resolution set forth in an
Officers' Certificate, at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03
hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions
set forth below in this Article Eight.
SECTION 8.02. LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND DISCHARGE.
Upon the Issuers' exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option
applicable to this Section 8.02, the Issuers shall, subject to the satisfaction
of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been
discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes on the
date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, "Legal
Defeasance"). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuers shall be
deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the
outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be "outstanding" only for
the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture
referred to in (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all their other
obligations under such Notes and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of
and at the expense of the Issuers, shall execute proper instruments
acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive
until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (a) the rights of Holders of
outstanding Notes to receive solely from the trust fund described in Section
8.04 hereof, and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of
the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Notes when such payments
are due, (b) the Issuers' obligations with respect to such Notes under Article 2
and Section 4.02 hereof, (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities
of the Trustee hereunder and the Issuers' obligations in connection therewith
and (d) this Article Eight. Subject to compliance with this Article Eight, the
Issuers may exercise their option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the
prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.
SECTION 8.03. COVENANT DEFEASANCE.
Upon the Issuers' exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option
applicable to this Section 8.03, the Issuers shall, subject to the satisfaction
of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from their
obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10,
4.11, 4.12, 4.14, 4.15, 4.16, 4.17, 4.18, 4.19, 4.20, 4.21, 4.22, 4.23 4.24 and
4.25 hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the
conditions set forth in Section 8.04 are satisfied (hereinafter, "Covenant
Defeasance"), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not "outstanding" for the
purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and
the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall
continue to be deemed "outstanding" for all other purposes hereunder (it being
understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting
purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the
outstanding Notes, the Issuers may omit to comply with and shall have no
liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such
covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere
herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant
to any other provision
71
<PAGE>
herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute
a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as
specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be
unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuers' exercise under Section 8.01
hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 hereof, subject to the
satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections
6.01(c) through 6.01(f) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default.
SECTION 8.04. CONDITIONS TO LEGAL OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE.
The following shall be the conditions to the application of either
Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof to the outstanding Notes:
In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance:
(a) the Issuers must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for
the benefit of the Holders, cash in United States dollars, non-callable
Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be
sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public
accountants, to pay the principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any,
and interest on the outstanding Notes on the stated date for payment thereof or
on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be;
(b) in the case of an election under Section 8.02 hereof, the Issuers
shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States
reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that (A) the Issuers have
received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a
ruling or (B) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the
applicable U.S. federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and
based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the
outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal
income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to
U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same
times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;
(c) in the case of an election under Section 8.03 hereof, the Issuers
shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States
reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the
outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal
income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject
to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the
same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not
occurred;
(d) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing
on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting
from the incurrence of Indebtedness all or a portion of the proceeds of which
will be used to defease the Notes pursuant to this Article Eight concurrently
with such incurrence) or insofar as Sections 6.01(h) or 6.01(i) hereof is
concerned, at any time in the period ending on the 91st day after the date of
deposit;
(e) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a
breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or
instrument (other than this
72
<PAGE>
Indenture) to which the Issuers or any of their Subsidiaries is a party or by
which the Issuers or any of their Subsidiaries is bound;
(f) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of
Counsel (which may be subject to customary exceptions) to the effect that on the
91st day following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the
effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws
affecting creditors' rights generally;
(g) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers'
Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuers with the intent
of preferring the Holders over any other creditors of the Issuers or with the
intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any other creditors of
the Issuers; and
(h) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers'
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions
precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant
Defeasance have been complied with.
SECTION 8.05. DEPOSITED MONEY AND GOVERNMENT SECURITIES TO BE HELD IN TRUST;
OTHER MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.
Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and non-callable
Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the
Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section
8.05, the "Trustee") pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the
outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in
accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment,
either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuers acting as
Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all
sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and
interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the
extent required by law.
The Issuers shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee
or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable
Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal
and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other
charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.
Anything in this Article Eight to the contrary notwithstanding, the
Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuers from time to time upon the request
of the Issuers any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as
provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized
firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification
thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under
Section 8.04(a) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be
required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant
Defeasance.
SECTION 8.06. REPAYMENT TO ISSUERS.
Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then
held by the Issuers, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if
any, or interest on any Note and remaining
73
<PAGE>
unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium, if any, or interest
has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuers on their request or (if
then held by the Issuers) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of
such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured creditor, look only to the Issuers
for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with
respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof,
shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent,
before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the
Issuers cause to be published once, in The New York Times and The Wall Street
Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that,
after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the
date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money
then remaining will be repaid to the Issuers.
SECTION 8.07. REINSTATEMENT.
If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States
dollars or non-callable Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or
8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court
or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such
application, then the Issuers' obligations under this Indenture and the Notes
shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to
Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is
permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03
hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Issuers make any
payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the
reinstatement of their obligations, the Issuers shall be subrogated to the
rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held
by the Trustee or Paying Agent.
ARTICLE 9.
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
SECTION 9.01. WITHOUT CONSENT OF HOLDERS OF NOTES.
Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, the Issuers, the
Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture,
the Subsidiary Guarantees or the Notes without the consent of any Holder of a
Note:
(a) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;
(b) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of
certificated Notes or to alter the provisions of Article 2 hereof (including the
related definitions) in a manner that does not materially adversely affect any
Holder;
(c) to provide for the assumption of the Issuers' or a Subsidiary
Guarantor's obligations to the Holders of the Notes by a successor to the
Issuers or a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to Article 5 or Article 10 hereof;
(d) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or
benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal
rights hereunder of any Holder of the Note;
74
<PAGE>
(e) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain
the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA;
(f) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the
limitations set forth in this Indenture as of the date hereof; or
(g) to allow any Subsidiary Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture
and/or a Subsidiary Guarantee with respect to the Notes.
Upon the request of the Issuers accompanied by a resolutions of
their Management Committee or Board of Directors, as applicable, authorizing the
execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the
Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall
join with the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors in the execution of any
amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this
Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that
may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into
such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or
immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.
SECTION 9.02. WITH CONSENT OF HOLDERS OF NOTES.
Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Issuers, the
Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture
(including Section 3.09, 4.10 and 4.14 hereof), the Subsidiary Guarantees and
the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at
least a majority in principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes,
if any) then outstanding voting as a single class (including consents obtained
in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the
Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or
Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the
principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a payment
default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance
with any provision of this Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees or the Notes may
be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of
the then outstanding Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) voting as a
single class (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or
exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes).
Upon the request of the Issuers accompanied by a resolution of their
Management Committee or Board of Directors, as applicable, authorizing the
execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing
with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the
Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents
described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Issuers in the
execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or
supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee's own rights, duties or
immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in
its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or
supplemental indenture.
It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes
under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment
or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance
thereof.
75
<PAGE>
After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section becomes
effective, the Issuers shall mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a
notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of
the Issuers to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in
any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental
Indenture or waiver. Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, the Holders of a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes,
if any) then outstanding voting as a single class may waive compliance in a
particular instance by the Issuers with any provision of this Indenture or the
Notes. However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or
waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a
non-consenting Holder):
(a) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an
amendment, supplement or waiver;
(b) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or
alter or waive any of the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes
except as provided above with respect to Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.14 hereof;
(c) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest,
including default interest, on any Note;
(d) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of or
premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration
of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount
of the then outstanding Notes (including Additional Notes, if any and a waiver
of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);
(e) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;
(f) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to
waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments
of principal of or interest on the Notes;
(g) make any change in Section 6.04 or 6.07 hereof or in the foregoing
amendment and waiver provisions; or
(h) release any Subsidiary Guarantor from any of its obligations under its
Subsidiary Guarantee or this Indenture, except in accordance with the terms of
this Indenture.
SECTION 9.03. COMPLIANCE WITH TRUST INDENTURE ACT.
Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall
be set forth in a amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the TIA
as then in effect.
SECTION 9.04. REVOCATION AND EFFECT OF CONSENTS.
Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a
consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a
Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note
76
<PAGE>
or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder's
Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such
Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its
Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the
waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or
waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every
Holder.
SECTION 9.05. NOTATION ON OR EXCHANGE OF NOTES.
The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment,
supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuers in
exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an
Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment,
supplement or waiver.
Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall
not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.
SECTION 9.06. TRUSTEE TO SIGN AMENDMENTS, ETC.
The Trustee shall sign any amended or supplemental indenture
authorized pursuant to this Article Nine if the amendment or supplement does not
adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee.
The Issuers may not sign an amendment or supplemental Indenture until the
Management Committee or Board of Directors, as applicable, approves it. In
executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled
to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) shall be fully protected in
relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 11.04 hereof, an
Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of
such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this
Indenture.
ARTICLE 10.
SUBORDINATION
SECTION 10.01. AGREEMENT TO SUBORDINATE.
The Issuers agree, and each Holder by accepting a Note agrees, that
the Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes is subordinated in right of payment, to
the extent and in the manner provided in this Article 10, to the prior payment
in full of all Senior Debt (whether outstanding on the date hereof or hereafter
created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed), and that the subordination is for the
benefit of the holders of Senior Debt.
SECTION 10.02. LIQUIDATION; DISSOLUTION; BANKRUPTCY.
Upon any distribution to creditors of an Issuer in a liquidation or
dissolution of an Issuer or in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency,
receivership or similar proceeding relating to an Issuer or its property, in an
assignment for the benefit of creditors or any marshalling of an Issuer's assets
and liabilities:
77
<PAGE>
(1) holders of Senior Debt shall be entitled to receive payment in
full of all Obligations due in respect of such Senior Debt (including interest
after the commencement of any such proceeding at the rate specified in the
applicable Senior Debt whether or not such interest is allowed in such
proceeding) before Holders of the Notes shall be entitled to receive any payment
or distribution of any kind with respect to the Notes (except that Holders may
receive (i) Permitted Junior Securities and (ii) payments and other
distributions made from any defeasance trust created pursuant to Section 8.01
hereof); and
(2) until all Obligations with respect to Senior Debt (as provided
in subsection (1) above) are paid in full, any distribution to which Holders
would be entitled but for this Article 10 shall be made to holders of Senior
Debt (except that Holders of Notes may receive (i) Permitted Junior Securities
and (ii) payments and other distributions made from any defeasance trust created
pursuant to Section 8.01 hereof), as their interests may appear.
SECTION 10.03. DEFAULT ON DESIGNATED SENIOR DEBT.
The Issuers may not make any payment or distribution to the Trustee
or any Holder in respect of Obligations with respect to the Notes and may not
acquire from the Trustee or any Holder any Notes for cash or property (other
than (i) Permitted Junior Securities and (ii) payments and other distributions
made from any defeasance trust created pursuant to Section 8.01 hereof) until
all principal and other Obligations with respect to the Senior Debt have been
paid in full if:
(i) a default in the payment of any principal or other Obligations
with respect to Designated Senior Debt occurs and is continuing beyond any
applicable grace period in the agreement, indenture or other document
governing such Designated Senior Debt; or
(ii) a default, other than a payment default, on Designated Senior
Debt occurs and is continuing that then permits holders of the Designated
Senior Debt to accelerate its maturity and the Trustee receives a notice
of the default (a "Payment Blockage Notice") from a Person who may give it
pursuant to Section 10.11 hereof. If the Trustee receives any such Payment
Blockage Notice, no subsequent Payment Blockage Notice shall be effective
for purposes of this Section unless and until at least 360 days shall have
elapsed since the effectiveness of the immediately prior Payment Blockage
Notice. No nonpayment default that existed or was continuing on the date
of delivery of any Payment Blockage Notice to the Trustee shall be, or be
made, the basis for a subsequent Payment Blockage Notice.
The Company may and shall resume payments on and distributions in
respect of the Notes and may acquire them upon the earlier of:
(1) the date upon which the default is cured or waived, or
(2) in the case of a default referred to in Section 10.03(ii)
hereof, 179 days pass after notice is received if the maturity of
such Designated Senior Debt has not been accelerated, if this
Article 10 otherwise permits the payment, distribution or
acquisition at the time of such payment or acquisition.
78
<PAGE>
SECTION 10.04. ACCELERATION OF NOTES.
If payment of the Notes is accelerated because of an Event of
Default, the Issuers shall promptly notify holders of Senior Debt of the
acceleration.
SECTION 10.05. WHEN DISTRIBUTION MUST BE PAID OVER.
In the event that the Trustee or any Holder receives any payment of
any Obligations with respect to the Notes at a time when the Trustee or such
Holder, as applicable, has actual knowledge that such payment is prohibited by
Section 10.03 hereof, such payment shall be held by the Trustee or such Holder
in trust for the benefit of, and shall be paid forthwith over and delivered upon
written request to, the holders of Senior Debt as their interests may appear or
their Representative under the indenture or other agreement (if any) pursuant to
which Senior Debt may have been issued, as their respective interests may
appear, for application to the payment of all Obligations with respect to Senior
Debt remaining unpaid to the extent necessary to pay such Obligations in full in
accordance with their terms, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or
distribution to or for the holders of Senior Debt.
With respect to the holders of Senior Debt, the Trustee undertakes
to perform only such obligations on the part of the Trustee as are specifically
set forth in this Article 10, and no implied covenants or obligations with
respect to the holders of Senior Debt shall be read into this Indenture against
the Trustee. The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the
holders of Senior Debt, and shall not be liable to any such holders if the
Trustee shall pay over or distribute to or on behalf of Holders or the Issuers
or any other Person money or assets to which any holders of Senior Debt shall be
entitled by virtue of this Article 10, except if such payment is made as a
result of the willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Trustee.
SECTION 10.06. NOTICE BY ISSUERS.
The Issuers shall promptly notify the Trustee and the Paying Agent
of any facts known to the Issuers that would cause a payment of any Obligations
with respect to the Notes to violate this Article 10, but failure to give such
notice shall not affect the subordination of the Notes to the Senior Debt as
provided in this Article 10.
SECTION 10.07. SUBROGATION.
After all Senior Debt is paid in full and until the Notes are paid
in full, Holders of Notes shall be subrogated (equally and ratably with all
other Indebtedness pari passu with the Notes) to the rights of holders of Senior
Debt to receive distributions applicable to Senior Debt to the extent that
distributions otherwise payable to the Holders of Notes have been applied to the
payment of Senior Debt. A distribution made under this Article 10 to holders of
Senior Debt that otherwise would have been made to Holders of Notes is not, as
between the Issuers and Holders, a payment by the Issuers on the Notes.
79
<PAGE>
SECTION 10.08. RELATIVE RIGHTS.
This Article 10 defines the relative rights of Holders of Notes and
holders of Senior Debt. Nothing in this Indenture shall:
(1) impair, as between the Issuers and Holders of Notes, the
obligation of the Issuers, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay principal
of and interest on the Notes in accordance with their terms;
(2) affect the relative rights of Holders of Notes and creditors of
the Issuers other than their rights in relation to holders of Senior Debt; or
(3) prevent the Trustee or any Holder of Notes from exercising its
available remedies upon a Default or Event of Default, subject to the rights of
holders and owners of Senior Debt to receive distributions and payments
otherwise payable to Holders of Notes.
If the Issuers fail because of this Article 10 to pay principal of
or interest on a Note on the due date, the failure is still a Default or Event
of Default.
SECTION 10.09. SUBORDINATION MAY NOT BE IMPAIRED BY ISSUERS.
No right of any holder of Senior Debt to enforce the subordination
of the Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes shall be impaired by any act or
failure to act by the Issuers or any Holder or by the failure of the Issuers or
any Holder to comply with this Indenture.
SECTION 10.10. DISTRIBUTION OR NOTICE TO REPRESENTATIVE.
Whenever a distribution is to be made or a notice given to holders
of Senior Debt, the distribution may be made and the notice given to their
Representative.
Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Issuers referred
to in this Article 10, the Trustee and the Holders of Notes shall be entitled to
rely upon any order or decree made by any court of competent jurisdiction or
upon any certificate of such Representative or of the liquidating trustee or
agent or other Person making any distribution to the Trustee or to the Holders
of Notes for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in
such distribution, the holders of the Senior Debt and other Indebtedness of the
Issuers, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or
distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article 10.
SECTION 10.11. RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE AND PAYING AGENT.
Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article 10 or any other
provision of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of
the existence of any facts that would prohibit the making of any payment or
distribution by the Trustee, and the Trustee and the Paying Agent may continue
to make payments on the Notes, unless the Trustee shall have received at its
Corporate Trust Office at least five Business Days prior to the date of such
payment written notice of facts that would cause the payment of any Obligations
with respect to the Notes to violate this Article 10. Only
80
<PAGE>
the Issuers or a Representative may give the notice. Nothing in this Article 10
shall impair the claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to
Section 7.07 hereof.
The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may hold Senior
Debt with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do
the same with like rights.
SECTION 10.12. AUTHORIZATION TO EFFECT SUBORDINATION.
Each Holder of Notes, by the Holder's acceptance thereof, authorizes
and directs the Trustee on such Holder's behalf to take such action as may be
necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination as provided in this
Article 10, and appoints the Trustee to act as such Holder's attorney-in-fact
for any and all such purposes. If the Trustee does not file a proper proof of
claim or proof of debt in the form required in any proceeding referred to in
Section 6.09 hereof at least 30 days before the expiration of the time to file
such claim, the Credit Agents are hereby authorized to file an appropriate claim
for and on behalf of the Holders of the Notes.
SECTION 10.13. AMENDMENTS.
The provisions of this Article 10 shall not be amended or modified
without the written consent of the holders of all Senior Debt.
ARTICLE 11.
SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES
SECTION 11.01. GUARANTEE.
Subject to this Article 11, each of the Subsidiary Guarantors
hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a
Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its
successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this
Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuers hereunder or thereunder,
that: (a) the principal of and interest on the Notes will be promptly paid in
full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise,
and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if
lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuers to the Holders or the Trustee
hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in
accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension
of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations,
that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with
the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by
acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed
or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Subsidiary Guarantors
shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each
Subsidiary Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a
guarantee of collection.
The Subsidiary Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations
hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or
enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to
enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect
to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the
Issuers, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might
otherwise constitute a legal or equitable
81
<PAGE>
discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby waives
diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the
event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuers, any right to require a
proceeding first against the Issuers, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever
and covenant that this Subsidiary Guarantee shall not be discharged except by
complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this
Indenture.
If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise
to return to the Issuers, the Subsidiary Guarantors or any custodian, trustee,
liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuers or
the Subsidiary Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such
Holder, this Subsidiary Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall
be reinstated in full force and effect.
Each Subsidiary Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to
any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any
obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations
guaranteed hereby. Each Subsidiary Guarantor further agrees that, as between the
Subsidiary Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the
other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be
accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Subsidiary
Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing
such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in
the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in
Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall
forthwith become due and payable by the Subsidiary Guarantors for the purpose of
their Subsidiary Guarantees. The Subsidiary Guarantors shall have the right to
seek contribution from any non-paying Subsidiary Guarantor so long as the
exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the
Subsidiary Guarantees.
SECTION 11.02. SUBORDINATION OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEE.
The Obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary
Guarantee pursuant to this Article 11 shall be junior and subordinated to the
Senior Debt of such Subsidiary Guarantor on the same basis as the Notes are
junior and subordinated to Senior Debt of the Issuers. For the purposes of the
foregoing sentence, the Trustee and the Holders shall have the right to receive
and/or retain payments by any of the Subsidiary Guarantors only at such times as
they may receive and/or retain payments in respect of the Notes pursuant to this
Indenture, including Article 10 hereof.
SECTION 11.03. LIMITATION ON SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR LIABILITY.
Each Subsidiary Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each
Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the
Subsidiary Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent
transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent
Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or
state law to the extent applicable to any Subsidiary Guarantee. To effectuate
the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Subsidiary Guarantors
hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under
its Subsidiary Guarantee and this Article 11 shall be limited to the maximum
amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other
contingent and fixed liabilities of such Subsidiary Guarantor that are relevant
under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to
receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other
Subsidiary
82
<PAGE>
Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Subsidiary Guarantor under
this Article 11, result in the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under
its Subsidiary Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.
SECTION 11.04. EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEE.
To evidence its Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01,
each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Subsidiary
Guarantee substantially in the form included in Exhibit E shall be endorsed by
an Officer of such Subsidiary Guarantor on each Note authenticated and delivered
by the Trustee and that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of such
Subsidiary Guarantor by its President or one of its Vice Presidents.
Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees that its Subsidiary
Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01 shall remain in full force and effect
notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such
Subsidiary Guarantee.
If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or on the
Subsidiary Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee
authenticates the Note on which a Subsidiary Guarantee is endorsed, the
Subsidiary Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.
The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication
thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Subsidiary Guarantee set
forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Subsidiary Guarantors.
In the event that the Company creates or acquires any new
Subsidiaries subsequent to the date of this Indenture, if required by Section
4.23 hereof, the Company shall cause such Subsidiaries to execute supplemental
indentures to this Indenture and Subsidiary Guarantees in accordance with
Section 4.23 hereof and this Article 11, to the extent applicable.
SECTION 11.05. SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS MAY CONSOLIDATE, ETC., ON CERTAIN TERMS.
No Subsidiary Guarantor may consolidate with or merge with or into
(whether or not such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving Person) another
Person whether or not affiliated with such Subsidiary Guarantor unless:
(a) subject to Section 11.05 hereof, the Person formed by or
surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than a Subsidiary
Guarantor) assumes all the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor, pursuant to
a supplemental indenture in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
Trustee, under the Notes, the Indenture and the Subsidiary Guarantee on the
terms set forth herein or therein;
(b) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default
or Event of Default exists; and
(c) the Issuers would be permitted, immediately after giving effect
to such transaction, to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant
to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of
Section 4.09 hereof.
83
<PAGE>
In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and
upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed
and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the
Subsidiary Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual
performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be
performed by the Subsidiary Guarantor, such successor Person shall succeed to
and be substituted for the Subsidiary Guarantor with the same effect as if it
had been named herein as a Subsidiary Guarantor. Such successor Person thereupon
may cause to be signed any or all of the Subsidiary Guarantees to be endorsed
upon all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been
signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee. All the Subsidiary
Guarantees so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit
under this Indenture as the Subsidiary Guarantees theretofore and thereafter
issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such
Subsidiary Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.
Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 hereof, and notwithstanding
clauses (a) and (b) above, nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the
Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of a Subsidiary Guarantor with
or into the Company or another Subsidiary Guarantor, or shall prevent any sale
or conveyance of the property of a Subsidiary Guarantor as an entirety or
substantially as an entirety to the Company or another Subsidiary Guarantor.
SECTION 11.06. RELEASES FOLLOWING SALE OF ASSETS.
In the event of a sale or other disposition of all of the assets of
any Subsidiary Guarantor, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, or a
sale or other disposition of all of the membership interests or capital stock,
as applicable, of any Subsidiary Guarantor, then such Subsidiary Guarantor (in
the event of a sale or other disposition, by way of merger, consolidation or
otherwise, of all of the membership interest or capital stock , as applicable,
of such Subsidiary Guarantor) or the corporation acquiring the property (in the
event of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets
of such Subsidiary Guarantor) will be released and relieved of any obligations
under its Subsidiary Guarantee; provided that the Net Proceeds of such sale or
other disposition are applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of
this Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.10 hereof. Upon delivery
by the Issuers to the Trustee of an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of
Counsel to the effect that such sale or other disposition was made by the
Issuers in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture,
including without limitation Section 4.10 hereof, the Trustee shall execute any
documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of any Subsidiary
Guarantor from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee.
Any Subsidiary Guarantor not released from its obligations under its
Subsidiary Guarantee shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of and
interest on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Subsidiary Guarantor
under this Indenture as provided in this Article 11.
84
<PAGE>
ARTICLE 12.
MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 12.01. TRUST INDENTURE ACT CONTROLS.
If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts
with the duties imposed by TIA ss. 318(c), the imposed duties shall control.
SECTION 12.02. NOTICES.
Any notice or communication by the Issuers , any Subsidiary
Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered
in person or mailed by first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt
requested), telecopier or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery,
to the others' address:
If to the Issuers and/or any Subsidiary Guarantor:
Grove Worldwide LLC
1565 Buchanan Trail East
P.O. Box 21
Shady Grove, PA 17256
Telecopier No.: (717) 593-5120
Attention: Keith Simmons, Esq.
With a copy to:
Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison
1285 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10019
Telecopier No. (212) 757-3990
Attention: Mark S. Bergman
If to the Trustee:
United States Trust Company of New York
114 West 47th Street, 25th Floor
New York, New York 10036-1532
Telecopier No. (212) 852-1626
Attention: John Guiliano
The Issuers, any Subsidiary Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to
the others may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent
notices or communications.
All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders)
shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if
personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail,
postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and
85
<PAGE>
the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight
air courier guaranteeing next-day delivery.
Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by
first-class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by
overnight air courier guaranteeing next-day delivery to its address shown on the
register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication shall also be so
mailed to any Person described in TIA ss. 313(c), to the extent required by the
TIA. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it
shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.
If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above
within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee
receives it.
If the Issuers mails a notice or communication to Holders, they
shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.
SECTION 12.03. COMMUNICATION BY HOLDERS OF NOTES WITH OTHER HOLDERS OF NOTES.
Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA ss. 312(b) with other
Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The
Issuers, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of
TIA ss. 312(c).
SECTION 12.04. CERTIFICATE AND OPINION AS TO CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.
Upon any request or application by the Issuers to the Trustee to
take any action under this Indenture, the Issuers shall furnish to the Trustee:
(a) an Officers' Certificate in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in
Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all
conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture
relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and
(b) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in
Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such
conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.
SECTION 12.05. STATEMENTS REQUIRED IN CERTIFICATE OR OPINION.
Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a
condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate
provided pursuant to TIA ss. 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of TIA
ss. 314(e) and shall include:
(a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion
has read such covenant or condition;
(b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination
or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such
certificate or opinion are based;
86
<PAGE>
(c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has
made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express
an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been
satisfied; and
(d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person,
such condition or covenant has been satisfied.
SECTION 12.06. RULES BY TRUSTEE AND AGENTS.
The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting
of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set
reasonable requirements for its functions.
SECTION 12.07. NO PERSONAL LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, MEMBERS
AND STOCKHOLDERS.
No director, officer, employee, incorporator, member or stockholder
of the Issuers, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the
Issuers under the Notes, the Indenture or the Subsidiary Guarantees or for any
claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their
creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such
liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of
the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the
federal securities laws and it is the view of the Commission that such a waiver
is against public policy.
SECTION 12.08. GOVERNING LAW.
THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED
TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES WITHOUT
GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT
THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.
SECTION 12.09. NO ADVERSE INTERPRETATION OF OTHER AGREEMENTS.
This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture,
loan or debt agreement of the Issuers or their Subsidiaries or of any other
Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret
this Indenture.
SECTION 12.10. SUCCESSORS.
All agreements of the Issuers in this Indenture and the Notes shall
bind their successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall
bind its successors.
SECTION 12.11. SEVERABILITY.
In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be
invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of
the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
87
<PAGE>
SECTION 12.12. COUNTERPART ORIGINALS.
The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each
signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same
agreement.
SECTION 12.13. TABLE OF CONTENTS, HEADINGS, ETC..
The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the
Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of
reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in
no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.
[Signatures on following page]
88
<PAGE>
Dated as of April 29, 1998
SIGNATURES
Very truly yours,
GROVE WORLDWIDE LLC
By: /s/ Salvatore J. Bonanno
___________________________________
Name:
Title:
GROVE CAPITAL, INC.
By: /s/ Salvatore J. Bonanno
___________________________________
Name:
Title:
CRANE ACQUISITION CORP.
By: /s/ Salvatore J. Bonanno
___________________________________
Name:
Title:
CRANE HOLDING INC.
By: /s/ Salvatore J. Bonanno
___________________________________
Name:
Title:
89
<PAGE>
NATIONAL CRANE CORP.
By: /s/ Salvatore J. Bonanno
_____________________________________
Name:
Title:
GROVE FINANCE LLC
By: /s/ Salvatore J. Bonanno
_____________________________________
Name:
Title:
GROVE U.S. LLC
By: /s/ Salvatore J. Bonanno
_____________________________________
Name:
Title:
UNITED STATES TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK,
as Trustee
By: /s/ Gerard F. Ganney
____________________________________
Name:
Title:
90
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT A-1
(Face of Note)
9 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008
No. ___ $____________________
CUSIP NO. 399626 AA8
Grove Worldwide LLC and Grove Capital, Inc. promise to pay to ______
___________________ or registered assigns, the principal sum of ________________
Dollars on May 1, 2008.
Interest Payment Dates: May 1 and November 1
Record Dates: April 15 and October 15
GROVE WORLDWIDE LLC
By: ___________________________
Name:
Title:
GROVE CAPITAL, INC.
By: ___________________________
Name:
Title:
Dated: ______________
This is one of the [Global]
Notes referred to in the
within-mentioned Indenture:
A-1-1
<PAGE>
UNITED STATES TRUST COMPANY OF
NEW YORK, as Trustee
By:__________________________________
Authorized Signatory
A-1-2
<PAGE>
(Back of Note)
9 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008
[Unless and until it is exchanged in whole or in part for Notes in
definitive form, this Note may not be transferred except as a whole by the
Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to
the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary or by the Depositary or any
such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor
Depositary. Unless this certificate is presented by an authorized representative
of The Depository Trust Company (55 Water Street, New York, New York) ("DTC"),
to the issuer or its agent for registration of transfer, exchange or payment,
and any certificate issued is registered in the name of Cede & Co. or such other
name as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC (and any payment
is made to Cede & Co. or such other entity as may be requested by an authorized
representative of DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR
OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL in as much as the registered owner
hereof, Cede & Co., has an interest herein.](1)
[THE SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY
ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE UNITED
STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), AND THE
SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN
THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH
PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER
MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE
SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A OR REGULATION S THEREUNDER. THE HOLDER OF
THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUERS THAT (A)
SUCH SECURITY MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (1) (a)
INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A
QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT)
IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (b) IN A TRANSACTION
MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (c) OUTSIDE THE
UNITED STATES TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF
RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (d) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL "ACCREDITED INVESTOR"
(AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AN
"INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR"), THAT PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES THE
TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS (THE
FORM OF WHICH CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) AND, IF SUCH TRANSFER IS IN
RESPECT OF AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF SECURITIES LESS THAN $250,000, AN
OPINION OF
- ----------
(1) This paragraph should be included only if the Note is issued in global
form.
A-1-3
<PAGE>
COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE ISSUERS THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT, OR (e) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE
REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF
COUNSEL IF THE COMPANY SO REQUESTS), (2) TO THE COMPANY OR (3) PURSUANT TO AN
EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY
APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER
APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS
REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER FROM IT OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY OF
THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN (A) ABOVE.](2)
Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to
them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.
1. INTEREST. Grove Worldwide LLC, a Delaware limited liability
company (the "Company") and Grove Capital, Inc. a Delaware corporation ("Grove
Capital" and together with the Company, the "Issuers"), promise to pay interest
on the principal amount of this Note at 9 1/4% per annum from November 1, 1998
until maturity and shall pay the Liquidated Damages payable pursuant to Section
5 of the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Issuers will pay
interest and Liquidated Damages semi-annually on May 1 and November 1 of each
year (each an "Interest Payment Date"), or if any such day is not a Business
Day, on the next succeeding Business Day. Interest on the Notes will accrue from
the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been
paid, from the date of issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default
in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record
date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment
Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date;
provided further, that the first Interest Payment Date shall be November 1,
1998. The Issuers shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any
proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any,
from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate
then in effect; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any
proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and
Liquidated Damages (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to
time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed
on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.
2. METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Issuers will pay interest on the Notes
(except defaulted interest) and Liquidated Damages to the Persons who are
registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the April 15 or October
15 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are cancelled
after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as
provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest.
The Notes will be payable as
- ----------
(2) This paragraph should be removed upon the exchange of Senior Subordinated
Notes for New Senior Subordinated Notes in the Exchange Offer or upon the
registration of the Senior Subordinated Notes pursuant to the terms of the
Registration Rights Agreement.
A-1-4
<PAGE>
to principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest at the office
or agency of the Issuers maintained for such purpose within or without the City
and State of New York, or, at the option of the Issuers, payment of interest and
Liquidated Damages may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses
set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of
immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and
interest, premium and Liquidated Damages on, all Global Notes and all other
Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the
Issuers or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be made in such coin or currency
of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for
payment of public and private debts.
3. PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, United States Trust
Company of New York, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent
and Registrar. The Issuers may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without
notice to any Holder. The Issuers or any of their Subsidiaries may act in any
such capacity.
4. INDENTURE. The Issuers issued the Notes under an Indenture dated
as of April, 29, 1998 ("Indenture") by and among the Issuers and the Trustee.
The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part
of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15
U.S. Code ss.ss. 77aaa-77bbbb). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and
Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such
terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express
provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the indenture shall govern and be
controlling. The Notes are general unsecured Obligations of the Issuers limited
to $ 325.0 million in aggregate principal amount.
5. OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.
(a) The Issuers shall have the option to redeem the Notes, in whole
or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' notice, in cash at the
redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below
plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to the
applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning
on May 1 of the years indicated below:
Year Percentage
---- ----------
2003..................................... 104.625%
2004..................................... 103.083%
2005..................................... 101.542%
2006 and thereafter...................... 100.000%
(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph (a) of this
Paragraph 5, at any time prior to May 1, 2001, the Issuers may (but will not
have the obligation to) on any one or more
A-1-5
<PAGE>
occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally
issued at a redemption price equal to 109.250% of the principal amount thereof,
plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to the
redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Public Equity
Offerings; provided that at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes
originally issued remain outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such
redemption (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries); and
provided further, that such redemption shall occur within 60 days of the date of
the closing of such Public Equity Offering.
6. MANDATORY REDEMPTION.
Except as set forth in paragraph 7 below, the Issuers shall not be
required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to
the Notes.
7. REPURCHASE AT OPTION OF HOLDER.
(a) If there is a Change of Control, the Issuers shall be required
to make an offer (a "Change of Control Offer") to repurchase all or any part
(equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of each Holder's Notes at a
purchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus
accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages thereon, if any, to the date
of (the "Change of Control Payment"). Within 30 days following any Change of
Control, the Issuers shall mail a notice to each Holder setting forth the
procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture.
(b) When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $10.0
million, the Issuers will be required to make an offer to all Holders of Notes
(an "Asset Sale Offer") to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes that
may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds, at an offer price in cash in an
amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid
interest and Liquidated Damages thereon, if any, to the date of repurchase, in
accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. To the extent that
any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the
Company may use such Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by
the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes tendered into such
Asset Sale Offer surrendered by Holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess
Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata
basis. Upon completion of such offer to purchase, the amount of Excess Proceeds
shall be reset at zero.
(c) Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase
will receive a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer from the Issuers
prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by
completing the form titled "Option of Holder to Elect Purchase" appearing below.
8. NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Notice of redemption will be mailed at
least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each
Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in
denominations larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part but only in
A-1-6
<PAGE>
whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be
redeemed. On and after the redemption date interest ceases to accrue on Notes or
portions thereof called for redemption.
9. DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered
form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of
$1,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as
provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder,
among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents
and the Issuers may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law
or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuers need not exchange or register the
transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for
the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Issuers
need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days
before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record
date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date.
10. PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be
treated as its owner for all purposes.
11. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. Subject to certain exceptions,
the Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or
supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal
amount of the then outstanding Notes and Additional Notes, if any, voting as a
single class, and any existing default or compliance with any provision of the
Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees or the Notes may be waived with the consent
of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes
and Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class. Without the consent of
any Holder of a Note, the Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees or the Notes may
be amended or supplemented to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to
provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated
Notes, to provide for the assumption of the Issuers' or Subsidiary Guarantor's
obligations to Holders of the Notes in case of a merger or consolidation, to
make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the
Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under
the Indenture of any such Holder, to comply with the requirements of the
Commission in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture
under the Trust Indenture Act, to provide for the issuance of additional Notes
in accordance with the limitations set forth in the Indenture, or to allow any
Subsidiary Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture to the Indenture and/or
a Subsidiary Guarantee with respect to the Notes.
12. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. Events of Default include: (i) default
for 30 days in the payment when due of interest or Liquidated Damages on the
Notes; (ii) default in payment when due of principal of or premium, if any, on
the Notes when the same becomes due and payable at maturity, upon redemption
(including in connection with an offer to purchase) or otherwise, (iii) failure
by the Issuers to comply with Section 4.07, 4.09 or 4.14 of the Indenture; (iv)
failure by the Issuers or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries for 30 days after
notice to the Issuers by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal
amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) then outstanding voting
as a single class to comply with certain other agreements in the Indenture or
the Notes; (v) default under certain other agreements relating to Indebtedness
of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries which default results in
the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity; (vi)
certain
A-1-7
<PAGE>
final judgments for the payment of money that remain undischarged for a period
of 60 days; (vii) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the
Company or any of its Material Subsidiaries; (viii) failure by the Company or
its Subsidiaries to apply the proceeds from the Offering as set forth under the
caption "Use of Proceeds" in the Offering Memorandum relating to the Notes prior
to the 10th Business Day after the date of the Indenture; and (ix) except as
permitted by the Indenture, any Subsidiary Guarantee shall be held in any
judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason
to be in full force and effect or any Subsidiary Guarantor or any Person acting
on its behalf shall deny or disaffirm its obligations under such Subsidiary
Guarantor's Subsidiary Guarantee. If any Event of Default occurs and is
continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of
the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable;
provided that so long as any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to
the New Credit Agreement shall be outstanding, such acceleration shall not be
effective until the earlier of (i) an acceleration of any such Indebtedness
under the New Credit Agreement or (ii) five Business Days after receipt by the
Issuers of written notice of such acceleration. In the event of a declaration of
acceleration of the Notes because an Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing as a result of the acceleration of any Indebtedness described in
clause (v) above, the declaration of acceleration of the Notes shall be
automatically annulled if the holders of any Indebtedness described in clause
(v) above have rescinded the declaration of acceleration in respect of such
indebtedness within 30 days of the date of such declaration and if (a) the
annulment of the acceleration of Notes would not conflict with any judgment or
decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (b) all existing Events of
Default, except nonpayment of principal or interest on the Notes that became due
solely because of the acceleration of the Notes, have been cured or waived.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from
certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, all outstanding Notes will become
due and payable without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the
Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain
limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding
Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee
may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event
of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of
principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their
interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes
then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of
the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences
under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the
payment of interest on, or the principal of, the Notes. The Issuers are required
to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the
Indenture, and the Issuers are required upon becoming aware of any Default or
Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default
or Event of Default.
13. TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH ISSUERS. The Trustee, in its individual or
any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform
services for the Issuers or their Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the
Issuers or their Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.
14. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. A member, director, officer,
employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuers, as such, shall not have
any liability for any obligations of the Issuers under the Notes or the
Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such
A-1-8
<PAGE>
obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and
releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the
consideration for the issuance of the Notes.
15. AUTHENTICATION. This Note shall not be valid until authenticated
by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.
16. ABBREVIATIONS. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name
of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (=
tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship
and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts
to Minors Act).
17. ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES AND
RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES. In addition to the rights provided to Holders of
Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted
Definitive Notes shall have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights
Agreement dated as of April 29, 1998 by and among the Issuers and the parties
named on the signature pages thereof (the "Registration Rights Agreement").
18. CUSIP NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the
Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuers have caused
CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers
in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made
as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as
contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the
other identification numbers placed thereon.
19. SUBORDINATION. The Notes are subordinated to Senior Debt, which
is (i) all Indebtedness outstanding under the New Credit Facility, including any
Guarantees thereof and all Hedging Obligations with respect thereto, (ii) any
other Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by the Company under the terms of
the Indenture, unless the instrument under which such Indebtedness is incurred
expressly provided that it is on a parity with or subordinated in right of
payment to the Notes and (iii) all Obligations with respect to the foregoing.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Senior Debt will not
include (w) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing
by the Company, (x) any Indebtedness of the Company to any of its Subsidiaries
or other Affiliates, (y) any trade payables or (z) any Indebtedness that is
incurred in violation of this Indenture. To the extent provided in the
Indenture, Senior Debt must be paid before the Notes may be paid. The Issuers
agree and each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note consents and agrees to the
subordination provided in the Indenture and authorizes the Trustee to give it
effect.
The Issuers will furnish to any Holder upon written request and
without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreement.
Requests may be made to:
Grove Worldwide LLC
1565 Buchanan Trail East
Shady Grove, PA 17256
Attention: Keith Simmons, Esq.
A-1-9
<PAGE>
ASSIGNMENT FORM
To assign this Note, fill in the form below: (I) or (we) assign and
transfer this Note to (Insert assignee's soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
(Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code)
and irrevocably appoint ________________________________________________________
to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuers. The agent may substitute
another to act for him.
Date: _______________
Your Signature: ____________________________________________
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
Signature Guarantee: _________________________________
A-1-10
<PAGE>
OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE
If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuers
pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 of the Indenture, check the box below:
|_| Section 4.10 |_| Section 4.14
If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the
Issuers pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.14 of the Indenture, state the
amount you elect to have purchased: $________
Date: ________
Your Signature: ____________________________________________
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
Signature Guarantee: _________________________________
A-1-11
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE OF TRANSFER OR EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE(3)
The following transfers or exchanges of a part of this Global Note
for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or transfers or
exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in
this Global Note, have been made:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Principal Amount
Amount of Amount of increase of
decrease in in Principal this Global Note Signature of
Principal Amount Amount following such authorized officer
of of decrease (or of Trustee or Note
Date of Exchange this Global Note this Global Note increase) Custodian
- ---------------- ---------------- ------------------ ---------------- ------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
</TABLE>
- ----------
(3) This schedule should only be included if the Notes are issued in global
form.
A-1-12
<PAGE>
Exhibit A-2
(Face of Regulation S Temporary Global Note)
9 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008
No. ___ $____________________
CUSIP NO. U03907 AA7
Grove Worldwide LLC and Grove Capital, Inc. promise to pay to ______
_______________ or registered assigns, the principal sum of ________ Dollars on
May 1, 2008.
Interest Payment Dates: May 1 and November 1
Record Dates: April 15 and October 15
GROVE WORLDWIDE LLC
BY: _____________________________
Name:
Title:
GROVE CAPITAL, INC.
BY: _____________________________
Name:
Title:
Dated: _______________
This is one of the [Global]
Senior Subordinated Notes referred to in the
within-mentioned Indenture:
UNITED STATES TRUST COMPANY OF
NEW YORK, as Trustee
BY: _____________________________
A-2-1
<PAGE>
(Back of Regulation S Temporary Global Note)
9 1/4% Series Subordinated Notes due 2008
THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE
CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE AS
SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN). NEITHER THE HOLDER NOR THE
BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE ENTITLED
TO RECEIVE PAYMENT OF INTEREST HEREON.
UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE
FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A
NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR
ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A
SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS
CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST
COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) ("DTC"), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS
AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE
ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE
REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO
CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR
OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER
HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.
[THE SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY
ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE UNITED
STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), AND THE
SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN
THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH
PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER
MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE
SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A OR REGULATION S THEREUNDER. THE HOLDER OF
THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUERS THAT (A)
SUCH SECURITY MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (1) (a)
INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A
QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT)
IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (b) IN A TRANSACTION
MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (c) OUTSIDE THE
UNITED STATES TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF
RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (d) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL "ACCREDITED INVESTOR"
(AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AN
"INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR"), THAT PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES THE
TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING
A-2-2
<PAGE>
CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS (THE FORM OF WHICH CAN BE OBTAINED FROM
THE TRUSTEE) AND, IF SUCH TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL
AMOUNT OF SECURITIES LESS THAN $250,000, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE
COMPANY THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (e) IN
ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE
SECURITIES ACT (AND, IN THE CASE OF CLAUSE (b), (c), (d) or (e), BASED UPON AN
OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE COMPANY SO REQUESTS), (2) TO THE COMPANY OR (3)
PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE
WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY
OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT
HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER FROM IT OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED
HEREBY OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN (A) ABOVE.](1)
Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to
them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.
1. INTEREST. Grove Worldwide LLC, a Delaware limited liability
company (the "Company") and Grove Capital, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Grove
Capital" and together with the Company, the "Issuers"), promise to pay interest
on the principal amount of this Note at 9 1/4% per annum from November 1, 1998
until maturity and shall pay the Liquidated Damages payable pursuant to Section
5 of the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Issuers will pay
interest and Liquidated Damages semi-annually on May 1 and November 1 of each
year (each an "Interest Payment Date"), or if any such day is not a Business
Day, on the next succeeding Business Day. Interest on the Notes will accrue from
the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been
paid, from the date of issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default
in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record
date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment
Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date;
provided, further, that the first Interest Payment Date shall be November 1,
1998. The Issuers shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any
proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any,
from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate
then in effect; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any
proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and
Liquidated Damages (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to
time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed
on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.
Until this Regulation S Temporary Global Note is exchanged for one
or more Regulation S Permanent Global Notes, the Holder hereof shall not be
entitled to receive payments of interest hereon; until so exchanged in full,
this Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall in all other respects be entitled
to the same benefits as other Senior Subordinated Notes under the Indenture.
- ----------
(1) This paragraph should be removed upon the exchange of Notes for New Notes
in the Exchange Offer or upon the registration of the Notes pursuant to
the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement.
A-2-3
<PAGE>
2. METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Company will pay interest on the Notes
(except defaulted interest) and Liquidated Damages to the Persons who are
registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the April 15 or October
15 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are cancelled
after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as
provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest.
The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, interest and Liquidated
Damages at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose
within or without the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the
Company, payment of interest and Liquidated Damages may be made by check mailed
to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders, and
provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be
required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Liquidated
Damages on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have
provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent. Such
payment shall be made in such coin or currency of the United States of America
as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private
debts.
3. PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, United States Trust
Company of New York, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent
and Registrar. The Issuers may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without
notice to any Holder. The Issuers or any of their Subsidiaries may act in any
such capacity.
4. INDENTURE. The Issuers issued the Notes under an Indenture dated
as of April 29, 1998 ("Indenture") between the Issuers and the Trustee. The
terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of
the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15
U.S. Code ss.ss. 77aaa-77bbbb). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and
Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such
terms. The Notes are general unsecured Obligations of the Issuers limited to
$325.0 million in aggregate principal amount.
5. OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.
(a) The Issuers shall have the option to redeem the Notes, in whole
or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' notice, in cash at the
redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below
plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to the
applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning
on May 1 of the years indicated below:
Year Percentage
---- ----------
2003..................................... 104.625%
2004..................................... 103.083%
2005..................................... 101.250%
2006 and thereafter...................... 100.000 %
(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph (a) of this
Paragraph 5, at any time prior to May 1, 2001, the Issuers may (but will not
have the obligation to) on any one or more
A-2-4
<PAGE>
occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally
issued at a redemption price equal to 109.250% of the principal amount thereof,
plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to the
redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Public Equity
Offerings; provided that at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes
originally issued remain outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such
redemption (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries); and
provided, further, that such redemption shall occur within 60 days of the date
of the closing of such Public Equity Offering.
6. MANDATORY REDEMPTION.
Except as set forth in paragraph 7 below, the Issuers shall not be
required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to
the Notes.
7. REPURCHASE AT OPTION OF HOLDER.
(a) If there is a Change of Control, the Issuers shall be required
to make an offer (a "Change of Control Offer") to repurchase all or any part
(equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of each Holder's Notes at a
purchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus
accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages thereon, if any, to the date
of (the "Change of Control Payment"). Within 30 days following any Change of
Control, the Issuers shall mail a notice to each Holder setting forth the
procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture.
(b) When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $10.0
million, the Issuers will be required to make an offer to all Holders of Notes
(an "Asset Sale Offer") to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes that
may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds, at an offer price in cash in an
amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid
interest and Liquidated Damages thereon, if any, to the date of repurchase, in
accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. To the extent that
any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the
Company may use such Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by
the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes tendered into such
Asset Sale Offer surrendered by Holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess
Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata
basis. Upon completion of such offer to purchase, the amount of Excess Proceeds
shall be reset at zero.
(c) Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase
will receive a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer from the Issuers
prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by
completing the form titled "Option of Holder to Elect Purchase" appearing below.
8. NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Notice of redemption will be mailed at
least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each
Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in
denominations larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole
multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be
redeemed. On and after the redemption date interest ceases to accrue on Notes or
portions thereof called for redemption.
A-2-5
<PAGE>
9. DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered
form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of
$1,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as
provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder,
among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents
and the Issuers may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law
or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuers need not exchange or register the
transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for
the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, it need not
exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a
selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and
the corresponding Interest Payment Date.
This Regulation S Temporary Global Note is exchangeable in whole or
in part for one or more Global Notes only (i) on or after the termination of the
40-day restricted period (as defined in Regulation S) and (ii) upon presentation
of certificates (accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel, if applicable) required
by Article 2 of the Indenture. Upon exchange of this Regulation S Temporary
Global Note for one or more Global Notes, the Trustee shall cancel this
Regulation S Temporary Global Note.
10. PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be
treated as its owner for all purposes.
11. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. Subject to certain exceptions,
the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of
the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding
Notes and additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class, and any existing
default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be
waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the
then outstanding Notes and additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class.
Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Indenture or the Notes may be
amended or supplemented to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to
provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated
Notes, to provide for the assumption of the Issuers' obligations to Holders of
the Notes in case of a merger or consolidation, to make any change that would
provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that
does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such
Holder, to comply with the requirements of the Commission in order to effect or
maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, or to
provide for the issuance of additional Notes in accordance with the limitations
set forth in the Indenture.
12. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. Events of Default include: (i) default
for 30 days in the payment when due of interest or Liquidated Damages on the
Notes; (ii) default in payment when due of principal of or premium, if any, on
the Notes when the same becomes due and payable at maturity, upon redemption
(including in connection with an offer to purchase) or otherwise, (iii) failure
by the Issuers to comply with Section 4.07, 4.09 or 4.14 of the Indenture; (iv)
failure by the Issuers or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries for 30 days after
notice to the Issuers by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal
amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) then outstanding voting
as a single class to comply with certain other agreements in the Indenture or
the Notes; (v) default under certain other agreements relating to Indebtedness
of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries which default results in
the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity; (vi)
certain final judgments for the payment of money that remain undischarged for a
period of 60 days; (vii) certain events of
A-2-6
<PAGE>
bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company or any of its Material
Subsidiaries; (viii) failure by the Company or its Subsidiaries to apply the
proceeds from the Offering as set forth under the caption "Use of Proceeds" in
the Offering Memorandum relating to the Notes prior to the 10th Business Day
after the date of the Indenture; and (ix) except as permitted by the Indenture,
any Subsidiary Guarantee shall be held in any judicial proceeding to be
unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason to be in full force and
effect or any Subsidiary Guarantor or any Person acting on its behalf shall deny
or disaffirm its obligations under such Subsidiary Guarantor's Subsidiary
Guarantee. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the
Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may
declare all the Notes to be due and payable; provided that so long as any
Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to the New Credit Agreement shall
be outstanding, such acceleration shall not be effective until the earlier of
(i) an acceleration of any such Indebtedness under the New Credit Agreement or
(ii) five Business Days after receipt by the Issuers of written notice of such
acceleration. In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes because
an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing as a result of the
acceleration of any Indebtedness described in clause (v) above, the declaration
of acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically annulled if the holders of
any Indebtedness described in clause (v) above have rescinded the declaration of
acceleration in respect of such indebtedness within 30 days of the date of such
declaration and if (a) the annulment of the acceleration of Notes would not
conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and
(b) all existing Events of Default, except nonpayment of principal or interest
on the Notes that became due solely because of the acceleration of the Notes,
have been cured or waived. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an
Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, all
outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice.
Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the
Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal
amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of
any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of
any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default
relating to the payment of principal or interest) if it determines that
withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on
behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of
Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or
Event of Default in the payment of interest on, or the principal of, the Notes.
The Issuers are required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement
regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Issuers are required upon
becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a
statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.
13. TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH ISSUERS. The Trustee, in its individual or
any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform
services for the Issuers or their Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the
Issuers or their Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.
14. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. A member, director, officer,
employee, incorporator or stockholder, of the Issuers or any of the Subsidiary
Guarantors, as such, shall not have any liability for any obligations of the
Issuers or such Subsidiary Guarantor under the Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees
or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such
obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and
releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the
consideration for the issuance of the Notes.
A-2-7
<PAGE>
15. AUTHENTICATION. This Note shall not be valid until authenticated
by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.
16. ABBREVIATIONS. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name
of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (=
tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship
and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts
to Minors Act).
17. ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES AND
RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES. In addition to the rights provided to Holders of
Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted
Definitive Notes shall have all the rights set forth in Registration Rights
Agreement dated as of April 29, 1998, between the Issuers and the parties named
on the signature pages thereof or, in the case of additional notes, Holders of
Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes shall have the rights
set forth in one or more registration rights agreements, if any, between the
Issuers and the other parties thereto, relating to rights given by the Issuers
to the purchasers of any additional Notes (collectively, the "Registration
Rights Agreement").
18. CUSIP NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the
Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuers have caused
CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers
in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made
as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as
contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the
other identification numbers placed thereon.
19. SUBORDINATION. The Notes are subordinated to Senior Debt, which
is (i) all Indebtedness outstanding under the New Credit Facility, including any
Guarantees thereof and all Hedging Obligations with respect thereto, (ii) any
other Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by the Company under the terms of
this Indenture, unless the instrument under which such Indebtedness is incurred
expressly provided that it is on a parity with or subordinated in right of
payment to the Notes and (iii) all Obligations with respect to the foregoing.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Senior Debt will not
include (w) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing
by the Company, (x) any Indebtedness of the Company to any of its Subsidiaries
or other Affiliates, (y) any trade payables or (z) any Indebtedness that is
incurred in violation of the Indenture. To the extent provided in the Indenture,
Senior Debt must be paid before the Notes may be paid. The Issuers agree and
each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note consents and agrees to the
subordination provided in the Indenture and authorizes the Trustee to give it
effect.
The Issuers will furnish to any Holder upon written request and
without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreement.
Requests may be made to:
Grove Worldwide LLC
1565 Buchanan Trail East
Shady Grove, PA 17256
Attention: Keith Simmons, Esq.
A-2-8
<PAGE>
OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE
If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuers
pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box
below:
|_| Section 4.10 |_| Section 4.14
If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the
Issuers pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.14 of the Indenture, state the
amount you elect to have purchased: $___________
Date: _______________ Your Signature:______________________________
(Sign exactly as your name
appears on the Note)
Tax Identification No.:______________________
Signature Guarantee:_______________________
A-2-9
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE OF TRANSFERS OR EXCHANGES OF REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE
The following transfers or exchanges of a part of this Regulation S
Temporary Global Note for an interest in another Global Note, or of other
Restricted Global Notes for an interest in this Regulation S Temporary Global
Note, have been made:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Principal Amount
Amount of Amount of increase of
decrease in in Principal this Global Note Signature of
Principal Amount Amount following such authorized officer
of of decrease (or of Trustee or Note
Date of Exchange this Global Note this Global Note increase) Custodian
- ---------------- ---------------- ------------------ ---------------- ------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
</TABLE>
A-2-10
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT B
FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
Grove Worldwide LLC
1565 Buchanan Trail East
P.O. Box 21
Shady Grove, PA 17256
United States Trust Company of New York
114 West 47th Street, 25th Floor
New York, New York 10036-1532
Re: 9 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008
Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of April 29,
1998 (the "Indenture"), between Grove Worldwide LLC, a Delaware limited
liability company (the "Company"), Grove Capital, Inc., a Delaware corporation
("Grove Capital" and, together with the Company, the "Issuers"), Crane
Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation, Crane Holding Inc., a Delaware
corporation, National Crane Corp., a Delaware corporation, Grove Finance LLC, a
Delaware limited liability company, Grove U.S. LLC, a Delaware limited liability
company (collectively, the "Subsidiary Guarantors"), and United States Trust
Company of New York, as trustee (the "Trustee"). Capitalized terms used but not
defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.
______________, (the "Transferor") owns and proposes to transfer the
Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the
principal amount of $___________ in such Note[s] or interests (the "Transfer"),
to __________ (the "Transferee"), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In
connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:
[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]
1. |_| Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the
144A Global Note or a Definitive Note Pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is
being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United
States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), and,
accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial
interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor
reasonably believed and believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or
Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to
which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each
such account is a "qualified institutional buyer" within the meaning of Rule
144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is
in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the
United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the
terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note
will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private
Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and
in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
B-1
<PAGE>
2. |_| Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in [the
Temporary Regulation S Global Note, the Regulation S Global Note or a Definitive
Note pursuant to Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in
accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly,
the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made
to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was
originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and
any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the
Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in,
on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and
neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the
transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed
selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule
903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act and/, (iii) the
transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration
requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being
made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being
made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than
an Initial Purchaser)Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance
with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or
Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in
the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note , the
Temporary Regulation S Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the
Indenture and the Securities Act.
3. |_| Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial
interest in the IAI Global Note or a Definitive Note pursuant to any provision
of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S. The Transfer is
being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to
beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes
and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable
blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the
Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):
(a) |_| such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with
Rule 144 under the Securities Act;
or
(b) |_| such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a subsidiary
thereof;
or
(c) |_| such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the
prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act;
or
(d) |_| such Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited
Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the
Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144 or Rule 904, and the Transferor
hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in any general solicitation
within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer
complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a
Restricted Global Note or Restricted
B-2
<PAGE>
Definitive Notes and the requirements of the exemption claimed, which
certification is supported by (1) a certificate executed by the Transferee in
the form of Exhibit D to the Indenture and (2) if such Transfer is in respect of
a principal amount of Notes at the time of transfer of less than $250,000, an
Opinion of Counsel provided by the Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of which
the Transferor has attached to this certification), to the effect that such
Transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the
proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred
beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on
transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the IAI Global
Note and/or the Definitive Notes and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
4. |_| Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note.
(a) |_| Check if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144. (i) The Transfer is
being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities
Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture
and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States
and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private
Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the
Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with
the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive
Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the
Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted
Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.
(b) |_| Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S. (i) The Transfer is
being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the
Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the
Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United
States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the
Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with
the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance
with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or
Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer
enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global
Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.
(c) |_| Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption. (i) The Transfer
is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or
Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the
Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United
States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the
Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with
the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance
with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or
Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated
in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or
Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.
B-3
<PAGE>
This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for
your benefit and the benefit of the Issuers.
_________________________________________
[Insert Name of Transferor]
By:_____________________________________
Name:
Title:
Dated: ___________, 1998
B-4
<PAGE>
ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
1. The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:
[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]
(a) |_| a beneficial interest in the:
(i) |_| 144A Global Note (CUSIP ________), or
(ii) |_| Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP ________), or
(iii) |_| IAI Global Note (CUSIP ________); or
(b) |_| a Restricted Definitive Note.
2. After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:
[CHECK ONE]
(a) |_| a beneficial interest in the:
(i) |_| 144A Global Note (CUSIP _________), or
(ii) |_| Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP ________), or
(iii) |_| IAI Global Note (CUSIP __________); or
(iv) |_| Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP _________); or
(b) |_| a Restricted Definitive Note; or
(c) |_| an Unrestricted Definitive Note,
in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.
B-5
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT C
FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
Grove Worldwide LLC
1565 Buchanan Trail East
P.O. Box 21
Shady Grove, PA 17256
United States Trust Company of New York
114 West 47th Street, 25th Floor
New York, New York 10036-1532
Re: 9 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008
(CUSIP 399626 AA8)
Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of April 29,
1998 (the "Indenture"), between Grove Worldwide LLC, a Delaware limited
liability company (the "Company"), Grove Capital, Inc., a Delaware corporation
("Grove Capital" and, together with the Company, the "Issuers"), Crane
Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation, Crane Holding Inc., a Delaware
corporation, National Crane Corp., a Delaware corporation, Grove Finance LLC, a
Delaware limited liability company, Grove U.S. LLC, a Delaware limited liability
company (collectively, the "Subsidiary Guarantors"), and United States Trust
Company of New York, as trustee (the "Trustee"). Capitalized terms used but not
defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.
____________, (the "Owner") owns and proposes to exchange the
Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of
$____________ in such Note[s] or interests (the "Exchange"). In connection with
the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:
1. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a
Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests
in an Unrestricted Global Note
(a) |_| Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In
connection with the Exchange of the Owner's beneficial interest in a Restricted
Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal
principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is
being acquired for the Owner's own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange
has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the
Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), (iii) the restrictions on
transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not
required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in
compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the
United States.
(b) |_| Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the
Exchange of the Owner's beneficial
C-1
<PAGE>
interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the
Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner's
own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance
with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and
pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on
transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not
required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the
Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky
securities laws of any state of the United States.
(c) |_| Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the
Owner's Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest
is being acquired for the Owner's own account without transfer, (ii) such
Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions
applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with
the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the
Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain
compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being
acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state
of the United States.
(d) |_| Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to
Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Owner's Exchange of a
Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby
certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner's
own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance
with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and
pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on
transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not
required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the
Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable
blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
2. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted
Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in
Restricted Global Notes
(a) |_| Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note to Restricted Definitive Note. In connection with the
Exchange of the Owner's beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a
Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby
certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner's
own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in
accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note
issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in
the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in
the Indenture and the Securities Act.
(b) |_| Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to
beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange
of the Owner's Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the
[CHECK ONE] |_| 144A Global Note, |_| Regulation S Global Note, |_| IAI Global
Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the
beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner's own account without
transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the
transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes
C-2
<PAGE>
and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance
with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on
transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant
Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
C-3
<PAGE>
This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for
your benefit and the benefit of the Issuers.
_________________________________________
[Insert Name of Owner]
By:_____________________________________
Name:
Title:
Dated: ___________, 1998
C-4
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT D
FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM
ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR
Grove Worldwide LLC
1565 Buchanan Trail East
P.O. Box 21
Shady Grove, PA 17256
United States Trust Company of New York
114 West 47th Street, 25th Floor
New York, New York 10036-1532
Re: 9 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008
Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of April 29,
1998 (the "Indenture"), between Grove Worldwide LLC, a Delaware limited
liability company (the "Company"), Grove Capital, Inc., a Delaware corporation
("Grove Capital" and, together with the Company, the "Issuers"), Crane
Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation, Crane Holding Inc., a Delaware
corporation, National Crane Corp., a Delaware corporation, Grove Finance LLC, a
Delaware limited liability company, Grove U.S. LLC, a Delaware limited liability
company (collectively, the "Subsidiary Guarantors"), and United States Trust
Company of New York, as trustee (the "Trustee"). Capitalized terms used but not
defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.
In connection with our proposed purchase of $____________ aggregate
principal amount of:
(a) |_| a beneficial interest in a Global Note, or
(b) |_| a Definitive Note,
we confirm that:
1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any
interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in
the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell,
pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes or any interest therein except in
compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the United States
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act").
2. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been
registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes and any interest therein
may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We
agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting
as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any interest therein,
we will do so only (A) to the Issuers or any subsidiary thereof, (B) in
accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a "qualified institutional
buyer" (as defined therein), (c) to an institutional "accredited investor" (as
defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its
behalf by a
D-1
<PAGE>
U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the Issuers a signed letter substantially in
the form of this letter and , if such transfer is in respect of a principal
amount of Notes, at the time of transfer of less than $250,000, an Opinion of
Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such
transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, (D) outside the United States
in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E)
pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act or (F)
pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we
further agree to provide to any person purchasing the Definitive Note or
beneficial interest in a Global Note from us in a transaction meeting the
requirements of clauses (A) through (E) of this paragraph a notice advising such
purchaser that resales thereof are restricted as stated herein.
3. We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or
beneficial interest therein, we will be required to furnish to you and the
Company such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the
Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with
the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us
will bear a legend to the foregoing effect. We further understand that any
subsequent transfer by us of the Notes or beneficial interest therein acquired
by us must be effected through one of the Placement Agents.
4. We are an institutional "accredited investor" (as defined in Rule
501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have
such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable
of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and
any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of
our or its investment.
5. We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein
purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which
is an institutional "accredited investor") as to each of which we exercise sole
investment discretion.
You and the Issuers are entitled to rely upon this letter and are
irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested
party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with
respect to the matters covered hereby.
_________________________________________
[Insert Name of Accredited Investor]
By:_____________________________________
Name:
Title:
Dated: ___________, ____
D-2
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT E
FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE
For value received, each Subsidiary Guarantor (which term includes
any successor Person under the Indenture) has, jointly and severally,
unconditionally guaranteed, to the extent set forth in the Indenture and subject
to the provisions in the Indenture dated as of April 29, 1998 (the "Indenture")
among Grove Worldwide LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the "Company")
and Grove Capital, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Grove Capital" and together
with the Company, the "Issuers") the Subsidiary Guarantors listed on Schedule I
thereto and United States Trust Company of New York, as trustee (the "Trustee"),
(a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, Liquidated
Damages, if any, and interest on the Notes (as defined in the Indenture),
whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, the due and
punctual payment of interest on overdue principal and premium, and, to the
extent permitted by law, interest, and the due and punctual performance of all
other obligations of the Issuers to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance
with the terms of the Indenture and (b) in case of any extension of time of
payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same
will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms
of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or
otherwise. The obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors to the Holders of Notes
and to the Trustee pursuant to the Subsidiary Guarantee and the Indenture are
expressly set forth in Article 11 of the Indenture and reference is hereby made
to the Indenture for the precise terms of the Subsidiary Guarantee. Each Holder
of a Note, by accepting the same, (a) agrees to and shall be bound by such
provisions, (b) authorizes and directs the Trustee, on behalf of such Holder, to
take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the
subordination as provided in the Indenture and (c) appoints the Trustee
attorney-in-fact of such Holder for such purpose; provided, however, that the
Indebtedness evidenced by this Subsidiary Guarantee shall cease to be so
subordinated and subject in right of payment upon any defeasance of this Note in
accordance with the provisions of the Indenture.
CRANE ACQUISITION CORP.
By: ________________________________________
Name:
Title:
CRANE HOLDING INC.
By: ________________________________________
Name:
Title:
[Additional signatures on following page]
E-1
<PAGE>
CRANE ACQUISITION CORP.
By: ________________________________________
Name:
Title:
NATIONAL CRANE CORP.
By: ________________________________________
Name:
Title:
GROVE FINANCE LLC
By: ________________________________________
Name:
Title:
GROVE U.S. LLC
By: ________________________________________
Name:
Title:
E-2
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT F
FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this "Supplemental Indenture"), dated as of
________________, among __________________ (the "Guaranteeing Subsidiary"), a
subsidiary of [INSERT NAME OF ISSUER] (or its permitted successor), a [Delaware]
corporation (the "Company"), the Company, the other Guarantors (as defined in
the Indenture referred to herein) and [INSERT NAME OF TRUSTEE], as trustee under
the indenture referred to below (the "Trustee").
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the
Trustee an indenture (the "Indenture"), dated as of April 29, 1998 providing for
the issuance of an aggregate principal amount of up to $325.0 million of 9 1/4%
Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 (the "Notes");
WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the
Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental
indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally
guarantee all of the Company's Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on
the terms and conditions set forth herein (the "Subsidiary Guarantee"); and
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is
authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good
and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the
Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the
equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:
1. CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without
definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
2. AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees
as follows:
(a) Along with all Guarantors named in the Indenture, to jointly
and severally Guarantee to each Holder of a Note authenticated
and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its
successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and
enforceability of the Indenture, the Notes or the obligations
of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that:
(i) the principal of and interest on the Notes will be
promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by
acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on
the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if
any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company
to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder
will be promptly paid in
F-1
<PAGE>
full or performed, all in accordance with the terms
hereof and thereof; and
(ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal
of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same
will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in
accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal,
whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or
otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so
guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever
reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally
obligated to pay the same immediately.
(b) The obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective
of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or
the Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same,
any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect
to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any
judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same
or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a
legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor.
(c) The following is hereby waived: diligence presentment, demand
of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of
insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuers, any right to require
a proceeding first against the Issuers, protest, notice and
all demands whatsoever.
(d) This Subsidiary Guarantee shall not be discharged except by
complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes
and the Indenture.
(e) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or
otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors, or any
Custodian, Trustee, liquidator or other similar official
acting in relation to either the Company or the Guarantors,
any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, this
Subsidiary Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged,
shall be reinstated in full force and effect.
(f) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to any right
of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any
obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all
obligations guaranteed hereby.
(g) As between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders
and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the
obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided
in Article 6 of the Indenture for the purposes of this
Subsidiary Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or
other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of
the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any
declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in
Article 6 of the Indenture, such obligations (whether or not
due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the
Guarantors for the purpose of this Subsidiary Guarantee.
F-2
<PAGE>
(h) The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from
any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right
does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Guarantee.
(i) Pursuant to Section 11.02 of the Indenture, after giving
effect to any maximum amount and any other contingent and
fixed liabilities that are relevant under any applicable
Bankruptcy or fraudulent conveyance laws, and after giving
effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution
from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Subsidiary
Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other
Subsidiary Guarantor under Article 11 of the Indenture, the
obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary
Guarantee shall not constitute a fraudulent transfer or
conveyance.
3 EXECUTION AND DELIVERY. Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that
the Subsidiary Guarantees shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding
any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Subsidiary Guarantee.
4. GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY MAY CONSOLIDATE, ETC. ON CERTAIN TERMS.
(a) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary may not consolidate with or merge
with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving
Person) another corporation, Person or entity whether or not
affiliated with such Guarantor unless:
(i) subject to Section 11.05 of the Indenture, the Person
formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger
(if other than a Guarantor or the Company)
unconditionally assumes all the obligations of such
Guarantor, pursuant to a supplemental indenture in form
and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee,
under the Notes, the Indenture and the Subsidiary
Guarantee on the terms set forth herein or therein; and
(ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no
Default or Event of Default exists.
(b) In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance
and upon the assumption by the successor corporation, by
supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee
and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Subsidiary
Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual
performance of all of the covenants and conditions of the
Indenture to be performed by the Guarantor, such successor
corporation shall succeed to and be substituted for the
Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein
as a Guarantor. Such successor corporation thereupon may cause
to be signed any or all of the Subsidiary Guarantees to be
endorsed upon all of the Notes issuable hereunder which
theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and
delivered to the Trustee. All the Subsidiary Guarantees so
issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and
benefit under the Indenture as the Subsidiary Guarantees
theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the
F-3
<PAGE>
terms of the Indenture as though all of such Subsidiary
Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution
hereof.
(c) Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 of the Indenture, and
notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above, nothing contained
in the Indenture or in any of the Notes shall prevent any
consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the
Company or another Guarantor, or shall prevent any sale or
conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or
substantially as an entirety to the Company or another
Guarantor.
5. RELEASES.
(a) In the event of a sale or other disposition of all of the
assets of any Guarantor, by way of merger, consolidation or
otherwise, or a sale or other disposition of all to the
capital stock of any Guarantor, then such Guarantor (in the
event of a sale or other disposition, by way of merger,
consolidation or otherwise, of all of the capital stock of
such Guarantor) or the corporation acquiring the property (in
the event of a sale or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the assets of such Guarantor) will be
released and relieved of any obligations under its Subsidiary
Guarantee; provided that the Net Proceeds of such sale or
other disposition are applied in accordance with the
applicable provisions of the Indenture, including without
limitation Section 4.10 of the Indenture. Upon delivery by the
Company to the Trustee of an Officers' Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such sale or other
disposition was made by the Company in accordance with the
provisions of the Indenture, including without limitation
Section 4.10 of the Indenture, the Trustee shall execute any
documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release
of any Guarantor from its obligations under its Subsidiary
Guarantee.
(b) Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its
Subsidiary Guarantee shall remain liable for the full amount
of principal of and interest on the Notes and for the other
obligations of any Guarantor under the Indenture as provided
in Article 10 of the Indenture.
6. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No past, present or future director,
officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder, member or agent of the
Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations
of the Company or any Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Notes, any Subsidiary
Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based
on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each
Holder of the Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability.
The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.
Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal
securities laws and it is the view of the Commission that such a waiver is
against public policy.
7. NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL
GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE BUT WITHOUT GIVING
EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO
F-4
<PAGE>
THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE
REQUIRED THEREBY.
8. COUNTERPARTS The parties may sign any number of copies of this
Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them
together represent the same agreement.
9. EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience
only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
10. THE TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner
whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental
Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which
recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Company.
F-5
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental
Indenture to be duly executed and attested, all as of the date first above
written.
Dated: _______________, ____
[Guaranteeing Subsidiary]
By: _____________________________________
Name:
Title:
[COMPANY]
By: _____________________________________
Name:
Title:
[EXISTING SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS]
By: _____________________________________
Name:
Title:
[TRUSTEE]
as Trustee
By: _____________________________________
Name:
Title:
<PAGE>
Schedule I
SCHEDULE OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS
The following schedule lists each Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture as of
the Issue Date:
CRANE ACQUISITION CORP.
CRANE HOLDING INC.
NATIONAL CRANE CORP.
GROVE FINANCE LLC
GROVE U.S. LLC
<PAGE>
Exhibit 4.4
EXECUTION COPY
================================================================================
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
Dated as of April 29, 1998
by and among
Grove Worldwide LLC
Grove Capital, Inc.
and the
Subsidiary Guarantors listed herein
and
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette
Securities Corporation
Chase Securities Inc.
BancBoston Securities Inc.
================================================================================
<PAGE>
This Registration Rights Agreement (this "Agreement") is made and entered
into as of April 28, 1998 by and among Grove Worldwide LLC, a Delaware limited
liability Company (the "Company"), Grove Capital, Inc. a Delaware corporation
("Grove Capital" and, together with the Company, the "Issuers"), Crane
Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation, Crane Holding, Inc., a Delaware
corporation, National Crane Corp., a Delaware corporation, Grove Finance LLC, a
Delaware limited liability company corporation and Grove U.S. LLC, a Delaware
limited liability company (the "Subsidiary Guarantors"), and Donaldson, Lufkin &
Jenrette Securities Corporation ("DLJ"), Chase Securities Inc. ("Chase
Securities") and BancBoston Securities Inc. ("BancBoston", together with DLJ and
Chase Securities, each an "Initial Purchaser" and, collectively, the "Initial
Purchasers"), each of whom has agreed to purchase the Issuers' 9 1/4% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2008 (the "Senior Subordinated Notes") pursuant to the
Purchase Agreement (as defined below).
This Agreement is made pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, dated April 22,
1998 (the "Purchase Agreement"), by and among the Issuers, the Subsidiary
Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers. In order to induce the Initial Purchasers
to purchase the Senior Subordinated Notes, the Issuers have agreed to provide
the registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The execution and delivery
of this Agreement is a condition to the obligations of the Initial Purchasers
set forth in the Purchase Agreement. Capitalized terms used herein and not
otherwise defined shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Indenture,
dated April 29, 1998, between the Issuers and United States Trust Company of New
York, as Trustee, relating to the Senior Subordinated Notes and the New Senior
Subordinated Notes (the "Indenture").
The parties hereby agree as follows:
SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS
As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the
following meanings:
Act: The Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Affiliate: As defined in Rule 144 of the Act.
Broker-Dealer: Any broker or dealer registered under the Exchange Act.
Certificated Securities: Definitive Notes, as defined in the Indenture.
Closing Date: The date hereof.
Commission: The Securities and Exchange Commission.
Consummate: An Exchange Offer shall be deemed "Consummated" for purposes
of this Agreement upon the occurrence of (a) the filing and effectiveness under
the Act of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement relating to the New Senior
Subordinated Notes to be issued in the Exchange Offer, (b) the maintenance of
such Exchange Offer Registration Statement
1
<PAGE>
continuously effective and the keeping of the Exchange Offer open for a period
not less than the period required pursuant to Section 3(b) hereof and (c) the
delivery by the Issuers to the Registrar under the Indenture of New Senior
Subordinated Notes in the same aggregate principal amount as the aggregate
principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes validly tendered by Holders
thereof pursuant to the Exchange Offer.
Consummation Deadline: As defined in Section 3(b) hereof.
Effectiveness Deadline: As defined in Section 3(a) and 4(a) hereof.
Exchange Act: The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Exchange Offer: The exchange and issuance by the Issuers of a principal
amount of New Senior Subordinated Notes (which shall be registered pursuant to
the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) equal to the outstanding principal
amount of Senior Subordinated Notes that are validly tendered by such Holders in
connection with such exchange and issuance.
Exchange Offer Registration Statement: The Registration Statement relating
to the Exchange Offer, including the related Prospectus.
Exempt Resales: The transactions in which the Initial Purchasers propose
to sell the Senior Subordinated Notes (i) to certain "qualified institutional
buyers," as such term is defined in Rule 144A under the Act and (ii) in offshore
transactions pursuant to Regulation S under the Act.
Filing Deadline: As defined in Sections 3(a) and 4(a) hereof.
Holders: As defined in Section 2 hereof.
Prospectus: The prospectus included in a Registration Statement at the
time such Registration Statement is declared effective, as amended or
supplemented by any prospectus supplement and by all other amendments thereto,
including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference
into such Prospectus.
Recommencement Date: As defined in Section 6(d) hereof.
Registration Default: As defined in Section 5 hereof.
Registration Statement: Any registration statement of the Issuers and the
Subsidiary Guarantors relating to (a) an offering of New Senior Subordinated
Notes pursuant to an Exchange Offer or (b) the registration for resale of
Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, in
each case, (i) that is filed pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and
(ii) including the Prospectus included therein, all amendments and supplements
thereto (including post-effective amendments) and all exhibits and material
incorporated by reference therein.
Regulation S: Regulation S promulgated under the Act.
2
<PAGE>
Rule 144: Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.
New Senior Subordinated Notes: The Issuers' 9 1/4% new Senior Subordinated
Notes due 2008 to be issued pursuant to the Indenture: (i) in the Exchange Offer
or (ii) as contemplated by Section 4 hereof.
Shelf Registration Statement: As defined in Section 4 hereof.
Suspension Notice: As defined in Section 6(d) hereof.
TIA: The Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, (15 U.S.C. Section
77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture.
Transfer Restricted Securities: Each Senior Subordinated Note, until the
earliest to occur of (a) the date on which such Senior Subordinated Note is
exchanged in the Exchange Offer for a New Senior Subordinated Note which is
entitled to be resold to the public by the Holder thereof without complying with
the prospectus delivery requirements of the Act, (b) the date on which such
Senior Subordinated Note has been disposed of in accordance with a Shelf
Registration Statement (and the purchasers thereof have been issued New Senior
Subordinated Notes), or (c) the date on which such Senior Subordinated Note is
distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Act or is saleable
pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the Act and each New Senior Subordinated Note
until the date on which such New Senior Subordinated Note is disposed of by a
Broker-Dealer pursuant to the "Plan of Distribution" contemplated by the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement (including the delivery of the Prospectus
contained therein).
SECTION 2. HOLDERS
A Person is deemed to be a holder of Transfer Restricted Securities (each,
a "Holder") whenever such Person owns Transfer Restricted Securities.
SECTION 3. REGISTERED EXCHANGE OFFER
(a) Unless the Exchange Offer shall not be permitted by applicable federal
law (after the procedures set forth in Section 6(a)(i) below have been complied
with), the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall (i) cause the Exchange
Offer Registration Statement to be filed with the Commission as soon as
practicable after the Closing Date, but in no event later than 60 days after the
Closing Date (such 60th day being the "Filing Deadline"), (ii) use their
reasonable best efforts to cause such Exchange Offer Registration Statement to
become effective at the earliest possible time, but in no event later than 180
days after the Closing Date (such 180th day being the "Effectiveness Deadline"),
(iii) in connection with the foregoing, (A) file all pre-effective amendments to
such Exchange Offer Registration Statement as may be necessary in order to cause
it to become effective, (B) file, if applicable, a post-effective amendment to
such Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 430A under the Act
and (C) cause all necessary filings, if any, in connection with the registration
and qualification of the New Senior Subordinated Notes to be made under the Blue
Sky laws of such jurisdictions as are necessary to permit Consummation of
3
<PAGE>
the Exchange Offer, and (iv) upon the effectiveness of such Exchange Offer
Registration Statement, commence and Consummate the Exchange Offer. The Exchange
Offer shall be on the appropriate form permitting (i) registration of the New
Senior Subordinated Notes to be offered in exchange for the Senior Subordinated
Notes that are Transfer Restricted Securities and (ii) resales of New Senior
Subordinated Notes by Broker-Dealers that tendered into the Exchange Offer
Senior Subordinated Notes that such Broker-Dealer acquired for its own account
as a result of market making activities or other trading activities (other than
Senior Subordinated Notes acquired directly from the Issuers or any of its
Affiliates) as contemplated by Section 3(c) below.
(b) The Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall use their respective
reasonable best efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be
effective continuously, and shall keep the Exchange Offer open for a period of
not less than the minimum period required under applicable federal and state
securities laws to Consummate the Exchange Offer; provided, however, that in no
event shall such period be less than 20 Business Days. The Issuers and the
Subsidiary Guarantors shall cause the Exchange Offer to comply with all
applicable federal and state securities laws. No securities other than the New
Senior Subordinated Notes shall be included in the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement. The Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall use their respective
reasonable best efforts to cause the Exchange Offer to be Consummated on the
earliest practicable date after the Exchange Offer Registration Statement has
become effective, but in no event later than 30 business days thereafter (such
30th day being the "Consummation Deadline").
(c) The Issuers shall include a "Plan of Distribution" section in the
Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and indicate
therein that any (i) Broker-Dealer who holds Transfer Restricted Securities that
were acquired for the account of such Broker-Dealer as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities (other than Senior Subordinated Notes
acquired directly from the Issuers or any Affiliate of the Issuers) may exchange
such Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer, and (ii)
such Broker-Dealer may be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of
the Act and must, therefore, deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of
the Act in connection with its initial sale of any New Senior Subordinated Notes
received by such Broker-Dealer in the Exchange Offer, which prospectus delivery
requirement may be satisfied by delivery of the Prospectus contained in the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement. Such "Plan of Distribution" section shall
also contain all other information with respect to such sales by such
Broker-Dealers that the Commission may require in order to permit such sales
pursuant thereto, but such "Plan of Distribution" section shall not name any
such Broker-Dealer or disclose the amount of Transfer Restricted Securities held
by any such Broker-Dealer, except to the extent required by law or by the
Commission as a result of a change in the Commission's policy, rules or
regulations after the date of this Agreement. See the Shearman & Sterling
no-action letter (available July 2, 1993).
To the extent necessary to ensure that the prospectus contained in the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement is available for sales of New Senior
Subordinated Notes by such Broker-Dealers, the Issuers and the Subsidiary
Guarantors agree to use their respective reasonable best efforts to keep the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented,
amended and current as required by and subject to the provisions of Section 6(a)
and (c) hereof and in conformity with the requirements of this Agreement, the
Act and the policies, rules and
4
<PAGE>
regulations of the Commission as announced from time to time, for a period of
one year from the Consummation Deadline or such shorter period as will terminate
when all Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration Statement
have been sold pursuant thereto. The Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall
provide sufficient copies of the latest version of such Prospectus to such
Broker-Dealers, promptly upon request, and in no event later than one business
day after such request, at any time during such period in order to facilitate
such resales.
SECTION 4. SHELF REGISTRATION
(a) Shelf Registration. If (i) the Exchange Offer is not permitted by
applicable law (after the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors have complied
with the procedures set forth in Section 6(a)(i) below) or (ii) if any Holder of
Transfer Restricted Securities shall notify the Issuers within 20 Business Days
following the Consummation Deadline that (A) such Holder was prohibited by law
or Commission policy from participating in the Exchange Offer or (B) such Holder
may not resell the New Senior Subordinated Notes acquired by it in the Exchange
Offer to the public without delivering a prospectus and the Prospectus contained
in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not appropriate or available for
such resales by such Holder or (C) such Holder is a Broker-Dealer and holds
Senior Subordinated Notes acquired directly from the Issuers or any of its
Affiliates, then the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall:
(x) cause to be filed, on or prior to 60 days after the earlier of (i) the
date on which the Issuers determine that the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement cannot be filed as a result of clause (a)(i) above and (ii) the date
on which the Issuers receives the notice specified in clause (a)(ii) above,
(such earlier date, the "Filing Deadline"), a shelf registration statement
pursuant to Rule 415 under the Act (which may be an amendment to the Exchange
Offer Registration Statement (the "Shelf Registration Statement")), relating to
all Transfer Restricted Securities, and
(y) shall use their respective reasonable best efforts to cause such Shelf
Registration Statement to become effective on or prior to 120 days after the
Filing Deadline for the Shelf Registration Statement (such 120th day the
"Effectiveness Deadline").
If, after the Issuers have filed an Exchange Offer Registration Statement
that satisfies the requirements of Section 3(a) above, the Issuers are required
to file and make effective a Shelf Registration Statement solely because the
Exchange Offer is not permitted under applicable federal law (i.e., clause
(a)(i) above), then the filing of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement
shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of clause (x) above; provided that,
in such event, the Issuers shall remain obligated to meet the Effectiveness
Deadline set forth in clause (y).
To the extent necessary to ensure that the Shelf Registration Statement is
available for sales of Transfer Restricted Securities by the Holders thereof
entitled to the benefit of this Section 4(a) and the other securities required
to be registered therein pursuant to Section 6(b)(ii) hereof, the Issuers and
the Subsidiary Guarantors shall use their respective reasonable best efforts to
keep any Shelf Registration Statement required by this Section 4(a) continuously
effective, supplemented, amended and current as required by and subject to the
provisions of Sections 6(b) and (c) hereof and in conformity in all material
respects with the requirements of this Agreement, the Act and the policies,
rules and regulations of the Commission as announced from time to time, in order
to
5
<PAGE>
permit the prospectus included therein to be lawfully delivered by the Holders
of the Transfer Restricted Securities, until the expiration of the period
referred to in Rule 144(k) under the Act after the Closing Date expires, or such
shorter period as will terminate when all Transfer Restricted Securities covered
by such Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant thereto.
(b) Provision by Holders of Certain Information in Connection with the
Shelf Registration Statement. No Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities may
include any of its Transfer Restricted Securities in any Shelf Registration
Statement pursuant to this Agreement unless and until such Holder furnishes to
the Issuers in writing, within 20 days after receipt of a request therefor, the
information specified in Item 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K, as applicable, of
the Act and any other applicable rules, regulations or policies of the
Commission for use in connection with any Shelf Registration Statement or
Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus included therein. No Holder of Transfer
Restricted Securities shall be entitled to liquidated damages pursuant to
Section 5 hereof unless and until such Holder shall have provided all such
information. Each selling Holder agrees to promptly furnish additional
information required to be disclosed in order to make the information previously
furnished to the Issuers by such Holder not materially misleading.
SECTION 5. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
If (i) any Registration Statement required by this Agreement is not filed
with the Commission on or prior to the applicable Filing Deadline, (ii) any such
Registration Statement has not been declared effective by the Commission on or
prior to the applicable Effectiveness Deadline, (iii) the Exchange Offer has not
been Consummated on or prior to the Consummation Deadline or (iv) any
Registration Statement required by this Agreement is filed and declared
effective but (A) shall thereafter cease to be effective prior to completion of
the Exchange Offer or the sale of all the Transfer Restricted Securities
registered pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be,
(except as permitted in paragraph (b) of this Section 5) or (B) such
Registration Statement ceases to be usable in connection with resales of
Transfer Restricted Securities during the periods specified in this Agreement
(except as permitted in paragraph (b) of this Section 5) because either (1) any
event occurs as a result of which the related prospectus forming part of such
Registration Statement would include any untrue statement of a material fact or
omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein in the
light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading or (2) it
shall be necessary to amend such Registration Statement, or supplement the
related prospectus, to comply with the Act or the Exchange Act or the respective
rules thereunder, and, in each case, such Registration Statement is not
succeeded by a post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement that
cures such failure and that is itself declared effective as soon as practicable
and in no event to exceed 5 business days (each such event referred to in
clauses (i) through (iv), a "Registration Default"), then the Issuers and the
Subsidiary Guarantors hereby jointly and severally agree to pay to each Holder
of Transfer Restricted Securities affected thereby liquidated damages in an
amount equal to $.05 per week per $1,000 in principal amount of Transfer
Restricted Securities held by such Holder for each week or portion thereof that
the Registration Default continues for the first 90-day period immediately
following the occurrence of such Registration Default. The amount of the
liquidated damages shall increase by an additional $.05 per week per $1,000 in
principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities with
6
<PAGE>
respect to each subsequent 90-day period until all Registration Defaults have
been cured, up to a maximum amount of liquidated damages of $.50 per week per
$1,000 in principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities; provided that the
Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall in no event be required to pay
liquidated damages for more than one Registration Default at any given time.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, (1) upon filing of
the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (and/or, if applicable, the Shelf
Registration Statement), in the case of (i) above, (2) upon the effectiveness of
the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (and/or, if applicable, the Shelf
Registration Statement), in the case of (ii) above, (3) upon Consummation of the
Exchange Offer, in the case of (iii) above, or (4) upon the filing of a
post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or an additional
Registration Statement that causes the Exchange Offer Registration Statement
(and/or, if applicable, the Shelf Registration Statement) to again be declared
effective or made usable in the case of (iv) above, the liquidated damages
payable with respect to the Transfer Restricted Securities as a result of such
clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv), as applicable, shall cease.
All accrued liquidated damages shall be paid to the Holders entitled
thereto, in the manner provided for the payment of interest in the Indenture, on
each Interest Payment Date, as more fully set forth in the Indenture and the
Notes. Notwithstanding the fact that any securities for which liquidated damages
are due cease to be Transfer Restricted Securities, all obligations of the
Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors to pay liquidated damages with respect to
securities shall survive until such time as such obligations with respect to
such securities shall have been satisfied in full.
SECTION 6. REGISTRATION PROCEDURES
(a) Exchange Offer Registration Statement. In connection with the Exchange
Offer, the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall (x) comply with all
applicable provisions of Section 6(c) below, (y) use their respective reasonable
best efforts to effect such exchange and to permit the resale of New Senior
Subordinated Notes by Broker-Dealers that tendered in the Exchange Offer Senior
Subordinated Notes that such Broker-Dealer acquired for its own account as a
result of its market making activities or other trading activities (other than
Senior Subordinated Notes acquired directly from the Issuers or any of its
Affiliates) being sold in accordance with the intended method or methods of
distribution thereof, and (z) comply with all of the following provisions:
(i) If, following the date hereof there has been announced a change
in Commission policy with respect to exchange offers such as the Exchange
Offer, that in the reasonable opinion of counsel to the Issuers raises a
substantial question as to whether the Exchange Offer is permitted by
applicable federal law, the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors hereby
agree to seek a no-action letter or other favorable decision from the
Commission allowing the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors to
Consummate an Exchange Offer for such Transfer Restricted Securities. The
Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors hereby agree to use reasonable
efforts to pursue the issuance of such a decision to the Commission staff
level. In connection with the foregoing, the Issuers and the Subsidiary
Guarantors hereby agree to take all such other actions as may be requested
by the Commission or otherwise required in connection with the issuance of
such decision, including without limitation (A) participating in
telephonic conferences with the
7
<PAGE>
Commission, (B) delivering to the Commission staff an analysis prepared by
counsel to the Issuers setting forth the legal bases, if any, upon which
such counsel has concluded that such an Exchange Offer should be permitted
and (C) diligently pursuing a resolution (which need not be favorable) by
the Commission staff.
(ii) As a condition to its participation in the Exchange Offer, each
Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities (including, without limitation,
any Holder who is a Broker Dealer) shall furnish, upon the request of the
Issuers, prior to the Consummation of the Exchange Offer, a written
representation to the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors (which may be
contained in the letter of transmittal contemplated by the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement) to the effect that (A) it is not an Affiliate of
the Issuers or any Subsidiary Guarantors, (B) it is not engaged in, and
does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with
any Person to participate in, a distribution of the Senior Subordinated
Notes or the New Senior Subordinated Notes to be issued in the Exchange
Offer and (C) it is acquiring the New Senior Subordinated Notes in its
ordinary course of business and (D) if such Holder is a Broker Dealer,
that it will receive New Senior Subordinated Notes for its own account in
exchange for Senior Subordinated Notes that were acquired as a result of
market-making activities or other trading activities and that it will be
required to acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection
with any resale of such New Senior Subordinated Notes. As a condition to
its participation in the Exchange Offer each Holder using the Exchange
Offer to participate in a distribution of the New Senior Subordinated
Notes shall acknowledge and agree that, if the resales are of New Senior
Subordinated Notes obtained by such Holder in exchange for Senior
Subordinated Notes acquired directly from the Issuers or an Affiliate
thereof, it (1) could not, under Commission policy as in effect on the
date of this Agreement, rely on the position of the Commission enunciated
in Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (available June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital
Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the
Commission's letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993, and similar
no-action letters (including, if applicable, any no-action letter obtained
pursuant to clause (i) above), and (2) must comply with the registration
and prospectus delivery requirements of the Act in connection with a
secondary resale transaction and that such a secondary resale transaction
must be covered by an effective registration statement containing the
selling security holder information required by Item 507 or 508, as
applicable, of Regulation S-K.
(iii) Prior to effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement, the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall provide a
supplemental letter to the Commission (A) stating that the Issuers and the
Subsidiary Guarantors are registering the Exchange Offer in reliance on
the position of the Commission enunciated in Exxon Capital Holdings
Corporation (available May 13, 1988), Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc.
(available June 5, 1991) as interpreted in the Commission's letter to
Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993, and, if applicable, any no-action
letter obtained pursuant to clause (i) above, (B) including a
representation that neither the Issuers nor any Subsidiary Guarantor has
entered into any arrangement or understanding with any Person to
distribute the New Senior Subordinated Notes to be received in the
Exchange Offer and that, to the best of the Issuers' and each Subsidiary
Guarantor's information and belief, each Holder participating in the
8
<PAGE>
Exchange Offer is acquiring the New Senior Subordinated Notes in its
ordinary course of business and has no arrangement or understanding with
any Person to participate in the distribution of the New Senior
Subordinated Notes received in the Exchange Offer and (C) any other
undertaking or representation required by the Commission as set forth in
any no-action letter obtained pursuant to clause (i) above, if applicable.
(b) Shelf Registration Statement. In connection with the Shelf
Registration Statement, the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall:
(i) comply with all the provisions of Section 6(c) below and use
their respective best efforts to effect such registration to permit the sale of
the Transfer Restricted Securities being sold in accordance with the intended
method or methods of distribution thereof (as indicated in the information
furnished to the Issuers pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof), and pursuant thereto
the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors will prepare and file with the
Commission a Registration Statement relating to the registration on any
appropriate form under the Act, which form shall be available for the sale of
the Transfer Restricted Securities in accordance with the intended method or
methods of distribution thereof within the time periods and otherwise in
accordance with the provisions hereof, and
(ii) issue, upon the request of any Holder of Senior Subordinated
Notes covered by any Shelf Registration Statement contemplated by this
Agreement, New Senior Subordinated Notes having an aggregate principal amount
equal to the aggregate principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes sold
pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement and surrendered to the Issuers for
cancellation; the Issuers shall register New Senior Subordinated Notes on the
Shelf Registration Statement for this purpose and issue the New Senior
Subordinated Notes to the purchaser(s) of securities subject to the Shelf
Registration Statement in the names as such purchaser(s) shall designate.
(c) General Provisions. In connection with any Registration Statement and
any related Prospectus required by this Agreement to permit the sale or resale
of Transfer Restricted Securities, the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors
shall:
(i) use their respective reasonable best efforts to keep such
Registration Statement continuously effective and provide all requisite
financial statements for the period specified in Section 3 or 4 of this
Agreement, as applicable. Upon the occurrence of any event that would
cause any such Registration Statement or the Prospectus contained therein
(A) to contain an untrue statement of material fact or omit to state any
material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or
(B) not to be effective and usable for resale of Transfer Restricted
Securities during the period required by this Agreement, the Issuers and
the Subsidiary Guarantors shall file promptly an appropriate amendment to
such Registration Statement curing such defect, and, if Commission review
is required, use their respective reasonable best efforts to cause such
amendment to be declared effective as soon as practicable thereafter.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, the
Issuers' and the Subsidiary Guarantors' obligations to use their
respective reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration
Statement
9
<PAGE>
continuously effective, supplemented and amended shall be suspended in the
event continued effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement would,
in the opinion of counsel to the Issuers, require the Issuers to disclose
a material financing, acquisition or other corporate transaction, and the
Management Committee of the Company shall have determined in good faith
that such disclosure is not in the best interests of the Issuers, but in
no event will any such suspension, individually or in the aggregate,
exceed 30 days within any twelve month period during which the Shelf
Registration Statement is otherwise required to be effective.
(ii) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and
post-effective amendments to the applicable Registration Statement as may
be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective for the
applicable period set forth in Section 3 or 4 hereof, or such shorter
period as will terminate upon the earlier of the following (A) when all
Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration Statement have
been sold and (B) when, in the written opinion of counsel to the Issuers,
all outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities held by persons that are
not Affiliates of the Issuers may be resold without registration under the
Act pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the Act or any successor provision
thereto; as the case may be; cause the Prospectus to be supplemented by
any required Prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed
pursuant to Rule 424 under the Act, and to comply in all material respects
with Rules 424, 430A and 462, as applicable, under the Act in a timely
manner; and comply with the provisions of the Act with respect to the
disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement
during the applicable period in accordance with the intended method or
methods of distribution by the sellers thereof set forth in such
Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus;
(iii) advise each Holder promptly and, if requested by such Holder,
confirm such advice in writing, (A) when the Prospectus or any Prospectus
supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect
to any applicable Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment
thereto, when the same has become effective, (B) of any request by the
Commission for amendments to the Registration Statement or amendments or
supplements to the Prospectus or for additional information relating
thereto, (C) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order
suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement under the Act
or of the suspension by any state securities commission of the
qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities for offering or sale
in any jurisdiction, or the initiation of any proceeding for any of the
preceding purposes, (D) of the existence of any fact or the happening of
any event that makes any statement of a material fact made in the
Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any amendment or supplement
thereto or any document incorporated by reference therein untrue, or that
requires the making of any additions to or changes in the Registration
Statement in order to make the statements therein not misleading, or that
requires the making of any additions to or changes in the Prospectus in
order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances
under which they were made, not misleading. If at any time the Commission
shall issue any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the
Registration Statement, or any state securities commission or other
regulatory authority shall issue an order suspending the
10
<PAGE>
qualification or exemption from qualification of the Transfer Restricted
Securities under state securities or Blue Sky laws, the Issuers and the
Subsidiary Guarantors shall use their respective best efforts to obtain
the withdrawal or lifting of such order at the earliest possible time;
(iv) subject to Section 6(c)(i), if any fact or event contemplated
by Section 6(c)(iii)(D) above shall exist or have occurred, prepare a
supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or
related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or
file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the
purchasers of Transfer Restricted Securities, the Prospectus will not
contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any
material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of
the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;
(v) furnish to each selling Holder in connection with such exchange
or sale, if any, before filing with the Commission, copies of any
Registration Statement or any Prospectus included therein or any
amendments or supplements to any such Registration Statement or Prospectus
(including all documents incorporated by reference after the initial
filing of such Registration Statement), which documents will be subject to
the review and comment of such Holders in connection with such sale, if
any, for a period of at least three Business Days, and the Issuers will
not file any such Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or
supplement to any such Registration Statement or Prospectus (including all
such documents incorporated by reference) to which such Holders shall
reasonably object within three Business Days after the receipt thereof,
except for any Registration Statement or amendment thereto or prospectus
or supplement thereto (a copy of which has been previously furnished to
the Initial Purchasers and their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf
Registration Statement, the Holders and their counsel)) which counsel to
the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors has advised the Issuers and the
Subsidiary Guarantors in writing is required to be filed in order to
comply with applicable law. A Holder shall be deemed to have reasonably
objected to such filing if such Registration Statement, amendment,
Prospectus or supplement, as applicable, as proposed to be filed, contains
an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact
necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or fails to comply
with the applicable requirements of the Act;
(vi) promptly prior to the filing of any document that is to be
incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement or Prospectus,
provide copies of such document to each Holder in connection with such
exchange or sale, if any, make the Issuers' and the Subsidiary Guarantors'
representatives available for discussion of such document and other
customary due diligence matters, and include such information in such
document prior to the filing thereof as such Holders may reasonably
request;
(vii) in connection with a sale under a Shelf Registration
Statement, make available, at reasonable times, for inspection by each
selling Holder and any attorney or accountant retained by such Holders,
following written request therefor, all pertinent
11
<PAGE>
financial and corporate documents and other pertinent records customarily
inspected by underwriters as reasonably necessary to conduct a reasonable
investigation within the meaning of Section 11 of the Act, subject to
execution of customary confidentiality agreements of the Issuers and the
Subsidiary Guarantors and cause the Issuers' and the Subsidiary
Guarantors' officers, directors and employees to supply such information
reasonably requested in writing by any such Holder, attorney or accountant
in connection with such Registration Statement or any post-effective
amendment thereto subsequent to the filing thereof and prior to its
effectiveness;
(viii) if requested by any selling Holders in connection with such
exchange or sale, promptly include in any Registration Statement or
Prospectus, pursuant to a supplement or post-effective amendment if
necessary, such information as such Holders may reasonably request to have
included therein, including, without limitation, information relating to
the "Plan of Distribution" of the Transfer Restricted Securities and (in
the case of a Shelf Registration Statement) to the extent necessary to
comply with law or interpretation of the Commission, names of Holders who
propose to sell as selling securityholders, and make all required filings
of such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment as soon as
practicable after the Issuers are notified of the matters to be included
in such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;
(ix) furnish to each selling Holder in connection with such exchange
or sale, without charge, at least one conformed copy of the Registration
Statement, as first filed with the Commission, and of each amendment
thereto, excluding all documents incorporated by reference therein and all
exhibits (including exhibits incorporated therein by reference);
(x) deliver to each selling Holder without charge, as many copies of
the Prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) and any amendment
or supplement thereto as such Persons reasonably may request; and the
Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors hereby consent to the use (in
accordance with law) of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement
thereto by each selling Holder in connection with the offering and the
sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Prospectus or
any amendment or supplement thereto;
(xi) in connection with a sale under a Shelf Registration Statement,
upon the request of any Holder, enter into such customary agreements
(including underwriting agreements) and make such representations and
warranties and take all such other actions in connection therewith in
order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of the Transfer Restricted
Securities pursuant to any applicable Registration Statement contemplated
by this Agreement as may be reasonably requested by such Holder in
connection with any sale or resale pursuant to any applicable Registration
Statement. In such connection, the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors
shall:
(A) upon request of any selling Holder, furnish (or in the
case of paragraphs (2) and (3), use their best efforts to cause to
be furnished) to such Holder, upon
12
<PAGE>
Consummation of the Exchange Offer or upon the effectiveness of the
Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be:
(1) a certificate, dated such date, signed on behalf of
the Issuers and each Subsidiary Guarantor by (x) the President
or any Vice President and (y) a principal financial or
accounting officer of the Issuers and such Subsidiary
Guarantor, confirming, as of the date thereof, the matters set
forth in Sections 9(a) and 9(b) of the Purchase Agreement and
such other similar matters as such Holders may reasonably
request;
(2) an opinion, dated the date of effectiveness of the
Shelf Registration Statement of counsel for the Issuers and
the Subsidiary Guarantors covering matters similar to those
set forth in paragraph (e) of Section 9 of the Purchase
Agreement, and in any event including a statement to the
effect that such counsel has participated in conferences with
officers and other representatives of the Issuers and the
Subsidiary Guarantors, representatives of the independent
public accountants for the Issuers and the Subsidiary
Guarantors and have considered the matters required to be
stated therein and the statements contained therein, although
such counsel has not independently verified the accuracy,
completeness or fairness of such statements; and a statement
of such counsel that, on the basis of the foregoing (relying
as to materiality to the extent such counsel deems appropriate
upon the statements of officers and other representatives of
the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors (and without
independent check or verification)), no facts came to such
counsel's attention that caused such counsel to believe that
the applicable Registration Statement, at the time such
Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto
became effective and, in the case of the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement, as of the date of Consummation of the
Exchange Offer, contained an untrue statement of a material
fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated
therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
misleading, or that the Prospectus contained in such
Registration Statement as of its date and, in the case of the
opinion dated the date of Consummation of the Exchange Offer,
as of the date of Consummation, contained an untrue statement
of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact
necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the
light of the circumstances under which they were made, not
misleading. Without limiting the foregoing, such counsel may
state further that such counsel assumes no responsibility for,
and has not independently verified, the accuracy, completeness
or fairness of the financial statements, notes and schedules
and other financial data included in any Registration
Statement contemplated by this Agreement or the related
Prospectus; and
(3) a customary comfort letter, dated as of the date of
effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, as the case
may be, from the Issuers'
13
<PAGE>
independent accountants, in the customary form and covering
matters of the type customarily covered in comfort letters to
underwriters in connection with underwritten offerings.
(B) deliver such other documents and certificates as may be
reasonably requested by the selling Holders to evidence compliance
with the matters covered in clause (A) above and with any customary
conditions contained in the any agreement entered into by the
Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors pursuant to this clause (xi);
(xii) prior to any public offering of Transfer Restricted
Securities, cooperate with the selling Holders and their counsel in
connection with the registration and qualification of the Transfer
Restricted Securities under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such
jurisdictions as the selling Holders may reasonably request and do any and
all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the disposition
in such jurisdictions of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the
applicable Registration Statement; provided, however, that neither the
Issuers nor any Subsidiary Guarantor shall be required to register or
qualify as a foreign corporation where it is not now so qualified or to
take any action that would subject it to the service of process in suits
or to taxation, other than as to matters and transactions relating to the
Registration Statement, in any jurisdiction where it is not now so
subject;
(xiii) in connection with any sale of Transfer Restricted Securities
that will result in such securities no longer being Transfer Restricted
Securities, cooperate with the Holders to facilitate the timely
preparation and delivery of certificates representing Transfer Restricted
Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends, if such
securities are required to be represented by certificates, and to register
such Transfer Restricted Securities in such denominations and such names
as the selling Holders may request at least two Business Days prior to
such sale of Transfer Restricted Securities;
(xiv) use their respective best efforts to cause the disposition of
the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Registration Statement
to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or
authorities as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof to
consummate the disposition of such Transfer Restricted Securities, subject
to the proviso contained in clause (xii) above;
(xv) provide a CUSIP number for the Transfer Restricted Securities
not later than the effective date of a Registration Statement covering
such Transfer Restricted Securities and provide the Trustee under the
Indenture with a printed certificate for the Transfer Restricted
Securities which are in a form eligible for deposit with the Depository
Trust Company;
(xvi) otherwise use their respective best efforts to comply in all
material respects with all applicable rules and regulations of the
Commission to the extent and so long as they are applicable to the
Exchange Offer or the Shelf Registration Statement, and make generally
available to its security holders with regard to any applicable
Registration Statement, as soon as practicable, a consolidated earnings
statement meeting the
14
<PAGE>
requirements of Rule 158 (which need not be audited) covering a
twelve-month period beginning after the effective date of the Registration
Statement (as such term is defined in paragraph (c) of Rule 158 under the
Act);
(xvii) use their reasonable best efforts to cause the Indenture to
be qualified under the TIA not later than the effective date of the first
Registration Statement required by this Agreement and, in connection
therewith, cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders to effect such
changes, if any, to the Indenture as may be required for such Indenture to
be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the TIA; and execute and
use its best efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents that
may be required to effect such changes and all other forms and documents
required to be filed with the Commission to enable such Indenture to be so
qualified in a timely manner; and
(d) Restrictions on Holders. Each Holder agrees by acquisition of a
Transfer Restricted Security that, upon receipt of the notice referred to in
Section 6(c)(iii)(C) or any notice from the Issuers of the existence of any fact
of the kind described in Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof (in each case, a
"Suspension Notice"), such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of
Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the applicable Registration Statement
until (i) such Holder has received copies of the supplemented or amended
Prospectus contemplated by Section 6(c)(iv) hereof, or (ii) such Holder is
advised in writing by the Issuers that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed,
and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are
incorporated by reference in the Prospectus (in each case, the "Recommencement
Date"). Each Holder receiving a Suspension Notice hereby agrees that it will
either (i) destroy any Prospectuses, other than permanent file copies, then in
such Holder's possession which have been replaced by the Issuers with more
recently dated Prospectuses or (ii) deliver to the Issuers (at the Issuers'
expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies, then in such Holder's
possession of the Prospectus covering such Transfer Restricted Securities that
was current at the time of receipt of the Suspension Notice. The time period
regarding the effectiveness of such Registration Statement set forth in Section
3 or 4 hereof, as applicable, shall be extended by a number of days equal to the
number of days in the period from and including the date of delivery of the
Suspension Notice to the Recommencement Date.
SECTION 7. REGISTRATION EXPENSES
(a) All expenses incident to the Issuers' and the Subsidiary Guarantors'
performance of or compliance with this Agreement will be borne by the Issuers,
regardless of whether a Registration Statement becomes effective, including
without limitation: (i) all registration and filing fees and expenses; (ii) all
fees and expenses of compliance with federal securities and state Blue Sky or
securities laws; (iii) all expenses of printing (including printing certificates
for the New Senior Subordinated Notes to be issued in the Exchange Offer and
printing of Prospectuses), messenger and delivery services and telephone; (iv)
all fees and disbursements of counsel for the Issuers and the Subsidiary
Guarantors (v) all fees and disbursements of independent certified public
accountants of the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors (including the expenses
of any special audit and comfort letters required by or incident to such
performance).
15
<PAGE>
The Issuers will, in any event, bear its and the Subsidiary Guarantors'
internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of
its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expenses
of any annual audit and the fees and expenses of any Person, including special
experts, retained by the Issuers or the Subsidiary Guarantors.
(b) In connection with any Registration Statement required by this
Agreement (including, without limitation, the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement and the Shelf Registration Statement), the Issuers and the Subsidiary
Guarantors will reimburse the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities who are
tendering Senior Subordinated Notes in the Exchange Offer and/or selling or
reselling Senior Subordinated Notes or New Senior Subordinated Notes pursuant to
the "Plan of Distribution" contained in the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement, as applicable, for the reasonable
fees and disbursements of not more than one counsel, who shall be Latham &
Watkins, unless another firm shall be chosen to replace Latham & Watkins by the
Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities
for whose benefit such Registration Statement is being prepared.
16
<PAGE>
SECTION 8. INDEMNIFICATION
(a) Each of the Issuers and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors agrees,
jointly and severally, to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, its
directors, officers and each Person, if any, who controls such Holder (within
the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act), from
and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments,
(including without limitation, any reasonable fees and expenses of counsel
incurred in connection with investigating or defending any matter, including any
action that could give rise to any such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or
judgments) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a
material fact contained in any Registration Statement, preliminary prospectus or
Prospectus (as amended or supplemented if the Issuers shall have furnished an
amendment or supplement) provided by the Issuers to any Holder or any
prospective purchaser of New Senior Subordinated Notes or registered Senior
Subordinated Notes, or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state
therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
statements therein not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims,
damages, liabilities or judgments are caused by an untrue statement or omission
or alleged untrue statement or omission that is based upon information relating
to any of the Holders furnished in writing to the Issuers by any of the Holders;
provided, however, that the foregoing indemnification with respect to any untrue
statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission in any
preliminary prospectus or Prospectus, shall not inure to the benefit of any
Holder from whom the person asserting such loss, claim, damage, liability or
expense purchased any of the New Senior Subordinated Notes or registered Senior
Subordinated Notes if a copy of the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement
thereto) was not sent or given on behalf of such Holder to such person at or
prior to the written confirmation of the sale of such New Senior Subordinated
Notes or registered Senior Subordinated Notes to such person and if the
Prospectus (or the Prospectus, as so amended or supplemented) would have cured
the defect giving rise to such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense.
(b) Each Holder of Transfer Restricted agrees, severally and not jointly,
to indemnify and hold harmless the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors, and
their respective directors and officers, and each person, if any, who controls
(within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act)
the Issuers or the Subsidiary Guarantors to the same extent as the foregoing
indemnity from the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors set forth in section
(a) above, but only with reference to information relating to such Holder
furnished in writing to the Issuers by such Holder expressly for use in any
Registration Statement. In no event shall any Holder, its directors, officers or
any Person who controls such Holder be liable or responsible for any amount in
excess of the amount by which the total amount received by such Holder with
respect to its sale of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to a Registration
Statement exceeds (i) the amount paid by such Holder for such Transfer
Restricted Securities and (ii) the amount of any damages that such Holder, its
directors, officers or any Person who controls such Holder has otherwise been
required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission
or alleged omission.
(c) In case any action shall be commenced involving any person in respect
of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 8(a) or 8(b) (the
"indemnified party"), the indemnified party shall promptly notify the person
against whom such indemnity may be sought
17
<PAGE>
(the "indemnifying person") in writing and the indemnifying party shall assume
the defense of such action, including the employment of counsel reasonably
satisfactory to the indemnified party and the payment of all reasonable fees and
expenses of such counsel, as incurred. Any indemnified party shall have the
right to employ separate counsel in any such action and participate in the
defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the
expense of the indemnified party unless (i) the employment of such counsel shall
have been specifically authorized in writing by the indemnifying party, (ii) the
indemnifying party shall have failed to assume the defense of such action or
employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party or (iii) the
named parties to any such action (including any impleaded parties) include both
the indemnified party and the indemnifying party, and the indemnified party
shall have been advised by its counsel that there may be one or more legal
defenses available to it which are different from or additional to those
available to the indemnifying party (in which case the indemnifying party shall
not have the right to assume the defense of such action on behalf of the
indemnified party). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 8,
the indemnifying party shall not, in connection with any one action or separate
but substantially similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising
out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the fees and
expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local
counsel) for all indemnified parties and all such reasonable fees and expenses
shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. Such firm shall be designated in
writing by Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Senior
Subordinated Notes, in the case of the parties indemnified pursuant to Section
8(a), and by the Issuers and Subsidiary Guarantors, in the case of parties
indemnified pursuant to Section 8(b). The indemnifying party shall indemnify and
hold harmless the indemnified party from and against any and all losses, claims,
damages, liabilities and judgments by reason of any settlement of any action (i)
effected with the indemnifying party's written consent or (ii) effected without
its written consent if the settlement is entered into more than thirty business
days after the indemnifying party shall have received a request from the
indemnified party for reimbursement for the reasonable fees and expenses of
counsel (in any case where such fees and expenses are at the expense of the
indemnifying party) and, prior to the date of such settlement, the indemnifying
party shall have failed to comply with such reimbursement request. No
indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified
party, effect any settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of
judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action in respect of which
the indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity or
contribution may be or could have been sought hereunder by the indemnified
party, unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an
unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of
such action, claim, litigation or proceeding and (ii) does not include a
statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or
on behalf of the indemnified party.
(d) To the extent that the indemnification provided for in this Section 8
is unavailable to an indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims,
damages, liabilities or judgments referred to therein (other than by reason of
exceptions provided under this Section 8), then each indemnifying party, in lieu
of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or
payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages,
liabilities or judgments (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the
relative benefits received by the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors, on the
one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, from their sale of Transfer
Restricted Securities or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause 8(d)(i) is
not
18
<PAGE>
permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not
only the relative benefits referred to in clause 8(d)(i) above but also the
relative fault of the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors, on the one hand,
and of the Holder, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or
omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or
judgments, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative
fault of the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors, on the one hand, and of the
Holder, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other
things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the
omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information
supplied by the Issuers or such Subsidiary Guarantor, on the one hand, or by the
Holder, on the other hand, and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access
to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.
The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses, claims,
damages, liabilities and judgments referred to above shall be deemed to include,
subject to the limitations set forth in Section 8(a), any legal or other fees or
expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with investigating or
defending any action or claim.
The Issuers, the Subsidiary Guarantors and each Holder agree that it would
not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 8(d) were
determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one
entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not
take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately
preceding paragraph. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a
result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities or judgments referred to in
the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the
limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by
such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any matter,
including any action that could have given rise to such losses, claims, damages,
liabilities or judgments. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8, no
Holder, its directors, its officers or any Person, if any, who controls such
Holder shall be required to contribute, in the aggregate, any amount in excess
of the amount by which the total received by such Holder with respect to the
sale of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement
exceeds (i) the amount paid by such Holder for such Transfer Restricted
Securities and (ii) the amount of any damages which such Holder has otherwise
been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or
omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation
(within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to
contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent
misrepresentation. The Holders' obligations to contribute pursuant to this
Section 8(c) are several in proportion to the respective principal amount of
Transfer Restricted Securities held by each Holder hereunder and not joint.
SECTION 9. RULE 144A AND RULE 144
The Issuers and each Subsidiary Guarantor agrees with each Holder, for so
long as any Transfer Restricted Securities remain outstanding and during any
period in which the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor (i) is not subject to
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, to make available, upon request of any
Holder, to such Holder or beneficial owner of Transfer Restricted Securities in
connection with any sale thereof and any prospective purchaser of such Transfer
Restricted Securities designated by such Holder or beneficial owner, the
information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Act in order to permit resales
of such Transfer Restricted Securities
19
<PAGE>
pursuant to Rule 144A, and (ii) is subject to Section 13 or 15 (d) of the
Exchange Act, to make all filings required thereby in a timely manner in order
to permit resales of such Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to Rule 144.
SECTION 10. MISCELLANEOUS
(a) Remedies. The Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors acknowledge and
agree that any failure by the Issuers and/or the Subsidiary Guarantors to comply
with their respective obligations under Sections 3 and 4 hereof may result in
material irreparable injury to the Initial Purchasers or the Holders for which
there is no adequate remedy at law, that it will not be possible to measure
damages for such injuries precisely and that, in the event of any such failure,
the Initial Purchasers or any Holder may obtain such relief as may be required
to specifically enforce the Issuers' or Subsidiary Guarantor's obligations under
Sections 3 and 4 hereof. The Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors further agree
to waive the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law
would be adequate.
(b) No Inconsistent Agreements. Neither the Issuers nor any Subsidiary
Guarantor will, on or after the date of this Agreement, enter into any agreement
with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to
the Holders in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof.
Neither the Issuers nor any Subsidiary Guarantor has previously entered into any
agreement granting any registration rights with respect to its securities to any
Person. The rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict
with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of the
Issuers' and the Subsidiary Guarantors' securities under any agreement in effect
on the date hereof.
(c) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not be
amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to or departures from
the provisions hereof may not be given unless (i) in the case of Section 5
hereof and this Section 10(c)(i), the Issuers have obtained the written consent
of Holders of all outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities and (ii) in the
case of all other provisions hereof, the Issuers have obtained the written
consent of Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of Transfer
Restricted Securities (excluding Transfer Restricted Securities held by the
Issuers or its Affiliates). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent
to departure from the provisions hereof that relates exclusively to the rights
of Holders whose Transfer Restricted Securities are being tendered pursuant to
the Exchange Offer, and that does not affect directly or indirectly the rights
of other Holders whose Transfer Restricted Securities are not being tendered
pursuant to such Exchange Offer, may be given by the Holders of a majority of
the outstanding principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities subject to
such Exchange Offer.
(d) Third Party Beneficiary. The Holders shall be third party
beneficiaries to the agreements made hereunder between the Issuers and the
Subsidiary Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other
hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent
they may deem such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights or
the rights of Holders hereunder.
20
<PAGE>
(e) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or
permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail
(registered or certified, return receipt requested), telex, telecopier, or air
courier guaranteeing overnight delivery:
(i) if to a Holder, at the address set forth on the records of the
Registrar under the Indenture, with a copy to the Registrar under the
Indenture; and
(ii) if to the Issuers or the Subsidiary Guarantors:
Grove Worldwide LLC
1565 Buchanan Trail East
P.O. Box 21
Shady Grove, PA 17256
Telecopier No.: (717) 597-1977
Attention: Keith Simmons, Esq.
With a copy to:
Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison
1285 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10019-6064
Telecopier No.: (212) 757-3990
Attention: Mark S. Bergman
All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly
given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; three Business
Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt
acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next business day, if timely delivered
to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery.
Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be
concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee at the
address specified in the Indenture.
(f) No Holder may participate in an underwritten Registration hereunder
unless such Holder (a) agrees to sell such Holder's Transfer Restricted
Securities on the basis provided in customary underwriting arrangements entered
into in connection therewith and (b) completes and executes all reasonable
questionnaires, powers of attorney, and other documents required under the terms
of such underwriting arrangements.
(g) For any Underwritten Offering, the investment banker or investment
bankers and manager or managers for any underwritten Offering that will
administer such offering will be selected by the Holders of a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities included in
such offering. Such investment bankers and managers are referred to herein as
the "underwriters."
21
<PAGE>
(h) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of
and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties, including
without limitation and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent
Holders; provided, that nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment,
transfer or other disposition of Transfer Restricted Securities in violation of
the terms hereof or of the Purchase Agreement or the Indenture. If any
transferee of any Holder shall acquire Transfer Restricted Securities in any
manner, whether by operation of law or otherwise, such Transfer Restricted
Securities shall be held subject to all of the terms of this Agreement, and by
taking and holding such Transfer Restricted Securities such Person shall be
conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to perform all of the
terms and provisions of this Agreement, including the restrictions on resale set
forth in this Agreement and, if applicable, the Purchase Agreement, and such
Person shall be entitled to receive the benefits hereof.
(i) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which
when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken
together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
(j) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of
reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.
(k) Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO
THE CONFLICT OF LAW RULES THEREOF.
(l) Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions
contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held
invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of
any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions
contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.
(m) Entire Agreement. This Agreement is intended by the parties as a final
expression of their agreement and intended to be a complete and exclusive
statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of
the subject matter contained herein. There are no restrictions, promises,
warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein
with respect to the registration rights granted with respect to the Transfer
Restricted Securities. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and
understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter.
22
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
date first written above.
GROVE WORLDWIDE LLC
By: /s/ Salvatore J. Bonanno
------------------------------------
Name:
Title:
GROVE CAPITAL, INC.
By: /s/ Salvatore J. Bonanno
------------------------------------
Name:
Title:
CRANE ACQUISITION CORP.
By: /s/ Salvatore J. Bonanno
------------------------------------
Name:
Title:
CRANE HOLDING INC.
By: /s/ Salvatore J. Bonanno
------------------------------------
Name:
Title:
[additional signatures on following page]
23
<PAGE>
NATIONAL CRANE CORP.
By: /s/ Salvatore J. Bonanno
------------------------------------
Name:
Title:
GROVE FINANCE LLC
By: /s/ Salvatore J. Bonanno
------------------------------------
Name:
Title:
GROVE U.S. LLC
By: /s/ Salvatore J. Bonanno
------------------------------------
Name:
Title:
24
<PAGE>
The foregoing Registration Rights Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as
of the date first above written by Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities
Corporation on behalf of the Initial Purchasers.
DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE
SECURITIES CORPORATION
By: /s/ Edward Biggins
------------------------------------
Name:
Title:
25
<PAGE>
Exhibit 4.5
CONFORMED COPY
================================================================================
$325,000,000
CREDIT AGREEMENT
among
GROVE WORLDWIDE LLC
and
GROVE CAPITAL, INC.,
as Borrowers,
The Several Lenders
from Time to Time Parties Hereto,
CHASE BANK OF TEXAS,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Administrative Agent,
BANKBOSTON, N.A.,
as Syndication Agent
and
DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE
SECURITIES CORPORATION,
as Documentation Agent
Dated as of April 29, 1998
================================================================================
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
----
SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS ............................................. 1
1.1 Defined Terms ............................................... 1
1.2 Other Definitional Provisions ............................... 25
SECTION 2. AMOUNT AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS .......................... 26
2.1 Term Loan Commitments ...................................... 26
2.2 Procedure for Term Loan Borrowing .......................... 26
2.3 Repayment of Term Loans .................................... 26
2.4 Revolving Credit Commitments ............................... 27
2.5 Procedure for Revolving Credit Borrowing ................... 27
2.6 Swing Line Commitment ...................................... 28
2.7 Procedure for Swing Line Borrowing;
Refunding of Swing Line Loans ............................ 28
2.8 Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt ....................... 30
2.9 Commitment Fees, etc ....................................... 31
2.10 Termination or Reduction of Revolving
Credit Commitments ....................................... 31
2.11 Optional Prepayments ....................................... 31
2.12 Mandatory Prepayments and Commitment
Reductions ............................................... 32
2.13 Conversion and Continuation Options ........................ 33
2.14 Minimum Amounts and Maximum Number of
Eurocurrency Tranches .................................... 34
2.15 Interest Rates and Payment Dates ........................... 34
2.16 Computation of Interest and Fees ........................... 35
2.17 Inability to Determine Interest Rate ....................... 35
2.18 Pro Rata Treatment and Payments ............................ 36
2.19 Requirements of Law ........................................ 38
2.20 Taxes ...................................................... 39
2.21 Indemnity .................................................. 41
2.22 Illegality ................................................. 41
2.23 Change of Lending Office ................................... 42
2.24 Replacement of Lenders under Certain Circumstances ......... 42
2.25 Controls on Prepayment if Aggregate
Outstanding Revolving Credit Exceeds
Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments ................... 42
2.26 Provisions Regarding the "Euro" ............................ 43
SECTION 3. LETTERS OF CREDIT ........................................ 44
3.1 L/C Commitment .............................................. 44
3.2 Procedure for Issuance of Letter of Credit .................. 44
3.3 Commissions, Fees and Other Charges ......................... 44
3.4 L/C Participations .......................................... 45
3.5 Reimbursement Obligation of the Borrowers ................... 46
3.6 Obligations Absolute ........................................ 46
3.7 Letter of Credit Payments ................................... 47
3.8 Applications ................................................ 47
-i-
<PAGE>
Page
----
SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES ........................... 47
4.1 Financial Condition ........................................ 47
4.2 No Change .................................................. 48
4.3 Corporate Existence; Compliance with Law ................... 48
4.4 Corporate Power; Authorization;
Enforceable Obligations ................................. 48
4.5 No Legal Bar ............................................... 49
4.6 No Material Litigation ..................................... 49
4.7 No Default ................................................. 49
4.8 Ownership of Property; Liens ............................... 49
4.9 Intellectual Property ...................................... 49
4.10 Taxes ...................................................... 49
4.11 Federal Regulations ........................................ 50
4.12 Labor Matters .............................................. 50
4.13 ERISA ...................................................... 50
4.14 Investment Company Act; Other Regulations .................. 50
4.15 Subsidiaries ............................................... 51
4.16 Use of Proceeds ............................................ 51
4.17 Environmental Matters ...................................... 51
4.18 Accuracy of Information, etc ............................... 52
4.19 Security Documents ......................................... 52
4.20 Solvency ................................................... 53
4.21 Senior Debt ................................................ 53
4.22 Regulation H ............................................... 53
4.23 Year 2000 Matters .......................................... 53
SECTION 5. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT ..................................... 54
5.1 Conditions to Initial Extension of Credit ................... 54
5.2 Conditions to Each Extension of Credit ...................... 59
SECTION 6. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS .................................... 59
6.1 Financial Statements ........................................ 59
6.2 Certificates; Other Information ............................. 60
6.3 Payment of Obligations ...................................... 61
6.4 Conduct of Business and Maintenance
of Existence, etc ........................................ 61
6.5 Maintenance of Property; Insurance .......................... 61
6.6 Inspection of Property; Books and
Records; Discussions ..................................... 62
6.7 Notices ..................................................... 62
6.8 Environmental Laws .......................................... 63
6.9 Interest Rate Protection .................................... 63
6.10 Additional Collateral, etc ................................. 63
6.11 Intercompany Loans and Intercompany Notes .................. 65
SECTION 7. NEGATIVE COVENANTS ....................................... 66
7.1 Financial Condition Covenants ............................... 66
7.2 Limitation on Indebtedness .................................. 66
7.3 Limitation on Liens ......................................... 68
7.4 Limitation on Fundamental Changes ........................... 70
7.5 Limitation on Sale of Assets ................................ 71
7.6 Limitation on Dividends ..................................... 72
7.7 Limitation on Capital Expenditures .......................... 73
7.8 Limitation on Investments, Loans and Advances .............. 74
7.9 Limitation on Optional Payments and
Modifications of Debt Instruments, etc ................... 75
-ii-
<PAGE>
7.10 Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates ................. 76
7.11 Limitation on Sales and Leasebacks ......................... 76
7.12 Limitation on Changes in Fiscal Periods .................... 76
7.13 Limitation on Negative Pledge Clauses ...................... 77
7.14 Limitation on Restrictions on Subsidiary Distributions ..... 77
7.15 Limitation on Lines of Business ............................ 78
7.16 Limitation on Amendments to Acquisition Documents .......... 78
7.17 Limitation on Hedging Agreements ........................... 78
SECTION 8. EVENTS OF DEFAULT ........................................ 78
SECTION 9. THE AGENTS ............................................... 82
9.1 Appointment ................................................ 82
9.2 Delegation of Duties ....................................... 82
9.3 Exculpatory Provisions ..................................... 82
9.4 Reliance by Agents ......................................... 82
9.5 Notice of Default .......................................... 83
9.6 Non-Reliance on Agents and Other Lenders ................... 83
9.7 Indemnification ............................................ 83
9.8 Agent in Its Individual Capacity ........................... 84
9.9 Successor Administrative Agent ............................. 84
9.10 Authorization to Release Liens ............................. 84
9.11 The Arranger ............................................... 85
SECTION 10. MISCELLANEOUS ........................................... 85
10.1 Amendments and Waivers .................................... 85
10.2 Notices ................................................... 86
10.3 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies ............................ 87
10.4 Survival of Representations and Warranties ................ 87
10.5 Payment of Expenses ....................................... 87
10.6 Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments .... 88
10.7 Adjustments; Set-off ...................................... 90
10.8 Counterparts .............................................. 91
10.9 Severability .............................................. 91
10.10 Integration ............................................... 91
10.11 GOVERNING LAW ............................................. 91
10.12 Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers ....................... 91
10.13 Acknowledgements .......................................... 92
10.14 WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL ..................................... 92
10.15 Confidentiality ........................................... 92
10.16 Release of Collateral Security and Guarantee Obligations .. 93
10.17 Section Headings .......................................... 93
10.18 Judgment Currency ......................................... 93
10.19 Borrowers Obligations Joint and Several ................... 94
-iii-
<PAGE>
Page
----
-iv-
<PAGE>
Page
----
-v-
<PAGE>
ANNEXES:
A Pricing Grid
SCHEDULES:
A Designated Foreign Currencies
B Subsidiaries
C Provisions Regarding the "Euro"
1.1A Commitments and Information for Notices
1.1B Mortgaged Property
4.1(b) Guarantee Obligations and Dispositions of Certain Businesses
4.3 Certain Remaining Organizational Steps Required by Certain
Foreign Subsidiaries
4.4 Certain Limitations on Corporate Power of Certain Foreign
Subsidiaries and
Consents, Authorizations, Filings and Notices
4.6 Litigation
4.7 Contractual Obligations Disclosure
4.9 Intellectual Property Disclosure
4.19(a) UCC Filing Jurisdictions
4.19(b) Mortgage Filing Jurisdictions
7.2(e) Existing Indebtedness
7.3(f) Existing Liens
7.10 Affiliate Transactions Pursuant to Contracts or Agreements
7.11 Existing Sale/Leaseback Transactions
EXHIBITS:
A Form of Guarantee and Collateral Agreement
B Form of Compliance Certificate
C Form of Closing Certificate
D Form of Mortgage
E Form of Assignment and Acceptance
F-1 Form of Legal Opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison
F-2 Form of Legal Opinion of Coudert & Brothers
F-3 Form of Legal Opinion of General Counsel to the Company and
its Subsidiaries
G-1 Form of Term Note
G-2 Form of Revolving Credit Note
G-3 Form of Swing Line Note
H Form of Prepayment Option Notice
I Form of Exemption Certificate
J Form of Intercompany Note
K Dealer Receivables Financing Term Sheet
L Foreign Pledge Agreements
-vi-
<PAGE>
CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of April 29, 1998, among GROVE WORLDWIDE
LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the "Company"), GROVE CAPITAL, INC.,
a Delaware corporation and a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company ("Grove
Capital"; the Company and Grove Capital, individually, a "Borrower" and
collectively, the "Borrowers"), the several banks and other financial
institutions or entities from time to time parties to this Agreement
(collectively, the "Lenders"; individually, a "Lender"), CHASE BANK OF TEXAS,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Administrative Agent (as hereinafter defined) for the
Lenders hereunder, BANKBOSTON, N.A., as syndication agent (in such capacity, the
"Syndication Agent") for the Lenders hereunder, and DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE
SECURITIES CORPORATION, as documentation agent (in such capacity, the
"Documentation Agent") for the Lenders hereunder.
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (as hereinafter
defined), the parties thereto have agreed to the Acquisition (as hereinafter
defined);
WHEREAS, the Borrowers have requested that the Lenders and the
Agents enter into this Agreement for the purpose, among others, of providing a
source of funds to enable the Borrowers to consummate the Acquisition, and the
Lenders and the Agents have agreed to do so upon and subject to the terms and
conditions hereinafter set forth;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the agreements
hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS
1.1 Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the terms listed in
this Section 1.1 shall have the respective meanings set forth in this Section
1.1.
"Acquired Assets": the "Specified Grove Assets" as defined in the
Purchase Agreement.
"Acquired Businesses": the Acquired Assets and the Acquired Entities
or, as defined in the Purchase Agreement, the "Grove Companies".
"Acquired Entities": Crane, Grove France, Grove England, Grove
Germany, Delta Manlift, National Crane Corporation, Manlift Limited, Grove
Crane Limited, Grove Europe Pension Trustees Limited, Grove Crane SL and
Grove Australia.
"Acquisition": as defined in Section 5.1.
"Adjustment Date": as defined in the Pricing Grid.
<PAGE>
2
"Administrative Agent": Chase, together with its affiliates, as the
Arranger of the Commitments and as the administrative agent for the
Lenders under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
"Affected Eurocurrency Loans": as defined in Section 2.22.
"Affected Eurocurrency Rate": as defined in Section 2.17.
"Affiliate": as to any Person, any other Person which, directly or
indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control
with, such Person. For purposes of this definition, "control" of a Person
means the power, directly or indirectly, either to (a) vote 10% or more of
the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors
(or persons performing similar functions) of such Person or (b) direct or
cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether
by contract or otherwise.
"Agents": the collective reference to the Administrative Agent, the
Documentation Agent and the Syndication Agent.
"Aggregate Exposure": with respect to any Lender, an amount equal to
(a) until the Closing Date, the aggregate amount of such Lender's
Commitments and (b) thereafter, the sum of (i) the aggregate unpaid
principal amount of such Lender's Term Loans and (ii) the amount of such
Lender's Revolving Credit Commitment or, if the Revolving Credit
Commitments have been terminated, the amount of such Lender's Revolving
Extensions of Credit.
"Aggregate Exposure Percentage": with respect to any Lender, the
ratio (expressed as a percentage) of such Lender's Aggregate Exposure to
the Aggregate Exposure of all Lenders.
"Agreement": this Credit Agreement, as amended, supplemented or
otherwise modified from time to time.
"Applicable Margin": for each Type of Loan, the rate per annum set
forth under the relevant column heading below:
Base Rate Eurocurrency
Loans Loans
--------- ------------
Revolving Credit Loans 1.250% 2.250%
Swing Line Loans 1.250% N/A
Term Loans 1.500% 2.500%;
provided, that on and after the first Adjustment Date occurring on or
after December 26, 1998, the Applicable Margin with respect to Revolving
Credit Loans, Swing Line Loans and Term Loans will be determined pursuant
to the Pricing Grid.
"Application": an application, in such form as the Issuing Lender
may specify from time to time, requesting the Issuing Lender to open a
Letter of Credit.
"Arranger": as defined in the definition of the term "Administrative
Agent" in this Section 1.1.
<PAGE>
3
"Asset Sale": any Disposition of Property or series of related
Dispositions of Property excluding any such Disposition permitted by
Section 7.5 (other than clause (g) thereof) by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries.
"Assignee": as defined in Section 10.6(c).
"Assignor": as defined in Section 10.6(c).
"Available Revolving Credit Commitment": as to any Revolving Credit
Lender at any time, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) such
Lender's Revolving Credit Commitment over (b) such Lender's Revolving
Extensions of Credit; provided, that in calculating any Lender's Revolving
Extensions of Credit for the purpose of determining such Lender's
Available Revolving Credit Commitment pursuant to Section 2.9(a), the
aggregate principal amount of Swing Line Loans then outstanding shall be
deemed to be zero.
"Base CD Rate": as defined in the definition of the term "Base Rate"
in this Section 1.1.
"Base Rate": for any day, a rate per annum (rounded upwards, if
necessary, to the next 1/16 of 1%) equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime
Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Base CD Rate in effect on such day
plus 1% and (c) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day
plus 1/2 of 1%. For purposes hereof: "Prime Rate" shall mean the rate of
interest per annum publicly announced from time to time by the Reference
Lender as its prime or base rate in effect at its principal office (the
Prime Rate not being intended to be the lowest rate of interest charged by
the Reference Lender in connection with extensions of credit to debtors);
"Base CD Rate" shall mean the sum of (a) the product of (i) the
Three-Month Secondary CD Rate and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which
is one and the denominator of which is one minus the C/D Reserve
Percentage and (b) the C/D Assessment Rate; and "Three-Month Secondary CD
Rate" shall mean, for any day, the secondary market rate for three-month
certificates of deposit reported as being in effect on such day (or, if
such day shall not be a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day) by
the Board through the public information telephone line of the Federal
Reserve Bank of New York (which rate will, under the current practices of
the Board, be published in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519)
during the week following such day), or, if such rate shall not be so
reported on such day or such next preceding Business Day, the average of
the secondary market quotations for three-month certificates of deposit of
major money center banks in New York City received at approximately 10:00
A.M., New York City time, on such day (or, if such day shall not be a
Business Day, on the next preceding Business Day) by the Reference Lender
from three New York City negotiable certificate of deposit dealers of
recognized standing selected by it. Any change in the Base Rate due to a
change in the Prime Rate, the Three-Month Secondary CD Rate or the Federal
Funds Effective Rate shall be effective as of the opening of business on
the effective day of such change in the Prime Rate, the Three-Month
Secondary CD Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate, respectively.
"Base Rate Loans": Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is
based upon the Base Rate.
<PAGE>
4
"Board": the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the
United States (or any successor).
"Board of Directors": (i) in the case of a Person that is a limited
partnership, the board of directors of its corporate general partner or
any committee authorized to act therefor (or, if the general partner is
itself a limited partnership, the board of directors of such general
partner's corporate general partner or any committee authorized to act
therefor), (ii) in the case of a Person that is a corporation, the board
of directors of such Person or any committee authorized to act therefor
and (iii) in the case of any other Person, the board of directors,
management committee or similar governing body or any authorized committee
thereof for the management of the business and affairs of such Person.
"Borrowers": as defined in the Preamble hereto.
"Borrowing Date": any Business Day specified by the Borrowers as a
date on which the Borrowers request the relevant Lenders to make Loans
hereunder.
"Business": as defined in Section 4.17.
"Business Day": a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on
which commercial banks in Houston, Texas or Harrisburg, Pennsylvania are
authorized or required by law to close, except that, when used in
connection with a Eurocurrency Loan in Dollars, "Business Day" shall mean
any Business Day on which dealings in Dollars between banks may be carried
on in London, England and Houston, Texas and in the case of any
Eurocurrency Loan in any Designated Foreign Currency, a day on which
dealings in such Designated Foreign Currency between banks may be carried
on in London, England and the principal financial center of such
Designated Foreign Currency.
"Capital Expenditures": for any period, with respect to any Person,
the aggregate of all expenditures by such Person and its Subsidiaries for
the acquisition or leasing (pursuant to a capital lease) of fixed or
capital assets or additions to equipment (including replacements,
capitalized repairs and improvements during such period) which should be
capitalized under GAAP on a consolidated balance sheet of such Person and
its Subsidiaries.
"Capital Lease Obligations": as to any Person, the obligations of
such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other
arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a
combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and
accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under
GAAP, and, for the purposes of this Agreement, the amount of such
obligations at any time shall be the capitalized amount thereof at such
time determined in accordance with GAAP.
"Capital Stock": any and all shares, interests, participations or
other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation,
any and all equivalent ownership interests in a Person (other than a
corporation) and any and all warrants, rights or options to purchase any
of the foregoing.
<PAGE>
5
"Cash Equivalents": (a) marketable direct obligations issued by, or
unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States Government or issued by
any agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United
States, in each case maturing within one year from the date of
acquisition; (b) certificates of deposit, time deposits, eurocurrency time
deposits or overnight bank deposits having maturities of one year or less
from the date of acquisition issued by any Lender or by any commercial
bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state
thereof having combined capital and surplus of not less than $500,000,000;
(c) commercial paper of an issuer rated at least A-2 by Standard & Poor's
Ratings Services ("S&P") or P-2 by Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
("Moody's"), or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized
rating agency, if both of the two named rating agencies cease publishing
ratings of commercial paper issuers generally, and maturing within six
months from the date of acquisition; (d) repurchase obligations of any
Lender or of any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (b)
of this definition, having a term of not more than 30 days with respect to
securities issued or fully guaranteed or insured by the United States
government; (e) securities with maturities of one year or less from the
date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth
or territory of the United States, by any political subdivision or taxing
authority of any such state, commonwealth or territory or by any foreign
government, the securities of which state, commonwealth, territory,
political subdivision, taxing authority or foreign government (as the case
may be) are rated at least A by S&P or A by Moody's; (f) securities with
maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition backed by
standby letters of credit issued by any Lender or any commercial bank
satisfying the requirements of clause (b) of this definition; or (g)
shares of money market mutual or similar funds which invest in assets
satisfying the requirements of clauses (a) through (f) of this definition
and are sponsored by a registered broker dealer or mutual fund
distributor.
"C/D Assessment Rate": for any day as applied to any Base Rate Loan,
the annual assessment rate in effect on such day which is payable by a
member of the Bank Insurance Fund maintained by the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation (the "FDIC") classified as well-capitalized and
within supervisory subgroup "B" (or a comparable successor assessment risk
classification) within the meaning of 12 C.F.R. ss. 327.4 (or any
successor provision) to the FDIC (or any successor) for the FDIC's (or
such successor's) insuring time deposits at offices of such institution in
the United States.
"C/D Reserve Percentage": for any day as applied to any Base Rate
Loan, that percentage (expressed as a decimal) which is in effect on such
day, as prescribed by the Board, for determining the maximum reserve
requirement for a Depositary Institution (as defined in Regulation D of
the Board as in effect from time to time) in respect of new non-personal
time deposits in Dollars having a maturity of 30 days or more.
"Chase": Chase Bank of Texas, National Association, and its
successors.
"Check-the-Box Subsidiary": a First-Tier Foreign Subsidiary which
has elected to be treated as a partnership or to be disregarded as an
entity separate from its owner for United States Federal income tax
purposes.
"Closing Date": the date on which the conditions precedent set forth
in Section 5.1 shall have been satisfied, which date shall not be later
than May 31, 1998.
<PAGE>
6
"Code": the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to
time.
"Collateral": all Property of the Loan Parties, now owned or
hereafter acquired, upon which a Lien is purported to be created by any
Security Document.
"Commitment": as to any Lender, the sum of the Term Loan Commitment
and the Revolving Credit Commitment of such Lender.
"Commitment Fee Rate": 0.375% per annum; provided, that on and after
the first Adjustment Date occurring on or after December 26, 1998, the
Commitment Fee Rate will be determined pursuant to the Pricing Grid.
"Commonly Controlled Entity": an entity, whether or not
incorporated, which is under common control with the Company within the
meaning of Section 4001 of ERISA or is part of a group which includes the
Company and which is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the
Code.
"Company": as defined in the Preamble hereto.
"Compliance Certificate": a certificate duly executed on behalf of a
Loan Party by a Responsible Officer substantially in the form of Exhibit
B.
"Confidential Information Memorandum": the Confidential Information
Memorandum dated April 1998 and furnished to the initial Lenders.
"Consolidated Balance Sheet Test Ratio": at any date, the ratio of
(i) the sum of (x) 85% of Total Accounts Receivable, (y) 65% of Total
Inventory and (z) 50% of Total Net Property, Plant and Equipment to (ii)
Total Senior Secured Indebtedness. In calculating the ratio as at any
date, an appropriate adjustment shall be made for any assets acquired or
disposed of, and any Senior Secured Indebtedness incurred or paid or
repaid since the last date as of which financial statements have been
furnished pursuant to Section 6.1.
"Consolidated EBITDA": for any period, Consolidated Net Income for
such period plus, without duplication and to the extent reflected as a
charge in the statement of such Consolidated Net Income for such period,
the sum of (a) income tax expense and distributions to the direct and
indirect members of Holdings in lieu of taxes, (b) Consolidated Interest
Expense, non-cash interest expense not included in Consolidated Interest
Expense, amortization or writeoff of debt discount and debt issuance costs
and commissions, discounts and other fees and charges associated with
Indebtedness (including the Loans), (c) depreciation and amortization
expense and other non-cash charges and (d) amortization of intangibles
(including goodwill) and organization costs, plus (e) the aggregate amount
of up- front or one-time fees or expenses payable in respect of Interest
Rate Protection Agreements during such period (to the extent deducted in
determining Consolidated Net Income for such period) plus (f) the amount
of unrealized foreign exchange losses (net of any gains) (or minus the
amount of unrealized foreign exchange gains (net of any losses)) minus, to
the extent included in the statement of such Consolidated Net Income for
such period, other non-cash income.
<PAGE>
7
"Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio": for any period, the
ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA for such period (not taking into account
(i) any charges of up to $30,000,000 relating to facilities closings or
(ii) any fees and expenses payable to the George Group in Permitted George
Group Transactions, (iii) one-time expenses associated with inventory,
research and development and other write-ups resulting from purchase
accounting adjustments at the time of the Acquisition or any Permitted
Acquisition or (iv) reasonable expenses associated with Permitted
Acquisitions) less the aggregate amount actually paid by the Company and
its Subsidiaries in cash during such period on account of Capital
Expenditures (excluding the principal amount of Indebtedness incurred in
connection with such expenditures and any such expenditures financed with
the proceeds of any Reinvestment Deferred Amount) to (b) Consolidated
Interest Expense for such period.
"Consolidated Interest Expense": for any period, total cash interest
expense (including that attributable to Capital Lease Obligations and any
Dealer Receivables Financing) of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such
period net of interest income (including any Dealer Receivables Financing)
with respect to all outstanding Indebtedness of the Company and its
Subsidiaries (including all commissions, discounts and other fees and
charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers' acceptance
financing and net costs under Interest Rate Protection Agreements to the
extent such net costs are allocable to such period in accordance with
GAAP).
"Consolidated Net Income": for any period, the consolidated net
income (or loss) of the Company and its Subsidiaries, determined on a
consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
"Consolidated Net Worth": at any date, all amounts which would, in
conformity with GAAP, be included on a consolidated balance sheet of the
Company and its Subsidiaries under total invested capital at such date.
"Consolidated Total Indebtedness": at any date, the aggregate
principal amount of all Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries
at such date, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP,
excluding any Dealer Receivables Financing.
"Continuing Directors": the members of Holdings' Board of Directors
on the Closing Date, after giving effect to the Acquisition and the other
transactions contemplated hereby, and each other member, if, in each case,
such other member's nomination for election to the Board of Directors of
Holdings is recommended by at least a majority of the then Continuing
Directors or such other member receives the vote of the Permitted
Investors in his or her election by the holders of Holdings.
"Contractual Obligation": as to any Person, any provision of any
material security issued by such Person or of any material agreement,
instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by
which it or any of its material Property is bound.
"Crane": Crane Holding Inc., a Delaware corporation.
"Dealer Receivables Financing": any "off-balance sheet" financing of
dealer obligations owing to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, with
limited recourse to the Company and its Subsidiaries (i) on terms and
conditions substantially in accordance with the
<PAGE>
8
terms and conditions contained in Exhibit K or (ii) any other such
financing on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the
Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders.
"Default": any of the events specified in Section 8, whether or not
any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, has
been satisfied.
"Delta Manlift": Delta Manlift SAS, a societe anonyme simplifiee
organized under the laws of France.
"Designated Foreign Currencies": the currencies set forth on
Schedule A and any other available and freely convertible foreign currency
requested by the Company and approved by the Administrative Agent and all
of the Lenders in accordance with Section 10.1(b).
"Disposition": with respect to any Property, any sale, lease, sale
and leaseback, assignment, conveyance, transfer or other disposition
thereof; and the terms "Dispose" and "Disposed of" shall have correlative
meanings.
"Documentation Agent": as defined in the Preamble hereto.
"Dollar Equivalent": with respect to the principal amount of any
Eurocurrency Loan made or outstanding in any Designated Foreign Currency
or any amount in respect of any Letter of Credit denominated in any
Designated Foreign Currency, at any date of determination thereof, an
amount in Dollars equivalent to such principal amount or such other amount
calculated on the basis of the Spot Rate of Exchange.
"Dollars" and "$": dollars in lawful currency of the United States
of America.
"Domestic Subsidiary": any Subsidiary of the Company organized under
the laws of any jurisdiction within the United States of America.
"ECF Percentage": in respect of any fiscal year of the Company (or,
in the case of its 1998 fiscal year, the portion thereof after the Closing
Date), 75%; provided, that the ECF Percentage shall be reduced to 50% if
the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the period of four
consecutive fiscal quarters ending on the last day of such fiscal year is
more than 2.5 to 1.0.
"Eligible Notes Receivable": at any date, all amounts which would,
in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption "notes
receivable" (or any like caption), to the extent arising in the ordinary
course of business, on a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its
Subsidiaries at such date (net of reserves (to the extent not already a
net amount) and not subject to third party liens).
"Environmental Laws": any and all foreign, Federal, state, local or
municipal laws, rules, orders, regulations, statutes, ordinances, codes,
decrees, requirements of any Governmental Authority or other Requirements
of Law (including common law) regulating, relating to or imposing
liability or standards of conduct concerning protection of human health or
the environment, as now or may at any time hereafter be in effect.
<PAGE>
9
"Environmental Permits": any and all permits, licenses, approvals,
registrations, notifications, exemptions, and any other aurthorization
required under any Environmental Law.
"ERISA": the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended from time to time.
"Eurocurrency Base Rate": with respect to each day during each
Interest Period pertaining to a Eurocurrency Loan, the rate per annum
determined by the Administrative Agent to be the arithmetic mean (rounded
to the nearest 1/100th of 1%) of the offered rates for deposits in Dollars
or in the applicable Designated Foreign Currency, as the case may be, with
a term comparable to such Interest Period that appears on the Dow Jones
Markets screen at approximately 11:00 A.M., London time, on the second
full Business Day preceding the first day of such Interest Period (or, in
the case of United Kingdom Pounds Sterling, on the first day of such
Interest Period); provided, however, that if there shall at any time no
longer exist a Dow Jones Markets screen, "Eurocurrency Base Rate" shall
mean, with respect to each day during each Interest Period pertaining to a
Eurocurrency Loan, the rate per annum equal to the rate at which Chase is
offered deposits in Dollars or in the applicable Designated Foreign
Currency at approximately 11:00 A.M., London time, two Business Days prior
to the first day of such Interest Period in the interbank eurocurrency
market where the eurocurrency and foreign currency and exchange operations
in respect of Dollars or such Designated Foreign Currency, as the case may
be, are then being conducted for delivery on the first day of such
Interest Period for the number of days comprised therein and in an amount
comparable to the amount of its Eurocurrency Loan to be outstanding during
such Interest Period.
"Eurocurrency Loans": Loans the rate of interest applicable to which
is based upon the Eurocurrency Rate.
"Eurocurrency Rate": with respect to each day during each Interest
Period pertaining to a Eurocurrency Loan, a rate per annum determined for
such day in accordance with the following formula (rounded upward to the
nearest 1/100th of 1%):
Eurocurrency Base Rate
----------------------------------------
1.00 - Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements
"Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements": for any day as applied to a
Eurocurrency Loan, the aggregate (without duplication) of the maximum
rates (expressed as a decimal fraction) of reserve requirements in effect
on such day (including basic, supplemental, marginal and emergency
reserves under any regulations of the Board or other Governmental
Authority having jurisdiction with respect thereto) dealing with reserve
requirements prescribed for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as
"Eurocurrency Liabilities" in Regulation D of the Board) maintained by a
member bank of the Federal Reserve System.
"Eurocurrency Tranche": the collective reference to Eurocurrency
Loans, the then current Interest Periods with respect to all of which
begin on the same date and end on the same later date (whether or not such
Loans shall originally have been made on the same day).
"Event of Default": any of the events specified in Section 8,
provided that any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time,
or both, has been satisfied.
<PAGE>
10
"Excess Cash Flow": for any fiscal year of the Company, the excess,
if any, of (a) the sum, without duplication, of (i) Consolidated EBITDA
for such fiscal year and (ii) an amount equal to the amount of all
non-cash losses or charges deducted in arriving at Consolidated Net Income
for such fiscal year minus (b) the sum, without duplication, of (i)
Consolidated Interest Expense, (ii) Restricted Payments in respect of such
fiscal year under Section 7.6(b) through (f), (iii) income tax expense and
tax distributions to members during such fiscal year, (iv) the aggregate
amount of Capital Expenditures of the Company and its Subsidiaries made
during such fiscal year (excluding the principal amount of Indebtedness
incurred pursuant to Section 7.2(i) in connection with such expenditures),
(v) the aggregate amount of all prepayments of Revolving Credit Loans and
Swing Line Loans during such fiscal year to the extent accompanying
permanent optional reductions of the Revolving Credit Commitments and all
optional prepayments of the Term Loans during such fiscal year, (vi) the
aggregate amount of all regularly scheduled principal payments of Funded
Debt (including the Term Loans) of the Company and its Subsidiaries made
during such fiscal year (other than in respect of any revolving credit
facility to the extent there is not an equivalent permanent reduction in
commitments thereunder), (vii) the aggregate amount of all payments made
in connection with Permitted George Group Transactions, (viii) non-cash
gains during such fiscal year, (ix) the aggregate amount of reasonable
expenses in connection with Permitted Acquisitions, (x) the aggregate
amount of reasonable cash expenses for one-time extraordinary or
non-recurring charges deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income and
not included in Consolidated EBITDA, (xi) an amount equal to the aggregate
net gain on the Disposition of Property by the Company and its
Subsidiaries during such fiscal year (other than sales of inventory in the
ordinary course of business), to the extent included in arriving at such
Consolidated Net Income and (xii) cash payments made during such fiscal
year paid with respect to non-cash items included in clause (a) above for
such fiscal year or any prior fiscal year.
"Excess Cash Flow Application Date": as defined in Section 2.12(f).
"Existing Factoring Arrangements": factoring or discounting
arrangements (i) as in effect on the date hereof or entered into in the
ordinary course of business on substantially similar terms and consistent
with past practice or (ii) on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory
to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders.
"Facility": each of (a) the Term Loan Commitments and the Term Loans
made thereunder (the "Term Loan Facility") and (b) the Revolving Credit
Commitments and the extensions of credit made thereunder (the "Revolving
Credit Facility").
"Federal Funds Effective Rate": for any day, the weighted average of
the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the
Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers, as published on
the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York,
or, if such rate is not so published for any day which is a Business Day,
the average of the quotations for the day of such transactions received by
the Reference Lender from three federal funds brokers of recognized
standing selected by it.
<PAGE>
11
"First-Tier Foreign Subsidiary": (i) Grove Holdings France, SAS and
(ii) each Foreign Subsidiary of the Company or Grove Capital all of the
Capital Stock of which is owned by the Company or a Domestic Subsidiary.
"Foreign Subsidiary": any Subsidiary of the Company that is not a
Domestic Subsidiary.
"Foreign Pledge Agreements": the pledge agreements to be executed by
the Company, or, if applicable, a Domestic Subsidiary, substantially in
the form of Exhibit L, providing for the pledge, to the Administrative
Agent on behalf of the Lender, of 65% of the capital stock of each
First-Tier Foreign Subsidiary (other than Grove Australia) as the same may
be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
"Funded Debt": as to any Person, all Indebtedness of such Person
that matures more than one year from the date of its creation or matures
within one year from such date but is renewable or extendible, at the
option of such Person, to a date more than one year from such date or
arises under a revolving credit or similar agreement that obligates the
lender or lenders to extend credit during a period of more than one year
from such date, including all current maturities and current sinking fund
payments in respect of such Indebtedness whether or not required to be
paid within one year from the date of its creation and, in the case of the
Company, Indebtedness in respect of the Loans.
"Funding Office": the office of the Administrative Agent set forth
in Section 10.2.
"GAAP": generally accepted accounting principles in the United
States of America as in effect from time to time, except that for purposes
of Section 7.1, GAAP shall be determined on the basis of such principles
in effect on the date hereof and consistent with those used in the
preparation of the most recent audited financial statements delivered
pursuant to Section 4.1(b). In the event that any "Accounting Change" (as
defined below) shall occur and such change results in a change in the
method of calculation of financial covenants, standards or terms in this
Agreement, then the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent agree to enter
into negotiations in order to amend such provisions of this Agreement so
as to equitably reflect such Accounting Changes with the desired result
that the criteria for evaluating the Borrowers' financial condition shall
be the same after such Accounting Changes as if such Accounting Changes
had not been made. Until such time as such an amendment shall have been
executed and delivered by the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the
Required Lenders, all financial covenants, standards and terms in this
Agreement shall continue to be calculated or construed as if such
Accounting Changes had not occurred. "Accounting Changes" refers to
changes in accounting principles required by the promulgation of any rule,
regulation, pronouncement or opinion by the Financial Accounting Standards
Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants or, if
applicable, the Securities and Exchange Commission (or successors thereto
or agencies with similar functions).
"George Group": The George Group, Inc., a Texas corporation, and its
successors.
"Governmental Authority": any nation or government, any state or
other political subdivision thereof and any entity exercising executive,
legislative, judicial, regulatory or
<PAGE>
12
administrative functions of or pertaining to government (including the
National Association of Insurance Commissioners).
"Grove Australia": Grove Manlift Pty. Ltd., an Australian limited
corporation.
"Grove Capital": as defined in the Preamble hereto.
"Grove England": Grove Europe Limited, a limited company organized
under the laws of England and Wales.
"Grove France": Grove France SA, a societe anonyme organized under
the laws of France.
"Grove Germany": Deutsche Grove GmbH, a German corporation.
"Grove Investors": Grove Investors LLC, a Delaware limited liability
company, the managing member of Holdings.
"Grove Investors Debentures": as defined in Section 7.6.
"Guarantee and Collateral Agreement": the Guarantee and Collateral
Agreement to be executed and delivered by Holdings, the Company, Grove
Capital and each Subsidiary Guarantor, substantially in the form of
Exhibit A, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified
from time to time.
"Guarantee Obligation": as to any Person (the "guaranteeing
person"), any obligation of (a) the guaranteeing person or (b) another
Person (including any bank under any letter of credit) to induce the
creation of which the guaranteeing person has issued a reimbursement,
counterindemnity or similar obligation, in either case guaranteeing or in
effect guaranteeing any Indebtedness, leases, dividends or other
obligations (the "primary obligations") of any other third Person (the
"primary obligor") in any manner, whether directly or indirectly,
including any obligation of the guaranteeing person, whether or not
contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any Property
constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or
supply funds (1) for the purchase or payment of any such primary
obligation or (2) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the
primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the
primary obligor, (iii) to purchase Property, securities or services
primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary
obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such
primary obligation or (iv) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner
of any such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof; provided,
however, that the term Guarantee Obligation shall not include endorsements
of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of
business. The amount of any Guarantee Obligation of any guaranteeing
person shall be deemed to be the lower of (a) an amount equal to the
stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of
which such Guarantee Obligation is made and (b) the maximum amount for
which such guaranteeing person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the
instrument embodying such Guarantee Obligation, unless such primary
obligation and the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may
be liable are not stated or determinable, in which case the amount of such
Guarantee
<PAGE>
13
Obligation shall be such guaranteeing person's maximum reasonably
anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the Borrowers in
good faith.
"Guarantors": the collective reference to Holdings and the
Subsidiary Guarantors.
"Hanson": collectively, Hanson Funding (G) Limited, a limited
company organized under the laws of England and Wales, Deutsche Grove
Corporation, a Delaware corporation, Hanson America Holdings (4) Limited,
a limited company organized under the laws of England and Wales, Grove
France, Kidde and Hanson Finance PLC, a public limited company organized
under the laws of England and Wales, all of which Persons are party to the
Purchase Agreement.
"Hedging Agreement": any Interest Rate Protection Agreement and any
other currency or commodity swap, future, option, cap or collar agreement
with (i) any Lender or (ii) any financial institution reasonably
acceptable to the Administrative Agent, to or under which any of the
Company or its Subsidiaries is a party or a beneficiary on the date hereof
or becomes a party or a beneficiary after the date hereof.
"Holdings": Grove Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability
company, the managing member of the Company and the owner of all of the
Capital Stock of the Company.
"Holdings Debentures": as defined in Section 5.1(b)(ii).
"Holdings Debentures Indenture": the Indenture, dated as of April
29, 1998, entered into by Holdings in connection with the issuance of the
Holdings Debentures, a substantially final draft of which has been
furnished to the Administrative Agent and an executed copy of which has
been or, on the Closing Date, will be furnished to the Administrative
Agent, together with all instruments and other agreements entered into by
the Borrowers in connection therewith.
"Holdings Mezzanine Financing": as defined in Section 2.12(a).
"Indebtedness": of any Person at any date, without duplication, (a)
all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of
such Person for the deferred purchase price of Property or services (other
than trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of such Person's
business), (c) all obligations of such Person evidenced by notes, bonds,
debentures or other similar instruments, (d) all indebtedness created or
arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with
respect to Property acquired by such Person (even though the rights and
remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of
default are limited to repossession or sale of such Property), (e) all
Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (f) all obligations of such
Person, contingent or otherwise, as an account party under acceptance,
letter of credit or similar facilities, (g) all Guarantee Obligations of
such Person in respect of obligations of the kind referred to in clauses
(a) through (e) above and (h) all obligations of the kind referred to in
clauses (a) through (g) above secured by (or for which the holder of such
obligation has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured
by) any Lien on Property (including accounts and contract rights) owned by
such Person, whether or not such Person has assumed or become liable for
the payment of such obligation and (i) for the purposes of Section 8(e)
only, all obligations of such Person in respect of Interest Rate
<PAGE>
14
Protection Agreements; provided that, for purposes of Section 7.1 only,
Trade Obligations and Guarantee Obligations in connection with any Dealer
Receivables Financing guaranteeing up to 10% of the amount of any loss on
any receivable that is a part of such financing shall not be considered
Indebtedness.
"Insolvency": with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition
that such Plan is insolvent within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA.
"Insolvent": pertaining to a condition of Insolvency.
"Intellectual Property": the collective reference to all rights,
priorities and privileges relating to intellectual property, whether
arising under United States, multinational or foreign laws or otherwise,
including copyrights, copyright licenses, patents, patent licenses,
trademarks, trademark licenses, technology, know-how and processes, and
all rights to sue at law or in equity for any infringement or other
impairment thereof, including the right to receive all proceeds and
damages therefrom.
"Intercompany Loan": a loan by, on the one hand, either Borrower or
any their Domestic Subsidiaries to, on the other hand, a Foreign
Subsidiary.
"Intercompany Loan Pledge Agreement": a pledge agreement executed by
a First- Tier Foreign Subsidiary to secure an Intercompany Loan,
substantially in the form of a Foreign Pledge Agreement.
"Intercompany Note": a note executed by a Foreign Subsidiary in
favor of, as the case may be, either Borrower or one of their Domestic
Subsidiaries, substantially in the form of Exhibit J.
"Interest Payment Date": (a) as to any Base Rate Loan, the last day
of each March, June, September and December to occur while such Loan is
outstanding and the final maturity date of such Loan, (b) as to any
Eurocurrency Loan having an Interest Period of three months or less, the
last day of such Interest Period, (c) as to any Eurocurrency Loan having
an Interest Period longer than three months, each day which is three
months, or a whole multiple thereof, after the first day of such Interest
Period and the last day of such Interest Period and (d) as to any Loan
(other than any Revolving Credit Loan that is a Base Rate Loan and any
Swing Line Loan), the date of any repayment or prepayment made in respect
thereof.
"Interest Period": as to any Eurocurrency Loan, (a) initially, the
period commencing on the borrowing or conversion date, as the case may be,
with respect to such Eurocurrency Loan and ending one, two, three or six
months thereafter (or, in the case of any Eurocurrency Loan in any
Designated Foreign Currency, any period of less than one month as may be
approved by the Administrative Agent), as selected by the Borrowers in
their notice of borrowing or notice of conversion, as the case may be,
given with respect thereto; and (b) thereafter, each period commencing on
the last day of the next preceding Interest Period applicable to such
Eurocurrency Loan and ending one, two, three or six months thereafter, as
selected by the Borrowers by irrevocable notice to the Administrative
Agent not less than three Business Days prior to the last day of the then
current Interest Period with respect thereto;
<PAGE>
15
provided that, all of the foregoing provisions relating to Interest
Periods are subject to the following:
(i) if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day that
is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next
succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to
carry such Interest Period into another calendar month in which event such
Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day;
(ii) any Interest Period that would otherwise extend beyond
the Revolving Credit Termination Date or beyond the date final payment is
due on the Term Loans, as the case may be, shall end on the Revolving
Credit Termination Date or such due date, as applicable;
(iii) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day
of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically
corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest
Period) shall end on the last Business Day of a calendar month; and
(iv) the Company shall select Interest Periods so as not to
require a scheduled payment of any Eurocurrency Loan during an Interest
Period for such Loan.
"Interest Rate Protection Agreement": any interest rate protection
agreement, interest rate future, interest rate option, interest rate cap
or collar or other interest rate hedge arrangement with (i) any Lender or
(ii) any financial institution reasonably acceptable to the Administrative
Agent, to or under which any of the Company or its Subsidiaries is a party
or a beneficiary on the date hereof or becomes a party or a beneficiary
after the date hereof.
"Issuing Lender": Chase, in its capacity as issuer of any Letter of
Credit.
"Keystone": Keystone, Inc., a Texas corporation.
"Kidde": Kidde Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
"L/C Commitment": $50,000,000.
"L/C Fee Payment Date": the last day of each March, June, September
and December and the last day of the Revolving Credit Commitment Period.
"L/C Obligations": at any time, an amount equal to the sum of (a)
the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of the then outstanding
Letters of Credit and (b) the aggregate amount of drawings under Letters
of Credit which have not then been reimbursed pursuant to Section 3.5
(including, in the case of Letters of Credit then outstanding in any
Designated Foreign Currency, the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate
principal amount thereof).
"L/C Participants": the collective reference to all the Revolving
Credit Lenders other than the Issuing Lender.
<PAGE>
16
"Lenders": as defined in the Preamble hereto.
"Letters of Credit": as defined in Section 3.1(a).
"Lien": any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit
arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge or other
security interest or any preference, priority or other security agreement
or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including
any conditional sale or other title retention agreement and any capital
lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the
foregoing).
"Loan": any loan made by any Lender pursuant to this Agreement.
"Loan Documents": this Agreement, the Security Documents and the
Notes.
"Loan Parties": Holdings, the Company, Grove Capital and each
Subsidiary of the Company which is a party to a Loan Document.
"Majority Facility Lenders": with respect to any Facility, the
holders of more than 50% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the
Term Loans or the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit, as the case may
be, outstanding under such Facility (or, in the case of the Revolving
Credit Facility, prior to any termination of the Revolving Credit
Commitments, the holders of more than 50% of the Total Revolving Credit
Commitments).
"Majority Revolving Credit Facility Lenders": the Majority Facility
Lenders in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility.
"Material Adverse Effect": a material adverse effect on (a) the
Acquisition, (b) the business, operations, property or condition
(financial or otherwise) of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a
whole or (c) the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any of
the other Loan Documents or the rights or remedies of the Administrative
Agent or the Lenders hereunder or thereunder.
"Material Environmental Amount": an amount payable by the Company
and/or its Subsidiaries, not including such amounts reserved for
environmental matters in accordance with GAAP as of December 27, 1997, in
excess of $7,000,000, for remedial costs, compliance costs, compensatory
damages, punitive damages, fines, penalties or any combination thereof.
"Material Subsidiary": each Domestic Subsidiary of the Company (i)
listed on part A of Schedule B or (ii) created after the date hereof, at
any date of determination, (a) whose total assets at the last day of the
most recent fiscal period for which Section 6.1 financials have been
delivered were equal to or greater than 5% of the consolidated total
assets of the Company at such date or (b) whose gross revenues for such
most recent fiscal period for which Section 6.1 financials have been
delivered were equal to or greater than 5% of the consolidated gross
revenues of the Company for such period, in each case determined in
accordance with GAAP.
"Materials of Environmental Concern": any gasoline or petroleum
(including crude oil or any fraction thereof) or petroleum products,
asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls, urea-
<PAGE>
17
formaldehyde insulation, and any hazardous or toxic substances, materials
or wastes, defined or regulated as such in or under or that could result
in liability under any Environmental Law.
"Mortgaged Properties": the real properties listed on Schedule 1.1B
and any real property which may, after the Closing Date, become the
subject of a Mortgage in favor of the Administrative Agent pursuant to
Section 6.10(b), as to which the Administrative Agent for the benefit of
the Lenders shall be granted a Lien pursuant to the Mortgages.
"Mortgages": each of the mortgages and deeds of trust made from time
to time by any Loan Party in favor of, or for the benefit of, the
Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders, substantially in the
form of Exhibit D (with such changes thereto as shall be advisable under
the law of the jurisdiction in which such mortgage or deed of trust is to
be recorded), as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise
modified from time to time.
"Multiemployer Plan": a Plan which is a multiemployer plan as
defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.
"Net Cash Proceeds": (a) in connection with any Asset Sale or any
Recovery Event, the proceeds thereof in the form of cash and Cash
Equivalents (including any such proceeds received by way of deferred
payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or
purchase price adjustment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when
received) of such Asset Sale or Recovery Event, net of (i) attorneys'
fees, accountants' fees, investment banking fees, (ii) amounts required to
be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness secured by a Lien expressly
permitted hereunder on any asset which is the subject of such Asset Sale
or Recovery Event (other than any Lien pursuant to a Security Document),
(iii) other customary fees and expenses actually incurred in connection
therewith and (iv) taxes paid or distributed pursuant to Section 7.6(b) or
reasonably estimated to be payable or distributable pursuant to Section
7.6(b) as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax
credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements) and (b) in
connection with any issuance or sale of equity securities or debt
securities or instruments or the incurrence of loans, the cash proceeds
received from such issuance or incurrence, net of attorneys' fees,
investment banking fees, accountants' fees, underwriting discounts and
commissions and other customary fees and expenses actually incurred in
connection therewith.
"Non-Excluded Taxes": as defined in Section 2.20(a).
"Non-U.S. Lender": as defined in Section 2.20(d).
"Notes": the collective reference to any promissory note evidencing
Loans.
"Obligations": the unpaid principal of and interest on (including
interest accruing after the maturity of the Loans and Reimbursement
Obligations and interest accruing after the filing of any petition in
bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like
proceeding, relating to the Borrower, whether or not a claim for post-
filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding) the Loans
and all other obligations and liabilities of the Borrowers to the
Administrative Agent or to any Lender (or, in the case of Hedging
Agreements, any affiliate of any Lender), whether direct or indirect,
absolute or contingent, due or to become
<PAGE>
18
due, or now existing or hereafter incurred, which may arise under, out of,
or in connection with, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, the
Letters of Credit, any Hedging Agreement entered into with any Lender or
any affiliate of any Lender or any other document made, delivered or given
in connection herewith or therewith, whether on account of principal,
interest, reimbursement obligations, fees, indemnities, costs, expenses
(including all fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the
Administrative Agent or to any Lender that are required to be paid by the
Borrowers pursuant hereto) or otherwise.
"Other Taxes": any and all present or future stamp or documentary
taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies
arising from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery or
enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement.
"Participant": as defined in Section 10.6(b).
"Payment Office": the office of the Administrative Agent set forth
in Section 10.2.
"PBGC": the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established
pursuant to Subtitle A of Title IV of ERISA (or any successor).
"Permitted Acquisition": any acquisition of a Person, division or
line of business in the same or related line of business by the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries for a purchase price (including any Indebtedness
assumed and continuing outstanding), together with the aggregate purchase
price paid in connection with other such acquisitions since the Closing
Date, of up to an amount of $50,000,000; provided that at any time of such
acquisition, based upon the assumption that such acquisition and any
additional Indebtedness incurred to finance such acquisition had been
consummated and incurred at the beginning of the most recently completed
four fiscal quarter period, and taking into account the earnings (or loss)
of the acquired Person, division or business line during such period and,
anticipated cost savings resulting from such acquisition, the Company
shall, based upon pro forma financial statements reviewed (including as to
the anticipated cost savings) by the Company's independent public
accountants, be in pro forma compliance with the provisions of Section 7.1
and no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
"Permitted George Group Transactions": consulting arrangements with
the George Group and its affiliates and any payments for fees and expenses
thereunder; provided that no Default or Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing and provided further that (i) such payments
shall not exceed $10,000,000 in any fiscal year of the Company and shall
not exceed $25,000,000 cumulatively at any time during five years from the
Closing Date (with each such amount being subject to reasonable adjustment
by the Company with the consent of the Administrative Agent (not to be
unreasonably withheld) in connection with any Permitted Acquisition) and
(ii) after the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date, any payments to the
George Group must be approved by the Administrative Agent.
"Permitted Investors": (i) Keystone, FW Grove Coinvestors, L.P.,
Strategic, George Group Employee Partners--Grove, L.P., Michael George and
their respective Affiliates on the date of this Agreement and (ii) any of
the Permitted Transferees of the Persons referred to in clause (i).
1
<PAGE>
19
"Permitted Transferee": with respect to any Person, in the case of
any Person who is a natural person, (a) such individual's spouse or
children, any trust for such individual's benefit or the benefit of such
individual's spouse or children, or any corporation, partnership, limited
liability company or similar entity in which the direct and beneficial
owner or owners of 80% or more of the equity interest is such Person or
such individual's spouse or children or any trust for the benefit of such
Persons; and (b) the heirs, executors, administrators, or personal
representatives upon death of such Person or upon the incompetence or
disability of such Person for purposes of the protection and management of
such individual's assets.
"Person": an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability
company, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated
association, joint venture, Governmental Authority or other entity of
whatever nature.
"Plan": at a particular time, any employee benefit plan which is
covered by ERISA and in respect of which the Company or a Commonly
Controlled Entity is (or, if such plan were terminated at such time, would
under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an "employer" as defined in
Section 3(5) of ERISA.
"Pricing Grid": the pricing grid attached hereto as Annex A.
"Prime Rate": as defined in the definition of the term "Base Rate"
in this Section 1.1.
"Pro Forma Balance Sheet": as defined in Section 4.1(a).
"Projections": as defined in Section 6.2(c).
"Properties": as defined in Section 4.17.
"Property": any right or interest in or to property of any kind
whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or
intangible, including Capital Stock.
"Purchase Agreement": the Stock and Asset Purchase Agreement, dated
as of March 10, 1998, among the Company and Hanson.
"Recovery Event": any settlement of or payment equal to or greater
than $1,000,000 in respect of any property or casualty insurance claim or
any condemnation proceeding arising after the Closing Date relating to any
asset of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
"Reference Lender": the Administrative Agent.
"Refunded Swing Line Loans": as defined in Section 2.7.
"Refunding Date": as defined in Section 2.7.
"Register": as defined in Section 10.6(d).
<PAGE>
20
"Regulation U": Regulation U of the Board as in effect from time to
time.
"Reimbursement Obligation": the obligation of the Borrowers to
reimburse the Issuing Lender pursuant to Section 3.5 for amounts drawn
under Letters of Credit.
"Reinvestment Deferred Amount": with respect to any Reinvestment
Event, the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries in connection therewith which are not applied to prepay
the Term Loans or reduce the Revolving Credit Commitments pursuant to
Section 2.12(c) as a result of the delivery of a Reinvestment Notice.
"Reinvestment Event": any Asset Sale or Recovery Event in respect of
which the Company has delivered a Reinvestment Notice.
"Reinvestment Notice": a written notice executed by a Responsible
Officer stating that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing
and that the Company (directly or indirectly through a Subsidiary) intends
and expects to use all or a specified portion of the Net Cash Proceeds of
an Asset Sale or Recovery Event to acquire assets useful in its business.
"Reinvestment Prepayment Amount": with respect to any Reinvestment
Event, the Reinvestment Deferred Amount relating thereto less any amount
expended prior to the relevant Reinvestment Prepayment Date to acquire
assets useful in the Company's business.
"Reinvestment Prepayment Date": with respect to any Reinvestment
Event, the earlier of (a) the date occurring one year after such
Reinvestment Event and (b) the date on which the Company shall have
determined not to, or shall have otherwise ceased to, acquire assets
useful in the Company's business with all or any portion of the relevant
Reinvestment Deferred Amount.
"Reorganization": with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the
condition that such plan is in reorganization within the meaning of
Section 4241 of ERISA.
"Reportable Event": any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c)
of ERISA, other than those events as to which the thirty day notice period
is waived under regulations promulgated under Title IV of ERISA.
"Required Lenders": the holders of more than 50% of (a) until the
Closing Date, the Commitments and (b) thereafter, the sum of (i) the
aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Term Loans and (ii) the Total
Revolving Credit Commitments or, if the Revolving Credit Commitments have
been terminated, the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit.
"Required Prepayment Lenders": the Majority Facility Lenders in
respect of each Facility.
"Requirement of Law": as to any Person, the Certificate of
Incorporation and By-Laws or other organizational or governing documents
of such Person, and any law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination
of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each
<PAGE>
21
case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its material
Property or to which such Person or any of its Property is subject.
"Responsible Officer": the chief executive officer, president or
chief financial officer of the Company or any officer at the level of vice
president or higher, but in any event, with respect to financial matters,
the chief financial officer, treasurer or comptroller of the Company.
"Restricted Payments": as defined in Section 7.6.
"Revolving Credit Commitment": as to any Lender, the obligation of
such Lender, if any, to make Revolving Credit Loans and participate in
Swing Line Loans and Letters of Credit, in an aggregate principal and/or
face amount not to exceed the amount set forth under the heading
"Revolving Credit Commitment" opposite such Lender's name on Schedule
1.1A, as the same may be changed from time to time pursuant to the terms
hereof. The original amount of the Total Revolving Credit Commitments is
$125,000,000.
"Revolving Credit Commitment Period": the period from and including
the Closing Date to the Revolving Credit Termination Date.
"Revolving Credit Lender": each Lender which has a Revolving Credit
Commitment or which has made Revolving Credit Loans.
"Revolving Credit Loans": as defined in Section 2.4.
"Revolving Credit Percentage": as to any Revolving Credit Lender at
any time, the percentage which such Lender's Revolving Credit Commitment
then constitutes of the Total Revolving Credit Commitments (or, at any
time after the Revolving Credit Commitments shall have expired or
terminated, the percentage which the aggregate principal amount of such
Lender's Revolving Credit Loans then outstanding (including, in the case
of Revolving Credit Loans in any Designated Foreign Currency, the Dollar
Equivalent thereof) constitutes of the aggregate principal amount of the
Revolving Credit Loans then outstanding (including, in the case of
Revolving Credit Loans then outstanding in any Designated Foreign
Currency, the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate principal amount
thereof)).
"Revolving Credit Termination Date": April 29, 2005.
"Revolving Extensions of Credit": as to any Revolving Credit Lender
at any time, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate principal
amount of all Revolving Credit Loans made by such Lender then outstanding
(including, in the case of Revolving Credit Loans then outstanding in any
Designated Foreign Currency, the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate
principal amount thereof), (b) such Lender's Revolving Credit Percentage
of the L/C Obligations then outstanding and (c) such Lender's Revolving
Credit Percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Swing Line Loans
then outstanding.
"Sale/Leaseback Transactions": as defined in Section 7.11.
<PAGE>
22
"Security Documents": the collective reference to the Guarantee and
Collateral Agreement, the Foreign Pledge Agreements, the Mortgages and all
other security documents hereafter delivered to the Administrative Agent
granting a Lien on any Property of any Person to secure the obligations
and liabilities of any Loan Party under any Loan Document.
"Senior Leverage Ratio": as of the last day of any period of four
consecutive fiscal quarters, the ratio of (a) Total Senior Secured
Indebtedness on such day to (b) the sum of (i) Consolidated Total
Indebtedness as of such day and (ii) Consolidated Net Worth as of such
day.
"Senior Subordinated Note Indenture": the Indenture, dated as of
April 29, 1998, entered into by the Borrowers in connection with the
issuance of the Senior Subordinated Notes, a substantially final draft of
which has been furnished to the Administrative Agent and an executed copy
of which has been or, on the Closing Date, will be furnished to the
Administrative Agent, together with all instruments and other agreements
entered into by the Borrowers in connection therewith, as the same may be
amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in
accordance with Section 7.9.
"Senior Subordinated Notes": the senior subordinated notes of the
Borrowers in the aggregate amount of $225,000,000 due 2008 issued on the
Closing Date pursuant to the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture and any
substantially identical exchange notes issued pursuant to the Senior
Subordinated Note Indenture.
"Single Employer Plan": any Plan which is covered by Title IV of
ERISA, but which is not a Multiemployer Plan.
"Solvent": when used with respect to any Person, means that, as of
any date of determination, (a) the amount of the "present fair saleable
value" of the assets of such Person will, as of such date, exceed the
amount of all stated liabilities and identified contingent liabilities,
(b) the present fair saleable value of the assets of such Person will, as
of such date, be greater than the amount that will be required to pay the
liability of such Person on its debts as such debts become absolute and
matured, (c) such Person will not have, as of such date, an unreasonably
small amount of capital with which to conduct its business, and (d) such
Person should be able to pay its debts as they mature. For purposes of
this definition, (i) "debt" means liability on a "claim", and (ii) "claim"
means any (x) right to payment, whether or not such a right is reduced to
judgment, liquidated, unliquidated, fixed, contingent, matured, unmatured,
disputed, undisputed, legal, equitable, secured or unsecured or (y) right
to an equitable remedy for breach of performance if such breach gives rise
to a right to payment, whether or not such right to an equitable remedy is
reduced to judgment, fixed, contingent, matured or unmatured, disputed,
undisputed, secured or unsecured.
"Specified Change of Control": a "Change of Control" as defined in
the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture.
"Specified Rate": the maximum marginal rate of federal, state and
local income tax applicable to income of the relevant type for a resident
of New York City or California, whichever is greater; provided that in no
event shall the Specified Rate be higher than that provided for pursuant
to the definition of Tax Amount in the Senior Subordinated Notes
Indenture. As of the date hereof, the Specified Rate applicable to
ordinary income is 47.6%.
<PAGE>
23
In the event of any material change to the Specified Rate, the Company
will notify the Administrative Agent of such change and provide in
reasonable detail the basis and computation of the new Specified Rate.
"Spot Rate of Exchange": with respect to any Designated Foreign
Currency, at any date of determination thereof, the spot rate of exchange
in London that appears on the display page applicable to such Designated
Foreign Currency on the Dow Jones Markets System Incorporated Service (or
such other page as may replace such page on such service for the purpose
of displaying the spot rate of exchange in London); provided that if there
shall at any time no longer exist such a page on such service, the spot
rate of exchange shall be determined by reference to another similar rate
publishing service selected by the Administrative Agent and if no such
similar rate publishing service is available by reference to the published
rate of the Administrative Agent in effect at such date for similar
commercial transactions.
"Strategic": F.W. Strategic Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited
partnership.
"Subsidiary": as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited
liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other
ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such
other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the
happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the Board of Directors
or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at
the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled,
directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by
such Person. Unless otherwise qualified, all references to a "Subsidiary"
or to "Subsidiaries" in this Agreement shall refer to a Subsidiary or
Subsidiaries of the Company.
"Subsidiary Guarantor": each Material Subsidiary of the Company
other than Grove Capital.
"Swing Line Commitment": the obligation of the Swing Line Lender to
make Swing Line Loans pursuant to Section 2.6 in an aggregate principal
amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed $10,000,000.
"Swing Line Lender": Chase, in its capacity as the lender of Swing
Line Loans.
"Swing Line Loans": as defined in Section 2.6.
"Swing Line Participation Amount": as defined in Section 2.7.
"Syndication Agent": as defined in the Preamble hereto.
"Term Loan": as defined in Section 2.1.
"Term Loan Commitment": as to any Lender, the obligation of such
Lender, if any, to make a Term Loan to the Borrowers hereunder in a
principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth under the heading
"Term Loan Commitment" opposite such Lender's name on Schedule 1.1A. The
original aggregate amount of the Term Loan Commitments is $200,000,000.
<PAGE>
24
"Term Loan Lender": each Lender which has a Term Loan Commitment or
which has made a Term Loan.
"Term Loan Percentage": as to a Term Loan Lender at any time, the
percentage which such Lender's Term Loan Commitment then constitutes of
the aggregate Term Loan Commitments (or, at any time after the Closing
Date, the percentage which the aggregate principal amount of such Lender's
Term Loans then outstanding constitutes of the aggregate principal amount
of the Term Loans then outstanding).
"Three-Month Secondary CD Rate": as defined in the definition of the
term "Base Rate" in this Section 1.1.
"Total Accounts Receivable": at any date, the sum of (i) all amounts
which would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption
"trade receivables" (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet
of the Company and its Subsidiaries at such date (net of reserves (to the
extent not already net of reserves) and not subject to third party liens)
and (ii) Eligible Notes Receivable.
"Total Inventory": at any date, all amounts which would, in
conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption "inventories" (or
any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its
Subsidiaries at such date (net of reserves (to the extent not already net
of reserves) and not subject to third party liens).
"Total Net Property, Plant and Equipment": at any date, all amounts
which would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption
"property, plant and equipment" (or any like caption) on a consolidated
balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries at such date (net of
reserves and not subject to third party liens).
"Total Revolving Credit Commitments": at any time, the aggregate
amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments at such time.
"Total Revolving Extensions of Credit": at any time, the aggregate
amount of the Revolving Extensions of Credit of the Revolving Credit
Lenders at such time.
"Total Senior Secured Indebtedness": the aggregate principal amount
of the Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries under this
Agreement or which is secured by a Lien, except for (a) the Senior
Subordinated Notes, (b) any Dealer Receivables Financing, (c) the Existing
Factoring Arrangement and (d) any other Indebtedness which is subordinated
in right of payment to the Loans and other Indebtedness hereunder.
"Trade Obligations": as defined in Section 7.2(l).
"Transferee": as defined in Section 10.15.
"Type": as to any Loan, its nature as a Base Rate Loan or a
Eurocurrency Loan.
<PAGE>
25
"Uniform Customs": the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary
Credits (1993 Revision), International Chamber of Commerce Publication No.
500, as the same may be amended from time to time.
"Wholly Owned Subsidiary": as to any Person, any other Person all of
the Capital Stock of which (other than (x) directors' qualifying shares
required by law and (y) Capital Stock required to be held by a second
shareholder pursuant to the laws of France in an amount not to exceed
one-tenth of 1% of the outstanding Capital Stock) is owned by such Person
directly and/or through other Wholly Owned Subsidiaries.
"Wholly Owned Subsidiary Guarantor": any Subsidiary Guarantor that
is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower.
1.2 Other Definitional Provisions. (a) Unless otherwise specified
therein, all terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings
when used in the other Loan Documents or any certificate or other document made
or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto.
(b) As used herein and in the other Loan Documents, and any
certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto,
accounting terms relating to Holdings, the Company and its Subsidiaries not
defined in Section 1.1 and accounting terms partly defined in Section 1.1, to
the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under
GAAP.
(c) The words "hereof", "herein" and "hereunder" and words of
similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a
whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and Section,
Schedule and Exhibit references are to this Agreement unless otherwise
specified.
(d) The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally
applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms. The words
include, includes and including shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase
"without limitation".
SECTION 2. AMOUNT AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS
2.1 Term Loan Commitments. Subject to the terms and conditions
hereof, each Term Loan Lender severally agrees to make a term loan (a "Term
Loan") to the Borrowers in Dollars on the Closing Date in a principal amount
equal to the Term Loan Commitment of such Lender. The Term Loans may from time
to time be Eurocurrency Loans or Base Rate Loans, as determined by the Borrowers
and notified to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Sections 2.2 and
2.13.
2.2 Procedure for Term Loan Borrowing. The Borrowers shall give the
Administrative Agent irrevocable notice (which notice must be received by the
Administrative Agent prior to 11:00 A.M., Houston, Texas time, one Business Day
prior to the anticipated Closing Date) requesting that the Term Loan Lenders
make the Term Loans on the Closing Date and specifying the amount to be
borrowed. The Term Loans made on the Closing Date shall initially be Base Rate
Loans, and no Term Loan, without the consent of the Administrative Agent, may be
converted into or continued as a Eurocurrency Loan having an Interest Period in
excess of one month prior to the date which is 60
<PAGE>
26
days after the Closing Date. Upon receipt of such notice the Administrative
Agent shall promptly notify each Term Loan Lender thereof. Not later than 1:00
P.M., Houston, Texas time, on the Closing Date each Term Loan Lender shall make
available to the Administrative Agent at the Funding Office an amount in
immediately available funds equal to the Term Loan to be made by such Lender.
The Administrative Agent shall credit the account of the Borrowers on the books
of the Funding Office with the aggregate of the amounts made available to the
Administrative Agent by the Term Loan Lenders and in like funds as received by
the Administrative Agent.
2.3 Repayment of Term Loans. The Term Loan of each Term Loan Lender
shall mature in 16 consecutive semiannual installments, commencing on October
29, 1998, with the amount payable on each date set forth below for all the Term
Loans equal to the amount set forth below opposite such date:
Date Amount
October 29, 1998 $ 1,000,000
April 29, 1999 1,000,000
October 29, 1999 1,000,000
April 29, 2000 1,000,000
October 29, 2000 1,000,000
April 29, 2001 1,000,000
October 29, 2001 1,000,000
April 29, 2002 1,000,000
October 29, 2002 1,000,000
April 29, 2003 1,000,000
October 29, 2003 1,000,000
April 29, 2004 1,000,000
October 29, 2004 44,000,000
April 29, 2005 44,000,000
October 29, 2005 50,000,000
April 29, 2006 50,000,000
2.4 Revolving Credit Commitments. (a) Subject to the terms and
conditions hereof, each Revolving Credit Lender severally agrees to make
revolving credit loans ("Revolving Credit Loans") to the Borrowers from time to
time during the Revolving Credit Commitment Period in an aggregate principal
amount at any one time outstanding which, when added to such Lender's Revolving
Credit Percentage of the sum of (i) the L/C Obligations then outstanding and
(ii) the aggregate principal amount of the Swing Line Loans then outstanding,
does not exceed the amount of such Lender's Revolving Credit Commitment,
provided that no Lender shall make any Revolving Credit Loan in any Designated
Foreign Currency if, after giving effect to the making of such Revolving Credit
Loan, the Dollar Equivalent of the then outstanding Revolving Credit Loans and
L/C Obligations in any Designated Foreign Currencies would exceed $35,000,000
(it being understood and agreed that the Administrative Agent shall calculate
the Dollar Equivalent of the then outstanding Revolving Credit Loans in any
Designated Foreign Currency on the date on which the Borrowers have given the
Administrative Agent a notice of borrowing with respect to any Revolving Credit
Loan for purposes of determining compliance with this section). During the
Revolving Credit Commitment Period the
<PAGE>
27
Borrowers may use the Revolving Credit Commitments by borrowing, prepaying the
Revolving Credit Loans in whole or in part, and reborrowing, all in accordance
with the terms and conditions hereof.
(b) The Revolving Credit Loans may be made in Dollars or any
Designated Foreign Currency and may from time to time be (i) Eurocurrency Loans,
(ii) in the case of Revolving Credit Loans in Dollars, Base Rate Loans or (iii)
a combination thereof, as determined by the Borrowers and notified to the
Administrative Agent in accordance with Sections 2.5 and 2.13, provided that no
Revolving Credit Loan shall be made as a Eurocurrency Loan after the day that is
one month prior to the Revolving Credit Termination Date.
(c) The Borrowers shall repay all outstanding Revolving Credit Loans
on the Revolving Credit Termination Date.
2.5 Procedure for Revolving Credit Borrowing. The Borrowers may
borrow under the Revolving Credit Commitments during the Revolving Credit
Commitment Period on any Business Day, provided that the Borrowers shall give
the Administrative Agent irrevocable notice (which notice must be received by
the Administrative Agent prior to 12:00 Noon, Houston, Texas time, (a) three
Business Days prior to the requested Borrowing Date, if all or any part of the
requested Revolving Credit Loans are to be initially Eurocurrency Loans made in
Dollars, or (b) four Business Days prior to the requested Borrowing Date, if all
or any part of the requested Revolving Credit Loans are to be initially
Eurocurrency Loans made in any Designated Foreign Currency or (c) one Business
Day prior to the requested Borrowing Date, in the case of Base Rate Loans,
specifying (i) the amount and Type of Revolving Credit Loans to be borrowed,
(ii) the requested Borrowing Date and (iii) in the case of Eurocurrency Loans,
the respective amounts of each such Type of Loan, the respective lengths of the
initial Interest Period therefor and, if the Eurocurrency Loans in respect of
such borrowing are to be made entirely or partly in any Designated Foreign
Currency, the Designated Foreign Currency thereof. Any Revolving Credit Loans
made on the Closing Date shall initially be Base Rate Loans, and no Revolving
Credit Loan may be made as, converted into or continued as a Eurocurrency Loan
having an Interest Period in excess of one month prior to the date which is 60
days after the Closing Date. Each borrowing under the Revolving Credit
Commitments shall be in an amount equal to (x) in the case of Base Rate Loans,
$1,000,000 or a whole multiple thereof (or, if the then aggregate Available
Revolving Credit Commitments are less than $1,000,000, such lesser amount) and
(y) in the case of Eurocurrency Loans (or, in the case of Eurocurrency Loans to
be made in any Designated Foreign Currency, the approximate Dollar Equivalent of
the principal amount thereof shall be in an amount equal to), $5,000,000 or a
whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof; provided, that the Swing Line
Lender may request, on behalf of the Borrowers, borrowings under the Revolving
Credit Commitments which are Base Rate Loans in other amounts pursuant to
Section 2.7. Upon receipt of any such notice from the Borrowers, the
Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Revolving Credit Lender thereof.
Each Revolving Credit Lender will make the amount of its pro rata share of each
borrowing available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Borrowers
at the Funding Office prior to 12:00 Noon, Houston, Texas time (except with
respect to the Closing Date in which case such amounts will be made available by
10:00 A.M. Houston, Texas, Time) on the Borrowing Date requested by the
Borrowers in Dollars or the applicable Designated Foreign Currency and in funds
immediately available to the Administrative Agent. Such borrowing will then be
made available to the Borrowers by the Administrative Agent crediting the
account of the Borrowers on the books of the Funding Office with the aggregate
of the amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by the Revolving
Credit Lenders and in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent.
<PAGE>
28
2.6 Swing Line Commitment. (a) Subject to the terms and conditions
hereof, the Swing Line Lender agrees to make a portion of the credit otherwise
available to the Borrowers under the Revolving Credit Commitments from time to
time during the Revolving Credit Commitment Period by making swing line loans
("Swing Line Loans") to the Borrowers in Dollars; provided that (i) the
aggregate principal amount of Swing Line Loans outstanding at any time shall not
exceed the Swing Line Commitment then in effect (notwithstanding that the Swing
Line Loans outstanding at any time, when aggregated with the Swing Line Lender's
other outstanding Revolving Credit Loans hereunder, may exceed the Swing Line
Commitment then in effect) and (ii) the Borrowers shall not request, and the
Swing Line Lender shall not make, any Swing Line Loan if, after giving effect to
the making of such Swing Line Loan, the aggregate amount of the Available
Revolving Credit Commitments would be less than zero. During the Revolving
Credit Commitment Period, the Borrowers may use the Swing Line Commitment by
borrowing, repaying and reborrowing, all in accordance with the terms and
conditions hereof. Swing Line Loans shall be Base Rate Loans only and shall not
be entitled to be converted into Eurocurrency Loans.
(b) The Borrowers shall repay all outstanding Swing Line Loans on
the Revolving Credit Termination Date.
2.7 Procedure for Swing Line Borrowing; Refunding of Swing Line
Loans. (a) Whenever the Borrowers desire that the Swing Line Lender make Swing
Line Loans they shall give the Swing Line Lender irrevocable telephonic notice
confirmed promptly in writing (which telephonic notice must be received by the
Swing Line Lender not later than 1:00 P.M., Houston, Texas time, on the proposed
Borrowing Date), specifying (i) the amount to be borrowed and (ii) the requested
Borrowing Date (which shall be a Business Day during the Revolving Credit
Commitment Period), Each borrowing under the Swing Line Commitment shall be in
an amount equal to $100,000 or a whole multiple thereof. Not later than 3:00
P.M., Houston, Texas time, on the Borrowing Date specified in a notice in
respect of Swing Line Loans, the Swing Line Lender shall make available to the
Administrative Agent at the Funding Office an amount in immediately available
funds equal to the amount of the Swing Line Loan to be made by the Swing Line
Lender. On such Borrowing Date, the Administrative Agent shall credit the
account of the Borrowers on the books of the Funding Office with the aggregate
of the amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by the Swing Line
Lender and in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent.
(b) The Swing Line Lender, at any time and from time to time in its
sole and absolute discretion may, on behalf of the Borrowers (which hereby
irrevocably direct the Swing Line Lender to act on their behalf), on one
Business Day's notice given by the Swing Line Lender no later than 12:00 Noon,
Houston, Texas time, request each Revolving Credit Lender to make, and each
Revolving Credit Lender hereby agrees to make, a Revolving Credit Loan, in an
amount equal to such Revolving Credit Lender's Revolving Credit Percentage of
the aggregate amount of the Swing Line Loans (the "Refunded Swing Line Loans")
outstanding on the date of such notice, to repay the Swing Line Lender. Each
Revolving Credit Lender shall make the amount of such Revolving Credit Loan
available to the Administrative Agent at the Funding Office in immediately
available funds, not later than 10:00 A.M., Houston, Texas time, one Business
Day after the date of such notice. The proceeds of such Revolving Credit Loans
shall be immediately applied by the Swing Line Lender to repay the Refunded
Swing Line Loans. The Borrowers irrevocably authorize the Swing Line Lender to
charge the Borrowers' account with the Administrative Agent (up to the amount
available in each such account) in order to immediately
<PAGE>
29
pay the amount of such Refunded Swing Line Loans to the extent amounts received
from the Revolving Credit Lenders are not sufficient to repay in full such
Refunded Swing Line Loans.
(c) If prior to the time a Revolving Credit Loan would have
otherwise been made pursuant to Section 2.7(b), one of the events described in
Section 8(f) shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to the Borrowers
or if for any other reason, as determined by the Swing Line Lender in its sole
discretion, Revolving Credit Loans may not be made as contemplated by Section
2.7(b), each Revolving Credit Lender shall, on the date such Revolving Credit
Loan was to have been made pursuant to the notice referred to in Section 2.7(b)
(the "Refunding Date"), purchase for cash an undivided participating interest in
an amount equal to (i) its Revolving Credit Percentage times (ii) the aggregate
principal amount of Swing Line Loans then outstanding which were to have been
repaid with such Revolving Credit Loans (the "Swing Line Participation Amount").
(d) Whenever, at any time after the Swing Line Lender has received
from any Revolving Credit Lender such Lender's Swing Line Participation Amount,
the Swing Line Lender receives any payment on account of the Swing Line Loans,
the Swing Line Lender will distribute to such Lender its Swing Line
Participation Amount (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments,
to reflect the period of time during which such Lender's participating interest
was outstanding and funded and, in the case of principal and interest payments,
to reflect such Lender's pro rata portion of such payment if such payment is not
sufficient to pay the principal of and interest on all Swing Line Loans then
due); provided, however, that in the event that such payment received by the
Swing Line Lender is required to be returned, such Revolving Credit Lender will
return to the Swing Line Lender any portion thereof previously distributed to it
by the Swing Line Lender.
(e) Each Revolving Credit Lender's obligation to make the Loans
referred to in Section 2.7(b) and to purchase participating interests pursuant
to Section 2.7(c) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected
by any circumstance, including (i) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense
or other right which such Revolving Credit Lender or the Borrowers may have
against the Swing Line Lender, the Borrowers or any other Person for any reason
whatsoever; (ii) the occurrence or continuance of a Default or an Event of
Default or the failure to satisfy any of the other conditions specified in
Section 5; (iii) any adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of
the Borrowers; (iv) any breach of this Agreement or any other Loan Document by
the Borrowers, any other Loan Party or any other Revolving Credit Lender; or (v)
any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to
any of the foregoing.
2.8 Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt. (a) The Borrowers jointly
and severally hereby unconditionally promise to pay to the Administrative Agent
for the account of the appropriate Revolving Credit Lender or Term Loan Lender,
as the case may be, (i) the then unpaid principal amount of each Revolving
Credit Loan of such Revolving Credit Lender on the Revolving Credit Termination
Date (or such earlier date on which the Loans become due and payable pursuant to
Section 8), (ii) the then unpaid principal amount of each Swing Line Loan of
such Swing Line Lender on the Revolving Credit Termination Date (or such earlier
date on which the Loans become due and payable pursuant to Section 8) and (iii)
the principal amount of each Term Loan of such Term Loan Lender in installments
according to the amortization schedule set forth in Section 2.3 (or on such
earlier date on which the Loans become due and payable pursuant to Section 8).
The Borrowers hereby further agree to pay interest on the unpaid principal
amount of the Loans from time to time outstanding from the date hereof until
payment in full thereof at the rates per annum, and on the dates, set forth in
Section 2.15.
<PAGE>
30
(b) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice
an account or accounts evidencing indebtedness of the Borrowers to such Lender
resulting from each Loan of such Lender from time to time, including the amounts
of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time
under this Agreement.
(c) The Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Borrowers, shall
maintain the Register pursuant to Section 10.6(d), and a subaccount therein for
each Lender, in which shall be recorded (i) the amount of each Loan made
hereunder and any Note evidencing such Loan, the Type thereof and each Interest
Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and
payable or to become due and payable from the Borrowers to each Lender hereunder
and (iii) both the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent
hereunder from the Borrowers and each Lender's share thereof.
(d) The entries made in the Register and the accounts of each Lender
maintained pursuant to Section 2.8(b) shall, to the extent permitted by
applicable law, be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the
obligations of the Borrowers therein recorded; provided, however, that the
failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain the Register or
any such account, or any error therein, shall not in any manner affect the
obligation of the Borrowers to repay (with applicable interest) the Loans made
to the Borrowers by such Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
(e) The Borrowers agree that, upon the request to the Administrative
Agent by any Lender, the Borrowers will execute and deliver to such Lender a
promissory note of the Borrowers evidencing any Term Loans, Revolving Credit
Loans or Swing Line Loans, as the case may be, of such Lender, substantially in
the forms of Exhibit G-1, G-2 or G-3, respectively, with appropriate insertions
as to date and principal amount.
2.9 Commitment Fees, etc. (a) The Borrowers jointly and severally
agree to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving
Credit Lender a commitment fee for the period from and including the Closing
Date to the last day of the Revolving Credit Commitment Period, computed at the
Commitment Fee Rate on the average daily amount of the Available Revolving
Credit Commitment of such Lender during the period, payable quarterly in arrears
on the last day of each March, June, September and December and on the Revolving
Credit Termination Date, commencing on the first of such dates to occur after
the date hereof.
(b) The Borrowers jointly and severally agree to pay to the
Administrative Agent, for its own account, the fees in the amounts and on the
dates previously agreed to in the letter dated March 6, 1998 among Keystone, the
Company, The Chase Manhattan Bank and Chase Securities, Inc.
2.10 Termination or Reduction of Revolving Credit Commitments. The
Borrowers shall have the right, upon not less than three Business Days' notice
to the Administrative Agent, to terminate the Revolving Credit Commitments or,
from time to time, to reduce the amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments;
provided that no such termination or reduction of Revolving Credit Commitments
shall be permitted if, after giving effect thereto and to any prepayments of the
Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans made on the effective date thereof,
the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit would exceed the Total Revolving Credit
Commitments. Any such reduction shall be in an
<PAGE>
31
amount equal to $1,000,000, or a whole multiple thereof, and shall reduce
permanently the Revolving Credit Commitments then in effect.
2.11 Optional Prepayments. The Borrowers may at any time and from
time to time prepay the Loans, in whole or in part, without premium or penalty,
upon at least three Business Days' prior irrevocable notice by the Borrowers to
the Administrative Agent (in the case of Eurocurrency Loans outstanding in
Dollars), at least four Business Days' irrevocable notice by the Borrowers to
the Administrative Agent (in the case of Eurocurrency Loans outstanding in any
Designated Foreign Currency), at least one Business Day prior irrevocable notice
by the Borrowers to the Administrative Agent (in the case of Base Rate Loans
other than Swing Line Loans) or same- day irrevocable notice by the Borrowers to
the Administrative Agent (in the case of Swing Line Loans), which notice shall
specify the date and amount of prepayment and whether the prepayment is of
Eurocurrency Loans or Base Rate Loans; provided, that if a Eurocurrency Loan is
prepaid on any day other than the last day of the Interest Period applicable
thereto, the Borrowers shall also pay any amounts owing pursuant to Section
2.21. Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly
notify each relevant Lender thereof. If any such notice is given, the amount
specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein,
together with (except in the case of Revolving Credit Loans which are Base Rate
Loans and Swing Line Loans) accrued interest to such date on the amount prepaid.
Partial prepayments of Term Loans and Revolving Credit Loans shall be in an
aggregate principal amount (or, in the case of Eurocurrency Loans outstanding in
any Designated Foreign Currency, the Dollar Equivalent of an approximate
aggregate principal amount thereof) of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple thereof.
Partial prepayments of Swing Line Loans shall be in an aggregate principal
amount of $100,000 or a whole multiple thereof. Partial prepayments of the
Revolving Credit Loans shall (unless the Borrowers otherwise direct during a
time when no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing) be
applied, first, to payment of the Swing Line Loans then outstanding and second,
to payment of the Revolving Credit Loans then outstanding.
2.12 Mandatory Prepayments and Commitment Reductions. (a) Unless the
Required Prepayment Lenders shall otherwise agree, if any Capital Stock shall,
subsequent to the Closing Date, be issued by Holdings, the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries (excluding any issuance of Capital Stock (x) to management of
Holdings, the Company or a subsidiary (including in connection with the exercise
of stock options) or (y) pursuant to Section 7.5(e) or (z) where the Net Cash
Proceeds thereof do not exceed $1,000,000 in any fiscal year), an amount equal
to 50% of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof shall be applied on the date of such
issuance or incurrence (or within two days after such date if the provisions of
the succeeding paragraph (d) are complied with) toward the prepayment of the
Term Loans and the reduction of the Revolving Credit Commitments as set forth in
Section 2.12(f); provided that, solely for the purpose of replacing an
equivalent portion of Capital Stock of Holdings on the Closing Date, Holdings
shall be entitled to issue, without any application of any Net Cash Proceeds
thereof under this Section 2.12, on terms and conditions and with holders
reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, on or prior to the date six
months after the Closing Date, up to $50,000,000 in Net Cash Proceeds of
mezzanine financing (the "Holdings Mezzanine Financing").
(b) Unless the Required Prepayment Lenders shall otherwise agree,
if, subsequent to the Closing Date, any Indebtedness is incurred by Holdings,
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (excluding any Indebtedness incurred in
accordance with Section 7.2 as in effect on the date of this Agreement), an
amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof shall be applied on the
date of such issuance or incurrence (or within two days after such date if the
provisions of the succeeding
<PAGE>
32
paragraph (d) are complied with) toward the prepayment of the Term Loans and the
reduction of the Revolving Credit Commitments as set forth in Section 2.12(f).
(c) Unless the Required Prepayment Lenders shall otherwise agree, if
on any date the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall receive Net Cash
Proceeds from any Asset Sale or Recovery Event then, unless a Reinvestment
Notice shall be delivered in respect thereof, an amount equal to 100% of such
Net Cash Proceeds shall be applied on such date (or within two days after such
date if the provisions of the succeeding paragraph (d) are complied with) toward
the prepayment of the Term Loans and the reduction of the Revolving Credit
Commitments as set forth in Section 2.12(f); provided, that, notwithstanding the
foregoing, (i) the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds of Asset Sales and Recovery
Events that may be excluded from the foregoing requirement pursuant to a
Reinvestment Notice shall not exceed $50,000,000 in any fiscal year of the
Company, (ii) on each Reinvestment Prepayment Date, an amount equal to the
Reinvestment Prepayment Amount with respect to the relevant Reinvestment Event
shall be applied toward the prepayment of the Term Loans and the reduction of
the Revolving Credit Commitments as set forth in Section 2.12(f) and (iii) the
aggregate of all Reinvestment Deferred Amounts not applied toward one such
prepayment or reduction shall not at any one time exceed $50,000,000.
(d) Provided that the Borrowers deposit the proceeds received by
them pursuant to the circumstances giving rise to the requirement to make a
prepayment pursuant to any of the preceding paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) with the
Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, in a cash collateral
account, the Borrowers may have until the second succeeding day following the
receipt of such proceeds to make the prepayment required by any such paragraph.
The Borrowers hereby grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the
Lenders, a security interest in all amounts from time to time on deposit in such
cash collateral account and expressly waive all rights (which rights the
Borrowers hereby acknowledge and agree are vested exclusively in the
Administrative Agent) to exercise dominion or control over any such amounts.
(e) Unless the Required Prepayment Lenders shall otherwise agree,
if, for any fiscal year of the Company, commencing with the fiscal year ending
September 30, 1999, there shall be Excess Cash Flow, the Borrowers shall, on the
relevant Excess Cash Flow Application Date, apply the ECF Percentage of such
Excess Cash Flow toward the prepayment of the Term Loans as set forth in Section
2.12(f). Each such prepayment and commitment reduction shall be made on a date
(an "Excess Cash Flow Application Date") no later than five days after the
earlier of (i) the date on which the financial statements of the Company
referred to in Section 6.1(a), for the fiscal year with respect to which such
prepayment is made, are required to be delivered to the Lenders and (ii) the
date such financial statements are actually delivered.
(f) Amounts to be applied in connection with prepayments and
Commitment reductions made pursuant to Section 2.12 shall be applied, first (in
all cases), to the pro rata prepayment of the Term Loans and, second (in the
cases of paragraphs (a), (b) and (c)), to reduce permanently the Revolving
Credit Commitments. Any such reduction of the Revolving Credit Commitments shall
be accompanied by prepayment of the Revolving Credit Loans and/or Swing Line
Loans to the extent, if any, that the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit
exceed the amount of the Total Revolving Credit Commitments as so reduced,
provided that if the aggregate principal amount of Revolving Credit Loans and
Swing Line Loans then outstanding is less than the amount of such excess
(because L/C Obligations constitute a portion thereof), the Borrowers shall, to
the extent of the balance of such excess, replace outstanding Letters of Credit
and/or deposit an amount in cash in a cash collateral account established
<PAGE>
33
with the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders on terms and
conditions satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. The application of any
prepayment pursuant to Section 2.12 shall be made first to Base Rate Loans and
second to Eurocurrency Loans. Each prepayment of the Loans under Section 2.12
(except in the case of Revolving Credit Loans that are Base Rate Loans and Swing
Line Loans) shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the date of such
prepayment on the amount prepaid.
(g) If, as a result of the making of any payment required to be made
pursuant to Section 2.12, the Borrowers would be required to indemnify any
Lender pursuant to Section 2.21, the Borrowers may deposit the amount of such
payment with the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, in a cash
collateral account, until the end of the applicable Interest Period at which
time such payment shall be made. The Borrowers hereby grant to the
Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, a security interest in all
amounts from time to time on deposit in such cash collateral account and
expressly waive all rights (which rights the Borrowers hereby acknowledge and
agree are vested exclusively in the Administrative Agent) to exercise dominion
or control over any such amounts.
2.13 Conversion and Continuation Options. (a) The Borrowers may
elect from time to time to convert Eurocurrency Loans made or outstanding in
Dollars to Base Rate Loans by giving the Administrative Agent at least one
Business Day prior irrevocable notice of such election. The Borrowers may elect
from time to time to convert Base Rate Loans to Eurocurrency Loans made or
outstanding in Dollars by giving the Administrative Agent at least three
Business Days' prior irrevocable notice of such election (which notice shall
specify the length of the initial Interest Period therefor), provided that no
Base Rate Loan under a particular Facility may be converted into a Eurocurrency
Loan (i) when any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the
Administrative Agent or the Majority Facility Lenders in respect of such
Facility have determined in its or their sole discretion not to permit such
conversions or (ii) after the date that is one month prior to the final
scheduled termination or maturity date of such Facility. Upon receipt of any
such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender
thereof.
(b) Any Eurocurrency Loan may be continued as such upon the
expiration of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto by the
Borrowers giving irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, in accordance
with the applicable provisions of the term "Interest Period" set forth in
Section 1.1, of the length of the next Interest Period to be applicable to such
Loans, provided that no Eurocurrency Loan in Dollars under a particular Facility
may be continued as such (i) when any Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing and the Administrative Agent has or the Majority Facility Lenders in
respect of such Facility have determined in its or their sole discretion not to
permit such continuations or (ii) after the date that is one month prior to the
final scheduled termination or maturity date of such Facility, and provided,
further, that (x) in the case of Eurocurrency Loans made or outstanding in
Dollars, if the Borrowers shall fail to give any required notice as described
above in this paragraph or if such continuation is not permitted pursuant to the
preceding proviso such Eurocurrency Loans in Dollars shall be automatically
converted to Base Rate Loans on the last day of such then expiring Interest
Period and (y) in case of Eurocurrency Loans made or outstanding in any
Designated Foreign Currency, if the Borrowers shall fail to give any required
notice as described above in this paragraph or if such continuation is not
permitted pursuant to clause (i) of the preceding proviso, such Eurocurrency
Loans will be continued for the shortest available Interest Periods as
determined by the Administrative Agent.
<PAGE>
34
2.14 Minimum Amounts and Maximum Number of Eurocurrency Tranches.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, all borrowings,
conversions, continuations and optional prepayments of Eurocurrency Loans
hereunder and all selections of Interest Periods hereunder shall be in such
amounts and be made pursuant to such elections so that, (a) after giving effect
thereto, the aggregate principal amount of the Eurocurrency Loans outstanding in
Dollars comprising each Eurocurrency Tranche shall be equal to $5,000,000 or a
whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof, (b) the Dollar Equivalent of the
aggregate principal amount of the Eurocurrency Loans outstanding in any
Designated Foreign Currency comprising each Eurocurrency Tranche shall be equal
to $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof and (c) no
more than ten Eurocurrency Tranches shall be outstanding at any one time.
2.15 Interest Rates and Payment Dates. (a) Each Eurocurrency Loan
shall bear interest for each day during each Interest Period with respect
thereto at a rate per annum equal to the Eurocurrency Rate determined for such
day plus the Applicable Margin.
(b) Each Base Rate Loan shall bear interest at a rate per annum
equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin.
(c) (i) If all or a portion of the principal amount of any Loan or
Reimbursement Obligation shall not be paid when due (whether at the stated
maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), all outstanding Loans and Reimbursement
Obligations (whether or not overdue) shall bear interest at a rate per annum
which is equal to (x) in the case of the Loans, the rate that would otherwise be
applicable thereto pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.15
plus 2% or (y) in the case of Reimbursement Obligations (A) denominated in
Dollars, the rate applicable to Base Rate Loans under the Revolving Credit
Facility plus 2% or (B) denominated in a Designated Foreign Currency, the rate
applicable to Eurocurrency Loans denominated in such currency for the applicable
Interest Period as determined by or with the approval of the Administrative
Agent plus 2%, and (ii) if all or a portion of any interest payable on any Loan
or Reimbursement Obligation or any commitment fee or other amount payable
hereunder shall not be paid when due (whether at the stated maturity, by
acceleration or otherwise), such overdue amount shall bear interest at a rate
per annum equal to, in the case of any such amount denominated in Dollars, the
rate applicable to Base Rate Loans under the relevant Facility plus 2% or, in
the case of any such amounts denominated in a Designated Foreign Currency, the
rate applicable to Eurocurrency Loans denominated in such currency for the
applicable Interest Period as determined by or with the approval of the
Administrative Agent plus 2%, in each case, with respect to clauses (i) and (ii)
above, from the date of such non-payment until such amount is paid in full (as
well after as before judgment).
(d) Interest shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment
Date, provided that interest accruing pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section
2.15 shall be payable from time to time on demand.
2.16 Computation of Interest and Fees. (a) Interest, fees and
commissions payable pursuant hereto shall be calculated on the basis of a
360-day year for the actual days elapsed, except that, with respect to (i) Base
Rate Loans the rate of interest on which is calculated on the basis of the Prime
Rate and (ii) Designated Foreign Currency Loans in Pounds Sterling, the interest
thereon shall be calculated on the basis of a 365- (or 366-, as the case may be)
day year for the actual days elapsed. The Administrative Agent shall as soon as
practicable notify the Borrowers and the relevant Lenders of each
<PAGE>
35
determination of a Eurocurrency Rate. Any change in the interest rate on a Loan
resulting from a change in the Base Rate or the Eurocurrency Reserve
Requirements shall become effective as of the opening of business on the day on
which such change becomes effective. The Administrative Agent shall as soon as
practicable notify the Borrowers and the relevant Lenders of the effective date
and the amount of each such change in interest rate.
(b) Each determination of an interest rate by the Administrative
Agent pursuant to any provision of this Agreement shall be conclusive and
binding on the Borrowers and the Lenders in the absence of manifest error. The
Administrative Agent shall, at the request of the Borrowers, deliver to the
Borrowers a statement showing the quotations used by the Administrative Agent in
determining any interest rate pursuant to Sections 2.15(a) and 2.15(b).
2.17 Inability to Determine Interest Rate. If prior to the first day
of any Interest Period:
(a) the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which
determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the Borrowers) that, by
reason of circumstances affecting the relevant market, adequate and
reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Eurocurrency Rate with
respect to any Eurocurrency Loan for such Interest Period, or
(b) the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the
Majority Facility Lenders in respect of the relevant Facility that the
Eurocurrency Rate with respect to any Eurocurrency Loan determined or to
be determined for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly
reflect the cost to such Lenders (as conclusively certified by such
Lenders) of making or maintaining their affected Loans during such
Interest Period (either the determination by the Administrative Agent
described in the preceding clause (a) or the notice from the Majority
Facility Lenders described in this clause (b), which affects a
Eurocurrency Rate, such rate, the "Affected Eurocurrency Rate"),
the Administrative Agent shall give telecopy or telephonic notice thereof to the
Borrowers and the relevant Lenders as soon as practicable thereafter. If such
notice is given (x) any Eurocurrency Loans under the relevant Facility the rate
of interest applicable to which is based upon the Affected Eurocurrency Rate
requested to be made on the first day of such Interest Period shall be made as
Base Rate Loans (provided that prior to 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day preceding
the first day of such Interest Period the Borrowers may revoke their notice of
borrowing, in which case no such Loans shall be made), (y) any Loans under the
relevant Facility that were to have been converted on the first day of such
Interest Period to or continued as Eurocurrency Loans the rate of interest
applicable to which is based upon the Affected Eurocurrency Rate shall be
converted to or continued as Base Rate Loans and (z) any outstanding
Eurocurrency Loans under the relevant Facility that were to have been converted
on the first day of such Interest Period to or continued as Eurocurrency Loans
the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the Affected Eurocurrency
Rate shall be converted, on the first day of such Interest Period, to Base Rate
Loans. Until such notice has been withdrawn by the Administrative Agent, no
further Eurocurrency Loans under the relevant Facility the rate of interest
applicable to which is based upon the Affected Eurocurrency Rate shall be made
or continued as such, nor shall the Borrowers have the right to convert Loans
under the relevant Facility to Eurocurrency Loans the rate of interest
applicable to which is based upon the Affected Eurocurrency Rate. The
Administrative Agent agrees to withdraw any
<PAGE>
36
such notice as soon as reasonably practicable after the Administrative Agent is
notified of a change in circumstances which makes such notice inapplicable.
2.18 Pro Rata Treatment and Payments. (a) Except as otherwise
provided in Sections 2.6 and 2.7 and subject to Section 2.18(g), each borrowing
by the Borrowers from the Lenders hereunder, each payment by the Borrowers on
account of any commitment fee and any reduction of the Commitments of the
Lenders shall be made pro rata according to the respective Term Loan Percentages
or Revolving Credit Percentages, as the case may be, of the relevant Lenders.
(b) Each payment (including each prepayment) by the Borrowers on
account of principal of and interest on the Term Loans shall be applied to
reduce the remaining installments of the Term Loans pro rata according to the
respective outstanding principal amounts of the Term Loans then held by the Term
Loan Lenders. Amounts prepaid on account of the Term Loans may not be
reborrowed.
(c) Each payment (including each prepayment) by the Borrowers on
account of principal of and interest on the Revolving Credit Loans shall be made
pro rata according to the respective outstanding principal amounts of the
Revolving Credit Loans then held by the Revolving Credit Lenders.
(d) All payments (including prepayments) to be made by the Borrowers
hereunder, whether on account of principal, interest, fees or otherwise, shall
be made without setoff or counterclaim and shall be made prior to 12:00 Noon,
Houston, Texas time, on the due date thereof to the Administrative Agent, for
the account of the Lenders, at the Payment Office, in Dollars or, in the case of
Eurocurrency Loans outstanding in any Designated Foreign Currency, such
Designated Foreign Currency and whether in Dollars or any Designated Foreign
Currency in immediately available funds. The Administrative Agent shall
distribute such payments to the Lenders promptly upon receipt in like funds as
received. If any payment hereunder (other than payments on the Eurocurrency
Loans) becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, such payment
shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day. If any payment on a
Eurocurrency Loan becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day,
the maturity thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day
unless the result of such extension would be to extend such payment into another
calendar month, in which event such payment shall be made on the immediately
preceding Business Day. In the case of any extension of any payment of principal
pursuant to the preceding two sentences, interest thereon shall be payable at
the then applicable rate during such extension.
(e) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified in
writing by any Lender prior to a borrowing that such Lender will not make the
amount that would constitute its share of such borrowing available to the
Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender is
making such amount available to the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative
Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrowers a
corresponding amount. If such amount is not made available to the Administrative
Agent by the required time on the Borrowing Date therefor, such Lender shall pay
to the Administrative Agent, on demand, such amount with interest thereon at a
rate equal (x) in the case of Loans to be made in Dollars, the daily average
Federal Funds Effective Rate or (y) in the case of any Revolving Credit Loans to
be made in any Designated Foreign Currency, the rate customary in such
Designated Foreign Currency for settlement of similar inter-bank obligations, as
quoted by the Administrative Agent, in each case for the period until such
Lender makes
<PAGE>
37
such amount immediately available to the Administrative Agent. A certificate of
the Administrative Agent submitted to any Lender with respect to any amounts
owing under this Section 2.18(e) shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest
error. If such Lender's share of such borrowing is not made available to the
Administrative Agent by such Lender within three Business Days of such Borrowing
Date, the Administrative Agent shall also be entitled to recover such amount
with interest thereon at the rate per annum applicable to, in the case of Loans
to be made in Dollars, Base Rate Loans hereunder or, in the case of Loans to be
made in any Designated Foreign Currency, the rate per annum referred to in
clause (y) of the second preceding sentence in respect of such Designated
Foreign Currency plus the Applicable Margin hereunder, on demand, from the
Borrowers.
(f) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified in
writing by the Borrowers prior to the date of any payment being made hereunder
that the Borrowers will not make such payment to the Administrative Agent, the
Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrowers are making such payment, and
the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be required to, in reliance upon
such assumption, make available to the Lenders their respective pro rata shares
of a corresponding amount. If such payment is not made to the Administrative
Agent by the Borrowers within three Business Days of such required date, the
Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover, on demand, from each Lender
to which any amount which was made available pursuant to the preceding sentence,
such amount with interest thereon at the rate per annum equal to (x) in the case
of Loans to be made in Dollars, the daily average Federal Funds Effective Rate
or (y) in the case of any Revolving Credit Loans to be made in any Designated
Foreign Currency, the rate customary in such Designated Foreign Currency for
settlement of similar inter-bank obligations, as quoted by the Administrative
Agent. Nothing herein shall be deemed to limit the rights of the Administrative
Agent or any Lender against the Borrowers.
(g) Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, in the
event that any Lender gives notice to the Administrative Agent that it is unable
to fund Revolving Credit Loans in any Designated Foreign Currency at a
reasonable cost to it, the Administrative Agent shall, until such notice is
withdrawn and to the extent necessary in order to excuse such Lender from making
any Revolving Credit Loans in such Designated Foreign Currency and to continue
to make available to the Borrowers the full aggregate amount of the Revolving
Credit Commitments, reallocate from time to time among the Lenders the
outstanding Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Dollars and the Revolving
Credit Loans in such Designated Foreign Currency; provided that, in the event
that the Majority Facility Lenders of the Revolving Credit Facility give such
notice to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders shall not be required to make
any Revolving Credit Loans in such Designated Foreign Currency until any such
notices have been withdrawn so that the Majority Facility Lenders of the
Revolving Credit Facility have either not given any such notice or have
withdrawn any such notice.
2.19 Requirements of Law. (a) If the adoption of or any change in
any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof or
compliance by any Lender with any request or directive (whether or not having
the force of law) from any central bank or other Governmental Authority made
subsequent to the date hereof:
(i) shall subject any Lender to any tax of any kind whatsoever with
respect to this Agreement, any Letter of Credit, any Application or any
Eurocurrency Loan made by it, or change the basis of taxation of payments
to such Lender in respect thereof (except for Non-
<PAGE>
38
Excluded Taxes covered by Section 2.20 and changes in the rate of tax on
the overall net income of such Lender);
(ii) shall impose, modify or hold applicable any reserve, special
deposit, compulsory loan or similar requirement against assets held by,
deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of, advances, loans or
other extensions of credit by, or any other acquisition of funds by, any
office of such Lender which is not otherwise included in the determination
of the Eurocurrency Rate hereunder; or
(iii) shall impose on such Lender any other condition;
and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender,
by an amount which such Lender deems to be material, of making, converting into,
continuing or maintaining Eurocurrency Loans or issuing or participating in
Letters of Credit, or to reduce any amount receivable hereunder in respect
thereof, then, in any such case, the Borrowers shall within 30 days of receipt
of notice from such Lender pay such Lender any additional amounts necessary to
compensate such Lender for such increased cost or reduced amount receivable. If
any Lender becomes entitled to claim any additional amounts pursuant to this
Section 2.19, it shall promptly notify the Borrowers (with a copy to the
Administrative Agent) of the event by reason of which it has become so entitled.
(b) If any Lender shall have determined that the adoption of or any
change in any Requirement of Law regarding capital adequacy or in the
interpretation or application thereof or compliance by such Lender or any
corporation controlling such Lender with any request or directive regarding
capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental
Authority made subsequent to the date hereof shall have the effect of reducing
the rate of return on such Lender's or such corporation's capital as a
consequence of its obligations hereunder or under or in respect of any Letter of
Credit to a level below that which such Lender or such corporation could have
achieved but for such adoption, change or compliance (taking into consideration
such Lender's or such corporation's policies with respect to capital adequacy)
by an amount deemed by such Lender to be material, then from time to time, after
submission by such Lender to the Borrowers (with a copy to the Administrative
Agent) of a written request therefor, the Borrowers shall pay to such Lender
such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender for such
reduction; provided that the Borrowers shall not be required to compensate a
Lender pursuant to this paragraph for any amounts incurred more than six months
prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Borrowers of such Lender's
intention to claim compensation therefor; and provided further that, if the
circumstances giving rise to such claim have a retroactive effect, then such
six-month period shall be extended to include the period of such retroactive
effect.
(c) A certificate as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to
this Section 2.19 submitted by any Lender to the Borrowers (with a copy to the
Administrative Agent) shall specify the event giving rise to such claim for
additional amounts, set out in reasonable detail an estimate of the basis and
computation of such claim and shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest
error. The obligations of the Borrowers pursuant to this Section 2.19 shall
survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all
other amounts payable hereunder.
2.20 Taxes. (a) All payments made by the Borrowers under this
Agreement shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding
for or on account of, any present or future
<PAGE>
39
income, stamp or other taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions
or withholdings, now or hereafter imposed, levied, collected, withheld or
assessed by any Governmental Authority, excluding net income taxes and franchise
taxes (imposed in lieu of net income taxes) imposed on any Agent or any Lender
as a result of a present or former connection between such Agent or such Lender
and the jurisdiction of the Governmental Authority imposing such tax or any
political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein (other than any
such connection arising solely from such Agent or such Lender having executed,
delivered or performed its obligations or received a payment under, or enforced,
this Agreement or any other Loan Document). If any such non-excluded taxes,
levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions or withholdings ("Non-
Excluded Taxes") or Other Taxes are required to be withheld from any amounts
payable to any Agent or any Lender hereunder, the amounts so payable to such
Agent or such Lender shall be increased to the extent necessary to yield to such
Agent or such Lender (after payment of all Non-Excluded Taxes and Other Taxes)
interest or any such other amounts payable hereunder at the rates or in the
amounts specified in this Agreement, provided, however, that the Borrowers shall
not be required to increase any such amounts payable to any Lender with respect
to any Non-Excluded Taxes or other Taxes (i) that are attributable to such
Lender's failure to comply with the requirements of paragraph (d) or (e) of this
Section or (ii) that are United States withholding taxes imposed on amounts
payable to such Lender at the time the Lender becomes a party to this Agreement,
except to the extent that such Lender's assignor (if any) was entitled, at the
time of assignment, to receive additional amounts from the Borrowers with
respect to such Non-Excluded Taxes pursuant to Section 2.20(a).
(b) In addition, the Borrowers shall pay any Other Taxes to the
relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.
(c) Whenever any Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes are payable by
the Borrowers, as promptly as possible thereafter, the Borrowers shall send to
the Administrative Agent for the account of the relevant Agent or Lender, as the
case may be, a certified copy of an original official receipt received by the
Borrowers showing payment thereof. If the Borrowers fail to pay any Non-Excluded
Taxes or Other Taxes when due to the appropriate taxing authority or fails to
remit to the Agents the required receipts or other required documentary
evidence, the Borrowers shall indemnify the Administrative Agent and the Lenders
for any incremental taxes, interest or penalties that may become payable by any
Agent or any Lender as a result of any such failure. The agreements in this
Section 2.20 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of
the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.
(d) Each Lender (or Transferee) that is not a citizen or resident of
the United States of America, a corporation, partnership or other entity created
or organized in or under the laws of the United States of America (or any
jurisdiction thereof), or any estate or trust that is subject to federal income
taxation regardless of the source of its income (a "Non-U.S. Lender") shall
deliver to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent (or, in the case of a
Participant, to the Lender from which the related participation shall have been
purchased) two copies of either U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form 1001 or Form
4224 or any subsequent versions thereof or successors thereto, or, in the case
of a Non-U.S. Lender claiming exemption from U.S. federal withholding tax under
Section 871(h) or 881(c) of the Code with respect to payments of "portfolio
interest" a statement substantially in the form of Exhibit I and a Form W-8, or
any subsequent versions thereof or successors thereto properly completed and
duly executed by such Non-U.S. Lender claiming complete exemption from, or a
reduced rate of, U.S. federal withholding tax on all payments by the Borrowers
under this Agreement and the other Loan
<PAGE>
40
Documents. Such forms shall be delivered by each Non-U.S. Lender on or before
the date it becomes a party to this Agreement (or, in the case of any
Participant, on or before the date such Participant purchases the related
participation). In addition, each Non-U.S. Lender shall deliver such forms
promptly upon the obsolescence or invalidity of any form previously delivered by
such Non-U.S. Lender. Each Non-U.S. Lender shall promptly notify the Borrowers
at any time it determines that it is no longer in a position to provide any
previously delivered certificate to the Borrowers (or any other form of
certification adopted by the U.S. taxing authorities for such purpose).
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.20(b), a Non-U.S. Lender
shall not be required to deliver any form pursuant to this Section 2.20(d) that
such Non-U.S. Lender is not legally able to deliver.
(e) A Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of
non-U.S. withholding tax under the law of the jurisdiction in which the
Borrowers are located, or any treaty to which such jurisdiction is a party, with
respect to payments under this Agreement shall deliver to the Borrowers (with a
copy to the Administrative Agent), at the time or times prescribed by applicable
law or reasonably requested by the Borrowers, such properly completed and
executed documentation prescribed by applicable law as will permit such payments
to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate, provided that such Lender
is legally entitled to complete, execute and deliver such documentation and in
such Lender's reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would
not materially prejudice the legal position of such Lender.
(f) If the Administrative Agent or any Lender receives a refund or
net tax benefit in respect of Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes paid by the
Borrowers, which in the good faith judgment of the Administrative Agent or any
such Lender is allocable to such payment, it shall as soon as practicable
reimburse the Borrowers the amount of such refund or net tax benefit, together
with any other amounts paid by the Borrowers in connection with such refunded
Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes and any other tax benefit obtained by the
Administrative Agent or any Lender incurred in obtaining such refund; provided
that the Borrowers agree to, as soon as practicable, return such refund to the
Administrative Agent or any such Lender, as the case may be, if they receive
notice from the Administrative Agent or any such Lender that the Administrative
Agent or Lender, as the case may be, is required to repay such refund.
2.21 Indemnity. The Borrowers agree to indemnify each Lender and to
hold each Lender harmless from any loss or expense which such Lender may sustain
or incur as a consequence of (a) default by the Borrowers in making a borrowing
of, conversion into or continuation of Eurocurrency Loans after the Borrowers
have given a notice requesting the same in accordance with the provisions of
this Agreement, (b) default by the Borrowers in making any prepayment of
Eurocurrency Loans after the Borrowers have given a notice thereof in accordance
with the provisions of this Agreement or (c) the making of a prepayment or
conversion of Eurocurrency Loans on a day which is not the last day of an
Interest Period with respect thereto. Such indemnification may include an amount
equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest which would have
accrued on the amount so prepaid, or not so borrowed, converted or continued,
for the period from the date of such prepayment or of such failure to borrow,
convert or continue to the last day of such Interest Period (or, in the case of
a failure to borrow, convert or continue, the Interest Period that would have
commenced on the date of such failure) in each case at the applicable rate of
interest for such Loans provided for herein (excluding, however, the Applicable
Margin included therein, if any) over (ii) the amount of interest (as reasonably
determined by such Lender) which would have accrued to such Lender on such
amount by placing such amount on deposit for a comparable period with leading
banks in the interbank eurocurrency market.
<PAGE>
41
A certificate as to any amounts payable pursuant to this Section 2.21 submitted
to the Borrowers by any Lender shall specify the event giving rise to the claim
for such indemnification and set out in reasonable detail the basis of
computation of such claim and shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest
error. This covenant shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the
payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.
2.22 Illegality. Notwithstanding any other provision herein, if the
adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or
application thereof shall make it unlawful for any Lender to make or maintain
any Eurocurrency Loans as contemplated by this Agreement ("Affected Eurocurrency
Loans"), (a) such Lender shall promptly give written notice of such
circumstances to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent (which notice shall
be withdrawn whenever such circumstances no longer exist), (b) the commitment of
such Lender hereunder to make Affected Eurocurrency Loans, continue Affected
Eurocurrency Loans as such and, in the case of Affected Eurocurrency Loans in
Dollars, to convert a Base Rate Loan to Affected Eurocurrency Loans shall
forthwith be cancelled and, until such time as it shall no longer be unlawful
for such Lender to make or maintain such Affected Eurocurrency Loans, in the
case of Revolving Credit Loans in Dollars, such Lender shall then have a
commitment only to make a Base Rate Loan when an Affected Eurocurrency Loan is
requested and, in the case of any Revolving Credit Loans in a Designated Foreign
Currency which would be Affected Eurocurrency Loans, such Lender shall not be
required to make Revolving Credit Loans in such Designated Foreign Currency and
(c) such Lender's Loans then outstanding as Affected Eurocurrency Loans, if any,
shall, in the case of Affected Eurocurrency Loans in Dollars, be converted
automatically to Base Rate Loans and, in the case of Affected Eurocurrency Loans
in the Designated Foreign Currency, be repaid, in each case, on the respective
last days of the then current Interest Periods with respect to such Loans or
within such earlier period as required by law. If any such conversion of an
Affected Eurocurrency Loan occurs on a day which is not the last day of the then
current Interest Period with respect thereto, the Borrowers shall pay to such
Lender such amounts, if any, as may be required pursuant to Section 2.21.
2.23 Change of Lending Office. Each Lender agrees that, upon the
occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Section 2.19, 2.20(a) or
2.22 with respect to such Lender, it will, if requested by the Borrowers, use
reasonable efforts (subject to overall policy considerations of such Lender) to
designate another lending office for any Loans affected by such event with the
object of avoiding the consequences of such event; provided, that such
designation is made on terms that, in the sole judgment of such Lender, cause
such Lender and its lending office(s) to suffer no economic, legal or regulatory
disadvantage, and provided, further, that nothing in this Section 2.23 shall
affect or postpone any of the obligations of the Borrowers or the rights of any
Lender pursuant to Section 2.19 or 2.20(a).
2.24 Replacement of Lenders under Certain Circumstances. The
Borrowers shall be permitted to replace any Lender which (a) requests
reimbursement for amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.19, 2.20 or 2.22 or (b)
defaults in its obligation to make Loans hereunder, with a replacement financial
institution; provided that (i) such replacement does not conflict with any
Requirement of Law, (ii) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing at the time of such replacement, (iii) prior to any such replacement,
such Lender shall have taken no action under Section 2.23 so as to eliminate the
continued need for payment of amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.19 or 2.20,
(iv) the replacement financial institution shall purchase, at par, all Loans and
other amounts owing to such replaced Lender on or prior to the date of
replacement, (v) the Borrowers shall be liable to such replaced Lender under
<PAGE>
42
Section 2.21 (as though Section 2.21 were applicable) if any Eurocurrency Loan
owing to such replaced Lender shall be purchased other than on the last day of
the Interest Period relating thereto, (vi) the replacement financial
institution, if not already a Lender, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the
Company and the Administrative Agent, (vii) the replaced Lender shall be
obligated to make such replacement in accordance with the provisions of Section
10.6 (provided that the Borrowers shall be obligated to pay the registration and
processing fee referred to therein), (viii) until such time as such replacement
shall be consummated, the Borrowers shall pay all additional amounts (if any)
required pursuant to Section 2.19 or 2.20, as the case may be, and (ix) any such
replacement shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any rights which the
Borrowers, the Administrative Agent or any other Lender shall have against the
replaced Lender.
2.25 Controls on Prepayment if Aggregate Outstanding Revolving
Credit Exceeds Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments. (a) The Borrowers will
implement and maintain internal controls to monitor the borrowings and
repayments of Loans by the Borrowers and the issuance of and drawings under
Letters of Credit, with the object of preventing any request for an extension of
credit that would result in the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit with
respect to all of the Lenders (including the Swing Line Lender) being in excess
of the Total Revolving Credit Commitments then in effect, the Total Revolving
Extensions of Credit made in any Designated Foreign Currencies with respect to
all of the Lenders being in excess of $35,000,000 and of promptly identifying
and remedying any circumstance where, by reason of changes in exchange rates,
the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit (made in Dollars or any Designated
Foreign Currency) with respect to all of the Lenders (including the Swing Line
Lender) exceeds the Total Revolving Credit Commitments then in effect or the
Total Revolving Extensions of Credit made in any Designated Foreign Currencies
with respect to all of the Lenders exceeds $35,000,000. In the event that at any
time the Borrowers determine that the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit (made
in Dollars or any Designated Foreign Currency) with respect to all of the
Lenders (including the Swing Line Lender) exceeds the Total Revolving Credit
Commitments then in effect or the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit made in
any Designated Foreign Currencies with respect to all of the Lenders exceeds
$35,000,000, in each case, by more than 5%, the Borrowers will promptly notify
the Administrative Agent.
(b) The Administrative Agent will calculate the Total Revolving
Extensions of Credit (including any portion made in any Designated Foreign
Currency) with respect to all of the Lenders (including the Swing Line Lender)
from time to time, and in any event not less frequently than once during each
calendar week. In making such calculations, the Administrative Agent will rely
on the information most recently received by it from the Swing Line Lender in
respect of outstanding Swing Line Loans and from the Issuing Lender in respect
of outstanding L/C Obligations.
(c) In the event that on any date the Administrative Agent
calculates that the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit (made in Dollars or any
Designated Foreign Currency) with respect to all of the Lenders (including the
Swing Line Lender) exceeds the Total Revolving Credit Commitments then in effect
or the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit made in any Designated Foreign
Currency with respect to all of the Lenders exceeds $35,000,000, in each case,
by more than 5%, the Administrative Agent will give notice to such effect to the
Borrowers and the Lenders. Within five Business Days of receipt of any such
notice, the Borrowers will, as soon as practicable but in any event within five
Business Days of receipt of such notice, first, make such repayments or
prepayments of Loans (together with interest accrued to the date of such
repayment or prepayment), second, pay any Reimbursement Obligations then
outstanding and, third, cash collateralize any outstanding L/C
<PAGE>
43
Obligations on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent as
shall be necessary to cause the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit (made in
Dollars or any Designated Foreign Currency) with respect to all of the Lenders
(including the Swing Line Lender) to no longer exceed the aggregate Total
Revolving Credit Commitments then in effect and/or the Total Revolving
Extensions of Credit made in any Designated Foreign Currency with respect to all
of the Lenders to no longer exceed $35,000,000. If any such repayment or
prepayment of a Eurocurrency Loan pursuant to this section occurs on a day which
is not the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto,
the Borrowers shall pay to the Revolving Credit Lenders such amounts, if any, as
may be required pursuant to Section 2.21.
2.26 Provisions Regarding the "Euro". The provisions included in
Schedule C are hereby incorporated in this Section 2.26 as if fully set forth
herein.
SECTION 3. LETTERS OF CREDIT
3.1 L/C Commitment. (a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof,
the Issuing Lender, in reliance on the agreements of the other Revolving Credit
Lenders set forth in Section 3.4(a), agrees to issue letters of credit for the
account of the Borrowers on any Business Day during the Revolving Credit
Commitment Period in such form as may be approved from time to time by the
Issuing Lender; provided that the Issuing Lender shall have no obligation to
issue any Letter of Credit if, after giving effect to such issuance, (i) the L/C
Obligations would exceed the L/C Commitment or (ii) the aggregate amount of the
Available Revolving Credit Commitments would be less than zero. Each Letter of
Credit shall (i) be denominated in Dollars or in a Designated Foreign Currency,
(ii) be either (A) a standby letter of credit issued to support obligations of
the Company or a Subsidiary, contingent or otherwise or (B) a commercial letter
of credit issued in respect of the purchase of inventory or other goods or
services by the Company or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business
(the letters of credit described in the preceding clauses (A) and (B), "Letters
of Credit") and (iii) expire no later than the earlier of (x) the first
anniversary of its date of issuance and (y) the date which is five Business Days
prior to the Revolving Credit Termination Date, provided that any Letter of
Credit with a one-year term may provide for the renewal thereof for additional
one-year periods (which shall in no event extend beyond the date referred to in
clause (y) above).
(b) Each Letter of Credit shall be subject to the Uniform Customs
and, to the extent not inconsistent therewith, the laws of the State of New
York.
(c) The Issuing Lender shall not at any time be obligated to issue
any Letter of Credit hereunder if such issuance would conflict with, or cause
the Issuing Lender or any L/C Participant to exceed any limits imposed by, any
applicable Requirement of Law.
3.2 Procedure for Issuance of Letter of Credit. The Borrowers may
from time to time request that the Issuing Lender issue a Letter of Credit by
delivering to the Issuing Lender at its address for notices specified herein an
Application therefor, completed to the reasonable satisfaction of the Issuing
Lender, and such other certificates, documents and other papers and information
as the Issuing Lender may reasonably request. Upon receipt of any Application,
the Issuing Lender will process such Application and the certificates, documents
and other papers and information delivered to it in connection therewith in
accordance with its customary procedures and shall promptly issue the Letter of
Credit requested thereby (but in no event shall the Issuing Lender be required
to issue any
<PAGE>
44
Letter of Credit earlier than three Business Days after its receipt of the
Application therefor and all such other certificates, documents and other papers
and information relating thereto) by issuing the original of such Letter of
Credit to the beneficiary thereof or as otherwise may be agreed to by the
Issuing Lender and the Borrowers. The Issuing Lender shall furnish a copy of
such Letter of Credit to the Borrowers promptly following the issuance thereof.
The Issuing Lender shall promptly furnish to the Administrative Agent, which
shall in turn promptly furnish to the Lenders, notice of the issuance of each
Letter of Credit (including the amount thereof).
3.3 Commissions, Fees and Other Charges. (a) The Borrowers will pay
a commission on the aggregate drawable amount of all outstanding Letters of
Credit at a per annum rate equal to the Applicable Margin then in effect with
respect to Eurocurrency Loans under the Revolving Credit Facility, shared
ratably among the Revolving Credit Lenders and payable quarterly in arrears on
each L/C Fee Payment Date after the issuance date. In addition, the Borrowers
shall pay to the Issuing Lender for its own account a fronting fee on the
aggregate drawable amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit of 1/4 of 1% per
annum, payable quarterly in arrears on each L/C Fee Payment Date after the
Issuance Date.
(b) In addition to the foregoing fees and commissions, the Borrowers
shall pay or reimburse the Issuing Lender for such normal and customary costs
and expenses as are incurred or charged by the Issuing Lender in issuing,
negotiating, effecting payment under, amending or otherwise administering any
Letter of Credit.
3.4 L/C Participations. (a) The Issuing Lender irrevocably agrees to
grant and hereby grants to each L/C Participant, and, to induce the Issuing
Lender to issue Letters of Credit hereunder, each L/C Participant irrevocably
agrees to accept and purchase and hereby accepts and purchases from the Issuing
Lender, on the terms and conditions hereinafter stated, for such L/C
Participant's own account and risk an undivided interest equal to such L/C
Participant's Revolving Credit Percentage in the Issuing Lender's obligations
and rights under each Letter of Credit issued hereunder and the amount of each
draft paid by the Issuing Lender thereunder. Each L/C Participant
unconditionally and irrevocably agrees with the Issuing Lender that, if a draft
is paid under any Letter of Credit for which the Issuing Lender is not
reimbursed in full by the Borrowers in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement, such L/C Participant shall pay to the Issuing Lender upon demand at
the Issuing Lender's address for notices specified herein an amount equal to
such L/C Participant's Revolving Credit Percentage of the amount of such draft,
or any part thereof, which is not so reimbursed.
(b) If any amount required to be paid by any L/C Participant to the
Issuing Lender pursuant to Section 3.4(a) in respect of any unreimbursed portion
of any payment made by the Issuing Lender under any Letter of Credit is paid to
the Issuing Lender within three Business Days after the date such payment is
due, such L/C Participant shall pay to the Issuing Lender on demand an amount
equal to the product of (i) such amount, times (ii) (x) in the case of Letters
of Credit denominated in Dollars, the daily average Federal Funds Effective Rate
or (y) in the case of Letters of Credit denominated in a Designated Currency,
the daily average of the rate customary in such Designated Foreign Currency for
settlement of similar inter-bank obligations, as quoted by the Administrative
Agent, during the period from and including the date such payment is required to
the date on which such payment is immediately available to the Issuing Lender,
times (iii) a fraction the numerator of which is the number of days that elapse
during such period and the denominator of which is 360. If any such amount
required to be paid by any L/C Participant pursuant to Section 3.4(a) is not
made available to the Issuing Lender by such
<PAGE>
45
L/C Participant within three Business Days after the date such payment is due,
the Issuing Lender shall be entitled to recover from such L/C Participant, on
demand, such amount with interest thereon calculated from such due date at the
rate per annum applicable to Base Rate Loans under the Revolving Credit
Facility. A certificate of the Issuing Lender submitted to any L/C Participant
with respect to any amounts owing under this Section shall be conclusive in the
absence of manifest error.
(c) Whenever, at any time after the Issuing Lender has made payment
under any Letter of Credit and has received from any L/C Participant its pro
rata share of such payment in accordance with Section 3.4(a), the Issuing Lender
receives any payment related to such Letter of Credit (whether directly from the
Borrowers or otherwise, including proceeds of collateral applied thereto by the
Issuing Lender), or any payment of interest on account thereof, the Issuing
Lender will distribute to such L/C Participant its pro rata share thereof;
provided, however, that in the event that any such payment received by the
Issuing Lender shall be required to be returned by the Issuing Lender, such L/C
Participant shall return to the Issuing Lender the portion thereof previously
distributed by the Issuing Lender to it.
3.5 Reimbursement Obligation of the Borrowers. The Borrowers agree
to reimburse the Issuing Lender on each date on which the Issuing Lender
notifies the Borrowers of the date and amount of a draft presented under any
Letter of Credit and paid by the Issuing Lender for the amount of (a) such draft
so paid and (b) any taxes, fees, charges or other costs or expenses incurred by
the Issuing Lender in connection with such payment. Except as otherwise agreed
by the Borrowers and the Issuing Bank, each such payment shall be made to the
Issuing Lender at its address for notices specified herein in the currency in
which the relevant Letter of Credit was issued in immediately available funds.
Interest shall be payable on any and all amounts remaining unpaid by the
Borrowers under this Section from the date such amounts become payable (whether
at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) until payment in full at the
rate set forth in Section 2.15(c); provided that if the Issuing Lender does not
notify the Borrowers as provided for by 11:00 A.M. (Houston, Texas time) on the
date such draft is paid, then for such day (and until the next Business Day) all
amounts remaining unpaid in respect of such notice shall bear interest at the
rate set forth in Section 2.15(a) or 2.15(b), as applicable. Each drawing under
any Letter of Credit shall (unless an event of the type described in clause (i)
or (ii) of Section 8(f) shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to
the Borrowers, in which case the procedures specified in Section 3.4 for funding
by L/C Participants shall apply) constitute a request by the Borrowers to the
Administrative Agent for a borrowing pursuant to Section 2.5 (or, at the option
of the Administrative Agent and the Swing Line Lender in their sole discretion,
a borrowing pursuant to Section 2.7 of Swing Line Loans) in the amount of such
drawing. The Borrowing Date with respect to such borrowing shall be the date of
such drawing.
3.6 Obligations Absolute. The Borrowers' obligations under this
Section 3 shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances
and irrespective of any setoff, counterclaim or defense to payment which the
Borrowers may have or have had against the Issuing Lender, any beneficiary of a
Letter of Credit or any other Person. The Borrowers also agree with the Issuing
Lender that the Issuing Lender shall not be responsible for, and the Borrowers'
Reimbursement Obligations under Section 3.5 shall not be affected by, among
other things, the validity or genuineness of documents or of any endorsements
thereon, even though such documents shall in fact prove to be invalid,
fraudulent or forged, or any dispute between or among the Borrowers and any
beneficiary of any Letter of Credit or any other party to which such Letter of
Credit may be transferred or any claims whatsoever of the Borrowers against any
beneficiary of such Letter of Credit or any such transferee. The Issuing Lender
<PAGE>
46
shall not be liable for any error, omission, interruption or delay in
transmission, dispatch or delivery of any message or advice, however
transmitted, in connection with any Letter of Credit, except for errors or
omissions found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent
jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of
the Issuing Lender. The Borrowers agree that any action taken or omitted by the
Issuing Lender under or in connection with any Letter of Credit or the related
drafts or documents, if done in the absence of gross negligence or willful
misconduct and in accordance with the standards or care specified in the Uniform
Commercial Code of the State of New York, shall be binding on the Borrowers and
shall not result in any liability of the Issuing Lender to the Borrowers.
3.7 Letter of Credit Payments. If any draft shall be presented for
payment under any Letter of Credit, the Issuing Lender shall promptly notify the
Borrowers of the date and amount thereof. The responsibility of the Issuing
Lender to the Borrowers in connection with any draft presented for payment under
any Letter of Credit shall, in addition to any payment obligation expressly
provided for in such Letter of Credit, be limited to determining that the
documents (including each draft) delivered under such Letter of Credit in
connection with such presentment are substantially in conformity with such
Letter of Credit.
3.8 Applications. To the extent that any provision of any
Application related to any Letter of Credit is inconsistent with the provisions
of this Section 3, the provisions of this Section 3 shall apply.
SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
To induce the Agents and the Lenders to enter into this Agreement
and to make the Loans and issue or participate in the Letters of Credit, the
Borrowers hereby jointly and severally represent and warrant to each Agent and
each Lender that:
4.1 Financial Condition. (a) The unaudited pro forma consolidated
balance sheet of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at December
27, 1997 (including the notes thereto) (the "Pro Forma Balance Sheet"), copies
of which have heretofore been furnished to each Lender, has been prepared giving
effect (as if such events had occurred on such date) to (i) the consummation of
the Acquisition, (ii) the Loans to be made and the Senior Subordinated Notes to
be issued on the Closing Date and the use of proceeds thereof, (iii) the
contribution by Holdings to the Company of $168,000,000 and (iv) the payment of
fees and expenses in connection with the foregoing. The Pro Forma Balance Sheet
has been prepared based on the best information available to the Borrowers as of
the date of delivery thereof, and presents fairly in all material respects on a
pro forma basis the estimated financial position of the Company and its
consolidated Subsidiaries as at December 27, 1997, assuming that the events
specified in the preceding sentence had actually occurred at such date.
(b) The audited consolidated balance sheets of the Acquired
Businesses as at September 27, 1997 and September 28, 1996 and the consolidated
statements of income and of cash flows for the fiscal years ended September 27,
1997, September 28, 1996 and September 30, 1995, reported on by and accompanied
by an unqualified report from Ernst & Young LLP with respect to fiscal years
1997 and 1996 and Price Waterhouse LLP with respect to 1995, present fairly in
all material respects the consolidated financial condition of the Acquired
Businesses as at such date, and the consolidated results of its operations and
its consolidated cash flows for the respective fiscal years then ended. The
unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Acquired Businesses as at December
27, 1997 and December 28, 1996, and the related unaudited consolidated
statements of income and cash flows for the three-month periods ended on such
dates, present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial
condition of the Acquired Businesses as at such dates, and the consolidated
results
<PAGE>
47
of its operations and its consolidated cash flows for the three-month periods
then ended (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of
certain footnotes). All such financial statements, including the related
schedules and notes thereto, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied
consistently throughout the periods involved (except as approved by the
aforementioned firm of accountants and disclosed therein). As of the date
hereof, other than as set forth on part A of Schedule 4.1(b), the Acquired
Businesses do not have any material Guarantee Obligations, contingent
liabilities and liabilities for taxes, or any long-term leases or unusual
forward or long-term commitments, including any interest rate or foreign
currency swap or exchange transaction or other obligation in respect of
derivatives, which are not reflected in the most recent audited financial
statements referred to in this paragraph (b) (or in the notes thereto). Except
as set forth on part B of Schedule 4.1(b), during the period from December 27,
1997 to and including the date hereof there has been no Disposition by the
Acquired Businesses of any material part of its business or Property (other than
(x) in the ordinary course of business or (y) as part of the Acquisition).
4.2 No Change. From and after December 27, 1997, there has been no
development or event which has had or could reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect.
4.3 Corporate Existence; Compliance with Law. Except as set forth on
Schedule 4.3, each of the Company and its Subsidiaries (a) is duly organized,
validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its
organization (except no representation is made as to the good standing of any
Subsidiary organized under the laws of any jurisdiction in which there is no
concept of good standing), (b) has the corporate or limited liability company
power and authority, as the case may be, and the legal right, to own and operate
its Property, to lease the Property it operates as lessee and to conduct the
business in which it is currently engaged, (c) is duly qualified as a foreign
corporation or limited liability company and in good standing under the laws of
each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of Property or the
conduct of its business requires such qualification, except to the extent that
the failure to be so qualified could not reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect, and (d) is in compliance with all Requirements of Law
except to the extent that the failure to comply therewith could not, in the
aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
4.4 Corporate Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations. Except
as set forth on Schedule 4.4, each Loan Party has the corporate or limited
liability company power and authority, as the case may be, and the legal right,
to make, deliver and perform the Loan Documents to which it is a party and, in
the case of the Borrowers, to borrow hereunder. Except as set forth on Schedule
4.4, each Loan Party has taken all necessary corporate or limited liability
company action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan
Documents to which it is a party and, in the case of the Borrowers, to authorize
the borrowings on the terms and conditions of this Agreement. No consent or
authorization of, filing with, notice to or other act by or in respect of, any
Governmental Authority or any other Person is required in connection with the
Acquisition and the borrowings hereunder or with the execution, delivery,
performance, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any of the Loan
Documents, except (i) consents, authorizations, filings and notices described in
Schedule 4.4, which consents, authorizations, filings and notices have been
obtained or made and are in full force and effect,
<PAGE>
48
(ii) the filings referred to in Section 4.19 and (iii) those which, in the
aggregate, could not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect if
not obtained or made. Each Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered on
behalf of each Loan Party party thereto. This Agreement constitutes, and each
other Loan Document upon execution will constitute, a legal, valid and binding
obligation of each Loan Party party thereto, enforceable against each such Loan
Party in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws
affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally and by general
equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or
at law).
4.5 No Legal Bar. The execution, delivery and performance of this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the issuance of Letters of Credit, the
borrowings hereunder and the use of the proceeds thereof will not violate any
material Requirement of Law or any material Contractual Obligation of the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries and will not result in, or require, the
creation or imposition of any Lien on any of their respective material
properties or revenues pursuant to any Requirement of Law or any such
Contractual Obligation (other than the Liens created by the Security Documents).
No Requirement of Law or Contractual Obligation applicable to the Company or any
of its Subsidiaries could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect.
4.6 No Material Litigation. Except as set forth in Schedule 4.6, no
litigation, investigation or proceeding of or before any arbitrator or
Governmental Authority is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company,
threatened by or against Holdings, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or
against any of their respective properties or revenues (a) with respect to any
of the Loan Documents or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby,
or (b) which (after taking into account the Company's relevant insurance
policies and coverages) could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect.
4.7 No Default. Except as set forth in Schedule 4.7, neither the
Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is in default under or with respect to any
of its Contractual Obligations in any respect which could reasonably be expected
to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Default or Event of Default has occurred
and is continuing.
4.8 Ownership of Property; Liens. Each of the Company and its
Subsidiaries has title in fee simple to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all
its real property, and good title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all its
other Property (other than Intellectual Property), and none of such Property is
subject to any Lien except as permitted by Section 7.3.
4.9 Intellectual Property. The Company and each of its Subsidiaries
owns, or is licensed to use, all material Intellectual Property necessary for
the conduct of its business as currently conducted. No material claim has been
asserted and is pending by any Person challenging or questioning the use of any
Intellectual Property or the validity or effectiveness of any Intellectual
Property, nor does the Company or any of its Subsidiaries know of any valid
basis for any such claim. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.9, the use of such
Intellectual Property by the Company and its Subsidiaries does not infringe on
the rights of any Person, except to the extent of any infringement which could
not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
4.10 Taxes. The Company and each of its Subsidiaries has filed or
caused to be filed all Federal, state and other material tax returns which are
required to be filed and has paid all material
<PAGE>
49
taxes shown to be due and payable on said returns or on any assessments made
against it or any of its Property and all other material taxes, fees or other
charges imposed on it or any of its Property by any Governmental Authority
(other than any the amount or validity of which are currently being contested in
good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which reserves in
conformity with GAAP have been provided on the books of the Company or its
Subsidiaries, as the case may be); no material tax Lien has been filed, and, to
the knowledge of the Company, no claim is being asserted, with respect to any
such tax, fee or other charge.
4.11 Federal Regulations. No part of the proceeds of any Loans will
be used for "purchasing" or "carrying" any "margin stock" within the respective
meanings of each of the quoted terms under Regulation U as now and from time to
time hereafter in effect or for any purpose which violates the provisions of the
Regulations of the Board. If requested by any Lender or the Administrative
Agent, the Borrowers will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender a
statement to the foregoing effect in conformity with the requirements of FR Form
U-1 referred to in Regulation U.
4.12 Labor Matters. There are no strikes or other labor disputes
against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pending or, to the knowledge of
the Company, threatened that (individually or in the aggregate) could reasonably
be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Hours worked by and payment made
to employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries have not been in violation of
the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable Requirement of Law dealing
with such matters that (individually or in the aggregate) could reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. All payments due from the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries on account of employee health and welfare insurance that
(individually or in the aggregate) could reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect if not paid have been paid or accrued as a liability on
the books of the Company or the relevant Subsidiary.
4.13 ERISA. Except where the liability that has been incurred or
could reasonably be expected to be incurred (individually or in the aggregate)
could not have a Material Adverse Effect: (i) neither a Reportable Event nor an
"accumulated funding deficiency" (within the meaning of Section 412 of the Code
or Section 302 of ERISA) has occurred during the five-year period prior to the
date on which this representation is made or deemed made with respect to any
Plan, and each Plan has complied in all material respects with the applicable
provisions of ERISA and the Code; (ii) no termination of a Single Employer Plan
has occurred, and no Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Plan has arisen, during such
five-year period; (iii) the present value of all accrued benefits under each
Single Employer Plan (based on those assumptions used to fund such Plans) did
not, as of the last annual valuation date prior to the date on which this
representation is made or deemed made, exceed the value of the assets of such
Plan allocable to such accrued benefits by a material amount; (iv) neither
Borrower nor any Commonly Controlled Entity has had a complete or partial
withdrawal from any Multiemployer Plan which has resulted or could reasonably be
expected to result in a material liability under ERISA, and neither Borrower nor
any Commonly Controlled Entity would become subject to any material liability
under ERISA if such Borrower or any such Commonly Controlled Entity were to
withdraw completely from all Multiemployer Plans as of the valuation date most
closely preceding the date on which this representation is made or deemed made;
and (v) no such Multiemployer Plan is in Reorganization or Insolvent.
<PAGE>
50
4.14 Investment Company Act; Other Regulations. No Loan Party is an
"investment company", or a company "controlled" by an "investment company",
within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. No Loan
Party is subject to regulation under any Requirement of Law (other than
Regulation X of the Board) which limits its ability to incur Indebtedness.
4.15 Subsidiaries. The Subsidiaries listed on part B of Schedule B
constitute all the Subsidiaries of the Company at the Closing Date and after
giving effect to the Acquisition, and the information set forth thereon as to
their respective principal places of business, chief executive offices,
jurisdictions of organization and, with respect to Domestic Subsidiaries,
locations of material tangible assets (other than goods in transit or leased by
the Company or a Subsidiary to a customer) are correct as of such date.
4.16 Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of the Term Loans shall be used
to finance a portion of the Acquisition and to pay related fees and expenses.
The proceeds of the Revolving Credit Loans and/or the Swing Line Loans shall be
used (a) to finance a portion of the Acquisition and to pay related fees and
expenses, (b) to finance Permitted Acquisitions and (c) for general corporate
purposes of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries.
4.17 Environmental Matters. Other than exceptions to any of the
following that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be
expected to result in the payment of a Material Environmental Amount:
(a) The facilities and properties owned, leased or operated by the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries (the "Properties") do not contain, and have
not previously contained, any Materials of Environmental Concern in amounts or
concentrations or under circumstances which (i) constitute or constituted a
violation of, or (ii) could give rise to liability under, any Environmental Law.
(b) The Properties and all operations at the Properties are in
material compliance, and have in the last five years been in compliance, with
all applicable Environmental Laws, and there is no contamination at, under or
about the Properties or violation of any Environmental Law with respect to the
Properties or the business operated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
(the "Business") which could interfere with the continued operation of the
Properties or impair the fair saleable value thereof. Neither the Borrowers nor
any of their Subsidiaries has assumed any liability of any other Person under
Environmental Laws.
(c) Neither the Borrowers nor any of their Subsidiaries have
received or are aware of any notice of violation, alleged violation,
non-compliance, liability or potential liability regarding environmental matters
or compliance with Environmental Laws with regard to any of the Properties or
the Business, nor does either Borrower have knowledge or reason to believe that
any such notice will be received or is being threatened.
(d) Materials of Environmental Concern have not been transported or
disposed of by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in violation of, or in a
manner or to a location which could give rise to liability to the Company or any
of its Subsidiaries under, any Environmental Law, nor have any Materials of
Environmental Concern been generated, treated, stored or disposed of at, on or
under any
<PAGE>
51
of the Properties in violation of, or in a manner that could give rise to
liability under, any applicable Environmental Law.
(e) No judicial proceeding or governmental or administrative action
is pending or, to the knowledge of either Borrower, threatened, under any
Environmental Law to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is or will be
named as a party with respect to the Properties or the Business, nor are there
any consent decrees or other decrees, consent orders, administrative orders or
other orders, or other administrative or judicial requirements outstanding under
any Environmental Law with respect to the Properties or the Business.
(f) There has been no release or threat of release of Materials of
Environmental Concern at or from the Properties, or arising from or related to
the operations of the Company or any Subsidiary in connection with the
Properties or otherwise in connection with the Business, in violation of or in
amounts or in a manner that could give rise to liability under Environmental
Laws.
4.18 Accuracy of Information, etc. No statement or information
regarding Holdings, the Company and its Subsidiaries (other than statements and
information constituting projections and pro forma financial information)
contained in this Agreement, any other Loan Document, the Confidential
Information Memorandum or any other document, certificate or statement (as any
such statement or information may be supplemented or modified by any subsequent
statement, information or document furnished to the Administrative Agent or
Lenders prior to the Closing Date) furnished to the Administrative Agent or the
Lenders or any of them, by or on behalf of any Loan Party for use in connection
with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan
Documents, contained as of the date such statement, information, document or
certificate was so furnished (or, in the case of the Confidential Information
Memorandum, as of the date of this Agreement), any untrue statement of a
material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the
statements contained herein or therein, in light of the circumstances under
which they were made, not materially misleading. The projections and pro forma
financial information contained in the materials referenced above are based upon
good faith estimates and assumptions believed by management of the Borrowers to
be reasonable at the time made, it being recognized by the Lenders that such
financial information as it relates to future events is not to be viewed as fact
and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such financial
information may differ from the projected results set forth therein by a
material amount. As of the date hereof, the representations and warranties
regarding Holdings, the Company and its Subsidiaries contained in the Purchase
Agreement are true and correct in all material respects. There is no fact known
to any Loan Party as of the date hereof that could reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect that has not been expressly disclosed herein, in
the other Loan Documents, in the Confidential Information Memorandum or in any
other documents, certificates and statements furnished to the Administrative
Agent and the Lenders for use in connection with the transactions contemplated
hereby and by the other Loan Documents.
4.19 Security Documents. (a) The Guarantee and Collateral Agreement
is effective to create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of
the Lenders, a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the Collateral
described therein and proceeds thereof. In the case of the Pledged Stock (as
defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement), when any stock certificates
representing such Pledged Stock and stock powers related thereto duly executed
in blank by the relevant pledgor are delivered to the Administrative Agent or
other actions required by applicable law are completed, and in the case of the
other Collateral described in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement,
<PAGE>
52
when financing statements or other designated recording forms in appropriate
form are filed in the offices specified on Schedule 4.19(a) (which financing
statements and other designated recording forms have been delivered to the
Administrative Agent in duly completed form and duly executed), the Guarantee
and Collateral Agreement shall constitute a fully perfected Lien on, and
security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in such
Collateral and the proceeds thereof, as security for the Obligations (as defined
in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement), in each case prior and superior in
right to any other Person (except, in the case of Collateral other than Pledged
Stock, Liens permitted by Section 7.3).
(b) Each of the Mortgages is effective to create in favor of the
Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, a legal, valid and
enforceable Lien on the Mortgaged Properties described therein and proceeds
thereof, and when the Mortgages are filed in the offices specified on Schedule
4.19(b), each such Mortgage shall constitute a fully perfected Lien on, and
security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in the
Mortgaged Properties and the proceeds thereof, as security for the Obligations
(as defined in the relevant Mortgage), in each case prior and superior in right
to any other Person.
(c) Each Foreign Pledge Agreement is effective to create in favor of
the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, a legal, valid and
enforceable security interest in the Pledged Stock (as defined in each Foreign
Pledge Agreement) described therein and proceeds thereof. When any stock
certificates representing such Pledged Stock and stock powers related thereto
duly executed in blank by the relevant pledgor are delivered to the
Administrative Agent or other actions required by applicable law are completed,
each of the Foreign Pledge Agreements shall constitute a fully perfected Lien
on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the relevant Loan
Party in such Pledged Stock and the proceeds thereof, as security for the
Obligations (as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement), in each case
prior and superior in right to any other Person.
4.20 Solvency. Each Loan Party is, and after giving effect to the
Acquisition and the incurrence of all Indebtedness and obligations being
incurred in connection herewith and therewith will be Solvent.
4.21 Senior Debt. The Obligations in respect of the Loan Documents
constitute "Senior Debt" of the Borrowers under and as defined in the Senior
Subordinated Note Indenture. The obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor under
the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement constitute "Senior Debt" of such
Subsidiary Guarantor under and as defined in the Senior Subordinated Note
Indenture.
4.22 Regulation H. No Mortgage encumbers improved real property
which is located in an area that has been identified by the Secretary of Housing
and Urban Development as an area having special flood hazards and in which flood
insurance has been made available under the National Flood Insurance Act of
1968.
4.23 Year 2000 Matters. Any reprogramming required to permit the
proper functioning (but only to the extent that such proper functioning would
otherwise be impaired by the occurrence of the year 2000) in and following the
year 2000 of computer systems and other equipment containing embedded
microchips, in either case owned or operated by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries or used or relied upon in the conduct of their business (including
any such systems and
<PAGE>
53
other equipment supplied by others), and the testing of all such systems and
other equipment as so reprogrammed, will be completed by January 1, 1999, except
to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have
a Material Adverse Effect. The costs to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taking
into account the information systems upgrade that the Company and its
Subsidiaries are engaged in as of the date hereof, that have not been incurred
as of the date hereof for such reprogramming and testing and for the other
reasonably foreseeable consequences to them of any improper functioning of other
computer systems and equipment containing embedded microchips due to the
occurrence of the year 2000 could not reasonably be expected to result in a
Material Adverse Effect. Except for any reprogramming referred to above and
taking into account the information systems upgrade that the Company and its
Subsidiaries are engaged in as of the date hereof, the computer systems of the
Company and its Subsidiaries are and, with ordinary course upgrading and
maintenance, will continue for the term of this Agreement to be, sufficient for
the conduct of their business as currently conducted.
SECTION 5. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
5.1 Conditions to Initial Extension of Credit. The agreement of each
Lender to make the initial extension of credit requested to be made by it is
subject to the satisfaction, prior to or concurrently with the making of such
extension of credit on the Closing Date, of the following conditions precedent:
(a) Loan Documents. The Administrative Agent shall have received (i)
this Agreement, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the
Company and Grove Capital, (ii) the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement,
executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of Holdings, the
Company, Grove Capital and each Subsidiary Guarantor, (iii) each Foreign
Pledge Agreement, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of
the Company, or, if applicable a Domestic Subsidiary, (iv) a Mortgage
covering each of the Mortgaged Properties, executed and delivered by a
duly authorized officer of each party thereto and (v) if requested by a
Lender for the account of each relevant Lender, Notes conforming to the
requirements hereof and executed and delivered by a duly authorized
officer of the Company and Grove Capital.
(b) Acquisition, etc. The following transactions shall have been
consummated, in each case, in accordance with all Requirements of Law and
on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Lenders:
(i) pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the Company has
acquired, directly or indirectly through certain Subsidiaries, (the
"Acquisition") from Hanson, by purchase or merger, (A) all of the issued
and outstanding Capital Stock of the Acquired Entities and (B) the
Acquired Assets, for a total purchase price of $583,000,000 in cash plus
the assumption of Indebtedness as described on Schedule 7.2(e);
(ii) the Administrative Agent shall have received
satisfactory evidence that Holdings shall have received at least (A)
$120,000,000 in gross cash proceeds from the issuance of its Capital Stock
to Grove Investors and (B) $50,000,000
<PAGE>
54
in gross cash proceeds from the issuance by Holdings of senior discount
debentures pursuant to documentation substantially final drafts of which
have been furnished to the Lenders and executed copies of which have been
furnished to the Administrative Agent (the "Holdings Debentures"), and the
net proceeds described in the preceding clauses (A) and (B) shall have
been contributed to the Company;
(iii) the Administrative Agent shall have received
satisfactory evidence that the Company shall have received at least
$168,000,000 in gross cash proceeds from the issuance of 100% of its
Capital Stock to Holdings; and
(iv) the Administrative Agent shall have received
satisfactory evidence that the Borrowers shall have received at least
$225,000,000 in gross cash proceeds from the issuance of the Senior
Subordinated Notes.
(c) Purchase Agreement and Related Agreements. The Administrative
Agent shall have received a true and correct copy of the Purchase
Agreement and of all of the closing documents delivered pursuant to the
Purchase Agreement (including copies of any documents which purport to
amend, modify, supplement or waive any of the terms of the preceding
documents) in connection with the closing of the Acquisition (including
the limited liability company agreements of Holdings and the Company,
agreements relating to transition arrangements, labor agreements and
assignments of leased or licensed assets and all documents delivered
therewith), all of which shall be (i) consistent with the Purchase
Agreement and (ii) on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the
Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall have received a
certificate of a Responsible Officer of each of the Company and Grove
Capital certifying that (x) no provision of the documents described in the
preceding sentence shall have been waived, amended, supplemented or
modified in a manner, in any material respect, adverse to the
Administrative Agent and the Lenders, (y) all conditions to the closing of
the Acquisition provided for in the Purchase Agreement have been satisfied
without any waiver or modification of any of the terms thereof, in any
material respect, adverse to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and
(z) the Borrowers, their Affiliates and Subsidiaries (A) are not in breach
or violation of any of their obligations under the Purchase Agreement or
the financing thereof and (ii) are not subject to contractual or other
restrictions that would be violated by the Acquisition.
(d) Pro Forma Balance Sheet; Financial Statements. The Lenders shall
have received (i) the Pro Forma Balance Sheet, (ii) (A) audited
consolidated balance sheets of the Acquired Businesses as at September 27,
1997 and September 28, 1996 and the consolidated statements of income and
of cash flows for the fiscal years ended September 27, 1997, September 28,
1996 and September 30, 1995 and (B) unaudited financial statements of the
Acquired Businesses for each fiscal quarterly period ended subsequent to
the date of the latest applicable financial statements delivered pursuant
to clause (A), which shall be consistent in all material respects with the
unaudited financial statements for such years and periods provided to
Chase prior to the date hereof and (iii) satisfactory unaudited interim
consolidated financial statements of the Borrowers for each fiscal month
and quarterly period ended after October 1997 as to which such financial
statements are available, and all of such financial statements shall not
reflect any material adverse change in the consolidated financial
condition of the Acquired Businesses and the Borrowers, as reflected in
the financial statements or projections contained in the Confidential
Information Memorandum.
<PAGE>
55
(e) Approvals. All governmental and material third party approvals
(including landlords' and other consents) necessary or, in the reasonable
discretion of the Administrative Agent, advisable in connection with the
Acquisition, the continuing operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries
and the transactions contemplated hereby shall have been obtained on
satisfactory terms and shall be in full force and effect, and all
applicable waiting periods shall have expired without any action being
taken or threatened by any competent authority which would restrain,
prevent or otherwise impose adverse conditions on the Acquisition or the
financing contemplated hereby.
(f) Termination of Existing Indebtedness. The Administrative Agent
shall have received satisfactory evidence that substantially all of the
existing Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries (other than
Indebtedness allowed pursuant to Section 7.2(e)) shall have been paid in
full and arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent shall have
been made for the termination of Liens and security interests granted in
connection therewith.
(g) Fees. The Lenders, Administrative Agent, Syndication Agent and
the Documentation Agent shall have received all fees required to be paid,
and all expenses for which invoices have been presented, on or before the
Closing Date.
(h) Projections. The Lenders shall have received projections for
fiscal years 1998-2004 and a satisfactory written analysis of the
business and prospects of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the period
from the Closing Date through December 31, 2004.
(i) Solvency Analysis. The Lenders shall have received a
satisfactory solvency opinion from Houlihan, Lokey, Howard & Zukin
Financial Advisors, Inc. which shall document the solvency of the Company
and its Subsidiaries considered as a whole after giving effect to the
Acquisition and the transactions contemplated hereby.
(j) Lien Searches. The Administrative Agent shall have received the
results of a recent lien search in each of the jurisdictions where assets
of the Loan Parties are located, and such search shall reveal no liens on
any of the assets of the Company or its Subsidiaries except for liens
permitted by Section 7.3.
(k) Environmental Report. The Lenders shall have received a
supplemental report in form and scope reasonably satisfactory to the
Administrative Agent, prepared by Dames & Moore with respect to such
properties of the Company or its Subsidiaries as the Administrative Agent
may reasonably designate and based upon a visit to such properties by
Dames & Moore, substantially confirming the findings and conclusions of
the report of Dames & Moore previously provided to the Administrative
Agent with respect to such properties.
(l) Expenses. The Administrative Agent shall have received
satisfactory evidence that the fees and expenses to be incurred in
connection with the Acquisition and the financing thereof shall not exceed
$24,000,000.
(m) Closing Certificate. The Administrative Agent shall have
received, with a counterpart for each Lender, a certificate of each Loan
Party and each Foreign Subsidiary, dated
<PAGE>
56
the Closing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit C, with appropriate
insertions and attachments.
(n) Legal Opinions. The Administrative Agent shall have received the
following executed legal opinions:
(i) the legal opinions of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton &
Garrison and Coudert Brothers, counsel to the Borrowers and their
Subsidiaries, substantially in the form of Exhibits F-1 and F-2,
respectively;
(ii) the legal opinion of Keith Simmons, general counsel of
the Company and its Subsidiaries, substantially in the form of
Exhibit F-3;
(iii) to the extent consented to by the relevant counsel, each
legal opinion, if any, delivered in connection with the Purchase
Agreement, accompanied by a reliance letter in favor of the Lenders;
and
(iv) the legal opinions of (A) Pepper Hamilton LLP, (B) Kutak
Rock, (C) Kelly, Hart and Hallman (a professional corporation) and
(D) Oppenhoff & Radler, local counsel to the Borrowers (and/or
certain of the Company's Subsidiaries) in each of Pennsylvania,
Nebraska, Texas and Germany, respectively, and of such other special
and local counsel as may be required by the Administrative Agent.
Each such legal opinion shall cover such other matters incident to the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement as the Administrative Agent
may reasonably require.
(o) Pledged Stock; Stock Power; Pledged Notes. The Administrative
Agent shall have received (i) any certificates representing the shares of
Capital Stock pledged pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement,
together with an undated stock power for each such certificate executed in
blank by a duly authorized officer of the pledgor thereof and (ii) each
promissory note pledged to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the
Guarantee and Collateral Agreement endorsed (without recourse) in blank
(or accompanied by an executed transfer form in blank satisfactory to the
Administrative Agent) by the pledgor thereof.
(p) Filings, Registrations and Recordings. Each document (including
any Uniform Commercial Code financing statement) required by the Security
Documents or under law or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent
to be filed, registered or recorded in order to create in favor of the
Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, a perfected Lien on
the Collateral described therein, prior and superior in right to any other
Person (other than with respect to Liens expressly permitted by Section
7.3), shall be in proper form for filing, registration or recordation.
(q) Title Insurance; Flood Insurance. (i) If requested by the
Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent shall have received, and
the title insurance company issuing the policy referred to in clause (ii)
below (the "Title Insurance Company") shall have received, maps or plats
of an as-built survey of the sites of the Mortgaged Properties certified
to the Administrative Agent and the Title Insurance Company in a manner
satisfactory to them, dated a date
<PAGE>
57
reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Title
Insurance Company by an independent professional licensed land surveyor
reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Title
Insurance Company, which maps or plats and the surveys on which they are
based shall be made in accordance with the Minimum Standard Detail
Requirements for Land Title Surveys jointly established and adopted by the
American Land Title Association and the American Congress on Surveying and
Mapping in 1992, and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
there shall be surveyed and shown on such maps, plats or surveys the
following: (A) the locations on such sites of all the buildings,
structures and other improvements and the established building setback
lines; (B) the lines of streets abutting the sites and width thereof; (C)
all access and other easements appurtenant to the sites; (D) all roadways,
paths, driveways, easements, encroachments and overhanging projections and
similar encumbrances affecting the site, whether recorded, apparent from a
physical inspection of the sites or otherwise known to the surveyor; (E)
any encroachments on any adjoining property by the building structures and
improvements on the sites; (F) if the site is described as being on a
filed map, a legend relating the survey to said map; and (G) the flood
zone designations, if any, in which the Mortgaged Properties are located.
(ii) The Administrative Agent shall have received in respect of each
Mortgaged Property a mortgagee's title insurance policy (or policies) or
marked up unconditional binder for such insurance. Each such policy shall
(A) be in an amount reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;
(B) be issued at ordinary rates; (C) insure that the Mortgage insured
thereby creates a valid first Lien on such Mortgaged Property free and
clear of all defects and encumbrances, except as disclosed therein; (D)
name the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders as the
insured thereunder; (E) be in the form of ALTA Loan Policy - 1970 (Amended
10/17/70 and 10/17/84) (or equivalent policies); (F) contain such
endorsements and affirmative coverage as the Administrative Agent may
reasonably request and (G) be issued by First American Title Insurance
Company or such other title company satisfactory to the Administrative
Agent (including any such title companies acting as co-insurers or
reinsurers, at the option of the Administrative Agent). The Administrative
Agent shall have received evidence satisfactory to it that all premiums in
respect of each such policy, all charges for mortgage recording tax, and
all related expenses, if any, have been paid.
(iii) If requested by the Administrative Agent, the Administrative
Agent shall have received (A) a policy of flood insurance which (1) covers
any parcel of improved real property which is encumbered by any Mortgage
(2) is written in an amount not less than the outstanding principal amount
of the indebtedness secured by such Mortgage which is reasonably allocable
to such real property or the maximum limit of coverage made available with
respect to the particular type of property under the National Flood
Insurance Act of 1968, whichever is less, and (3) has a term ending not
later than the maturity of the Indebtedness secured by such Mortgage and
(B) confirmation that the Company has received the notice required
pursuant to Section 208(e)(3) of Regulation H of the Board.
(iv) The Administrative Agent shall have received a copy of all
recorded documents referred to, or listed as exceptions to title in, the
title policy or policies referred to in clause (ii) above and a copy of
all other material documents affecting the Mortgaged Properties.
<PAGE>
58
(r) Insurance. The Administrative Agent shall have received
insurance certificates satisfying the requirements of Section 5.3 of the
Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.
5.2 Conditions to Each Extension of Credit. The agreement of each
Lender to make any extension of credit requested to be made by it on any date
(including its initial extension of credit but excluding any borrowing pursuant
to the penultimate sentence of Section 3.5) is subject to the satisfaction of
the following conditions precedent:
(a) Representations and Warranties. Each of the representations and
warranties made by any Loan Party in or pursuant to the Loan Documents
shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such date
as if made on and as of such date, except to the extent that such
representations and warranties relate to a particular date, in which case
such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all
material respects on and as of such date.
(b) No Default. No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred
and be continuing on such date or after giving effect to the extensions of
credit requested to be made on such date.
Each borrowing by and issuance of a Letter of Credit on behalf of the Borrowers
hereunder shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrowers as of
the date of such extension of credit that the conditions contained in this
Section 5.2 have been satisfied.
SECTION 6. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
The Company and Grove Capital hereby jointly and severally agree
that, so long as the Commitments remain in effect, any Letter of Credit remains
outstanding (unless cash collateralized) or any Loan or other amount is owing to
any Lender or any Agent hereunder, each of the Company and Grove Capital shall
and shall, to the extent applicable, cause each of its Subsidiaries to:
6.1 Financial Statements. Furnish to the Administrative Agent and
each Lender (through the Administrative Agent):
(a) as soon as available, but in any event within 95 days after the
end of each fiscal year of the Company, a copy of the audited consolidated
balance sheet of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the
end of such year and the related audited consolidated statements of
income, invested capital and of cash flows for such year, setting forth in
each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year, reported
on without a "going concern" or like qualification or exception, or
qualification arising out of the scope of the audit, by KPMG Peat Marwick,
LLP or other independent certified public accountants of nationally
recognized standing;
(b) as soon as available, but in any event not later than 50 days
after the end of each of the first three quarterly periods of each fiscal
year of the Company, the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the
Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarter
and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income and of cash
flows for such quarter and the portion of the fiscal year through the end
of such quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative form the
figures for the previous year, certified by a Responsible Officer as being
<PAGE>
59
fairly stated in all material respects (subject to the absence of
footnotes and normal year-end audit adjustments); and
(c) as soon as available, but in any event not later than 50 days
after the end of each month occurring during each fiscal year of the
Company (other than the third, sixth, ninth and twelfth such month), the
unaudited consolidated balance sheets of the Company and its Subsidiaries
as at the end of such month and the related unaudited consolidated
statements of income for such month and the portion of the fiscal year
through the end of such month, setting forth in each case in comparative
form the figures for the previous year, certified by a Responsible Officer
as being fairly stated in all material respects (subject to the absence of
footnotes and normal year-end audit adjustments);
all such financial statements shall be complete and correct in all material
respects and shall be prepared in reasonable detail and in accordance with GAAP
applied consistently throughout the periods reflected therein and with prior
periods (except as approved by such accountants or officer, as the case may be,
and disclosed therein).
6.2 Certificates; Other Information. Furnish to the Administrative
Agent and each Lender (through the Administrative Agent), or, in the case of
clause (g), to the relevant Lender:
(a) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements
referred to in Section 6.1(a), a certificate of the independent certified
public accountants reporting on such financial statements stating that in
making the examination necessary therefor no knowledge was obtained of any
Default or Event of Default, except as specified in such certificate;
(b) concurrently with the delivery of any financial statements
pursuant to Section 6.1, (i) a certificate on behalf of the Company signed
by a Responsible Officer stating that, to the best of each such
Responsible Officer's knowledge, each Loan Party during such period has,
in all material respects, observed or performed all of its covenants and
other agreements, and satisfied every condition, contained in this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party to be
observed, performed or satisfied by it, and that such Responsible Officer
has obtained no knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except as
specified in such certificate and (ii) in the case of quarterly or annual
financial statements, (x) a Compliance Certificate containing all
financial information necessary for determining compliance by the Company
and its Subsidiaries with the provisions of this Agreement referred to
therein as of the last day of the fiscal quarter or fiscal year of the
Company, as the case may be, and (y) to the extent not previously
disclosed to the Administrative Agent, a listing of any county or state
within the United States where any Loan Party keeps material inventory or
equipment (other than goods in transit or leased by the Company or a
Subsidiary to a customer ) and of any Intellectual Property acquired by
any Loan Party since the date of the most recent list delivered pursuant
to this clause (y) (or, in the case of the first such list so delivered,
since the Closing Date);
(c) as soon as available, and in any event no later than 75 days
after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, a detailed consolidated
budget for the following fiscal year (including a projected consolidated
balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the end of the
following fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of
projected cash flow, projected changes in financial position and projected
income), and, as soon as available,
<PAGE>
60
significant revisions, if any, of such budget and projections with respect
to such fiscal year (collectively, the "Projections"), which Projections
shall in each case be accompanied by a certificate of a Responsible
Officer stating that such Projections are based on reasonable estimates,
information and assumptions and that such Responsible Officer has no
reason to believe that such Projections are unreasonable or misleading in
any material respect;
(d) within 50 days after the end of each fiscal quarter of the
Company, a narrative discussion and analysis of the financial condition
and results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such
fiscal quarter and for the period from the beginning of the then current
fiscal year to the end of such fiscal quarter, as compared to the portion
of the Projections covering such periods and to the comparable periods of
the previous year;
(e) no later than 5 Business Days prior to the effectiveness
thereof, copies of substantially final drafts of any proposed amendment,
supplement, waiver or other modification with respect to the Senior
Subordinated Note Indenture or the Purchase Agreement;
(f) within five Business Days after the same are sent, copies of all
financial statements and reports which the Company or Grove Capital sends
to the holders of any class of its debt securities or public equity
securities and within five Business Days after the same are filed, copies
of all financial statements and reports which the Company or Grove Capital
may make to, or file with, the Securities and Exchange Commission or any
successor or analogous Governmental Authority; and
(g) promptly, such additional financial and other information as any
Lender may from time to time reasonably request.
6.3 Payment of Obligations. Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy at
or before maturity or before they become delinquent, as the case may be,
all its material obligations of whatever nature, except where the amount
or validity thereof is currently being contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings and reserves with respect thereto to the extent,
if any, required by GAAP, have been provided on the books of the Company
or its Subsidiaries, as the case may be.
6.4 Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence, etc. (a) (i)
Preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence
and (ii) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges and
franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business,
except, in each case, as otherwise permitted by Sections 7.4 and 7.5 and
except, in the case of clause (ii) above, to the extent that failure to do
so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and
(b) comply with all Contractual Obligations and Requirements of Law except
to the extent that failure to comply therewith could not, in the
aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
6.5 Maintenance of Property; Insurance. (a) Keep all Property and
systems useful and necessary in its business in good working order and
condition (ordinary wear and tear excepted) except where the failure to do
so could not, in the aggregate, be reasonably expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect and (b) maintain with financially sound and reputable
insurance companies insurance on all its Property in at least such amounts
and against at least such risks (but including in any event
<PAGE>
61
public liability, product liability and business interruption) as are
usually insured against in the same general area by companies engaged in
the same or a similar business.
6.6 Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions. (a) Keep
proper books of records and account in which full, true and correct entries in
conformity with GAAP (or, in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary which does not
keep its books of records and account in accordance with GAAP, in conformity
with the generally accepted accounting principles of such Foreign Subsidiary's
jurisdiction of organization) and all Requirements of Law shall be made of all
dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities and (b)
permit representatives of any Lender to visit and inspect any of its properties
and examine and make abstracts from any of its books and records at any
reasonable time and as often as may reasonably be desired and to discuss the
business, operations, properties and financial and other condition of the
Company and its Subsidiaries with officers and employees of the Company and its
Subsidiaries and with its independent certified public accountants (provided
that the Company shall have the right to have a representative present during
any such discussions with its independent certified public accountants).
6.7 Notices. Promptly give notice to the Administrative Agent and
each Lender of:
(a) the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;
(b) any (i) default or event of default under any Contractual
Obligation of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) litigation,
investigation or proceeding which may exist at any time between the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries and any Governmental Authority, which
in either case, if not cured or if adversely determined, as the case may
be, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(c) any litigation or proceeding affecting the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries in which the amount involved is $5,000,000 or more and not
covered by insurance or in which injunctive or similar relief is sought;
(d) the following events, as soon as practicable and in any event
within 30 days after either Borrower knows or has reason to know thereof:
(i) the occurrence of any Reportable Event with respect to any Plan, a
failure to make any required contribution to a Plan, the creation of any
Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Plan or any withdrawal from, or the
termination, Reorganization or Insolvency of, any Multiemployer Plan or
(ii) the institution of proceedings or the taking of any other action by
the PBGC or either Borrower or any Commonly Controlled Entity or any
Multiemployer Plan with respect to the withdrawal from, or the
termination, Reorganization or Insolvency of, any Plan in each case where
such event has had or could reasonably be expected to result, individually
or in the aggregate, in liability in excess of $5,000,000; and
(e) any development or event which has had or could reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Each notice pursuant to this Section 6.7 shall be accompanied by a statement of
a Responsible Officer setting forth details of the occurrence referred to
therein and stating what action the Company or the relevant Subsidiary proposes
to take with respect thereto.
<PAGE>
62
6.8 Environmental Laws. (a) (i) Comply with all Environmental Laws
applicable to it, and obtain, comply with and maintain any and all Environmental
Permits necessary for its operations as conducted and as planned; and (ii) take
all reasonable efforts to ensure that all of its tenants, subtenants,
contractors, subcontractors, and invitees comply with all Environmental Laws,
and obtain, comply with and maintain any and all Environmental Permits,
applicable to any of them insofar as any failure to so comply, obtain or
maintain reasonably could be expected to adversely affect the Borrower or any of
its Subsidiaries. For purposes of this Section 6.8(a), noncompliance by the
Borrower with this clause (i) or the succeeding clause (ii) shall be deemed not
to constitute a breach of this covenant provided that, upon learning of any
actual or suspected noncompliance, the Company and its Subsidiaries shall
promptly undertake all reasonable efforts to achieve compliance, and provided
further that, in any case, such non-compliance, individually or in the
aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to give rise to a Material Adverse
Effect.
(b) Promptly comply with all orders and directives of all
Governmental Authorities regarding Environmental Laws, other than such orders
and directives as to which an appeal has been timely and properly taken in good
faith, and provided that the pendency of any and all such appeals could not
reasonably be expected to give rise to a Material Adverse Effect.
(c) Maintain, periodically review, update, and implement in all
material respects, a program to identify and promote compliance with and to
minimize prudently any liabilities or potential liabilities under any
Environmental Law that may affect Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, including
without limitation compliance and liabilities relating to: discharges to air and
water; acquisition, transportation, storage, and use of hazardous materials;
waste disposal; species protection; the acquisition of interests in real
property or of entities with interests in real property; the repair, maintenance
and improvement of real properties; employee health and safety; and
recordkeeping.
6.9 Interest Rate Protection. In the case of the Borrowers, within
90 days after the Closing Date, enter into Interest Rate Protection Agreements
to the extent necessary to provide that at least one-third of the aggregate
principal amount of the Term Loans is subject to either a fixed interest rate or
interest rate protection for a period of not less than three years, which
Interest Rate Protection Agreements shall have terms and conditions reasonably
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
6.10 Additional Collateral, etc. (a) With respect to any Property
acquired after the Closing Date by Holdings, the Company, Grove Capital or any
of the Subsidiary Guarantors (other than (x) any Property described in
paragraphs (b) or (c) below, (y) any Property subject to a Lien expressly
permitted by Section 7.3(g) and (z) any Excluded Assets (as defined in the
Guarantee and Collateral Agreement)) as to which the Administrative Agent, for
the benefit of the Lenders, does not have a perfected Lien, promptly (i) execute
and deliver to the Administrative Agent such amendments to the Guarantee and
Collateral Agreement or such other documents as the Administrative Agent
reasonably deems necessary or advisable in order to grant to the Administrative
Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, a security interest in such Property and
(ii) take all actions reasonably necessary or advisable to grant to the
Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, a perfected first priority
security interest in such Property, subject to Liens permitted by Section 7.3,
including the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements in such
jurisdictions as may be required by the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or by
law or as may be requested by the Administrative Agent.
<PAGE>
63
(b) With respect to any fee interest in any real property having a
value (together with improvements thereof) of at least $5,000,000 acquired after
the Closing Date by Holdings, the Company, Grove Capital or any of the
Subsidiary Guarantors (other than any such real property subject to a Lien
expressly permitted by Section 7.3(g)), promptly (i) execute and deliver a first
priority Mortgage in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the
Lenders, covering such real property, (ii) if requested by the Administrative
Agent, provide the Lenders with (x) title and extended coverage insurance
covering such real property in an amount at least equal to the purchase price of
such real estate (or such other amount as shall be reasonably specified by the
Administrative Agent) as well as a current ALTA survey thereof, together with a
surveyor's certificate and (y) any consents or estoppels reasonably deemed
necessary or advisable by the Administrative Agent in connection with such
mortgage or deed of trust, each of the foregoing in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (iii) if requested by
the Administrative Agent, deliver to the Administrative Agent legal opinions
relating to the matters described above, which opinions shall be in form and
substance, and from counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative
Agent.
(c) With respect to (i) any new Material Subsidiary, (ii) any new
First-Tier Foreign Subsidiary, created or acquired after the Closing Date by
Holdings, the Company, Grove Capital or any of their Subsidiaries (which, for
the purposes of this paragraph (c), shall include any existing Subsidiary that
ceases to be Foreign Subsidiary) and (iii) any First-Tier Foreign Subsidiary
existing as of the date hereof or created or acquired after the Closing Date by
Holdings, the Company, Grove Capital or any of their subsidiaries which has
become a Check-the-Box Subsidiary, shall promptly (A) execute and deliver to the
Administrative Agent such amendments to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement
as the Administrative Agent deems necessary or advisable in order to grant to
the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, a perfected first
priority security interest in (1) 100% of the Capital Stock of any such new
Material Subsidiary, (2) 65% of the Capital Stock of any such new First-Tier
Foreign Subsidiary or (3) 100% of the Capital Stock of any Check-the- Box
Subsidiary referred to in the preceding clause (iii) (provided that such
increased pledge shall not be required or shall be released if (x) such
Check-the-Box Subsidiary elects not to be treated as a partnership or to be
disregarded as an entity separate from its owner for United States federal
income tax purposes or (y) such pledge results in material adverse tax
consequences to such Check-the-Box Subsidiary as notified by the Company to the
Administrative Agent), which is owned by Holdings, the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries, (B) deliver to the Administrative Agent the certificates, if any,
representing such Capital Stock, together with undated stock powers, in blank,
executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of Holdings, the Company or
such Subsidiary, as the case may be, (C) cause such new Material Subsidiary (1)
to become a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and (2) to take such
actions necessary or advisable to grant to the Administrative Agent for the
benefit of the Lenders a perfected first priority security interest in the
Collateral and/or the pledged stock, as the case may be, described in the
Guarantee and Collateral Agreement with respect to such new Material Subsidiary,
First-Tier Foreign Subsidiary or Check-the-Box Subsidiary, including the filing
of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements in such jurisdictions as may be
required by the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or by law or as may be
requested by the Administrative Agent, and (D) if reasonably requested by the
Administrative Agent, deliver to the Administrative Agent legal opinions
relating to the matters described above, which opinions shall be in form and
substance, and from counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative
Agent.
(d) Within 90 days after the Closing Date, enter into and deliver to
the Administrative Agent a pledge agreement (on terms and conditions reasonably
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent)
<PAGE>
64
providing for the pledge, to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit
of the Lenders, of 65% (as such percentage may be required to be later increased
pursuant to the provisions of the preceding paragraph (c)) of the Capital Stock
of Grove Australia.
(e) Within 30 days after the Closing Date, shall deliver to the
Administrative Agent (i) a mortgage's title insurance policy and survey meeting
the requirements of Section 5.1(q) with respect to the Mortgaged Property
located in Blue Ridge Summit, Pennsylvania and shall take all such further
action as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent in connection
with the Mortgage related thereto and (ii) a survey meeting the requirements of
Section 5.1(q) with respect to the Mortgaged Property located in Shady Grove,
Pennsylvania.
(f) Within 15 days after the Closing Date, shall (i) deliver to the
Administrative Agent (A) evidence as may be reasonably satisfactory to the
Administrative Agent that each of Grove Holdings France SAS and Grove Worldwide
Holdings Germany GmbH has completed all corporate formalities as may be required
pursuant to the law of each such company's jurisdiction of organization, (B)
each of Grove Holdings France SAS and Grove Worldwide Holdings Germany GmbH (and
each such entity's corporate parent) has completed each other act as may be
required to make the Foreign Pledge Agreement providing for the pledge of 65%
(as such percentage may be required to be later increased pursuant to the
provisions of the preceding paragraph (c)) of such Subsidiary's Capital Stock to
the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, the legal,
valid and binding obligation of each party thereto, enforceable against each
such party in accordance with its terms and (C) a certificate of a Responsible
Officer of the Company representing and warranting that, in light of the steps
taken in the preceding clauses (A) and (B), the matters contained in Sections
4.3 and 4.4, as they relate to such companies, are true and correct as of such
date (ii) shall cause Coudert Brothers and/or Oppenhoff & Radler to deliver to
the Administrative Agent and the Lenders an executed legal opinion in connection
with the matters described in the preceding clause (i) in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
6.11 Intercompany Loans and Intercompany Notes. In the case of the
Borrowers and their Domestic Subsidiaries, after the Closing Date, other than as
may be required from time to time by applicable law or to the extent it would
adversely affect the deductibility of interest on any Intercompany Note or
otherwise have a material adverse tax effect on the Foreign Subsidiary in
question, (i) make any investment or advance to any Foreign Subsidiary by way of
an Intercompany Loan evidenced by an Intercompany Note, provided that the
Company and its Subsidiaries may make equity contributions or investments in
Foreign Subsidiaries as permitted by Section 7.8(h) and (ii) cause each of its
Check-the-Box Subsidiaries, pursuant to an Intercompany Loan Pledge Agreement,
to pledge (x) 100% of the Capital Stock of its direct Subsidiaries that are
Check-the-Box Subsidiaries, and (y) 65% of the Capital Stock owned and held by
it in its remaining Subsidiaries to secure any Intercompany Notes executed by
it, provided that such pledge shall not be required or shall be released if (a)
such Check-the-Box Subsidiary elects not to be treated as a partnership or to be
disregarded as an entity separate from its owner for United States federal
income tax purposes or (b) such pledge results in material adverse tax
consequences to such Check-the-Box Subsidiary, the Company, or the direct or
indirect owners of the Capital Stock of the Company as notified by the Company
to the Administrative Agent.
<PAGE>
65
SECTION 7. NEGATIVE COVENANTS
The Borrowers hereby jointly and severally agree that, so long as
the Commitments remain in effect, any Letter of Credit remains outstanding or
any Loan or other amount is owing to any Lender or any Agent hereunder, each of
the Company and Grove Capital shall not, and shall not permit any of its
respective Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:
7.1 Financial Condition Covenants.
(a) Senior Leverage Ratio. Permit the Senior Leverage Ratio as at
the last day of any fiscal quarter of the Company ending in any period set forth
below to exceed the ratio set forth below opposite such period:
Senior
Period Leverage Ratio
------ --------------
Closing Date to 12/31/1999 0.50 to 1.0
3/31/2000 to 12/31/2001 0.45 to 1.0
3/31/2002 to 12/31/2003 0.40 to 1.0
3/31/2004 and thereafter 0.35 to 1.0
(b) Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. Permit the
Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for any period of four consecutive
fiscal quarters of the Company (or, if less, the number of full fiscal quarters
subsequent to the Closing Date) ending with any fiscal quarter in any period set
forth below to be less than the ratio set forth below opposite such period:
Consolidated Fixed
Period Charge Coverage Ratio
------ ---------------------
Closing Date to 12/31/1999 1.05 to 1.0
3/31/2000 to 12/31/2001 1.10 to 1.0
3/31/2002 to 12/31/2002 1.15 to 1.0
3/31/2003 to 12/31/2003 1.25 to 1.0
3/31/2004 to 12/31/2004 1.50 to 1.0
3/31/2005 to 12/31/2005 1.75 to 1.0
thereafter 2.00 to 1.0
(c) Consolidated Balance Sheet Test Ratio. Permit the Consolidated
Balance Sheet Test Ratio as of any day to be less than 1.0 to 1.0.
7.2 Limitation on Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume or suffer to
exist any Indebtedness, except:
(a) Indebtedness of any Loan Party pursuant to any Loan Document;
<PAGE>
66
(b) Indebtedness of the Company to any Subsidiary and of any Wholly
Owned Subsidiary to the Company or any other Wholly Owned Subsidiary
(provided that, after giving effect thereto, Section 7.8 shall not have
been contravened);
(c) Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted by Section 7.3(g) in an
aggregate principal amount not to exceed $10,000,000 at any one time
outstanding;
(d) Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings, purchase money
obligations or similar financings incurred for the purpose of financing
all or any part of the purchase price of, or cost of construction or
improvement of, property, plant or equipment used in the business of the
Company or such Subsidiary, in an aggregate principal amount, not to
exceed $10,000,000 at any one time outstanding;
(e) Indebtedness outstanding on the date hereof and listed on
Schedule 7.2(e) and any refinancing, refundings, renewals or extensions
thereof (without any increase in the principal amount thereof);
(f) guarantees made in the ordinary course of business by the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries of obligations of any Wholly Owned
Subsidiary;
(g) (i) Indebtedness of the Borrowers in respect of the Senior
Subordinated Notes in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed
$225,000,000 and (ii) Guarantee Obligations of any Subsidiary Guarantor in
respect of such Indebtedness; provided that such Guarantee Obligations are
subordinated to the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under the
Guarantee and Collateral Agreement to the same extent as the obligations
of the Borrowers in respect of the Senior Subordinated Notes are
subordinated to the Loans;
(h) (i) Indebtedness (including any Guarantee Obligation of such
Indebtedness) of the Company and its Subsidiaries in respect of the Dealer
Receivables Financing in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed
$110,000,000 and (ii) Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries in
respect of the Existing Factoring Arrangements in an aggregate principal
amount not to exceed $15,000,000;
(i) additional Indebtedness of the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount (for the Company and all
Subsidiaries) not to exceed $20,000,000 at any one time outstanding
(provided that, after giving effect thereto, Section 7.8 shall not have
been contravened);
(j) Indebtedness in respect of Hedging Agreements entered into for
non-speculative purposes;
(k) Indebtedness (including letters of credit) incurred in respect
of workers compensation claims, self-insurance obligations, performance,
surety, bid or similar bonds and completion guarantees provided by the
Company or a Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;
<PAGE>
67
(l) repurchase or remarketing obligations, first loss guarantees,
contingent loss guarantees and residual value guarantees and similar
obligations (the "Trade Obligations") of the Company and its Subsidiaries
incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(m) Indebtedness not in excess of $10,000,000 outstanding at any
time assumed in connection with a Permitted Acquisition (provided such
indebtedness was not created in contemplation of such acquisition);
(n) Indebtedness not to exceed $7,500,000 in the aggregate in
connection with Sale/Leaseback Transaction permitted by Section 7.11;
(o) Guarantee Obligations of the Company or any of the Subsidiary
Guarantors of Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company,
which Indebtedness was permitted to be incurred by another clause of this
Section 7.2, provided that the amount of Indebtedness of the Company and
its Subsidiaries is not thereby increased (provided that, after giving
effect thereto, Section 7.8 shall not have been contravened);
(p) the incurrence of Indebtedness arising from agreements of the
Company or any Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of
purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed
in connection with the disposition or acquisition of any business, assets
or Capital Stock of a Subsidiary; provided that (i) the maximum aggregate
liability of such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds
actually received by the Company and its Subsidiaries in connection with
any such disposition or the gross proceeds actually paid by the Company
and its Subsidiaries in connection with any such acquisition and (ii)
Indebtedness permitted by this paragraph shall in no way increase the
total amount of consideration permitted to be expended in connection with
a Permitted Acquisition (provided that, after giving effect thereto,
Section 7.8 shall not have been contravened).
7.3 Limitation on Liens. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist
any Lien upon any of its Property or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter
acquired, except for:
(a) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges not yet due
or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings,
provided that, if required by GAAP, adequate reserves with respect thereto
are maintained on the books of the Company or its Subsidiaries, as the
case may be;
(b) carriers', warehousemen's, mechanics', materialmen's,
repairmen's, artisan's or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course
of business which are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or
which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;
(c) pledges or deposits in connection with workers' compensation,
unemployment insurance and other social security legislation;
(d) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts
(other than for borrowed money), leases, government contracts, statutory
obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other
obligations of a like nature incurred and statutory or contractual
bankers' Liens on monies held in bank accounts in the ordinary course of
business;
<PAGE>
68
(e) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar
encumbrances and encumbrances consisting of zoning restrictions,
easements, licenses, restrictions on the use of Property or minor
imperfections in title thereto incurred in the ordinary course of business
which, in the aggregate, are not substantial in amount and which do not in
any case materially detract from the value of the Property subject thereto
or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries;
(f) Liens in existence on the date hereof listed on Schedule 7.3(f),
(i) securing Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.2(e) and (ii) relating to
real property but not securing Indebtedness, provided that no such Lien is
spread to cover any additional Property (other than a substitution of like
property) after the Closing Date and that the amount of Indebtedness
secured thereby is not increased;
(g) Liens securing Indebtedness of the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries incurred pursuant to Sections 7.2(c) and 7.2(d) to finance
the acquisition (by purchase, contribution or otherwise) of fixed or
capital assets, provided that (i) such Liens shall be created
substantially simultaneously with the acquisition of such fixed or capital
assets or such Liens existed on such Property before the time of its
acquisition and was not created in anticipation thereof, (ii) such Liens
do not at any time encumber any Property other than the Property financed
by such Indebtedness and (iii) the amount of Indebtedness secured thereby
is not increased;
(h) Liens created pursuant to the Security Documents;
(i) any interest or title of a lessor under any lease entered into
by the Company, Grove Capital or any of their Subsidiaries in the ordinary
course of its business and covering only the assets so leased;
(j) Liens not otherwise permitted by this Section 7.3 so long as
neither (i) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the obligations
secured thereby nor (ii) the aggregate fair market value (determined as of
the date such Lien is incurred) of the assets subject thereto exceeds (as
to the Company and all of its Subsidiaries) $20,000,000 at any one time;
(k) Liens in favor of the United States for amounts paid by the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries as progress payments under government
contracts entered into by them in the ordinary course of business;
(l) attachment, judgment or other similar Liens arising in
connection with court or arbitration proceedings, provided that the same
are discharged within 30 days;
(m) possessory Liens in favor of brokers and dealers arising in
connection with the acquisition or disposition of investments of the type
permitted in subsection 7.8(b); provided that such Liens (i) attach only
to such investments and (ii) secure only obligations incurred in the
ordinary course and arising in connection with the acquisition or
disposition of such investments and not any obligation in connection with
margin financing;
<PAGE>
69
(n) Liens on property or assets (x) acquired pursuant to a Permitted
Acquisition or (y) of a corporation or other entity which becomes a
Subsidiary or is merged into the Company pursuant to a Permitted
Acquisition; provided that (i) such Liens existed at the time such assets
were acquired or such corporation or other entity became a Subsidiary or
was merged into the Company and were not created in anticipation thereof
and (ii) any such Lien is not spread to cover any other property or assets
of the corporation after the time such corporation becomes a Subsidiary;
(o) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to letters
of credit and products and proceeds thereof in the ordinary course;
(p) Liens securing obligations under Hedging Agreements which
Hedging Agreements relate to Indebtedness that is otherwise permitted
under this Agreement;
(q) Liens arising out of consignment or similar arrangements for the
sale of goods entered into by the Company or any Subsidiary in the
ordinary course of business;
(r) any extension, renewal or replacement of the foregoing,
provided, that the Liens permitted by this paragraph shall not extend to
or cover any additional Indebtedness or Property (other than a
substitution of like Property);
(s) Liens in favor of the Company or a Subsidiary;
(t) Liens with respect to Trade Obligations and related inventory
and equipment; and
(u) Liens incurred in connection with any Dealer Receivables
Financing and the Existing Factoring Arrangements.
7.4 Limitation on Fundamental Changes. Enter into any merger,
consolidation or amalgamation, or liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or
suffer any liquidation or dissolution), or Dispose of all or substantially all
of its Property or business except:
(a) any Subsidiary of the Company may be merged or consolidated with
or into (i) the Company (provided that the Company shall be the continuing
or surviving corporation) or (ii) with or into any Wholly Owned Subsidiary
Guarantor (provided that the Wholly Owned Subsidiary Guarantor shall be
the continuing or surviving corporation) or (iii) if such Subsidiary is a
Foreign Subsidiary, with or into any First-Tier Foreign Subsidiary, the
Company or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary Guarantor (provided that the
First-Tier Foreign Subsidiary, the Company or the Wholly Owned Subsidiary
Guarantor, as the case may be, shall be the continuing or surviving
corporation);
(b) any Subsidiary of the Company may Dispose of any or all of its
assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to the Company, any
Wholly Owned Subsidiary Guarantor or, if such Subsidiary is a Foreign
Subsidiary, to any First-Tier Foreign Subsidiary, the Company or any
Wholly Owned Subsidiary Guarantor;
(c) the Company and its Subsidiaries may alter the form of their
corporate or other entity organization (including a liquidation in
connection therewith), provided that the Loan
<PAGE>
70
Parties enter into such amendments to this Agreement and, if applicable,
the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, as shall be reasonably
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders;
(d) Grove France may change its corporate organization to an SAS;
(e) Grove Capital may be liquidated in the event the Company becomes
a corporation in accordance with clause (c) above; and
(f) any inactive Subsidiary with no material assets may be
liquidated or merged into any other Subsidiary.
7.5 Limitation on Sale of Assets. Dispose of any of its Property or
business (including receivables and leasehold interests), whether now owned or
hereafter acquired, or, in the case of any Subsidiary, issue or sell any shares
of such Subsidiary's Capital Stock (other than any directors' qualifying shares)
to any Person (other than the Company or any of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiary
Guarantors), except:
(a) sales of receivables, notes receivables, chattel paper and
related assets pursuant to (i) the Dealer Receivables Financing or (ii)
any Existing Factoring Arrangement;
(b) the Disposition of obsolete or worn out property in the ordinary
course of business;
(c) the Disposition of inventory in the ordinary course of business;
(d) Dispositions permitted by Sections 7.3 and 7.4;
(e) the sale or issuance of any Subsidiary's Capital Stock to the
Company, Grove Capital or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary Guarantor, provided
that, to the extent applicable, any such sale or issuance is also in
accordance with the limitations included in the proviso contained in
paragraph (h) of Section 7.8;
(f) the Disposition of other assets for aggregate net proceeds not
to exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate for any fiscal year of the Company;
(g) any Asset Sale or Recovery Event, provided, that the
requirements of Section 2.12(c) are complied with in connection therewith;
and
provided that, in the event that a Disposition pursuant to any one of the
preceding exceptions would give rise to an obligation on the part of the
Borrowers to make (i) a mandatory redemption of the Senior Subordinated Notes or
(ii) an offer to redeem the Senior Subordinated Notes (pursuant to the terms of
the Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture), such a Disposition, notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in this Agreement, shall not be permissible.
7.6 Limitation on Dividends. Declare or pay any dividend (other than
dividends payable solely in common stock of the Person making such dividend) on,
or make any payment on account of, or set apart assets for a sinking or other
analogous fund for, the purchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement or other
acquisition of, any shares of any class of Capital Stock of the Company
<PAGE>
71
or any Subsidiary or any warrants or options to purchase any such Capital Stock,
whether now or hereafter outstanding, or make any other distribution in respect
thereof, either directly or indirectly, whether in cash or property or in
obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary (collectively, "Restricted
Payments"), except that:
(a) any Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to the Company,
Grove Capital or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary;
(b) the Company may pay dividends to Holdings (and Holdings may pay
any such dividends to the owners of its Capital Stock or to Grove
Investors) in order to enable the direct and indirect owners of the
Capital Stock of Holdings and Grove Investors to pay income taxes,
determined at the Specified Rate, attributable to the taxable income of
Holdings and its Subsidiaries;
(c) after the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date and so long as
no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the
Company may pay dividends to Holdings in order to enable Holdings to pay
interest when due on the Holdings Debentures;
(d) after the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date and so long as
(i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing
and (ii) the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the period of
four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on the last day of the most
recently ended fiscal quarter is at least 2.5 to 1.0 (including on a
pro-forma basis as Consolidated Interest Expense any dividends paid or to
be paid in respect of such period permitted pursuant to this paragraph
(d)), the Company may pay dividends to Holdings in order to enable
Holdings to pay interest or scheduled dividends when due on the Holdings
Mezzanine Financing;
(e) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred
and be continuing, the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or
retirement for value of any Capital Stock of Grove Investors or Holdings
held by any member or former member of Grove Investors', Holdings' or the
Company's (or any of its Subsidiaries') Board of Directors or any
officers, employees, or directors or former officers, employees or
directors of Grove Investors', Holdings or the Company or any Subsidiary
pursuant to Grove Investors' limited liability company operating agreement
or pursuant to any equity subscription agreement, stock option plan,
employment agreement or other similar agreement, and any dividends to
Holdings to fund any such repurchase, redemption or acquisition, provided
that, subsequent to the Closing Date, the aggregate amount of the
preceding payments shall not exceed (x) $2,000,000 in calendar year 1998
and thereafter $5,000,000 in any calendar year (with unused amounts, other
than the $2,000,000 related to 1998 which may not be carried over, in any
calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a
maximum of $15,000,000 per calendar year) plus (y) the aggregate cash
proceeds received by the Company during such calendar year from any
reissuance of Capital Stock by Grove Investors, Holdings or the Company to
Persons who are or become a member of Grove Investors', Holdings' or the
Company's (or any of its Subsidiaries') Board of Directors or an officer
or employee of Grove Investors, Holdings or the Company and provided
further, however, that, (i) subsequent to the Closing Date, all such
payments shall not exceed $15,000,000 plus the aggregate cash proceeds
received by the Company subsequent to the Closing Date from any reissuance
of Capital Stock by Grove
<PAGE>
72
Investors, Holdings or the Company and (ii) notwithstanding the
parenthetical included in the preceding clause (x), the aggregate amount
of any such payments in any calendar year shall not exceed $10,000,000
plus the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company during such
calendar year from any reissuance of Capital Stock by Grove Investors,
Holdings or the Company unless the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on the on
the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter is at least 2.5 to
1.0;
(f) the Company may pay dividends to Holdings to permit Holdings to
make administrative and other payments (including taxes) in the ordinary
course of business; and
(g) the payment of dividends or making of loans or advances for
costs and expenses incurred by Grove Investors or Holdings in either
company's capacity as a holding company or as issuer of the Holdings
Debentures or the Senior Debentures Due 2010 of Grove Investors (the
"Grove Investors Debentures"), respectively, or for services rendered by
Grove Investors or Holdings on behalf of the Company in an amount not to
exceed $2,000,000 in any fiscal year.
7.7 Limitation on Capital Expenditures. Make or commit to make (by
way of the acquisition of securities of a Person or otherwise, excluding
Permitted Acquisitions) any Capital Expenditure, except (a) Capital Expenditures
of the Company and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business not
exceeding the aggregate amount in each period or fiscal year set forth below of
the amount set forth below:
Period Amount
------ ------
Closing Date to end
of fiscal 1998 $ 25,000,000
1999 15,000,000
2000 15,000,000
2001 15,000,000
2002 15,000,000
2003 20,000,000
2004 20,000,000
2005 20,000,000
; provided, that (i) up to 25% of any such amount referred to above, if not so
expended in the fiscal year for which it is permitted, may be carried over for
expenditure in the next succeeding fiscal year, (ii) Capital Expenditures made
pursuant to this clause (a) during any fiscal year shall be deemed made, first,
in respect of amounts carried over from the prior fiscal year pursuant to
subclause (i) above and, second, in respect of amounts permitted for such fiscal
year as provided above (any amount carried over from a preceding fiscal year and
not made on the succeeding year may not be carried over to a second succeeding
year) and (iii) any amount referred to above shall be increased for such year by
the amount of any cash payment received by the Company in such year in respect
of any indemnity payment from Hanson (pursuant to the indemnity provisions of
the Purchase Agreement and which relate to the Company's management and
information systems) which the Company expends in connection with correcting any
management and information systems deficiency during such year and (b) Capital
Expenditures made with the proceeds of any Reinvestment Deferred Amount.
<PAGE>
73
7.8 Limitation on Investments, Loans and Advances. Make any advance,
loan, extension of credit (by way of guaranty or otherwise) or capital
contribution to, or purchase any stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other
securities of or any assets constituting all or a material part of a division or
line of business of, or make any other investment in, any Person, except:
(a) extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business;
(b) investments in Cash Equivalents;
(c) Guarantee Obligations permitted by Section 7.2;
(d) loans and advances to employees, directors and officers of the
Company or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business (including
for travel, entertainment and relocation expenses) in an aggregate amount
for the Company and its Subsidiaries not to exceed $2,000,000 at any one
time outstanding;
(e) the Acquisition and related transactions, including loans and
capital contributions to pay the cost of the Acquisition and to capitalize
Subsidiaries;
(f) investments made by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with
the proceeds of any Reinvestment Deferred Amount;
(g) loans, advances and investments by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries in the Company or any Person that is a Wholly Owned
Subsidiary Guarantor;
(h) Intercompany Loans, other investments or capital contributions
by the Company and its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries to Foreign Subsidiaries
in an aggregate amount for the Company and such Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries
not to exceed $35,000,000 at any one time outstanding, provided that
(other than as may be required from time to time by applicable law or to
the extent it would adversely affect the deductibility of interest on any
Intercompany Note or otherwise have a material adverse tax effect on the
Foreign Subsidiary in question) no more than $10,000,000 of the foregoing
amount may be in the form of investments or capital contributions;
(i) Intercompany Loans by the Company and its Wholly-Owned
Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business to Subsidiaries which are
not Subsidiary Guarantors or Foreign Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount
for the Company not to exceed $5,000,000 at any one time outstanding;
(j) Permitted Acquisitions;
(k) in addition to investments otherwise expressly permitted by this
Section 7.8 (excluding, however, the preceding paragraph (h)), investments
by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount (valued
at cost) not to exceed $20,000,000 during the term of this Agreement;
<PAGE>
74
(l) loans to officers and managers of Grove Investors, Holdings and
the Company or the receipt of promissory notes from such officers and
managers to enable such officers and managers to purchase Capital Stock of
Grove Investors;
(m) the Company and its Subsidiaries may acquire and own investments
(including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or
reorganization of suppliers and customers or in settlement of delinquent
obligations of, and other disputes with, customers and suppliers arising
out of the ordinary course of business; provided that the Company and its
Subsidiaries have paid no new consideration (other than forgiveness of
Indebtedness or other obligations) therefor;
(n) investments by the Company and its Subsidiaries in connection
with Hedging Agreements; and
(o) in addition to the Intercompany Loans, other investments or
capital contributions permitted by the preceding paragraph (h),
Intercompany Loans, other investments or capital contributions by the
Company and its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries in connection with charges
relating to facilities closings in an aggregate amount for the Company and
such Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries not to exceed $30,000,000.
7.9 Limitation on Optional Payments and Modifications of Debt
Instruments, etc. (a) Make or offer to make any payment, prepayment, repurchase
or redemption of or otherwise defease or segregate funds for any such payment,
prepayment, repurchase or redemption (other than scheduled interest or principal
payments not permitted to be made in kind) with respect to (i) the Senior
Subordinated Notes (other than the exchange offer contemplated by the Senior
Subordinated Note Indenture) or (ii) any other instrument governing Indebtedness
of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than any Dealer Receivables
Financing, the Existing Factoring Arrangements or the Trade Obligations) for an
aggregate principal amount of $5,000,000 or more (each such instrument, an
"Other Indebtedness Instrument"), (b) amend, modify, waive or otherwise change,
or consent or agree to any amendment, modification, waiver or other change to,
any of the terms of (i) any Other Indebtedness Instrument or (ii) the Senior
Subordinated Notes (other than any such amendment, modification, waiver or other
change which (A) would extend the maturity or reduce the amount of any payment
of principal thereof or which would reduce the rate or extend the date for
payment of interest thereon, (B) does not involve the payment of a consent fee
and (C) any amendment, modification or waiver which would not be adverse to the
interests of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders), (c) designate any
Indebtedness as "Designated Senior Indebtedness" for the purposes of the Senior
Subordinated Note Indenture or (d) amend its certificate of incorporation in any
manner reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent to be adverse to the
Lenders without the prior written consent of the Required Lenders.
7.10 Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates. Enter into any
transaction, including any purchase, sale, lease or exchange of Property, the
rendering of any service or the payment of any management, advisory or similar
fees, with any Affiliate (other than the Company or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary)
unless such transaction is (a) otherwise permitted under this Agreement, (b) in
the ordinary course of business of the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case
may be, and (c) upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the Company
or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, than it would obtain in a comparable
arm's length transaction with a Person which is not an Affiliate.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and its Subsidiaries may (i) enter
into Permitted George Group Transactions
<PAGE>
75
approved by Holdings in its capacity as the managing member of the Company, (ii)
any employment agreement, compensation or employee benefit arrangements and
incentive arrangements with any officer, director, member or employee entered
into by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of
business, (iii) pay reasonable directors or managers fees to Persons who are not
otherwise Affiliates of the Company, (iv) make loans and advances to officers,
directors and employees of the Company or any Subsidiary for travel,
entertainment, moving and other relocation expenses, in each case made in the
ordinary course of business, (v) make change of control and other severance
payments (exclusive of any payments permitted by Section 7.6(e)) not to exceed
$5,000,000, (vi) enter into or engage in transactions pursuant to any contract
or agreement in effect on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 7.10 as the
same may be amended, modified or replaced from time to time so long as such
amendment, modification or replacement is no less favorable to the Company and
its Subsidiaries than the contract or agreement as in effect on the date hereof,
and (viii) transactions permitted by Section 7.6(b), (e) and (g) and Section
7.8(l).
7.11 Limitation on Sales and Leasebacks. Other than as in effect on
the date hereof and as set forth on Schedule 7.11, enter into any arrangement
with any Person providing for the leasing by the Company or any Subsidiary of
real or personal property which has been or is to be sold or transferred by the
Company or such Subsidiary to such Person or to any other Person to whom funds
have been or are to be advanced by such Person on the security of such property
or rental obligations of the Company or such Subsidiary (a "Sale/Leaseback
Transaction"), except for Sale/Leaseback Transactions subsequent to the Closing
Date the aggregate sales price of which does not exceed $7,500,000.
7.12 Limitation on Changes in Fiscal Periods. Permit the fiscal year
of the Company to end on a day other than the Saturday closest to the last day
of September or change the Company's method of determining fiscal quarters
provided that the Company may make one election after the Closing Date to change
its fiscal year end, if the Company enters into such amendments to this
Agreement as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request to reflect such
change, including modifications to Section 7, such that the covenants affected
by such change shall have the same effect (or, in any case, be substantively no
less favorable to the Lenders, in the determination of the Administrative Agent)
after giving effect thereto as if such change were not made. The Lenders hereby
authorize the Administrative Agent to enter into such amendments to effect such
modifications, if any, in accordance with the provisions of this Section.
7.13 Limitation on Negative Pledge Clauses. Enter into or suffer to
exist or become effective any agreement which prohibits or limits the ability of
Holdings, the Company, Grove Capital or any of their Subsidiaries to create,
incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its Property or revenues,
whether now owned or hereafter acquired, to secure the Obligations or, in the
case of any guarantor, its obligations under the Guarantee and Collateral
Agreement, other than (a) this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (b) the
Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, the Holdings Debentures Indenture and the
indenture relating to the Grove Investors Debentures, (c) agreements relating to
the Dealer Receivables Financing and Existing Factoring Arrangements, (d) any
agreements governing any purchase money Liens or Capital Lease Obligations
otherwise permitted hereby (in which case, any prohibition or limitation shall
only be effective against the assets financed thereby), (e) any agreement
governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to
the extent such Indebtedness was incurred in connection with or in contemplation
of such acquisition), which prohibition or limitation is not
<PAGE>
76
applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than
the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired, provided that,
in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of
this Agreement and (f) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth
imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of
business; provided that the Company and its Subsidiaries may enter into any such
agreement to the extent that such agreement is in connection with a Lien
permitted by Section 7.3 or a sale of assets permitted by Section 7.5 and any
such prohibitions apply only to the Property encumbered by such Lien or subject
to such sale.
7.14 Limitation on Restrictions on Subsidiary Distributions. Enter
into or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or
restriction on the ability of any Subsidiary of the Company to (a) pay dividends
or make any other distributions in respect of any Capital Stock of such
Subsidiary held by, or pay any Indebtedness owed to, the Company or any other
Subsidiary of the Borrower, (b) make loans or advances to the Company or any
other Subsidiary of the Company or (c) transfer any of its assets to the Company
or any other Subsidiary of the Company, except for such encumbrances or
restrictions existing under or by reason of (i) any restrictions existing under
the Loan Documents, the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture or the Holdings
Debentures Indenture, (ii) with respect to clause (c) only, any restrictions
existing under the agreements relating to the Dealer Receivables Financing and
Existing Factoring Arrangements, (iii) any restrictions with respect to a
Subsidiary imposed pursuant to an agreement which has been entered into in
connection with the Disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock
or assets of such Subsidiary, (iv) any restrictions with respect to the Company
or any of its Subsidiaries imposed pursuant to an agreement which has been
entered into in connection with a Lien permitted by Section 7.3 or a sale of
assets permitted by Section 7.5 and any such prohibitions or limitations apply
only to the Property encumbered by such Lien or subject to such sale, (v) any
agreement governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition
(except to the extent that (A) such Indebtedness was incurred in connection with
or in contemplation of such acquisition or (B) the encumbrance or restriction
contained in the agreement relating to such Capital Stock was included therein
in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance
or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of
any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so
acquired, provided that such Indebtedness or Capital Stock was permitted by the
terms of this Agreement to be incurred or acquired, as the case may be, (vi)
customary non-assignment provisions in leases and other agreements entered into
in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices and (vii)
restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under
contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business.
7.15 Limitation on Lines of Business. Enter into any business,
either directly or through any Subsidiary, except for those businesses in which
the Company and its Subsidiaries are engaged on the date of this Agreement or
which are related thereto.
7.16 Limitation on Amendments to Acquisition Documents. (a) Amend,
supplement or otherwise modify (pursuant to a waiver or otherwise) the terms and
conditions of the indemnities and licenses furnished to the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries pursuant to the Purchase Agreement or any other document
delivered by Hanson or any of its affiliates in connection therewith such that
after giving effect thereto such indemnities or licenses shall be materially
less favorable to the interests of the Loan Parties or the Lenders with respect
thereto or (b) otherwise amend, supplement or otherwise modify the terms and
conditions of the Purchase Agreement or any such other documents except to the
extent that
<PAGE>
77
any such amendment, supplement or modification could not reasonably be expected
to have a Material Adverse Effect.
7.17 Limitation on Hedging Agreements. Enter into any Hedging
Agreement other than for the purpose of hedging its revenues, assets or
liabilities for non-speculative purposes.
SECTION 8. EVENTS OF DEFAULT
If any of the following events shall occur and be continuing:
(a) the Borrowers shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan or
Reimbursement Obligation when due in accordance with the terms hereof; or
the Borrowers shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or Reimbursement
Obligation, or any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan
Document, within five days after any such interest or other amount becomes
due in accordance with the terms hereof; or
(b) any representation or warranty made or deemed made by any Loan
Party herein or in any other Loan Document or which is contained in any
certificate, document or financial or other statement furnished by it at
any time under or in connection with this Agreement or any such other Loan
Document shall prove to have been inaccurate in any material respect on or
as of the date made or deemed made; or
(c) any Loan Party shall default in the observance or performance of
any agreement contained in Section 6.7(a), Section 7 or Section 5.1 of the
Guarantee and Collateral Agreement; or
(d) any Loan Party shall default in the observance or performance of
any other agreement contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document
(other than as provided in paragraphs (a) through (c) of this Section),
and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days; or
(e) Holdings, the Company, Grove Capital or any of the Company's
Subsidiaries shall (i) default in making any payment of any principal of
any Indebtedness (including any Guarantee Obligation, but excluding the
Loans and Reimbursement Obligations) on the scheduled or original due date
with respect thereto or default in making any payment of any interest on
any such Indebtedness, in each case, beyond the period of grace, if any,
provided in the instrument or agreement under which such Indebtedness was
created after giving effect to any consents or waivers relating thereto;
or (ii) default in the observance or performance of any other agreement or
condition relating to any such Indebtedness or contained in any instrument
or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event
shall occur or condition exist, the effect of which default or other event
or condition is to cause, or to permit the holder or beneficiary of such
Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or
beneficiary) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such
Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity or (in the case of
any such Indebtedness constituting a Guarantee Obligation) to become
payable; provided, that a default, event or condition described in clause
(i) or (ii) of this paragraph (e) shall not at any time constitute an
Event of Default unless, at such
<PAGE>
78
time, one or more defaults, events or conditions of the type described in
clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph (e) shall have occurred and be
continuing with respect to Indebtedness the outstanding principal amount
of which exceeds in the aggregate $5,000,000; or
(f) (i) Holdings, the Company, Grove Capital or any of the Company's
Subsidiaries shall commence any case, proceeding or other action (A) under
any existing or future law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign,
relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors,
seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking
to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization,
arrangement, adjustment, winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, composition
or other relief with respect to it or its debts, or (B) seeking
appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator or other
similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its assets,
or Holdings, the Company, Grove Capital or any of the Company's
Subsidiaries shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its
creditors; or (ii) there shall be commenced against Holdings, the Company,
Grove Capital or any of the Company's Subsidiaries any case, proceeding or
other action of a nature referred to in clause (i) above which (A) results
in the entry of an order for relief or any such adjudication or
appointment or (B) remains undismissed, undischarged or unbonded for a
period of 60 days; or (iii) there shall be commenced against Holdings, the
Company, Grove Capital or any of the Company's Subsidiaries any case,
proceeding or other action seeking issuance of a warrant of attachment,
execution, distraint or similar process against all or any substantial
part of its assets which results in the entry of an order for any such
relief which shall not have been vacated, discharged, or stayed or bonded
pending appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof; or (iv) Holdings,
the Company, Grove Capital or any of the Company's Subsidiaries shall take
any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of,
or acquiescence in, any of the acts set forth in clause (i), (ii), or
(iii) above; or (v) Holdings, the Company, Grove Capital or any of the
Company's Subsidiaries shall generally not, or shall be unable to, or
shall admit in writing its inability to, pay its debts as they become due;
or
(g) (i) any Person shall engage in any "prohibited transaction" (as
defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) involving any
Plan, (ii) any "accumulated funding deficiency" (as defined in Section 302
of ERISA), whether or not waived, shall exist with respect to any Plan or
any Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Plan shall arise on the assets of the
Company, Grove Capital or any Commonly Controlled Entity, (iii) a
Reportable Event shall occur with respect to, or proceedings shall
commence to have a trustee appointed, or a trustee shall be appointed, to
administer or to terminate, any Single Employer Plan, which Reportable
Event or commencement of proceedings or appointment of a trustee is, in
the reasonable opinion of the Required Lenders, likely to result in the
termination of such Plan for purposes of Title IV of ERISA, (iv) any
Single Employer Plan shall terminate for purposes of Title IV of ERISA,
(v) the Company, Grove Capital or any Commonly Controlled Entity shall, or
in the reasonable opinion of the Required Lenders is likely to, incur any
liability in connection with a withdrawal from, or the Insolvency or
Reorganization of, a Multiemployer Plan or (vi) any other event or
condition shall occur or exist with respect to a Plan; and in each case in
clauses (i) through (vi) above, such event or condition, together with all
other such events or conditions, if any, could, in the sole judgment of
the Required Lenders, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect; or
<PAGE>
79
(h) one or more judgments or decrees shall be entered against
Holdings, the Company, Grove Capital or any of the Company's Subsidiaries
involving for the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole in the
aggregate a liability (not paid or covered by insurance (taking into
account any deductibles) as to which the relevant insurance company has
acknowledged coverage) of $5,000,000 or more, and all such judgments or
decrees shall not have been vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded pending
appeal within 30 days from the entry thereof; or
(i) any of the Security Documents shall cease, for any reason (other
than by reason of any act on the part of the Administrative Agent or a
Lender), to be in full force and effect, or any Loan Party or any
Affiliate of any Loan Party shall so assert, or any Lien created by any of
the Security Documents shall cease to be enforceable and of the same
effect and priority purported to be created thereby; or
(j) the guarantee contained in Section 2 of the Guarantee and
Collateral Agreement shall cease, for any reason (other than by reason of
any act on the part of the Administrative Agent or a Lender), to be in
full force and effect or any Loan Party or any Affiliate of any Loan Party
shall so assert; or
(k) (i) the Permitted Investors shall cease to have the power to
vote or direct the voting of securities having a majority of the ordinary
voting power for the election of the Board of Directors of Holdings
(determined on a fully diluted basis); (ii) the Permitted Investors shall
cease to own of record and beneficially an amount of Capital Stock of
Holdings equal to at least 35% of the amount of Capital Stock of Holdings
owned by the Permitted Investors of record and beneficially as of the
Closing Date; (iii) any "person" or "group" (as such terms are used in
Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended (the "Exchange Act")), excluding the Permitted Investors, shall
become, or obtain rights (whether by means or warrants, options or
otherwise) to become, the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rules 13(d)-3
and 13(d)-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, in the
aggregate more than the aggregate voting power of all classes of
outstanding Capital Stock of Holdings then held by the Permitted
Investors; (iv) the Board of Directors of Holdings shall cease to consist
of a majority of Continuing Directors; (v) Holdings shall cease to own and
control, of record and beneficially, directly, 100% of each class of
outstanding Capital Stock of the Company free and clear of all Liens
(except Liens created by the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement); (vi) the
Company shall cease to own and control, of record and beneficially,
directly, 100% of each class of outstanding Capital Stock of Grove Capital
free and clear of all Liens (other than, if the Company is reorganized as
a corporation, as a result of the liquidation of Grove Capital or merger
of Grove Capital with and into the Company); or (vii) a Specified Change
of Control shall occur; or
(l) the Senior Subordinated Notes or the guarantees thereof shall
cease, for any reason, to be validly subordinated to the Obligations or
the obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors under the Guarantee and
Collateral Agreement, as the case may be, as provided in the Senior
Subordinated Note Indenture, or any Loan Party, any Affiliate of any Loan
Party, the trustee in respect of the Senior Subordinated Notes or the
holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Senior
Subordinated Notes shall so assert;
<PAGE>
80
then, and in any such event, (A) if such event is an Event of Default
specified in clause (i) or (ii) of paragraph (f) above with respect to
either Borrower, automatically the Commitments shall immediately terminate
and the Loans hereunder (with accrued interest thereon) and all other
amounts owing under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including
all amounts of L/C Obligations, whether or not the beneficiaries of the
then outstanding Letters of Credit shall have presented the documents
required thereunder) shall immediately become due and payable, and (B) if
such event is any other Event of Default, either or both of the following
actions may be taken: (i) with the consent of the Majority Revolving
Credit Facility Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the request
of the Majority Revolving Credit Facility Lenders, the Administrative
Agent shall, by notice to the Borrowers declare the Revolving Credit
Commitments to be terminated forthwith, whereupon the Revolving Credit
Commitments shall immediately terminate; and (ii) with the consent of the
Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of the
Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall, by notice to the
Borrower, declare the Loans hereunder (with accrued interest thereon) and
all other amounts owing under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents
(including all amounts of L/C Obligations, whether or not the
beneficiaries of the then outstanding Letters of Credit shall have
presented the documents required thereunder) to be due and payable
forthwith, whereupon the same shall immediately become due and payable.
With respect to all Letters of Credit with respect to which presentment
for honor shall not have occurred at the time of an acceleration pursuant
to this paragraph, the Borrowers shall at such time deposit in a cash
collateral account opened by the Administrative Agent an amount equal to
the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of such Letters of Credit.
Amounts held in such cash collateral account shall be applied by the
Administrative Agent to the payment of drafts drawn under such Letters of
Credit, and the unused portion thereof after all such Letters of Credit
shall have expired or been fully drawn upon, if any, shall be applied to
repay other obligations of the Borrowers hereunder and under the other
Loan Documents. After all such Letters of Credit shall have expired or
been fully drawn upon, all Reimbursement Obligations shall have been
satisfied and all other monetary obligations of the Borrowers hereunder
and under the other Loan Documents shall have been paid in full, the
balance, if any, in such cash collateral account shall be returned to the
Borrowers (or such other Person as may be lawfully entitled thereto).
SECTION 9. THE AGENTS
9.1 Appointment. Each Lender hereby irrevocably designates and
appoints the Agents as the agents of such Lender under this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents, and each such Lender irrevocably authorizes each Agent, in
such capacity, to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to exercise such powers and perform
such duties as are expressly delegated to the such Agent by the terms of this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with such other powers as are
reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary
elsewhere in this Agreement, no Agent shall have any duties or responsibilities,
except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any
Lender, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties,
obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan
Document or otherwise exist against any Agent.
9.2 Delegation of Duties. Each Agent may execute any of its duties
under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents by or through agents or
attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all
matters pertaining to such duties. No Agent shall be responsible for the
negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys in-fact selected by it with
reasonable care.
<PAGE>
81
9.3 Exculpatory Provisions. No Agent nor any of their respective
officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates shall be
(i) liable for any action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by it or such
Person under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document
(except to the extent that any of the foregoing are found by a final and
nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted
from its or such Person's own gross negligence or willful misconduct) or (ii)
responsible in any manner to any of the Lenders for any recitals, statements,
representations or warranties made by any Loan Party or any officer thereof
contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document or in any certificate,
report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received
by the Agents under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Loan
Document or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability
or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or for any failure
of any Loan Party a party thereto to perform its obligations hereunder or
thereunder. The Agents shall not be under any obligation to any Lender to
ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the
agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Loan
Document, or to inspect the properties, books or records of any Loan Party.
9.4 Reliance by Agents. Each Agent shall be entitled to rely, and
shall be fully protected in relying, upon any instrument, writing, resolution,
notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telecopy, telex or teletype
message, statement, order or other document or conversation believed by it to be
genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person
or Persons and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to
the Borrowers or the Loan Parties), independent accountants and other experts
selected by such Agent. The Administrative Agent may deem and treat the payee of
any Note as the owner thereof for all purposes unless a written notice of
assignment, negotiation or transfer thereof shall have been filed with the
Administrative Agent. Each Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing
to take any action under this Agreement or any other Loan Document unless it
shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders (or, if
so specified by this Agreement, all Lenders) as it deems appropriate or it shall
first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all
liability and expense which may be incurred by it (other than as a result of its
gross negligence or willful misconduct) by reason of taking or continuing to
take any such action. Each Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in
acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents in accordance with a request of the Required Lenders (or, if so
specified by this Agreement, all Lenders), and such request and any action taken
or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders and all
future holders of the Loans.
9.5 Notice of Default. No Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge or
notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default hereunder unless
such Agent has received notice from a Lender, the Company or Grove Capital
referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default and
stating that such notice is a "notice of default". In the event that the
Administrative Agent receives such a notice, the Administrative Agent shall give
notice thereof to the Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall take such action
with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed
by the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all Lenders);
provided that unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received such
directions, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take
such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or
Event of Default as it shall deem advisable in the best interests of the
Lenders.
<PAGE>
82
9.6 Non-Reliance on Agents and Other Lenders. Each Lender expressly
acknowledges that no Agent nor any of their respective officers, directors,
employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates have made any representations
or warranties to it and that no act by any Agent hereinafter taken, including
any review of the affairs of a Loan Party or any affiliate of a Loan Party,
shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by any Agent to any
Lender. Each Lender represents to the Agents that it has, independently and
without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents
and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and
investigation into the business, operations, property, financial and other
condition and creditworthiness of the Loan Parties and their affiliates and made
its own decision to make its Loans hereunder and enter into this Agreement. Each
Lender also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon any
Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it
shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis,
appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and
the other Loan Documents, and to make such investigation as it deems necessary
to inform itself as to the business, operations, property, financial and other
condition and creditworthiness of the Loan Parties and their affiliates. Except
for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to
the Lenders by the Administrative Agent hereunder, no Agent shall have any duty
or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information
concerning the business, operations, property, condition (financial or
otherwise), prospects or creditworthiness of any Loan Party or any affiliate of
a Loan Party which may come into the possession of such Agent or any of its
officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates.
9.7 Indemnification. The Lenders agree to indemnify each Agent in
its capacity as such (to the extent not reimbursed by the Company or Grove
Capital and without limiting the obligation of the Company or Grove Capital to
do so), ratably according to their respective Aggregate Exposure Percentages in
effect on the date on which indemnification is sought under this Section 9.7
(or, if indemnification is sought after the date upon which the Commitments
shall have terminated and the Loans shall have been paid in full, ratably in
accordance with such Aggregate Exposure Percentages immediately prior to such
date), from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages,
penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any
kind whatsoever which may at any time (including at any time following the
payment of the Loans) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against such Agent
in any way relating to or arising out of, the Commitments, this Agreement, any
of the other Loan Documents or any documents contemplated by or referred to
herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any
action taken or omitted by such Agent under or in connection with any of the
foregoing; provided that no Lender shall be liable for the payment of any
portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions,
judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements which are found by a final
and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted
from such Agent's gross negligence or willful misconduct. The agreements in this
Section 9.7 shall survive the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable
hereunder.
9.8 Agent in Its Individual Capacity. Each Agent and its affiliates
may make loans to, accept deposits from and generally engage in any kind of
business with any Loan Party as though such Agent was not an Agent. With respect
to its Loans made or renewed by it and with respect to any Letter of Credit
issued or participated in by it, each Agent shall have the same rights and
powers under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as any Lender and may
exercise the same as though it
<PAGE>
83
were not an Agent, and the terms "Lender" and "Lenders" shall include each Agent
in its individual capacity.
9.9 Successor Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent may
resign as Administrative Agent upon 20 days' notice to the Lenders and the
Borrowers. If the Administrative Agent shall resign as Administrative Agent
under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, then the Required Lenders
shall appoint from among the Lenders a successor agent for the Lenders, which
successor agent shall (unless an Event of Default under Section 8(a) or Section
8(f) with respect to the Borrowers shall have occurred and be continuing) be
subject to approval by the Borrowers (which approval shall not be unreasonably
withheld or delayed), whereupon such successor agent shall succeed to the
rights, powers and duties of the Administrative Agent, and the term
"Administrative Agent" shall mean such successor agent effective upon such
appointment and approval, and the former Administrative Agent's rights, powers
and duties as Administrative Agent shall be terminated, without any other or
further act or deed on the part of such former Administrative Agent or any of
the parties to this Agreement or any holders of the Loans. The Syndication Agent
and/or the Documentation Agent may, at any time, by notice to the Lenders and
the Administrative Agent, resign as Syndication Agent or Documentation Agent
hereunder, as the case may be, whereupon the duties, rights, obligations and
responsibilities hereunder of such Syndication Agent or Documentation Agent, as
the case may be, shall automatically be assumed by, and inure to the benefit of,
the Administrative Agent, without any further act by the Syndication Agent or
Documentation Agent, as the case may be, the Administrative Agent or any Lender.
After any retiring Agent's resignation as Agent, the provisions of this Section
9 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by
it while it was Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
9.10 Authorization to Release Liens. The Administrative Agent is
hereby irrevocably authorized by each of the Lenders to release any Lien
covering any Property of Holdings, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that
is the subject of a Disposition which is permitted by this Agreement or which
has been consented to in accordance with Section 10.1.
9.11 The Arranger. The Arranger, in its capacity as such, shall have
no duties or responsibilities, and shall incur no liability, under this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
SECTION 10. MISCELLANEOUS
10.1 Amendments and Waivers. (a) Neither this Agreement or any other
Loan Document, nor any terms hereof or thereof, except, in the case of Schedule
A in accordance with paragraph (b) of this Section 10.1, may be amended,
supplemented or modified except in accordance with the provisions of this
Section 10.1. The Required Lenders and each Loan Party party to the relevant
Loan Document may, or (with the written consent of the Required Lenders) the
Administrative Agent and each Loan Party party to the relevant Loan Document
may, from time to time, (x) enter into written amendments, supplements or
modifications hereto and to the other Loan Documents for the purpose of adding
any provisions to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or changing in any
manner the rights of the Lenders or of the Loan Parties hereunder or thereunder
or (y) waive as may be specified in such instrument or waiver, any of the
requirements of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any Default or
Event of Default and its consequences; provided, however, that no such waiver
and no such amendment, supplement or modification shall:
<PAGE>
84
(i) forgive the principal amount or extend the final scheduled date
of maturity of any Loan or Reimbursement Obligation, extend the scheduled
date of any amortization payment in respect of any Term Loan, reduce the
stated rate of any interest, fee or letter of credit commission payable
hereunder or extend the scheduled date of any payment thereof, or increase
the amount or extend the expiration date of any Lender's Revolving Credit
Commitment, in each case without the consent of each Lender directly
affected thereby;
(ii) amend, modify or waive any provision of this Section 10.1 or
reduce any percentage specified in the definition of Required Lenders,
Required Prepayment Lenders or Majority Facility Lenders, consent to the
assignment or transfer by the Borrowers of any of their rights and
obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, release all
or substantially all of the Collateral or release all or substantially all
of the Guarantors from their obligations under the Guarantee and
Collateral Agreement, in each case without the written consent of all
Lenders;
(iii) amend, modify or waive any condition precedent to any
extension of credit under the Revolving Credit Facility set forth in
Section 5.2 without the written consent of the Majority Revolving Credit
Facility Lenders;
(iv) reduce the percentage specified in the definition of Majority
Facility Lenders without the written consent of all Lenders under each
affected Facility;
(v) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 9 without the
written consent of any Agent directly affected thereby;
(vi) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 2.6 or 2.7
without the written consent of the Swing Line Lender; or
(vii) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 3 without the
written consent of the Issuing Lender.
Any such waiver and any such amendment, supplement or modification shall apply
equally to each of the Lenders and shall be binding upon the Loan Parties, the
Lenders, the Administrative Agent and all future holders of the Loans. In the
case of any waiver, the Loan Parties, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent
shall be restored to their former position and rights hereunder and under the
other Loan Documents, and any Default or Event of Default waived shall be deemed
to be cured and not continuing; but no such waiver shall extend to any
subsequent or other Default or Event of Default, or impair any right consequent
thereon.
(b) Schedule A may be amended, so long as no Default or Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing, to add additional Designated
Foreign Currencies upon execution and delivery by the Borrowers, all of the
Revolving Credit Lenders and the Administrative Agent of a written instrument
providing for such amendment. The Administrative Agent shall give prompt written
notice of any such amendment to Schedule A.
10.2 Notices. All notices, requests and demands to or upon the
respective parties hereto to be effective shall be in writing (including by
telecopy), and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to
have been duly given or made when delivered, or three Business Days after
<PAGE>
85
being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, or, in the case of telecopy
notice, when received, addressed as follows in the case of the Company, Grove
Capital and the Administrative Agent, and as set forth in Schedule 1.1A in the
case of the other parties hereto, or to such other address as may be hereafter
notified by the respective parties hereto:
The Company: Grove Worldwide LLC
1565 Buchanan Trail East
Shady Grove, Pennsylvania 17256
Attention: Keith Simmons
Telecopy: (717) 593-5001
Grove Capital: c/o Grove Worldwide LLC
1565 Buchanan Trail East
Shady Grove, Pennsylvania 17256
Attention: Keith Simmons
Telecopy: (717) 593-5001
with a copy to: Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison
1285 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10019-6064
Attention: Matthew Nimetz
Telecopy: (212) 373-2522
The Administrative Agent: Chase Bank of Texas, National Association
Loan Syndication Services
1111 Fanin Street, 9th Floor
9-111 F-46
Houston, Texas 77002
Attention: Gale Manning
Telecopy: (713) 750-3810
with a copy to: Chase Bank of Texas, National Association
201 Main Street
Fort Worth, Texas 76102
Attention: Buddy Wuthrich
Telecopy: (817) 878-7591
provided that any notice, request or demand to or upon the Administrative Agent
or the Lenders shall not be effective until received.
10.3 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure to exercise and no
delay in exercising, on the part of the Agents or any Lender, any right, remedy,
power or privilege hereunder or under the other Loan Documents shall operate as
a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy,
power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or
the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights,
remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive
of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.
<PAGE>
86
10.4 Survival of Representations and Warranties. All representations
and warranties made hereunder, in the other Loan Documents and in any document,
certificate or statement delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith
shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the
Loans hereunder.
10.5 Payment of Expenses. The Borrowers jointly and severally agree
(a) to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent for all of its reasonable
out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the syndication of
the Facilities (other than any fees payable to syndicate members) and the
preparation and execution of, and any amendment, supplement or modification to,
this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any other documents prepared in
connection herewith or therewith, and the consummation and administration of the
transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including the reasonable fees and
disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent, (b) to pay or reimburse
each Lender and the Administrative Agent for all its costs and expenses incurred
in connection with the enforcement or preservation of any rights under this
Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any such other documents, including the
reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel (including the allocated fees and
expenses of in-house counsel) to each Lender and of counsel to the
Administrative Agent, (c) to pay, indemnify, and hold each Lender and the Agents
harmless from, any and all recording and filing fees or any amendment,
supplement or modification of, or any waiver or consent under or in respect of,
this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any such other documents, and (d)
to pay, indemnify, and hold each Lender and the Agents and their respective
officers, directors, employees, affiliates and agents (each, an "indemnitee")
harmless from and against any and all other liabilities, obligations, losses,
damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements
of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the execution, delivery,
enforcement, performance and administration of this Agreement, the other Loan
Documents and any such other documents, including any of the foregoing relating
to the use of proceeds of the Loans or the violation of, noncompliance with or
liability under, any Environmental Law applicable to the operations of the
Company, Grove Capital or any of the Company's Subsidiaries or any of the
Properties (all the foregoing in this clause (d), collectively, the "indemnified
liabilities"), provided, that neither the Company nor Grove Capital shall have
any obligation hereunder to any indemnitee with respect to indemnified
liabilities (i) to the extent such indemnified liabilities resulted from the
gross negligence or willful misconduct of such indemnitee, (ii) in connection
with legal proceedings commenced against any such indemnified person by any
security holder or creditor (other than the Borrowers, their Subsidiaries and
Affiliates) thereof arising out of and based upon rights afforded any such
security holder or creditor solely in its capacity as such or (iii) of the types
referred to in clauses (a) through (c) above except as provided therein. To the
extent permitted by applicable law, the Company and Grove Capital agree not to
assert and the Company agrees to cause its Subsidiaries not to assert, and
hereby waive and agree to cause its Subsidiaries to so waive, all rights for
contribution or any other rights of recovery with respect to all claims,
demands, penalties, fines, liabilities, settlements, damages, costs and expenses
of whatever kind or nature, under or related to Environmental Laws, that any of
them might have by statute or otherwise against any indemnitee except where the
basis for the right of recovery involves the gross negligence or willful
misconduct of the indemnitee against whom recovery is sought. The agreements in
this Section shall survive repayment of the Loans and all other amounts payable
hereunder.
10.6 Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments. (a)
This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company,
Grove Capital, the Lenders, the Agents, all future holders of the Loans and
their respective successors and assigns, except that the Borrowers
<PAGE>
87
may not assign or transfer any of their rights or obligations under this
Agreement without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each
Lender.
(b) Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrowers, in
accordance with applicable law, at any time sell to one or more banks, financial
institutions or other entities (each, a "Participant") participating interests
in any Loan owing to such Lender, any Commitment of such Lender or any other
interest of such Lender hereunder and under the other Loan Documents. In the
event of any such sale by a Lender of a participating interest to a Participant,
such Lender's obligations under this Agreement to the other parties to this
Agreement shall remain unchanged, such Lender shall remain solely responsible
for the performance thereof, such Lender shall remain the holder of any such
Loan for all purposes under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and the
Borrowers and the Administrative Agent shall continue to deal solely and
directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender's rights and
obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. In no event shall
any Participant under any such participation have any right to approve any
amendment or waiver of any provision of any Loan Document, or any consent to any
departure by any Loan Party therefrom, except for those rights specified in
clauses (i) and (ii) of the proviso to Section 10.1, in each case to the extent
subject to such participation. The Borrowers agree that if amounts outstanding
under this Agreement and the Loans are due or unpaid, or shall have been
declared or shall have become due and payable upon the occurrence of an Event of
Default, each Participant shall, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable
law, be deemed to have the right of setoff in respect of its participating
interest in amounts owing under this Agreement to the same extent as if the
amount of its participating interest were owing directly to it as a Lender under
this Agreement, provided that, in purchasing such participating interest, such
Participant shall be deemed to have agreed to share with the Lenders the
proceeds thereof as provided in Section 10.7(a) as fully as if it were a Lender
hereunder. The Borrowers also agree that each Participant shall be entitled to
the benefits of Sections 2.19, 2.20 and 2.21 with respect to its participation
in the Commitments and the Loans outstanding from time to time as if it was a
Lender; provided that, in the case of Section 2.20, such Participant shall have
complied with the requirements of said Section and provided, further, that no
Participant shall be entitled to receive any greater amount pursuant to any such
Section than the transferor Lender would have been entitled to receive in
respect of the amount of the participation transferred by such transferor Lender
to such Participant had no such transfer occurred.
(c) Any Lender (an "Assignor") may, in accordance with applicable
law, at any time and from time to time assign to any Lender or any affiliate
thereof or a Person under common management with or having the same or an
affiliated investment advisor as such Lender or, with the consent of the
Borrowers and the Administrative Agent (which, in each case, shall not be
unreasonably withheld or delayed), to an additional bank, financial institution
or other entity (an "Assignee") all or any part of its rights and obligations
under this Agreement pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance, substantially in
the form of Exhibit E, executed by such Assignee, such Assignor and the
Administrative Agent (and, where the consent of the Borrowers is required
pursuant to the foregoing provisions, by the Borrowers) and delivered to the
Administrative Agent for its acceptance and recording in the Register; provided
that no such assignment to an Assignee (other than any Lender or any affiliate
thereof or a Person under common management with, or having the same or an
affiliated investment advisor as, such Lender) shall be in an aggregate
principal amount of less than $5,000,000 (other than in the case of an
assignment of all of a Lender's interests under this Agreement), unless
otherwise agreed by the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent. Any such
assignment need not be ratable as among the Facilities. Upon such execution,
delivery, acceptance and recording, from and after the effective date
<PAGE>
88
determined pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, (x) the Assignee
thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent provided in such
Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender hereunder
with a Commitment and/or Loans as set forth therein, and (y) the Assignor
thereunder shall, to the extent provided in such Assignment and Acceptance, be
released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an
Assignment and Acceptance covering all of an Assignor's rights and obligations
under this Agreement, such assigning Lender shall cease to be a party hereto).
Notwithstanding any provision of this Section 10.6, the consent of the Borrowers
shall not be required for any assignment which occurs at any time when any Event
of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
(d) The Administrative Agent shall, on behalf of the Borrowers,
maintain at its address referred to in Section 10.2 a copy of each Assignment
and Acceptance delivered to it and a register (the "Register") for the
recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders and the Commitment of, and
principal amount of the Loans owing to, each Lender from time to time and any
Notes evidencing such Loans. The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, in
the absence of manifest error, and the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and
the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register as
the owner of the Loan and any Note evidencing such Loan recorded therein for all
purposes of this Agreement. Any assignment of any Loan whether or not evidenced
by a Note shall be effective only upon appropriate entries with respect thereto
being made in the Register (and each Note shall expressly so provide). Any
assignment or transfer of all or part of a Loan evidenced by a Note shall be
registered on the Register only upon surrender for registration of assignment or
transfer of the Note evidencing such Loan, accompanied by a duly executed
Assignment and Acceptance, and thereupon one or more new Notes in the same
aggregate principal amount shall be issued to the designated Assignee and the
old Notes shall be returned by the Administrative Agent to the Borrowers marked
"cancelled". The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrowers or
any Lender at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior
notice.
(e) Upon its receipt of an Assignment and Acceptance executed by an
assigning Lender and an Assignee (and, in the case of an Assignee that is not
then a Lender or an affiliate thereof or a Person under common management with
such Lender, by the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lender)
together with payment to the Administrative Agent of a registration and
processing fee of $3,000, the Administrative Agent shall (i) promptly accept
such Assignment and Acceptance and (ii) on the effective date determined
pursuant thereto record the information contained therein in the Register and
give notice of such acceptance and recordation to the Lenders and the Borrowers.
On or prior to such effective date, the Borrowers, at their own expense, upon
request, shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent (in exchange for
the Revolving Credit Note and/or Term Notes, as the case may be, of the
assigning Lender) a new Revolving Credit Note and/or Term Notes, as the case may
be, to the order of such Assignee in an amount equal to the Revolving Credit
Commitment and/or applicable Term Loans, as the case may be, assumed or acquired
by it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance and, if the assigning Lender
has retained a Revolving Credit Commitment and/or Term Loans, as the case may
be, upon request, a new Revolving Credit Note and/or Term Notes, as the case may
be, to the order of the assigning Lender in an amount equal to the Revolving
Credit Commitment and/or applicable Term Loans, as the case may be, retained by
it hereunder. Such new Notes shall be dated the Closing Date and shall otherwise
be in the form of the Note replaced thereby.
(f) For avoidance of doubt, the parties to this Agreement
acknowledge that the provisions of this Section concerning assignments of Loans
and Notes relate only to absolute
<PAGE>
89
assignments and that such provisions do not prohibit assignments creating
security interests, including any pledge or assignment by a Lender of any Loan
or Note to any Federal Reserve Bank in accordance with applicable law.
10.7 Adjustments; Set-off. (a) Except to the extent that this
Agreement provides for payments to be allocated to the Lenders under a
particular Facility, if any Lender (a "Benefitted Lender") shall at any time
receive any payment of all or part of its Loans or the Reimbursement Obligations
owing to it, or interest thereon, or receive any collateral in respect thereof
(whether voluntarily or involuntarily, by set-off, pursuant to events or
proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 8(f), or otherwise), in a
greater proportion than any such payment to or collateral received by any other
Lender, if any, in respect of such other Lender's Loans or the Reimbursement
Obligations owing to such other Lender, or interest thereon, such Benefitted
Lender shall purchase for cash from the other Lenders a participating interest
in such portion of each such other Lender's Loan and/or of the Reimbursement
Obligations owing to each such other Lender, or shall provide such other Lenders
with the benefits of any such collateral, or the proceeds thereof, as shall be
necessary to cause such Benefitted Lender to share the excess payment or
benefits of such collateral or proceeds ratably with each of the Lenders;
provided, however, that if all or any portion of such excess payment or benefits
is thereafter recovered from such Benefitted Lender, such purchase shall be
rescinded, and the purchase price and benefits returned, to the extent of such
recovery, but without interest.
(b) In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided
by law, each Lender shall have the right, without prior notice to the Borrowers,
any such notice being expressly waived by each of the Borrowers to the extent
permitted by applicable law, upon any amount becoming due and payable by the
Borrowers hereunder (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or
otherwise) to set off and appropriate and apply against such amount any and all
deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any
currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in
each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or
unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Lender or any branch or agency
thereof to or for the credit or the account of the Borrowers. Each Lender agrees
promptly to notify the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent after any such
setoff and application made by such Lender, provided that the failure to give
such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.
10.8 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by one or more of
the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including
by telecopy), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to
constitute one and the same instrument. A set of the copies of this Agreement
signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Borrowers and the
Administrative Agent.
10.9 Severability. Any provision of this Agreement which is
prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction,
be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without
invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or
unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render
unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
10.10 Integration. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents
represent the agreement of the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the
Lenders with respect to the subject matter hereof, and there are no promises,
undertakings, representations or warranties by the Administrative Agent
<PAGE>
90
or any Lender relative to subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or
referred to herein or in the other Loan Documents.
10.11 GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS
OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND
INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
10.12 Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers. (a) Each of the Borrowers
hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:
(i) submits for itself and its Property in any legal action or
proceeding relating to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to
which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in
respect thereof, to the non-exclusive general jurisdiction of the Courts
of the State of New York, the courts of the United States of America for
the Southern District of New York, and appellate courts from any thereof;
(ii) consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in
such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to
the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such
action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not
to plead or claim the same;
(iii) agrees that service of process in any such action or
proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or
certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage
prepaid, to the Company or Grove Capital, as the case may be, at its
address set forth in Section 10.2 or at such other address of which the
Administrative Agent shall have been notified pursuant thereto; and
(iv) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect
service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the
right to sue in any other jurisdiction.
(b) Each of the Borrowers, Agents and the Lenders hereby irrevocably
and unconditionally waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any
right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred
to in this Section 10.12 any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential
damages.
10.13 Acknowledgements. Each of the Company and Grove Capital hereby
acknowledges that:
(a) it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and
delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;
(b) neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender has any
fiduciary relationship with or duty to the Company or Grove Capital
arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other
Loan Documents, and the relationship between Administrative Agent and
Lenders, on one hand, and the Company and Grove Capital, on the other
hand, in connection herewith or therewith is solely that of debtor and
creditor; and
<PAGE>
91
(c) no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Loan
Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated
hereby among the Lenders or among the Company, Grove Capital and the
Lenders.
10.14 WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL. THE COMPANY, GROVE CAPITAL, THE AGENTS
AND THE LENDERS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN
ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN
DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.
10.15 Confidentiality. Each of the Agents and each Lender agrees to
keep confidential all non-public information (as defined below) provided to it
by any Loan Party pursuant to this Agreement; provided that nothing herein shall
prevent any Agent or any Lender from disclosing any such information (a) to the
Administrative Agent, any other Lender or any affiliate of any Lender, (b) to
any Participant or Assignee (each, a "Transferee") or prospective Transferee
which agrees to comply with the provisions of this Section, (c) to the
employees, directors, agents, attorneys, accountants and other professional
advisors of such Lender or its affiliates, (d) upon the request or demand of any
Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the such Agent or such Lender,
(e) in response to any order of any court, (f) in response to any order of any
Governmental Authority or as may otherwise be required pursuant to any
Requirement of Law, (g) if requested or required to do so in connection with any
litigation or similar proceeding, (h) which has been publicly disclosed other
than in breach of this Section 10.15, (i) to the National Association of
Insurance Commissioners or any similar organization or any nationally recognized
rating agency that requires access to information about a Lender's investment
portfolio in connection with ratings issued with respect to such Lender or (j)
in connection with the exercise of any remedy hereunder or under any other Loan
Document; provided, that with respect to clauses (e) and (g), the Administrative
Agent or such Lender shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide notice
to the Borrowers before releasing such information. As used herein, the term
"non-public information" means all information contained in materials relating
to the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries provided to any Agent or any Lender by
any Loan Party or its representatives or agents other than (x) information which
is at the time so provided or thereafter becomes generally available to the
public other than as a result of a disclosure by an Agent or one or more
Lenders, (y) information which was available to any Agent or any Lender prior to
its disclosure to the Lenders by the Borrowers, its representatives or agents
and (z) information which becomes available to any Agent or any one or more
Lenders from a source other than the Borrowers, its representatives or agents.
10.16 Release of Collateral Security and Guarantee Obligations.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in the Guarantee
and Collateral Agreement, upon request of the Company, the Administrative Agent
shall (without notice to or vote or consent of any Lender) take action having
the effect of releasing any Collateral and/or guarantee obligations provided for
in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement to the extent necessary to permit
consummation of any transactions not prohibited hereunder, by the relevant
Person in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents.
<PAGE>
92
10.17 Section Headings. The section and subsection headings in this
Agreement are for convenience in reference only and shall not deemed to alter or
affect the interpretation of any provisions hereof.
10.18 Judgment Currency. The obligation of the Borrowers under this
Agreement to make payments in respect of each Reimbursement Obligation in the
currency in which it is outstanding (the "Agreement Currency") shall not be
discharged or satisfied by any tender or recovery pursuant to any judgment
expressed in or converted into any other currency (the "Judgment Currency")
except to the extent that such tender or recovery of the Judgment Currency
results in the effective receipt by the Lenders or the Issuing Bank, as the case
may be, of the full amount of the Agreement Currency payable under this
Agreement and the Borrowers agree to indemnify the Lenders or the Issuing Bank,
as the case may be (and the Lenders or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be,
shall have an additional legal claim) for any difference between such full
amount and the amount effectively received by such Lenders or the Issuing Bank,
as the case may be, pursuant to any such tender or recovery. Each Lender's or
the Issuing Bank's determination of amounts effectively received by such Lender
or Issuing Bank shall be presumed correct absent manifest error. If a judgment
in respect of the obligations of the Borrowers hereunder is rendered in a
currency other than the Agreement Currency and if, upon receipt of the full
amount of such judgment in such currency and the conversion into, and receipt of
such amount in the Agreement Currency, such amount of the Agreement Currency
exceeds the obligations of the Borrowers hereunder, such excess amount shall be
remitted to the Borrowers by the Lenders or the Issuing Bank, as the case may
be. The obligations of the Borrowers under this section shall survive the
termination of this Agreement and the repayment of the Loans and all other
amounts payable hereunder.
10.19 Borrowers Obligations Joint and Several. Each and every of the
payment obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents (including each of the Obligations) shall be joint and several.
[rest of page intentionally left blank]
<PAGE>
93
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to
be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as
of the day and year first above written.
GROVE WORLDWIDE LLC
By: /s/ Salvatore Bonanno
---------------------------------
Name: Salvatore Bonanno
Title: Chief Executive Officer
GROVE CAPITAL, INC.
By: /s/ Salvatore Bonanno
---------------------------------
Name: Salvatore Bonanno
Title: Chief Executive Officer
CHASE BANK OF TEXAS, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, as Administrative Agent, Swing
Line Lender, Issuing Lender and a Lender
By: /s/ B.B. Wuthrich
---------------------------------
Name: B.B. Wuthrich
Title: Vice President
BANKBOSTON, N.A., as Syndication Agent
and as a Lender
By: /s/ C. Andrew Piculell
---------------------------------
Name: C. Andrew Piculell
Title: Vice President
<PAGE>
94
OAK HILL SECURITIES FUND, L.P.
By: Oak Hill Securities GenPar, L.P.
its Genreal Partner
By: Oak Hill Securities MGP, Inc.,
its Genereal Partner
By: /s/ Scott D. Krase
--------------------------------
Name: Scott D. Krase
Title: Vice President
<PAGE>
95
MERRILL LYNCH SENIOR FLOATING RATE
FUND, INC.
By: /s/ John M. Johnson
--------------------------------
Name: John M. Johnson
Title: Authorized Signatory
ARCHEMEDES FUNDING, L.L.C.
By: ING Capital Advisors, Inc.
as Collateral Manager
By: /s/ Michael D. Hatley
--------------------------------
Name: Michael D. Hatley
Title: Vice President &
Portfolio Manager
MASSACHUSETTS MUTUAL LIFE
INSURANCE COMPANY
By: /s/ John B. Wheeler
--------------------------------
Name: John B. Wheeler
Title: Managing Director
WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.
By: /s/ Dana D. Cagle
--------------------------------
Name: Dana D. Cagle
Title: Vice President
<PAGE>
96
SANWA BUSINESS CREDIT CORP.
By: /s/ Stanley Kaminski
--------------------------------
Name: Stanley Kaminski
Title: Vice President
BHF-BANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT
By: /s/ Linda M. Pace
--------------------------------
Name: Linda M. Pace
Title: Vice President
By: /s/ John D. Sykes
--------------------------------
Name: John D. Sykes
Title: Vice President
BALANCED HIGH YIELD FUND I LTD.
by: BHF-BANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT
acting through its New York Branch
as attorney-in-fact
By: /s/ Linda M. Pace
--------------------------------
Name: Linda M. Pace
Title: Vice President
By: /s/ John D. Sykes
--------------------------------
Name: John D. Sykes
Title: Vice President
THE BANK OF NEW YORK
By: /s/ Walter C. Parelli
--------------------------------
Name: Walter C. Parelli
Title: Vice President
<PAGE>
97
SOCIETE GENERALE, SOUTHWEST AGENCY
By: /s/ David C. Oldani
--------------------------------
Name: David C. Oldani
Title: Associate
By: /s/ Christopher J. Speltz
--------------------------------
Name: Christopher J. Speltz
Title: Director-Head of SG Dallas
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By: /s/ Kurt D. Egertson
--------------------------------
Name: Kurt D. Egertson
Title: Vice President
BANQUE PARIBAS
By: /s/ Larry Robinson
--------------------------------
Name: Larry Robinson
Title: Vice President
By: /s/ Scott Clingan
--------------------------------
Name: Scott Clingan
Title: Vice President
CREDIT LYONNAIS NEW YORK BRANCH
By: /s/ Attila Koc
--------------------------------
Name: Attila Koc
Title: First V. President
<PAGE>
98
CONTINENTAL ASSURANCE COMPANY
Separate Account (E)
By: TCW Asset Management Company
as Attorney-in-Fact
By: /s/ Mark L. Gold
--------------------------------
Name: Mark L. Gold
Title: Managing Director
By: /s/ Justin L. Driscoll
--------------------------------
Name: Justin L. Driscoll
Title: Senior Vice President
KZH-CYPRESSTREE-1 CORPORATION
By: /s/ Virginia Conway
--------------------------------
Name: Virginia Conway
Title: Authorized Signatory
KZH-IV CORPORATION
By: /s/ Virginia Conway
--------------------------------
Name: Virginia Conway
Title: Authorized Signatory
KZH-CRESCENT-2 CORPORATION
By: /s/ Virginia Conway
--------------------------------
Name: Virginia Conway
Title: Authorized Signatory
<PAGE>
99
DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE
SECURITIES CORPORATION, as
Documentation Agent and as a Lender
By: /s/ Eric Swanson
---------------------------------
Name Eric Swanson
Title: Managing Director
DLJ CAPITAL FUNDING, INC.,
as a Lender.
By: /s/ Eric Swanson
---------------------------------
Name: Eric Swanson
Title: Managing Director
<PAGE>
Exhibit 8.1
PAUL, WEISS, RIFKIND, WHARTON & GARRISON
1285 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10019-6064
June 18, 1998
Grove Worldwide LLC
1565 Buchanan Trail East
Shady Grove, Pennsylvania 17256
Re: Registration Statement on Form S-4
Dear Ladies and Gentlemen:
In connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (the
"Registration Statement") filed by Grove Worldwide LLC (the "Company"), with the
Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the "Act"), and the rules and regulations thereunder (the "Rules"), we
have been requested to render our opinion as to the matters hereinafter set
forth. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the
meanings attributed thereto in the Registration Statement.
In this regard, we have reviewed copies of the Registration Statement
(including the exhibits and amendments thereto) with respect to the offer by the
Company to exchange up to $225,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of its
9 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes for up to $225,000,000 in aggregate principal
amount of its 9 1/4% Exchange Notes. We have also made such other investigations
of fact and law and have examined the originals, or copies authenticated to our
satisfaction, of such other documents, record, certificates or other instruments
as in our judgment are necessary or appropriate to render the opinion expressed
below.
The opinion set forth below is limited to the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended (the "Code"), administrative rulings, judicial decisions,
Treasury regulations and other applicable authorities, all as in effect on the
date hereof. The statutory provisions, regulations, and interpretations upon
which our opinion is based are subject to change, and such changes could apply
retroactively. Any such change could affect the continuing validity of the
opinion set forth below. We assume no responsibility to advise you of any
subsequent changes in existing law or facts, nor do we assume any responsibility
to update this opinion with respect to any matters expressly set forth herein,
and no opinions are to be implied or may be inferred beyond the matters
expressly so stated.
<PAGE>
Grove Worldwide LLC
June , 1998
Page -2-
Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the
discussion of the material anticipated Federal income tax consequences affecting
holders of Notes in the Exchange Offering set forth in the Registration
Statement under the heading "Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences" is an
accurate general description of such federal income tax consequences.
We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement, or any amendment pursuant to Rule 462 under the Act, and
to the reference to us under the heading "Legal Matters" in the Prospectus
included in the Registration Statement, or any amendment pursuant to Rule 462
under the Act. In giving this consent, we do not hereby agree that we come
within the category of persons whose consent is required by the Act or the
Rules.
Very truly yours,
/s/ PAUL, WEISS, RIFKIND, WHARTON & GARRISON
<PAGE>
Exhibit 10.1
[EXECUTION COPY]
STOCK AND ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
among
HANSON FUNDING (G) LIMITED,
DEUTSCHE GROVE CORPORATION,
HANSON AMERICA HOLDINGS (4) LTD.,
GROVE FRANCE SA,
KIDDE INDUSTRIES, INC.,
HANSON FINANCE PLC
and
GROVE WORLDWIDE LLC
Dated as of March 10, 1998
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
ARTICLE I.................................................................. 2
DEFINITIONS AND TERMS...................................................... 2
1.1 Specific Definitions........................................... 2
1.2 Other Terms.................................................... 14
1.3 Other Definitional and Interpretive Provisions................. 15
ARTICLE II
PURCHASE AND SALE OF THE GROVE OPERATIONS.................................. 16
2.1 Purchase and Sale of the Grove Operations...................... 16
2.2 Adjustment and Allocation of the Purchase Price................ 16
2.3 Sale and Purchase of Stock..................................... 18
2.4 Sale and Purchase of the Specified Grove Assets................ 19
2.5 Excluded Assets................................................ 19
2.6 Assumed Liabilities............................................ 19
2.7 Excluded Liabilities........................................... 20
2.8 Post-Closing Adjustment........................................ 21
2.9 Closing........................................................ 25
ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLERS.............................. 25
3.1 The Grove Operations........................................... 25
3.1A Specified Grove Assets......................................... 26
3.2 Organization and Qualification................................. 26
3.3 Capitalization................................................. 27
3.4 Subsidiaries and Investments................................... 27
3.5 Corporate Authorization........................................ 28
3.6 Consents and Approvals......................................... 28
3.7 Non-Contravention.............................................. 29
3.8 Binding Effect................................................. 30
3.9 Financial Statements; Absence of Certain Changes............... 30
3.10 No Material Adverse Change..................................... 32
3.11 Litigation and Non-Warranty Claims; Orders and Judgments....... 32
3.12 Taxes.......................................................... 33
3.13 Employee Benefits.............................................. 35
3.14 Compliance with Laws; Certain Payments......................... 42
3.15 Environmental Matters.......................................... 43
3.16 Intellectual Property.......................................... 43
3.17 Labor Matters.................................................. 45
3.18 Contracts...................................................... 47
i
<PAGE>
3.19 Property....................................................... 48
3.20 Title to Shares................................................ 51
3.21 Product Warranties............................................. 51
3.22 Potential Conflicts of Interest................................ 51
3.23 Insurance...................................................... 52
3.24 Finders' Fees.................................................. 55
3.25 No Other Representations or Warranties......................... 55
ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER................................ 55
4.1 Organization and Qualification................................. 55
4.2 Authorization.................................................. 56
4.3 Consents and Approvals......................................... 56
4.4 Non-Contravention.............................................. 57
4.5 Binding Effect................................................. 57
4.6 Finders' Fees.................................................. 58
4.7 Financial Capability........................................... 58
4.8 Purchase for Investment........................................ 58
4.9 No Other Representations or Warranties......................... 59
ARTICLE V
COVENANTS.................................................................. 59
5.1 Access......................................................... 59
5.2 Conduct of Business............................................ 60
5.3 Best Efforts................................................... 63
5.4 Further Assurances............................................. 64
5.5 Use of Corporate Names and Symbols............................. 65
5.6 Benefit Plans.................................................. 65
5.7 Preservation of Records........................................ 67
5.8 Supplemental Information....................................... 68
5.9 Success Fee Agreements......................................... 69
5.10 Termination of Certain Plans................................... 69
5.11 Insurance...................................................... 69
5.12 Intercompany Accounts.......................................... 71
5.13 Litigation and Warranty Claims................................. 71
5.14 Assignment of Beneficial Interests............................. 71
5.15 Collection of Receivables...................................... 73
5.16 Mail and Other Communications.................................. 73
5.17 Auditor Matters................................................ 74
5.18 Non-Competition; Confidentiality............................... 74
ARTICLE VI
CONDITIONS TO CLOSING...................................................... 75
6.1 Conditions to the Obligations of Purchaser and the Sellers..... 75
ii
<PAGE>
6.2 Conditions to the Obligations of Purchaser..................... 77
6.3 Conditions to the Obligations of the Sellers................... 79
ARTICLE VII
SURVIVAL; GENERAL INDEMNIFICATION.......................................... 81
7.1 Survival....................................................... 81
7.2 Indemnification by Purchaser................................... 82
7.3 Indemnification by Sellers..................................... 84
7.4 Indemnification Procedures..................................... 88
7.5 Certain Environmental Matters.................................. 91
7.6 Resale Payment................................................. 93
7.7 Characterization of Indemnification Payments................... 96
7.8 Computation of Losses Subject to Indemnification............... 96
ARTICLE VIII
TERMINATION................................................................ 96
8.1 Termination.................................................... 96
8.2 Effect of Termination.......................................... 97
ARTICLE IX
MISCELLANEOUS.............................................................. 98
9.1 Notices........................................................ 98
9.2 Amendment; Waiver.............................................. 99
9.3 Assignment..................................................... 99
9.4 Entire Agreement...............................................100
9.5 Fulfillment of Obligations.....................................100
9.6 Parties in Interest............................................100
9.7 No Third Party Rights..........................................101
9.8 Public Disclosure..............................................101
9.9 Return of Information..........................................101
9.10 Expenses.......................................................102
9.11 Sections of Disclosure Schedule................................102
9.12 GOVERNING LAW; SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION;
SELECTION OF FORUM.............................................102
9.13 Counterparts...................................................104
9.14 Headings.......................................................104
9.15 Severability...................................................104
iii
<PAGE>
EXHIBITS, ANNEXES AND DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE
EXHIBITS
Exhibit A - Guaranty of Hanson
Exhibit B - HSBC Agency Agreement
Exhibits C-1 and C-2 - Sunderland Leases and Option Agreement
Exhibits D-1 and D-2 - Tax Sharing and Indemnification Agreements
Exhibits E-1, E-2 and E-3 - Certain Tax Affidavits
ANNEXES
Annex 6.2 (d) - Opinions of Sellers' Counsel
Annex 6.3 (c) - Opinions of Purchaser's Counsel
SECTIONS OF DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE
Section 1.1(a) - Calculation of Base Net Worth and Determination of
Closing Net Worth
Section 1.1(b) - Change of Control Agreements
Section 1.1(c) - Knowledge of Sellers
Section 1.1(d) - Long Term Incentive Plans
Section 1.1(e) - Management Incentive Plans
Section 1.1(f) - Required Approvals
Section 2.2 - Allocation of Purchase Price
Section 2.3 - Sellers of Stock of Specified Grove Parent Corporations
Section 2.5 - Excluded Assets
Section 3.1(a) - Grove Companies
Section 3.1(b) - Corporate Structure Chart
Section 3.1(c) - Hanson Matters
Section 3.3 - Capitalization
Section 3.4 - Sellers' Subsidiaries and Investments
Section 3.6 - Consents and Approvals
Section 3.9(a)(1) - Audited Financial Statements
Section 3.9(a)(2) - Unaudited First Quarter Financial Statements
Section 3.9(c) - Certain Changes
iv
<PAGE>
Section 3.11(a) - Litigation and Non-Warranty Claims
Section 3.11(b) - Orders and Judgments
Section 3.12(l) - Material Tax Elections
Section 3.13 - Employee Benefit Plans
Section 3.15 - Environmental Matters
Section 3.15A - Special Environmental Matter
Section 3.16(b)(1) - Certain Intellectual Property
Section 3.16(c) - Intellectual Property Infringement
Section 3.16(d) - Claims Affecting Intellectual Property
Section 3.17 - Labor Matters
Section 3.18(a) - Contracts
Section 3.19(a) - Owned Real Property
Section 3.19(b) - Encumbrances
Section 3.19(c) - Certain Proceedings Involving Real Property
Section 3.19(d) - Real Property Leases
Section 3.21(a) - Standard Forms of Product Warranties
Section 3.21(b) - PIP
Section 3.23(a)(1) - Grove Insurance Policies
Section 3.23(a)(2) - Documentation Relating to Portfolio Transfer Agreement
Section 3.23(d) - Pending Claims; Insurance Loss Runs
Section 3.23(h) - Product Liability Insurance Matters
Section 4.7 - Purchaser's Financial Capability
Section 5.2 - Conduct of Business
Section 5.12 - Intercompany Accounts
Section 5.13 - Specific Reserves
Section 6.2(l) - Certain Insurance Matters
Section 7.4 - Certain Mediation Procedures
v
<PAGE>
STOCK AND ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
Dated as of March 10, 1998
--------------------
The parties to this Agreement are Hanson Funding (G) Limited, a
limited company organized under the laws of England and Wales ("Hanson
Funding"), Deutsche Grove Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("Deutsche
Corp."), Hanson America Holdings (4) Limited, a limited company organized under
the laws of England and Wales ("Hanson America"), Grove France SA, a societe
anonyme organized under the laws of France ("Grove France"), Kidde Industries,
Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Kidde", and collectively with Hanson Funding,
Deutsche Corp., Hanson America and Grove France, the "Sellers"), Hanson Finance
PLC, a public limited company organized under the laws of England and Wales
("Hanson Finance"), and Grove Worldwide LLC, a Delaware limited liability
company (the "Purchaser"). Each of the Sellers and Hanson Finance is a wholly
owned subsidiary of Hanson PLC, a public limited company organized under the
laws of England and Wales ("Hanson").
Among other activities, the Sellers are engaged, directly and
through subsidiaries, in the business of designing, manufacturing, selling and
providing customer support for, mobile hydraulic cranes, self-propelled aerial
work platforms and truck-mounted cranes (the "Grove Operations").
The Sellers wish to sell to Purchaser, and Purchaser wishes to
purchase from the Sellers, all of the Sellers' business constituting the Grove
Operations, all as more fully described herein. In order to effect such sale and
purchase, the Sellers will sell, and
<PAGE>
Purchaser will purchase, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, (i) all the
capital stock of the Specified Grove Parent Corporations (as defined) and (ii)
the Specified Grove Assets (as defined).
Accordingly, the parties agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS AND TERMS
1.1 Specific Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following
terms shall have the meanings set forth or as referenced below:
"Adjusted Balance Sheet" shall mean the Balance Sheet, as adjusted
in accordance with Section 1.1(a) of the Disclosure Schedule.
"Affiliate Guarantees" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
5.4(a).
"Affiliated Group" shall mean any affiliated group within the
meaning of ss. 1504 of the Code.
"Affiliates" shall mean, with respect to any Person, any Persons
directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with,
such other Person as of the date on which, or at any time during the period for
which, the determination of affiliation is being made.
"Agreement" shall mean this Agreement, including all exhibits,
annexes and schedules hereto, as the same may be amended or supplemented from
time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.
"Apollo Entity" shall mean Apollo Advisors, L.P., Apollo Investment
Fund L.P., Apollo Investment Fund (2) L.P., Apollo Investment Fund (3) L.P. or
any other existing or future Person of which Apollo Advisors, L.P. or any of its
Affiliates is the principal investment advisor or any Person in which any such
Apollo Entity has an equity interest of not less than 5%.
2
<PAGE>
"Appraisals" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(b).
"Assumed Liabilities" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
2.6.
"Audited Financial Statements" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 3.9(a).
"Auditors" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.17.
"Balance Sheet" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.9(a).
"Balance Sheet Date" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
3.9(a).
"Base Net Worth" shall mean U.S. $302,564,000, as calculated in the
Adjusted Balance Sheet.
"Benefit Plans" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.13(a).
"Business Day" shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or
a day on which banks in New York City or London are authorized or obligated by
law or executive order to close.
"Change of Control Agreements" shall mean the agreements set forth
in Section 1.1(b) of the Disclosure Schedule.
"Chosen Court" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.12.
"Claim Notice" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.4.
"Closing" all shall mean the closing of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement.
"Closing Balance Sheet" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
2.8(a).
"Closing Date" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.9.
"Closing Net Worth" shall mean the net worth of the Grove Companies
as of the Determination Date, to be calculated in the Closing Balance Sheet in
accordance with Section 1.1(a) of the Disclosure Schedule.
3
<PAGE>
"COBRA" means the provisions of Code section 4980B and Part 6 of
Title I of ERISA, as amended, and any applicable similar state law.
"Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
"Competition Laws" shall mean Laws that are designed or intended to
prohibit, restrict or regulate actions having the purpose or effect of
monopolization or restraint of trade.
"Compliance Costs" shall mean capital and other costs and expenses
of compliance with Environmental Laws or conditions of operating permits
associated with the ongoing running of the Grove Operations after the Closing.
"Confidentiality Agreement" shall mean the Agreement, dated June 5,
1997, as amended February 3, 1998, between Arbor Investors, LLC and Hanson.
"Contracts" shall mean all agreements, permits, licenses, contracts,
leases, purchase orders, promotional, trade billback, refund and other
arrangements and commitments relating to the Grove Operations.
"CPA Firm" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(f).
"Delta Purchase Agreement" shall mean the Share Purchase Agreement,
dated October 27, 1995, by and among Hanson Electrical Holdings SAS and ADZ S.A.
for the acquisition of Delta Systems Group.
"Demerger Agreement" shall mean the Demerger Agreement, dated as of
September 30, 1996, among Millennium Chemicals Inc. ("Millennium"), Hanson and
Hanson Overseas Holding Limited ("HOH").
"Demerger Tax Indemnification Agreements" shall mean the Tax Sharing
and Indemnification Agreement, dated as of September 16, 1996, among HM
Anglo-American Ltd. ("HM Anglo-American"), HM Holdings, Inc. and Hanson, the Tax
Sharing Agreement, dated as of September 30, 1996, among Millennium, Hanson and
HOH and the Tax Sharing and Indemnification Agreement, dated as of September 30,
1996, among MHC Inc., Hanson and HM Anglo-American.
"Determination Date" shall mean the close of business in Shady
Grove, Pennsylvania on the date immediately preceding the Closing Date.
4
<PAGE>
"Disclosure Schedule" shall mean the separate Disclosure Schedule
delivered by the parties concurrently with the execution and delivery of this
Agreement.
"Employee Arrangements" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
3.13(a).
"Encumbrances" shall mean mortgages, deeds of trusts, liens,
pledges, charges, encumbrances, security interests, options, rights of first
refusal, easements, restrictive covenants, encroachments or any other
restrictions or third-party rights.
"Environmental Claim" shall mean any written claim, notice of
violation or administrative or judicial action by any Governmental Authority or
other Person other than Purchaser and its Affiliates with respect to either (x)
the operation of the Grove Operations (other than in Sunderland, England) prior
to the Closing Date or (y) the condition of any property owned, leased, operated
or held by or in connection with the Grove Operations (other than in Sunderland,
England) prior to the Closing Date, in the case of each of (x) and (y) arising
under, resulting from or alleging the violation of or liability under any
Environmental Law.
"Environmental Law" shall mean any applicable Law, including common
Law, relating to (x) pollution or protection of the environment (including,
without limitation, air, surface water, groundwater, surface or subsurface land)
or (y) the exposure of Persons to, or the use, storage, recycling, treatment,
generation, transportation, processing, handling, labeling, protection, release
or disposal of, Hazardous Substances.
"Excluded Assets" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5.
"Excluded Liabilities" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
2.7.
"ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974, as amended.
"Final Asset Allocation" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
2.2(b).
"Financial Statements" shall mean the Audited Financial Statements
and the Unaudited First Quarter Financial Statements.
"Financing Documents" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
4.7
"Foreign Plans" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.13(a).
5
<PAGE>
"GAAP" shall mean United States generally accepted accounting
principles consistently applied.
"GAAS" shall mean United States generally accepted auditing
standards.
"Governmental Authorizations" shall mean all licenses, permits,
certificates and other authorizations and approvals required from a Governmental
Authority to carry on the Grove Operations as conducted at the Balance Sheet
Date under applicable Laws.
"Governmental Authority" shall have mean any government or political
subdivision thereof, whether Federal, state, local, foreign or supranational, or
any agency (including any regulatory agency) or instrumentality of any such
government or political subdivision or any court or arbitrator.
"Grove Business Employees" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 3.13(a).
"Grove Companies" shall mean the Specified Grove Corporations and
Kidde solely with respect to the Grove Operations.
"Grove Europe" shall mean Grove Europe Limited, a limited company
organized under the laws of England and Wales.
"Grove Insurance Policies" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 3.23(a).
"Grove Operations" shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals
of this Agreement.
"Guaranty" shall mean the Guaranty, to be dated the Closing Date, of
Hanson in favor of Purchaser, substantially in the form of Exhibit A.
"Hanson" shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals of this
Agreement.
"Hanson Properties" shall mean Hanson Properties Limited, a limited
company organized under the laws of England and Wales and, on the date hereof, a
subsidiary of Hanson.
"Hazardous Substances" shall mean any hazardous substances within
the meaning of 101(14) of CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. ss. 9601(14), or any other
substance, material,
6
<PAGE>
pollutant or waste, the use, storage, recycling, transportation, generation,
treatment, processing, handling, release or disposal of which is regulated under
any Environmental Law.
"HSBC" shall mean HSBC International Trade Finance Limited.
"HSBC Agency Agreement" shall mean the Agency Agreement, to be dated
the Closing Date, among HSBC, Kidde and the Purchaser, substantially in the form
of Exhibit B.
"HSBC Letter" shall mean the dealer receivables facility letter,
dated December 19, 1997, between HSBC and Kidde.
"HSR Act" shall mean the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements
Act of 1976, as amended.
"Inactive Companies" shall mean Grove Manufacturing Company and
Grove International Corporation.
"Income Taxes" shall mean all federal, state, local or foreign
income or franchise Taxes (including, without limitation, any income taxes
imposed as transferee, successor, by contract, or arising out of inclusion in
any U.S. Federal consolidated Tax Return) or in any consolidated, combined, or
unitary state Tax Return (or by reason of any comparable foreign law that
provides for joint or several liability), together with interest, penalties, or
additions imposed with respect thereto, including, without limitation, net
income, gross receipts, franchise and withholding (pursuant to Chapter 3 of the
code or any similar state, local or foreign law) Taxes.
"Indemnified Parties" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
7.3(a).
"Indemnifying Party" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
7.4.
"Individual Arrangements" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 3.13(a).
"Industrial Actions" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
3.17(b).
"Intellectual Property" shall mean all United States and foreign (i)
utility and design patents (including provisionals, divisionals, continuations,
continuations-in-part, reissues and re-examinations thereof) and patent
applications whether or not patents are
7
<PAGE>
issued on such applications and whether or not such applications are modified,
withdrawn or resubmitted; (ii) registered and unregistered trade names,
trademarks, service names and service marks (and applications for registration
of the same) and all goodwill associated therewith; (iii) copyright
registrations (and applications for the same) and any non-registered copyrights;
(iv) trade secrets and confidential information; (v) inventions, processes and
designs (whether or not patentable or reduced to practice); (vi) any computer
software programs source code, object code, data and documentation; and (vii)
all other intellectual property rights and assets, in each case relating to the
Grove Operations.
"IP Licenses" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.16(b).
"IRS" shall mean the Internal Revenue Service.
"Kidde Retained Environmental Liabilities" shall mean any and all
Losses arising out of or related to the businesses, actions or omissions of
Sellers or their current or former Subsidiaries or Affiliates under or pursuant
to Environmental Law except for (but only to the extent of) Losses arising out
of or related to the businesses, actions or omissions of the current and former
Grove Operations (including, but not limited to, any such Losses imposed as
transferee or successor by contract or otherwise).
"Kidde Retained ERISA Liabilities" shall mean any and all Losses,
whether or not incurred prior to the Closing Date, under Code Section 412,
Chapter 43 of the Code, Title I or IV of ERISA or otherwise (or comparable
foreign Laws) with respect to any savings, retirement, pension or welfare plan
or arrangement maintained or contributed to by any Seller or any current or
former corporation, trade or business under common control or treated as a
single employer with any Seller (excluding any Losses on account of benefits
provided to current and former employees of the Grove Operations).
"Kidde Retained Tax Liabilities" shall mean (i) any and all Income
Taxes of Kidde or its Affiliates with respect to all taxable periods ending on
or prior to the Closing Date or, for the taxable period that includes the
Closing Date, the portion of such period up to and including the Closing Date
(such portion to be determined based upon an interim closing of the books as of
the close of the Closing Date) and (ii) any and all Taxes with respect to
operations of Kidde or its Affiliates that are not Grove Operations.
"Knowledge of Sellers" or any similar phrase means the actual
knowledge of the individuals identified in Section 1.1(c) of the Disclosure
Schedule.
8
<PAGE>
"Krupp Purchase Agreements" shall mean the Krupp Asset Purchase
Agreement, dated August 30, 1995, whereby Jacuzzi Whirlpool GmbH (future
Deutsche Grove GmbH) acquired the assets of Krupp Mobile Krane GmbH; Grove NA
acquired the assets of Krupp Kranes of North America, Inc.; and Grove Europe
acquired the assets of Krupp Industries Limited and Krupp Gruas Hidaulicas S.A.
and the Asset Purchase Agreement dated August 31, 1995 by and among Grove France
S.A. and Krupp T.I.S.A. for the acquisition of the Krupp T.I.S.A. assets.
"Laws" shall include any federal, state, foreign, supranational or
local law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree.
"Leased Real Property" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
3.19(d).
"LIBOR" shall mean the London Interbank Offered Rate paid in London
on 3- month dollar deposits from other banks as quoted by The Chase Manhattan
Bank on the Closing Date or, if such quotation is not available, the rate
published on the first publication date following the Closing Date under "Money
Rates" in the New York City edition of The Wall Street Journal.
"LLC Owner" shall mean, collectively, Grove Holdings LLC and Grove
Investors LLC.
"Long-Term Incentive Plans" shall mean the Long-Term Incentive Plans
listed in Section 1.1(d) of the Disclosure Schedule.
"Losses" shall mean any liabilities, damages, claims, losses,
charges, actions, suits, proceedings, deficiencies, Taxes, interest, penalties,
and reasonable costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable
attorneys' fees, removal costs, remediation costs, closure costs, fines,
penalties and expenses of investigation, litigation and ongoing monitoring)
known or unknown, fixed or contingent.
"Lowest Cost Response" means the response required or allowed under
Environmental Law that addresses the Hazardous Substances present at the lowest
cost (considered as a whole taking into consideration any negative impact such
response may have on the conduct of the Grove Operations and any potential
additional costs or liabilities that may arise as a result of such response) and
causes the property or operation at issue to be in compliance with Environmental
Law at the lowest cost, as compared to any other response, that is consistent
with Environmental Law.
9
<PAGE>
"Management Incentive Plans" shall mean the Management Incentive
Plans listed in Section 1.1(e) of the Disclosure Schedule.
"Material Adverse Change" shall mean a change that is, or could
reasonably be expected to be, materially adverse to the assets, liabilities,
condition (financial or otherwise) or results of operations of the Grove
Operations as conducted at the Balance Sheet Date taken as a whole; provided,
however, that a Material Adverse Change shall not be deemed to have occurred (i)
exclusively as a result of the impact of any Industrial Actions on the results
of operations at the Sunderland Facility or (ii) as a result of any developments
in, prognosis for or expenditures for the Enterprise Project.
"Material Adverse Effect" shall mean an effect that is, or could
reasonably be expected to be, (i) materially adverse to the assets, liabilities,
condition (financial or otherwise) or results of operations of the Grove
Operations as conducted at the Balance Sheet Date taken as a whole, (ii)
materially impair or delay any of the Sellers' ability to consummate the
material transactions contemplated hereby or (iii) materially adversely affect
Purchaser's ability to operate the Grove Operations following the Closing in a
manner consistent with the manner in which the Grove Operations were being
operated at the Balance Sheet Date; provided, however, that a Material Adverse
Effect shall not be deemed to have occurred (i) exclusively as a result of the
impact of any Industrial Actions on the results of operations at the Sunderland
Facility or (ii) as a result of any developments in, prognosis for or
expenditures for the Enterprise Project.
"Net Worth" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.1(a) of
the Disclosure Schedule and shall be calculated in accordance with Modified GAAP
as described in Section 1.1(a) of the Disclosure Schedule.
"Non-Basket Representations" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 7.1(b).
"Non-Surviving Representations" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 7.1(b).
"Notice Period" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.4.
"Objection Date" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(h).
"Owned Real Property" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
3.19(a).
10
<PAGE>
"Permitted Encumbrances" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
3.19(b).
"Person" shall mean an individual, a corporation, a partnership, an
association, a trust or other entity or organization.
"Peterhead Receivables" shall mean the amount set forth in the
Closing Balance Sheet, not to exceed (pound)5.3 million, relating to receivables
of Grove Europe payable by Peterhead, together with interest thereon from the
Closing Date through the date of any payment made by Sellers pursuant to Section
7.3(a)(xii) at the rate specified in Section 2.8(h).
"Portfolio Transfer Agreement" shall mean, collectively, (i) the
Indemnity Agreement between National Union Fire Insurance Company of Pittsburgh,
PA, Birmingham Fire Insurance Company of Pennsylvania, American Home Assurance
Company, the Insurance Company of the State of Pennsylvania and Landmark
Insurance Company (collectively, the "Insurers") and Hanson Finance, effective
as of October 1, 1997, (ii) the Side Letter between the Insurers and Hanson
Finance, effective as of October 1, 1997, and (iii) the Portfolio Transfer
Agreement and Novation among National Union Fire Insurance Company of
Pittsburgh, PA, Bulldog Insurance Company Ltd. and Insurance Company of North
Carolina, Pacific Employers Insurance Company, Bankers Standard Insurance
Company, Indemnity Insurance Company of North America, Cigna Indemnity Insurance
Company (f/k/a Alaska Pacific Assurance Company) and Cigna Insurance Company of
Canada, effective as of October 1, 1997 and (iv) the Commutation and Release
between the Insurers and Bulldog Insurance Company Ltd. effective as of October
1, 1997.
"Proposed Asset Allocation" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 2.2(b).
"Purchase Price" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.
"Purchaser" shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals of this
Agreement.
"Purchaser Indemnified Parties" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 7.3(a).
"Purchaser's Objection" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
2.8(d).
"Real Property" shall mean, collectively, Owned Real Property and
Leased Real Property.
11
<PAGE>
"Real Property Leases" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
3.19(d).
"Required Approvals" shall mean the consents and approvals set forth
in Section 1.1(f) of the Disclosure Schedule.
"Resale Event" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
7.6(d)(i).
"Residual Value Guarantee Contracts" shall mean any Contracts
between any Grove Company and any leasing or financing company or other Person,
including, without limitation, the Contracts listed in Section 3.18(a) of the
Disclosure Schedule, whereby any Grove Company (or any other Person on its
behalf) is obliged to reacquire, identify a purchaser for (or make any payment
in respect of) any product of the Grove Operations.
"Retiree Welfare Plan" shall mean any Benefit Plan which is a
welfare plan within the meaning of ERISA section 3(1) (regardless of whether the
plan is covered by ERISA) which provides benefits to current or former employees
beyond their retirement or other termination of service (other than coverage
mandated by COBRA, the cost of which is fully paid by the current or former
employee or his dependents).
"Retirees" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(c).
"Securities Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
"Securities Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended.
"Sellers" shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals of this
Agreement.
"Shared Environmental Matters" shall mean (i) any Environmental
Claims that arise on or before the second anniversary of the Closing Date other
than (x) the Special Environmental Matter and (y) any matters specifically
identified in the conclusion sections of the reports listed in Item 1(a) through
(d), and in Items 2 through 7, of Section 3.15 of the Disclosure Schedule and
any immaterial matters directly related to any such specifically identified
matters and (ii) any Losses arising pursuant to Environmental Laws in connection
with the off-site migration of Hazardous Substances where (A) such migration
arises out of the operation of the Grove Operations prior to the Closing Date or
such Hazardous Substances are located on, in or under any property owned,
leased, operated or held by or in connection with the Grove Operations prior to
the Closing Date and (B) it can be reasonably
12
<PAGE>
demonstrated that prompt mitigative action would decrease materially the
ultimate liability to any Person (other than Purchaser and its Affiliates)
arising therefrom.
"Special Environmental Matter" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 3.15A of the Disclosure Schedule.
"Seller Indemnified Parties" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 7.2.
"Significant Distributor" shall mean a distributor or customer to
which the Grove Companies sold or leased more than $3,000,000 of finished
products in fiscal 1997.
"Specified Grove Assets" shall mean the assets, properties, rights
and business of Kidde relating to the Grove Operations, excluding the Excluded
Assets, as they existed on the Balance Sheet Date, with such additions thereto
and deletions therefrom as shall have occurred in the ordinary course of
business (unless not permitted by this Agreement) or as otherwise permitted by
this Agreement between the Balance Sheet Date and the Closing Date.
"Specified Grove Corporations" shall mean the Specified Grove Parent
Corporations, National Crane Corporation, Manlift Limited, Grove Cranes Limited,
Grove Europe Pension Trustees Limited and Grove Cranes SL.
"Specified Grove Parent Corporations" shall mean Grove Europe, Crane
Holding Inc., Deutsche Grove GmbH, Grove France, Delta Manlift SAS and Grove
Manlift Pty. Ltd.
"Subsidiary" shall mean, with respect to any Person, any
corporation, partnership, joint venture or other legal entity of which such
Person, either directly or through or together with any other Subsidiary of such
Person, owns 50% or more of the equity interests or has the right to elect or
designate a majority of the Board of Directors or similar governing body,
whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
"Success Fee Agreements" shall mean any Contract for which any of
the Grove Companies has liability pursuant to which any Person may become
entitled to receive any payment as a result of his or its efforts in furtherance
of the consummation of the purchase and sale contemplated by this Agreement,
other than the Change of Control Agreements.
13
<PAGE>
"Sunderland Facility" shall mean the property described in the
Sunderland Property Transfer Agreement.
"Sunderland Leases and Option Agreement" shall mean the Lease of
Crown Works Sunderland, dated February 27, 1998, as amended, and Lease of land
and buildings at Sunderland, dated February 27, 1998 each between Hanson
Properties and Grove Europe relating to the Sunderland Facility, substantially
in the forms of Exhibit C-1 and C-2.
"Sunderland Property Transfer Agreement" shall mean the Transfer of
Whole dated February 27, 1998, pursuant to which Grove Europe transferred the
property including the Sunderland Facility to Hanson Properties.
"Supplemental Agreements" shall mean the Sunderland Leases and
Option Agreement and each of the other agreements and instruments contemplated
by this Agreement (other than the Tax Sharing and Indemnification Agreements).
"Tax Returns" shall have the meaning set forth in the Tax Sharing
and Indemnification Agreements.
"Tax Sharing and Indemnification Agreements" shall mean the
agreements to be dated the Closing Date substantially in the forms of Exhibit
D-1 and Exhibit D-2.
"Taxes" means any federal, state, local, foreign, or other tax of
any kind whatsoever (together with any interest, penalties, or additions imposed
with respect thereto), including, without limitation, income, gross receipts,
license, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, service,
premium, windfall profits, environmental, customs duties, capital stock,
franchise, profits, withholding, social security (or similar), unemployment,
disability, real property, personal property, sales, use, transfer,
registration, value added, alternative or add-on minimum, estimated, rental,
lease, ad valorem, or other tax.
"Terex Entity" shall mean Terex Corp. or any of its controlled
Affiliates.
"Transferred Employees" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
5.6(a).
"Treasury Regulations" shall mean the Treasury regulations
promulgated under the Code.
14
<PAGE>
"Unaudited First Quarter Financial Statements" shall have the
meaning set forth in Section 3.9(a).
"Welfare Plans" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(c).
1.2 Other Terms. Other terms may be defined elsewhere in the text of
this Agreement and, unless otherwise indicated, shall have such meaning
throughout this Agreement.
1.3 Other Definitional and Interpretive Provisions.
(a) The words "hereof," "herein," and "hereunder" and words of
similar import, when used in this Agreement, shall refer to this Agreement as a
whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement.
(b) The terms defined in the singular shall have a comparable
meaning when used in the plural, and vice versa.
(c) The terms "dollars" and "$" shall mean United States
dollars. The term "(pound)" shall mean pounds sterling. The term "DM" shall mean
Deutsche Marks.
(d) Unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the
obligation to use "commercially reasonable best efforts" shall not require the
party so obligated to pay any money.
(e) Unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the
term "material" shall exclude, with respect to any conflict, violation, breach,
default, failure,
15
<PAGE>
claim or similar matter referred to in Article III of this Agreement that is
reasonably capable of quantification, one that would be reasonably expected not
to result in a Loss in excess of $100,000 individually, provided, however, that
for purposes of the Financial Statements, "material" shall be defined in
accordance with GAAP.
(f) The term "ordinary course" shall mean "ordinary course
consistent with the past practices of the Grove Operations".
(g) The term "individually and in the aggregate" or
"individually or in the aggregate" shall mean "individually and/or in the
aggregate."
(h) The term "Purchaser and/or its Affiliates" shall include
the Grove Companies (other than Kidde) from and after the Closing.
(i) The term "Seller" shall not include Grove France from and
after the Closing.
ARTICLE II
PURCHASE AND SALE OF THE GROVE OPERATIONS
2.1 Purchase and Sale of the Grove Operations. On the terms and
subject to the conditions set forth herein, and as set forth in greater detail
in this Article II, at the Closing, Sellers agree to sell, transfer and deliver
to Purchaser, and Purchaser agrees to purchase from Sellers, the Specified Grove
Parent Corporations and the Specified Grove
16
<PAGE>
Assets for an aggregate of $605,000,000 subject to adjustment as provided in
Section 5.12 of the Disclosure Schedule (the "Purchase Price").
2.2 Adjustment and Allocation of the Purchase Price.
(a) The Purchase Price shall be subject to adjustment as
provided in Section 2.8.
(b) The Purchase Price and the Assumed Liabilities shall be
allocated among the capital stock of each of the Specified Grove Parent
Corporations and the Specified Grove Assets (as an entirety) as set forth in
Section 2.2 of the Disclosure Schedule. As soon as reasonably practicable after
the Closing Date, Purchaser shall prepare and deliver to Sellers (a) a schedule
that sets forth an allocation among the Specified Grove Assets, as reasonably
determined by Purchaser, of the portion of the Purchase Price allocated to the
Specified Grove Assets as an entirety (the "Proposed Asset Allocation"), and (b)
copies of any appraisals prepared by independent appraisers selected by
Purchaser ("Appraisals") upon which the Proposed Asset Allocation has been
based. The portions of the Proposed Asset Allocation based upon Appraisals shall
be conclusive and binding upon the parties. In the event Purchaser and Kidde are
unable to agree within 30 days following Kidde's receipt of the Proposed Asset
Allocation on any portion of the Proposed Asset Allocation that is not based
upon Appraisals, Purchaser and Kidde shall jointly engage Deloitte & Touche LLP
to resolve their disagreement as promptly as possible. The resolution made by
Deloitte & Touche LLP shall be conclusive and binding upon the parties (together
with the portions of
17
<PAGE>
the Proposed Asset Allocation based upon Appraisals, the "Final Asset
Allocation"). The fees and disbursements of Deloitte & Touche LLP shall be borne
equally by Purchaser and Kidde.
(c) All Tax Returns and other financial reports filed by the
Purchaser, Sellers and their Affiliates shall be prepared consistently with the
allocations set forth in Section 2.2 of the Disclosure Schedule, as adjusted
pursuant to Section 2.2(d), and the Final Asset Allocation (subject to any
departure required to comply with applicable Law).
2.3 Sale and Purchase of Stock. On the terms and subject to the
conditions set forth herein, at the Closing the following transactions shall
occur in the following sequence and in accordance with Section 5.12 of the
Disclosure Schedule: (a) Grove France shall sell to Purchaser, and Purchaser
shall purchase from Grove France, all the outstanding capital stock of Delta
Manlift SAS, (b) Hanson Funding shall sell to Purchaser, and Purchaser shall
purchase from Hanson Funding, all of the outstanding capital stock of Grove
France, and (c) each Seller listed in Section 2.3 of the Disclosure Schedule
shall sell to Purchaser, and Purchaser shall purchase from such Seller, shares
constituting all the outstanding capital stock of each of the other Specified
Grove Parent Corporations. The capital stock to be sold pursuant to this Section
2.3 shall include, without limitation, the shares held by nominees listed in
Section 3.3 of the Disclosure Schedule.
18
<PAGE>
2.4 Sale and Purchase of the Specified Grove Assets. On the terms
and subject to the conditions set forth herein, at the Closing, Kidde shall
sell, transfer and deliver to Purchaser, and Purchaser shall purchase from
Kidde, the Specified Grove Assets.
2.5 Excluded Assets. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
herein, there shall be excluded from the Specified Grove Assets those assets set
forth in Section 2.5 of the Disclosure Schedule (the "Excluded Assets"). The
term Specified Grove Assets does not include the Excluded Assets.
2.6 Assumed Liabilities. As additional consideration for the
Specified Grove Assets, at the Closing, Purchaser shall assume, and undertake to
pay, perform and discharge when due, and Purchaser shall hold Sellers harmless
with respect to, all of the obligations and liabilities of Kidde related to the
Grove Operations whatsoever, whether arising before, on or after the Closing and
whether known or unknown, actual, fixed, contingent or otherwise, excluding the
Excluded Liabilities, but including (1) matters for which Purchaser is required
to indemnify Sellers pursuant to Section 7.2 and (2) the obligations and
liabilities of Kidde under the Sales Contracts (as such term is defined in the
HSBC Letter (the "Assumed Liabilities"). The payment, discharge, settlement and
compromise of all Assumed Liabilities with respect to which a claim or demand
for payment or performance is made by a third party to Kidde after the Closing
shall be conducted solely in accordance with the indemnification procedures
contained in Article VII hereof.
19
<PAGE>
2.7 Excluded Liabilities. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
herein, Purchaser shall not assume or in any way be responsible for, and Kidde
shall pay, perform and discharge when due, and Kidde shall hold Purchaser
harmless with respect to, all of the following obligations and liabilities,
whether arising before, on or after the Closing and whether known or unknown,
actual, fixed, contingent or otherwise, of Kidde: (1) the Kidde Retained
Environmental Liabilities, (2) the Kidde Retained ERISA Liabilities, (3) the
Kidde Retained Tax Liabilities, (4) liabilities with respect to indebtedness for
borrowed money and guarantees, letters of credit and similar obligations in
respect thereof, (5) liabilities with respect to payment obligations under the
Success Fee Agreements and the Change of Control Agreement identified as item
No. 6 on Section 1.1(b) of the Disclosure Schedule, (6) matters for which
Sellers are required to indemnify Purchaser pursuant to Section 7.3 and (7)
obligations of Kidde under the HSBC Letter (without prejudice to the obligations
which Purchaser has agreed to perform by virtue of its appointment as Agent
under the HSBC Agency Agreement) (together, the "Excluded Liabilities").
2.8 Post-Closing Adjustment.
(a) As promptly as practicable, but in any event, within 60
days following the Closing, Sellers shall, at their expense, prepare, or cause
to be prepared, and deliver to Purchaser a combined balance sheet of the Grove
Companies as of the Determination Date (the "Closing Balance Sheet"). The
Closing Balance Sheet shall be audited by Ernst & Young LLP, Sellers'
independent accountants. The Closing Balance
20
<PAGE>
Sheet shall be prepared in accordance with the principles, methods and examples
set forth in Section 1.1(a) of the Disclosure Schedule, and shall reflect the
taking of a physical inventory, which shall occur with reasonable advance notice
to Purchaser and its accountants, who shall have the opportunity to review and
observe the taking of such inventory count. The physical inventory shall be
taken in a manner consistent with the past practice of the Grove Operations;
provided, however, that at Purchaser's election, more extensive inventory
procedures not inconsistent with GAAS shall be employed.
(b) Within two Business Days following issuance of the Closing
Balance Sheet, the following adjustment payment, if any, shall be made:
(i) If the amount of the Closing Net Worth as set forth
on the Closing Balance Sheet is less than the Base Net Worth, the Sellers
shall make an adjustment payment in an amount equal to the excess of (x)
the Base Net Worth over (y) the Closing Net Worth as set forth on the
Closing Balance Sheet.
(ii) If the amount of the Closing Net Worth as set forth
on the Closing Balance Sheet is greater than the Base Net Worth, the
Purchaser shall make an adjustment payment in an amount equal to the
excess of (x) the Closing Net Worth as set forth on the Closing Balance
Sheet over (y) the Base Net Worth; provided, however, that the Purchaser's
adjustment payment shall in no event exceed $17,000,000.
21
<PAGE>
(c) During the 90-day period referred to in Section 2.8(d),
Purchaser or its representatives may request from Sellers, and Sellers shall
deliver promptly, any additional information reasonably required by Purchaser
for its review of the Closing Balance Sheet.
(d) Purchaser and Purchaser's accountants shall, within 90
days after the delivery by the Sellers of the Closing Balance Sheet, complete
their review of the Closing Balance Sheet. In the event that Purchaser does not
agree with Sellers' Closing Balance Sheet and the calculation of Closing Net
Worth therein, Purchaser shall inform Sellers in writing (the "Purchaser's
Objection"), setting forth a specific description of the basis of Purchaser's
Objection and the adjustments to such Closing Net Worth which Purchaser believes
should be made, on or before the last day of such 90-day period.
(e) Sellers shall have 30 days to review and respond to
Purchaser's Objection. Any further adjustment resulting from the resolution of
any aspects of Purchaser's Objection by the parties within such 30-day period
shall be paid promptly by the party required to make such payment to the party
entitled to receive it on or prior to the end of such 30-day period.
(f) If Sellers and Purchaser are unable to resolve any of
their remaining disagreements with respect to Purchaser's Objection within 10
days following Sellers' response to Purchaser's Objection, they shall refer
their remaining disagreements to Deloitte & Touche LLP, or another
internationally recognized firm of independent public
22
<PAGE>
accountants as to which the Sellers and Purchaser mutually agree (the "CPA
Firm"), who shall determine on the basis of the standards set forth in Section
1.1(a) of the Disclosure Schedule, and only with respect to the remaining
disagreements so submitted, whether and to what extent, if any, Closing Net
Worth as derived from the Closing Balance Sheet, requires adjustment. Sellers
and Purchaser shall direct the CPA Firm to use its best efforts to render its
determination within 45 days. The CPA Firm's determination shall be conclusive
and binding upon Purchaser and the Sellers. The fees and disbursements of the
CPA Firm shall be shared equally by Purchaser, on the one hand, and Sellers, on
the other hand. Purchaser and the Sellers shall make readily available to the
CPA Firm and to each other all relevant books and records and any work papers
(including those of the parties' respective accountants) relating to the Closing
Balance Sheet and all other items reasonably requested by the CPA Firm or a
party hereto.
(g) In the event the CPA firm makes a determination in the
favor of one party, the other party shall promptly make an adjustment payment to
the party in whose favor the determination was made in accordance with such
determination.
(h) All payments required to be made by this Section 2.8 shall
include interest thereon from the Closing Date through the date of payment at
the LIBOR rate; provided, however, that, with respect to any amount paid after
the date of delivery of Purchaser's Objection (the "Objection Date"), the
interest rate shall be increased to the LIBOR rate plus 2.75% from the Objection
Date through the date of payment; and further
23
<PAGE>
provided that if any payment under this Section 2.8 is not made within 10 days
of the date payable, the applicable rate of interest shall be increased by 2%
per annum for the period from the day following such date through the date such
payment is made. All adjustment payments payable pursuant to this Section 2.8
shall be paid in dollars by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an
account designated by the party entitled to receive the adjustment payment.
(i) The parties shall provide each other and their accountants
and their representatives reasonable access during normal business hours to the
books and records of the Grove Companies, other relevant information, including
work papers of their accountants, and to any employees to the extent necessary
for the Sellers to prepare the Closing Balance Sheet and for Purchaser to
respond thereto.
(j) Any adjustment payment made pursuant to this Section 2.8
shall be allocated among the Specified Grove Corporations and the Specified
Grove Assets (as an entirety) other than Grove France and Delta Manlift SAS in
proportion to the amounts set forth in Section 2.2 of the Disclosure Schedule
other than amounts allocated to Grove France and Delta Manlift SAS.
2.9 Closing. The Closing shall take place at the offices of Paul,
Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison, 1285 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New
York 10019 at 10:00 A.M. (New York City time), on the second business day
following the satisfaction or waiver (by the party entitled to waive the
condition) of all conditions to the Closing set
24
<PAGE>
forth in Article VI, or at such other time and place (including local
jurisdictions, in the case of the sale of the capital stock of the non-U.S.
Specified Grove Parent Corporations) as the parties hereto may mutually agree.
The date on which the Closing occurs is called the "Closing Date."
ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLERS
Sellers jointly and severally represent and warrant to Purchaser as
follows:
3.1 The Grove Operations. Section 3.1(a) of the Disclosure Schedule
sets forth a list of the corporations that directly conduct the Grove Operations
and the jurisdiction of incorporation of each such corporation. Section 3.1(b)
of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a complete and accurate corporate
structure chart showing each of such corporations in relation to Hanson. Except
for the matters described in Section 3.1(c) of the Disclosure Schedule, the
entirety of the Grove Operations are conducted, owned and managed by such
corporations.
3.1A Specified Grove Assets. At the Closing, the Specified Grove
Assets will constitute all rights, properties and other assets that are,
individually or in the aggregate, material to the conduct of the Grove
Operations as they were conducted by Kidde on the Balance Sheet Date, with such
additions thereto and deletions therefrom as may have occurred thereafter in the
ordinary course or as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement.
25
<PAGE>
3.2 Organization and Qualification. Each of the Sellers and each of
the Specified Grove Corporations is a corporation duly organized, validly
existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its
incorporation and has all requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease
and operate its assets and properties and to carry on its business as currently
conducted. Each of the Specified Grove Corporations is duly licensed or
qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in
each jurisdiction where the ownership, lease or operation of its assets and
properties or the conduct of its business requires such license or
qualification, except where the failure to be so licensed or qualified or in
good standing, as the case may be, would not have a Material Adverse Effect.
Sellers have delivered or otherwise made available to Purchaser, with respect to
each of the Specified Grove Corporations, true, complete and correct copies of
(i) its charter, bylaws or other organizational documents, as currently in
effect, and (ii) minutes of all meetings (or written consents in lieu of
meetings) of its Boards of Directors and stockholders. All material action taken
by the Boards of Directors and stockholders of each of the Specified Grove
Corporations is reflected in such minutes and written consents.
3.3 Capitalization. Subject to such changes as shall be made in
compliance with Section 5.12, the authorized, issued and outstanding capital
stock of each of the Specified Grove Corporations, and the record and beneficial
owner or owners thereof, are set forth in Section 3.3 of the Disclosure
Schedule. All of the outstanding shares of capital stock of each of the
Specified Grove Corporations are duly authorized, validly issued, fully
26
<PAGE>
paid and nonassessable. Other than pursuant to this Agreement, there is no
preemptive right, subscription right, option, warrant, call, right, contract,
agreement, commitment, understanding or arrangement with respect to the
issuance, sale, delivery or transfer of the capital stock of any of the
Specified Grove Corporations, including any right of conversion or exchange
under any security or other instrument. No Person (other than Sellers or another
Grove Company) has any right arising out of any interest in the capital stock of
any of the Specified Grove Corporations to participate in, or receive any
payment based on any amount relating to, the revenue, income, value, net worth
or other financial measure of the Specified Grove Corporations or any component
or portion thereof, or any increase or decrease in any of the foregoing.
3.4 Subsidiaries and Investments. (a) Section 3.4 of the Disclosure
Schedule sets forth the name and jurisdiction of incorporation of each
Subsidiary or other entity in which any of the Specified Grove Corporations
directly or indirectly owns any shares of any capital stock or other ownership
interest. Except for the entities listed in Section 3.4 of the Disclosure
Schedule, the Specified Grove Corporations do not directly or indirectly own any
equity interest in any other Person.
(b) Grove Manlift Pty. Ltd. is an Australian limited
corporation organized on December 9, 1996 and has incurred no liabilities,
contingent or otherwise, other than in the ordinary course since the date of its
formation.
27
<PAGE>
3.5 Corporate Authorization. Each of Sellers and their Affiliates
has full corporate power and authority, and full legal right, to enter into,
execute and deliver those of this Agreement, the Tax Sharing and Indemnification
Agreements and the Supplemental Agreements to which it is or will become a
party, and to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder. The execution,
delivery and performance by the Sellers of this Agreement, and by each of
Sellers and their Affiliates of the Tax Sharing and Indemnification Agreements
and the Supplemental Agreements have been duly and validly authorized by all
necessary corporate and shareholder consent and approval and no additional
corporate or shareholder authorization or consent is required in connection with
the execution, delivery and performance by the Sellers of this Agreement, and by
each of Sellers and their Affiliates of the Tax Sharing and Indemnification
Agreements or any Supplemental Agreements.
3.6 Consents and Approvals. Except as specifically set forth in
Section 6.1(a) of this Agreement or Section 3.6 of the Disclosure Schedule, no
material consent, approval, waiver, license, permit or authorization is required
to be obtained by any Seller or any of the Specified Grove Corporations from,
and no material notice or filing is required to be given by any Seller or any of
the Specified Grove Corporations to or made by any Seller or any of the
Specified Grove Corporations with, any Governmental Authority or other Person in
connection with the execution, delivery or performance by any Seller of this
Agreement, and by any Seller or any of their Affiliates of the Tax Sharing and
Indemnification Agreements or any Supplemental Agreement.
28
<PAGE>
3.7 Non-Contravention. The execution, delivery and performance by
each Seller of this Agreement, and by each of Sellers and their Affiliates of
the Tax Sharing and Indemnification Agreements and the Supplemental Agreements,
and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, does
not and will not (i) violate any provision of the charter, bylaws or other
organizational documents of any Seller, any such Affiliate, or any of the
Specified Grove Corporations; (ii) subject to obtaining the consents and
approvals referred to in Sections 3.6 and 6.1(a) and, to the Knowledge of
Sellers with respect to the Specified Grove Assets conflict with, or result in
the breach of, or constitute a default under, or result in the termination,
cancellation or acceleration (whether after the filing of notice or the lapse of
time or both) of any right or obligation of any of the Grove Companies under, or
to a loss of any benefit to which any of the Grove Companies is entitled under,
any Contract; (iii) assuming compliance with the matters set forth in Sections
3.6, 4.3 and 6.1(a), violate, or result in a breach of or constitute a default
under any Law to which any Seller, any such Affiliate, (to the Knowledge of
Sellers) or any of the Specified Grove Corporations is subject; or (iv) results
in the creation of any Encumbrances on the assets of the Specified Grove
Corporations or, to the Knowledge of Sellers, on the Specified Grove Assets,
other than in the cases of clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv), any conflict, breach,
termination, default, cancellation, acceleration, loss or violation which would
not individually be material.
3.8 Binding Effect. This Agreement constitutes and, when executed
and delivered at the Closing, the Tax Sharing and Indemnification Agreements and
any
29
<PAGE>
Supplemental Agreement will constitute, a valid and legally binding obligation
of each Seller and Affiliate of Sellers party thereto, enforceable in accordance
with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium
and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors'
rights and to general equity principles.
3.9 Financial Statements; Absence of Certain Changes.
(a) The audited combined balance sheets of the Grove Companies
at September 30, 1997 (the "Balance Sheet") and at September 30, 1996 and the
audited combined statements of operations of the Grove Companies for the three
fiscal years ended September 30, 1997, September 30, 1996 and September 30,
1995, attached as Section 3.9(a)(1) of the Disclosure Schedule (collectively,
the "Audited Financial Statements") fairly present, in all material respects,
the combined financial condition of the Grove Companies as of the dates thereof,
or their combined results of operations for the periods then ended, as the case
may be, in accordance with GAAP. September 30, 1997 is referred to herein as the
"Balance Sheet Date." The unaudited combined balance sheets of the Grove
Companies at December 31, 1997 and December 31, 1996 and the combined statements
of operations of the Grove Companies for the fiscal quarters ended December 31,
1997 and December 31, 1996 attached as Section 3.9(a)(2) of the Disclosure
Schedule (the "Unaudited First Quarter Financial Statements") fairly present, in
all material respects, the combined financial condition of the Grove Companies
as of the dates thereof, or their combined results of operations for the periods
then ended, as the case may be, in accordance with GAAP, except
30
<PAGE>
for normal year-end audit adjustments which will not, individually or in the
aggregate, be material.
(b) The Grove Companies have no indebtedness, obligation,
claims or liability of a nature required to be reflected on a balance sheet
prepared in accordance with GAAP, except for (i) liabilities reflected or
reserved for in the Balance Sheet; (ii) liabilities incurred after the Balance
Sheet Date and disclosed (or below the threshold requiring disclosure) in the
Disclosure Schedule to this Agreement; and (iii) liabilities that would not
individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect and will either
be satisfied prior to the Closing or reflected in the Closing Balance Sheet. All
accounts receivable to be reflected on the Closing Balance Sheet shall have
arisen in the ordinary course.
(c) Except as set forth in Section 3.9(c) of the Disclosure
Schedule or otherwise disclosed in this Agreement, since the date of the Balance
Sheet, each of the Grove Companies has conducted its business in the ordinary
course and, other than in the ordinary course, has not: (i) sold, assigned,
pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred any assets or properties; (ii)
terminated (other than in accordance with its terms) or amended in a manner
materially adverse to the Grove Operations any material Contract; (iii) suffered
any damage, destruction or other casualty loss material to the Grove Operations
(whether or not covered by insurance); (iv) increased or accelerated, or taken
any action that could increase or accelerate, the compensation payable or to
become payable to any employees or
31
<PAGE>
increased or accelerated, or taken any actions that could increase or
accelerate, any benefits under any Benefit Plan or Employee Arrangement; (v) in
the case of the Specified Grove Corporations, incurred or assumed, or agreed to
incur or assume, any liability (whether or not currently due and payable) not
relating to the Grove Operations; or (vi) entered into an agreement to do any of
the foregoing.
3.10 No Material Adverse Change. Since the Balance Sheet Date, there
has been no Material Adverse Change.
3.11 Litigation and Non-Warranty Claims; Orders and Judgments.
(a) Section 3.11(a) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a
complete and accurate list of any individually material civil, criminal or
administrative action, suit, claim (other than warranty claim), hearing,
arbitration, proceeding or investigation pending or, to the Knowledge of
Sellers, threatened, against any of the Grove Companies.
(b) Except as set forth in Section 3.11(b) of the Disclosure
Schedule, there is no individually material order, writ, judgment, award,
injunction or decree of any Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction
against or affecting any of the Grove Companies.
3.12 Taxes.
(a) All federal, state, local and foreign income Tax Returns
and all other material Tax Returns required to be filed by or on behalf of any
of the Specified Grove Corporations or any Affiliated Group of which any of the
Specified Grove Corporations is or
32
<PAGE>
was a member have been timely filed and all such Tax Returns are true and
complete in all material respects, and all material Taxes owed by the Specified
Grove Corporations or any Affiliated Group for each taxable period during which
any of the Specified Grove Corporations was a member of such group have been
paid.
(b) No audit examination, deficiency assessment, refund
litigation or other administrative or court proceeding with respect to any Tax
Returns or Taxes of the Specified Grove Corporations is pending or, to the
Knowledge of Sellers, threatened. There are no material unpaid Tax deficiency
assessments or adjustments concerning any Tax Return or Tax liability of any of
the Specified Grove Corporations.
(c) There are no outstanding agreements or waivers to extend
the period of limitations for the filing of any Tax Return of any Specified
Grove Corporation or the assessment or collection of any Tax from any Specified
Grove Corporation and no power of attorney relating to Tax matters is currently
in force. None of the Specified Grove Corporations has entered into any closing
agreement pursuant to Section 7121 of the Code or any predecessor provision
thereof or any similar provision of state, local or foreign Law.
(d) Each of the Specified Grove Corporations has withheld and
timely deposited or paid all material Taxes required to have been withheld and
deposited or paid in connection with amounts paid or owing to any independent
contractor, stockholder or other third party.
33
<PAGE>
(e) None of the Specified Grove Corporations is a party to any
agreement, contract, arrangement or plan that would result, separately or in the
aggregate, in the payment of any "excess parachute payment" within the meaning
of Section 280G of the Code either as a result of the transaction contemplated
hereunder or otherwise.
(f) Except for the Demerger Tax Indemnification Agreements,
the Krupp Purchase Agreements and the Delta Purchase Agreement, none of the
Specified Grove Corporations is a party to, bound by or subject to any
obligation under any Tax sharing, Tax indemnification, or similar agreement.
(g) None of the Specified Grove Corporations has filed a
consent pursuant to Section 341(f) of the Code or agreed to have Section
341(f)(2) of the Code apply to any disposition of a subsection (f) asset (as
such term is defined in Section 341(f)(4) of the Code) owned by any of them.
(h) No property owned by any of the Grove Companies is
property that the Purchaser, any of the Grove Companies or any of their
Affiliates is or will be required to treat as being owned by another Person
pursuant to the provisions of Section 168(f)(8) of the Internal Revenue Code of
1954, as amended and in effect immediately prior to the enactment of the Tax
Reform Act of 1986, is tax-exempt use property within the meaning of Section
168(h)(1) of the Code or tax-exempt bond financed property within the meaning of
Section 168(g) of the Code.
34
<PAGE>
(i) None of the Specified Grove Corporations is now, or during
the applicable period specified in Section 897(c)(1)(A)(ii) of the Code, was, a
United States real property holding corporation within the meaning of Section
897 of the Code.
(j) None of the Specified Grove Corporations has agreed to or
is required to make any adjustments under Section 481(a) of the Code by reason
of a change in accounting method or otherwise.
(k) None of the foreign Specified Grove Corporations owns any
United States property as defined in Section 956(c) of the Code.
(l) Section 3.12(l) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth all
material Federal, state, local and foreign Tax elections that are in effect with
respect to the Specified Grove Corporations that would be binding on the
Specified Grove Corporations after the Closing.
3.13 Employee Benefits. Except as set forth in Section 3.13 of the
Disclosure Schedule:
(a) There are no (i) "employee benefit plans," as defined in
Section 3(3) of ERISA, maintained with respect to current or former employees of
the Grove Companies (the "Grove Business Employees"), other than any plan,
including any statutory plan, maintained outside the United States with respect
to Grove Business Employees substantially all of whom are employed outside of
the United States ("Foreign Plans"), to which any of the Grove Companies has an
obligation to make contributions, or for which any
35
<PAGE>
of the Grove Companies has any direct, indirect, actual or contingent liability,
other than joint and several liability with any Seller or its other Affiliates
for plans maintained or contributed to by such Seller or any Affiliate ("Benefit
Plans"); or (ii) material bonus or other incentive compensation, deferred
compensation, salary continuation during any absence from active employment for
disability or other reasons, severance, sick days, stock award, stock option,
stock purchase, tuition assistance, vacation pay or other employee benefit
agreements, policies or arrangements (other than Benefit Plans, Individual
Arrangements or Foreign Plans), or similar agreements, policies or arrangements
applicable to non-employee service providers, to which any of the Grove
Companies is a party or for which any of the Grove Companies has any liability,
other than joint and several liability with any Seller or its other Affiliates
for plans or arrangements maintained or contributed to by such Seller or
Affiliate, ("Employee Arrangements"); or (iii) individual employment, severance,
termination, bonus or other compensation arrangements or agreements with respect
to Grove Business Employees, other than arrangements or agreements applicable to
non-U.S. Grove Business Employees who are not officers, to which any of the
Grove Companies is a party or for which any of the Grove Companies has any
liabilities, other than joint and several liability with any Seller or its other
Affiliates for arrangements or agreements maintained or contributed to by such
Seller or Affiliate (the "Individual Arrangements").
(b) With respect to each Benefit Plan, Employee Arrangement
and Individual Arrangement, a complete and correct copy of each of the following
documents (if
36
<PAGE>
applicable) has been provided or made available to Purchaser: (i) the most
recent plan or governing document and related trust documents, and all material
amendments thereto; (ii) the most recent summary plan description and all
related summaries of material modifications; (iii) the most recent Form 5500
(including schedules); (iv) the most recent IRS determination letter (and any
pending application therefor); and (v) the most recent annual audited financial
statement and opinion (including for purposes of Financial Accounting Standards
Board Report no. 87, 106 and 112) and actuarial reports, with respect to any
Benefit Plan or Employee Arrangement which is an employee pension benefit plan
(as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA) or which provides post-retirement benefits
or, if none, as of the most recent date available, information regarding the
value of plan assets, the current liability for benefits under such Benefit Plan
or Employee Arrangement and all actuarial and other assumptions used to
determine such funded status and current liability.
(c) None of the Benefit Plans is subject to Section 4063 or
4064 of ERISA.
(d) All Benefit Plans, Employee Arrangements and Individual
Arrangements are in material compliance with all applicable Laws. The Benefit
Plans and their related trusts intended to qualify under Section 401 of the Code
and 501(a) of the Code, respectively, have been determined by the IRS to qualify
or be exempt under such Sections and, no event has occurred which, individually
or in the aggregate, would reasonably be
37
<PAGE>
expected to give rise to disqualification of such Benefit Plan under the Code or
to a material liability.
(e) All payments or contributions required to have been made
under any Benefit Plan, Employee Arrangement or Individual Arrangement or any
Law relating thereto have been made by the due date therefor (including any
valid extensions). All amounts properly accrued as liabilities to or expenses of
any Benefit Plan or Employee Arrangement which have not been paid have been
properly reflected on the Balance Sheet to the extent required by GAAP.
(f) The Benefit Plans, Employee Arrangements and Individual
Arrangements have been maintained and administered, in all material respects, in
accordance with their terms and applicable Laws, including but not limited to
Laws relating to the filing of applicable reports, documents and notices
regarding any Benefit Plans, Employee Arrangements and Individual Arrangements
with the Secretary of Labor and the Secretary of the Treasury, or the furnishing
of such documents to participants in the Benefit Plans, Employee Arrangements
and Individual Arrangements.
(g) There are no material pending or, to the Knowledge of
Sellers, threatened actions, claims or proceedings against either (i) any
Benefit Plan or Employee Arrangement or its assets, plan sponsor, plan
administrator or fiduciaries with respect to such Benefit Plan or Employee
Arrangement (other than benefit claims in the ordinary course), or
38
<PAGE>
(ii) any of the Grove Companies on account of any Individual Arrangement,
Benefit Plan or Employee Arrangement.
(h) Except for the Long-Term Incentive Plans, the Management
Incentive Plans and the Excluded Liabilities, neither the execution and delivery
of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby
will (i) result in any Grove Business Employee becoming entitled to any
severance, unemployment or similar payment, (ii) increase any benefits under any
Benefit Plan or Employee Arrangement or the amount payable under any Individual
Arrangement, (iii) result in the acceleration of the time of (x) payment or
vesting of any benefits under any Benefit Plan or Employee Arrangement or (y)
the amount payable under any Individual Arrangement, (iv) constitute or involve
a "prohibited transaction" (as described in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975
of the Code), or (v) give rise to any claim directly or indirectly against the
Purchaser or any of the Grove Companies whether under any Benefit Plan, Employee
Arrangement, Individual Arrangement or otherwise, for severance or other
payments resulting from the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
(i) There have been no "prohibited transactions" and there
have been no acts or omissions, with respect to any Benefit Plan, other than
Foreign Plans, which have given rise to or may give rise to any material fines,
penalties, Taxes or related charges under Sections 502(c), 502(i), 502(l) or
4071 of ERISA or Chapter 43 of the Code for which Purchaser or any of the Grove
Companies may directly or indirectly be liable.
39
<PAGE>
(j) With respect to each Benefit Plan subject to either Code
Section 412 or ERISA Section 302 (i) such plan uses a funding method permissible
under ERISA and the actuarial assumptions used in connection therewith are
individually and in the aggregate reasonable; and (ii) since the date of the
last actuarial reports, except as set forth in Section 3.9(c) of the Disclosure
Schedule, there has been no material change in the level of benefits provided
thereunder, the number of participants in or the amount of assets under any
Benefit Plan which is a "pension plan" (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA).
(k) Each Benefit Plan and Employee Arrangement which is a
"group health plan" (as defined in ERISA section 607(1) or Code Section
5001(b)(1)) has been operated at all times in good faith compliance in all
material respects with the provisions of COBRA. No Benefit Plan or Employee
Arrangement is a multiple employer welfare arrangement as defined in ERISA
Section 3(40).
(l) No assets of the Grove Operations are subject to any lien
under ERISA Section 302(f) or Code Section 412(n).
(m) There are no (i) Retiree Welfare Plans; (ii) material
unfunded benefit obligations with respect to any Grove Business Employee as of
the Balance Sheet Date which are not fairly reflected by reserves shown on the
Balance Sheet; or (iii) reserves, assets, surpluses or prepaid premiums with
respect to any welfare plan (as defined in Section 3(l) of ERISA).
40
<PAGE>
(n) No Benefit Plan is a "multiple employer plan" or a
"multiemployer plan" within the meaning of the Code or ERISA or the regulations
promulgated thereunder.
(o) No reportable event (within the meaning of ERISA Section
4043) has occurred or, to the Knowledge of Sellers, may reasonably be expected
to occur with respect to any Benefit Plan.
(p) Within the five years prior to the Closing, no Benefit
Plan that is or was subject to Title IV has been terminated, no filing of a
notice of intent to terminate such a Benefit Plan has been made, and the Pension
Benefit Guaranty Corporation has not initiated any proceeding to terminate any
such Benefit Plan. To the Knowledge of Sellers, no event has occurred, and no
condition or circumstance exists, which presents a material risk that any
Benefit Plan has experienced or is likely to experience a partial termination,
within the meaning of Code Section 411(d)(3).
(q) With respect to each Foreign Plan, to the extent
applicable: (i) such plan is duly registered where required by, and in good
standing under, all applicable Laws, and any regulations thereunder, and, to the
Knowledge of Sellers, no events have occurred or conditions exist that could
jeopardize such status, (ii) such plan is in material compliance and has been
maintained in all material respects in accordance with its terms and applicable
Law, and (iii) during the last three years, no actuarial surplus has been
removed
41
<PAGE>
nor has any surplus been used to offset any contribution obligations of any of
the non-U.S. Grove Companies under any such plan.
3.14 Compliance with Laws; Certain Payments.
(a) Except as set forth in Sections 3.6, 3.15 or 3.15A of the
Disclosure Schedule, each of the Grove Companies is in material compliance with
all Laws and has all material Governmental Authorizations, it being understood
that nothing in this representation is intended to address any compliance issue
that is the subject of any other representation or warranty set forth herein.
(b) To the Knowledge of Sellers, none of the Grove Companies
has made any illegal payment to officers or employees of any Governmental
Authority, or any insurance company or fire rating and any other similar board
or organization or other non-governmental regulating body to the extent that the
rules, regulations or orders of such body have the force of law, or made any
illegal payment to customers for the sharing of fees or to customers or
suppliers for rebating of charges, or engaged in any other illegal reciprocal
practice, or made any illegal payment or given any other illegal consideration
to purchasing agents or other representatives of customers in respect of sales
made or to be made by the Grove Companies.
3.15 Environmental Matters. Except as specifically set forth in
Sections 3.15 or 3.15A of the Disclosure Schedule:
42
<PAGE>
(a) Each of the Grove Companies is in compliance in all
material respects with all applicable Environmental Laws and has no material
liabilities under any Environmental Law;
(b) None of the Sellers nor any of the Grove Companies has
received any written notice of any violation or alleged violation by any of the
Grove Companies of, or any liability of any of the Grove Companies under, any
Environmental Law, during the past three years; and
(c) There are no writs, injunctions, decrees, orders or
judgments outstanding, or any actions, suits, proceedings or investigations
pending or, to the Knowledge of Sellers, threatened, relating to compliance by
any of the Grove Companies with, or the liability of any of the Grove Companies
under, any Environmental Law.
3.16 Intellectual Property.
(a) The Grove Companies own or are licensed or otherwise have
the right to use all of the material Intellectual Property that is used in
connection with the Grove Operations as conducted at the Balance Sheet Date.
(b) Section 3.16(b)(1) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a
true and correct list of all registered Intellectual Property (and all pending
applications for registration of Intellectual Property) owned by the Grove
Companies and all material Intellectual Property licensed by or to the Grove
Companies ("IP Licenses"). The Grove Companies have performed in all material
respects all obligations imposed upon them under
43
<PAGE>
all IP Licenses and to the Knowledge of Sellers, no material default has
occurred under any Intellectual Property required to be listed in Section
3.16(b)(1) of the Disclosure Schedule which default has not been cured or
waived. To the Knowledge of Sellers, all of the registered Intellectual Property
and IP Licenses listed in Section 3.16(b)(1) of the Disclosure Schedule are
valid, enforceable and are full force and effect.
(c) To the Knowledge of Sellers, except as set forth in
Section 3.16(c) of the Disclosure Schedule, no product (or component thereof or
process) currently used, advertised, distributed, imported, sold or manufactured
by any of the Grove Companies and no material Intellectual Property of the Grove
Companies infringes on or otherwise violates any Intellectual Property rights of
any other Person.
(d) Except as set forth in Section 3.16(d) of the Disclosure
Schedule, there are no actions or proceedings pending or, to the Knowledge of
Sellers, threatened challenging the validity, enforceability, use or ownership
of any material Intellectual Property of any of the Grove Companies, and, to the
Knowledge of Sellers, no Person is infringing or otherwise violating any
material Intellectual Property of any of the Grove Companies.
3.17 Labor Matters. Except as disclosed in Section 3.17 of the
Disclosure Schedule:
(a) None of the Grove Companies is a party to any labor or
collective bargaining agreement or similar (outside the United States) Contract
with any
44
<PAGE>
Person with respect to its employees and the terms and conditions of their
employment (other than Individual Arrangements), no employees of any of the
Grove Companies are represented by any labor or equivalent organization (other
than as required by applicable Law) with respect to the terms and conditions of
their employment, and there are no organizing activities (including any demand
for recognition or certification proceedings) pending or, to the Knowledge of
Sellers, threatened to be brought or filed with the National Labor Relations
Board or other labor relations tribunal or Governmental Authority involving any
of the Grove Companies or their respective employees;
(b) There are, and for the past three years there have been,
no strikes, material work stoppages, material disputes, slowdowns or lockouts
("Industrial Actions") pending or, to the Knowledge of Sellers, threatened
against or involving any of the Grove Companies or their respective employees;
(c) There are no material audits, complaints, charges, claims
or proceedings against any of the Grove Companies pending or, to the Knowledge
of Sellers, threatened to be brought or filed with any Governmental Authority
(i) based on or arising out of (x) the employment of or termination of
employment by any of the Grove Companies of any employee or (y) the terms and
conditions of employment of any employee;
(d) Each of the Grove Companies is in material compliance with
all Laws pertaining to the employment of labor, including (i) all material
applicable requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, as
amended, within the
45
<PAGE>
United States and comparable workplace-safety Laws of all other applicable
jurisdictions; (ii) all material applicable Laws affecting or in any way
relating to labor union activities, civil rights or employment, including
without limitation, in the United States, Title VII, Civil Rights Act of 1964 as
amended; the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended; the Equal
Employment Opportunity Act of 1972, as amended; the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974, as amended; the Equal Pay Act; the National Labor
Relations Act; the Rehabilitation Act; the Vietnam Era Veteran Reemployment Act;
the Immigration Reform Control Act, as amended; the Fair Labor Standards Act, as
amended; the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993; the Americans with
Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended; Sections 1981 through 1988 of Title 42 of
the United States Code, as amended; and (iii) all material applicable Laws
relating to workers compensation, immigration and visa matters and the
collection and payment of withholding and/or payroll Taxes and similar Taxes
with respect to all employees and former employees of any of the Grove
Companies;
(e) During the last three years, (i) there has not been
effectuated with respect to the Grove Operations a "plant closing" (as defined
in the WARN Act) affecting any site of employment or one or more facilities or
operating units within any site of employment or facility of the Grove
Operations or a "mass layoff" (as defined in the WARN Act) affecting any site of
employment or facility of the Grove Operations and (ii) the Grove Operations
have not been engaged in layoffs or employment terminations sufficient in number
to trigger application of any similar state, local or foreign Law. During the
six
46
<PAGE>
months prior to the date hereof none of the employees of the Grove Companies has
suffered an "employment loss" (as defined in the WARN Act); and
(f) No executive of, or other employee whose services are
otherwise material to, the Grove Operations as conducted on the Balance Sheet
Date is employed by any Affiliate of the Grove Companies or any other party.
3.18 Contracts.
(a) Section 3.18(a) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a
list, as of the date hereof, of each Contract (other than (i) purchase and sale
orders or arrangements in the ordinary course of business, (ii) any Contract
(other than one referred to in clause (i)) involving the payment of less than
$250,000 in the aggregate and with a term of one year or less and (iii)
confidentiality agreements entered into in the usual course of business).
Section 3.18(a) of the Disclosure Schedule does not omit any Contract with a
Significant Distributor or any Contract that is material to the Grove Operations
taken as a whole.
(b) Each Contract required to be listed in Section 3.18(a) is
a valid and binding agreement of one of the Grove Companies and, to the
Knowledge of Sellers, is in full force and effect. To the Knowledge of Sellers,
no material default has occurred under any Contract required to be listed in
Section 3.18(a) of the Disclosure Schedule which default has not been cured or
waived.
(c) To the Knowledge of Sellers, as of the date of this
Agreement no Significant Distributor has terminated or threatened to terminate
its Contract with the
47
<PAGE>
Grove Companies upon the consummation of the sale and purchase contemplated by
this Agreement.
3.19 Property.
(a) Section 3.19(a) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a
list of all real property owned by each of the Grove Companies as of the date
hereof, other than easements, rights-of-way and similar interests in real
property (the "Owned Real Property").
(b) As of the Closing, each of the Grove Companies will have
good and marketable title to all of the assets and properties which it then owns
and which will be reflected on the Closing Balance Sheet, including the Owned
Real Property, free and clear of all Encumbrances, except (i) as set forth in
Section 3.19(b) or the footnote to Section 3.19(d) of the Disclosure Schedule;
(ii) as disclosed in the Balance Sheet; (iii) liens for Taxes, assessments,
water and sewer rents and other governmental charges not yet due and payable or
being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; and (iv) (A)
easements, quasi easements, licenses, covenants, rights of way, utility
agreements and other similar restrictions, (B) any conditions that may be shown
by a current survey, (C) any exceptions and conditions contained in any title
insurance policies to be obtained by Purchaser prior to the Closing, (D) Laws
that affect the use of the Owned Real Property including zoning, building and
other similar restrictions and (E) other Encumbrances that in the case of
clauses, A, B, C, D and E do not, individually or in the aggregate, in any
material respect
48
<PAGE>
interfere with or impair the continued use of the material Owned Real Property
in the ordinary course (clauses (i) through (iv) collectively, "Permitted
Encumbrances").
(c) Except as disclosed in Section 3.19(c) of the Disclosure
Schedule, there is no pending or, to the Knowledge of Sellers, threatened or
proposed proceeding or governmental action to condemn, to take by the power of
eminent domain (or to purchase in lieu thereof) or otherwise to take or restrict
in any material respect the right to use, develop or alter, all or any part of
any material Real Property, it being understood that the proposal or adoption of
Laws of general application shall not be deemed to be a breach of this
representation and warranty.
(d) Section 3.19(d) of the Disclosure Schedule is a true,
correct and complete schedule of all leases, subleases, licenses and other
Contracts (including "Inheritable Building Rights" in Germany) under which any
of the Grove Companies uses or occupies any material Real Property
(collectively, the "Real Property Leases") (the land, buildings and other
improvements covered by the Real Property Leases being herein called the "Leased
Real Property") which Section 3.19(d) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth the
date of and parties to each Real Property Lease, and each material amendment,
modification and supplement thereto. Each of the Sellers have heretofore
delivered to Purchaser true, correct and complete copies of all Real Property
Leases (including all material modifications, amendments and supplements). Each
Real Property Lease is valid and binding on the relevant Grove Company and, to
the Knowledge of Sellers, is in full force and effect, and, to
49
<PAGE>
the Knowledge of Sellers, no material default has occurred under any Real
Property Lease which default has not been cured or waived. None of the Grove
Companies has failed to make any payment payable by the Grove Companies as
tenants under any Real Property Lease, the non-payment of which would permit the
respective landlord to terminate such Real Property Lease. Except for
Encumbrances that do not, individually or in the aggregate, interfere in any
material respect with, or materially increase the cost of, the use, occupancy or
operation of the applicable parcel of Leased Real Property as currently used,
occupied and operated (collectively, the "Permitted Leased Real Property
Exceptions"), the Grove Companies hold the leasehold estates under and interests
in each Real Property Lease free and clear of all Encumbrances.
(e) Upon transfer of the Specified Grove Assets to be conveyed
by Sellers to Purchaser in accordance with the terms of Article II hereof,
Purchaser will receive valid and marketable title to all of the Specified Grove
Assets, free and clear of all Encumbrances, except Permitted Encumbrances.
3.20 Title to Shares. Each Seller is the record (except as disclosed
in Section 3.3 of the Disclosure Schedule) and beneficial owner of all of the
shares of the Specified Grove Parent Corporations to be conveyed by such Seller,
free and clear of all Encumbrances. The shares of the Specified Grove Parent
Corporations held by nominees as listed in Section 3.3 of the Disclosure
Schedule are subject to valid, binding and duly executed stock powers or other
transfer forms in favor of Sellers. Upon transfer of the
50
<PAGE>
shares of the Specified Grove Parent Corporations to the Purchaser in accordance
with the terms of Article II hereof, Purchaser will receive valid and marketable
title to the shares of the Specified Grove Parent Corporations free and clear of
all Encumbrances.
3.21 Product Warranties. Set forth in Section 3.21(a) of the
Disclosure Schedule are the standard forms of product warranties given during
the last three years by the Grove Companies in connection with the Grove
Operations. To the Knowledge of Sellers, Section 3.21(b) of the Disclosure
Schedule sets forth, as of the date hereof, a complete list of product
improvement programs currently in process or contemplated by Sellers.
3.22 Potential Conflicts of Interest. Neither Hanson nor any of its
Subsidiaries nor, to the Knowledge of Sellers, any officers or directors of
Sellers or the Grove Companies:
(a) owns, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, any
material tangible or intangible property used in the conduct of the Grove
Operations or is party to any material Contract that relates to such business in
any manner;
(b) has any cause of action or other claim whatsoever against,
or owes any amount to, the Grove Companies, except for warranty or employee
benefits claims in the ordinary course of business; or
(c) is a party to any transaction with the Grove Companies
other than those which are at an arm's length basis or on terms more favorable
than those that
51
<PAGE>
could be available from an unaffiliated third party; provided, however, that
this clause (c) shall not apply to any matter disclosed (or below the threshold
requiring disclosure) in Section 3.13 of the Disclosure Schedule.
3.23 Insurance.
(a) Section 3.23(a)(1) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a
list of all policies or binders of fire, liability, business interruption,
property, product liability, worker's compensation, vehicular, and other
insurance held since January 1, 1988 by or on behalf of or for the benefit of
the Grove Companies or any Affiliates and relating to the Grove Operations,
including the Portfolio Transfer Agreement but excluding any directors and
officers insurance ("Grove Insurance Policies"). Purchaser acknowledges that it
has received from Sellers copies of the documentation relating to the Portfolio
Transfer Agreement identified in Section 3.23(a)(2) of the Disclosure Schedule.
To the Knowledge of Sellers, Sellers have provided Purchaser with all relevant
documentation (including, without limitation, correspondence with and
submissions to the brokers and insurers) relating to the Portfolio Transfer
Agreement.
(b) The Grove Insurance Policies are valid and binding in
accordance with their terms, and are in full force and effect.
(c) Neither any Grove Company, Seller nor any of their
Affiliates is in material default with respect to any provision contained in any
Grove Insurance Policy or has failed to give any notice or present any claim
under any Grove Insurance Policy in
52
<PAGE>
proper and timely fashion except, in the case of occurrence-based
umbrella/excess policies, claims which it did not reasonably expect would give
rise to coverage under such policies.
(d) Except as set forth in Section 3.23(d) of the Disclosure
Schedule, there are no outstanding unpaid claims (other than any claims incurred
but not reported) under any Grove Insurance Policy, and neither any Seller nor
any of their Affiliates has received from any insurer any notice of cancellation
or non-renewal of any Grove Insurance Policy other than normal expiry.
(e) Section 3.23(d) of the Disclosure Schedule contains true
and accurate copies of the insurance loss runs as at December 31, 1997 for the
last five years related to the Grove Operations (except that insurance loss runs
in respect of Delta Manlift SAS and Deutsche Grove GmbH are for a period of less
than five years).
(f) There is no material inaccuracy in any application for the
Grove Insurance Policies, no failure to pay premiums when due and no similar
state of facts that might form the basis for termination of any Grove Insurance
Policy or disallowance of all or any part of any claim thereunder.
(g) There have been no payments made under any umbrella/excess
policy listed in Section 3.23(a) of the Disclosure Schedule in excess of $5
million in the aggregate in any policy year beginning on January 1, 1988 and
ending on the date hereof.
(h) Except as set forth in Section 3.23(h) of the Disclosure
Schedule, no insurer providing product liability insurance under any Grove
Insurance Policy
53
<PAGE>
has reserved any rights or declined to provide coverage in respect of any
product liability claim relating to any product manufactured, distributed,
licensed, serviced or sold by any Grove Company.
(i) Hanson Funding or an Affiliate has properly reported to
the appropriate underwriters of the umbrella/excess policies listed in Section
3.23(a) of the Disclosure Schedule all product liability claims made against
Grove Europe for the policy years 1992 and 1994 which it reasonably expected
would give rise to coverage under such policies.
(j) Hanson Funding or an Affiliate has properly reported to
the umbrella/excess underwriter, A.E.I.A., all claims relating to the Grove
Companies which it reasonably expected would be covered under umbrella policy
#HR000099795 and prior year extended reporting period policies which were not
renewed as of October 1, 1995.
3.24 Finders' Fees. Except for Goldman, Sachs & Co., whose fees will
be paid by the Sellers, there is no investment banker, broker, finder or other
intermediary which has been retained by or is authorized to act on behalf of the
Sellers or any of the Grove Companies who might be entitled to any fee or
commission from any of the Grove Companies in connection with the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement.
3.25 No Other Representations or Warranties. Except for the
representations and warranties contained in this Article III, neither the
Sellers nor any other Person makes any other express or implied representation
or warranty on behalf of any
54
<PAGE>
Seller, including, without limitation, any representation or warranty (a) that
the Intellectual Property is "millennium compliant" or (b) as to the physical
condition of the Real Property (including fixtures) or tangible personal
property of the Grove Companies.
ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER
Purchaser represents and warrants to the Sellers as follows:
4.1 Organization and Qualification. Purchaser is a limited liability
company duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the
jurisdiction of its incorporation and has all requisite power and authority to
own, lease and operate and to carry on its business as currently conducted.
Purchaser is duly licensed or qualified to do business and is in good standing
in each jurisdiction where the ownership of its properties or the operation of
its business requires such license or qualification, except where the failure to
be so licensed or qualified or in good standing, as the case may be, would not
be materially adverse to the business, financial condition or results of
operation of Purchaser.
4.2 Authorization. Purchaser has full power and authority, and full
legal right, to enter into, execute and deliver this Agreement, the Tax Sharing
and Indemnification Agreements and the Supplemental Agreements and to perform
its obligations hereunder and thereunder. The execution, delivery and
performance by Purchaser of this Agreement, the
55
<PAGE>
Tax Sharing and Indemnification Agreements and the Supplemental Agreements have
been duly and validly authorized by all necessary limited liability company
(including LLC Owner) action and no additional limited liability company
(including LLC Owner) authorization or consent is required in connection with
the execution, delivery and performance by Purchaser of this Agreement, the Tax
Sharing and Indemnification Agreements or any Supplemental Agreements.
4.3 Consents and Approvals. Except as specifically set forth in
Section 6.1(a) of this Agreement or Section 3.6 of the Disclosure Schedule, no
consent, approval, waiver or authorization is required to be obtained by
Purchaser, any Subsidiary of Purchaser or any LLC Owner from, and no material
notice or filing is required to be given by Purchaser, any Subsidiary of
Purchaser or any LLC Owner to, or made by Purchaser, any Subsidiary of Purchaser
or any LLC Owner with, any Governmental Authority or other Person in connection
with the execution, delivery or performance by Purchaser of this Agreement, the
Tax Sharing and Indemnification Agreements or any Supplemental Agreements.
4.4 Non-Contravention. Except as set forth in Section 6.1(a) of this
Agreement or Section 3.6 of the Disclosure Schedule, the execution, delivery and
performance by Purchaser of this Agreement, the Tax Sharing and Indemnification
Agreements or any Supplemental Agreements and the consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, does not and will not (i) violate
any provision of the
56
<PAGE>
certificate of formation or other organizational documents of Purchaser or any
LLC Owner or (ii) assuming compliance with the matters set forth in Sections 3.6
and 4.3, violate or result in a breach of or constitute a default under any Law
to which Purchaser or any LLC Owner is subject.
4.5 Binding Effect. This Agreement constitutes and, when executed
and delivered at the Closing, each of the Tax Sharing and Indemnification
Agreements and the Supplemental Agreements will constitute a valid and legally
binding obligation of Purchaser enforceable in accordance with its terms,
subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws
of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors' rights and to
general equity principles.
4.6 Finders' Fees. There is no investment banker, broker, finder or
other intermediary which has been retained by or is authorized to act on behalf
of Purchaser or any Subsidiary of Purchaser who might be entitled to any fee or
commission from Purchaser in connection with the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement.
4.7 Financial Capability. Section 4.7 of the Disclosure Schedule
contains true and correct copies of the following financing documents (the
"Financing Documents"): (a) executed commitment letters from Keystone, Inc. and
F.W. Strategic Partners, L.P. relating to certain equity of Purchaser's indirect
parent company Grove Investors LLC, (b) an executed commitment letter from Chase
Securities Inc. and The Chase Manhattan Bank relating to senior revolving and
term bank debt, and (c) a "highly confident" letter from
57
<PAGE>
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation relating to senior
subordinated notes of Purchaser and senior discount notes of Purchaser's parent
company Grove Holdings LLC and related term sheets and (d) a term sheet relating
to participating preferred return equity of Grove Holdings LLC.
4.8 Purchase for Investment. Purchaser is acquiring the shares of
the Specified Grove Parent Corporations for investment and not with a view
toward, or for the purpose of, the resale or distribution thereof. Purchaser
acknowledges that the sale of the shares of the Specified Grove Parent
Corporations hereunder has not been registered under the Securities Act and that
the shares of the Specified Grove Parent Corporations may not be sold,
transferred, offered for sale, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of
without registration under the Securities Act, pursuant to an exemption
therefrom or in a transaction not subject thereto.
4.9 No Other Representations or Warranties. Except for the
representations and warranties contained in this Article IV, neither Purchaser
nor any other Person makes any other express or implied representation or
warranty on behalf of Purchaser.
58
<PAGE>
ARTICLE V
COVENANTS
5.1 Access. Prior to the Closing, Sellers shall, and shall cause the
Grove Companies to, permit Purchaser and its representatives to have access,
during regular business hours and upon reasonable advance notice, to all books,
records, plants, offices, warehouses and other facilities, properties and
employees of the Grove Companies, including the Grove Insurance Policies,
subject to reasonable rules and regulations of the Sellers and the Grove
Companies, and shall furnish, or cause to be furnished, to Purchaser, any
financial and operating data and other information that is available with
respect to each of the Grove Companies as Purchaser shall from time to time
reasonably request; it being understood that such right of access shall not
grant Purchaser the right to conduct invasive environmental testing of any kind.
In connection with such access, Purchaser's representatives shall cooperate with
representatives of the Sellers and the Grove Companies and shall use their best
efforts to minimize any disruption of the Grove Companies. Purchaser agrees to
abide by the terms of the Confidentiality Agreement with respect to such access
and any information furnished to it or its representatives pursuant to this
Section 5.1.
5.2 Conduct of Business. During the period from the date hereof to
the Closing, except as set forth in Sections 5.2 and 5.12 of the Disclosure
Schedule, as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement or as Purchaser shall
otherwise agree in writing in advance, Sellers covenant and agree to cause the
Grove Operations to be conducted in the ordinary
59
<PAGE>
course and to cause the Grove Companies to use their commercially reasonable
best efforts to preserve intact their business and their relationships with
employees and third parties. During the period from the date hereof to the
Closing, except as set forth in Sections 5.2 and 5.12 of the Disclosure
Schedule, as otherwise provided for in this Agreement or as Purchaser shall
otherwise consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), Sellers
covenant and agree that they shall cause each of the Grove Companies not to:
(i) sell, transfer, convey, assign or otherwise dispose of any
of its assets or properties, except (A) sales of fixed assets in the ordinary
course not in excess of $3,000,000 in the aggregate, (B) sales of inventory in
the ordinary course and (C) sales of notes receivable (other than trade
receivables) pursuant to the HSBC Letter;
(ii) waive, release or cancel any material claims against
third parties or material debts owing to it, or any rights which have any
material value, including any rights under the Krupp Purchase Agreements and the
Delta Purchase Agreement;
(iii) make any change in its accounting systems, policies,
principles or practices, including methodologies and assumptions for calculating
accruals;
(iv) take any of the actions specified in Section 3.9(c);
(v) enter into, authorize, or permit any transaction with any
Seller or any Affiliate of any Seller other than (A) commercial transactions in
the ordinary course of business on an arms-length basis, (B) remittance of
proceeds from transactions permitted under clause (i) above, and (C) continuance
of cash management practices; it being
60
<PAGE>
understood that Sellers shall notify Purchaser of any material transaction
comprehended by clause (A) of which Sellers becomes aware;
(vi) authorize for issuance, issue, sell, deliver or agree or
commit to issue, sell or deliver (whether through the issuance or granting of
options, warrants, convertible or exchangeable securities, commitments,
subscriptions, rights to purchase or otherwise) any shares of capital stock or
any other securities of any of the Grove Companies, or amend any of the terms of
any such capital stock or other securities or, except as permitted by clause
(v)(C) above, declare or pay any dividend or other distribution in respect of
its capital stock or redeem or otherwise acquire any capital stock or other
securities of the Grove Companies;
(vii) except in the ordinary course or with respect to
intercompany indebtedness, incur any indebtedness for borrowed money, or
guarantee or otherwise become liable (whether directly, contingently or
otherwise) for the monetary obligations of any other Person;
(viii) make any capital contributions to, or investments in,
any Person other than another Grove Company other than Kidde;
(ix) enter into commitments for capital expenditures in excess
of $500,000 in the aggregate;
(x) incur, create or assume any Encumbrance other than
Permitted Encumbrances;
61
<PAGE>
(xi) make any Tax election or change any Tax accounting
method, or waive or extend the statute of limitations in respect of any Taxes if
such action would have a material adverse effect on the Specified Grove
Corporations or the Specified Grove Assets post-Closing;
(xii) enter into any new Benefit Plan or new Employee
Arrangement or grant to any officer or generally to employees any salary or wage
increases or change or amend any existing Benefit Plan or existing Employee
Arrangement;
(xiii) voluntarily recognize (to the extent not already
recognized) any Person as the bargaining representative of any of its employees
pursuant to any applicable Laws governing labor relations at any facilities
managed or maintained by any of the Grove Companies;
(xiv) enter into Contracts with any labor organization
representing employees at the Sunderland Facility that would (x) interfere in
any manner with the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein or (y)
have any material adverse effect on the operations or business of the Sunderland
Facility or the cessation of such operations after the consummation of the
transactions contemplated herein; it being understood that Purchaser shall not
unreasonably withhold or delay its approval of any such Contract;
(xv) agree, in writing or otherwise, to do any of the
foregoing; provided that Sellers and their Affiliates shall not take any action
pursuant to clauses (vii) or (viii) above that would have a material impact on
the allocation of the Purchase Price among
62
<PAGE>
the Specified Grove Corporations and the Specified Grove Assets (as an entirety)
pursuant to Sections 2.2 or 2.8(j) or within the categories of the Specified
Grove Assets, in each case compared to what such allocation would have been in
the absence of such action.
5.3 Best Efforts. The Sellers and Purchaser will cooperate and use
their respective commercially reasonable best efforts to fulfill the conditions
precedent to the other party's obligations hereunder, including, but not limited
to, securing as promptly as practicable all consents, approvals, waivers and
authorizations required in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.
In addition, Purchaser and Sellers will execute and deliver and cause the
execution and delivery by their Affiliates, where contemplated, of the
Supplemental Agreements. The Sellers and Purchaser will promptly file any
documentary materials required by the HSR Act and the Competition Laws of France
and the United Kingdom, as the case may be, and promptly file any additional
information requested as soon as practicable after receipt of request therefor.
Prior to the Closing, the Sellers shall (x) cause the Grove Companies to satisfy
all notice and bargaining obligations arising under applicable Laws in
connection with any labor relations matters with respect to the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement herein, and (y) apprise the Purchaser in a timely
manner of any proposals submitted by, or counter-proposals received by, any of
the Grove Companies in connection with any collective bargaining with any
representatives of employees of any Grove Companies occurring prior to the
Closing.
63
<PAGE>
5.4 Further Assurances.
(a) As soon as practicable after the Closing Date, Purchaser
shall use its commercially reasonable best efforts to obtain the unconditional
release and discharge of the Sellers and their then Affiliates from any
obligation any of them may have under any guarantee (other than the Guaranty),
indemnity or bond supporting any obligation of any of the Grove Companies,
including without limitation the Residual Value Guarantee Contracts
(collectively, the "Affiliate Guarantees"). To the extent that the Sellers and
their Affiliates are not so released and discharged from such obligations,
Purchaser shall indemnify the Sellers and their Affiliates against any Losses
arising therefrom and shall cause the relevant Grove Companies (other than
Kidde) to perform the obligations which are supported by the Affiliate
Guarantees in accordance with their respective terms.
(b) At any time after the Closing Date, the Sellers, on the
one hand, and Purchaser, on the other hand, shall promptly execute, acknowledge
and deliver any other assurances or documents, including assignments or change
of name documents relating to the Intellectual Property reasonably requested by
Purchaser or the Sellers, as the case may be, and necessary for it to satisfy
its respective obligations hereunder or obtain the benefits contemplated hereby.
(c) If, at any time after the Closing, the Purchaser shall
determine or be advised that any deeds, bills of sale, assignments, assurances
or any other actions or things are reasonably necessary or desirable to vest,
perfect or confirm of record or
64
<PAGE>
otherwise in the Purchaser, the right, title or interest in, to or under any of
the Specified Grove Assets, Kidde shall use its commercially reasonable best
efforts to execute and deliver all such deeds, bills of sale, assignments and
assurances and to take and do all such other actions and things as may be
reasonably necessary or desirable to vest, perfect or confirm any and all right,
title and interest in, to and under the Specified Grove Assets in the Purchaser.
5.5 Use of Corporate Names and Symbols. Following the Closing, (a)
neither Purchaser nor any of the Specified Grove Corporations shall use the
"Hanson" name, the "Kidde" name or the "Bunting" symbol (except for historical
references to Hanson or its Affiliates as the former owners of the Grove
Operations) and (b) none of the Sellers or any of their Affiliates shall use the
"Grove", "Delta Manlift", "National Crane" or "Coles" name or symbol and the
Inactive Companies shall change their corporate names so that none of the names
include any of the words "Grove", "Crane", "Manlift" or "Coles".
5.6 Benefit Plans.
(a) Hiring of Grove Business Employees. On the Closing Date,
the Purchaser or its Affiliates shall offer employment to the then current
employees of Kidde, and shall employ the employees of Kidde who accept such
offer of employment and all then current employees of the Specified Grove
Corporations (collectively, the "Transferred Employees") at no less than their
same wage or salary rate and on substantially the same other terms and
conditions of employment in effect immediately prior to the Closing Date;
65
<PAGE>
provided, that nothing herein shall be construed to require the Purchaser or its
Affiliates to continue any Transferred Employee in the employ of the Purchaser
or any of the Specified Grove Corporations or maintain the terms of such
employment, including any particular level of benefits, for any specified period
of time following the Closing Date. At the Closing, the Sellers shall deliver to
Purchaser a schedule of all employees whose employment with any of the U.S.
Grove Companies was terminated within 60 days prior to the Closing Date.
(b) Assumption of Benefit Plans. Effective as of the Closing
Date, Purchaser or an Affiliate of Purchaser shall assume the sponsorship of
each of the Benefit Plans and Employee Arrangements, together with all of the
assets and liabilities accrued thereunder. Effective as of the Closing Date,
Sellers shall transfer to a trust or trusts to be established by Purchaser or an
Affiliate of Purchaser, and such trust or trusts shall assume as of such date,
all assets, rights and obligations for benefit payments with respect to such
Benefit Plans and Employee Arrangements for which a trust exists immediately
prior to the Closing Date.
(c) Welfare Plans. As of the Closing Date, Purchaser or one of
its Affiliates shall cover the Transferred Employees in the welfare benefit
plans (as defined in ERISA Section 3(1)) ("Welfare Plans") assumed from Sellers
or such other welfare benefit plans not less favorable in the aggregate than the
Welfare Plans in which such employees participated immediately prior to the
Closing Date. Purchaser or one of its Affiliates shall give the Transferred
Employees service credit for their period of employment with the Grove
66
<PAGE>
Companies for eligibility and vesting purposes under all such plans of Purchaser
or one of its Affiliates as if such services had been performed for Purchaser or
one of its Affiliates and shall waive all preexisting condition exclusions with
respect to group health plans of Purchaser or one of its Affiliates (to the
extent such preexisting condition exclusions were satisfied prior to the Closing
Date under Sellers' group health plans). Purchaser or one of its Affiliates
shall also enroll in group health plans all former employees of the Grove
Companies and their dependents who, immediately prior to the Closing Date, are
covered under the Grove Companies' group health plans ("Retirees"). Purchaser or
one of its Affiliates shall credit each Transferred Employee and Retiree with
all deductible payments and co-payments paid by such Transferred Employee or
Retiree under the Grove Companies' group health care plan prior to the Closing
Date during the current plan year for purposes of determining the extent to
which any such Transferred Employee or Retiree has satisfied any deductible or
maximum out-of-pocket limitation under the group health plan of Purchaser or one
of its Affiliates for such plan year.
5.7 Preservation of Records. Purchaser agrees that it shall, at its
own expense, preserve and keep the records held by it and its Affiliates
relating to the Grove Operations (x) for a period of seven years from the
Closing Date in the case of Tax records, (y) for such period as shall be
requested by Kidde or HSBC in the case of records relating to notes receivable
sold pursuant to the HSBC Letter or retained by Kidde and (z) in accordance with
past practice of the Grove Companies in the case of all other records; and shall
make
67
<PAGE>
such records and relevant personnel available to the Sellers or their designees
(including HSBC in the case of the records referred to in clause (y)) as may be
reasonably required by the Sellers. Each Seller agrees that it shall, at its own
expense, preserve and keep the records held by it relating to the Grove
Operations for a period of seven years from the Closing Date; and shall make
such records and relevant personnel available to the Purchaser as may reasonably
be required by the Purchaser. In the event Purchaser or any Seller wishes to
destroy any such records after the applicable retention period, the party or
parties wishing to destroy such records shall first give ninety (90) days prior
written notice to the other party or parties, who shall then have the right at
their option and expense, upon prior written notice given to the party or
parties wishing to destroy such records within that ninety (90) day period, to
take possession of the records within one hundred and eighty (180) days after
the date of such notice.
5.8 Supplemental Information. From time to time prior to the
Closing, each party shall promptly disclose in writing to the other any matter
hereafter arising which, if existing, occurring or known at the date of this
Agreement would have been required to be disclosed to the other party or which
would render inaccurate any of the representations and warranties set forth in
Article III or Article IV hereof. No information provided to a party pursuant to
this Section shall be deemed to cure any breach of any representation, warranty
or covenant made in this Agreement.
68
<PAGE>
5.9 Success Fee Agreements. Hanson Funding shall pay all amounts
which may be now, or in the future become, due and owing pursuant to the Success
Fee Agreements and the Change of Control Agreement identified as item no. 6 in
Section 1.1(b) of the Disclosure Schedule.
5.10 Termination of Certain Plans. Immediately prior to the Closing,
the Sellers shall pay to participants all sums owing under and terminate and
extinguish the Long Term Incentive Plans. All sums owing to participants under
the Management Incentive Plans at Closing shall be accrued on the Closing
Balance Sheet and paid by Purchaser or its Affiliates.
5.11 Insurance.
(a) Until all claims arising from any occurrences prior to the
Closing Date have been settled, Hanson Funding shall on or before October 30 of
each year inform the Purchaser of any payments made pursuant to any
umbrella/excess policy listed in Section 3.23(a) of the Disclosure Schedule in
excess of the underlying primary policy limit per policy year. Until all claims
arising from any occurrences prior to the Closing Date have been settled,
Purchaser shall notify Hanson Funding, as soon as practicable (but no less
frequently than July 31 of each year), as to each claim, if any, made by
Purchaser or its Affiliates under any umbrella/excess policy listed in Section
3.23(a) of the Disclosure Schedule, including the relevant Grove Insurance
Policy, amounts claimed, amounts paid,
69
<PAGE>
date of loss, date claim reported, claim status and any other related
non-privileged and non- confidential information reasonably requested by Hanson
Funding.
(b) If CIGNA policies CGO G1 896535-5 effective 10/1/96-97;
CGO G1 423000-2 effective 10/1/95-96; CGO G1 658779-5 effective 10/1/94-95; or
CGO G1 658513-0 effective 10/1/93-94 exhaust their products/completed operations
annual aggregate limit of liability, Hanson Funding or an Affiliate shall, if
requested by Purchaser, use its reasonable best efforts to obtain reinstatement
per policy of said annual aggregate at Hanson Funding's expense not to exceed
$30,000 after which Hanson Funding and Purchaser shall share equally in any
additional costs.
(c) Hanson Funding shall prior to the Closing Date at Hanson
Funding's cost provide to the Purchaser a directors' and officers' liability
policy for a run-off period of six years from the Closing Date in the name of
the Purchaser (and endorsed to include all Grove Companies other than Kidde as
named insureds) insuring the wrongful acts committed from the dates the
respective Grove Companies became direct or indirect subsidiaries of Hanson up
to the Closing Date by the directors and officers of the Grove Companies and the
Grove Companies (but including the Purchaser as if the Purchaser had been
substituted for Kidde), such policy to contain substantially similar limits and
retentions and in a form substantially similar to New Hampshire Policy 33010129
and reflecting the above mentioned understanding.
70
<PAGE>
5.12 Intercompany Accounts. The parties shall take the actions set
forth in Section 5.12 of the Disclosure Schedule.
5.13 Litigation and Warranty Claims. From the date hereof through
the Closing Date, the Sellers shall promptly notify the Purchaser of any
material investigations, lawsuits, warranty claims or other claims or
proceedings, and all material developments therein, involving the Grove
Operations or, to the Knowledge of Sellers, threatened against any Grove
Company, the Grove Operations or against any officer, director, employee,
consultant, agent, stockholder or other representative of any Seller arising out
of or relating to the affairs or conduct of the Grove Operations or relating to
any of the Specified Grove Assets or Specified Grove Corporations. None of the
Grove Companies shall settle any lawsuit, claim (other than a warranty claim) or
proceeding involving the Grove Operations without the prior written consent of
the Purchaser (which shall not be unreasonably delayed or withheld) if such
settlement involves (x) any terms other than the payment of money or (y) the
payment of more than $100,000 if such payment represents more than 110% of the
amount of the specific reserves established for such matter as set forth in
Section 5.13 of the Disclosure Schedule.
5.14 Assignment of Beneficial Interests. Notwithstanding anything to
the contrary contained in this Agreement (but without limiting Purchaser's
rights to indemnification as specifically provided in Article VII or Purchaser's
right to rely upon the closing condition under Section 6.2(c)), to the extent
that the sale, assignment, transfer,
71
<PAGE>
conveyance or delivery to Purchaser of any Specified Grove Asset is prohibited
by any applicable Law or would require any governmental or third party consent,
authorization, waiver or approval ("Consent") and such Consent shall not have
been obtained on or prior to the Closing, this Agreement shall not constitute a
sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or delivery thereof. Following the
Closing, the parties shall use commercially reasonable best efforts and shall
cooperate with one another to obtain promptly such Consent. Pending such
Consent, the parties shall cooperate with each other in any reasonable and
lawful arrangements to provide Purchaser the economic benefits and liabilities
of use of such Specified Grove Asset which arrangements shall be at Purchaser's
expense if such Consent would not have been required if Purchaser purchased the
stock of Kidde rather than the Specified Grove Assets. Once such Consent is
obtained, Kidde shall promptly assign, transfer, convey and deliver such
Specified Grove Asset to Purchaser for no additional consideration. Purchaser
shall indemnify Kidde against any liabilities arising from Purchaser's use of
any such Specified Grove Assets after the Closing (except to the extent
Purchaser is entitled to indemnification under Article VII). Any payments
required to be made to obtain a Consent which is a closing condition under
Section 6.2(c) that would not have been required if Purchaser had purchased the
stock of Kidde rather than the Specified Grove Assets shall be borne by
Purchaser.
72
<PAGE>
5.15 Collection of Receivables.
(a) Except for Purchaser's obligations to collect identified
notes receivable for the benefit of HSBC, Kidde or Hanson Funding pursuant to
the HSBC Agency Agreement or otherwise, the Sellers agree that, from and after
the Closing, the Purchaser shall have the right and authority to collect for its
own account all receivables of Kidde included in the Specified Grove Assets and
to endorse the name of Kidde on any checks received on account of any such
receivable. Kidde agrees to promptly transfer and deliver to the Purchaser any
cash or other property that Kidde may receive in respect of such receivables.
(b) Purchaser and its Affiliates shall use the same level of
diligence in seeking to (i) collect the Peterhead Receivables as they use in
seeking to collect the other receivables of Grove Europe set forth in the
Closing Balance Sheet and (ii) market any equipment recovered by Grove Europe
related to the Peterhead Receivables as they use in marketing other equipment
recovered by Grove Europe related to past due receivables.
5.16 Mail and Other Communications. Kidde agrees that, at any time
and from time to time after the Closing, the Purchaser shall have the right and
authority to open all mail and other communications, including service of
process, received by it addressed to Kidde for processing or forwarding to Kidde
or handling itself, as appropriate.
73
<PAGE>
5.17 Auditor Matters.
(a) Sellers shall use their commercially reasonable best
efforts to cause Ernst & Young LLP and Price Waterhouse (the "Auditors") to
provide Purchaser, at Purchaser's expense with respect to work performed by the
Auditor subsequent to Closing, with all opinions and consents (including,
without limitation, audit reports) with respect to the Audited Financial
Statements necessary for the completion of Purchaser's filings with the
Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act and the Securities
Exchange Act, until such time as such financial statements, opinions and
consents are no longer required to be included in such filings by the Securities
Act, the Securities Exchange Act or the rules and regulations promulgated
thereunder.
(b) Sellers shall use their commercially reasonable best
efforts to make available to Purchaser all such accountant work papers, audit
reports, opinions and other documentation prepared by the Auditors as may
reasonably be required by the Purchaser for the completion of Purchaser's
filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act and
the Securities Exchange Act, until such time as such work papers, audit reports,
opinions and other documentation are no longer required for the preparation of
such filings by Purchaser.
5.18 Non-Competition; Confidentiality. For a period of two years
after the Closing, the Sellers agree that (a) they and their Affiliates shall
not commence or acquire any business competitive with the Grove Operations as
conducted on the Balance Sheet Date
74
<PAGE>
(provided, however, that this clause (a) shall not prohibit an acquisition or
investment in any Person not more than 20% of the revenues of which were, for
the four most recent complete fiscal quarters ended prior to the date of the
consummation of such acquisition or investment generated by a business
competitive with the Grove Operations as they were conducted at the Balance
Sheet Date); and (b) they and their Affiliates shall not disclose or use for the
benefit of themselves or others any confidential information of the Grove
Companies obtained by them or their Affiliates prior to or following the
Closing, including any such information concerning distributors (provided,
however, that they or their Affiliates shall not be precluded from the use or
disclosure of such information as required by applicable Law or in connection
with any claim against or involving them or their Affiliates in either case
(after reasonable notice to Purchaser to the extent practicable to allow it to
seek a protective order) or if such information is readily available from public
or published information or trade sources).
ARTICLE VI
CONDITIONS TO CLOSING
6.1 Conditions to the Obligations of Purchaser and the Sellers. The
obligations of the parties hereto to effect the Closing are subject to the
satisfaction (or waiver) prior to the Closing of the following conditions:
75
<PAGE>
(a) Compliance with Competition Laws. All required filings
shall have been made and all required waiting periods shall have expired or been
earlier terminated under the HSR Act. Details of the acquisition hereunder shall
have been notified to the United Kingdom Office of Fair Trading in a form agreed
between the Sellers and the Purchaser as a potential "merger qualifying for
investigation" within the meaning of the United Kingdom Fair Trading Act 1973.
French antitrust authorities shall have been asked to confirm in terms
reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser that it is not the intention of the
Minister for the Economy ("Ministre de l'Economie") to refer the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement to the French Competition Council ("Conseil de la
Concurrence").
(b) No Injunctions. No Governmental Authority of competent
jurisdiction shall have enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered any
statute, rule, regulation, non-appealable judgment, decree, injunction or other
order which is in effect on the Closing Date and enjoins, restrains or prohibits
this Agreement or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated
hereby.
(c) No Pending or Threatened Actions. There shall not be
pending any action or proceeding or threatened any governmental action or
proceeding, in either case seeking to enjoin or restrain consummation of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
76
<PAGE>
6.2 Conditions to the Obligations of Purchaser. The obligation of
Purchaser to effect the Closing is subject to the satisfaction (or waiver) prior
to the Closing of the following conditions:
(a) Representations and Warranties. The representations and
warranties of the Sellers contained herein shall be true on and as of the
Closing Date (except for those representations and warranties which are by their
terms made as of an earlier date, which shall be true on and as of such date)
without giving effect to any qualifications as to materiality, Material Adverse
Effect or Knowledge included in any representation or warranty, except where the
failures to be true, both individually and in the aggregate, would not have a
Material Adverse Effect and Purchaser shall have received a certificate to such
effect dated the Closing Date and executed by a duly authorized officer of each
Seller.
(b) Covenants. The covenants and agreements of Sellers
contained in Section 5.11 to be performed on or prior to the Closing shall have
been duly performed in all respects, and all other covenants and agreements of
Sellers to be performed on or prior to the Closing shall have been duly
performed in all material respects, and Purchaser shall have received a
certificate to such effect dated the Closing Date and executed by a duly
authorized officer of each Seller.
(c) Consents and Approvals. All Required Approvals shall have
been obtained.
77
<PAGE>
(d) Legal Opinions. Purchaser shall have received the opinions
of Sellers' counsel, dated as of the Closing Date, addressed to Purchaser
substantially to the effect set forth in Annex 6.2(d) hereto.
(e) Tax Sharing and Indemnification Agreements and Guaranty.
Hanson Funding shall have executed and delivered the Tax Sharing and
Indemnification Agreements and Hanson shall have executed and delivered a copy
of the Guaranty.
(f) Financing. The funds referred to in the Financing
Documents shall be available to Purchaser on the terms and conditions
communicated to Hanson Funding.
(g) Sunderland Leases and Option Agreement. Hanson Properties
and Grove Europe shall have executed and delivered the Sunderland Leases and
Option Agreement.
(h) Liquidity. At Closing, cash on hand transferred as part of
the Specified Grove Assets or held by the Specified Grove Corporations shall be
not less than the difference between (x) $28,524,000 and (y) the National Crane
Note Receivable balances (including accrued interest thereon) such amount not to
exceed $4,000,000.
(i) Lawsuits. There shall not be pending or threatened any
action or proceeding by a Governmental Authority or other Person seeking damages
of $10,000,000 or more from Purchaser or any of its Affiliates in connection
with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or seeking to impose any
restrictions on Purchaser's ability
78
<PAGE>
to operate the Grove Operations in a manner consistent with a manner in which
they were being operated as of the Balance Sheet Date that, if imposed, could
reasonably be expected to result in Losses of $10,000,000 or more.
(j) Tax Affidavits. Purchaser shall have received affidavits
substantially in the forms of Exhibit E-1 and E-2 attached hereto.
(k) HSBC Agency Agreement. Kidde and HSBC shall have executed
and delivered the HSBC Agency Agreement.
(l) Certain Insurance Matters. The documents set forth in
Section 6.2(l) of the Disclosure Schedule shall be unamended and in full force
and effect.
6.3 Conditions to the Obligations of the Sellers. The obligation of
the Sellers to effect the Closing is subject to the satisfaction (or waiver)
prior to the Closing of the following conditions:
(a) Representations and Warranties. The representations and
warranties of Purchaser contained herein shall be true on and as of the Closing
Date (except for those representations and warranties which are by their terms
made as of an earlier date, which shall be true on and as of such date), without
giving effect to any qualifications as to materiality, Material Adverse Effect
or Knowledge included in any representation or warranty, except where the
failures to be true, both individually and in the aggregate, does not, and could
not reasonably be expected to, materially adversely affect the assets,
liabilities, condition (financial or otherwise) or results of operation of the
Purchaser or
79
<PAGE>
materially impair or delay Purchaser's ability to consummate the material
transactions contemplated hereby, and the Sellers shall have received a
certificate to such effect dated the Closing Date and executed by a duly
authorized officer of Purchaser.
(b) Covenants. The covenants and agreements of Purchaser to be
performed on or prior to the Closing shall have been duly performed in all
material respects, and the Sellers shall have received a certificate to such
effect dated the Closing Date and executed by a duly authorized officer of
Purchaser.
(c) Legal Opinions. The Sellers shall have received the
opinion of Purchaser's counsel, dated as of the Closing, addressed to the
Sellers substantially to the effect set forth in Annex 6.3(c) hereto.
(d) Tax Sharing and Indemnification Agreements. Purchaser
shall have executed and delivered the Tax Sharing and Indemnification
Agreements.
(e) HSBC Agency Agreement. Purchaser and HSBC shall have
executed and delivered the HSBC Agency Agreement.
(f) Lawsuits. There shall not be pending or threatened any
action or proceeding by a Governmental Authority or other Person seeking damages
of $10,000,000 or more from Sellers or any of their Affiliates in connection
with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
80
<PAGE>
ARTICLE VII
SURVIVAL; GENERAL INDEMNIFICATION
7.1 Survival.
(a) Notwithstanding any right of any party fully to
investigate the affairs of the other parties hereto and their business and
notwithstanding any knowledge of facts determined or determinable by such party
pursuant to such investigation or right of investigation, such party shall have
the right to rely fully upon each of the representations, warranties, covenants
and agreements contained in this Agreement, the Tax Sharing and Indemnification
Agreements and any Supplemental Agreement.
(b) All of the representations and warranties of the Sellers
contained in this Agreement and all claims and causes of action with respect
thereto shall survive until June 30, 1999, except that (i) the representations
and warranties in Sections 3.1 (the Grove Companies), 3.3 (Capitalization), 3.5
(Corporate Authorization), 3.8 (Binding Effect), 3.20 (Title to Shares) and 3.23
(Insurance) to the extent related to product liability insurance (collectively,
the "Non-Basket Representations") shall have no expiration date and shall
survive indefinitely and (ii) the representations and warranties in Sections
3.12 (Taxes) and 3.15 (Environmental Matters) (collectively, the "Non-Surviving
Representations") shall not survive the Closing. The representations and
warranties of Purchaser contained in this Agreement shall have no expiration
date and shall survive indefinitely.
81
<PAGE>
(c) In the event notice of any claim for indemnification for
breach of representation or warranty under Section 7.2 (Indemnification by
Purchaser) or Section 7.3 (Indemnification by Sellers) is given (within the
meaning of Section 9.1 (Notices)) within the applicable survival period, the
representations and warranties that are the subject of such indemnification
claim shall survive until such time as such claim is finally resolved.
7.2 Indemnification by Purchaser. Purchaser hereby agrees that, from
and after the Closing, it shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Sellers,
their Affiliates and, if applicable, their respective directors, officers,
shareholders and employees (other than directors, officers or employees of the
Grove Companies) and their heirs, successors and assigns (the "Seller
Indemnified Parties") from, against and in respect of any Losses imposed on,
sustained, incurred or suffered by or asserted against any of the Seller
Indemnified Parties, directly or indirectly, relating to or arising out of:
(i) the breach of any representation or warranty made by
Purchaser contained in this Agreement;
(ii) the breach of any covenant or agreement of Purchaser
contained in this Agreement;
(iii) all liabilities and obligations of any of the Specified
Grove Corporations and the Assumed Liabilities, regardless of when they arose or
arise and regardless of by whom or when asserted, including without limitation
any Losses arising from product liability claims, Affiliate Guarantees,
Compliance Costs and any other Losses,
82
<PAGE>
in each case to the extent Sellers are not required to indemnify Purchaser
therefor pursuant to Section 7.3 (Indemnification by Sellers) or otherwise
required to bear the costs thereof pursuant to any Tax Sharing and
Indemnification Agreements or Supplemental Agreements;
(iv) Hanson Finance's indemnification obligations under the
Portfolio Transfer Agreement;
(v) to the extent, and only to the extent, any and all claims
are specifically based upon the use of (i) any pro forma adjustments to the
information contained in the Financial Statements, (but not with respect to the
Financial Statements or information contained therein) or (iii) any other
information (other than the Financial Statements or information contained
therein) appearing in a registration statement, prospectus or other offering
document prepared by Purchaser and/or its Affiliates, in connection with any
debt and/or equity financings by Purchaser and/or its Affiliates (including, at
and after the Closing, the Grove Companies) which is commenced on or before
March 31, 1999 (including any registered exchange offers for securities sold
pursuant to Regulation S/Rule 144A under the Securities Act) except to the
extent that Sellers would be obligated to indemnify Purchaser with respect to
the subject matter of such claims pursuant to Section 7.3 of this Agreement
(assuming for such purpose that such indemnification by Sellers is not subject
to 7.3(b)); and
(vi) any liability under the WARN Act with respect to any
former employees of the Grove Companies whose employment terminated prior to the
Closing Date,
83
<PAGE>
which liability arises as a result of the termination of employment of
Transferred Employees following the Closing Date; provided, that if and to the
extent that the indemnification provided for in any of clauses (i) through (vi)
above is unenforceable for any reason, the Purchaser Indemnifying Party shall
make the maximum contribution permissible under applicable Laws to the payment
and satisfaction of such Losses for which the Seller Indemnified Party was
otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder.
7.3 Indemnification by Sellers.
(a) The Sellers hereby agree, severally and jointly, that,
from and after the Closing, they shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless
Purchaser, its Affiliates and, if applicable, their respective directors,
officers, shareholders and employees (other than the employees of the Grove
Companies) and their heirs, successors and assigns (the "Purchaser Indemnified
Parties" and, collectively with the Seller Indemnified Parties, the "Indemnified
Parties") from, against and in respect of any Losses imposed on, sustained,
incurred or suffered by or asserted against any of the Purchaser Indemnified
Parties, directly or indirectly, relating to or arising out of:
(i) subject to Section 7.3(b) (the basket), the breach
of any representation or warranty made by any Seller contained in this Agreement
(other than the Non-Basket Representations and the Non-Surviving
Representations) for the period such representation or warranty survives;
(ii) the breach of any Non-Basket Representation;
84
<PAGE>
(iii) the breach of any covenant or agreement of any
Seller contained in this Agreement;
(iv) any businesses or operations conducted or assets
held by or obligations of Hanson Funding and its past and current Affiliates and
related parties, including Millennium and any other demerged business or any of
the Grove Companies (or their predecessors) and their Affiliates, prior to the
Closing Date other than the Grove Operations (including any former businesses,
operations, assets or obligations thereof);
(v) the Special Environmental Matter;
(vi) 50% of the Shared Environmental Liabilities;
(vii) all Excluded Liabilities;
(viii) all liabilities and obligations of the Inactive
Companies;
(ix) any claim by a third party with whom Hanson
Funding, any of its Affiliates or any of their representatives had any contact
or relationship in connection with the proposed sale of the Grove Operations;
(x) the agreements and transactions contemplated by or
entered into in connection with or in anticipation of the Demerger Agreement;
(xi)(A) any claim by any third party against Grove
France or Delta Manlift SAS which (x) (i) is brought in any federal or state
court of the United States or (ii) relates to the use of any product
manufactured, distributed, licensed, serviced or sold by Grove France or Delta
Manlift SAS in the United States, (y) has occurred prior to the
85
<PAGE>
Closing and (z) is not covered by any of the Grove Insurance Policies to the
same extent such claim would have been covered had it been brought in France
relating to any product manufactured, distributed, licensed, serviced or sold in
France; and (B) any claim by any third party against Grove France or Delta
Manlift SAS resulting from an insured primary policy occurrence prior to the
Closing which (x) is in excess of the dollar limitation of the relevant Grove
Insurance Policies and is (y) not covered by the umbrella/excess policies listed
in Section 3.23(a) of the Disclosure Schedule; and
(xii) Purchaser's and its Affiliates' failure (after
complying with their obligations under Section 5.15(b)) to collect the Peterhead
Receivables within six months after the Closing Date, net of the net proceeds of
sale of any related equipment recovered by Grove Europe and the net realizable
value of any such unsold equipment (provided, however, that, in the event of any
disagreement over such net realizable value, Sellers shall have the right to
either accept the net realizable value amount proposed by Purchaser or take
delivery of such equipment in lieu of a credit against the amount of such Loss
and further provided that Grove Europe shall assign to Sellers any Peterhead
Receivables for which Sellers have paid any amounts pursuant to this clause
(xii) to Purchaser);
and provided, that if and to the extent that the indemnification provided for in
any of clauses (i) through (xii) above is unenforceable for any reason, the
Sellers shall make the maximum contribution permissible under applicable Laws to
the payment and satisfaction of such
86
<PAGE>
Losses for which the Purchaser Indemnified Party was otherwise entitled to
indemnification hereunder.
(b) Sellers shall not be liable to the Purchaser Indemnified
Parties for any Losses with respect to (w) the matters contained in Section
7.3(a)(i) (indemnities subject to basket) except to the extent (and then only to
the extent) the Losses therefrom exceed an aggregate amount equal to $6,000,000
and then only for all such Losses in excess thereof up to an aggregate amount
equal to the Purchase Price; (x) the matters contained in Section 7.3(a)(ii)
(indemnities not subject to basket) in excess of the Purchase Price; (y) the
Shared Environmental Liabilities in excess of 50% thereof; or (z) for the
avoidance of doubt, the termination of any Contract by a Significant Distributor
provided that Sellers' representation and warranty contained in Section 3.18(c)
is true and correct as of the date as of which it speaks and Sellers comply with
their notification obligations under Section 5.8 with respect thereto.
(c) The Sellers, on the one hand, and Purchaser, on the other
hand, acknowledge that in the event this Agreement is not performed in
accordance with its terms by the other, the party seeking performance shall be
entitled to specific performance of the terms hereof and other equitable relief,
without the posting of a bond or other security. In addition, Purchaser
acknowledges that the indemnification provisions contained in this Article VII,
elsewhere in this Agreement in the Tax Sharing and Indemnification Agreements
87
<PAGE>
and in the Supplemental Agreements constitute Purchaser's only other remedies
with respect to any of the matters referred to herein and therein.
7.4 Indemnification Procedures. With respect to third-party claims
(other than for Taxes covered by the Tax Sharing and Indemnification
Agreements), all claims for indemnification by any Indemnified Party hereunder
shall be asserted and resolved as set forth in this Section 7.4 (Indemnification
Procedures). In the event that any written claim or demand for which either
Purchaser or the Sellers, as the case may be (an "Indemnifying Party"), would be
liable to any Indemnified Party hereunder is asserted against or sought to be
collected from any Indemnified Party by a third party, such Indemnified Party
shall promptly, but in no event more than 30 days following such Indemnified
Party's receipt of such claim or demand, notify the Indemnifying Party of such
claim or demand and the amount or the estimated amount thereof to the extent
then feasible (which estimate shall not be conclusive of the final amount of
such claim or demand) (the "Claim Notice"); provided, however, that the
Indemnified Party's failure to provide such notice in not more than 30 days
shall not preclude the Indemnified Party from being indemnified for such claim
or demand, except to the extent that the failure to give timely notice results
in the forfeiture of substantive defenses available to the Indemnifying Party.
The Indemnifying Party shall have 30 days (or such shorter period as may be
necessary under the circumstances) from the personal delivery or mailing of the
Claim Notice (the "Notice Period") to notify the Indemnified Party (a) whether
or not the Indemnifying Party disputes the liability of the
88
<PAGE>
Indemnifying Party to the Indemnified Party hereunder with respect to such claim
or demand and (b) whether or not it desires to defend the Indemnified Party
against such claim or demand. All costs and expenses incurred by the
Indemnifying Party in defending such claim or demand shall be a liability of,
and shall be paid by, the Indemnifying Party. Except as hereinafter provided, in
the event that the Indemnifying Party notifies the Indemnified Party within the
Notice Period that it desires to defend the Indemnified Party against such claim
or demand, the Indemnifying Party shall have the right to defend the Indemnified
Party by appropriate proceedings and shall have the sole power to direct and
control such defense. If any Indemnified Party desires to participate in any
such defense, it may do so at its sole cost and expense. The Indemnified Party
shall not settle a claim or demand without the prior written consent of the
Indemnifying Party unless such settlement is at its sole cost and expense and
does not result in the imposition of a consent order, injunction or decree which
would materially restrict the future activity or conduct of the Indemnifying
Party or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof. The Indemnifying Party shall not,
without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, settle, compromise
or offer to settle or compromise any such claim or demand on a basis which would
result in the imposition of a consent order, injunction or decree which would
materially restrict the future activity or conduct of the Indemnified Party or
any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof. If the Indemnifying Party elects not to
defend the Indemnified Party against such claim or demand, whether by not giving
the Indemnified Party timely notice as provided above or otherwise, then the
amount of any such
89
<PAGE>
claim or demand or, if the same be contested by the Indemnified Party, then that
portion thereof as to which such defense is unsuccessful (and the reasonable
costs and expenses pertaining to such defense), shall be the liability of the
Indemnifying Party hereunder, subject to the limitations set forth in Section
7.3(b) (the basket). To the extent the Indemnifying Party shall direct, control
or participate in the defense or settlement of any third-party claim or demand,
the Indemnified Party will give the Indemnifying Party and its counsel, without
charge, access to, during normal business hours, the relevant business records
and other documents, and shall permit them to consult with the employees and
counsel of the Indemnified Party. The Indemnified Party shall use its
commercially reasonable best efforts in the defense of all such claims or
demands. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Indemnified Party shall have the
right to employ separate counsel at the Indemnifying Party's expense and solely
to control its own defense of such asserted liability if in the reasonable
written opinion of counsel to Indemnified Party, a conflict or potential
conflict exists between the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party that
would make such separate representation necessary under the applicable canons of
ethics. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 7.4,
if a claim or demand is asserted by a Significant Distributor and the Sellers
are the Indemnifying Party, the Indemnifying Party shall consult with Purchaser
with a view to managing the claim resolution process in a manner reasonably
designed to preserve the Grove Companies' business relationship with the
distributor to the extent practicable under the circumstances; provided,
however, that (x) the Indemnifying
90
<PAGE>
Party shall not be required to take any action or refrain from taking any action
that could reasonably be expected to result in the Indemnifying Party's ultimate
liability being greater than it would otherwise be; (y) Purchaser may, at its
option, require the Indemnifying Party to participate in mediation in accordance
with the procedures set forth in Section 7.4 of the Disclosure Schedule if the
Significant Distributor is willing to so participate; and (z) the Indemnifying
Party will settle any such claim at Purchaser's request if such settlement does
not result in the imposition of a consent order, injunction or decree applicable
to the Indemnifying Party and Purchaser pays the costs of such settlement.
7.5 Certain Environmental Matters.
(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Purchaser
shall have the right to control the defense of any Shared Environmental Matter
and the planning and implementation of any investigatory or remedial work,
including negotiations and settlements with regulators and the retention of
consultants and other professionals; provided that, in the case of any such
claim, Purchaser (i) uses its commercially reasonable best efforts to achieve
the Lowest Cost Response and (ii) provides Sellers with the opportunity to: (x)
review, comment upon and approve (which approval shall not be unreasonably
delayed or withheld) any and all investigatory and work plans for any remedial
action prior to finalization and implementation and (y) have a representative
present during the performance of any investigatory or remedial work and any
meetings with regulators.
91
<PAGE>
(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Sellers
shall have the right to control the defense of the Special Environmental Matter
and the planning and implementation of any investigatory or remedial work,
including negotiations and settlements with regulators and the retention of
consultants and other professionals; provided, that (i) Sellers shall have the
right to effect the Lowest Cost Response and (ii) Sellers shall use their
reasonable efforts to conduct any investigatory or remedial work in a manner
that would not materially disrupt or impair the Grove Operations at the Shady
Grove facility; provided, however, that if, notwithstanding such efforts, such
material disruption or impairment would occur, Sellers shall provide Purchaser
with the opportunity to: (x) review, comment upon and approve (which approval
shall not be unreasonably delayed or withheld) any and all investigatory and
work plans for any remedial action prior to finalization and implementation and
(y) have a representative present during the performance of any investigatory or
remedial work and any meetings with regulators..
(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the
parties' indemnification obligations under Environmental Laws with respect to
the Grove Operations conducted in Sunderland, England shall be exclusively set
forth in the Sunderland Leases and Option Agreement.
92
<PAGE>
7.6 Resale Payment.
(a) If Purchaser shall consummate a Resale Event (as defined
below) pursuant to any binding agreement entered into with (x) any Terex Entity
directly or indirectly prior to the first anniversary of the date hereof, or (y)
any Apollo Entity directly or indirectly prior to the first anniversary of the
date hereof and such Apollo Entity shall thereafter consummate a Resale Event
with any Terex Entity pursuant to any binding agreement entered into with such
Terex Entity directly or indirectly prior to the first anniversary of the date
of the execution of the binding agreement for the initial Resale Event between
Purchaser and such Apollo Entity, then Purchaser shall pay to the Sellers, as
additional consideration allocated in accordance with Section 2.2, upon the
consummation of such Resale Event (or as otherwise provided in Section 7.6(b)),
an amount equal to 35% of the Resale Equity Value (as defined below).
(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in
Section 7.6(a), to the extent that Purchaser or its Affiliates assume (or
retain) any liabilities relating to the Grove Operations in connection with such
Resale Event (including for indemnification under the relevant agreements
relating to the Resale Event) and, in connection therewith, Purchaser or its
Affiliates establishes reserves or enters into escrow arrangements relating to
such assumed or retained liabilities, then any portion of the consideration
payable in such Resale Event that is made subject to such reserve or escrow
arrangement shall not be deemed to be included in the calculation of Resale
Equity Value at the time of consummation of the
93
<PAGE>
Resale Event. Thereafter, when, as, and if any amounts are released from such
reserves or escrow arrangements, and are actually received by Purchaser (or its
Affiliates in respect of equity interests in Purchaser), such amounts shall, at
such time, be deemed included in the calculation of Resale Equity Value
(together with any amounts not previously included in clause (y) of the
definition of Resale Equity Value) and the Sellers shall be entitled to an
additional payment which, when taken together with all payments previously made
pursuant to this Section 7.6, is equal to 35% of the cumulative Resale Equity
Value at such time.
(c) If any or all of the consideration on a Resale Event is
payable by delivery or retention of property (including, but not limited to,
promissory notes or other evidences of indebtedness or stock or other securities
or assets), for the purpose of determining the amount payable to the Sellers
pursuant to this Section 7.6, that property shall be valued by an independent
nationally-recognized financial advisor reasonably acceptable to Purchaser and
whose fees shall be borne by the Sellers at its fair market value at the time of
receipt and Purchaser may either (i) make a cash payment to the Sellers or (ii)
transfer to the Sellers in kind a proportionate share of the property.
(d) For purposes of this Section 7.6, the following terms
shall have the following meanings:
(i) "fair market value" means the value at which property would
change hands between a willing buyer and a willing seller, neither under
compulsion to act, and both with knowledge of all relevant facts.
94
<PAGE>
(ii) "Resale Equity Value" means the excess of (x) the aggregate
fair market value of the gross consideration actually received by Purchaser (or
its Affiliates in respect of equity interests in Purchaser) upon a Resale Event
over (y) the sum of (A) the Purchase Price, (B) the aggregate amount of the
reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees)
incurred by Purchaser and its Affiliates directly in connection with the due
diligence, negotiation and purchase of the capital stock of the Specified Grove
Corporations and Specified Grove Assets pursuant to this Agreement and the
transactions entered into in connection with the Resale Event (including third
party financing fees, non-recurring management hiring and retention compensation
arrangements and incentive compensation arrangements payable in connection with
a Resale Event), and (C) the fair market value of any additional capital
contributions (net of non-Income Tax distributions) to the Grove Operations.
"Resale Event" means a transaction or series of transactions
(including a merger, stock sale, asset sale or other structure) pursuant to
which Keystone, Inc. and FW Strategic Partners L.P. and their Affiliates (and,
in the case of Section 7.6(a)(y), such Apollo Entities and their Affiliates)
collectively cease to own beneficially, directly or indirectly, a majority of
the common equity or voting interests in the Purchaser (or, in the case of
Section 7.6(a)(y), its successors) or Purchaser and its Affiliates (or, in the
case of Section 7.6(a)(y), their successors) shall cease to own a majority of
the common equity or voting interests in the Grove Companies or a majority of
the assets of the Grove Operations.
95
<PAGE>
7.7 Characterization of Indemnification Payments. All amounts paid
by Purchaser or the Sellers, as the case may be, under Article II, Article V or
this Article VII shall be treated as adjustments to the Purchase Price for all
Tax purposes.
7.8 Computation of Losses Subject to Indemnification. The amount of
any Loss for which indemnification is provided under this Article VII shall be
computed net of any third party insurance proceeds received by the Indemnified
Party in connection with such Loss and any applicable reserves on the Closing
Balance Sheet, and shall exclude consequential damages and lost profits (except
to the extent due to a party other than Purchaser or its Affiliates). The
Indemnified Party shall use its commercially reasonable best efforts to obtain
third party insurance proceeds to which the Indemnified Party is entitled in
connection with any Loss for which the Indemnified Party seeks indemnification
pursuant to this Article VII.
ARTICLE VIII
TERMINATION
8.1 Termination. This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior
to the Closing:
(a) by agreement of Purchaser and the Sellers;
(b) by either Purchaser, on the one hand, or the Sellers, on
the other hand, by giving written notice of such termination to the other, if
the Closing shall not
96
<PAGE>
have occurred on or prior to May 22, 1998; provided that the terminating party
is not in material breach of its obligations under this Agreement;
(c) by either Purchaser, on the one hand, or the Sellers, on
the other hand, if there shall be in effect any Law or regulation that prohibits
the consummation of the Closing or if consummation of the Closing would violate
any non-appealable final order, decree or judgment of any court or governmental
body having competent jurisdiction; or
(d) by Sellers if, as a result of action or inaction by the
Purchaser, the Closing shall not have occurred on or prior to the date that is
10 Business Days following the date on which all of the conditions to Closing
set forth in Section 6.1 and 6.2 are satisfied or waived.
8.2 Effect of Termination. In the event of the termination of this
Agreement in accordance with Section 8.1, this Agreement shall thereafter become
void and have no effect, and no party hereto shall have any liability to the
other party hereto or their respective Affiliates, directors, officers or
employees, except for the obligations of the parties hereto contained in this
Section 8.2 and in Sections 9.1 (Notices), 9.7 (No Third Party Rights), 9.8
(Public Disclosure), 9.9 (Return of Information) and 9.10 (Expenses), and except
that nothing herein will relieve any party from liability for any breach of this
Agreement prior to such termination (except for the other party's consequential
damages or
97
<PAGE>
lost profits as a result of the failure of the transactions contemplated hereby
to have been consummated).
ARTICLE IX
MISCELLANEOUS
9.1 Notices. All notices or other communications hereunder shall be
deemed to have been duly given and made if (i) in writing and served by personal
delivery upon the party for whom it is intended or (ii) if delivered by
registered mail, certified mail, courier service, or telecopier, return receipt
received:
To Purchaser:
GROVE WORLDWIDE LLC
c/o Keystone, Inc.
210 Main Street, Suite 2600
Fort Worth, Texas 76102
Attn: Robert B. Henske
Robert Cotham
With a copy to:
PAUL, WEISS, RIFKIND, WHARTON & GARRISON
1285 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10019-6064
Telephone: (212) 373-3000
Telecopy: (212) 757-3990
Attn: James H. Schwab, Esq.
98
<PAGE>
To Sellers:
HANSON FUNDING (G) LIMITED
1 Grosvenor Place
London SWIX 7JH
England
Telephone: 011-44-171-245-1245
Telecopy: 011-44-171-235-3455
Attn: Graham Dransfield, Esq.
Legal Director
With a copy to:
WEIL, GOTSHAL & MANGES LLP
767 Fifth Avenue
New York, New York 10153
Telephone: (212) 310-8000
Telecopy: (212) 310-8007
Attn: Ellen J. Odoner, Esq.
9.2 Amendment; Waiver. Any provision of this Agreement may be
amended or waived if, and only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing and
signed, in the case of an amendment, by Purchaser and any Seller, or in the case
of a waiver, by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective. No failure
or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder
shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise
thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any
other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall
be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.
9.3 Assignment. No party to this Agreement may assign any of its
rights or delegate any of its obligations under this Agreement without the prior
written consent of
99
<PAGE>
the other party hereto, except that Purchaser may assign any and all of its
rights and remedies and delegate its obligations under this Agreement, including
its rights to acquire the shares of the Specified Grove Corporations and the
Specified Grove Assets, to any wholly-owned Subsidiary (provided, however, that
Purchaser shall not be released from any of its obligations hereunder).
9.4 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the Tax Sharing and
Indemnification Agreements and the Supplemental Agreements (including the
Disclosure Schedule and all Exhibits and Annexes hereto and thereto) contain the
entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter
hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral or written,
with respect to such matters, except for the Confidentiality Agreement which
will remain in full force and effect for the term specified therein.
9.5 Fulfillment of Obligations. Any obligation of any party to any
other party under this Agreement or any of the Tax Sharing and Indemnification
Agreements or Supplemental Agreements, which obligation is performed, satisfied
or fulfilled by an Affiliate of such party, shall be deemed to have been
performed, satisfied or fulfilled by such party.
9.6 Parties in Interest. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit
of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and
permitted assigns.
100
<PAGE>
9.7 No Third Party Rights. Except as otherwise provided in Article
VII, nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer on any
Person not a party hereto, any rights or remedies by reason of this Agreement.
9.8 Public Disclosure. Notwithstanding anything herein to the
contrary, each of the parties to this Agreement hereby agrees with the other
party or parties hereto that, except as may be required to comply with the
requirements of any applicable Laws and the rules and regulations of any stock
exchange upon which the securities of one of the parties (or its Affiliate) is
listed, the parties shall agree in advance as to the contents of any press
release with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement issued
through the time of Closing.
9.9 Return of Information. If for any reason whatsoever the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement are not consummated, Purchaser
shall, in addition to satisfying the requirements of the Confidentiality
Agreements, promptly return to the Sellers or destroy (and certify to Sellers
the return or destruction of) all books and records and other information
furnished by or on behalf of the Sellers, their Affiliates, any of the Grove
Companies or any of their respective agents, employees or representatives
(including all copies, if any, thereof), and shall not use or disclose the
information contained in such books and records for any purpose or make such
information available to any other entity or person.
101
<PAGE>
9.10 Expenses. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this
Agreement, whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are
consummated, all out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with
this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be borne by
Sellers if the costs and expenses are incurred by Sellers or their Affiliates
(including the Grove Companies), or by Purchaser if the costs and expenses are
incurred by Purchaser or its Affiliates. All costs, including, transfer and
stamp taxes, duties, notarial fees or other equivalent taxes, fees or duties
resulting from the sale of (i) the Specified Grove Assets that would not have
been required if Purchaser purchased the stock of Kidde and (ii) the capital
stock of the non-U.S. Specified Grove Parent Corporations shall be borne by the
Purchaser. The costs of all title insurance shall be borne by the Purchaser. The
costs of the surveys of the properties identified in Section 9.10 of the
Disclosure Schedule shall be borne equally by Kidde and Purchaser.
9.11 Sections of Disclosure Schedule. The disclosure of any matter
in any section of the Disclosure Schedule shall be deemed to be a disclosure for
all purposes of the Disclosure Schedule to which such matter could reasonably be
expected to be pertinent, but shall expressly not be deemed to constitute an
admission by Sellers or to otherwise imply that any such matter is material for
the purposes of this Agreement.
9.12 GOVERNING LAW; SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; SELECTION OF FORUM.
THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS
OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
102
<PAGE>
EACH PARTY HERETO AGREES THAT IT SHALL BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN RESPECT
OF ANY CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS
CONTAINED IN OR CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT, WHETHER IN TORT OR CONTRACT OR
AT LAW OR IN EQUITY, EXCLUSIVELY IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE
SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK (THE "CHOSEN COURT") AND (I) IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS
TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE CHOSEN COURT, (II) WAIVES ANY OBJECTION TO
LAYING VENUE IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN THE CHOSEN COURT, (III) WAIVES
ANY OBJECTION THAT THE CHOSEN COURT IS AN INCONVENIENT FORUM OR DOES NOT HAVE
JURISDICTION OVER ANY PARTY HERETO AND (IV) AGREES THAT SERVICE OF PROCESS UPON
SUCH PARTY IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE EFFECTIVE IF NOTICE IS
GIVEN IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 9.1 OF THIS AGREEMENT. EACH OF THE SELLERS
IRREVOCABLY DESIGNATES BEAZER EAST INC., 1 OXFORD CENTER, SUITE 3000,
PITTSBURGH, PENNSYLVANIA 15219 (ATTENTION: JILL BLUNDEN, ESQ.), AND PURCHASER
IRREVOCABLY DESIGNATES JOHN R. MONSKY, C/O OAK HILL PARTNERS, 65 EAST 55TH
STREET, 32ND FLOOR, NEW YORK, NY 10022, AS ITS AGENT AND ATTORNEY IN FACT FOR
THE ACCEPTANCE OF SERVICE OF PROCESS AND MAKING AN APPEARANCE ON ITS BEHALF IN
ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING AND
103
<PAGE>
TAKING ALL SUCH ACTS AS MAY BE NECESSARY OR APPROPRIATE IN ORDER TO CONFER
JURISDICTION OVER IT UPON THE CHOSEN COURT, AND THE SELLERS AND PURCHASER
STIPULATE THAT SUCH CONSENT AND APPOINTMENT ARE IRREVOCABLE AND COUPLED WITH AN
INTEREST.
9.13 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which shall
constitute one and the same Agreement.
9.14 Headings. The heading references herein and the table of
contents hereto are for convenience purposes only, do not constitute a part of
this Agreement and shall not be deemed to limit or affect any of the provisions
hereof.
9.15 Severability. The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed
severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not
affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof. If any
provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any Person or any
circumstance, is invalid or unenforceable, (a) a suitable and equitable
provision shall be substituted therefor in order to carry out, so far as may be
valid and enforceable, the intent and purpose of such invalid or unenforceable
provision and (b) the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such
provision to other Persons or circumstances shall not be affected by such
invalidity or unenforceability, nor shall such invalidity or unenforceability
affect the validity or enforceability of such provision, or the application
thereof, in any other jurisdiction.
104
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of
the date first written above.
HANSON FUNDING (G) LIMITED
By: /s/ Graham Dransfield
-------------------------------------
Name: Graham Dransfield
Title: Director
DEUTSCHE GROVE CORPORATION
By: /s/ Robert C. Stift
-------------------------------------
Name: Robert C. Stift
Title: Director
HANSON AMERICA HOLDINGS (4) LTD.
By: /s/ Graham Dransfield
-------------------------------------
Name: Graham Dransfield
Title: Director
GROVE FRANCE SA
By: /s/ Robert C. Stift
-------------------------------------
Name: Robert C. Stift
Title: Director
<PAGE>
KIDDE INDUSTRIES, INC.
By: /s/ Robert C. Stift
-------------------------------------
Name: Robert C. Stift
Title: Director
HANSON FINANCE PLC
By: /s/ Graham Dransfield
-------------------------------------
Name: Graham Dransfield
Title: Director
GROVE WORLDWIDE LLC
By: Grove Holdings LLC, its managing
member
By: Grove Investors LLC, its managing
member
By: /s/ Robert B. Henske
-------------------------------------
Name: Robert B. Henske
Title: President
<PAGE>
Exhibit 10.2
AMENDMENT
AMENDMENT, dated as of April 29, 1998 (this "Amendment"), to the
Stock and Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of March 10, 1998 (as amended,
supplemented or otherwise modified, the "Purchase Agreement"), by and among
Hanson Funding (G) Limited, a limited company organized under the laws of
England and Wales, Deutsche Grove Corporation, a Delaware corporation, Hanson
America Holdings (4) Limited, a limited company organized under the laws of
England and Wales, Grove France SA, a societe anonyme organized under the laws
of France, Kidde Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Hanson Finance PLC, a
public limited company organized under the laws of England and Wales, and Grove
Worldwide LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, the Sellers and the Purchaser are parties to the Purchase
Agreement; and
WHEREAS, the Sellers and Purchaser desire to amend the Purchase
Agreement, subject to the conditions set forth herein;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual
agreements contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the
receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Sellers and the
Purchaser hereby agree as follows:
1. Defined Terms. Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in
the Purchase Agreement shall have such meanings when used herein.
2. Amendment of Section 2.1 (Purchase and Sale of the Grove
Operations). Section 2.1 of the Purchase Agreement is hereby amended as follows:
the amount "$605,000,000" is hereby deleted and replaced with the amount
"$583,000,000." For purposes of the Purchase Agreement, this $22,000,000
reduction in the Purchase Price shall be treated as an adjustment to the amount
of Purchase Price allocated to the Specified Grove Assets pursuant to Section
2.8 of the Purchase Agreement with the effect set forth in Section 2.8(j)
thereof.
3. Amendment of Section 6.2(h) (Liquidity). Section 6.2(h) of the
Purchase Agreement is hereby amended as follows: the amount "$28,524,000" in
clause (x) thereof is hereby deleted and replaced with the amount "$6,524,000."
4. Amendment of Section 9.3 (Assignment). Section 9.3 is hereby
amended as follows: the phrase "to any wholly-owned Subsidiary" is hereby
deleted and
<PAGE>
2
replaced with the phrase "to any direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary
(without giving effect to foreign statutory share ownership or similar
requirements)."
5. Amendment to Section 2.2 of the Disclosure Schedule. Section 2.2
of the Disclosure Schedule is hereby amended as follows: the amount
"442,499,000" of purchase price allocated to the Specified Grove Assets is
hereby deleted and replaced with the amount "420,499,000." The amount
"605,000,000" in the first paragraph under "Specified Grove Assets" is hereby
deleted and replaced with the amount "583,000,000."
6. Amendment to Section 2.5 of the Disclosure Schedule. Section 2.5
of the Disclosure Schedule is hereby amended as follows: in the sixth entry, at
the end of the second line, after the words "the HSBC Letter," there shall be
added the phrase: "as the same are more particularly identified in the second
paragraph on page 2 of the HSBC Agency Agreement, and".
7. Amendment to Section 1.1(a) of the Disclosure Schedule. Section
1.1(a) of the Disclosure Schedule is hereby amended as follows: as an additional
adjustment under the heading "Adjustments to Be Made Only to The Closing Balance
Sheet," there shall be added:
"The Closing Balance Sheet will reflect the receipt of U.S.
$3.5 million by Grove France SA representing the proceeds from the
sale of Delta Manlift SAS, the repayment by Grove France SA to Grove
Europe Limited of the sum of (pound)2,097,441 (being $3,500,000 at
$1.6687 to (pound)1) or if a lesser amount, the remaining balance of
the debt due from Grove France SA to Grove Europe Limited, and any
net cash retained by Grove France SA as a consequence of such
transactions as if such transactions had taken place on the
Determination Date and not on the Closing Date."
8. Amendment of Section 5.6 (Benefit Plans). Section 5.6 of the
Purchase Agreement is hereby amended to add the following subsection:
"(d) Additional Contributions. Sellers (for themselves and for
Hanson) and Purchaser hereby agree that each of them will contribute
$2.25 million to Grove's hourly pension plan within five (5)
Business Days of the Closing Date. The cost of the Sellers'
contribution will be borne by them and will not be indirectly passed
on to increase the Purchase Price (as an adjustment to the Closing
Balance Sheet or otherwise). Similarly, the cost of Purchaser's
contribution will be borne by Purchaser and will not be used to
decrease the Purchase Price (as an adjustment to the Closing Balance
Sheet or otherwise)."
<PAGE>
3
9. Amendment to Section 7.3(a)(viii) (Indemnification by Sellers).
Section 7.3(a)(viii) of the Purchase Agreement is hereby amended as follows:
after the words "Inactive Companies," insert the phrase ", other than those that
constitute Assumed Liabilities."
10. Amendment to Section 2.6 (Assumed Liabilities). Section 2.6 of
the Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the following sentence
after the first sentence thereof:
"For the avoidance of doubt, the parties agree that the term
"Assumed Liabilities" shall include all of the obligations and
liabilities of Kidde related to the Grove Operations that were
transferred to or assumed or performed by Kidde, any Specified Grove
Corporation or any predecessor in interest pursuant to the
resolutions, instruments and other arrangements set forth in Annexes
A and B hereto."
11. Amendment to Section 2.3 (Sale and Purchase of Stock) Regarding
Grove Manlift Pty. Ltd. ("Manlift"). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained in Section 2.3 or elsewhere in the Agreement, the Agreement shall not
constitute the sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or delivery of the Shares
of Manlift until the expiration of all required waiting periods and/or receipt
of all necessary approvals under the Competition Laws of Australia (the
"Australian Closing Date"). Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison shall hold
the Shares of Manlift and the applicable portion of the Purchase Price ($1,000)
in escrow until the Australian Closing Date, at which time it may deliver the
Shares of Manlift to Purchaser and the $1,000 in cash to Hanson America without
any further action of the parties. During the period from the Closing until the
Australian Closing Date, the parties shall cooperate with each other in any
reasonable and lawful arrangements, at Purchaser's expense, to provide Purchaser
the economic benefits and liabilities of ownership of the Shares of Manlift
under Purchaser. Purchaser shall indemnify Sellers against any liabilities
arising from the operation of Manlift pursuant to such arrangements prior to the
Australian Closing Date (except to the extent Purchaser would have been entitled
to indemnification relating to Manlift under Article VII had the Australian
Closing Date occurred).
12. Amendment to Section 1.1(f) of the Disclosure Schedule. Section
1.1(f) of the Disclosure Schedule is hereby amended by deleting number 11,
entitled: "Software License Agreement dated June 30, 1997, between Grove NA
(f/k/a Grove Manufacturing Company) and Cincom Systems, Inc."
13. Continuing Effect of Purchase Agreement. This Amendment shall
not constitute a waiver, amendment or modification of any other provision of the
Purchase Agreement not expressly referred to herein and shall not be construed
as a waiver or consent to any further or future action on the part of the
Sellers that would require a waiver or consent of the Purchaser. Except as
expressly amended or modified
<PAGE>
4
herein, the provisions of the Purchase Agreement are and shall remain in full
force and effect.
14. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed by one or more of
the parties hereto on any number of separate counterparts and all such
counterparts shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument. Each party
hereto confirms that any facsimile copy of such party's executed counterpart of
this Amendment (or its signature page thereof) shall be deemed to be an executed
original thereof.
15. Effectiveness. This Amendment shall be effective upon receipt by
the Purchaser of counterparts hereof, duly executed and delivered by the
Sellers.
16. Governing Law. This Amendment shall be governed by, and
interpreted and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of
New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to
be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as
of the day and year first above written.
HANSON FUNDING (G) LIMITED
By: /s/ Graham Dransfield
------------------------
Name: Graham Dransfield
Title: Director
DEUTSCHE GROVE CORPORATION
By: /s/ Robert C. Stift
------------------------
Name: Robert C. Stift
Title: Director
HANSON AMERICA HOLDINGS (4) LIMITED
By: /s/ Graham Dransfield
------------------------
Name: Graham Dransfield
Title: Director
GROVE FRANCE SA
By: /s/ Robert C. Stift
------------------------
Name: Robert C. Stift
Title: Director
KIDDE INDUSTRIES, INC.
By: /s/ Robert C. Stift
------------------------
Name: Robert C. Stift
Title: Director
<PAGE>
6
HANSON FINANCE PLC
By: /s/ Graham Dransfield
------------------------
Name: Graham Dransfield
Title: Director
GROVE WORLDWIDE LLC
By: /s/ Salvatore J. Bonanno
--------------------------
Name: Salvatore J. Bonanno
Title: Chief Executive Officer
<PAGE>
April 29, 1998
ANNEX A
1. 5/19/48 Grove Manufacturing Company is incorporated in
Pennsylvania ("GMC1").
2. 9/18/67 Board of Directors of GMC1 meet and resolve that the
August 25, 1967 Agreement and Plan of Reorganization
between Walter Kidde & Company, Inc. (("WKC") and GMC1
is adopted and approved, such Agreement and Plan
providing for (a) the sale by GMC1, and the purchase by
WKC or a wholly owned subsidiary of WKC, of
substantially all of the assets of GMC1 in exchange for
the shares of Series Accumulative Preference Shares and
Common Shares of WKC, (b) the assumption by WKC or by a
subsidiary of WKC and guaranteed by WKC, of
substantially all the liabilities and obligations of
GMC1 existing at the time of closing, (c) the
disillusion of GMC1 and the distribution to its
shareholders of various WKC shares, and (d) the
amendment of the Articles of Incorporation of the GMC1
in order to change its name to GMC Liquidating
Corporation.
3. 9/29/67 August 25, 1967 Agreement and Plan of Reorganization
between WKC and GMC1 is approved by the shareholders of
GMC1 at its annual meeting.
4. 11/09/67 A second "Grove Manufacturing Company" is incorporated
in Pennsylvania ("GMC2") as a wholly owned subsidiary of
WKC.
5. 11/17/67 Assignment, Bill of Sale, Assumption and Guarantee,
dated November 17, 1967, are entered into between GMC1,
WKC, and GMC2 whereby, among other things, (a) GMC1
sells and transfers substantially all of its assets to
GMC2 and (b) GMC2 assumes substantially all of the
liabilities of GMC1.
6. 11/17/67 GMC1 changes its name to GMC Liquidating Corporation.
7. 5/26/69 Articles of Dissolution are approved and filed in the
Pennsylvania Department of State for the dissolution of
GMC Liquidating Corporation.
8. 10/01/71 Joint meeting between the Board of Directors of GMC2 and
WKC (GMC2's sole shareholder) is held at which meeting
the Board of Directors of GMC2 resolve that GMC2 should
be liquidated with its net assets distributed to Walter
Kidde & Company, Inc.
9. 10/01/71 Meeting of Executive Committee of the Board of Directors
of WKC is held at which WKC, the sole shareholder of
GMC2, is authorized to vote its GMC2 shares in favor of
the complete liquidation of GMC2. Further, it is
resolved
<PAGE>
Page 2 April 29, 1998
that WKC is authorized to assume and unconditionally pay
and discharge all the liabilities and obligations of
GMC2.
10. 10/01/71 WKC and GMC2 enter into (a) an Agreement and Plan of
Liquidation for the liquidation of GMC2 and (b) a Bill
of Sale and Assignment Transferring All Assets to Walter
Kidde & Company, Inc. transferring GMC2's assets to WKC.
11. 4/16/80 WKC changes its name to Kidde, Inc.
12. 3/31/88 Pursuant to its plan of liquidation and dissolution,
Kidde, Inc. merges with and into Bloom-1 Inc. which
assumes the liabilities of Kidde, Inc. Bloom-1 Inc. is
the surviving corporation and thereafter changes its
name to Kidde, Inc.
13. 3/31/88 Pursuant to its plan of liquidation and dissolution,
Kidde, Inc. (formerly Bloom-1 Inc.) merges with and into
HIMP-2 Inc. which assumes all the liabilities of
Kidde, Inc. HIMP-2 Inc. is the surviving corporation and
thereafter changes its name to Kidde, Inc.
14. 4/02/88 By Memorandum of Distribution and Liquidation, all of
the assets and liabilities of the Grove Manufacturing
Company division of Kidde, Inc. are distributed and
assigned to HKID-45 Inc.
15. 4/04/88 Pursuant to its plan of liquidation and dissolution,
Kidde, Inc. (formerly HIMP-2 Inc.) merges with and
into HKID-45 Inc. which assumes all the liabilities of
Kidde, Inc. HKID-45 Inc. is the surviving corporation
and thereafter changes its name to Kidde Industries,
Inc. As a result, Kidde Industries, Inc. then includes
as one of its divisions Grove Manufacturing Company.
16. 2/02/90 The divisional name of Grove Manufacturing Company is
redesignated as Grove North America, Division of Kidde
Industries, Inc.
<PAGE>
ANNEX B
ASSIGNMENT OF INTERNATIONAL
DISTRIBUTOR SALES AND SERVICE AGREEMENTS
THIS ASSIGNMENT OF INTERNATIONAL DISTRIBUTOR SALES AND SERVICE
AGREEMENTS is being made as of this 29th day of April 1998 among Grove
International Corporation, a Delaware corporation having its principal place of
business at 1565 Buchanan Trail East, Shady Grove, Pennsylvania 17256 (the
"Assignor"), and Grove North America, Division of Kidde Industries, Inc., a
Delaware corporation having its principal place of business at 1565 Buchanan
Trail East, Shady Grove, Pennsylvania 17256 (and "Assignee"), and Grove Europe
Limited, a limited company organized under the laws of England and Wales having
its principal office at Crown Works, Pallion, Sunderland SR4 6TT, United Kingdom
(an "Assignee"), with Kidde Industries, Inc. and Grove Europe Limited
collectively referred to as "Assignees").
W I T N E S S E T H
Recitals.
A. Assignor has entered into International Distributor Sales and Service
Agreements and related distributor documentation (collectively, "Distributor
Agreements") with various entities which have been or are distributors of Grove
Worldwide crane and aerial work platform products and parts.
B. The Assignees have administered and continue to administer the
Distributor Agreements with each Assignee specifically having administered and
administering those Distributor Agreements covering geographical areas within
each Assignee's geographical area of responsibility.
C. Assignor desires to assign to Assignees, and Assignees desire to accept
an assignment from Assignor of, all rights, title, and interest of the Assignor
to, and all liabilities and obligations of the Assignor under the Distributor
Agreements.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and the mutual
promises, covenants, and conditions hereinafter contained, the parties hereto
agree as follows:
<PAGE>
1. Assignment. Assignor does hereby sell, and transfer unto each
respective Assignee all of Assignor's right, title and interest in, to and under
the Distributor Agreements.
2. Assumption by Assignees. The Assignees hereby jointly and severally
assume and agree to perform all of the terms, covenants, and conditions which
are to be carried out and performed by "Grove" (as that term is defined in the
Distributor Agreements) under the Distributor Agreements which are transferred
to each of the respective Assignees and to defend, hold harmless and indemnify
the Assignor (including but not limited to its employees, agents, officers,
directors, successors and assigns) from and against any and all claims, demands,
actions, losses, and costs and expenses (including, but not limited to,
attorneys' fees) arising out of or pertaining in any way to the Distributor
Agreements upon and after the date of this Assignment.
3. Indemnification. The Assignees hereby agree jointly and severally to
defend, hold harmless, indemnify and release the Assignor (including, but not
limited to, its employees, agents, officers, directors, successors, and assigns)
from and against any and all claims, demands, actions, losses, and costs and
expenses (including, but not limited to, attorneys' fees) arising out of or
pertaining in any way to the Distributor Agreements prior to the date of this
Assignment but only to the same extent Purchaser would be obligated to indemnify
Sellers for an Assumed Liability under, and as such terms are defined in, the
Stock and Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of March 10, 1998, as amended, among
Hanson Funding (G) Limited, a limited company organized under the Laws of
England and Wales, Deutsche Grove Corporation, a Delaware corporation, Hanson
America Holdings (4) Limited, a limited company organized under the laws of
England and Wales, Grove France SA, a societe anonyme organized under the laws
of France, Kidde Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Hanson Finance PLC, a
public limited company organized under the laws of England and Wales, and Grove
Worldwide LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.
4. Successors. This Assignment shall be binding upon and shall inure to
the benefit of the Assignor and the Assignees and their respective successors
and assigns.
2
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Assignment to be
duly executed by their duly authorized officers as of the day and year first
written above.
ASSIGNEE
Grove North America,
Division of Kidde Industries, Inc.
By: /s/ Keith R. Simmons
-----------------------------------
Name: Keith R. Simmons
---------------------------------
Title: Vice President
--------------------------------
ASSIGNEE
Grove Europe Limited
By:____________________________________
Name:__________________________________
Title:_________________________________
ASSIGNOR
Grove International Corporation
By: /s/ Keith R. Simmons
-----------------------------------
Name: Keith R. Simmons
---------------------------------
Title: Vice President
--------------------------------
3
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Assignment to be
duly executed by their duly authorized officers as of the day and year first
written above.
ASSIGNEE
Grove North America,
Division of Kidde Industries, Inc.
By:____________________________________
Name:__________________________________
Title:_________________________________
ASSIGNEE
Grove Europe Limited
By: /s/ G. Fred Heidinger
-----------------------------------
Name: G. Fred Heidinger
---------------------------------
Title: Director
--------------------------------
ASSIGNOR
Grove International Corporation
By:____________________________________
Name:__________________________________
Title:_________________________________
3
<PAGE>
Exhibit 10.3
EXECUTION COPY
CONSULTING AGREEMENT
THIS CONSULTING AGREEMENT, dated effective as of April 29, 1998 (the
"Effective Date"), is by and between Grove Worldwide LLC, a Delaware limited
liability company (the "Company"), and George Group, Inc., a Texas corporation
(the "Consultant").
For and in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set
forth herein and other good and valuable consideration, the adequacy and receipt
of which are hereby acknowledged and agreed, the parties hereby agree as
follows:
1. Engagement. The Company hereby agrees to engage the Consultant,
and the Consultant hereby agrees to serve the Company, in each case upon the
terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.
2. Term. The term of this Agreement (the "Term") shall be the period
commencing on the Effective Date and ending on September 30, 2002 (the
"Performance Term"), subject to the earlier exercise of the termination rights
of the Company or the Consultant set forth in Section 8 below.
3. Advisory Services. During the Term, the Consultant shall provide
personnel and resources as necessary to design and implement Company-wide
business processes consistent with those practices generally considered to be
"best practices" and designed to result in improvements in the Company's
revenue, cash flow, and return on invested capital (the "Services") in
accordance with the Consulting Plan and Budget attached hereto as Exhibit "A"
(the "Plan"). It is a material term of this Agreement that, at all times during
the Term, the personnel assigned by the Consultant to perform the Services shall
be acceptable to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. The Consultant
shall perform its duties hereunder in good faith.
4. Compensation.
4.1 Payment of Fee. As compensation for the performance of the
Services and reimbursement for estimated expenses during the Term, the
Consultant shall receive a monthly fee as specified in the Plan (each such fee,
a "Monthly Fees and Expenses") during each such one-month period in connection
with the performance of such Services, subject to Adjustment (as defined
herein). In no event shall the sum of the aggregate of Monthly Fees and Expenses
paid to the Consultant exceed $14,438,000.00, subject to Adjustment ("Total
Fee"). At the beginning of each month during the Term of this Agreement, the
Consultant shall provide the Company with a written statement (the "Consultant
Bill") including the applicable Monthly Fees and Expenses for the month in which
the Consultant Bill is rendered. The Company shall pay the Monthly Fees and
Expenses in advance (for
<PAGE>
2
the month in which the Consultant Bill is dated) on or before 30 days after
receipt of the Consultant Bill. The actual out-of-pocket expenses of the
Consultant will be calculated at the end of the Term of this Agreement and 50%
of the excess, if any, of (a) $3,822,000.00 over (b) such actual expenses of the
Consultant to such date shall be reimbursed by Consultant to the Company
promptly following the determination thereof.
"Adjustment" as used herein refers to an increase or decrease in a
Monthly Fee or the Total Fee as a result of the Company modifying the scope of
the Services performed hereunder measured on a man-month basis; provided,
however, that the actual number of man-months worked as a result of a
modification in the scope of Services requested by the Company shall not differ
from the budgeted number of man-months for the entire Term by more than 15%.
4.2 Record of Expenses. The Consultant shall maintain, during
the Term of this Agreement and continuing for a period the longer of (a) one
year after the termination of this Agreement or (b) until the final resolution
of any dispute between the Company and the Consultant which is outstanding on
such anniversary date, its internal books and records pertaining to its
expenses, in sufficient detail and condition so as to permit reasonable
convenient periodic audits of such books and records by the Company or the
Company's authorized representative, at times and places mutually agreed upon by
the Company and the Consultant, so that the Company may verify the amount of any
and all expenses included in the Consultant Bills.
5. Intellectual Property.
(a) As used herein the following definitions shall apply:
"Deliverables" shall mean software (source code, object code,
associated documentation and related data files, tools and utilities), plans,
methods, prototypes, circuitry, diagrams, drawings, designs, specifications,
proposals, technical descriptions, schematics, and other technical information
relating to the subject matter of the Services that the Consultant provides to
the Company pursuant to this Agreement.
"Intellectual Property Rights" or "IP Rights" shall mean all patent,
copyright, trade secret and other proprietary rights in Deliverables.
(b) The Consultant shall assign to the Company all IP rights
created or acquired by the Consultant during the Term of this Agreement which
(i) are specifically adapted for mobile hydraulic crane or aerial work platform
products manufacturing, or (ii) incorporate Confidential Information of the
Company. The foregoing shall not preclude the Consultant from using general
information and techniques developed during the Agreement on behalf of other
clients of the
<PAGE>
3
Consultant. The Consultant retains sole ownership of all IP Rights in existence
at the beginning of the term of this Agreement, and all IP Rights created or
acquired by the Consultant during the term of this Agreement other than those
which are to be owned by the Company as provided above. The owning party shall
have the exclusive right to file and prosecute patent and copyright applications
relating to the applicable IP Rights.
(c) The Consultant hereby grants to the Company, and those of
its subsidiaries, parents and affiliates which are engaged in the business of
mobile hydraulic crane and aerial work platform products manufacturing, a
perpetual, paid-up, non-exclusive license, without right of sublicense, under
the Consultant-owned IP Rights to use Deliverables provided by the Consultant
pursuant to this Agreement for the Company's, any such subsidiaries', parents'
and affiliates' internal business purposes only. The license granted herein
shall be non-transferable without the Consultant's prior written consent,
provided that no such consent shall be required for transfers to a successor of
the Company or to a purchaser of all or substantially all the assets of the
business in which the IP Rights will be used, provided such transferee is not a
competitor of the Consultant.
(d) The Consultant shall, at its expense, defend or settle any
claim, action, or allegation brought against the Company that the Deliverables
infringe any patent, copyright, trade secret, or other proprietary right of any
third party or that the Company's use of the Deliverables violates any
non-competition or similar agreement or otherwise violates the rights of any
third party and pay any judgments awarded or settlements entered into, provided
that the Company must give written notice of any such claim, action, or
allegation of infringement (collectively, "Infringement Claim") to the
Consultant within 30 days after the Company first receives notice thereof. The
Company will promptly grant to the Consultant, and the Consultant will have, the
exclusive right to defend any Infringement Claim and make settlements thereof at
its own discretion, and the Company may not settle or compromise any
Infringement Claim, except with prior written consent of the Consultant. The
Company shall give such assistance and information as the Consultant may
reasonably require to settle or oppose any Infringement Claim. If any such
infringement occurs or may occur, the Consultant shall, at its sole option and
expense (a) procure for the Company the right to continue use of the
Deliverables or infringing part thereof, (b) modify or amend the Deliverables or
infringing part thereof, or (c) replace the Deliverables with other Deliverables
having substantially the same or better capabilities. This paragraph sets forth
the entire liability of the Consultant to the Company with respect to
infringement of any patent, copyright, trade secret or other proprietary rights.
6. Confidentiality.
6.1 Confidential Information. The Consultant and the Company
acknowledge that they may acquire certain information and materials that
<PAGE>
4
are the confidential and proprietary information of the other (the "Confidential
Information"). The Consultant and the Company agree not to disclose or use the
Confidential Information except in the performance of this Agreement or with the
prior, express, written consent of the other. The Consultant and the Company
agree to take all actions reasonably necessary and satisfactory to the other to
protect the confidentiality of the Confidential Information (including, without
limitation, as either receiving party may deem appropriate, entering into
written agreements with each of its employees, representatives, agents and
subcontractors who perform services hereunder sufficient to carry out each
party's obligations under this Agreement).
6.2 Non-Confidential Information. The following shall not be
considered Confidential Information:
(a) Information previously known to the disclosee that
is, or subsequently becomes, rightfully and without breach of any obligation to
or agreement with the other party hereto, in the disclosee's possession without
any obligation restricting use or disclosure.
(b) Information in the public domain, through no act or
omission of the party to this Agreement required to keep such information
confidential.
(c) Information received from a third party with a legal
or contractual right to disclose such information.
(d) Information independently developed by the disclosee
without reference to the Confidential Information.
6.3 Publicity. The Consultant shall not use and shall keep its
employees from using the name of the Company and its sponsors and their
respective affiliates with any third party, without the prior express written
consent of the Company.
6.4 Other Agreements. The Consultant and the Company expressly
agree that this Agreement is intended to replace and supersede all, if any,
prior agreements between the Consultant and the Company concerning
confidentiality and non-disclosure.
6.5 Release of Obligations. Each party will be relieved of its
respective confidentiality obligations hereunder if, and only to the extent,
that any Confidential Information is disclosed pursuant to the lawful
requirement or request of a governmental agency, or disclosure is required by
operation of law, solely with respect to such Confidential Information required
to be so disclosed; provided that such party has given notice to the other party
and with sufficient time to enable the
<PAGE>
5
other party to seek a protective order limiting disclosure and use of the
Confidential Information so disclosed.
7. Restrictive Covenants of Consultant.
7.1 Non-Competition. For a period commencing on the Effective
Date and ending on the fifth anniversary of the earlier of (i) a Change in
Control (as defined herein) or (ii) the date of termination of this Agreement
pursuant to Section 8.1 or Section 8.2 (the "Restricted Period"), the Consultant
covenants and agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Company,
neither the Consultant nor its principals shall, in the Territory (as defined
below), working alone or in conjunction with one or more other persons or
entities, for compensation or not, directly or indirectly, either for itself or
himself or as a member of a partnership or other association or as a
stockholder, investor, lender, agent, associate, employee or consultant of any
person, partnership, corporation or other association (other than through
ownership for investment purposes of not more than 5% of the outstanding shares
of a corporation's capital stock which is listed on a national securities
exchange or quoted on any automated quotation system), engage in the business of
manufacturing, distribution and/or selling any of the products produced and/or
distributed by the Company at any time during the Restricted Period. As used
herein, the term "Territory" means any county in any state of the United States.
The parties intend that the covenants contained in this Section 7.1 shall be
deemed to be a series of separate covenants, one for each county in each state
of the United States and, except for geographic coverage, each such separate
covenant shall be identical in terms to the covenant contained in this Section
7.1.
7.2 No Solicitation. During the Restricted Period, the
Consultant covenants and agrees that neither it nor its principals shall,
directly or indirectly through any affiliate, employee, agent or representative,
interfere with, or take any action that would have the effect of interfering
with, the contractual and other relationships between the Company or any of its
affiliates and any of its or their employees. During the Restricted Period, the
Company covenants and agrees that neither it nor its principals shall, directly
or indirectly through any affiliate, employee, agent or representative,
interfere with, or take any action that would have the effect of interfering
with, the contractual and other relationships between the Consultant or any of
its affiliates and any of its or their employees.
7.3 Tolling. If the Consultant violates any covenant contained
in this Section, then the Restricted Period shall be tolled for the period
commencing on the commencement of such violation and ending upon the earlier of
(a) such time as such violation shall be cured by the Consultant to the
reasonable satisfaction of the Company or (b) final adjudication (including
appeals) of any action filed for injunctive relief or damages arising out of
such violation.
<PAGE>
6
7.4 Reformation. If, in any judicial proceeding, the court
shall refuse to enforce any covenant contained in this Section hereof as written
because the duration thereof is too long, it is expressly understood and agreed
between the parties hereto that for purposes of such proceeding the duration of
such covenant shall be deemed reduced to the extent necessary to permit
enforcement of such covenant. If, in any judicial proceeding, the court shall
refuse to enforce any covenant contained in this Section hereof as written
because such covenant is more extensive (whether as to geographic area, scope of
business or otherwise) than necessary to protect the business and goodwill of
the Company or any of its affiliates, it is expressly understood and agreed
between the parties hereto that for purposes of such proceeding, the geographic
area, scope of business or other aspect shall be deemed reduced to the extent
necessary to permit enforcement of such covenant.
8. Termination.
8.1 Termination by the Company. The Company may terminate this
Agreement immediately (i) upon the occurrence of a Change in Control (as defined
in Section 8.2(ii)), (ii) following the failure to perform any term, covenant or
agreement of this Agreement by the Consultant (other than the Performance
Failure) or the failure to perform any term, covenant or agreement of the LLC
Agreement (as defined below) by Michael George or GGEP-Grove, L.P., and such
failure shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days following notice by
the non- breaching party to the Consultant, GGEP-Grove, L.P. or Michael George,
as the case may be, stating the nature of such breach, or (iii) following 90
days written notice to the Consultant of its decision to terminate this
Agreement for Performance Failure, unless the Company meets or exceeds the
Annual EBITDA Baseline performance targets set forth in Exhibit "C" to the
Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Grove Investors LLC
(the "LLC Agreement") on a trailing last twelve month basis during the 90 day
notice period.
As used herein, "Performance Failure" means the failure of the
Company for any reason to achieve the Annual EBITDA Baseline performance targets
as set forth in Exhibit C to the LLC Agreement, except in fiscal year 1999. In
fiscal year 1999, "Cause" means the failure of the Company to achieve an Annual
EBITDA of greater than (i) the product of (x) fiscal year 1999 Annual Revenue
and (y) 0.195%, minus (ii) 78,400,000.00.
8.2 Termination by the Consultant. The Consultant may
terminate this Agreement:
(i) in the event that the Company fails to remit payment
to the Consultant within 30 days following receipt of any Consultant Bill,
provided that the Consultant gives the Company written notice of such failure to
pay and the Company fails to cure such nonpayment within 30 days after receipt
of such notice, or
<PAGE>
7
(ii) upon the occurrence of a Change in Control (as
defined below) of the Company, provided that such termination will not be
effective until at least 90 days following the date that the Change of Control
of the Company occurs. As used herein, "Change in Control" means that more than
50% of the voting interests in the Company, or more than 50% of the assets
thereof, are sold, transferred, directly or indirectly, to an entity or person
other than Grove Investors LLC and their direct and indirect members, general
and limited partners as of the date hereof or to a person that is not controlled
by, controlling or under common control with (being greater than 50% voting
control) one or more of the foregoing.
8.3 Post-Termination Obligations.
(a) Upon the effective date of termination of this
Agreement (whether upon expiration of the Term or otherwise), (i) the Company
shall pay the Monthly Fees and Expenses in accordance with Section 4 hereof,
through the effective date of termination; and (ii) the Consultant shall deliver
to the Company all records in the possession of the Consultant relating to the
business and affairs of the Company, together with all items of property owned
by the Company and in the Consultant's possession. The actual out-of pocket
expenses of Consultant will be calculated at the effective date of the
termination of this Agreement and the excess of (a) the Monthly Expenses funded
through such date (as set forth in the Plan) over (b) such actual expense of
Consultant to such date shall be reimbursed by Consultant to the Company
promptly following the determination thereof.
(b) In addition, following the termination of this
Agreement upon the expiration of the Term pursuant to Section 1, the Consultant,
for four years after such termination. will make available to the Company at the
Company's request consultant services not to exceed eight days or $25,000 in
Consultant fees annually in order to assist the Company in its efforts to
maintain the performance goals achieved under the Plan and to continue improving
the Company's performance. If additional services are needed or additional
projects are identified, the Consultant shall provide such additional services
as are requested by the Company at a cost per consultant month to be agreed to
by the parties but in any event not to exceed $40,000.
(c) Termination of this Agreement shall not release the
Consultant or the Company from liability for failure to perform any of the
duties or obligations of either of them under this Agreement that have already
accrued, and the payment of any amounts in connection with the termination shall
not constitute a release of the Consultant or the Company, as the case may be,
from any such accrued liabilities.
(d) After the effective date of termination and except
as set forth in this Section 8.3 and except for the obligations set forth in
Sections 5, 6
<PAGE>
8
and 7, neither party shall have any further obligation to the other party hereto
under this Agreement.
9. Representations and Warranties.
9.1 Consultant Representations. The Consultant is a
corporation existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Texas.
This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the
Consultant and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the
Consultant, enforceable against the Consultant in accordance with its terms,
subject as to enforcement to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other
laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors' rights
generally and to general equitable principles. The Consultant has all necessary
corporate power and authority to perform its obligations hereunder.
9.2 Company Representations. The Company is a limited
liability company existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of
Delaware. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the
Company and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company
enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, subject as to
enforcement to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other laws of general
applicability relating to or affecting creditors' rights generally and to
general equitable principles. The Company has all necessary limited liability
company power and authority to perform its obligations hereunder.
9.3 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. EXCEPT FOR THE EXPRESS WARRANTIES
SPECIFIED IN SECTIONS 9.1 AND 9.2, NEITHER THE CONSULTANT NOR THE COMPANY MAKES
ANY OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
CONSULTANT WILL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY MODIFICATION OF THE DELIVERABLES MADE
BY COMPANY OR ITS CONSULTANTS. IN NO EVENT SHALL CONSULTANT BE LIABLE FOR ANY
SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES RESULTING FROM USE OF A DELIVERABLE.
10. Indemnification. Each party agrees to indemnify and hold the
other harmless against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities incurred by
the other party based upon acts performed or omitted to be performed by such
party as the result of its willful misconduct, negligence, intentional breach of
this Agreement or fraud, unless such act or omission also constitutes willful
misconduct, negligence, intentional breach or fraud on the part of the
indemnitee.
11. Amendments. This Agreement may be amended only by a written
instrument duly executed by both parties hereto.
<PAGE>
9
12. Entire Agreement. This Agreement embodies the entire Agreement
between the parties hereto concerning the subject matters mentioned herein and
supersedes all previous discussions, correspondence, understandings and
agreements, whether written or oral, with respect to such matters.
13. Notices. All notices and other communications necessary or
contemplated under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to
have been duly delivered three business days after mailing by certified mail,
when delivered by hand, or one day after sending by overnight delivery service,
to the respective addresses of the parties set forth on the signature page
hereto.
14. Assignment. Neither party may assign this Agreement, or any
interest in it, by operation of law or otherwise, without the prior written
consent of the other party, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld;
provided, however, that either party may assign its rights and obligations under
this Agreement to its successor without the consent of the other party in the
event that it shall effect a reorganization, consolidate with, or merge into,
any other entity or transfer all or substantially all of its properties or
assets to any other entity if the shareholders of the assigning party
immediately prior to such reorganization, consolidation, merger or transfer
constitute a majority of the shareholders of such new entity. This Agreement
shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and the Consultant
and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
15. Severability. If any portion or provision of this Agreement
shall to any extent be declared illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent
jurisdiction, then the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such
portion or provision in circumstances other than those as to which it is so
declared illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each
portion and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the
fullest extent permitted by law.
16. Waiver. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be
effective unless made in writing and signed by a duly authorized representative
of each party. The failure of either party to require the performance of any
term or obligation of this Agreement, or the waiver by either party of any
breach of this Agreement, shall not prevent any subsequent enforcement of such
term or obligation or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach.
17. Headings. The headings and captions in this Agreement are for
convenience only and in no way define or describe the scope or content of any
provision of this Agreement.
18. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more
counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which together
constitute one and the same instrument.
<PAGE>
10
19. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced
under and be governed in all respects by the substantive laws of the State of
Texas, without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof.
20. Dispute Resolution. In the event of any dispute between the
Company and the Consultant, the Consultant and the Company agree that prior to
submitting any such dispute to the Mediators (as defined herein) in accordance
with this Section they shall attempt to resolve disputes in an informal and
timely manner. In the event, however, that a dispute cannot be resolved
informally, the Consultant and the Company hereby designate the individuals in
the positions named below as "Mediators," who shall have the responsibility for
settling formal disputes. The Mediators agree to use reasonable best efforts to
confer with one another within one week after the formal dispute has been
submitted. If the Mediators are not able to resolve the dispute within two weeks
after its submission, then the dispute will be submitted to the Management
Committee of the Company which shall resolve the dispute fully and finally.
Neither party may have recourse to the judicial system to resolve any such
dispute.
Consultant's Mediator: Frank Guidone, Senior Vice
President, Results Delivery
Company's Mediator: Salvatore J. Bonanno, Chief
Executive Officer
21. Status. The Consultant shall be deemed to be an independent
contractor. The Consultant shall not have the authority to act for or represent
the Company in any way and shall not otherwise be deemed to be an agent of the
Company. Similarly, the Company shall not have the authority to act for or
represent the Consultant in any way and neither shall be deemed to be an agent
of the Consultant. Nothing contained herein shall create or constitute the
Company and the Consultant as members of any partnership, joint venture,
association, syndicate, unincorporated business, or other separate entity, nor
shall be deemed to confer on
<PAGE>
11
any of them any express, implied, or apparent authority to incur any obligation
or liability on behalf of such other entity.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party hereto has caused this Agreement to
be duly executed by its duly authorized representative effective as of the
Effective Date.
ADDRESS: GROVE WORLDWIDE LLC
1565 Buchanan Trail East
P.O. Box 21
Shady Grove, PA 17256 By: /s/ Salvatore J. Bonanno
Attention: Salvatore Bonanno ------------------------
Title: President
----------------------
ADDRESS: GEORGE GROUP, INC.
One Galleria Tower
13355 Noel Road, Suite 1100
Dallas, Texas 75240 By: /s/ James Storie
Attention: James Storie ------------------------
Les Park Title:
----------------------
<PAGE>
Exhibit 10.4
EXECUTION COPY
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT dated as of March 5, 1998 between Grove Worldwide
LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ("Grove"), and Salvatore J. Bonanno
("Executive").
WHEREAS, Grove Investors LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the
"Parent"), Grove Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
("Holdings"), and Grove (collectively, the "Company") desire that Grove employ
Executive and enter into an agreement embodying the terms of such employment
(the "Agreement"); and
WHEREAS, Executive desires to accept such employment and enter into such
an Agreement;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and mutual covenants
herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties agree as
follows:
1. Term of Employment. Executive shall be employed by Grove for a period
commencing on the date of closing (the "Closing") of Grove's acquisition of
stock and/or assets constituting the Grove Worldwide businesses directly or
indirectly owned by Hanson PLC (the "Business") and ending at the end of the day
before the second anniversary of the date of the Closing. The term of this
Agreement (the "Employment Term") shall be extended for successive two-year
periods thereafter unless Executive's employment is earlier terminated pursuant
to Section 9
<PAGE>
2
or unless Executive or Grove shall have given notice of its intention not to
extend the Employment Term not later than six months prior to the end of any
such two-year period (including the initial two-year period).
2. Position.
(a) Executive shall serve as Chief Executive Officer of Grove.
Executive shall be responsible for directing and overseeing all operations of
Grove, shall at all times be the highest ranking officer of Grove, and shall
otherwise perform such duties and exercise such powers commensurate wit his
position as shall be reasonably determined from time to time by the Board of
Directors of Grove (the "Grove Board"). Executive shall report directly to the
Grove Board. Executive's principal place of employment shall be the executive
offices of Grove which are presently located in Shady Grove, Pennsylvania, and
Executive shall perform his duties hereunder principally from such executive
offices of Grove, subject to reasonable travel requirements.
(b) During the Employment Term, Executive shall devote all of his
business time and best efforts to the performance of his duties hereunder and
shall not engage in any other business, profession or occupation for
compensation or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the Grove Board,
with the sole exception that Executive may continue to serve as a member of the
Board of Directors of Foamex International Inc., provided that such service does
not interfere with Executive's ability or availability to perform his duties
hereunder. Nothing in this provision shall limit or restrict Executive from
performing uncompensated services for or serving on the board of, any
charitable, religious or non-profit organization, so
<PAGE>
3
long as it does not interfere with Executive's ability or availability to
perform his duties hereunder, and consent of the Grove Board shall not be
required therefor.
3. Base Salary. Subject to Section 9, during the Employment Term Grove
shall pay Executive a base salary at the initial rate of $500,000 per annum,
payable in installments in accordance with the usual payment practices of Grove.
For fiscal years of Grove beginning after the Closing, Executive shall be
entitled to such increases, if any, in his base salary as may be determined from
time to time in the sole discretion of the Grove Board. Executive's base salary,
as in effect from time to time, is hereinafter referred to as the "Base Salary."
4. Additional Payments.
(a) Additional Bonus. Grove shall pay to Executive $450,000 in cash
on each of March 31, 1999 and March 31, 2000, provided that Executive has not
voluntarily terminated his employment hereunder (other than for Good Reason) and
Executive's employment has not been terminated by Grove for Cause on or prior to
each such payment date.
(b) Payment for Stock Options. No later than 120 days following the
Closing, Grove shall pay to Executive an amount in cash equal to the positive
difference, if any, between the fair market value of shares of stock of the
company for which Executive was employed next preceding his employment by Grove
(the "Previous Employer") under option to Executive which were not exercisable
by Executive as of the announcement of Executive's termination of employment for
the Previous Employer (the "Announcement") and the exercise price for such stock
under such options. The parties agree that as of the Announcement there were
44,754 such
<PAGE>
4
shares under option at an exercise price of $6 7/8 per share and 50,000 such
shares under option at an exercise price of $11 1/8 per share. For purposes of
this paragraph, the fair market value of a share of stock of the Previous
Employer shall be the average closing price of a share of the Previous
Employer's stock on the stock exchange on which such shares are principally
traded for the ten trading days prior to the Announcement or, if a going-private
transaction is announced within 90 days of the Announcement, the price paid for
a share of stock of the Previous Employer in such transaction.
(c) Relocation Costs. Grove shall purchase Executive's home at the
address listed on the signature page hereto from Executive for $675,000, which
represents the cost of such home to Executive plus the cost to Executive of all
improvements to such home which could be added to Executive's cost basis in such
home Grove shall reimburse Executive for his reasonable costs of relocating to
the Shady Grove, Pennsylvania area in accordance with Grove's executive
relocation policy.
5. Cash Incentive Compensation. During the Employment Term with respect to
each fiscal year of Grove ending after the Closing (each a "Fiscal Year"),
Executive shall be entitled to earn and be paid by Grove cash incentive
compensation ("Incentive Compensation"), subject to his continued employment at
the end of such Fiscal Year and the attainment of financial objectives developed
by the Grove Board, all under the terms of a Short Term Incentive Plan to be
established by Grove (the "STIP") attached hereto as Exhibit A. The Target Bonus
for the Executive under the STIP for a Fiscal Year shall be 100% of the
Executive's Base
<PAGE>
5
Salary paid during such Fiscal Year. Under no circumstances may Executive's
Target Bonus for a year be reduced below 100% of his Base Salary for such year.
If there is any inconsistency between the terms of the STIP and the terms of
this Employment Agreement, the terms of this Employment Agreement shall control.
6. Employee Benefits, Business Expenses and Perquisites. During
Executive's employment hereunder, Executive shall be provided employee benefits
(including, without limitation, fringe benefits, vacation, retirement plan
participation, life, health, accident and disability insurance and tax
preparation) (collectively, "Employee Benefits"). Reasonable travel,
entertainment and other business expenses incurred by Executive in the
performance of his duties hereunder shall be reimbursed by Grove in accordance
with Grove's policies as in effect from time to time. During Executive's
employment hereunder, Grove shall pay for Executive's initiation and membership
fees in a country club of Executive's choice in the Shady Grove, Pennsylvania
area.
7. Securities Investment.
(a) On the Closing Date, Executive shall purchase from Holdings a
common membership interest in Holdings for a minimum aggregate purchase price of
$1,500,000 (the "Aggregate Purchase Price") at the same price per Common
Interest as paid by the Parent at the Closing. Such purchased interest is
hereinafter referred to as the "Purchased Interest."
(b) Grove shall provide a loan to Executive in an amount to be
agreed upon between Grove and Executive. The loan shall be evidenced by a full
<PAGE>
6
recourse note in the form attached as Exhibit B hereto (the "Note") and by a
Loan and Pledge Agreement in the form of Exhibit C hereto (the "Pledge
Agreement").
8. Stock Options.
(a) As of the Closing Date Grove shall grant to Executive, pursuant
to a Management Option Plan (the "Option Plan") to be adopted by Holdings, a
nonqualified option (the "Option") to purchase units of membership interest in
Holdings equal to 2.0% of the total common membership interests in Holdings
(determined as of the Closing Date, and after giving effect to the interests
represented by all purchased equity) (the "Option Interest") at a per unit
exercise price (the "Exercise Price") equal to the Parent's per unit cost to
acquire Holdings pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. The terms of the Option
shall be determined under the Option Plan, attached hereto as Exhibit E. Upon
exercise of the Option, (i) Executive's capital account in Holdings shall be
credited with the exercise price paid by Executive and (ii) Executive shall be
entitled to receive special priority allocations of income under the LLC
Agreement so as to cause Executive's capital account balance to be proportionate
(by reference to percentage interests) to the capital account balances
associated with the other equity holders of Holdings. The LLC Agreement shall
provide for such special allocations. This special priority allocation will be
subordinate to the priority allocations in favor of other investors for the
purpose of restoring losses to their capital accounts. If there is any
inconsistency between the terms of the Option Plan and the terms of this
Employment Agreement, the terms of this Employment Agreement shall control.
<PAGE>
7
(b) During Executive's employment on and after March 13, 2006,
Executive may elect to sell to Grove some or all of the Common Interests
purchased by him pursuant to the Option Plan by so notifying Grove, provided
that Grove shall not be required to purchase Common Interests pursuant to this
section with a Fair Market Value in excess of $10 million in any 12-month
period. The purchase price for such Common Interests shall be the Fair Market
Value (as defined in the Option Plan) of such Common Interests on the date of
such sale to Grove.
9. Termination.
(a) For Cause by Grove. (i) Executive's employment hereunder may be
terminated by Grove for "Cause." For purposes of this Agreement, "Cause" shall
mean (I) Executive's failure substantially to perform his duties hereunder or to
follow reasonable, lawful directions of the Grove Board, (II) willful misconduct
or willful malfeasance by Executive in connection with his employment, (III)
Executive's conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, any crime constituting
a felony under the laws of the United States or any State thereof, or any other
crime involving moral turpitude or (IV) Executive's material breach of any of
the provisions of this Agreement or the LLC Agreement (or any successor
Agreement). A termination described in clause (III) shall be effective
immediately, and a termination described in clause (I), (II) or (IV) shall be
subject to the following procedures: after receiving the notice, Executive shall
have 10 business days to respond to the notice by either curing the defect or
providing his version or explanation of events. If, notwithstanding Executive's
response, Grove still wishes to terminate Executive's employment for Cause, it
may do so following such 10 business
<PAGE>
8
day period. Such notice must specify why Grove continues to believe Executive is
guilty of the alleged conduct.
(ii) If Executive is terminated for Cause, he shall be
entitled to receive his Base Salary through the date of termination (together
with any Incentive Compensation earned with respect to any previously completed
Fiscal Year which remains unpaid as of such date of termination) and Executive
shall be entitled to no other salary or Incentive Compensation payments under
this Agreement. Any benefits or payments under any other agreement (including
those attached hereto) or employee benefit plan of Grove shall be determined
under the terms of such other agreement or benefit plan.
(b) Disability or Death. (i) Executive's employment hereunder shall
terminate upon his death or, upon 30 days' notice before or after the completion
of the relevant time period, if Executive becomes physically or mentally
incapacitated and is therefore unable (or will as a result thereof, be unable)
for a period of six consecutive months or for an aggregate of nine months in any
18 consecutive month period to perform the essential functions of his job, with
reasonable accommodations (such incapacity is hereinafter referred to as
"Disability"). Any question as to the existence of a Disability as to which
Executive and Grove cannot agree shall be determined in writing by a qualified
independent physician mutually acceptable to Executive and Grove. If Executive
and Grove cannot agree as to a qualified independent physician, each shall
appoint such a physician and those two physicians shall select a third who shall
make such determination in writing. The determination of Disability made in
writing to Grove and Executive shall be final and
<PAGE>
9
conclusive for all purposes of the Agreement. During the period when such
determination is being made, Executive shall remain an employee and be
compensated as such in full; provided that Executive does not unduly prolong or
delay such determination.
(ii) Upon termination of Executive's employment hereunder
during the Employment Term for Disability, Executive shall receive from Grove
(x) his Base Salary (at the rate in effect immediately prior to his termination
of employment) through the end of the month in which such termination occurs,
(y) any Incentive Compensation earned with respect to any previously completed
Fiscal Year which remains unpaid as of such date of termination, and (z) a
pro-rata amount of any Incentive Compensation that would otherwise become due in
respect of the Fiscal Year in which such termination occurs based on the number
of days in such Fiscal Year during which Executive was employed prior to the
termination of employment, calculated in a manner consistent with the STIP and
to be paid to Executive as of the date such Incentive Compensation would
otherwise have been payable. Executive shall be entitled to no other salary or
Incentive Compensation payments under this Agreement. Any benefits or payments
under any other agreement (including those attached hereto) or employee benefit
plan of Grove shall be determined under the terms of such other agreement or
benefit plan.
(iii) Upon termination of Executive's employment hereunder
during the Employment Term as a result of death, Executive's estate shall
receive from Grove (x) his Base Salary at the rate in effect at the time of
Executive's death through the end of the month in which his death occurs, (y)
any Incentive
<PAGE>
10
Compensation earned with respect to any previously completed Fiscal Year which
remains unpaid as of such date of termination, and (z) a pro-rata amount of any
Incentive Compensation that otherwise would become due in respect of the Fiscal
Year in which such termination occurs based on the number of days in such Fiscal
Year during which Executive was employed prior to the termination of employment,
calculated in a manner consistent with the STIP and to be paid to Executive as
of the date such Incentive Compensation would otherwise have been payable.
Executive's estate shall be entitled to no other salary or Incentive
Compensation payments under this Agreement. Any benefits or payments under any
other agreement (including those attached hereto) or employee benefit plan of
Grove shall be determined under the terms of such other agreement or benefit
plan.
(c) Without Cause by Grove or For Good Reason. (i) Executive's
employment may be terminated by Grove other than for Cause during the Employment
Term on 10 business days' written notice. If Executive's employment is
terminated by Grove without Cause (other than by reason of Disability or death)
or by Executive for Good Reason (as defined below), Executive shall receive (w)
continued payment of Base Salary at the rate in effect immediately prior to such
termination for 24 months following such termination, (x) any Incentive
Compensation earned with respect to any previously completed Fiscal Year which
remains unpaid as of such date of termination, (y) an amount of any Incentive
Compensation determined based on monthly EBITDA Targets (as defined in the
STIP), actual results and Base Salary, in each case paid for the completed
months of employment during the Fiscal Year in which such termination occurs
paid within 30 days following such termination and
<PAGE>
11
(z) monthly payments for 24 months equal to 1/12 of Executive's Target Bonus
amount in effect for the year of termination of employment, regardless of actual
operating results during such period. Executive shall be entitled to no other
salary or Incentive Compensation payments under this Agreement. Any benefits or
payments under any other agreement (including those attached hereto) or employee
benefit plan of Grove shall be determined under the terms of such other
agreement or benefit plan.
(ii) For purposes of this Agreement, "Good Reason" shall mean
(A) Any material breach by Grove of the provisions of
this Agreement, including but nor limited to, any reduction by Grove in
Executive's Base Salary or Incentive Compensation opportunity described in
Section 4 to which Executive does not consent;
(B) Any material diminution in Executive's job duties or
responsibilities; or
(C) The relocation of the principal executive offices of
Grove to a location more than 30 miles outside of Shady Grove, Pennsylvania;
provided that any event described above shall not be deemed to constitute Good
Reason unless Executive shall have notified Grove in writing of the occurrence
of such event(s) and Grove shall have failed to have cured or taken steps to
cure such event(s) within 10 business days of its receipt of such written
notice.
(d) Termination by Executive. If Executive terminates his employment
with Grove for any reason (other than for Good Reason) during the
<PAGE>
12
Employment Term, Executive shall be entitled to the same payments he would have
received if his employment had been terminated by Grove for Cause.
(e) Limitation on Certain Payments. In the event Grove reasonably
determines that any amount to be paid to Executive following his employment
under this Agreement or under any other plan or agreement of Grove constitutes a
"parachute payment" under Code section 280G(b)(2), then the amount payable
hereunder and/or under any other plan or agreement of Grove shall be reduced to
the extent Grove reasonably determines to be necessary to ensure that all
amounts payable to Executive are fully deductible by Grove and not subject to
the excise tax described in Code section 4999.
(f) Termination of Agreement Term. Upon the termination of the
Employment Term pursuant to Section 1, Executive's employment shall end. If the
termination of the Employment Term was initiated by Grove, it shall be treated
as Termination of Employment without Cause. If the termination of the Employment
Term was initiated by Executive, it shall be treated as Termination by Executive
Without Good Reason. Upon termination of the Employment Term, Grove shall have
no further obligations to Executive other than to make the payments described in
Section 9. Any continuation of Executive's employment beyond the end of the
Employment Term shall be employment at will which may be terminated by Grove or
Executive at any time and shall not extend any of the provisions of this
Agreement, provided, however, that the provisions of Sections 10, 11, 12 and
13(a) through (d) shall survive any termination of the Employment Term or this
Agreement.
<PAGE>
13
(g) Notice of Termination Any termination of employment or, pursuant
to Section 9(f), this Agreement by Grove or by Executive shall be communicated
by written Notice of Termination to the other party hereto in accordance with
Section 13(i) hereof. For purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice of Termination"
shall mean a notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in
this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts
and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of employment under
the provision so indicated.
(h) Mitigation. Following the termination of his employment under
any of the above clauses of this Section 9, Executive shall have no obligation
to seek subsequent employment. If Executive does obtain subsequent employment,
Grove shall nevertheless be required to pay Executive in full as set forth
above, and there shall be no offset for monies received by Executive from any
subsequent employment or from any other source.
10. Non-Competition. (a) Executive recognizes that the services to be
performed by him hereunder are special, unique and extraordinary and that, by
reason of his employment hereunder, Executive will acquire confidential
information and trade secrets concerning the operation of Grove. Accordingly,
for all purposes hereunder or in respect hereof, Executive agrees that during
the term of his employment hereunder and for a period of 24 months following
such termination of employment Executive will not, directly or indirectly, as an
officer, director, stockholder, partner, member, associate, employee,
consultant, owner, agent, creditor, co-venturer or otherwise, become or be
interested in or be associated with
<PAGE>
14
any other corporation, firm or business engaged, in any geographical area in
which Grove is engaged during the term of his employment or at the date of his
termination of employment, in a "Competitive Business" with that of Grove at
such time. A Competitive Business shall mean any business which derives 30% or
more of its revenue directly or indirectly from designing, manufacturing,
selling and/or providing customer support for, mobile hydraulic cranes,
self-propelled aerial work platforms and truck-mounted cranes. Executive's
ownership, directly or indirectly, of not more than five percent of the issued
and outstanding stock of any corporation, the shares of which are regularly
traded on a national securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market,
shall not in any event be deemed to be a violation of the provisions of this
Section 10 and the ownership of securities by Executive of Grove shall not be
deemed to be a violation of this Section 10. For purposes of this Section 10 the
term "Grove" shall also mean any affiliate (as such term is defined in Rule 144
promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor rule)
of Grove.
(b) Executive agrees, during the period set forth in paragraph (a),
that be shall not, on behalf of himself or any business he is interested in or
associated with, employ or otherwise engage, or seek to employ or engage, any
senior executive (i.e., direct reports) employed by Grove at any time during the
preceding 12 months.
(c) It is expressly understood and agreed that although Executive
and Grove consider the restrictions contained in this Section 10 to be
reasonable, if a final judicial determination is made by a court of competent
jurisdiction that the time or territory or any other restriction contained in
this
<PAGE>
15
Agreement is an unenforceable restriction against Executive, the provisions of
this Agreement shall not be rendered void but shall be deemed amended to apply
as to such maximum time and territory and to such maximum extent as such court
may judicially determine or indicate to be enforceable. Alternatively, if any
court of competent jurisdiction finds that any restriction contained in this
Agreement is unenforceable, and such restriction cannot be amended so as to make
it enforceable, such finding shall not affect the enforceability of any of the
other restrictions contained herein.
11. Confidentiality. Executive will not at any time (whether during or
after his employment with Grove) disclose or use for his own benefit or purposes
or the benefit or purposes of any other person, firm, partnership, joint
venture, association, corporation or other business organization, entity or
enterprise other than Grove, any trade secrets, information, data, or other
confidential information relating to customers, development programs, costs,
marketing, trading, investment, sales activities, promotion, credit and
financial data, manufacturing processes, financing methods, plans, or the
business and affairs of Grove generally, and shall not make disparaging
statements about Grove, its businesses, products, officers, employees or owners;
provided, that the foregoing shall not apply (i) to information which is not
unique to Grove or which is generally known to the industry or the public other
than as a result of Executive's breach of this covenant, (ii) to information,
the disclosure of which Executive did not know, and did not have reason to know,
could be damaging to the reputation or business and affairs of Grove, (iii) to
information which Executive is required to disclose to any governmental or
judicial authority, (iv) to
<PAGE>
16
information that could be lawfully obtained, compiled or recreated by a third
party unaffiliated with Grove for a reasonable cost and with reasonable effort;
or (v) information known to Executive prior to his employment with Grove.
Executive agrees that upon termination of his employment with Grove for any
reason, be will return to Grove immediately all memoranda, books, papers, plans,
information, letters and other data, and all copies thereof or therefrom, in any
way relating to the business of Grove, except that he may retain personal notes,
notebooks calendars, address books and diaries. Executive further agrees that he
will not retain or use for his account at any time any trade names, trademark or
other proprietary business designation used or owned in connection with the
business of Grove. For purposes of this Section 11, the term "Grove" shall also
mean any affiliate (as such term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended or any successor rule) of Grove; provided that the
restrictions set forth in this Section 11 shall only apply to Grove's
"affiliates" with respect to confidential information disclosed to Executive in
the performance of his duties hereunder.
12. Specific Performance. Executive acknowledges and agrees that Grove's
remedies at law for a breach or threatened breach of any of the provisions of
Section 10 or 11 would be inadequate and, in recognition of this fact, Executive
agrees that, in the event of such a breach or threatened breach, in addition to
any remedies at law, Grove shall be entitled to obtain equitable relief in the
form of specific performance. temporary restraining order, temporary or
permanent injunction or any other equitable remedy which may then be available;
provided however, the foregoing shall not prevent Executive from contesting the
issuance of any such
<PAGE>
17
injunction on the ground that no violation or threatened violation of Section 10
or 11 has occurred.
13. Miscellaneous.
(a) LLC Agreement. Executive hereby acknowledges that any membership
interest in Grove acquired by Executive pursuant to Section 7 or the Option
described in Section 8 shall be held by Executive subject to the terms and
conditions of the LLC Agreement or any successor agreement thereto. To the
extent the provisions of this Agreement and the Agreements described in the
Exhibits hereto are more restrictive than the provisions set forth in the LLC
Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement and the Agreements described in the
Exhibits hereto shall control.
(b) Other Obligations/Representation by Counsel. Executive
represents and warrants that neither Executive's execution of this Agreement nor
Executive's performance of Executive's obligations hereunder will conflict with,
violate or otherwise be inconsistent with any other contractual obligation,
other than pursuant to the Employment Agreement dated June 26, 1995 between
Executive and the Previous Employer, or, to the best of his knowledge, any other
obligation, that would prohibit Executive from entering into or performing any
of his obligations under this Agreement. Executive represents that he has been
fully represented by counsel in negotiating and entering into this Agreement.
The provisions of this paragraph 13(b) shall survive any termination of this
Agreement.
(c) Governing Law/Arbitration. This Agreement shall be governed by
and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
<PAGE>
18
Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be
determined by arbitration conducted in New York in accordance with the
Commercial Rules of the American Arbitration Association then obtaining, and
judgment upon any award rendered may be entered in any court having jurisdiction
thereof. The decision of the arbitrators shall be final and binding upon the
parties hereto.
(d) Indemnification. To the full extent not inconsistent with
applicable law and the Parent's, Holdings' and Grove's governing documents, in
the event that Executive is a party to any threatened, pending or completed
action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer,
employee or agent of Grove, or is or was serving at the request of Grove, as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise, Grove, shall indemnify Executive and hold
him harmless, against all expenses (including reasonable costs and attorneys'
fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement (with Grove's consent,
not to be unreasonably withheld) actually and reasonably incurred by him, as and
when incurred, in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in
good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the
best interests of Grove and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding
reasonably did not believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any
action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a
plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a
presumption that Executive did not act in good faith and in a manner which he
reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interest of Grove, or
that, with respect to any
<PAGE>
19
criminal action or proceeding, Executive reasonably believed that his conduct
was unlawful. The provisions of this Section 13(d) shall not be deemed exclusive
of any other rights of indemnification to which Executive may be entitled or
which may be granted to him, and it shall be in addition to any rights of
indemnification to which he may be entitled under any policy of insurance. These
provisions shall continue in effect after Executive has ceased to be an officer
or director of Grove.
(e) Entire Agreement/Amendments. This Agreement, including exhibits,
contains the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the employment
of Executive by Grove. There are no restrictions, agreements, promises,
warranties, covenants or undertakings between the parties with respect to the
subject matter herein other than those expressly set forth herein. This
Agreement may not be amended except by written instrument signed by the parties
hereto.
(f) No Waiver. The failure of a party to insist upon strict
adherence to any term of this Agreement on any occasion shall not be considered
a waiver of such party's rights or deprive such party of the right thereafter to
insist upon strict adherence to that term or any other term of this Agreement.
(g) Severability. In the event that any one or more of the
provisions of this Agreement shall be or become invalid, illegal or
unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the
remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.
(h) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and
inure to the benefit of the heirs and representatives of Executive and the
assigns and successors of Grove, but neither this Agreement nor any rights or
<PAGE>
20
obligations hereunder shall be assignable or otherwise subject to hypothecation
by Executive (except by will or by operation of the laws of intestate
succession) or by Grove, except that following the Closing Date, Grove may
assign this Agreement to any successor (whether by merger, purchase or
otherwise) to all or substantially all of the stock or assets of, or common
ownership interests in, the Parent, Holdings or Grove, if such successor
expressly agrees to assume, or otherwise assumes by application of law, the
obligations of Grove hereunder.
(i) Notice. For the purpose of this Agreement, notices and all other
communications provided for in the Agreement shall be in writing and shall be
deemed to have been duly given when delivered or mailed by United States
registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the
respective addresses set forth on the execution page of this Agreement and
delivered by telecopy with written confirmation of receipt thereof, provided
that all notices to Grove shall be directed to the attention of the Parent with
a copy to the Secretary of Grove, or to such other address as either party may
have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that
notice of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.
(j) Withholding Taxes. Grove may withhold from any amounts payable
under this Agreement such Federal, state and local taxes as may be required to
be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.
(k) Third Party Beneficiaries. Nothing in this Agreement shall
create third party beneficiary rights in any person.
<PAGE>
21
(l) Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each
of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto
and hereto were upon the same instrument.
(m) Termination of Agreement. If the Closing fails to occur within
180 days of the signing of a definitive agreement to purchase the Business, or
if such signing does not occur within 180 days of the date of this Agreement,
this Agreement shall be of no effect.
<PAGE>
22
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this
Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
SALVATORE J. BONANNO
837 Lindy Lane
Bala Cynwyd, PA 19004
/s/ SALVATORE J. BONANNO
---------------------------------------
GROVE WORLDWIDE, LLC
By: /s/ Brad Henske
---------------------------------------
Title: President
Grove Holdings LLC
<PAGE>
[LETTERHEAD OF GROVE WORLDWIDE]
Mr. James A. Kolinski July 24, 1997
1373 Lindsay Lane
Hagerstown, MD 21742
PERSONAL & CONFIDENTIAL
Dear Mr. Kolinski:
1. Introduction.
Grove Worldwide (the "Company") believes that the establishment and
maintenance of a sound and vital management of the Company is essential to
the protection and enhancement of the interests of the Company, the
Company's ultimate parent company, Hanson PLC ("Hanson") and Hanson's
stockholders. The Company also recognizes that the possibility of a Change
in Control (as defined in Exhibit A), with the attendant uncertainties and
risks, might result in the departure or distraction of key employees of
the Company to the detriment of the Company, Hanson and Hanson's
stockholders, the Company has determined that it is appropriate to induce
key employees to remain with the Company, and to reinforce and encourage
their continued attention and dedication. Accordingly, subject to Section
2, upon your written acceptance of the terms of this agreement (the
"Agreement") evidenced by your signing below, the Company intends to
provide you the protections set forth herein as of the Effective Date.
The arrangements set out in this Agreement are a private contractual
arrangement with you and do not reflect the severance policy of the
Company to employees generally and accordingly your acceptance of the
terms of this Agreement will constitute your agreement to maintain the
terms of this Agreement confidential.
2. Effective Date and Term.
Notwithstanding anything else herein, this Agreement became effective (the
"Effective Date") as of March 1, 1997. This Agreement shall expire on the
earliest of (i) three (3) years from the Effective Date, provided that if
a Change in Control takes place prior to three (3) years from the
Effective Date, the duration of this Agreement shall be until two (2)
years after the Change in Control; or (ii) subject as otherwise provided
in Section 3 herein the date of your death or the termination of your
employment with the Company whether as a result of Disability (as defined
herein), retirement or any other reason prior to a Change in Control.
Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if the Company
becomes obligated to make any payment or provide any benefit to you
pursuant to the terms hereof at or prior to the expiration of this
Agreement, then this Agreement shall remain in effect for such purposes
until all of the Company's obligations hereunder are fulfilled.
<PAGE>
GROVE WORLDWIDE
Disability for purposes of this Agreement shall mean your inability to
perform your material duties and responsibilities due to the same or
related physical or mental illness for one hundred and eighty (180)
consecutive days. A termination for Disability shall be deemed to occur
when you are terminated by the Company by written notice while you remain
disabled.
3. Termination Following a Change in Control.
If a Change in Control occurs and your employment is terminated by the
Company without Cause (as defined in Section 5 herein) other than for
Disability or you terminate your employment with the Company for Good
Reason (as defined in Section 4 herein), during the period from the date
of the Change in Control to two (2) years after the date of such Change in
Control, then you shall be entitled to the amounts and benefits provided
in Section 6 herein upon such termination. In addition, notwithstanding
the foregoing, in the event you are either terminated by the Company
without Cause (other than for Disability) or you terminate your employment
for Good Reason, in either case within one hundred and eighty (180) days
prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control (based on an event that
occurred within such one hundred and eighty (180) day period prior to the
occurrence of a Change in Control), such termination shall, upon the
occurrence of a Change in Control, be deemed to be covered under the
Agreement and you shall be entitled to the amounts payable hereunder.
4. Termination for Good Reason.
A termination for Good Reason for purposes of this Agreement shall mean a
termination by you effected by a written notice of termination for Good
Reason given within sixty (60) days after the occurrence of the Good
Reason event. "Good Reason" shall mean the occurrence or failure to cause
the occurrence, as the case may be, without your express written consent,
of (i) any material diminution of your positions, duties or
responsibilities with the Company (except in connection with the
termination of your employment for Cause, Disability, as a result of your
death, or temporarily as a result of your illness or other absence) from
the highest position held within one hundred and eighty (180) days prior
to a Change in Control or the assignment to you of duties or
responsibilities that are inconsistent with your aforementioned highest
position; (ii) your removal from, or the non-reelection to your positions
with the Company held within one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to a
Change in Control; (iii) a relocation of the Company's principal United
States executive offices to a location more than twenty-five (25) miles
from where they are at the time of the Change in Control, or a relocation
by the Company of your principal office away from such principal United
States executive offices; (iv) a reduction by the Company of your rate of
annual base salary to a level below your highest rate of base salary
within one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to the Change in Control;
(v) a failure by Hanson or the Company (A) to continue any bonus plan,
program or arrangement in which you were entitled to participate during
the one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to the
2
<PAGE>
GROVE WORLDWIDE
Change in Control (the "Bonus Plans"), provided that any such Bonus Plans
may be modified at Hanson's or the Company's discretion from time to time
but shall be deemed terminated if plans providing you with substantially
similar benefits are not substituted therefor ("Substitute Plans") or (B)
to consider you a participant in the Bonus Plans or Substitute Plans on
not less than the same target level of award and not more than the same
level of difficulty for achievability of such award as was applicable to
you immediately prior to any change in such plans, in accordance with the
Bonus Plans or Substitute Plans; or (vi) any breach by the Company of any
material provision of this Agreement, unless the applicable circumstances
under (i) through (vi) are fully corrected prior to the date of
termination specified in the notice of termination for Good Reason. The
notice of termination for Good Reason shall provide for a date of
termination not less than fifteen (15) nor more than sixty (60) days after
the date such notice of termination for Good Reason is given.
5. Termination for Cause.
A termination for Cause means a termination by the Company effected by a
written notice of termination for Cause. The term "Cause" shall be limited
to your: (i) willful misconduct with regard to the Company or its
business, assets or employees; (ii) refusal to follow the proper written
direction of the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board") or a more
senior officer of the Company, provided that the foregoing refusal shall
not be "Cause" if in good faith you believe that such direction is
illegal, unethical or immoral and you promptly so notify the Board or the
more senior officer (whichever is applicable); (iii) conviction of (or
pleading of nolo contendere to) a felony (other than a traffic violation);
(iv) breach of any fiduciary duty owed to the Company or any affiliate; or
(vi) dishonesty, misappropriation or fraud with regard to the Company
(other than good faith expense account disputes). The date of termination
for a termination for Cause shall be the date indicated in the notice of
termination.
6. Compensation on Termination.
If pursuant to Section 3 you are entitled to amounts and benefits under
this Section 6, subject to Section 10, the Company shall pay and provide
to you: (A) in a lump sum within five (5) days after such termination (or,
if such termination occurred within one hundred and eighty (180) days
prior to a Change in Control, within five (5) days after the Change in
Control) (i) two (2) times your highest annual base salary in effect
within one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to the Change in Control,
(ii) two (2) times the highest annual bonus paid or payable (excluding any
top hat payments, if applicable) to you for any of the last two (2)
completed years by the Company or its predecessors, (iii) any
un-reimbursed business expenses for the period prior to termination
payable in accordance with the Company's policies, and (iv) any base
salary, bonus, vacation pay or other deferred compensation accrued or
earned under law or in accordance with the Company's policies applicable
to you but not yet paid; (B) any other amounts or benefits due under the
then applicable employee benefit, incentive or equity plans of Hanson or
the Company applicable to you as shall be
3
<PAGE>
GROVE WORLDWIDE
determined and paid in accordance with such plans, except to the extent
paid pursuant to (A) above; (C) two (2) years of additional service and
compensation credit (at your highest compensation level in the one hundred
and eighty (180) day period prior to the Change in Control) for pension
purposes under any defined benefit type qualified or non-qualified pension
plan or arrangement of the Company and its affiliates applicable to you,
measured from the date of termination of employment and not credited to
the extent that you are otherwise entitled to such credit during such two
(2) year period, which payments shall be made through and in accordance
with the terms of the non-qualified defined benefit pension plan or
arrangement if any then exists, or, if not, in an actuarially equivalent
lump sum (using the actuarial factors then applying in the Company's or
its affiliates' defined benefit plan covering you); (D) an amount equal to
two (2) years of the maximum Company contribution (assuming you deferred
the maximum amount and continued to earn your then current salary)
measured from the date of termination of your employment under any type of
qualified or non-qualified 401(k) plan (payable at the end of each such
year and not payable to the extent otherwise contributed to such plan);
and (E) payment by the Company of the premiums for you (except in the
case of death) and your dependents' health coverage for two (2) years from
the date of termination of your employment under the Company's health
plans which cover the senior executives of the Company or materially
similar benefits (to the extent not otherwise provided), provided that in
the case of termination within one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to
a Change in Control, the obligations under this subpart (E) shall only
exist to the extent that you or your dependents, as the case may be, had
timely elected or timely elect COBRA coverage which continued at the time
of the Change in Control and the obligation with regard to the period
prior to the Change in Control shall be limited to reimbursement of the
COBRA premiums previously paid or due for such period. Any amendment or
termination of benefits, equity or incentive plans within one hundred and
eighty (180) days prior to, or after, a Change in Control that is
detrimental to you shall be ignored with respect to (C), (D) and (E)
above. Payments under (E) above may, at the discretion of the Company, be
made by continuing your participation in the plan as a terminee, by paying
the applicable COBRA premium for you and your dependents, or by covering
you and your dependents under substitute arrangements, provided that, to
the extent you incur tax that you would not have incurred as an active
employee as a result of the aforementioned coverage or the benefits
provided thereunder, you shall receive from the Company an additional
payment in the amount necessary so that you will have no additional cost
for receiving such items or any additional payment.
7. Arbitration.
Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this
Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration conducted in the
City of New York in the State of New York under the Commercial Arbitration
Rules then prevailing of the American Arbitration Association and such
submission shall request the American Arbitration Association to: (i)
appoint an arbitrator experienced and knowledgeable concerning the matter
then in dispute; (ii) require the testimony to be transcribed; (iii)
require the
4
<PAGE>
GROVE WORLDWIDE
award to be accompanied by findings of fact and the statement of reasons
for the decision; and (iv) request the matter to be handled by and in
accordance with the expedited procedures provided for in the Commercial
Arbitration Rules. The determination of the arbitrators, which shall be
based upon a de novo interpretation of this Agreement, shall be final and
binding and judgment may be entered on the arbitrators' award in any court
having jurisdiction. All costs of the American Arbitration Association and
the arbitrator shall be borne as determined by the arbitrator.
8. Legal Fees.
In the event the Company does not make the payments due hereunder on a
timely basis and you collect any part or all of the payments provided for
hereunder or otherwise successfully enforce the terms of this Agreement by
or through a lawyer or lawyers, the Company shall pay all costs of such
collection or enforcement, including reasonable legal fees and other
reasonable fees and expenses which you may incur. The Company shall pay to
you interest at the prime lending rate as announced from time to time by
Citibank, N.A. on all or any part of any amount to be paid to you
hereunder that is not paid when due. The prime rate for each calendar
quarter shall be the prime rate in effect on the first day of the calendar
quarter.
9. No Duty to Mitigate/Set-off.
The Company agrees that if your employment with the Company is terminated
pursuant to this Agreement during the term of this Agreement, you shall
not be required to seek other employment or to attempt in any way to
reduce any amounts payable to you by the Company pursuant to this
Agreement. Further, the amount of any payment or benefit provided for in
this Agreement shall not be reduced by any compensation earned by you or
benefit provided to you as the result of employment by another employer or
otherwise. Except as otherwise provided herein and apart from any
disagreement between you and the Company concerning interpretation of this
Agreement or any term or provision hereof, the Company's obligations to
make the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform
its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any circumstances,
including without limitation, any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment,
defense or other right which the Company may have against you. The amounts
due under Section 6 are inclusive, and in lieu of, any amounts payable
under any other salary continuation or cash severance arrangement of the
Company on termination of employment that is or may become applicable to
you and to the extent paid or provided under any other such arrangement
shall be offset against the amount due hereunder.
10. Successors; Binding Agreement.
In addition to any obligations imposed by law upon any successor to the
Company, the Company will require any successor (whether direct or
indirect, by purchase, merger,
5
<PAGE>
GROVE WORLDWIDE
consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business
and/or assets of the Company to expressly assume and agree in writing to
perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the
Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken
place and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of such successor. Any
such assignment shall not relieve the Company from liability hereunder.
This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by your
personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors,
heirs, distributees, devises and legatees. If you die while any amount
would still be payable to you hereunder if you had continued to live, all
such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in
accordance with the terms of the Agreement to the executors, personal
representatives, estate trustees, or administrators of your estate. This
Agreement is personal to you and neither this Agreement nor any rights
hereunder may be assigned by you.
11. Notices.
Any notice or other communication required or permitted hereunder shall be
in writing and shall be delivered personally, or sent by registered mail,
postage prepaid as follows:
(i) If to the Company, at: Grove Worldwide, P 0 Box 21, Shady
Grove, PA 17256-0021, USA
Attention: Chief Executive Officer
(ii) If to you, to the last shown address on the books of the
Company.
Any such notice shall be deemed given when so delivered personally, or, if
mailed, five (5) days after the date of deposit (in the form of registered
or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid) in the
United States postal system. Any party may by notice designate another
address or person for receipt of notices hereunder.
12. Not an Agreement of Employment.
This is not an agreement assuring employment and the Company reserves the
right to terminate your employment at any time with or without Cause,
subject to the payment provisions hereof if such termination is after, or
within one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to, a Change in Control.
You acknowledge that you are aware that you shall have no claim against
the Company hereunder or for deprivation of the right to receive the
amounts hereunder as a result of any termination that does not
specifically satisfy the requirements hereof. The foregoing shall not
affect your rights under any other agreement with the Company.
6
<PAGE>
GROVE WORLDWIDE
13. Miscellaneous.
No provisions of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged
unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing and
signed by you and such officer as may be specifically designated by the
Board. No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the
other party hereto of, or compliance with, any condition or provision
shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions
at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. This Agreement constitutes
the entire Agreement between the parties hereto pertaining to the subject
matter hereof and supersedes any prior agreements between the Company and
you. No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or
implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by
either party which are not expressly set forth in this Agreement. All
references to any law shall be deemed also to refer to any successor
provisions to such laws.
14. Acknowledgment.
You acknowledge that you: (a) have read this Agreement, understand its
terms and that it has been entered into by you voluntarily; (b) that the
payments to be made hereunder constitute additional compensation to you;
(c) have had sufficient opportunity to consider this Agreement and discuss
it with advisors of your choice, including your attorney and accountants;
(d) have been informed that you have the right to consider this Agreement
for a period of at least 21 days prior to entering into it; (e) have taken
sufficient time to consider this Agreement before signing it; and (f) have
the right to revoke this Agreement for a period of 7 days following the
Agreement's execution by giving written notice to the Company.
15. Release.
As a material inducement to the Company to enter into this Agreement, you
agree for yourself and your heirs, successors, and assigns that upon
receipt of the amounts payable under this Agreement you hereby release and
forever discharge the Company and any parent or affiliate thereof, its or
their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, representatives,
successors and assigns, from any and all claims, demands, actions,
liability, damages, back pay, attorney fees, or rights of any and every
kind or nature, accrued or unaccrued, known or unknown, arising out of or
in any manner relating to your employment and termination of employment
with the Company or its parents or affiliates including without limitation
any alleged violation of Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the
Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Employee Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974, as the same may have been or be amended from
time to time or any other federal, state or local law, regulation or
ordinance (except for your existing accrued rights under the Company's (or
any affiliate of the Company) pension plan, saving plan, health and
welfare benefit plans, and the rights already granted to you under the
Stock Option Scheme of Hanson PLC and/or any long term incentive plan of
the Company, and except as expressly set forth
7
<PAGE>
GROVE WORLDWIDE
herein). If requested by the Company you agree to execute a further formal
waiver and release at the time of termination of your employment and the
payment by the Company of the amounts payable under this Agreement in the
terms set out or substantially in the terms set out in this Section 16.
16. Withholding Taxes.
The Company may withhold from any and all amounts payable under this
Agreement such federal, state and local taxes as may be required to be
withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.
17. Governing Law.
This Agreement shall be construed, interpreted, and governed in accordance
with the laws of the State of Delaware without reference to rules relating
to conflicts of law.
Very truly yours,
By: /s/ Robert C. Stift
------------------------------------
Robert C. Stift
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Agreed and Accepted this
24th day of July 1997
/s/ James A. Kolinski
---------------------------------------
James A. Kolinski
8
<PAGE>
GROVE WORLDWIDE
EXHIBIT A
Change in Control
For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Change in Control" shall mean the sale
or transfer, directly or indirectly, of substantially all of the Company's
business and assets to an entity not affiliated with Hanson PLC, or the
purchase, directly or indirectly, by an entity not affiliated with Hanson PLC of
more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the common stock of the Company. For
purposes of this definition, an affiliate of Hanson PLC refers to any person or
business entity, directly or indirectly, controlling, controlled by, or under
the common control with Hanson PLC, with the term "control" referring to any
person or business entity owning, directly or indirectly, more than a 50% equity
interest in the controlled entity or possessing the power to direct or cause the
direction of the management or policies of the controlled entity.
Only one (1) Change in Control may take place under this Agreement.
9
<PAGE>
[LETTERHEAD OF GROVE WORLDWIDE]
Mr. Joseph A. Shull July 24, 1997
11495 Pine Hill Drive
Waynesboro, PA 17268
PERSONAL & CONFIDENTIAL
Dear Mr. Shull:
1. Introduction.
Grove Worldwide (the "Company") believes that the establishment and
maintenance of a sound and vital management of the Company is essential to
the protection and enhancement of the interests of the Company, the
Company's ultimate parent company, Hanson PLC ("Hanson") and Hanson's
stockholders. The Company also recognizes that the possibility of a Change
in Control (as defined in Exhibit A), with the attendant uncertainties and
risks, might result in the departure or distraction of key employees of
the Company to the detriment of the Company, Hanson and Hanson's
stockholders, the Company has determined that it is appropriate to induce
key employees to remain with the Company, and to reinforce and encourage
their continued attention and dedication. Accordingly, subject to Section
2, upon your written acceptance of the terms of this agreement (the
"Agreement") evidenced by your signing below, the Company intends to
provide you the protections set forth herein as of the Effective Date.
The arrangements set out in this Agreement are a private contractual
arrangement with you and do not reflect the severance policy of the
Company to employees generally and accordingly your acceptance of the
terms of this Agreement will constitute your agreement to maintain the
terms of this Agreement confidential.
2. Effective Date and Term.
Notwithstanding anything else herein, this Agreement became effective (the
"Effective Date") as of March 1, 1997. This Agreement shall expire on the
earliest of (i) three (3) years from the Effective Date, provided that if
a Change in Control takes place prior to three (3) years from the
Effective Date, the duration of this Agreement shall be until two (2)
years after the Change in Control; or (ii) subject as otherwise provided
in Section 3 herein the date of your death or the termination of your
employment with the Company whether as a result of Disability (as defined
herein), retirement or any other reason prior to a Change in Control.
Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if the Company
becomes obligated to make any payment or provide any benefit to you
pursuant to the terms hereof at or prior to the expiration of this
Agreement, then this Agreement shall remain in effect for such purposes
until all of the Company's obligations hereunder are fulfilled.
<PAGE>
GROVE WORLDWIDE
Disability for purposes of this Agreement shall mean your inability to
perform your material duties and responsibilities due to the same or
related physical or mental illness for one hundred and eighty (180)
consecutive days. A termination for Disability shall be deemed to occur
when you are terminated by the Company by written notice while you remain
disabled.
3. Termination Following a Change in Control.
If a Change in Control occurs and your employment is terminated by the
Company without Cause (as defined in Section 5 herein) other than for
Disability or you terminate your employment with the Company for Good
Reason (as defined in Section 4 herein), during the period from the date
of the Change in Control to two (2) years after the date of such Change in
Control, then you shall be entitled to the amounts and benefits provided
in Section 6 herein upon such termination. In addition, notwithstanding
the foregoing, in the event you are either terminated by the Company
without Cause (other than for Disability) or you terminate your employment
for Good Reason, in either case within one hundred and eighty (180) days
prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control (based on an event that
occurred within such one hundred and eighty (180) day period prior to the
occurrence of a Change in Control), such termination shall, upon the
occurrence of a Change in Control, be deemed to be covered under the
Agreement and you shall be entitled to the amounts payable hereunder.
4. Termination for Good Reason.
A termination for Good Reason for purposes of this Agreement shall mean a
termination by you effected by a written notice of termination for Good
Reason given within sixty (60) days after the occurrence of the Good
Reason event. "Good Reason" shall mean the occurrence or failure to cause
the occurrence, as the case may be, without your express written consent,
of (i) any material diminution of your positions, duties or
responsibilities with the Company (except in connection with the
termination of your employment for Cause, Disability, as a result of your
death, or temporarily as a result of your illness or other absence) from
the highest position held within one hundred and eighty (180) days prior
to a Change in Control or the assignment to you of duties or
responsibilities that are inconsistent with your aforementioned highest
position; (ii) your removal from, or the non-reelection to your positions
with the Company held within one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to a
Change in Control; (iii) a relocation of the Company's principal United
States executive offices to a location more than twenty-five (25) miles
from where they are at the time of the Change in Control, or a relocation
by the Company of your principal office away from such principal United
States executive offices; (iv) a reduction by the Company of your rate of
annual base salary to a level below your highest rate of base salary
within one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to the Change in Control;
(v) a failure by Hanson or the Company (A) to continue any bonus plan,
program or arrangement in which you were entitled to participate during
the one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to the
2
<PAGE>
GROVE WORLDWIDE
Change in Control (the "Bonus Plans"), provided that any such Bonus Plans
may be modified at Hanson's or the Company's discretion from time to time
but shall be deemed terminated if plans providing you with substantially
similar benefits are not substituted therefor ("Substitute Plans") or (B)
to consider you a participant in the Bonus Plans or Substitute Plans on
not less than the same target level of award and not more than the same
level of difficulty for achievability of such award as was applicable to
you immediately prior to any change in such plans, in accordance with the
Bonus Plans or Substitute Plans; or (vi) any breach by the Company of any
material provision of this Agreement, unless the applicable circumstances
under (i) through (vi) are fully corrected prior to the date of
termination specified in the notice of termination for Good Reason. The
notice of termination for Good Reason shall provide for a date of
termination not less than fifteen (15) nor more than sixty (60) days after
the date such notice of termination for Good Reason is given.
5. Termination for Cause.
A termination for Cause means a termination by the Company effected by a
written notice of termination for Cause. The term "Cause" shall be limited
to your: (i) willful misconduct with regard to the Company or its
business, assets or employees; (ii) refusal to follow the proper written
direction of the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board") or a more
senior officer of the Company, provided that the foregoing refusal shall
not be "Cause" if in good faith you believe that such direction is
illegal, unethical or immoral and you promptly so notify the Board or the
more senior officer (whichever is applicable); (iii) conviction of (or
pleading of nolo contendere to) a felony (other than a traffic violation);
(iv) breach of any fiduciary duty owed to the Company or any affiliate; or
(vi) dishonesty, misappropriation or fraud with regard to the Company
(other than good faith expense account disputes). The date of termination
for a termination for Cause shall be the date indicated in the notice of
termination.
6. Compensation on Termination.
If pursuant to Section 3 you are entitled to amounts and benefits under
this Section 6, subject to Section 10, the Company shall pay and provide
to you: (A) in a lump sum within five (5) days after such termination (or,
if such termination occurred within one hundred and eighty (180) days
prior to a Change in Control, within five (5) days after the Change in
Control) (i) two (2) times your highest annual base salary in effect
within one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to the Change in Control,
(ii) two (2) times the highest annual bonus paid or payable (excluding any
top hat payments, if applicable) to you for any of the last two (2)
completed years by the Company or its predecessors, (iii) any
un-reimbursed business expenses for the period prior to termination
payable in accordance with the Company's policies, and (iv) any base
salary, bonus, vacation pay or other deferred compensation accrued or
earned under law or in accordance with the Company's policies applicable
to you but not yet paid; (B) any other amounts or benefits due under the
then applicable employee benefit, incentive or equity plans of Hanson or
the Company applicable to you as shall be
3
<PAGE>
GROVE WORLDWIDE
determined and paid in accordance with such plans, except to the extent
paid pursuant to (A) above; (C) two (2) years of additional service and
compensation credit (at your highest compensation level in the one hundred
and eighty (180) day period prior to the Change in Control) for pension
purposes under any defined benefit type qualified or non-qualified pension
plan or arrangement of the Company and its affiliates applicable to you,
measured from the date of termination of employment and not credited to
the extent that you are otherwise entitled to such credit during such two
(2) year period, which payments shall be made through and in accordance
with the terms of the non-qualified defined benefit pension plan or
arrangement if any then exists, or, if not, in an actuarially equivalent
lump sum (using the actuarial factors then applying in the Company's or
its affiliates' defined benefit plan covering you); (D) an amount equal to
two (2) years of the maximum Company contribution (assuming you deferred
the maximum amount and continued to earn your then current salary)
measured from the date of termination of your employment under any type of
qualified or non-qualified 401(k) plan (payable at the end of each such
year and not payable to the extent otherwise contributed to such plan);
and (E) payment by the Company of the premiums for you (except in the case
of death) and your dependents' health coverage for two (2) years from the
date of termination of your employment under the Company's health plans
which cover the senior executives of the Company or materially similar
benefits (to the extent not otherwise provided), provided that in the case
of termination within one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to a Change
in Control, the obligations under this subpart (E) shall only exist to the
extent that you or your dependents, as the case may be, had timely elected
or timely elect COBRA coverage which continued at the time of the Change
in Control and the obligation with regard to the period prior to the
Change in Control shall be limited to reimbursement of the COBRA premiums
previously paid or due for such period. Any amendment or termination of
benefits, equity or incentive plans within one hundred and eighty (180)
days prior to, or after, a Change in Control that is detrimental to you
shall be ignored with respect to (C), (D) and (E) above. Payments under
(E) above may, at the discretion of the Company, be made by continuing
your participation in the plan as a terminee, by paying the applicable
COBRA premium for you and your dependents, or by covering you and your
dependents under substitute arrangements, provided that, to the extent you
incur tax that you would not have incurred as an active employee as a
result of the aforementioned coverage or the benefits provided thereunder,
you shall receive from the Company an additional payment in the amount
necessary so that you will have no additional cost for receiving such
items or any additional payment.
7. Arbitration.
Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this
Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration conducted in the
City of New York in the State of New York under the Commercial Arbitration
Rules then prevailing of the American Arbitration Association and such
submission shall request the American Arbitration Association to: (i)
appoint an arbitrator experienced and knowledgeable concerning the matter
then in dispute; (ii) require the testimony to be transcribed; (iii)
require the
4
<PAGE>
GROVE WORLDWIDE
award to be accompanied by findings of fact and the statement of reasons
for the decision; and (iv) request the matter to be handled by and in
accordance with the expedited procedures provided for in the Commercial
Arbitration Rules. The determination of the arbitrators, which shall be
based upon a de novo interpretation of this Agreement, shall be final and
binding and judgment may be entered on the arbitrators' award in any court
having jurisdiction. All costs of the American Arbitration Association and
the arbitrator shall be borne as determined by the arbitrator.
8. Legal Fees.
In the event the Company does not make the payments due hereunder on a
timely basis and you collect any part or all of the payments provided for
hereunder or otherwise successfully enforce the terms of this Agreement by
or through a lawyer or lawyers, the Company shall pay all costs of such
collection or enforcement, including reasonable legal fees and other
reasonable fees and expenses which you may incur. The Company shall pay to
you interest at the prime lending rate as announced from time to time by
Citibank, N.A. on all or any part of any amount to be paid to you
hereunder that is not paid when due. The prime rate for each calendar
quarter shall be the prime rate in effect on the first day of the calendar
quarter.
9. No Duty to Mitigate/Set-off.
The Company agrees that if your employment with the Company is terminated
pursuant to this Agreement during the term of this Agreement, you shall
not be required to seek other employment or to attempt in any way to
reduce any amounts payable to you by the Company pursuant to this
Agreement. Further, the amount of any payment or benefit provided for in
this Agreement shall not be reduced by any compensation earned by you or
benefit provided to you as the result of employment by another employer or
otherwise. Except as otherwise provided herein and apart from any
disagreement between you and the Company concerning interpretation of this
Agreement or any term or provision hereof, the Company's obligations to
make the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform
its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any circumstances,
including without limitation, any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment,
defense or other right which the Company may have against you. The amounts
due under Section 6 are inclusive, and in lieu of, any amounts payable
under any other salary continuation or cash severance arrangement of the
Company on termination of employment that is or may become applicable to
you and to the extent paid or provided under any other such arrangement
shall be offset against the amount due hereunder.
10. Successors; Binding Agreement.
In addition to any obligations imposed by law upon any successor to the
Company, the Company will require any successor (whether direct or
indirect, by purchase, merger,
5
<PAGE>
GROVE WORLDWIDE
consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business
amid/or assets of the Company to expressly assume and agree in writing to
perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the
Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken
place and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of such successor. Any
such assignment shall not relieve the Company from liability hereunder.
This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by your
personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors,
heirs, distributees, devises and legatees. If you die while any amount
would still be payable to you hereunder if you had continued to live, all
such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in
accordance with the terms of the Agreement to the executors, personal
representatives, estate trustees, or administrators of your estate. This
Agreement is personal to you and neither this Agreement nor any rights
hereunder may be assigned by you.
11. Notices.
Any notice or other communication required or permitted hereunder shall be
in writing and shall be delivered personally, or sent by registered mail,
postage prepaid as follows:
(i) If to the Company, at: Grove Worldwide, P 0 Box 21, Shady
Grove, PA 17256-0021, USA
Attention: Chief Executive Officer
(ii) If to you, to the last shown address on the books of the
Company.
Any such notice shall be deemed given when so delivered personally, or, if
mailed, five (5) days after the date of deposit (in the form of registered
or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid) in the
United States postal system. Any party may by notice designate another
address or person for receipt of notices hereunder.
12. Not an Agreement of Employment.
This is not an agreement assuring employment and the Company reserves the
right to terminate your employment at any time with or without Cause,
subject to the payment provisions hereof if such termination is after, or
within one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to, a Change in Control.
You acknowledge that you are aware that you shall have no claim against
the Company hereunder or for deprivation of the right to receive the
amounts hereunder as a result of any termination that does not
specifically satisfy the requirements hereof. The foregoing shall not
affect your rights under any other agreement with the Company.
6
<PAGE>
GROVE WORLDWIDE
13. Miscellaneous.
No provisions of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged
unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing and
signed by you and such officer as may be specifically designated by the
Board. No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the
other party hereto of, or compliance with, any condition or provision
shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions
at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. This Agreement constitutes
the entire Agreement between the parties hereto pertaining to the subject
matter hereof and supersedes any prior agreements between the Company and
you. No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or
implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by
either party which are not expressly set forth in this Agreement. All
references to any law shall be deemed also to refer to any successor
provisions to such laws.
14. Acknowledgment.
You acknowledge that you: (a) have read this Agreement, understand its
terms and that it has been entered into by you voluntarily; (b) that the
payments to be made hereunder constitute additional compensation to you;
(c) have had sufficient opportunity to consider this Agreement and discuss
it with advisors of your choice, including your attorney and accountants;
(d) have been informed that you have the right to consider this Agreement
for a period of at least 21 days prior to entering into it; (e) have taken
sufficient time to consider this Agreement before signing it; and (f) have
the right to revoke this Agreement for a period of 7 days following the
Agreement's execution by giving written notice to the Company.
15. Release.
As a material inducement to the Company to enter into this Agreement, you
agree for yourself and your heirs, successors, and assigns that upon
receipt of the amounts payable under this Agreement you hereby release and
forever discharge the Company and any parent or affiliate thereof, its or
their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, representatives,
successors and assigns, from any and all claims, demands, actions,
liability, damages, back pay, attorney fees, or rights of any and every
kind or nature, accrued or unaccrued, known or unknown, arising out of or
in any manner relating to your employment and termination of employment
with the Company or its parents or affiliates including without limitation
any alleged violation of Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the
Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Employee Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974, as the same may have been or be amended from
time to time or any other federal, state or local law, regulation or
ordinance (except for your existing accrued rights under the Company's (or
any affiliate of the Company) pension plan, saving plan, health and
welfare benefit plans, and the rights already granted to you under the
Stock Option Scheme of Hanson PLC and/or any long term incentive plan of
the Company, and except as expressly set forth
7
<PAGE>
GROVE WORLDWIDE
herein). If requested by the Company you agree to execute a further formal
waiver and release at the time of termination of your employment and the
payment by the Company of the amounts payable under this Agreement in the
terms set out or substantially in the terms set out in this Section 16.
16. Withholding Taxes.
The Company may withhold from any and all amounts payable under this
Agreement such federal, state and local taxes as may be required to be
withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.
17. Governing Law.
This Agreement shall be construed, interpreted, and governed in accordance
with the laws of the State of Delaware without reference to rules relating
to conflicts of law.
Very truly yours,
By: /s/ Robert C. Stift
-----------------------------
Robert C. Stift
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Agreed and Accepted this
24th day of July 1997
/s/ Joseph A. Shull
--------------------------------
Joseph A. Shull
8
<PAGE>
GROVE WORLDWIDE
EXHIBIT A
Change in Control
For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Change in Control" shall mean the sale
or transfer, directly or indirectly, of substantially all of the Company's
business and assets to an entity not affiliated with Hanson PLC, or the
purchase, directly or indirectly, by an entity not affiliated with Hanson PLC of
more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the common stock of the Company. For
purposes of this definition, an affiliate of Hanson PLC refers to any person or
business entity, directly or indirectly, controlling, controlled by, or under
the common control with Hanson PLC, with the term "control" referring to any
person or business entity owning, directly or indirectly, more than a 50% equity
interest in the controlled entity or possessing the power to direct or cause the
direction of the management or policies of the controlled entity.
Only one (1) Change in Control may take place under this Agreement.
9
<PAGE>
[LETTERHEAD OF GROVE WORLDWIDE]
Mr. Robert J. Sliwa July 24, 1997
19726 Spring Creek Road
Hagerstown, MD 21742
PERSONAL & CONFIDENTIAL
Dear Mr. Sliwa:
1. Introduction.
Grove Worldwide (the "Company") believes that the establishment and
maintenance of a sound and vital management of the Company is essential to
the protection and enhancement of the interests of the Company, the
Company's ultimate parent company, Hanson PLC ("Hanson") and Hanson's
stockholders. The Company also recognizes that the possibility of a Change
in Control (as defined in Exhibit A), with the attendant uncertainties and
risks, might result in the departure or distraction of key employees of
the Company to the detriment of the Company, Hanson and Hanson's
stockholders, the Company has determined that it is appropriate to induce
key employees to remain with the Company, and to reinforce and encourage
their continued attention and dedication. Accordingly, subject to Section
2, upon your written acceptance of the terms of this agreement (the
"Agreement") evidenced by your signing below, the Company intends to
provide you the protections set forth herein as of the Effective Date.
The arrangements set out in this Agreement are a private contractual
arrangement with you and do not reflect the severance policy of the
Company to employees generally and accordingly your acceptance of the
terms of this Agreement will constitute your agreement to maintain the
terms of this Agreement confidential.
2. Effective Date and Term.
Notwithstanding anything else herein, this Agreement became effective (the
"Effective Date") as of March 1, 1997. This Agreement shall expire on the
earliest of (i) three (3) years from the Effective Date, provided that if
a Change in Control takes place prior to three (3) years from the
Effective Date, the duration of this Agreement shall be until two (2)
years after the Change in Control; or (ii) subject as otherwise provided
in Section 3 herein the date of your death or the termination of your
employment with the Company whether as a result of Disability (as defined
herein), retirement or any other reason prior to a Change in Control.
Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if the Company
becomes obligated to make any payment or provide any benefit to you
pursuant to the terms hereof at or prior to the expiration of this
Agreement, then this Agreement shall remain in effect for such purposes
until all of the Company's obligations hereunder are fulfilled.
<PAGE>
GROVE WORLDWIDE
Disability for purposes of this Agreement shall mean your inability to
perform your material duties and responsibilities due to the same or
related physical or mental illness for one hundred and eighty (180)
consecutive days. A termination for Disability shall be deemed to occur
when you are terminated by the Company by written notice while you remain
disabled.
3. Termination Following a Change in Control.
If a Change in Control occurs and your employment is terminated by the
Company without Cause (as defined in Section 5 herein) other than for
Disability or you terminate your employment with the Company for Good
Reason (as defined in Section 4 herein), during the period from the date
of the Change in Control to two (2) years after the date of such Change in
Control, then you shall be entitled to the amounts and benefits provided
in Section 6 herein upon such termination. In addition, notwithstanding
the foregoing, in the event you are either terminated by the Company
without Cause (other than for Disability) or you terminate your employment
for Good Reason, in either case within one hundred and eighty (180) days
prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control (based on an event that
occurred within such one hundred and eighty (180) day period prior to the
occurrence of a Change in Control), such termination shall, upon the
occurrence of a Change in Control, be deemed to be covered under the
Agreement and you shall be entitled to the amounts payable hereunder.
4. Termination for Good Reason.
A termination for Good Reason for purposes of this Agreement shall mean a
termination by you effected by a written notice of termination for Good
Reason given within sixty (60) days after the occurrence of the Good
Reason event. "Good Reason" shall mean the occurrence or failure to cause
the occurrence, as the case may be, without your express written consent,
of (i) any material diminution of your positions, duties or
responsibilities with the Company (except in connection with the
termination of your employment for Cause, Disability, as a result of your
death, or temporarily as a result of your illness or other absence) from
the highest position held within one hundred and eighty (180) days prior
to a Change in Control or the assignment to you of duties or
responsibilities that are inconsistent with your aforementioned highest
position; (ii) your removal from, or the non-reelection to your positions
with the Company held within one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to a
Change in Control; (iii) a relocation of the Company's principal United
States executive offices to a location more than twenty-five (25) miles
from where they are at the time of the Change in Control, or a relocation
by the Company of your principal office away from such principal United
States executive offices; (iv) a reduction by the Company of your rate of
annual base salary to a level below your highest rate of base salary
within one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to the Change in Control;
(v) a failure by Hanson or the Company (A) to continue any bonus plan,
program or arrangement in which you were entitled to participate during
the one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to the
2
<PAGE>
GROVE WORLDWIDE
Change in Control (the "Bonus Plans"), provided that any such Bonus Plans
may be modified at Hanson's or the Company's discretion from time to time
but shall be deemed terminated if plans providing you with substantially
similar benefits are not substituted therefor ("Substitute Plans") or (B)
to consider you a participant in the Bonus Plans or Substitute Plans on
not less than the same target level of award and not more than the same
level of difficulty for achievability of such award as was applicable to
you immediately prior to any change in such plans, in accordance with the
Bonus Plans or Substitute Plans; or (vi) any breach by the Company of any
material provision of this Agreement, unless the applicable circumstances
under (i) through (vi) are fully corrected prior to the date of
termination specified in the notice of termination for Good Reason. The
notice of termination for Good Reason shall provide for a date of
termination not less than fifteen (15) nor more than sixty (60) days after
the date such notice of termination for Good Reason is given.
5. Termination for Cause.
A termination for Cause means a termination by the Company effected by a
written notice of termination for Cause. The term "Cause" shall be limited
to your: (i) willful misconduct with regard to the Company or its
business, assets or employees; (ii) refusal to follow the proper written
direction of the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board") or a more
senior officer of the Company, provided that the foregoing refusal shall
not be "Cause" if in good faith you believe that such direction is
illegal, unethical or immoral and you promptly so notify the Board or the
more senior officer (whichever is applicable); (iii) conviction of (or
pleading of nolo contendere to) a felony (other than a traffic violation);
(iv) breach of any fiduciary duty owed to the Company or any affiliate; or
(vi) dishonesty, misappropriation or fraud with regard to the Company
(other than good faith expense account disputes). The date of termination
for a termination for Cause shall be the date indicated in the notice of
termination.
6. Compensation on Termination.
If pursuant to Section 3 you are entitled to amounts and benefits under
this Section 6, subject to Section 10, the Company shall pay and provide
to you: (A) in a lump sum within five (5) days after such termination (or,
if such termination occurred within one hundred and eighty (180) days
prior to a Change in Control, within five (5) days after the Change in
Control) (i) two (2) times your highest annual base salary in effect
within one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to the Change in Control,
(ii) two (2) times the highest annual bonus paid or payable (excluding any
top hat payments, if applicable) to you for any of the last two (2)
completed years by the Company or its predecessors, (iii) any
un-reimbursed business expenses for the period prior to termination
payable in accordance with the Company's policies, and (iv) any base
salary, bonus, vacation pay or other deferred compensation accrued or
earned under law or in accordance with the Company's policies applicable
to you but not yet paid; (B) any other amounts or benefits due under the
then applicable employee benefit, incentive or equity plans of Hanson or
the Company applicable to you as shall be
3
<PAGE>
GROVE WORLDWIDE
determined and paid in accordance with such plans, except to the extent
paid pursuant to (A) above; (C) two (2) years of additional service and
compensation credit (at your highest compensation level in the one hundred
and eighty (180) day period prior to the Change in Control) for pension
purposes under any defined benefit type qualified or non-qualified pension
plan or arrangement of the Company and its affiliates applicable to you,
measured from the date of termination of employment and not credited to
the extent that you are otherwise entitled to such credit during such two
(2) year period, which payments shall be made through and in accordance
with the terms of the non-qualified defined benefit pension plan or
arrangement if any then exists, or, if not, in an actuarially equivalent
lump sum (using the actuarial factors then applying in the Company's or
its affiliates' defined benefit plan covering you); (D) an amount equal to
two (2) years of the maximum Company contribution (assuming you deferred
the maximum amount and continued to earn your then current salary)
measured from the date of termination of your employment under any type of
qualified or non-qualified 401(k) plan (payable at the end of each such
year and not payable to the extent otherwise contributed to such plan);
and (E) payment by the Company of the premiums for you (except in the case
of death) and your dependents' health coverage for two (2) years from the
date of termination of your employment under the Company's health plans
which cover the senior executives of the Company or materially similar
benefits (to the extent not otherwise provided), provided that in the case
of termination within one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to a Change
in Control, the obligations under this subpart (E) shall only exist to the
extent that you or your dependents, as the case may be, had timely elected
or timely elect COBRA coverage which continued at the time of the Change
in Control and the obligation with regard to the period prior to the
Change in Control shall be limited to reimbursement of the COBRA premiums
previously paid or due for such period. Any amendment or termination of
benefits, equity or incentive plans within one hundred and eighty (180)
days prior to, or after, a Change in Control that is detrimental to you
shall be ignored with respect to (C), (D) and (E) above. Payments under
(E) above may, at the discretion of the Company, be made by continuing
your participation in the plan as a terminee, by paying the applicable
COBRA premium for you and your dependents, or by covering you and your
dependents under substitute arrangements, provided that, to the extent you
incur tax that you would not have incurred as an active employee as a
result of the aforementioned coverage or the benefits provided thereunder,
you shall receive from the Company an additional payment in the amount
necessary so that you will have no additional cost for receiving such
items or any additional payment.
7. Arbitration.
Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this
Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration conducted in the
City of New York in the State of New York under the Commercial Arbitration
Rules then prevailing of the American Arbitration Association and such
submission shall request the American Arbitration Association to: (i)
appoint an arbitrator experienced and knowledgeable concerning the matter
then in dispute; (ii) require the testimony to be transcribed; (iii)
require the
4
<PAGE>
GROVE WORLDWIDE
award to be accompanied by findings of fact and the statement of reasons
for the decision; and (iv) request the matter to be handled by and in
accordance with the expedited procedures provided for in the Commercial
Arbitration Rules. The determination of the arbitrators, which shall be
based upon a de novo interpretation of this Agreement, shall be final and
binding and judgment may be entered on the arbitrators' award in any court
having jurisdiction. All costs of the American Arbitration Association and
the arbitrator shall be borne as determined by the arbitrator.
8. Legal Fees.
In the event the Company does not make the payments due hereunder on a
timely basis and you collect any part or all of the payments provided for
hereunder or otherwise successfully enforce the terms of this Agreement by
or through a lawyer or lawyers, the Company shall pay all costs of such
collection or enforcement, including reasonable legal fees and other
reasonable fees and expenses which you may incur. The Company shall pay to
you interest at the prime lending rate as announced from time to time by
Citibank, N.A. on all or any part of any amount to be paid to you
hereunder that is not paid when due. The prime rate for each calendar
quarter shall be the prime rate in effect on the first day of the calendar
quarter.
9. No Duty to Mitigate/Set-off.
The Company agrees that if your employment with the Company is terminated
pursuant to this Agreement during the term of this Agreement, you shall
not be required to seek other employment or to attempt in any way to
reduce any amounts payable to you by the Company pursuant to this
Agreement. Further, the amount of any payment or benefit provided for in
this Agreement shall not be reduced by any compensation earned by you or
benefit provided to you as the result of employment by another employer or
otherwise. Except as otherwise provided herein and apart from any
disagreement between you and the Company concerning interpretation of this
Agreement or any term or provision hereof, the Company's obligations to
make the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform
its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any circumstances,
including without limitation, any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment,
defense or other right which the Company may have against you. The amounts
due under Section 6 are inclusive, and in lieu of, any amounts payable
under any other salary continuation or cash severance arrangement of the
Company on termination of employment that is or may become applicable to
you and to the extent paid or provided under any other such arrangement
shall be offset against the amount due hereunder.
10. Successors; Binding Agreement.
In addition to any obligations imposed by law upon any successor to the
Company, the Company will require any successor (whether direct or
indirect, by purchase, merger,
5
<PAGE>
GROVE WORLDWIDE
consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business
and/or assets of the Company to expressly assume and agree in writing to
perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the
Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken
place and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of such successor. Any
such assignment shall not relieve the Company from liability hereunder.
This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by your
personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors,
heirs, distributees, devises and legatees. If you die while any amount
would still be payable to you hereunder if you had continued to live, all
such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in
accordance with the terms of the Agreement to the executors, personal
representatives, estate trustees, or administrators of your estate. This
Agreement is personal to you and neither this Agreement nor any rights
hereunder may be assigned by you.
11. Notices.
Any notice or other communication required or permitted hereunder shall be
in writing and shall be delivered personally, or sent by registered mail,
postage prepaid as follows:
(i) If to the Company, at: Grove Worldwide, P 0 Box 21, Shady
Grove, PA 17256-0021, USA
Attention: Chief Executive Officer
(ii) If to you, to the last shown address on the books of the
Company.
Any such notice shall be deemed given when so delivered personally, or, if
mailed, five (5) days after the date of deposit (in the form of registered
or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid) in the
United States postal system. Any party may by notice designate another
address or person for receipt of notices hereunder.
12. Not an Agreement of Employment.
This is not an agreement assuring employment and the Company reserves the
right to terminate your employment at any time with or without Cause,
subject to the payment provisions hereof if such termination is after, or
within one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to, a Change in Control.
You acknowledge that you are aware that you shall have no claim against
the Company hereunder or for deprivation of the right to receive the
amounts hereunder as a result of any termination that does not
specifically satisfy the requirements hereof. The foregoing shall not
affect your rights under any other agreement with the Company.
6
<PAGE>
GROVE WORLDWIDE
13. Miscellaneous.
No provisions of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged
unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing and
signed by you and such officer as may be specifically designated by the
Board. No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the
other party hereto of, or compliance with, any condition or provision
shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions
at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. This Agreement constitutes
the entire Agreement between the parties hereto pertaining to the subject
matter hereof and supersedes any prior agreements between the Company and
you. No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or
implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by
either party which are not expressly set forth in this Agreement. All
references to any law shall be deemed also to refer to any successor
provisions to such laws.
14. Acknowledgment.
You acknowledge that you: (a) have read this Agreement, understand its
terms and that it has been entered into by you voluntarily; (b) that the
payments to be made hereunder constitute additional compensation to you;
(c) have had sufficient opportunity to consider this Agreement and discuss
it with advisors of your choice, including your attorney and accountants;
(d) have been informed that you have the right to consider this Agreement
for a period of at least 21 days prior to entering into it; (e) have taken
sufficient time to consider this Agreement before signing it; and (f) have
the right to revoke this Agreement for a period of 7 days following the
Agreement's execution by giving written notice to the Company.
15. Release.
As a material inducement to the Company to enter into this Agreement, you
agree for yourself and your heirs, successors, and assigns that upon
receipt of the amounts payable under this Agreement you hereby release and
forever discharge the Company and any parent or affiliate thereof, its or
their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, representatives,
successors and assigns, from any and all claims, demands, actions,
liability, damages, back pay, attorney fees, or rights of any and every
kind or nature, accrued or unaccrued, known or unknown, arising out of or
in any manner relating to your employment and termination of employment
with the Company or its parents or affiliates including without limitation
any alleged violation of Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the
Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Employee Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974, as the same may have been or be amended from
time to time or any other federal, state or local law, regulation or
ordinance (except for your existing accrued rights under the Company's (or
any affiliate of the Company) pension plan, saving plan, health and
welfare benefit plans, and the rights already granted to you under the
Stock Option Scheme of Hanson PLC and/or any long term incentive plan of
the Company, and except as expressly set forth
7
<PAGE>
GROVE WORLDWIDE
herein). If requested by the Company you agree to execute a further formal
waiver and release at the time of termination of your employment and the
payment by the Company of the amounts payable under this Agreement in the
terms set out or substantially in the terms set out in this Section 16.
16. Withholding Taxes.
The Company may withhold from any and all amounts payable under this
Agreement such federal, state and local taxes as may be required to be
withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.
17. Governing Law.
This Agreement shall be construed, interpreted, and governed in accordance
with the laws of the State of Delaware without reference to rules relating
to conflicts of law.
Very truly yours,
By: /s/ Robert C. Stift
------------------------------------
Robert C. Stift
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Agreed and Accepted this
24th day of July 1997
/s/ Robert I. Sliwa
----------------------------------------
Robert I. Sliwa
8
<PAGE>
GROVE WORLDWIDE
EXHIBIT A
Change in Control
For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Change in Control" shall mean the sale
or transfer, directly or indirectly, of substantially all of the Company's
business and assets to an entity not affiliated with Hanson PLC, or the
purchase, directly or indirectly, by an entity not affiliated with Hanson PLC of
more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the common stock of the Company. For
purposes of this definition, an affiliate of Hanson PLC refers to any person or
business entity, directly or indirectly, controlling, controlled by, or under
the common control with Hanson PLC, with the term "control" referring to any
person or business entity owning, directly or indirectly, more than a 50% equity
interest in the controlled entity or possessing the power to direct or cause the
direction of the management or policies of the controlled entity.
Only one (1) Change in Control may take place under this Agreement.
9
<PAGE>
[LETTERHEAD OF GROVE WORLDWIDE]
Mr. Keith R. Simmons July 24, 1997
11251 Eastwood Drive
Hagerstown, MD 21742
PERSONAL & CONFIDENTIAL
Dear Mr. Simmons:
1. Introduction.
Grove Worldwide (the "Company") believes that the establishment and
maintenance of a sound and vital management of the Company is essential to
the protection and enhancement of the interests of the Company, the
Company's ultimate parent company, Hanson PLC ("Hanson") and Hanson's
stockholders. The Company also recognizes that the possibility of a Change
in Control (as defined in Exhibit A), with the attendant uncertainties and
risks, might result in the departure or distraction of key employees of
the Company to the detriment of the Company, Hanson and Hanson's
stockholders, the Company has determined that it is appropriate to induce
key employees to remain with the Company, and to reinforce and encourage
their continued attention and dedication. Accordingly, subject to Section
2, upon your written acceptance of the terms of this agreement (the
"Agreement") evidenced by your signing below, the Company intends to
provide you the protections set forth herein as of the Effective Date.
The arrangements set out in this Agreement are a private contractual
arrangement with you and do not reflect the severance policy of the
Company to employees generally and accordingly your acceptance of the
terms of this Agreement will constitute your agreement to maintain the
terms of this Agreement confidential.
2. Effective Date and Term.
Notwithstanding anything else herein, this Agreement became effective (the
"Effective Date") as of March 1, 1997. This Agreement shall expire on the
earliest of (i) three (3) years from the Effective Date, provided that if
a Change in Control takes place prior to three (3) years from the
Effective Date, the duration of this Agreement shall be until two (2)
years after the Change in Control; or (ii) subject as otherwise provided
in Section 3 herein the date of your death or the termination of your
employment with the Company whether as a result of Disability (as defined
herein), retirement or any other reason prior to a Change in Control.
Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if the Company
becomes obligated to make any payment or provide any benefit to you
pursuant to the terms hereof at or prior to the expiration of this
Agreement, then this Agreement shall remain in effect for such purposes
until all of the Company's obligations hereunder are fulfilled.
<PAGE>
GROVE WORLDWIDE
Disability for purposes of this Agreement shall mean your inability to
perform your material duties and responsibilities due to the same or
related physical or mental illness for one hundred and eighty (180)
consecutive days. A termination for Disability shall be deemed to occur
when you are terminated by the Company by written notice while you remain
disabled.
3. Termination Following a Change in Control.
If a Change in Control occurs and your employment is terminated by the
Company without Cause (as defined in Section 5 herein) other than for
Disability or you terminate your employment with the Company for Good
Reason (as defined in Section 4 herein), during the period from the date
of the Change in Control to two (2) years after the date of such Change in
Control, then you shall be entitled to the amounts and benefits provided
in Section 6 herein upon such termination. In addition, notwithstanding
the foregoing, in the event you are either terminated by the Company
without Cause (other than for Disability) or you terminate your employment
for Good Reason, in either case within one hundred and eighty (180) days
prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control (based on an event that
occurred within such one hundred and eighty (180) day period prior to the
occurrence of a Change in Control), such termination shall, upon the
occurrence of a Change in Control, be deemed to be covered under the
Agreement and you shall be entitled to the amounts payable hereunder.
4. Termination for Good Reason.
A termination for Good Reason for purposes of this Agreement shall mean a
termination by you effected by a written notice of termination for Good
Reason given within sixty (60) days after the occurrence of the Good
Reason event. "Good Reason" shall mean the occurrence or failure to cause
the occurrence, as the case may be, without your express written consent,
of (i) any material diminution of your positions, duties or
responsibilities with the Company (except in connection with the
termination of your employment for Cause, Disability, as a result of your
death, or temporarily as a result of your illness or other absence) from
the highest position held within one hundred and eighty (180) days prior
to a Change in Control or the assignment to you of duties or
responsibilities that are inconsistent with your aforementioned highest
position; (ii) your removal from, or the non-reelection to your positions
with the Company held within one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to a
Change in Control; (iii) a relocation of the Company's principal United
States executive offices to a location more than twenty-five (25) miles
from where they are at the time of the Change in Control, or a relocation
by the Company of your principal office away from such principal United
States executive offices; (iv) a reduction by the Company of your rate of
annual base salary to a level below your highest rate of base salary
within one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to the Change in Control;
(v) a failure by Hanson or the Company (A) to continue any bonus plan,
program or arrangement in which you were entitled to participate during
the one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to the
2
<PAGE>
GROVE WORLDWIDE
Change in Control (the "Bonus Plans"), provided that any such Bonus Plans
may be modified at Hanson's or the Company's discretion from time to time
but shall be deemed terminated if plans providing you with substantially
similar benefits are not substituted therefor ("Substitute Plans") or (B)
to consider you a participant in the Bonus Plans or Substitute Plans on
not less than the same target level of award and not more than the same
level of difficulty for achievability of such award as was applicable to
you immediately prior to any change in such plans, in accordance with the
Bonus Plans or Substitute Plans; or (vi) any breach by the Company of any
material provision of this Agreement, unless the applicable circumstances
under (i) through (vi) are fully corrected prior to the date of
termination specified in the notice of termination for Good Reason. The
notice of termination for Good Reason shall provide for a date of
termination not less than fifteen (15) nor more than sixty (60) days after
the date such notice of termination for Good Reason is given.
5. Termination for Cause.
A termination for Cause means a termination by the Company effected by a
written notice of termination for Cause. The term "Cause" shall be limited
to your: (i) willful misconduct with regard to the Company or its
business, assets or employees; (ii) refusal to follow the proper written
direction of the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board") or a more
senior officer of the Company, provided that the foregoing refusal shall
not be "Cause" if in good faith you believe that such direction is
illegal, unethical or immoral and you promptly so notify the Board or the
more senior officer (whichever is applicable); (iii) conviction of (or
pleading of nolo contendere to) a felony (other than a traffic violation);
(iv) breach of any fiduciary duty owed to the Company or any affiliate; or
(vi) dishonesty, misappropriation or fraud with regard to the Company
(other than good faith expense account disputes). The date of termination
for a termination for Cause shall be the date indicated in the notice of
termination.
6. Compensation on Termination.
If pursuant to Section 3 you are entitled to amounts and benefits under
this Section 6, subject to Section 10, the Company shall pay and provide
to you: (A) in a lump sum within five (5) days after such termination (or,
if such termination occurred within one hundred and eighty (180) days
prior to a Change in Control, within five (5) days after the Change in
Control) (i) two (2) times your highest annual base salary in effect
within one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to the Change in Control,
(ii) two (2) times the highest annual bonus paid or payable (excluding any
top hat payments, if applicable) to you for any of the last two (2)
completed years by the Company or its predecessors, (iii) any
un-reimbursed business expenses for the period prior to termination
payable in accordance with the Company's policies, and (iv) any base
salary, bonus, vacation pay or other deferred compensation accrued or
earned under law or in accordance with the Company's policies applicable
to you but not yet paid; (B) any other amounts or benefits due under the
then applicable employee benefit, incentive or equity plans of Hanson or
the Company applicable to you as shall be
3
<PAGE>
GROVE WORLDWIDE
determined and paid in accordance with such plans, except to the extent
paid pursuant to (A) above; (C) two (2) years of additional service and
compensation credit (at your highest compensation level in the one hundred
and eighty (180) day period prior to the Change in Control) for pension
purposes under any defined benefit type qualified or non-qualified pension
plan or arrangement of the Company and its affiliates applicable to you,
measured from the date of termination of employment and not credited to
the extent that you are otherwise entitled to such credit during such two
(2) year period, which payments shall be made through and in accordance
with the terms of the non-qualified defined benefit pension plan or
arrangement if any then exists, or, if not, in an actuarially equivalent
lump sum (using the actuarial factors then applying in the Company's or
its affiliates' defined benefit plan covering you); (D) an amount equal to
two (2) years of the maximum Company contribution (assuming you deferred
the maximum amount and continued to earn your then current salary)
measured from the date of termination of your employment under any type of
qualified or non-qualified 401(k) plan (payable at the end of each such
year and not payable to the extent otherwise contributed to such plan);
and (E) payment by the Company of the premiums for you (except in the case
of death) and your dependents' health coverage for two (2) years from the
date of termination of your employment under the Company's health plans
which cover the senior executives of the Company or materially similar
benefits (to the extent not otherwise provided), provided that in the case
of termination within one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to a Change
in Control, the obligations under this subpart (E) shall only exist to the
extent that you or your dependents, as the case may be, had timely elected
or timely elect COBRA coverage which continued at the time of the Change
in Control and the obligation with regard to the period prior to the
Change in Control shall be limited to reimbursement of the COBRA premiums
previously paid or due for such period. Any amendment or termination of
benefits, equity or incentive plans within one hundred and eighty (180)
days prior to, or after, a Change in Control that is detrimental to you
shall be ignored with respect to (C), (D) and (E) above. Payments under
(E) above may, at the discretion of the Company, be made by continuing
your participation in the plan as a terminee, by paying the applicable
COBRA premium for you and your dependents, or by covering you and your
dependents under substitute arrangements, provided that, to the extent you
incur tax that you would not have incurred as an active employee as a
result of the aforementioned coverage or the benefits provided thereunder,
you shall receive from the Company an additional payment in the amount
necessary so that you will have no additional cost for receiving such
items or any additional payment.
7. Arbitration.
Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this
Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration conducted in the
City of New York in the State of New York under the Commercial Arbitration
Rules then prevailing of the American Arbitration Association and such
submission shall request the American Arbitration Association to: (i)
appoint an arbitrator experienced and knowledgeable concerning the matter
then in dispute; (ii) require the testimony to be transcribed; (iii)
require the
4
<PAGE>
GROVE WORLDWIDE
award to be accompanied by findings of fact and the statement of reasons
for the decision; and (iv) request the matter to be handled by and in
accordance with the expedited procedures provided for in the Commercial
Arbitration Rules. The determination of the arbitrators, which shall be
based upon a de novo interpretation of this Agreement, shall be final and
binding and judgment may be entered on the arbitrators' award in any court
having jurisdiction. All costs of the American Arbitration Association and
the arbitrator shall be borne as determined by the arbitrator.
8. Legal Fees.
In the event the Company does not make the payments due hereunder on a
timely basis and you collect any part or all of the payments provided for
hereunder or otherwise successfully enforce the terms of this Agreement by
or through a lawyer or lawyers, the Company shall pay all costs of such
collection or enforcement, including reasonable legal fees and other
reasonable fees and expenses which you may incur. The Company shall pay to
you interest at the prime lending rate as announced from time to time by
Citibank, N.A. on all or any part of any amount to be paid to you
hereunder that is not paid when due. The prime rate for each calendar
quarter shall be the prime rate in effect on the first day of the calendar
quarter.
9. No Duty to Mitigate/Set-off.
The Company agrees that if your employment with the Company is terminated
pursuant to this Agreement during the term of this Agreement, you shall
not be required to seek other employment or to attempt in any way to
reduce any amounts payable to you by the Company pursuant to this
Agreement. Further, the amount of any payment or benefit provided for in
this Agreement shall not be reduced by any compensation earned by you or
benefit provided to you as the result of employment by another employer or
otherwise. Except as otherwise provided herein and apart from any
disagreement between you and the Company concerning interpretation of this
Agreement or any term or provision hereof, the Company's obligations to
make the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform
its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any circumstances,
including without limitation, any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment,
defense or other right which the Company may have against you. The amounts
due under Section 6 are inclusive, and in lieu of, any amounts payable
under any other salary continuation or cash severance arrangement of the
Company on termination of employment that is or may become applicable to
you and to the extent paid or provided under any other such arrangement
shall be offset against the amount due hereunder.
10. Successors; Binding Agreement.
In addition to any obligations imposed by law upon any successor to the
Company, the Company will require any successor (whether direct or
indirect, by purchase, merger,
5
<PAGE>
GROVE WORLDWIDE
consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business
and/or assets of the Company to expressly assume and agree in writing to
perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the
Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken
place and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of such successor. Any
such assignment shall not relieve the Company from liability hereunder.
This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by your
personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors,
heirs, distributees, devises and legatees. If you die while any amount
would still be payable to you hereunder if you had continued to live, all
such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in
accordance with the terms of the Agreement to the executors, personal
representatives, estate trustees, or administrators of your estate. This
Agreement is personal to you and neither this Agreement nor any rights
hereunder may be assigned by you.
11. Notices.
Any notice or other communication required or permitted hereunder shall be
in writing and shall be delivered personally, or sent by registered mail,
postage prepaid as follows:
(i) If to the Company, at: Grove Worldwide, P 0 Box 21, Shady
Grove, PA 17256-0021, USA
Attention: Chief Executive Officer
(ii) If to you, to the last shown address on the books of the
Company.
Any such notice shall be deemed given when so delivered personally, or, if
mailed, five (5) days after the date of deposit (in the form of registered
or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid) in the
United States postal system. Any party may by notice designate another
address or person for receipt of notices hereunder.
12. Not an Agreement of Employment.
This is not an agreement assuring employment and the Company reserves the
right to terminate your employment at any time with or without Cause,
subject to the payment provisions hereof if such termination is after, or
within one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to, a Change in Control.
You acknowledge that you are aware that you shall have no claim against
the Company hereunder or for deprivation of the right to receive the
amounts hereunder as a result of any termination that does not
specifically satisfy the requirements hereof. The foregoing shall not
affect your rights under any other agreement with the Company.
6
<PAGE>
GROVE WORLDWIDE
13. Miscellaneous.
No provisions of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged
unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing and
signed by you and such officer as may be specifically designated by the
Board. No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the
other party hereto of, or compliance with, any condition or provision
shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions
at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. This Agreement constitutes
the entire Agreement between the parties hereto pertaining to the subject
matter hereof and supersedes any prior agreements between the Company and
you. No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or
implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by
either party which are not expressly set forth in this Agreement. All
references to any law shall be deemed also to refer to any successor
provisions to such laws.
14. Acknowledgment.
You acknowledge that you: (a) have read this Agreement, understand its
terms and that it has been entered into by you voluntarily; (b) that the
payments to be made hereunder constitute additional compensation to you;
(c) have had sufficient opportunity to consider this Agreement and discuss
it with advisors of your choice, including your attorney and accountants;
(d) have been informed that you have the right to consider this Agreement
for a period of at least 21 days prior to entering into it; (e) have taken
sufficient time to consider this Agreement before signing it; and (f) have
the right to revoke this Agreement for a period of 7 days following the
Agreement's execution by giving written notice to the Company.
15. Release.
As a material inducement to the Company to enter into this Agreement, you
agree for yourself and your heirs, successors, and assigns that upon
receipt of the amounts payable under this Agreement you hereby release and
forever discharge the Company and any parent or affiliate thereof, its or
their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, representatives,
successors and assigns, from any and all claims, demands, actions,
liability, damages, back pay, attorney fees, or rights of any and every
kind or nature, accrued or unaccrued, known or unknown, arising out of or
in any manner relating to your employment and termination of employment
with the Company or its parents or affiliates including without limitation
any alleged violation of Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the
Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Employee Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974, as the same may have been or be amended from
time to time or any other federal, state or local law, regulation or
ordinance (except for your existing accrued rights under the Company's (or
any affiliate of the Company) pension plan, saving plan, health and
welfare benefit plans, and the rights already granted to you under the
Stock Option Scheme of Hanson PLC and/or any long term incentive plan of
the Company, and except as expressly set forth
7
<PAGE>
GROVE WORLDWIDE
herein). If requested by the Company you agree to execute a further formal
waiver and release at the time of termination of your employment and the
payment by the Company of the amounts payable under this Agreement in the
terms set out or substantially in the terms set out in this Section 16.
16. Withholding Taxes.
The Company may withhold from any and all amounts payable under this
Agreement such federal, state and local taxes as may be required to be
withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.
17. Governing Law.
This Agreement shall be construed, interpreted, and governed in accordance
with the laws of the State of Delaware without reference to rules relating
to conflicts of law.
Very truly yours,
By: /s/ Robert C. Stift
--------------------------------
Robert C. Stift
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Agreed and Accepted this
24th day of July 1997
/s/ Keith R. Simmons
------------------------------------
Keith R. Simmons
8
<PAGE>
GROVE WORLDWIDE
EXHIBIT A
Change in Control
For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Change in Control" shall mean the sale
or transfer, directly or indirectly, of substantially all of the Company's
business and assets to an entity not affiliated with Hanson PLC, or the
purchase, directly or indirectly, by an entity not affiliated with Hanson PLC of
more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the common stock of the Company. For
purposes of this definition, an affiliate of Hanson PLC refers to any person or
business entity, directly or indirectly, controlling, controlled by, or under
the common control with Hanson PLC, with the term "control" referring to any
person or business entity owning, directly or indirectly, more than a 50% equity
interest in the controlled entity or possessing the power to direct or cause the
direction of the management or policies of the controlled entity.
Only one (1) Change in Control may take place under this Agreement.
9
<PAGE>
[LETTERHEAD OF GROVE WORLDWIDE]
Mr. Ted J. Urbanek
21405 Ash Circle July 24, 1997
Gretna, NE 68028
PERSONAL & CONFIDENTIAL
Dear Mr. Urbanek:
1. Introduction.
Grove Worldwide (the "Company") believes that the establishment and
maintenance of a sound and vital management of the Company is essential to
the protection and enhancement of the interests of the Company, the
Company's ultimate parent company, Hanson PLC ("Hanson") and Hanson's
stockholders. The Company also recognizes that the possibility of a Change
in Control (as defined in Exhibit A), with the attendant uncertainties and
risks, might result in the departure or distraction of key employees of
the Company to the detriment of the Company, Hanson and Hanson's
stockholders, the Company has determined that it is appropriate to induce
key employees to remain with the Company, and to reinforce and encourage
their continued attention and dedication. Accordingly, subject to Section
2, upon your written acceptance of the terms of this agreement (the
"Agreement") evidenced by your signing below, the Company intends to
provide you the protections set forth herein as of the Effective Date.
The arrangements set out in this Agreement are a private contractual
arrangement with you and do not reflect the severance policy of the
Company to employees generally and accordingly your acceptance of the
terms of this Agreement will constitute your agreement to maintain the
terms of this Agreement confidential.
2. Effective Date and Term.
Notwithstanding anything else herein, this Agreement became effective (the
"Effective Date") as of March 1, 1997. This Agreement shall expire on the
earliest of (i) three (3) years from the Effective Date, provided that if
a Change in Control takes place prior to three (3) years from the
Effective Date, the duration of this Agreement shall be until two (2)
years after the Change in Control; or (ii) subject as otherwise provided
in Section 3 herein the date of your death or the termination of your
employment with the Company whether as a result of Disability (as defined
herein), retirement or any other reason prior to a Change in Control.
Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if the Company
becomes obligated to make any payment or provide any benefit to you
pursuant to the terms hereof at or prior to the expiration of this
Agreement, then this Agreement shall remain in effect for such purposes
until all of the Company's obligations hereunder are fulfilled.
<PAGE>
GROVE WORLDWIDE
Disability for purposes of this Agreement shall mean your inability to
perform your material duties and responsibilities due to the same or
related physical or mental illness for one hundred and eighty (180)
consecutive days. A termination for Disability shall be deemed to occur
when you are terminated by the Company by written notice while you remain
disabled.
3. Termination Following a Change in Control.
If a Change in Control occurs and your employment is terminated by the
Company without Cause (as defined in Section 5 herein) other than for
Disability or you terminate your employment with the Company for Good
Reason (as defined in Section 4 herein), during the period from the date
of the Change in Control to two (2) years after the date of such Change in
Control, then you shall be entitled to the amounts and benefits provided
in Section 6 herein upon such termination. In addition, notwithstanding
the foregoing, in the event you are either terminated by the Company
without Cause (other than for Disability) or you terminate your employment
for Good Reason, in either case within one hundred and eighty (180) days
prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control (based on an event that
occurred within such one hundred and eighty (180) day period prior to the
occurrence of a Change in Control), such termination shall, upon the
occurrence of a Change in Control, be deemed to be covered under the
Agreement and you shall be entitled to the amounts payable hereunder.
4. Termination for Good Reason.
A termination for Good Reason for purposes of this Agreement shall mean a
termination by you effected by a written notice of termination for Good
Reason given within sixty (60) days after the occurrence of the Good
Reason event. "Good Reason" shall mean the occurrence or failure to cause
the occurrence, as the case may be, without your express written consent,
of (i) any material diminution of your positions, duties or
responsibilities with the Company (except in connection with the
termination of your employment for Cause, Disability, as a result of your
death, or temporarily as a result of your illness or other absence) from
the highest position held within one hundred and eighty (180) days prior
to a Change in Control or the assignment to you of duties or
responsibilities that are inconsistent with your aforementioned highest
position; (ii) your removal from, or the non-reelection to your positions
with the Company held within one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to a
Change in Control; (iii) a relocation of the Company's principal United
States executive offices to a location more than twenty-five (25) miles
from where they are at the time of the Change in Control, or a relocation
by the Company of your principal office away from such principal United
States executive offices; (iv) a reduction by the Company of your rate of
annual base salary to a level below your highest rate of base salary
within one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to the Change in Control;
(v) a failure by Hanson or the Company (A) to continue any bonus plan,
program or arrangement in which you were entitled to participate during
the one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to the
2
<PAGE>
GROVE WORLDWIDE
Change in Control (the "Bonus Plans"), provided that any such Bonus Plans
may be modified at Hanson's or the Company's discretion from time to time
but shall be deemed terminated if plans providing you with substantially
similar benefits are not substituted therefor ("Substitute Plans") or (B)
to consider you a participant in the Bonus Plans or Substitute Plans on
not less than the same target level of award and not more than the same
level of difficulty for achievability of such award as was applicable to
you immediately prior to any change in such plans, in accordance with the
Bonus Plans or Substitute Plans; or (vi) any breach by the Company of any
material provision of this Agreement, unless the applicable circumstances
under (i) through (vi) are fully corrected prior to the date of
termination specified in the notice of termination for Good Reason. The
notice of termination for Good Reason shall provide for a date of
termination not less than fifteen (15) nor more than sixty (60) days after
the date such notice of termination for Good Reason is given.
5. Termination for Cause.
A termination for Cause means a termination by the Company effected by a
written notice of termination for Cause. The term "Cause" shall be limited
to your: (i) willful misconduct with regard to the Company or its
business, assets or employees; (ii) refusal to follow the proper written
direction of the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board") or a more
senior officer of the Company, provided that the foregoing refusal shall
not be "Cause" if in good faith you believe that such direction is
illegal, unethical or immoral and you promptly so notify the Board or the
more senior officer (whichever is applicable); (iii) conviction of (or
pleading of nolo contendere to) a felony (other than a traffic violation);
(iv) breach of any fiduciary duty owed to the Company or any affiliate; or
(vi) dishonesty, misappropriation or fraud with regard to the Company
(other than good faith expense account disputes). The date of termination
for a termination for Cause shall be the date indicated in the notice of
termination.
6. Compensation on Termination.
If pursuant to Section 3 you are entitled to amounts and benefits under
this Section 6, subject to Section 10, the Company shall pay and provide
to you: (A) in a lump sum within five (5) days after such termination (or,
if such termination occurred within one hundred and eighty (180) days
prior to a Change in Control, within five (5) days after the Change in
Control) (i) two (2) times your highest annual base salary in effect
within one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to the Change in Control,
(ii) two (2) times the highest annual bonus paid or payable (excluding any
top hat payments, if applicable) to you for any of the last two (2)
completed years by the Company or its predecessors, (iii) any
un-reimbursed business expenses for the period prior to termination
payable in accordance with the Company's policies, and (iv) any base
salary, bonus, vacation pay or other deferred compensation accrued or
earned under law or in accordance with the Company's policies applicable
to you but not yet paid; (B) any other amounts or benefits due under the
then applicable employee benefit, incentive or equity plans of Hanson or
the Company applicable to you as shall be
3
<PAGE>
GROVE WORLDWIDE
determined and paid in accordance with such plans, except to the extent
paid pursuant to (A) above; (C) two (2) years of additional service and
compensation credit (at your highest compensation level in the one hundred
and eighty (180) day period prior to the Change in Control) for pension
purposes under any defined benefit type qualified or non-qualified pension
plan or arrangement of the Company and its affiliates applicable to you,
measured from the date of termination of employment and not credited to
the extent that you are otherwise entitled to such credit during such two
(2) year period, which payments shall be made through and in accordance
with the terms of the non-qualified defined benefit pension plan or
arrangement if any then exists, or, if not, in an actuarially equivalent
lump sum (using the actuarial factors then applying in the Company's or
its affiliates' defined benefit plan covering you); (D) an amount equal to
two (2) years of the maximum Company contribution (assuming you deferred
the maximum amount and continued to earn your then current salary)
measured from the date of termination of your employment under any type of
qualified or non-qualified 401(k) plan (payable at the end of each such
year and not payable to the extent otherwise contributed to such plan);
and (E) payment by the Company of the premiums for you (except in the case
of death) and your dependents' health coverage for two (2) years from the
date of termination of your employment under the Company's health plans
which cover the senior executives of the Company or materially similar
benefits (to the extent not otherwise provided), provided that in the case
of termination within one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to a Change
in Control, the obligations under this subpart (E) shall only exist to the
extent that you or your dependents, as the case may be, had timely elected
or timely elect COBRA coverage which continued at the time of the Change
in Control and the obligation with regard to the period prior to the
Change in Control shall be limited to reimbursement of the COBRA premiums
previously paid or due for such period. Any amendment or termination of
benefits, equity or incentive plans within one hundred and eighty (180)
days prior to, or after, a Change in Control that is detrimental to you
shall be ignored with respect to (C), (D) and (E) above. Payments under
(E) above may, at the discretion of the Company, be made by continuing
your participation in the plan as a terminee, by paying the applicable
COBRA premium for you and your dependents, or by covering you and your
dependents under substitute arrangements, provided that, to the extent you
incur tax that you would not have incurred as an active employee as a
result of the aforementioned coverage or the benefits provided thereunder,
you shall receive from the Company an additional payment in the amount
necessary so that you will have no additional cost for receiving such
items or any additional payment.
7. Arbitration.
Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this
Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration conducted in the
City of New York in the State of New York under the Commercial Arbitration
Rules then prevailing of the American Arbitration Association and such
submission shall request the American Arbitration Association to: (i)
appoint an arbitrator experienced and knowledgeable concerning the matter
then in dispute; (ii) require the testimony to be transcribed; (iii)
require the
4
<PAGE>
GROVE WORLDWIDE
award to be accompanied by findings of fact and the statement of reasons
for the decision; and (iv) request the matter to be handled by and in
accordance with the expedited procedures provided for in the Commercial
Arbitration Rules. The determination of the arbitrators, which shall be
based upon a de novo interpretation of this Agreement, shall be final and
binding and judgment may be entered on the arbitrators' award in any court
having jurisdiction. All costs of the American Arbitration Association and
the arbitrator shall be borne as determined by the arbitrator.
8. Legal Fees.
In the event the Company does not make the payments due hereunder on a
timely basis and you collect any part or all of the payments provided for
hereunder or otherwise successfully enforce the terms of this Agreement by
or through a lawyer or lawyers, the Company shall pay all costs of such
collection or enforcement, including reasonable legal fees and other
reasonable fees and expenses which you may incur. The Company shall pay to
you interest at the prime lending rate as announced from time to time by
Citibank, N.A. on all or any part of any amount to be paid to you
hereunder that is not paid when due. The prime rate for each calendar
quarter shall be the prime rate in effect on the first day of the calendar
quarter.
9. No Duty to Mitigate/Set-off.
The Company agrees that if your employment with the Company is terminated
pursuant to this Agreement during the term of this Agreement, you shall
not be required to seek other employment or to attempt in any way to
reduce any amounts payable to you by the Company pursuant to this
Agreement. Further, the amount of any payment or benefit provided for in
this Agreement shall not be reduced by any compensation earned by you or
benefit provided to you as the result of employment by another employer or
otherwise. Except as otherwise provided herein and apart from any
disagreement between you and the Company concerning interpretation of this
Agreement or any term or provision hereof, the Company's obligations to
make the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform
its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any circumstances,
including without limitation, any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment,
defense or other right which the Company may have against you. The amounts
due under Section 6 are inclusive, and in lieu of, any amounts payable
under any other salary continuation or cash severance arrangement of the
Company on termination of employment that is or may become applicable to
you and to the extent paid or provided under any other such arrangement
shall be offset against the amount due hereunder.
10. Successors; Binding Agreement.
In addition to any obligations imposed by law upon any successor to the
Company, the Company will require any successor (whether direct or
indirect, by purchase, merger,
5
<PAGE>
GROVE WORLDWIDE
consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business
and/or assets of the Company to expressly assume and agree in writing to
perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the
Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken
place and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of such successor. Any
such assignment shall not relieve the Company from liability hereunder.
This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by your
personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors,
heirs, distributees, devises and legatees. If you die while any amount
would still be payable to you hereunder if you had continued to live, all
such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in
accordance with the terms of the Agreement to the executors, personal
representatives, estate trustees, or administrators of your estate. This
Agreement is personal to you and neither this Agreement nor any rights
hereunder may be assigned by you.
11. Notices.
Any notice or other communication required or permitted hereunder shall be
in writing and shall be delivered personally, or sent by registered mail,
postage prepaid as follows:
(i) If to the Company, at: Grove Worldwide, P 0 Box 21, Shady
Grove, PA 17256-0021, USA
Attention: Chief Executive Officer
(ii) If to you, to the last shown address on the books of the
Company.
Any such notice shall be deemed given when so delivered personally, or, if
mailed, five (5) days after the date of deposit (in the form of registered
or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid) in the
United States postal system. Any party may by notice designate another
address or person for receipt of notices hereunder.
12. Not an Agreement of Employment.
This is not an agreement assuring employment and the Company reserves the
right to terminate your employment at any time with or without Cause,
subject to the payment provisions hereof if such termination is after, or
within one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to, a Change in Control.
You acknowledge that you are aware that you shall have no claim against
the Company hereunder or for deprivation of the right to receive the
amounts hereunder as a result of any termination that does not
specifically satisfy the requirements hereof. The foregoing shall not
affect your rights under any other agreement with the Company.
6
<PAGE>
GROVE WORLDWIDE
13. Miscellaneous.
No provisions of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged
unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing and
signed by you and such officer as may be specifically designated by the
Board. No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the
other party hereto of, or compliance with, any condition or provision
shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions
at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. This Agreement constitutes
the entire Agreement between the parties hereto pertaining to the subject
matter hereof and supersedes any prior agreements between the Company and
you. No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or
implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by
either party which are not expressly set forth in this Agreement. All
references to any law shall be deemed also to refer to any successor
provisions to such laws.
14. Acknowledgment.
You acknowledge that you: (a) have read this Agreement, understand its
terms and that it has been entered into by you voluntarily; (b) that the
payments to be made hereunder constitute additional compensation to you;
(c) have had sufficient opportunity to consider this Agreement and discuss
it with advisors of your choice, including your attorney and accountants;
(d) have been informed that you have the right to consider this Agreement
for a period of at least 21 days prior to entering into it; (e) have taken
sufficient time to consider this Agreement before signing it; and (f) have
the right to revoke this Agreement for a period of 7 days following the
Agreement's execution by giving written notice to the Company.
15. Release.
As a material inducement to the Company to enter into this Agreement, you
agree for yourself and your heirs, successors, and assigns that upon
receipt of the amounts payable under this Agreement you hereby release and
forever discharge the Company and any parent or affiliate thereof, its or
their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, representatives,
successors and assigns, from any and all claims, demands, actions,
liability, damages, back pay, attorney fees, or rights of any and every
kind or nature, accrued or unaccrued, known or unknown, arising out of or
in any manner relating to your employment and termination of employment
with the Company or its parents or affiliates including without limitation
any alleged violation of Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the
Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Employee Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974, as the same may have been or be amended from
time to time or any other federal, state or local law, regulation or
ordinance (except for your existing accrued rights under the Company's (or
any affiliate of the Company) pension plan, saving plan, health and
welfare benefit plans, and the rights already granted to you under the
Stock Option Scheme of Hanson PLC and/or any long term incentive plan of
the Company, and except as expressly set forth
7
<PAGE>
GROVE WORLDWIDE
herein). If requested by the Company you agree to execute a further formal
waiver and release at the time of termination of your employment and the
payment by the Company of the amounts payable under this Agreement in the
terms set out or substantially in the terms set out in this Section 16.
16. Withholding Taxes.
The Company may withhold from any and all amounts payable under this
Agreement such federal, state and local taxes as may be required to be
withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.
17. Governing Law.
This Agreement shall be construed, interpreted, and governed in accordance
with the laws of the State of Delaware without reference to rules relating
to conflicts of law.
Very truly yours,
By: /s/ Robert C. Stift
------------------------------------
Robert C. Stift
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Agreed and Accepted this
28th day of July 1997
/s/ Ted J. Urbanek
---------------------------------------
Ted J. Urbanek
8
<PAGE>
GROVE WORLDWIDE
EXHIBIT A
Change in Control
For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Change in Control" shall mean the sale
or transfer, directly or indirectly, of substantially all of the Company's
business and assets to an entity not affiliated with Hanson PLC, or the
purchase, directly or indirectly, by an entity not affiliated with Hanson PLC of
more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the common stock of the Company. For
purposes of this definition, an affiliate of Hanson PLC refers to any person or
business entity, directly or indirectly, controlling, controlled by, or under
the common control with Hanson PLC, with the term "control" referring to any
person or business entity owning, directly or indirectly, more than a 50% equity
interest in the controlled entity or possessing the power to direct or cause the
direction of the management or policies of the controlled entity.
Only one (1) Change in Control may take place under this Agreement.
9
<PAGE>
[LETTERHEAD OF GROVE WORLDWIDE]
Mr. G. F. Heidinger
2019 Springdale Drive July 24, 1997
Martinsburg, WV 25401
PERSONAL & CONFIDENTIAL
Dear Mr. Heidinger:
1. Introduction.
Grove Worldwide (the "Company") believes that the establishment and
maintenance of a sound and vital management of the Company is essential to
the protection and enhancement of the interests of the Company, the
Company's ultimate parent company, Hanson PLC ("Hanson") and Hanson's
stockholders. The Company also recognizes that the possibility of a Change
in Control (as defined in Exhibit A), with the attendant uncertainties and
risks, might result in the departure or distraction of key employees of
the Company to the detriment of the Company, Hanson and Hanson's
stockholders, the Company has determined that it is appropriate to induce
key employees to remain with the Company, and to reinforce and encourage
their continued attention and dedication. Accordingly, subject to Section
2, upon your written acceptance of the terms of this agreement (the
"Agreement") evidenced by your signing below, the Company intends to
provide you the protections set forth herein as of the Effective Date.
The arrangements set out in this Agreement are a private contractual
arrangement with you and do not reflect the severance policy of the
Company to employees generally and accordingly your acceptance of the
terms of this Agreement will constitute your agreement to maintain the
terms of this Agreement confidential.
2. Effective Date and Term.
Notwithstanding anything else herein, this Agreement became effective (the
"Effective Date") as of March 1, 1997. This Agreement shall expire on the
earliest of (i) three (3) years from the Effective Date, provided that if
a Change in Control takes place prior to three (3) years from the
Effective Date, the duration of this Agreement shall be until two (2)
years after the Change in Control; or (ii) subject as otherwise provided
in Section 3 herein the date of your death or the termination of your
employment with the Company whether as a result of Disability (as defined
herein), retirement or any other reason prior to a Change in Control.
Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if the Company
becomes obligated to make any payment or provide any benefit to you
pursuant to the terms hereof at or prior to the expiration of this
Agreement, then this Agreement shall remain in effect for such purposes
until all of the Company's obligations hereunder are fulfilled.
<PAGE>
GROVE WORLDWIDE
Disability for purposes of this Agreement shall mean your inability to
perform your material duties and responsibilities due to the same or
related physical or mental illness for one hundred and eighty (180)
consecutive days. A termination for Disability shall be deemed to occur
when you are terminated by the Company by written notice while you remain
disabled.
3. Termination Following a Change in Control.
If a Change in Control occurs and your employment is terminated by the
Company without Cause (as defined in Section 5 herein) other than for
Disability or you terminate your employment with the Company for Good
Reason (as defined in Section 4 herein), during the period from the date
of the Change in Control to two (2) years after the date of such Change in
Control, then you shall be entitled to the amounts and benefits provided
in Section 6 herein upon such termination. In addition, notwithstanding
the foregoing, in the event you are either terminated by the Company
without Cause (other than for Disability) or you terminate your employment
for Good Reason, in either case within one hundred and eighty (180) days
prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control (based on an event that
occurred within such one hundred and eighty (180) day period prior to the
occurrence of a Change in Control), such termination shall, upon the
occurrence of a Change in Control, be deemed to be covered under the
Agreement and you shall be entitled to the amounts payable hereunder.
4. Termination for Good Reason.
A termination for Good Reason for purposes of this Agreement shall mean a
termination by you effected by a written notice of termination for Good
Reason given within sixty (60) days after the occurrence of the Good
Reason event. "Good Reason" shall mean the occurrence or failure to cause
the occurrence, as the case may be, without your express written consent,
of (i) any material diminution of your positions, duties or
responsibilities with the Company (except in connection with the
termination of your employment for Cause, Disability, as a result of your
death, or temporarily as a result of your illness or other absence) from
the highest position held within one hundred and eighty (180) days prior
to a Change in Control or the assignment to you of duties or
responsibilities that are inconsistent with your aforementioned highest
position; (ii) your removal from, or the non-reelection to your positions
with the Company held within one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to a
Change in Control; (iii) a relocation of the Company's principal United
States executive offices to a location more than twenty-five (25) miles
from where they are at the time of the Change in Control, or a relocation
by the Company of your principal office away from such principal United
States executive offices; (iv) a reduction by the Company of your rate of
annual base salary to a level below your highest rate of base salary
within one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to the Change in Control;
(v) a failure by Hanson or the Company (A) to continue any bonus plan,
program or arrangement in which you were entitled to participate during
the one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to the
2
<PAGE>
GROVE WORLDWIDE
Change in Control (the "Bonus Plans"), provided that any such Bonus Plans
may be modified at Hanson's or the Company's discretion from time to time
but shall be deemed terminated if plans providing you with substantially
similar benefits are not substituted therefor ("Substitute Plans") or (B)
to consider you a participant in the Bonus Plans or Substitute Plans on
not less than the same target level of award and not more than the same
level of difficulty for achievability of such award as was applicable to
you immediately prior to any change in such plans, in accordance with the
Bonus Plans or Substitute Plans; or (vi) any breach by the Company of any
material provision of this Agreement, unless the applicable circumstances
under (i) through (vi) are fully corrected prior to the date of
termination specified in the notice of termination for Good Reason. The
notice of termination for Good Reason shall provide for a date of
termination not less than fifteen (15) nor more than sixty (60) days after
the date such notice of termination for Good Reason is given.
5. Termination for Cause.
A termination for Cause means a termination by the Company effected by a
written notice of termination for Cause. The term "Cause" shall be limited
to your: (i) willful misconduct with regard to the Company or its
business, assets or employees; (ii) refusal to follow the proper written
direction of the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board") or a more
senior officer of the Company, provided that the foregoing refusal shall
not be "Cause" if in good faith you believe that such direction is
illegal, unethical or immoral and you promptly so notify the Board or the
more senior officer (whichever is applicable); (iii) conviction of (or
pleading of nolo contendere to) a felony (other than a traffic violation);
(iv) breach of any fiduciary duty owed to the Company or any affiliate; or
(vi) dishonesty, misappropriation or fraud with regard to the Company
(other than good faith expense account disputes). The date of termination
for a termination for Cause shall be the date indicated in the notice of
termination.
6. Compensation on Termination.
If pursuant to Section 3 you are entitled to amounts and benefits under
this Section 6, subject to Section 10, the Company shall pay and provide
to you: (A) in a lump sum within five (5) days after such termination (or,
if such termination occurred within one hundred and eighty (180) days
prior to a Change in Control, within five (5) days after the Change in
Control) (i) two (2) times your highest annual base salary in effect
within one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to the Change in Control,
(ii) two (2) times the highest annual bonus paid or payable (excluding any
top hat payments, if applicable) to you for any of the last two (2)
completed years by the Company or its predecessors, (iii) any
un-reimbursed business expenses for the period prior to termination
payable in accordance with the Company's policies, and (iv) any base
salary, bonus, vacation pay or other deferred compensation accrued or
earned under law or in accordance with the Company's policies applicable
to you but not yet paid; (B) any other amounts or benefits due under the
then applicable employee benefit, incentive or equity plans of Hanson or
the Company applicable to you as shall be
3
<PAGE>
GROVE WORLDWIDE
determined and paid in accordance with such plans, except to the extent
paid pursuant to (A) above; (C) two (2) years of additional service and
compensation credit (at your highest compensation level in the one hundred
and eighty (180) day period prior to the Change in Control) for pension
purposes under any defined benefit type qualified or non-qualified pension
plan or arrangement of the Company and its affiliates applicable to you,
measured from the date of termination of employment and not credited to
the extent that you are otherwise entitled to such credit during such two
(2) year period, which payments shall be made through and in accordance
with the terms of the non-qualified defined benefit pension plan or
arrangement if any then exists, or, if not, in an actuarially equivalent
lump sum (using the actuarial factors then applying in the Company's or
its affiliates' defined benefit plan covering you); (D) an amount equal to
two (2) years of the maximum Company contribution (assuming you deferred
the maximum amount and continued to earn your then current salary)
measured from the date of termination of your employment under any type of
qualified or non-qualified 401(k) plan (payable at the end of each such
year and not payable to the extent otherwise contributed to such plan);
and (E) payment by the Company of the premiums for you (except in the case
of death) and your dependents' health coverage for two (2) years from the
date of termination of your employment under the Company's health plans
which cover the senior executives of the Company or materially similar
benefits (to the extent not otherwise provided), provided that in the case
of termination within one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to a Change
in Control, the obligations under this subpart (E) shall only exist to the
extent that you or your dependents, as the case may be, had timely elected
or timely elect COBRA coverage which continued at the time of the Change
in Control and the obligation with regard to the period prior to the
Change in Control shall be limited to reimbursement of the COBRA premiums
previously paid or due for such period. Any amendment or termination of
benefits, equity or incentive plans within one hundred and eighty (180)
days prior to, or after, a Change in Control that is detrimental to you
shall be ignored with respect to (C), (D) and (E) above. Payments under
(E) above may, at the discretion of the Company, be made by continuing
your participation in the plan as a terminee, by paying the applicable
COBRA premium for you and your dependents, or by covering you and your
dependents under substitute arrangements, provided that, to the extent you
incur tax that you would not have incurred as an active employee as a
result of the aforementioned coverage or the benefits provided thereunder,
you shall receive from the Company an additional payment in the amount
necessary so that you will have no additional cost for receiving such
items or any additional payment.
7. Arbitration.
Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this
Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration conducted in the
City of New York in the State of New York under the Commercial Arbitration
Rules then prevailing of the American Arbitration Association and such
submission shall request the American Arbitration Association to: (i)
appoint an arbitrator experienced and knowledgeable concerning the matter
then in dispute; (ii) require the testimony to be transcribed; (iii)
require the
4
<PAGE>
GROVE WORLDWIDE
award to be accompanied by findings of fact and the statement of reasons
for the decision; and (iv) request the matter to be handled by and in
accordance with the expedited procedures provided for in the Commercial
Arbitration Rules. The determination of the arbitrators, which shall be
based upon a de novo interpretation of this Agreement, shall be final and
binding and judgment may be entered on the arbitrators' award in any court
having jurisdiction. All costs of the American Arbitration Association and
the arbitrator shall be borne as determined by the arbitrator.
8. Legal Fees.
In the event the Company does not make the payments due hereunder on a
timely basis and you collect any part or all of the payments provided for
hereunder or otherwise successfully enforce the terms of this Agreement by
or through a lawyer or lawyers, the Company shall pay all costs of such
collection or enforcement, including reasonable legal fees and other
reasonable fees and expenses which you may incur. The Company shall pay to
you interest at the prime lending rate as announced from time to time by
Citibank, N.A. on all or any part of any amount to be paid to you
hereunder that is not paid when due. The prime rate for each calendar
quarter shall be the prime rate in effect on the first day of the calendar
quarter.
9. No Duty to Mitigate/Set-off.
The Company agrees that if your employment with the Company is terminated
pursuant to this Agreement during the term of this Agreement, you shall
not be required to seek other employment or to attempt in any way to
reduce any amounts payable to you by the Company pursuant to this
Agreement. Further, the amount of any payment or benefit provided for in
this Agreement shall not be reduced by any compensation earned by you or
benefit provided to you as the result of employment by another employer or
otherwise. Except as otherwise provided herein and apart from any
disagreement between you and the Company concerning interpretation of this
Agreement or any term or provision hereof, the Company's obligations to
make the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform
its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any circumstances,
including without limitation, any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment,
defense or other right which the Company may have against you. The amounts
due under Section 6 are inclusive, and in lieu of, any amounts payable
under any other salary continuation or cash severance arrangement of the
Company on termination of employment that is or may become applicable to
you and to the extent paid or provided under any other such arrangement
shall be offset against the amount due hereunder.
10. Successors; Binding Agreement.
In addition to any obligations imposed by law upon any successor to the
Company, the Company will require any successor (whether direct or
indirect, by purchase, merger,
5
<PAGE>
GROVE WORLDWIDE
consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business
and/or assets of the Company to expressly assume and agree in writing to
perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the
Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken
place and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of such successor. Any
such assignment shall not relieve the Company from liability hereunder.
This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by your
personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors,
heirs, distributees, devises and legatees. If you die while any amount
would still be payable to you hereunder if you had continued to live, all
such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in
accordance with the terms of the Agreement to the executors, personal
representatives, estate trustees, or administrators of your estate. This
Agreement is personal to you and neither this Agreement nor any rights
hereunder may be assigned by you.
11. Notices.
Any notice or other communication required or permitted hereunder shall be
in writing and shall be delivered personally, or sent by registered mail,
postage prepaid as follows:
(i) If to the Company, at: Grove Worldwide, P 0 Box 21, Shady
Grove, PA 17256-0021, USA
Attention: Chief Executive Officer
(ii) If to you, to the last shown address on the books of the
Company.
Any such notice shall be deemed given when so delivered personally, or, if
mailed, five (5) days after the date of deposit (in the form of registered
or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid) in the
United States postal system. Any party may by notice designate another
address or person for receipt of notices hereunder.
12. Not an Agreement of Employment.
This is not an agreement assuring employment and the Company reserves the
right to terminate your employment at any time with or without Cause,
subject to the payment provisions hereof if such termination is after, or
within one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to, a Change in Control.
You acknowledge that you are aware that you shall have no claim against
the Company hereunder or for deprivation of the right to receive the
amounts hereunder as a result of any termination that does not
specifically satisfy the requirements hereof. The foregoing shall not
affect your rights under any other agreement with the Company.
6
<PAGE>
GROVE WORLDWIDE
13. Miscellaneous.
No provisions of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged
unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing and
signed by you and such officer as may be specifically designated by the
Board. No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the
other party hereto of, or compliance with, any condition or provision
shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions
at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. This Agreement constitutes
the entire Agreement between the parties hereto pertaining to the subject
matter hereof and supersedes any prior agreements between the Company and
you. No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or
implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by
either party which are not expressly set forth in this Agreement. All
references to any law shall be deemed also to refer to any successor
provisions to such laws.
14. Acknowledgment.
You acknowledge that you: (a) have read this Agreement, understand its
terms and that it has been entered into by you voluntarily; (b) that the
payments to be made hereunder constitute additional compensation to you;
(c) have had sufficient opportunity to consider this Agreement and discuss
it with advisors of your choice, including your attorney and accountants;
(d) have been informed that you have the right to consider this Agreement
for a period of at least 21 days prior to entering into it; (e) have taken
sufficient time to consider this Agreement before signing it; and (f) have
the right to revoke this Agreement for a period of 7 days following the
Agreement's execution by giving written notice to the Company.
15. Release.
As a material inducement to the Company to enter into this Agreement, you
agree for yourself and your heirs, successors, and assigns that upon
receipt of the amounts payable under this Agreement you hereby release and
forever discharge the Company and any parent or affiliate thereof, its or
their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, representatives,
successors and assigns, from any and all claims, demands, actions,
liability, damages, back pay, attorney fees, or rights of any and every
kind or nature, accrued or unaccrued, known or unknown, arising out of or
in any manner relating to your employment and termination of employment
with the Company or its parents or affiliates including without limitation
any alleged violation of Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the
Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Employee Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974, as the same may have been or be amended from
time to time or any other federal, state or local law, regulation or
ordinance (except for your existing accrued rights under the Company's (or
any affiliate of the Company) pension plan, saving plan, health and
welfare benefit plans, and the rights already granted to you under the
Stock Option Scheme of Hanson PLC and/or any long term incentive plan of
the Company, and except as expressly set forth
7
<PAGE>
GROVE WORLDWIDE
herein). If requested by the Company you agree to execute a further formal
waiver and release at the time of termination of your employment and the
payment by the Company of the amounts payable under this Agreement in the
terms set out or substantially in the terms set out in this Section 16.
16. Withholding Taxes.
The Company may withhold from any and all amounts payable under this
Agreement such federal, state and local taxes as may be required to be
withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.
17. Governing Law.
This Agreement shall be construed, interpreted, and governed in accordance
with the laws of the State of Delaware without reference to rules relating
to conflicts of law.
Very truly yours,
By: /s/ Robert C. Stift
------------------------------------
Robert C. Stift
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Agreed and Accepted this
25th day of July 1997
/s/ G. F. Heidinger
---------------------------------------
G. F. Heidinger
8
<PAGE>
GROVE WORLDWIDE
EXHIBIT A
Change in Control
For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Change in Control" shall mean the sale
or transfer, directly or indirectly, of substantially all of the Company's
business and assets to an entity not affiliated with Hanson PLC, or the
purchase, directly or indirectly, by an entity not affiliated with Hanson PLC of
more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the common stock of the Company. For
purposes of this definition, an affiliate of Hanson PLC refers to any person or
business entity, directly or indirectly, controlling, controlled by, or under
the common control with Hanson PLC, with the term "control" referring to any
person or business entity owning, directly or indirectly, more than a 50% equity
interest in the controlled entity or possessing the power to direct or cause the
direction of the management or policies of the controlled entity.
Only one (1) Change in Control may take place under this Agreement.
9
<PAGE>
Exhibit10.11
1
Grove Investors LLC
Management Option Plan
SECTION 1. Purpose. The purposes of this Grove Investors LLC
Management Option Plan (the "Plan") are to promote the interests of Grove
Investors LLC (the "Company") and its members by (i) attracting and retaining
exceptional officers and other key employees of the Company and its Affiliates,
specifically including the Company's indirect subsidiary, Grove Worldwide LLC
and (ii) enabling such individuals to acquire an equity interest in and
participate in the long-term growth and financial success of the Company.
SECTION 2. Definitions. As used in the Plan, the following terms
shall have the meanings set forth below:
"Affiliate" shall mean (i) any entity that, directly or indirectly,
controls or is controlled by or under common control with the Company and (ii)
any entity in which the Company has a significant equity interest, in either
case as determined by the Committee.
"Board" shall mean the Management Committee of the Company, as
established pursuant to the LLC Agreement.
"Cause" shall mean (i) willful misconduct or willful malfeasance by
the Participant in connection with his or her employment, (ii) the Participant's
conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, any crime constituting a
felony under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or any crime
involving moral turpitude or (iii) the Participant's material breach of any of
the provisions of any employment agreement or the LLC Agreement which is not
cured by the Participant within 10 business days following written notice from
his employer of such breach.
"Change in Control" shall mean the closing of any transaction
whereby any Person other than FW Grove Coinvestors, L.P., Keystone, Inc.
(including funds sponsored by Keystone, Inc.), FW Strategic Partners, L.P.,
Michael L. George or the George Group, Inc. or any of their respective
Affiliates shall have become the beneficial owner of more than 50% of the Equity
Securities (as defined in the LLC Agreement) of the Company or a reorganization,
merger, consolidation, acquisition or other similar transaction, after which all
or substantially all of the assets of the Company are controlled by an entity
other than FW Grove Coinvestors, L.P., Keystone, Inc. (including investment
funds sponsored by Keystone, Inc.), Michael L. George, the George Group Inc.
and/or FW Strategic Partners, L.P. or their respective Affiliates.
<PAGE>
2
"Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from
time to time.
"Committee" shall mean Compensation Committee of the Board or any
person or persons designated by the Board or the Compensation Committee to
administer the Plan.
"Class A Unit" shall mean a unit of interest in the Company based
upon a notional amount of 75,000 units outstanding as of the Effective Date,
with each Class A Unit representing a .001333% interest in the Company as of the
Effective Date, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 6(d) and in the LLC
Agreement.
"Company" shall mean Grove Investors LLC, a Delaware limited
liability company, together with any successor thereto.
"Disability" shall mean a Participant's becoming physically or
mentally incapacitated so that he is therefore reasonably expected to be unable
with reasonable accommodation, for a period of six consecutive months or for an
aggregate of nine months in any 18 consecutive month period to perform the
essential functions of his job for the Company and its Affiliates.
"EBITDA" shall mean the net profit of the Company and its
subsidiaries, after all expenses but before any (A) interest, (B) income taxes
or other taxes based on profits, (C) amortization of goodwill, (D) depreciation,
(E) cash expenses directly associated with the implementation of the operations
improvement program, including consulting fees under the Consulting Agreement
referred to in the LLC Agreement, and (F) to the extent determined by the
Committee, any nonrecurring or unbudgeted extraordinary items of income or loss.
The determination of EBITDA for purposes of the Plan shall be made by the
Committee in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive and binding on
the Company and the Participants, including any beneficiaries thereof.
"EBITDA Target" shall mean the target EBITDA for the Company and its
subsidiaries determined for a fiscal year based on management's proposal and as
approved by the Committee.
"Employment" and "termination of employment" and similar references
shall include employment with and termination of employment from the Company and
its Affiliates, including Grove.
"Effective Date" shall mean April 28, 1998.
<PAGE>
3
"Fair Market Value" of Interests shall mean the fair market value of
such Interests as determined in good faith by the Board. In the event of a
Change in Control involving the sale of Interests or Interests of Grove
Worldwide, the Fair Market Value of an Interest shall be based upon the price
per Interest paid by the acquiror in connection with such Change in Control.
"Grove" shall mean Grove Worldwide LLC, a Delaware limited liability
company, together with any successor thereto.
"Interest" shall mean an Interest as defined in the LLC Agreement.
"LLC Agreement" shall mean the Second Amended and Restated Limited
Liability Company Agreement of Grove Investors LLC dated as of June __, 1998.
"Option" shall mean an option granted hereunder to acquire Class A
Units, as set forth in Section 6.
"Option Agreement" shall mean any written agreement, contract, or
other instrument or document (which may include provisions of an employment
agreement to which the Company is a party) evidencing any Option granted
hereunder, which may, but need not, be executed or acknowledged by a
Participant.
"Participant" shall mean any officer or other key employee of the
Company or its Affiliates eligible for an Option under Section 5 and selected by
the Committee to receive an Option under the Plan.
"Person" shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership,
association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government
or political subdivision thereof or other entity.
"Plan" shall mean this Grove Investors LLC Management Option Plan.
SECTION 3. Administration.
(a) The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. Subject to the
terms of the Plan and applicable law, and in addition to other express powers
and authorizations conferred on the Committee by the Plan, the Committee shall
have full power and authority to: (i) designate Participants; (ii) determine the
number of Class A Units (and underlying Interests) or fractions thereof to be
covered by, or with respect to which payments, rights or other matters are to be
calculated in connection with, the Options; (iii) determine the terms and
conditions of any Option; (iv) determine whether, to what extent, and under what
circumstances Options may be settled or exercised in cash, Interests, other
securities or other property, or canceled, forfeited or suspended and the method
or methods by which the Options may be settled, exercised, canceled, forfeited
or
<PAGE>
4
suspended; (v) interpret, administer, reconcile any inconsistency, correct any
defect and/or supply any omission in the Plan and any instrument or agreement
relating to, or Option made under, the Plan; (vi) establish, amend, suspend or
waive such rules and regulations and appoint such agents as it shall deem
appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan; and (vii) make any other
determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or
desirable for the administration of the Plan.
(b) Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all
designations, determinations, interpretations and other decisions under or with
respect to the Plan or any Option shall be within the sole discretion of the
Committee, may be made at any time and shall be final, conclusive and binding
upon all Persons, including the Company, any Affiliate, any Participant, any
holder or beneficiary of any Option and any member of the Company.
(c) No member of the Committee shall be liable for any action or
determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Option
hereunder.
SECTION 4. Class A Units and Interests.
(a) Class A Units Available. Subject to adjustment as set forth in
Section 4(b), the aggregate number of Class A Units with respect to which
Options may be granted under the Plan shall be 4,500. If, after the effective
date of the Plan, any Class A Units covered by an Option granted under the Plan,
are forfeited, or if an Option has expired, terminated or been canceled for any
reason whatsoever (other than by reason of exercise) and in either such case a
Participant has received no benefits of ownership with respect to the forfeited
Class A Units or the Interests to which such expired, terminated or canceled
Option relates, then the Class A Units covered by such Option shall again be
available to be granted under Options hereunder.
(b) Adjustments. In addition to the adjustment in the Interests as
described in Section 6(d), in the event that the Committee determines that any
dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Interests,
securities or other property), recapitalization, reorganization, merger,
consolidation, issuance or exchange of Interests, other ownership interests or
other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to
purchase Interests, other ownership interests or other securities of the Company
or other similar corporate transaction or event affects the Interests such that
an adjustment is determined by the Committee in its discretion to be appropriate
in order to prevent inappropriate dilution or enlargement of the benefits or
potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, then the
Committee may, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust any or all of (i)
the number of Class A Units, other ownership interests or other securities of
the Company (or number
<PAGE>
5
and kind of other securities or property) with respect to which Options may be
granted, (ii) the number of Class A Units, other ownership interests or other
securities of the Company (or number and kind of other securities or property)
subject to outstanding Options or the percentage of Interests, other ownership
interests or other securities of the Company subject to Class A Units and (iii)
the exercise price with respect to any Option or, if deemed appropriate, make
provision for a cash payment to the holder of an outstanding Option in
consideration for the cancellation of such Option. No adjustment shall be made
on account of the issuance of Interests with respect to Options.
SECTION 5. Eligibility. Any officer or other key employee of the
Company or any of its Affiliates (including any prospective officer or key
employee) shall be eligible to be designated as a Participant in the Plan by the
Committee.
SECTION 6. Options.
(a) Grant. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee
shall have sole and complete authority to determine the Participants to whom
Options shall be granted, the number of Class A Units to be covered by each
Option, the exercise price therefor and the conditions and limitations
applicable to the exercise of the Option.
(b) Exercise Price. The exercise price per Class A Unit for Options
granted as of the Effective Date shall be the Company's cost of its investment
in Grove for the Interests relating to such Class A Unit. The exercise price per
Class A Unit for Options granted as of a date after the Effective Date shall be
the Fair Market Value of the Interests relating to such Class A Unit, as
determined by the Committee.
(c) Exercise.
(i) Each Option shall be exercisable at such times and subject
to such terms and conditions (including vesting provisions) as the Committee
may, in its sole discretion, specify in the applicable Option Agreement or
thereafter and/or to the extent not so specified, as specified in paragraph (g)
below. The Committee may impose such conditions with respect to the exercise of
Options, including without limitation, any relating to the application of
federal or state securities laws, as it may deem necessary or advisable.
(ii) Upon proper exercise in whole or in part of the vested
portion of an Option, (I) the number of Class A Units with respect to which the
Option is exercised shall be issued to the Participant, (II) the Participant's
capital account in the Company shall have an initial balance equal to the
exercise price paid by such Participant and (III) the Participant shall be
entitled to receive special priority allocations of income under the LLC
Agreement as provided in Article IV thereof.
<PAGE>
6
(iii) In the event that a Participant exercises an Option at a
time when it is not yet determined whether he is vested as of such exercise
date, the Participant shall not be entitled to receive Interests on account of
such exercise, and shall not be required to tender payment on account of such
exercise, until the Company determines that the Participant was vested as of the
date of such purported exercise.
(d) Adjustment of Percentage of Interests Subject to Class A Units.
Upon the issuance or redemption of Interests in the Company, the number of Class
A Units available under the Plan and the number of Class A Units subject to
outstanding Options shall be equitably adjusted as determined by the Committee
in its sole discretion to prevent inappropriate dilution or enlargement of the
economic interest represented by such Class A Units.
(e) Payment. No Interests shall be delivered pursuant to any
exercise of an Option until payment in full of the aggregate exercise price
therefor is received by the Company. Such payment may be made in cash or its
equivalent, as determined by the Committee.
(f) Subject to LLC Agreement. As a condition to the exercise of an
Option, the Participant will be required to become a party to the LLC Agreement
and the Interests acquired upon exercise of the Option will be held subject to
the terms and conditions of the LLC Agreement.
(g) Vesting.
(i) Options Granted as of Effective Date. Subject to the
Participant's continued employment with the Company and its Affiliates, the
Options granted as of the Effective Date shall vest over a five year period with
the first year of such five year period being the Company's first fiscal year
that begins after the Effective Date, as follows:
(A) For each of the first five fiscal years beginning
after the Effective Date, the Option shall vest and become cumulatively
exercisable with respect to 20% of the Interests initially relating
thereto on the last day of such fiscal year if the Company and its
subsidiaries meet the EBITDA Target established for that fiscal year.
(B) If the EBITDA actually achieved for a year is at
least 80% but less than 100% of the Target for that year, then the vesting
opportunity of the Option for that year shall be reduced by 5% for each 1%
of difference between the EBITDA Target and the EBITDA actually achieved;
or
(C) If the EBITDA results for a year exceed 100% of the
EBITDA Target for that year, a participant's vesting opportunity (that is,
<PAGE>
7
20%) for that year will be fully achieved. In addition, the Participant
shall be credited with a vesting excess either to make up for some or all
of a vesting opportunity not achieved in prior years or may apply such
excess against a vesting deficiency of a future year, on the following
basis: the vesting opportunity shall be increased by 2.5% for each 1% of
difference between the EBITDA actually achieved and the EBITDA Target for
that year. The maximum aggregate excess percentage that may be carried
forward to future years or backward from any given year cannot provide
vesting with respect to more than 10% of all Options granted to a
participant.
(D) No more than 100% of Options granted may vest.
(ii) Options Granted After Effective Date. Unless otherwise
provided in the applicable Option agreement, and subject to the Participant's
continued employment with the Company and its Affiliates, the Options granted
after the Effective Date shall vest over a five year period, as follows:
(A) For each of the first five fiscal years beginning
after the Grant Date, the Option shall vest and become cumulatively
exercisable with respect to 20% of the Interests initially relating
thereto on the last day of such fiscal year if the Company and its
subsidiaries meet the EBITDA Target established for that fiscal year.
(B) If the EBITDA actually achieved for a year is at
least 80% but less than 100% of the Target for that year, then the vesting
opportunity of the Option for that year shall be reduced by 5% for each 1%
of difference between the EBITDA Target and the EBITDA actually achieved;
or
(C) If the EBITDA results for a year exceed 100% of the
EBITDA Target for that year, a participant's vesting opportunity (that is,
20%) for that year will be fully achieved. In addition, the participant
shall be credited with a vesting excess either to make up for some or all
of a vesting opportunity not achieved in prior years or may apply such
excess against a vesting deficiency of a future year, on the following
basis: The vesting opportunity shall be increased by 2.5% for each 1% of
difference between the EBITDA actually achieved and the EBITDA Target for
that year. The maximum aggregate excess percentage that may be carried
forward to future years or backward from any given year cannot provide
vesting with respect to more than 10% of all Options granted to a
participant as of the Effective Date.
(D) No more than 100% of Options granted may vest.
(iii) Change in Control. To the extent not previously
canceled, any unvested portion of an Option shall, as of the date of a Change in
<PAGE>
8
Control, be deemed vested and exercisable immediately prior to such Change in
Control.
(h) Exercise. A Participant may exercise all or any part of the
vested portion of an Option upon ten days' advance written notice to the Company
at any time prior to the earliest to occur of the following dates:
(i) the tenth anniversary of the date of grant of such
Option;
(ii) the expiration of 30 days following the effective date
of the Participant's termination of employment by the
Company and its Affiliates without Cause (regardless of
whether the ten-day notice period for the exercise of
the Option ends after the end of such 30 days following
termination);
(iii) the expiration of one year following the date of the
Participant's termination of employment with the Company
and its Affiliates due to the Participant's death or
Disability;
(iv) the effective date of a Participant's termination of
employment by the Company and its Affiliates for Cause;
or
(v) the effective date of a Participant's voluntary
termination of employment for any reason (regardless of
whether the ten-day notice period for the exercise of
the Option ends after the effective date of such
termination of employment).
(i) Section 83(b) Election. Unless the Committee determines
otherwise, an individual exercising an Option will be required to make a timely,
valid election under section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended.
(j) Effect of Termination of Employment. Upon a Participant's
termination of employment with the Company and its Affiliates for any reason:
(i) , the unvested portion of the Option, if any, shall be automatically
canceled without consideration; (ii) the portion of the Option which was vested
immediately before termination of employment shall remain exercisable as set
forth in Section 6(h) above, but if not exercised within the applicable period,
it shall be automatically cancelled without consideration.
<PAGE>
9
SECTION 7. Call Rights.
(a) Exercise of Call Right. Any Interest acquired from the exercise
of an Option shall be subject to a Call Right described in Section 11.1 of the
LLC Agreement. Any exercise by the Company of a Call Right shall be made in
accordance with the procedures described in the LLC Agreement.
SECTION 8. Amendment and Termination.
(a) Amendments to the Plan. The Board, or if none, the Committee,
may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Plan or any portion
thereof at any time; provided that any such amendment, alteration, suspension,
discontinuance or termination that would materially adversely affect the rights
of any Participant or other holder of an Option theretofore granted shall not to
that extent be effective without the written consent of the affected Participant
or holder.
(b) Amendments to Options. The Committee may waive any conditions or
rights under, amend any terms of or alter, suspend, discontinue, cancel or
terminate any Option theretofore granted, prospectively or retroactively;
provided, that any such waiver, amendment, alteration, suspension,
discontinuance, cancellation or termination not expressly contemplated by the
Plan that would materially adversely affect the rights of any Participant or
other holder of an Option theretofore granted shall not to that extent be
effective without the written consent of the affected Participant or holder.
(c) Cancellation. Any provision of this Plan or any Option Agreement
to the contrary notwithstanding, in connection with a Change in Control, the
Company shall be entitled to elect to cancel the unexercised portion of any
Option (the "Unexercised Portion") in exchange for a cash payment to the
Participant equal to the excess of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Interests
underlying the Class A Units covered by the Unexercised Portion over (ii) the
aggregate exercise price of the Unexercised Portion.
(d) Initial Public Offering. Upon the occurrence of an Initial
Public Offering of stock by the Company or a successor, the Committee shall take
all such action as it deems appropriate, in its sole discretion, to cause the
public corporation to assume this Management Option Plan and any outstanding
Options in such manner as the Committee shall determine to be equitable and
consistent with the purposes of this Plan.
<PAGE>
10
SECTION 9. General Provisions.
(a) Nontransferability.
(i) Each Option, and each right under any Option, shall be
exercisable during the Participant's lifetime only by the Participant, or, if
permissible under applicable law, by the Participant's legal guardian or
representative.
(ii) No Option may be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached,
sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a Participant otherwise than by
will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and any such purported
assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall
be void and unenforceable against the Company or any Affiliate: provided, that
the designation of a beneficiary shall not constitute an assignment, alienation,
pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance.
(b) No Rights to Options. No Person shall have any claim to be
granted any Option, and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of
Participants or holders or beneficiaries of Options. The terms and conditions of
Options and the Committee's determinations and interpretations with respect
thereto need not be the same with respect to each Participant (whether or not
such Participants are similarly situated).
(c) Certificates. All certificates, if any, evidencing Interests or
other interests in or securities of the Company or any Affiliate delivered under
the Plan pursuant to any Option or the exercise thereof shall be subject to such
stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable
under the Plan or the rules, regulations and other requirements of the
Securities and Exchange Commission, any stock exchange upon which such
securities are then listed and any applicable Federal or state laws, and the
Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to
make appropriate reference to such restrictions.
(d) Delegation. Subject to the terms of the Plan, the provisions of
any Option Agreement and applicable law, the Committee may delegate to one or
more officers or managers of the Company or any Affiliate, or to a committee of
such officers or managers, the authority, subject to such terms and limitations
as the Committee shall determine, to grant Options to, or to cancel, modify or
waive rights with respect to, or to alter, discontinue, suspend or terminate
Options held by Participants.
(e) Withholding. A Participant may be required to pay to the Company
and the Company and its Affiliates shall have the right and is hereby authorized
to withhold from any payment due or transfer made under any Option, under the
Plan or from any compensation or other amount owing to a Participant the
<PAGE>
11
amount (in cash, securities or other property) of any applicable withholding
taxes in respect of an Option, its exercise or any payment or transfer under an
Option or the Plan and to take such other action as may be necessary in the
opinion of the Company to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such taxes.
(f) Option Agreements. Each Option hereunder shall be evidenced by
an Option Agreement which shall be delivered to the Participant and shall
specify the terms and conditions of the Option and any rules applicable thereto.
(g) No Limit on Other Compensation Arrangements. Nothing contained
in the Plan shall prevent the Company or any Affiliate from adopting or
continuing in effect other compensation arrangements, which may, but need not,
provide for the grant of options, securities and other types of awards, and such
arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific
cases.
(h) No Right to Employment. The grant of an Option shall not be
construed as giving a Participant the right to be retained in the employ of, or
in any other continuing relationship with, the Company or any Affiliate.
(i) No Rights as a Member. Subject to the provisions of the
applicable Option Agreement, no Participant or holder or beneficiary of any
Option shall have any rights as a member of the Company with respect to any
Interests to be distributed under the Plan until he or she has become the holder
of such Interests.
(j) Governing Law. The validity, construction and effect of the Plan
and any rules and regulations relating to the Plan and any Option Agreement
shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
(k) Severability. If any provision of the Plan or any Option is,
becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction
or as to any Person or Option, or would disqualify the Plan or any Option under
any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or
deemed amended to conform the applicable laws, or if it cannot be construed or
deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially
altering the intent of the Plan or the Option, such provision shall be stricken
as to such jurisdiction, Person or Option and the remainder of the Plan and any
such Option shall remain in full force and effect.
(1) Other Laws. The Committee may refuse to issue or transfer any
Interests or other consideration under an Option if, acting in its sole
discretion, it determines that the issuance or transfer of such Interests or
such other consideration would violate any applicable law or regulation and any
payment tendered to the Company by a Participant, other holder or beneficiary in
connection with the exercise of such Option shall be promptly refunded. Without
limiting the generality of the
<PAGE>
12
foregoing, no Option granted hereunder shall be construed as an offer to sell
securities of the Company, and no such offer shall be outstanding, unless and
until the Committee in its sole discretion has determined that any such offer,
if made, would be in compliance with all applicable securities laws.
(m) No Trust or Fund Created. Neither the Plan nor any Option shall
create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a
fiduciary relationship between the Company or any Affiliate and a Participant or
any other Person. To the extent that any Person acquires a right to receive
payments from the Company or any Affiliate pursuant to an Option such right
shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the
Company or any Affiliate.
(n) Headings. Headings are used herein solely as a convenience to
facilitate reference and shall not be deemed in any way material or relevant to
the construction or interpretation of the Plan or any provision thereof.
(o) Arbitration. The parties hereto will endeavor to resolve in good
faith any controversy, disagreement or claim arising between them, whether as to
the interpretation, performance or operation of this Agreement or any rights or
obligations hereunder. Except as otherwise provided herein, if they are unable
to do so, any such controversy, disagreement or claim will be submitted to
binding arbitration, for final resolution without appeal, by either party giving
written notice to the other of the existence of a dispute which it desires to
have arbitrated. The arbitration will be conducted in ______________ by a panel
of three (3) arbitrators and will be held in accordance with the rules of the
American Arbitration Association. Of the three arbitrators, one will be selected
by the Company, one will be selected by the Employee and the third will be
selected by the two arbitrators so selected. Each party will notify the other
party of the arbitrator selected by him or it within fifteen (15) days after the
giving of written notice. The decision and award of the arbitrators must be in
writing and will be final and binding upon the parties hereto. Judgment upon the
award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof, or application
may be made to such court for a judicial acceptance of the award and an order of
enforcement, as the case may be. The expenses of arbitration will be borne in
accordance with the determination of the arbitrators with respect thereto.
Pending a decision by the arbitrators with respect to the dispute or difference
undergoing arbitration, all other obligations of the parties will continue as
stipulated herein, and all monies not directly involved in such dispute or
difference will be paid when due.
SECTION 10. Term of the Plan.
(a) Effective Date. The Plan shall be effective as of April 28, 1998
(the "Effective Date").
<PAGE>
13
(b) Expiration Date. No Option shall be granted under the Plan after
the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date. Unless otherwise expressly provided
in the Plan or in an applicable Option Agreement, any Option granted hereunder
may, and the authority of the Committee to amend, alter, adjust, suspend,
discontinue or terminate any conditions or rights under any such Option shall,
continue after the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date.
<PAGE>
Exhibit 10.12
GROVE WORLDWIDE LLC
Short Term Incentive Plan
SECTION 1. Purpose. The purposes of this Grove Worldwide LLC Short
Term Incentive Plan (the "Plan") are to promote the interests of Grove Worldwide
LLC (the "Company") and its members by attracting and retaining exceptional
officers and other key employees of the Company and its Affiliates by means of
performance-related incentives to achieve annual performance goals of the
Company and to enable such officers and key employees to participate in the
growth and financial success of the Company.
SECTION 2. Definitions. As used in the Plan, the following terms
shall have the meanings set forth below:
"Affiliate" shall mean (i) any entity that, directly or indirectly,
controls or is controlled by or under common control with the Company and (ii)
any entity in which the Company has a significant equity interest, in either
case as determined by the Committee.
"Award" shall mean a right to receive a Bonus under the terms, and
subject to the conditions, of the Plan.
"Board" shall mean the Management Committee of the Company, as
established pursuant to the LLC Agreement.
"Bonus" shall mean an amount payable to a Participant on achievement
of specified levels of EBITDA during a Year.
"Committee" shall mean the Compensation Committee of the Board or
any person or persons designated by the Board or the Compensation Committee to
administer the Plan.
"Company" shall mean Grove Worldwide LLC, a Delaware limited
liability company, together with any successor thereto.
"Disability" shall mean a Participant's becoming physically or
mentally incapacitated so that he is therefore reasonably expected to be unable,
with reasonable accommodation, for a period of six consecutive months or for an
aggregate of nine months in any 18 consecutive month period to perform the
essential functions of his job.
<PAGE>
2
"EBITDA" shall mean the net profit of the Company and its
subsidiaries, after all expenses but before any (A) interest, (B) income taxes
or other taxes based on profits, (C) amortization of goodwill, (D) depreciation,
(E) cash expenses directly associated with the implementation of the operations
improvement program, including consulting fees under the Consulting Agreement
referred to in the LLC Agreement and (F) to the extent determined by the
Committee, any nonrecurring or unbudgeted extraordinary items of income or loss.
The Committee may also determine EBITDA with respect to a designated business
unit. The determination of EBITDA for purposes of the Plan shall be made by the
Committee in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive and binding on
the Company and the Participants, including any beneficiaries thereof.
"EBITDA Target" shall mean a target EBITDA for the Company and its
subsidiaries, and/or for a designated business unit determined for a Year based
on management's proposal and as approved by the Committee.
"Effective Date" shall mean April 28, 1998.
"LLC Agreement" shall mean the Second Amended and Restated
Limited Liability Company Agreement of Grove Investors LLC.
"Participant" shall mean any officer or other key employee of the
Company or its Affiliates eligible to receive an award under Section 4 and
selected by the Committee to receive an award under the Plan.
"Person" shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership,
association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government
or political subdivision thereof or other entity.
"Plan" shall mean this Grove Worldwide LLC Short Term Incentive
Plan.
"Year" shall mean a fiscal year of the Company.
SECTION 3. Administration.
(a) The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. Subject to the
terms of the Plan and applicable law, and in addition to other express powers
and authorizations conferred on the Committee by the Plan, the Committee shall
have full power and authority to: (i) designate Participants; (ii) determine
business units and the EBITDA Targets for the Company and such business units;
(iii) determine the terms and conditions of Awards under the Plan; (iv)
determine EBITDA for the Company and each designated business unit for each
Year; (v) interpret, administer, reconcile
<PAGE>
3
any inconsistency, correct any default and/or supply any omission in the Plan
and any instrument or agreement relating to, or Award made under, the Plan; (vi)
establish, amend, suspend or waive such rules and regulations and appoint such
agents as it shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan;
and (vii) make any other determination and take any other action that the
Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan.
(b) Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all
designations, determinations, interpretations and other decisions under or with
respect to the Plan or any Award shall be within the sole discretion of the
Committee, may be made at any time and shall be final, conclusive and binding
upon all Persons, including the Company, any Affiliate, any Participant or his
beneficiaries and any member of the Company.
(c) No member of the Committee shall be personally liable for any
action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Award
hereunder.
SECTION 4. Eligibility. Any officer or other key employee of the
Company or any of its Affiliates (including any prospective officer or key
employee) as designated by the Committee shall be eligible to be designated as a
Participant in, and receive an Award under, the Plan.
SECTION 5. Grant of Award; Establishment of Target Bonus. With
respect to each Year, each Participant selected by the Committee shall be
entitled to receive an Award under the Plan. The amount of the Bonus payable
under an Award to the Participant on attainment on 100% of the EBITDA Targets
established for him for the Year is referred to as his "Target Bonus" for the
Year and shall generally be expressed as a percentage of the Participant's base
salary. The Target Bonus for each Participant will be established by the
Committee taking into consideration such factors as the Committee deems
appropriate including, without limitation, the Participant's position, level of
responsibilities and remuneration. The Target Bonus will be established with
respect to an EBITDA Target relating to the Company and its subsidiaries as a
whole or to a combination of EBITDA Targets relating to the Company and its
subsidiaries as a whole and the business unit in which the Participant is
employed, as determined by the Committee in its discretion.
SECTION 6. Establishment of EBITDA Targets. The EBITDA Targets
established for a Year shall relate to the Company and its subsidiaries as a
whole and such business units thereof as may be determined by the Committee.
Prior to the beginning of each Year the Committee shall determine the business
units for which EBITDA Targets shall be established and shall establish the
EBITDA Targets for such
<PAGE>
4
Year. The Committee may in its sole discretion adjust the EBITDA Targets for a
fiscal year for nonrecurring or unbudgeted extraordinary events.
SECTION 7. Amount of Bonus. A Participant's Bonus will be
determined relative to the achievement of the EBITDA Targets as follows:
---------------------------------------------------------
Percentage of EBITDA Percentage of Target
Target Achieved Bonus Payable
--------------------- ---------------------
Below 100% of EBITDA Bonus is reduced by 5% of
Target Target Bonus for each 1%
below EBITDA Target
100% of EBITDA Target 100% of Target Bonus
Above 100% of EBITDA Bonus is increased by 2-1/2%
Target of Target Bonus for each 1%
above EBITDA Target
---------------------------------------------------------
As described in the foregoing chart, there is no limit on the amount
of Bonus a Participant may earn under the Plan. No Bonus shall be in an amount
less than $0.
With respect to EBITDA which falls in between whole percentages, a
Participant's Bonus shall be determined by interpolation (on a linear basis).
SECTION 8. Bonus Payments. Any Bonus that is earned by a Participant
under the Plan will be paid to the Participant in cash no later than 30 days
after the Company's audited financial results for such Year become available.
SECTION 9. Effect Of Termination Of Employment.
No Bonus shall be paid to any Participant in respect of a Year
unless he (i) is employed by the Company or an Affiliate on the last day of the
Year or (ii) terminated employment during the Year on account of his death or
Disability during the Year. If a Participant's employment terminates during the
Year on account of his death or Disability during the Year, such Participant (or
his estate, in the case of his death) shall be entitled to receive a pro-rata
portion of the Bonus otherwise payable under the Plan on account of such Year
(if any) based upon the actual results for the Year and the number of his
completed months of employment during the Year and payable at the same time as
other Bonuses are or would be paid under the Plan for such Year.
<PAGE>
5
SECTION 10. Amendment and Termination. The Board, or if none, the
Committee may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate the Plan or any
portion thereof at any time; provided that any such amendment, alteration,
suspension, discontinuance or termination that would materially adversely affect
the rights of any Participant to a Bonus theretofore earned shall not to that
extent be effective without the consent of the affected Participant.
SECTION 11. General Provisions.
(a) Nontransferability. The Participant's rights under this Plan
shall not be transferable during the Participant's lifetime. No rights under
this Plan may be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise
transferred or encumbered by a Participant otherwise than by will or by the laws
of descent and distribution, and any such purported assignment, alienation,
pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and
unenforceable against the Company or any Affiliate; provided, that the
designation of a beneficiary shall not constitute an assignment, alienation,
pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance.
(b) No Rights to Participate. No Person shall have any claim to be
selected as a Participant hereunder or to be granted any award hereunder. There
is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Participants. The terms and
conditions of awards and the Committee's determinations and interpretations with
respect thereto need not be the same with respect to each Participant (whether
or not such Participants are similarly situated).
(c) Delegation. Subject to the terms of the Plan and applicable law,
the Committee may delegate to one or more officers or managers of the Company or
any Affiliate, or to a committee of such officers or managers, the authority,
subject to such terms and limitations as the Committee shall determine, to take
any action which the Committee has authority to take under this Plan.
(d) Withholding. The Company shall have the right and is hereby
authorized to withhold from any payment due under the Plan or from any
compensation or other amount owing to a Participant the amount of any applicable
withholding taxes in respect of any Bonus and to take such other action as may
be necessary in the opinion of the Company to satisfy all obligations for the
payment of such taxes.
(e) Award Letter. Each award made hereunder shall be evidenced by an
Award Letter which shall be delivered to the Participant and shall specify the
terms and conditions under which he may earn and be paid a Bonus and any rules
applicable thereto.
<PAGE>
(f) No Limit on Other Compensation Arrangements. Nothing contained
in the Plan shall prevent the Company from adopting or continuing in effect
other compensation arrangements, which may, but need not, provide for the grant
of options, securities and other types of awards, and such arrangements may be
either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.
(g) No Right to Employment. Participation in the Plan shall not be
construed as giving a Participant the right to be retained in the employ of, or
in any other continuing relationship with, the Company or any Affiliate.
(h) Governing Law. The validity, construction and effect of the Plan
and any rules and regulations relating to the Plan shall be determined in
accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
(i) Severability. If any provision of the Plan is or becomes or is
deemed to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or as to any
person, or would disqualify the Plan under any law deemed applicable by the
Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform the
applicable laws, or if it cannot be construed or deemed amended without, in the
determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of the Plan, such
provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction or person and the remainder
of the Plan and shall remain in full force and effect.
(j) No Trust or Fund Created. Neither the Plan nor any award
hereunder shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any
kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company or any affiliate and a
Participant or any other person. To the extent that any person acquires a right
to receive payments from the Company or any Affiliate pursuant to the Plan such
right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of
the Company or any affiliate.
(k) Headings. Headings are used herein solely as a convenience to
facilitate reference and shall not be deemed in any way material or relevant to
the construction or interpretation of the Plan or any provision thereof.
<PAGE>
Exhibit 10.13
EXECUTION COPY
================================================================================
GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT
made by
GROVE HOLDINGS LLC
GROVE WORLDWIDE LLC
GROVE CAPITAL, INC.
and certain of their Subsidiaries
in favor of
CHASE BANK OF TEXAS, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Administrative Agent
Dated as of April 29, 1998
================================================================================
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
----
SECTION 1. DEFINED TERMS .......................................... 2
1.1 Definitions ............................................... 2
1.2 Other Definitional Provisions ............................. 5
SECTION 2. GUARANTEE .............................................. 5
2.1 Guarantee ................................................. 5
2.2 Right of Contribution ..................................... 6
2.3 No Subrogation ............................................ 6
2.4 Amendments, etc. with respect to the
Borrower Obligations .................................... 7
2.5 Guarantee Absolute and Unconditional ...................... 7
2.6 Reinstatement ............................................. 8
2.7 Payments .................................................. 8
SECTION 3. GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST ............................. 8
SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES ......................... 9
4.1 Representations in Credit Agreement;
Holdings Representations ................................ 9
4.2 Title; No Other Liens ..................................... 11
4.3 Perfected First Priority Liens ............................ 11
4.4 Chief Executive Office .................................... 11
4.5 Inventory and Equipment ................................... 11
4.6 Farm Products ............................................. 11
4.7 Pledged Securities ........................................ 11
4.8 Receivables ............................................... 12
4.9 Intellectual Property ..................................... 12
4.10 Vehicles .................................................. 13
SECTION 5. COVENANTS .............................................. 13
5.1 Covenants in Credit Agreement ............................. 13
5.2 Delivery of Instruments and Chattel Paper ................. 13
5.3 Maintenance of Insurance .................................. 14
5.4 Payment of Obligations .................................... 14
5.5 Maintenance of Perfected Security Interest;
Further Documentation ................................... 14
5.6 Changes in Locations, Name, etc ........................... 15
5.7 Notices ................................................... 15
5.8 Pledged Securities ........................................ 16
5.9 Receivables ............................................... 17
5.10 Intellectual Property ..................................... 17
5.11 Vehicles .................................................. 18
SECTION 6. REMEDIAL PROVISIONS .................................... 19
i
<PAGE>
6.1 Certain Matters Relating to Receivables .................. 19
6.2 Communications with Obligors;
Grantors Remain Liable .................................. 19
6.3 Pledged Stock ............................................ 20
6.4 Proceeds to be Turned Over To
Administrative Agent ................................... 21
6.5 Application of Proceeds .................................. 21
6.6 Code and Other Remedies .................................. 22
6.7 Registration Rights ...................................... 23
6.8 Waiver; Deficiency ....................................... 24
SECTION 7. THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT ............................. 24
7.1 Administrative Agent's Appointment as
Attorney-in-Fact, etc .................................. 24
7.2 Duty of Administrative Agent ............................. 26
7.3 Execution of Financing Statements ........................ 26
7.4 Authority of Administrative Agent ........................ 26
SECTION 8. MISCELLANEOUS ........................................ 27
8.1 Amendments in Writing .................................... 27
8.2 Notices .................................................. 27
8.3 No Waiver by Course of Conduct; Cumulative Remedies ...... 27
8.4 Enforcement Expenses; Indemnification .................... 27
8.5 Successors and Assigns ................................... 28
8.6 Set-Off .................................................. 28
8.7 Counterparts ............................................. 28
8.8 Severability ............................................. 28
8.9 Section Headings ......................................... 29
8.10 Integration .............................................. 29
8.11 GOVERNING LAW ............................................ 29
8.12 Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers ...................... 29
8.13 Acknowledgements ......................................... 30
8.14 Additional Grantors ...................................... 30
8.15 Releases ................................................. 30
8.16 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL ..................................... 31
8.17 Dealer Receivables Financing ............................. 31
ii
<PAGE>
GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT
GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT, dated as of April 29, 1998, made
by each of the signatories hereto (together with any other entity that may
become a party hereto as provided herein, the "Grantors"), in favor of Chase
Bank of Texas, National Association, as Administrative Agent (in such capacity,
the "Administrative Agent") for the banks and other financial institutions (the
"Lenders") from time to time parties to the Credit Agreement, dated as of April
29, 1998 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the
"Credit Agreement"), among Grove Worldwide LLC and Grove Capital, Inc.
(collectively, the "Borrowers"; individually, a "Borrower"), the Lenders,
BankBoston, N.A., as Syndication Agent, Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities
Corporation, as Documentation Agent, and the Administrative Agent.
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the Lenders have
severally agreed to make extensions of credit to the Borrowers upon the terms
and subject to the conditions set forth therein;
WHEREAS, the Borrowers are members of an affiliated group of
companies that includes each other Grantor;
WHEREAS, the proceeds of the extensions of credit under the Credit
Agreement will be used in part to enable the Borrowers to make valuable
transfers to one or more of the other Grantors in connection with the operation
of their respective businesses;
WHEREAS, the Borrowers and the other Grantors are engaged in related
businesses, and each Grantor will derive substantial direct and indirect benefit
from the making of the extensions of credit under the Credit Agreement; and
WHEREAS, it is a condition precedent to the obligation of the
Lenders to make their respective extensions of credit to the Borrowers under the
Credit Agreement that the Grantors shall have executed and delivered this
Agreement to the Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the Lenders;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and to induce the
Administrative Agent and the Lenders to enter into the Credit Agreement and to
induce the Lenders to make their respective extensions of credit to the
Borrowers thereunder, each Grantor hereby agrees with the Administrative Agent,
for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, as follows:
SECTION 1. DEFINED TERMS
1.1 Definitions. (a) Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined
in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in
the Credit Agreement, and the
<PAGE>
2
following terms which are defined in the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in
the State of New York on the date hereof are used herein as so defined:
Accounts, Chattel Paper, Documents, Equipment, Farm Products, Instruments,
Inventory and Investment Property.
(b) The following terms shall have the following meanings:
"Agreement": this Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, as the same
may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
"Borrower Obligations": "Obligations" as defined in the Credit
Agreement.
"Collateral": as defined in Section 3.
"Collateral Account": any collateral account established by the
Administrative Agent as provided in Section 6.1 or 6.4.
"Copyrights": (i) all copyrights owned by a Grantor arising under
the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof,
whether registered or unregistered and whether published or unpublished
(including those listed in Schedule 6), all registrations and recordings
thereof, and all applications in connection therewith, including all
registrations, recordings and applications in the United States Copyright
Office, and (ii) the right to obtain all renewals thereof.
"Copyright Licenses": any written agreement naming any Grantor as
licensor or licensee (including those listed in Schedule 6), granting any
right under any Copyright, including the grant of rights to manufacture,
distribute, exploit and sell materials derived from any Copyright.
"Excluded Assets": (i) any Document, Receivable, Instrument, Chattel
Paper, General Intangible or similar asset sold in connection with, or
securing, the Dealer Receivables Financing or the Existing Factoring
Arrangements, all deposits accounts and other bank accounts related
thereto, all books and records pertaining to the foregoing, all proceeds
and products of the foregoing, and all collateral security and guarantees
with respect to the foregoing and (ii) short-term promissory notes and
letters of credit, drafts and other Instruments issued in favor of a
Grantor in the ordinary course of business in connection with foreign
sales; provided that if there is a Default or Event of Default the assets
described in the preceding clause (ii) shall no longer be deemed to be
Excluded Assets.
"General Intangibles": all "general intangibles" as such term is
defined in Section 9-106 of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the
State of New York on the date hereof and, in any event, including, without
limitation, with respect to any Grantor, any interest in a partnership or
limited liability company that does not constitute Investment Property (as
such term is defined in Section 9-115 of the Uniform Commercial Code in
effect in the State of New York on the date hereof) owned by such Grantor
and all contracts, agreements, instruments and indentures in any form, and
portions thereof, to which such Grantor is a
<PAGE>
3
party or under which such Grantor has any right, title or interest or to
which such Grantor or any property of such Grantor is subject, as the same
may from time to time be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified,
including (i) all rights of such Grantor to receive moneys due and to
become due to it thereunder or in connection therewith, (ii) all rights of
such Grantor to damages arising thereunder and (iii) all rights of such
Grantor to perform and to exercise all remedies thereunder, in each case
to the extent the grant by such Grantor of a security interest pursuant to
this Agreement in its right, title and interest in such contract,
agreement, instrument or indenture is not prohibited by such contract,
agreement, instrument or indenture without the consent of any other party
thereto, would not give any other party to such contract, agreement,
instrument or indenture the right to terminate its obligations thereunder,
or is permitted with consent if all necessary consents to such grant of a
security interest have been obtained from the other parties thereto (it
being understood that the foregoing shall not be deemed to obligate such
Grantor to obtain such consents); provided, that the foregoing limitation
shall not affect, limit, restrict or impair the grant by such Grantor of a
security interest pursuant to this Agreement in any Receivable or any
money or other amounts due or to become due under any such contract,
agreement, instrument or indenture.
"Guarantor Obligations": with respect to any Guarantor, all
obligations and liabilities of such Guarantor which may arise under or in
connection with this Agreement (including Section 2) or any other Loan
Document to which such Guarantor is a party, in each case whether on
account of guarantee obligations, reimbursement obligations, fees,
indemnities, costs, expenses or otherwise (including all fees and
disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent or to the Lenders
that are required to be paid by such Guarantor pursuant to the terms of
this Agreement or any other Loan Document).
"Guarantors": the collective reference to each Grantor other than
the Borrowers.
"Intellectual Property": the collective reference to all rights,
priorities and privileges relating to intellectual property, arising under
United States laws, including the Copyrights, the Copyright Licenses, the
Patents, the Patent Licenses, the Trademarks and the Trademark Licenses,
and all rights to sue at law or in equity for any infringement or other
impairment thereof, including the right to receive all proceeds and
damages therefrom.
"Intercompany Note": (i) any promissory note evidencing loans made
by any Grantor to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries and (ii) any
"Intercompany Note" as such term is defined in the Credit Agreement.
"Issuers": the collective reference to each issuer of a Pledged
Security.
"New York UCC": the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in
effect in the State of New York.
"Obligations": (i) in the case of each Borrower, the Borrower
Obligations, and (ii) in the case of each Guarantor, its Guarantor
Obligations.
<PAGE>
4
"Patents": (i) all letters patent owned by a Grantor of the United
States or any political subdivision thereof, all reissues and extensions
thereof and all goodwill associated therewith, including any of the
foregoing referred to in Schedule 6, (ii) all applications for letters
patent of the United States and all divisions, continuations and
continuations-in-part thereof, including any of the foregoing referred to
in Schedule 6, and (iii) all rights to obtain any reissues or extensions
of the foregoing.
"Patent License": all agreements, whether written or oral, providing
for the grant by or to any Grantor of any right to manufacture, use or
sell any invention covered in whole or in part by a Patent, including any
of the foregoing referred to in Schedule 6.
"Pledged Notes": all promissory notes listed on Schedule 2, all
Intercompany Notes at any time issued to any Grantor and all other
promissory notes issued to or held by any Grantor (other than promissory
notes and similar instruments issued in connection with extensions of
trade credit by any Grantor in the ordinary course of business).
"Pledged Securities": the collective reference to the Pledged Notes
and the Pledged Stock.
"Pledged Stock": the shares of Capital Stock listed on Schedule 2,
together with, subject to the following sentence, any other shares, stock
certificates, options or rights of any nature whatsoever in respect of the
Capital Stock of any Person that may be issued or granted to, or held by,
any Grantor while this Agreement is in effect. Such Pledged Stock shall at
all times during the effectiveness of this Agreement consist of (i) 100%
of the Capital Stock of each Borrower and each Subsidiary Guarantor and
(ii) 65% of the Capital Stock of each First-Tier Foreign Subsidiary or, if
such First-Tier Foreign Subsidiary is also a Check-the-Box Subsidiary,
100% of the Capital Stock of each Check-the-Box Subsidiary (provided that
the pledge of 100% of the Capital Stock of a Check-the-Box Subsidiary
shall be reduced to 65% if either (x) such Check-the-Box Subsidiary elects
to no longer be treated as a partnership or to no longer be disregarded as
an entity separate from its owner for United States Federal income tax
purposes or (y) the pledge of more than 65% of the Capital Stock of such
Check-the-Box Subsidiary results in material adverse tax consequences to
such Check-the-Box Subsidiary as notified by the Company to the
Administrative Agent).
"Proceeds": all "proceeds" as such term is defined in Section
9-306(1) of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the State of New York
on the date hereof and, in any event, shall include all dividends or other
income from the Pledged Securities, collections thereon or distributions
or payments with respect thereto.
"Receivable": any right to payment for goods sold or leased or for
services rendered, whether or not such right is evidenced by an Instrument
or Chattel Paper and whether or not it has been earned by performance
(including any Account).
"Securities Act": the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
<PAGE>
5
"Trademarks": (i) all trademarks, trade names, corporate names,
company names, business names, fictitious business names, trade styles,
service marks, logos and other source or business identifiers, and all
goodwill associated therewith, now existing and owned by a Grantor or
hereafter adopted or acquired by a Grantor, all registrations and
recordings thereof, and all applications in connection therewith, whether
in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or in any similar office
or agency of the United States, any State thereof, or any political
subdivision thereof, or otherwise, and all common-law rights related
thereto, including any of the foregoing referred to in Schedule 6, and
(ii) the right to obtain all renewals thereof.
"Trademark License": any agreement, whether written or oral,
providing for the grant by or to any Grantor of any right to use any
Trademark, including any of the foregoing referred to in Schedule 6.
"Vehicles": all cars, trucks, trailers, construction and earth
moving equipment and other vehicles (other than Inventory) covered by a
certificate of title law of any state and, in any event including the
vehicles listed on Schedule 7 and all tires and other appurtenances to any
of the foregoing.
1.2 Other Definitional Provisions. (a) The words "hereof," "herein",
"hereto" and "hereunder" and words of similar import when used in this Agreement
shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of
this Agreement, and Section and Schedule references are to this Agreement unless
otherwise specified.
(b) The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally
applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms. The words
include, includes and including shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase
"without limitation".
(c) Where the context requires, terms relating to the Collateral or
any part thereof, when used in relation to a Grantor, shall refer to such
Grantor's Collateral or the relevant part thereof.
SECTION 2. GUARANTEE
2.1 Guarantee. (a) Each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and
severally, unconditionally and irrevocably, guarantees to the Administrative
Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders and their respective successors,
indorsees, transferees and assigns, the prompt and complete payment and
performance by the Borrowers when due (whether at the stated maturity, by
acceleration or otherwise) of the Borrower Obligations.
(b) Anything herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary
notwithstanding, the maximum liability of each Guarantor hereunder and under the
other Loan Documents shall in no event exceed the amount which can be guaranteed
by such Guarantor under applicable federal and state laws relating to the
insolvency of debtors (after giving effect to the right of contribution
established in Section 2.2).
<PAGE>
6
(c) Each Guarantor agrees that the Borrower Obligations may at any
time and from time to time exceed the amount of the liability of such Guarantor
hereunder without impairing the guarantee contained in this Section 2 or
affecting the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent or any Lender
hereunder.
(d) The guarantee contained in this Section 2 shall remain in full
force and effect until all the Borrower Obligations and the obligations of each
Guarantor under the guarantee contained in this Section 2 shall have been
satisfied by payment in full, no Letter of Credit shall be outstanding (unless
cash collateralized) and the Commitments shall be terminated, notwithstanding
that from time to time during the term of the Credit Agreement the Borrowers may
be free from any Borrower Obligations.
(e) No payment made by either of the Borrowers, any of the
Guarantors, any other guarantor or any other Person or received or collected by
the Administrative Agent or any Lender from either of the Borrowers, any of the
Guarantors, any other guarantor or any other Person by virtue of any action or
proceeding or any set-off or appropriation or application at any time or from
time to time in reduction of or in payment of the Borrower Obligations shall be
deemed to modify, reduce, release or otherwise affect the liability of any
Guarantor hereunder which shall, notwithstanding any such payment (other than
any payment made by such Guarantor in respect of the Borrower Obligations or any
payment received or collected from such Guarantor in respect of the Borrower
Obligations), remain liable for the Borrower Obligations up to the maximum
liability of such Guarantor hereunder until the Borrower Obligations are paid in
full, no Letter of Credit shall be outstanding (unless cash collateralized) and
the Commitments are terminated.
2.2 Right of Contribution. Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees
that to the extent that a Subsidiary Guarantor shall have paid more than its
proportionate share of any payment made hereunder, such Subsidiary Guarantor
shall be entitled to seek and receive contribution from and against any other
Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder which has not paid its proportionate share of
such payment. Each Subsidiary Guarantor's right of contribution shall be subject
to the terms and conditions of Section 2.3. The provisions of this Section 2.2
shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Subsidiary
Guarantor to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and each Subsidiary
Guarantor shall remain liable to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders for
the full amount guaranteed by such Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder.
2.3 No Subrogation. Notwithstanding any payment made by any
Guarantor hereunder or any set-off or application of funds of any Guarantor by
the Administrative Agent or any Lender, no Guarantor shall be entitled to be
subrogated to any of the rights of the Administrative Agent or any Lender
against the Borrowers or any other Guarantor or any collateral security or
guarantee or right of offset held by the Administrative Agent or any Lender for
the payment of the Borrower Obligations, nor shall any Guarantor seek or be
entitled to seek any contribution or reimbursement from either of the Borrowers
or any other Guarantor in respect of payments made by such Guarantor hereunder,
until all amounts owing to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders by the
Borrowers on account of the Borrower Obligations are paid in full, no Letter of
Credit shall be outstanding (unless cash collateralized) and the Commitments are
terminated. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor on account of such
subrogation rights at any time when all of the Borrower
<PAGE>
7
Obligations shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be held by such
Guarantor in trust for the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, segregated from
other funds of such Guarantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such
Guarantor, be turned over to the Administrative Agent in the exact form received
by such Guarantor (duly indorsed by such Guarantor to the Administrative Agent,
if required), to be applied against the Borrower Obligations, whether matured or
unmatured, in such order as the Administrative Agent may determine.
2.4 Amendments, etc. with respect to the Borrower Obligations. Each
Guarantor shall remain obligated hereunder notwithstanding that, without any
reservation of rights against any Guarantor and without notice to or further
assent by any Guarantor, any demand for payment of any of the Borrower
Obligations made by the Administrative Agent or any Lender may be rescinded by
the Administrative Agent or such Lender and any of the Borrower Obligations
continued, and the Borrower Obligations, or the liability of any other Person
upon or for any part thereof, or any collateral security or guarantee therefor
or right of offset with respect thereto, may, from time to time, in whole or in
part, be renewed, extended, amended, modified, accelerated, compromised, waived,
surrendered or released by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, and the
Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any other documents executed
and delivered in connection therewith may be amended, modified, supplemented or
terminated, in whole or in part, as the Administrative Agent (or the Required
Lenders or all Lenders, as the case may be) may deem advisable from time to
time, and any collateral security, guarantee or right of offset at any time held
by the Administrative Agent or any Lender for the payment of the Borrower
Obligations may be sold, exchanged, waived, surrendered or released. Neither the
Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to protect,
secure, perfect or insure any Lien at any time held by it as security for the
Borrower Obligations or for the guarantee contained in this Section 2 or any
property subject thereto.
2.5 Guarantee Absolute and Unconditional. Each Guarantor waives any
and all notice of the creation, renewal, extension or accrual of any of the
Borrower Obligations and notice of or proof of reliance by the Administrative
Agent or any Lender upon the guarantee contained in this Section 2 or acceptance
of the guarantee contained in this Section 2; the Borrower Obligations, and any
of them, shall conclusively be deemed to have been created, contracted or
incurred, or renewed, extended, amended or waived, in reliance upon the
guarantee contained in this Section 2; and all dealings between either of the
Borrowers and any of the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Administrative
Agent and the Lenders, on the other hand, likewise shall be conclusively
presumed to have been had or consummated in reliance upon the guarantee
contained in this Section 2. Each Guarantor waives diligence, presentment,
protest, demand for payment and notice of default or nonpayment to or upon
either of the Borrowers or any of the Guarantors with respect to the Borrower
Obligations. Each Guarantor understands and agrees that the guarantee contained
in this Section 2 shall be construed as a continuing, absolute and unconditional
guarantee of payment without regard to (a) the validity or enforceability of the
Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, any of the Borrower Obligations or
any other collateral security therefor or guarantee or right of offset with
respect thereto at any time or from time to time held by the Administrative
Agent or any Lender, (b) any defense, set-off or counterclaim (other than a
defense of payment or performance) which may at any time be available to or be
asserted by either of the Borrowers or any other Person against the
Administrative Agent or any Lender, or (c) any other circumstance
<PAGE>
8
whatsoever (with or without notice to or knowledge of either of the Borrowers or
such Guarantor) which constitutes, or might be construed to constitute, an
equitable or legal discharge of either of the Borrowers for the Borrower
Obligations, or of such Guarantor under the guarantee contained in this Section
2, in bankruptcy or in any other instance. When making any demand hereunder or
otherwise pursuing its rights and remedies hereunder against any Guarantor, the
Administrative Agent or any Lender may, but shall be under no obligation to,
make a similar demand on or otherwise pursue such rights and remedies as it may
have against either of the Borrowers, any other Guarantor or any other Person or
against any collateral security or guarantee for the Borrower Obligations or any
right of offset with respect thereto, and any failure by the Administrative
Agent or any Lender to make any such demand, to pursue such other rights or
remedies or to collect any payments from either of the Borrowers, any other
Guarantor or any other Person or to realize upon any such collateral security or
guarantee or to exercise any such right of offset, or any release of either of
the Borrowers, any other Guarantor or any other Person or any such collateral
security, guarantee or right of offset, shall not relieve any Guarantor of any
obligation or liability hereunder, and shall not impair or affect the rights and
remedies, whether express, implied or available as a matter of law, of the
Administrative Agent or any Lender against any Guarantor. For the purposes
hereof "demand" shall include the commencement and continuance of any legal
proceedings.
2.6 Reinstatement. The guarantee contained in this Section 2 shall
continue to be effective, or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time
payment, or any part thereof, of any of the Borrower Obligations is rescinded or
must otherwise be restored or returned by the Administrative Agent or any Lender
upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of
either of the Borrowers or any Guarantor, or upon or as a result of the
appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar
officer for, either Borrower or any Guarantor or any substantial part of its
property, or otherwise, all as though such payments had not been made.
2.7 Payments. Each Guarantor hereby guarantees that payments
hereunder will be paid to the Administrative Agent without set-off or
counterclaim in Dollars at the office of the Administrative Agent located at the
Payment Office specified in the Credit Agreement.
SECTION 3. GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST
Each Grantor hereby assigns and transfers to the Administrative
Agent, and hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of
the Lenders, a security interest in, all of the following property now owned or
at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has
or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest
(collectively, the "Collateral", provided that the Excluded Assets shall be
deemed not to constitute part of the Collateral), as collateral security for the
prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated
maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of such Grantor's Obligations:
(a) all Accounts;
(b) all Chattel Paper;
<PAGE>
9
(c) all Documents;
(d) all Equipment;
(e) all General Intangibles;
(f) all Instruments;
(g) all Intellectual Property;
(h) all Inventory;
(i) all Pledged Securities;
(j) all Vehicles;
(k) all Investment Property (other than as limited by the provisions
of the definition Pledged Stock);
(l) all deposit accounts and other bank accounts;
(m) all books and records pertaining to the Collateral; and
(n) to the extent not otherwise included, all Proceeds and products
of any and all of the foregoing and all collateral security and guarantees
given by any Person with respect to any of the foregoing.
SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
To induce the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to enter into the
Credit Agreement and to induce the Lenders to make their respective extensions
of credit to the Borrowers thereunder, each Grantor hereby represents and
warrants to the Administrative Agent and each Lender that:
4.1 Representations in Credit Agreement; Holdings Representations.
(a) In the case of each Guarantor, the representations and warranties set forth
in Section 4 of the Credit Agreement as they relate to such Guarantor or to the
Loan Documents to which such Guarantor is a party, each of which is hereby
incorporated herein by reference, are true and correct in all material respects,
and the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be entitled to rely on each
of them as if they were fully set forth herein, provided that each reference in
each such representation and warranty to each Borrower's knowledge shall, for
the purposes of this Section 4.1(a), be deemed to be a reference to such
Guarantor's knowledge.
<PAGE>
10
(b) In the case of Holdings:
(i) Holdings (w) is duly organized, validly existing and in
good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (x)
has the limited liability company power and authority, and the legal
right, to own and operate its property, to lease the property it operates
as lessee and to conduct the business in which it is currently engaged,
(y) is duly qualified as a foreign corporation and in good standing under
the laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of
property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification,
except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified could not
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (z) is in
compliance with all Requirements of Law except to the extent that the
failure to comply therewith could not, in the aggregate, reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(ii) Holdings has the limited liability company to make,
deliver and perform the Loan Documents to which it is a party and has
taken all necessary limited liability company action to authorize the
execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which it is a
party. No consent or authorization of, filing with, notice to or other act
by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is
required in connection with the execution, delivery, performance, validity
or enforceability of the Loan Documents to which Holdings is a party,
except (i) the filings specified in Schedule 3 and (ii) those which, in
the aggregate, could not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect if not obtained or made. This Agreement has been, and each other
Loan Document to which it is a party will be, duly executed and delivered
on behalf of Holdings. This Agreement constitutes, and each other Loan
Document to which it is a party when executed and delivered will
constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of Holdings enforceable
against Holdings in accordance with its terms, subject to the effects of
bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium
and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors' rights
generally, general equitable principles (whether considered in a
proceeding in equity or at law) and an implied covenant of good faith and
fair dealing.
(iii) The execution, delivery and performance of the Loan
Documents to which Holdings is a party will not violate any material
Requirement of Law or material Contractual Obligation of Holdings or of
any of its Subsidiaries and will not result in, or require, the creation
or imposition of any Lien on any of its or their respective material
properties or revenues pursuant to any such Requirement of Law or
Contractual Obligation (other than pursuant to this Agreement).
(iv) Except as set forth on Schedule 4.6 of the Credit
Agreement, no litigation, investigation or proceeding of or before any
arbitrator or Governmental Authority is pending or, to the knowledge of
Holdings, threatened by or against Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or
against any of its or their respective properties or revenues (x) with
respect to any of the Loan Documents or any of the transactions
contemplated hereby or thereby, or (y) which could reasonably be expected
to have a Material Adverse Effect.
<PAGE>
11
4.2 Title; No Other Liens. Except for the security interest granted
to the Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the Lenders pursuant to
this Agreement and the other Liens permitted to exist on the Collateral by the
Credit Agreement, such Grantor owns each item of the Collateral free and clear
of any and all Liens or claims of others. No financing statement or other public
notice with respect to all or any part of the Collateral is on file or of record
in any public office, except such as have been filed in favor of the
Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, pursuant to this
Agreement or as are permitted by the Credit Agreement.
4.3 Perfected First Priority Liens. Other than as set forth on
Schedule 4.3, the security interests (other than those in Proceeds, to the
extent that such security interests may be perfected under the UCC only by
possession) granted pursuant to this Agreement (other than cash) (a) upon
completion of the timely (as defined, if applicable, in a manner consistent with
the provisions of Section 205 of 17 U.S.C., Section 1060 of 15 U.S.C. and
Section 261 of 35 U.S.C.) filings and other actions specified on Schedule 3
(which, in the case of all filings and other documents referred to on said
Schedule, have been delivered to the Administrative Agent in completed and duly
executed form) will constitute valid perfected security interests in all of the
Collateral in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the
Lenders, as collateral security for such Grantor's Obligations, effective
against all creditors of such Grantor and any Persons purporting to purchase any
Collateral from such Grantor (except purchasers of Inventory in the ordinary
course), and (b) are prior to all other Liens on the Collateral in existence on
the date hereof except for Liens permitted by the Credit Agreement.
4.4 Chief Executive Office. On the date hereof, such Grantor's
jurisdiction of organization and the location of such Grantor's chief executive
office or sole place of business are specified on Schedule 4.
4.5 Inventory and Equipment. On the date hereof, the material
Inventory and the Equipment (other than goods in transit or leased by a Grantor
to a customer) are kept at the locations listed on Schedule 5.
4.6 Farm Products. None of the Collateral constitutes, or is the
Proceeds of, Farm Products.
4.7 Pledged Securities. (a) The shares of Pledged Stock pledged by
such Grantor hereunder constitute (i) 100% of the issued and outstanding shares
of all classes of the Capital Stock of each Issuer owned by such Grantor which
is a Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor, (ii) provided that the actions required
by Section 6.10(f) of the Credit Agreement have been complied with, 65% of the
issued and outstanding shares of all classes of the Capital Stock of each Issuer
owned by such Grantor which is a First-Tier Foreign Subsidiary or (iii) 100% of
the issued and outstanding shares of all classes of the Capital Stock of each
Issuer owned by such Grantor which is a Check-the-Box Subsidiary (provided that
the pledge of 100% of the Capital Stock of a Check-the-Box Subsidiary shall be
reduced to 65% if either (x) such Check-the-Box Subsidiary elects to no longer
be treated as a partnership or to no longer be disregarded as an entity separate
from its owner for United States Federal income tax purposes or (y) the pledge
of more than 65% of the Capital Stock of such Check-the-Box Subsidiary results
in material adverse tax consequences to such Check-
<PAGE>
12
the-Box Subsidiary as notified by the Company to the Administrative Agent).
(b) Provided that the actions required by Section 6.10(f) of the
Credit Agreement have been complied with, all the shares of the Pledged Stock
have been duly and validly issued and are, unless not applicable, fully paid and
nonassessable.
(c) Each of the Pledged Notes constitutes the legal, valid and
binding obligation of the obligor with respect thereto, enforceable in
accordance with its terms, subject to the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency,
fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws
relating to or affecting creditors' rights generally, general equitable
principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and an
implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing.
(d) Such Grantor is the record and beneficial owner of, and has good
and marketable title to, the Pledged Securities pledged by it hereunder, free of
any and all Liens or options in favor of, or claims of, any other Person, except
the security interest created by this Agreement.
4.8 Receivables. (a) No amount payable to such Grantor under or in
connection with any Receivable is evidenced by any Instrument or Chattel Paper
which has not been delivered to the Administrative Agent (except as contemplated
by Section 5.2).
(b) The amounts represented by such Grantor to the Lenders from time
to time as owing to such Grantor in respect of the Receivables will at such
times be accurate in all material respects.
4.9 Intellectual Property. (a) Schedule 6 lists all material
Intellectual Property owned by such Grantor in its own name on the date hereof
and that has been registered, or for which there is a pending application for
registration, in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office or the U.S. Copyright
Office, as applicable.
(b) On the date hereof, all material Intellectual Property owned by
each Grantor in its own name and that has been registered in the U.S. Patent and
Trademark Office or the U.S. Copyright Office, as applicable, is valid,
subsisting, unexpired and enforceable, has not been abandoned and does not
infringe the intellectual property rights of any other Person except as set
forth in Schedule 6.
(c) Except as set forth in Schedule 6, on the date hereof, none of
the material Intellectual Property owned such Grantor in its own name is the
subject of any licensing or franchise agreement pursuant to which such Grantor
is the licensor or franchisor.
(d) No holding, decision or judgment has been rendered by any
Governmental Authority which would limit, cancel or question the validity of, or
such Grantor's rights in, any Intellectual Property owned such Grantor in its
own name in any respect that could reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect.
<PAGE>
13
(e) Except as set forth on Schedule 6, no action or proceeding is
pending, or, to the knowledge of such Grantor, threatened, on the date hereof
(i) seeking to limit, cancel or question the validity of any material
Intellectual Property owned by such Grantor in its own name or such Grantor's
ownership interest therein, or (ii) which, if adversely determined, would have a
material adverse effect on the value of any material Intellectual Property.
(f) Nothing contained in the preceding paragraphs (a), (b), (c), (d)
or (e) shall in any way be construed in a manner that would alter the
representations made by the Borrowers in Section 4.19 of the Credit Agreement.
4.10 Vehicles. Schedule 7 is a complete and correct list of all
Vehicles owned by such Grantor on the date hereof.
SECTION 5. COVENANTS
Each Grantor covenants and agrees with the Administrative Agent and
the Lenders that, from and after the date of this Agreement until the
Obligations shall have been paid in full, no Letter of Credit shall be
outstanding (unless cash collateralized) and the Commitments shall have
terminated:
5.1 Covenants in Credit Agreement. (a) In the case of each
Guarantor, such Guarantor shall take, or shall refrain from taking, as the case
may be, each action that is necessary to be taken or not taken, as the case may
be, so that no Default or Event of Default is caused by the failure to take such
action or to refrain from taking such action by such Guarantor or any of its
Subsidiaries.
(b) Without in any way limiting the obligations of Holdings pursuant
to the preceding paragraph (a), Holdings hereby agrees to be bound by and act in
accordance with the terms and conditions of Sections 2.12(a) and 2.12(b) of the
Credit Agreement as such terms are applicable to (x) the issuance of Capital
Stock and (y) the incurrence of Indebtedness by Holdings, and Holdings agrees to
make the necessary capital contributions to the Company in order to enable the
Company to comply with the provisions of such Sections.
5.2 Delivery of Instruments and Chattel Paper. If any amount payable
under or in connection with any of the Collateral shall be or become evidenced
by any Instrument (other than checks and similar instruments received in the
ordinary course of business) or Chattel Paper, such Instrument or Chattel Paper
shall be promptly delivered to the Administrative Agent, duly indorsed in a
manner satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, to be held as Collateral
pursuant to this Agreement; provided that with respect to a Grantor's
distributor agreements and any related security agreements, which may be Chattel
Paper, the company agrees that, in lieu of delivery to the Administrative Agent,
it shall stamp each such document with the phrase "SUBJECT TO A RECORDED
SECURITY INTEREST".
5.3 Maintenance of Insurance. (a) Such Grantor will maintain, with
financially sound and reputable companies, insurance policies (i) insuring the
Inventory and Equipment against
<PAGE>
14
loss by fire, explosion, theft and such other casualties as may be reasonably
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (ii) insuring such Grantor against
liability for personal injury and property damage relating to such Inventory,
Equipment and Vehicles, such policies to be in such form and amounts and having
such coverage as may be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and
the Lenders.
(b) All such insurance shall (i) provide that no cancellation,
material reduction in amount or material change in coverage thereof shall be
effective until at least 30 days after receipt by the Administrative Agent of
written notice thereof, (ii) name the Administrative Agent as insured party or
loss payee, (iii) if reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent and if
available on commercially reasonable terms, include a breach of warranty clause
and (iv) be reasonably satisfactory in all other respects to the Administrative
Agent.
(c) At the Administrative Agent's request, the Borrowers shall
deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders a report of a reputable
insurance broker with respect to such insurance substantially concurrently with
the delivery by the Borrowers to the Administrative Agent of their audited
financial statements for each fiscal year and such supplemental reports with
respect thereto as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably
request.
5.4 Payment of Obligations. Such Grantor will pay and discharge or
otherwise satisfy at or before maturity or before they become delinquent, as the
case may be, all taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed
upon the Collateral or in respect of income or profits therefrom, as well as all
claims of any kind (including claims for labor, materials and supplies) against
or with respect to the Collateral, except that no such charge need be paid if
the amount or validity thereof is currently being contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings, reserves with respect thereto to the extent, if any,
required by GAAP have been provided on the books of such Grantor and such
proceedings could not reasonably be expected to result in the sale, forfeiture
or loss of any material portion of the Collateral or any interest therein.
5.5 Maintenance of Perfected Security Interest; Further
Documentation. (a) Such Grantor shall maintain the security interest created by
this Agreement as a perfected security interest having at least the priority
described in Section 4.3 and shall defend such security interest against the
claims and demands of all Persons whomsoever.
(b) Such Grantor will furnish to the Administrative Agent and the
Lenders from time to time statements and schedules further identifying and
describing the Collateral and such other reports in connection with the
Collateral as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, all in reasonable
detail.
(c) At any time and from time to time, upon the written request of
the Administrative Agent, and at the sole expense of such Grantor, such Grantor
will promptly and duly execute and deliver, and have recorded, such further
instruments and documents and take such further actions as the Administrative
Agent may reasonably request for the purpose of obtaining or preserving the full
benefits of this Agreement and of the rights and powers herein granted,
including the filing of
<PAGE>
15
any financing or continuation statements under the Uniform Commercial Code (or
other similar laws) in effect in any jurisdiction with respect to the security
interests created hereby.
(d) Such Grantor shall use its reasonable best efforts to, within
120 days after the Closing Date, comply with the terms of the Federal Assignment
of Claims Act, with respect to any material contracts it may have with a
Governmental Authority.
5.6 Changes in Locations, Name, etc. Such Grantor will not, except
upon 15 days' prior written notice to the Administrative Agent and delivery to
the Administrative Agent of (a) all additional executed financing statements and
other documents reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to maintain the
validity, perfection and priority of the security interests provided for herein
and (b) if applicable, a written supplement to Schedule 5 showing any additional
location at which Inventory or Equipment shall be kept:
(i) permit any of the material Inventory or Equipment (other than
goods in transit or leased by a Grantor to a customer) to be kept at a
location other than those listed on Schedule 5;
(ii) change the location of its chief executive office or sole place
of business from that referred to in Section 4.4; or
(iii) change its name, identity or corporate structure to such an
extent that any financing statement filed by the Administrative Agent in
connection with this Agreement would become misleading.
5.7 Notices. Such Grantor will advise the Administrative Agent and
the Lenders promptly, in reasonable detail, of:
(a) any Lien (other than security interests created hereby or Liens
permitted under the Credit Agreement) on any of the Collateral which would
adversely affect the ability of the Administrative Agent to exercise any of its
remedies hereunder; and
(b) of the occurrence of any other event which could reasonably be
expected to have a material adverse effect on the aggregate value of the
Collateral or on the security interests created hereby.
5.8 Pledged Securities. (a) Subject to the limitations of the
definition of Pledged Stock and the right of the Company and its Subsidiaries to
make dividend payments to Holdings permitted by Section 7.6(b) of the Credit
Agreement, if such Grantor shall become entitled to receive or shall receive any
stock certificate (including any certificate representing a stock dividend or a
distribution in connection with any reclassification, increase or reduction of
capital or any certificate issued in connection with any reorganization), option
or rights in respect of the Capital Stock of any Issuer, whether in addition to,
in substitution of, as a conversion of, or in exchange for, any shares of the
Pledged Stock, or otherwise in respect thereof, such Grantor shall accept the
same as the agent of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, hold the same in
trust for the Administrative Agent
<PAGE>
16
and the Lenders and deliver the same forthwith to the Administrative Agent in
the exact form received, duly indorsed by such Grantor to the Administrative
Agent, if required, together with an undated stock power covering such
certificate duly executed in blank by such Grantor and with, if the
Administrative Agent so requests, signature guaranteed, to be held by the
Administrative Agent, subject to the terms hereof, as additional collateral
security for the Obligations. Any sums paid upon or in respect of the Pledged
Securities upon the liquidation or dissolution of any Issuer shall be paid over
to the Administrative Agent to be held by it hereunder as additional collateral
security for the Obligations, and in case any distribution of capital shall be
made on or in respect of the Pledged Securities or any property shall be
distributed upon or with respect to the Pledged Securities pursuant to the
recapitalization or reclassification of the capital of any Issuer or pursuant to
the reorganization thereof, the property so distributed shall, unless otherwise
subject to a perfected security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent,
be delivered to the Administrative Agent to be held by it hereunder as
additional collateral security for the Obligations. If any sums of money or
property so paid or distributed in respect of the Pledged Securities shall be
received by such Grantor, such Grantor shall, until such money or property is
paid or delivered to the Administrative Agent, hold such money or property in
trust for the Lenders, segregated from other funds of such Grantor, as
additional collateral security for the Obligations.
(b) Except as expressly permitted by the Credit Agreement, without
the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, such Grantor will not (i)
vote to enable, or take any other action to permit, any Issuer to issue any
stock or other equity securities of any nature or to issue any other securities
convertible into or granting the right to purchase or exchange for any stock or
other equity securities of any nature of any Issuer, (ii) sell, assign,
transfer, exchange, or otherwise dispose of, or grant any option with respect
to, the Pledged Securities or Proceeds thereof, (iii) create, incur or permit to
exist any Lien or option in favor of, or any claim of any Person with respect
to, any of the Pledged Securities or Proceeds thereof, or any interest therein,
except for the security interests created by this Agreement or (iv) enter into
any agreement or undertaking restricting the right or ability of such Grantor or
the Administrative Agent to sell, assign or transfer any of the Pledged
Securities or Proceeds thereof.
(c) In the case of each Grantor which is an Issuer, such Issuer
agrees that (i) it will be bound by the terms of this Agreement relating to the
Pledged Securities issued by it and will comply with such terms insofar as such
terms are applicable to it, (ii) it will notify the Administrative Agent
promptly in writing of the occurrence of any of the events described in Section
5.8(a) with respect to the Pledged Securities issued by it and (iii) the terms
of Sections 6.3(c) and 6.7 shall apply to it, mutatis mutandis, with respect to
all actions that may be required of it pursuant to Section 6.3(c) or 6.7 with
respect to the Pledged Securities issued by it.
5.9 Receivables. (a) With respect to the Collateral, other than in
the ordinary course of business consistent with its past practice, such Grantor
will not (i) grant any extension of the time of payment of any Receivable, (ii)
compromise or settle any Receivable for less than the full amount thereof, (iii)
release, wholly or partially, any Person liable for the payment of any
Receivable, (iv) allow any credit or discount whatsoever on any Receivable or
(v) amend, supplement or modify any Receivable in any manner that could
adversely affect the value thereof.
<PAGE>
17
(b) Such Grantor will deliver to the Administrative Agent a copy of
each material demand, notice or document received by it that questions or calls
into doubt the validity or enforceability of more than 5% of the aggregate
amount of the then outstanding Receivables.
5.10 Intellectual Property. (a) Such Grantor (either itself or
through licensees) will, unless (i) it has a purpose, in the ordinary course of
business, to do otherwise or (ii) to do otherwise could not reasonably be
expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect,
(A) continue to use each material Trademark on each and every trademark class of
goods applicable to its current line as reflected in its current catalogs,
brochures and price lists in order to maintain such Trademark in full force free
from any claim of abandonment for non-use, (B) maintain as in the past the
quality of products and services offered under such Trademark, (C) use such
Trademark with the appropriate notice of registration and all other notices and
legends required by applicable Requirements of Law, (D) not adopt or use any
mark which is confusingly similar or a colorable imitation of such Trademark
unless the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, shall
obtain a perfected security interest in such mark pursuant to this Agreement,
and (E) not (and not permit any licensee or sublicensee thereof to) do any act
or knowingly omit to do any act whereby such Trademark may become invalidated or
impaired in any way.
(b) Such Grantor (either itself or through licensees) will not do
any act, or omit to do any act, whereby any material Patent may become
forfeited, abandoned or dedicated to the public, unless (i) it has a purpose, in
the ordinary course of business, to do otherwise or (ii) to do otherwise could
not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material
Adverse Effect.
(c) Such Grantor (either itself or through licensees) , unless (i)
it has a purpose, in the ordinary course of business, to do otherwise or (ii) to
do otherwise could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the
aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect (A) will employ each material Copyright and
(B) will not (and will not permit any licensee or sublicensee thereof to) do any
act or knowingly omit to do any act whereby any material portion of any material
Copyrights may become invalidated or otherwise impaired. Such Grantor will not
(either itself or through licensees) do any act whereby any material portion of
the Copyrights may fall into the public domain.
(d) Such Grantor (either itself or through licensees) will not do
any act that knowingly uses any material Intellectual Property to infringe the
intellectual property rights of any other Person.
(e) Such Grantor will notify the Administrative Agent and the
Lenders immediately if it knows, or could reasonably be expected to know, that
any application or registration relating to any material Intellectual Property
may become forfeited, abandoned or dedicated to the public, or of any adverse
determination or development (including the institution of, or any such
determination or development in, any proceeding in the United States Patent and
Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office or any court or tribunal)
regarding such Grantor's ownership of, or the validity of, any such material
Intellectual Property or such Grantor's right to register the same or to own and
maintain the same.
<PAGE>
18
(f) Whenever such Grantor, either by itself or through any agent,
employee, licensee or designee, shall file an application for the registration
of any Intellectual Property with the United States Patent and Trademark Office,
the United States Copyright Office, such Grantor shall report such filing to the
Administrative Agent within fifteen Business Days after the last day of the
fiscal quarter in which such filing occurs. Upon request of the Administrative
Agent, such Grantor shall execute and deliver, and have recorded, any and all
agreements, instruments, documents, and papers necessary to evidence the
Administrative Agent's and the Lenders' security interest in any Copyright,
Patent or Trademark and the goodwill and general intangibles of such Grantor
relating thereto or represented thereby.
(g) Such Grantor will take all reasonable and necessary steps,
including in any proceeding before the United States Patent and Trademark
Office, the United States Copyright Office to maintain and pursue each
application (and to obtain the relevant registration) and to maintain each
registration of the material Intellectual Property, including filing of
applications for renewal, affidavits of use and affidavits of incontestability,
unless (i) it has a purpose, in the ordinary course of business, to do otherwise
or (ii) to do otherwise could not reasonably be expected to have, individually
or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.
(h) In the event that any material Intellectual Property is
infringed, misappropriated or diluted by a third party, such Grantor shall (i)
take such actions as such Grantor shall reasonably deem appropriate under the
circumstances to protect such Intellectual Property and (ii) if such
Intellectual Property is of material economic value, promptly notify the
Administrative Agent after it learns thereof and sue for infringement,
misappropriation or dilution, to seek injunctive relief where appropriate and to
recover any and all damages for such infringement, misappropriation or dilution,
unless (i) it has a purpose, in the ordinary course of business, to do otherwise
or (ii) to do otherwise could not reasonably be expected to have, individually
or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.
5.11 Vehicles. (a) No Vehicle shall be removed from the state which
has issued the certificate of title/ownership therefor for a period in excess of
4 months, provided that the leased fleet owned by National Crane Corporation
shall be excluded from the provisions of this paragraph.
(b) With respect to any Vehicles acquired by such Grantor subsequent
to the date hereof, within 45 days after the end of the fiscal quarter in which
any such Vehicle is acquired, all applications for certificates of
title/ownership indicating the Administrative Agent's first priority security
interest in the Vehicle covered by such certificate, and any other necessary
documentation, shall be filed in each office in each jurisdiction which the
Administrative Agent shall deem advisable to perfect its security interests in
the Vehicles.
<PAGE>
19
SECTION 6. REMEDIAL PROVISIONS
6.1 Certain Matters Relating to Receivables. (a) With respect to the
Collateral, the Administrative Agent shall have the right to make test
verifications of the Receivables in any manner and through any medium that it
reasonably considers advisable, and each Grantor shall furnish all such
assistance and information as the Administrative Agent may require in connection
with such test verifications. At any time and from time to time, upon the
Administrative Agent's request (at reasonable intervals) and at the expense of
the relevant Grantor, such Grantor shall cause independent public accountants or
others satisfactory to the Administrative Agent to furnish to the Administrative
Agent reports showing reconciliations, aging and test verifications of, and
trial balances for, the Receivables.
(b) With respect to the Collateral, the Administrative Agent hereby
authorizes each Grantor to collect such Grantor's Receivables, subject to the
Administrative Agent's direction and control, and the Administrative Agent may
curtail or terminate said authority at any time after the occurrence and during
the continuance of an Event of Default. If required by the Administrative Agent
at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of
Default, any payments of Receivables, when collected by any Grantor, (i) shall
be forthwith (and, in any event, within two Business Days) deposited by such
Grantor in the exact form received, duly indorsed by such Grantor to the
Administrative Agent if required, in a Collateral Account maintained under the
sole dominion and control of the Administrative Agent, subject to withdrawal by
the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders only as provided in
Section 6.5, and (ii) until so turned over, shall be held by such Grantor in
trust for the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, segregated from other funds
of such Grantor. Each such deposit of Proceeds of Receivables shall be
accompanied by a report identifying in reasonable detail the nature and source
of the payments included in the deposit.
(c) With respect to the Collateral, at the Administrative Agent's
request, each Grantor shall deliver to the Administrative Agent all original and
other documents evidencing, and relating to, the agreements and transactions
which gave rise to the Receivables, including all original orders, invoices and
shipping receipts.
6.2 Communications with Obligors; Grantors Remain Liable. (a) With
respect to the Collateral, the Administrative Agent in its own name or in the
name of others may at any time communicate with obligors under the Receivables
to verify with them to the Administrative Agent's satisfaction the existence,
amount and terms of any Receivables.
(b) Upon the request of the Administrative Agent at any time after
the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Grantor
shall notify obligors on the Receivables that the Receivables have been assigned
to the Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the Lenders and that
payments in respect thereof shall be made directly to the Administrative Agent.
(c) Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, each Grantor
shall remain liable under each of the Receivables to observe and perform all the
conditions and obligations to be
<PAGE>
20
observed and performed by it thereunder, all in accordance with the terms of any
agreement giving rise thereto. Neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender
shall have any obligation or liability under any Receivable (or any agreement
giving rise thereto) by reason of or arising out of this Agreement or the
receipt by the Administrative Agent or any Lender of any payment relating
thereto, nor shall the Administrative Agent or any Lender be obligated in any
manner to perform any of the obligations of any Grantor under or pursuant to any
Receivable (or any agreement giving rise thereto), to make any payment, to make
any inquiry as to the nature or the sufficiency of any payment received by it or
as to the sufficiency of any performance by any party thereunder, to present or
file any claim, to take any action to enforce any performance or to collect the
payment of any amounts which may have been assigned to it or to which it may be
entitled at any time or times.
6.3 Pledged Stock. (a) Unless an Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing and the Administrative Agent shall have given notice
to the relevant Grantor of the Administrative Agent's intent to exercise its
corresponding rights pursuant to Section 6.3(b), each Grantor shall be permitted
to receive all cash dividends paid in respect of the Pledged Stock and all
payments made in respect of the Pledged Notes, and to exercise all voting and
corporate rights with respect to the Pledged Securities; provided, however, that
no vote shall be cast or corporate right exercised or other action taken which,
in the Administrative Agent's reasonable judgment, would impair the Collateral
or which would be inconsistent with or result in any violation of any provision
of the Credit Agreement, this Agreement or any other Loan Document and, provided
further that this paragraph (a) shall not be deemed in any way to modify the
provisions of Section 7.6(b) of the Credit Agreement.
(b) If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing and the
Administrative Agent shall give notice of its intent to exercise such rights to
the relevant Grantor or Grantors, and subject to the right of the Company and
its Subsidiaries to make dividend payments to Holdings permitted by Section
7.6(b) of the Credit Agreement, (i) the Administrative Agent shall have the
right to receive any and all cash dividends, payments or other Proceeds paid in
respect of the Pledged Securities and make application thereof to the
Obligations in the order set forth in Section 6.5, and (ii) any or all of the
Pledged Securities shall be registered in the name of the Administrative Agent
or its nominee, and the Administrative Agent or its nominee may thereafter
exercise (x) all voting, corporate and other rights pertaining to such Pledged
Securities at any meeting of shareholders of the relevant Issuer or Issuers or
otherwise and (y) any and all rights of conversion, exchange and subscription
and any other rights, privileges or options pertaining to such Pledged
Securities as if it were the absolute owner thereof (including the right to
exchange at its discretion any and all of the Pledged Securities upon the
merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or other fundamental
change in the corporate structure of any Issuer, or upon the exercise by any
Grantor or the Administrative Agent of any right, privilege or option pertaining
to such Pledged Securities, and in connection therewith, the right to deposit
and deliver any and all of the Pledged Securities with any committee,
depositary, transfer agent, registrar or other designated agency upon such terms
and conditions as the Administrative Agent may determine), all without liability
except to account for property actually received by it, but the Administrative
Agent shall have no duty to any Grantor to exercise any such right, privilege or
option and shall not be responsible for any failure to do so or delay in so
doing.
<PAGE>
21
(c) Each Grantor hereby authorizes and instructs each Issuer of any
Pledged Securities pledged by such Grantor hereunder to (i) comply with any
instruction received by it from the Administrative Agent in writing that (x)
states that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (y) is
otherwise in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, without any other or
further instructions from such Grantor, and each Grantor agrees that each Issuer
shall be fully protected in so complying, and (ii) unless otherwise expressly
permitted hereby and subject to the right of the Company and its Subsidiaries to
make dividend payments to Holdings permitted by Section 7.6(b) of the Credit
Agreement, pay any dividends or other payments with respect to the Pledged
Securities directly to the Administrative Agent.
6.4 Proceeds to be Turned Over To Administrative Agent. In addition
to the rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders specified in Section
6.1 with respect to payments of Receivables, if an Event of Default shall occur
and be continuing, all Proceeds received by any Grantor on account of any
Collateral consisting of cash, checks and other near-cash items shall be held by
such Grantor in trust for the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, segregated
from other funds of such Grantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such
Grantor, be turned over to the Administrative Agent in the exact form received
by such Grantor (duly indorsed by such Grantor to the Administrative Agent, if
required). All Proceeds received by the Administrative Agent hereunder shall be
held by the Administrative Agent in a Collateral Account maintained under its
sole dominion and control. All Proceeds while held by the Administrative Agent
in a Collateral Account (or by such Grantor in trust for the Administrative
Agent and the Lenders) shall continue to be held as collateral security for all
the Obligations and shall not constitute payment thereof until applied as
provided in Section 6.5. Nothing contained in this Section 6.4 shall be deemed
to modify in any way the provisions of Section 7.6(b) of the Credit Agreement.
6.5 Application of Proceeds. At such intervals as may be agreed upon
by the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent, or, if an Event of Default shall
have occurred and be continuing, at any time at the Administrative Agent's
election, the Administrative Agent may (subject to the right of the Company and
its Subsidiaries to make dividend payments to Holdings permitted by Section
7.6(b) of the Credit Agreement) apply all or any part of Proceeds constituting
Collateral, whether or not held in any Collateral Account, and any proceeds of
the guarantee set forth in Section 2, in payment of the Obligations in the
following order:
First, to pay incurred and unpaid fees and expenses of the
Administrative Agent under the Loan Documents;
Second, to the Administrative Agent, for application by it towards
payment of amounts then due and owing and remaining unpaid in respect of
the Obligations, pro rata among the Lenders according to the amounts of
the Obligations then due and owing and remaining unpaid to the Lenders;
Third, to the Administrative Agent, for application by it towards
prepayment of the Obligations, pro rata among the Lenders according to the
amounts of the Obligations then held by the Lenders; and
<PAGE>
22
Fourth, any balance of such Proceeds remaining after the Obligations
shall have been paid in full, no Letters of Credit shall be outstanding
(unless cash collateralized) and the Commitments shall have terminated
shall be paid over to the Borrowers or to whomsoever may be lawfully
entitled to receive the same.
6.6 Code and Other Remedies. If an Event of Default shall occur and
be continuing, the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, may exercise,
in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to them in this Agreement
and in any other instrument or agreement securing, evidencing or relating to the
Obligations, all rights and remedies of a secured party under the New York UCC
or any other applicable law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
the Administrative Agent, without demand of performance or other demand,
presentment, protest, advertisement or notice of any kind (except any notice
required by law referred to below) to or upon any Grantor or any other Person
(all and each of which demands, defenses, advertisements and notices are hereby
waived), may when an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing forthwith
collect, receive, appropriate and realize upon the Collateral, or any part
thereof, and/or may forthwith sell, lease, assign, give option or options to
purchase, or otherwise dispose of and deliver the Collateral or any part thereof
(or contract to do any of the foregoing), in one or more parcels at public or
private sale or sales, at any exchange, broker's board or office of the
Administrative Agent or any Lender or elsewhere upon such terms and conditions
as it may deem advisable and at such prices as it may deem best, for cash or on
credit or for future delivery without assumption of any credit risk. The
Administrative Agent or any Lender shall have the right upon any such public
sale or sales, and, to the extent permitted by law, upon any such private sale
or sales, to purchase the whole or any part of the Collateral so sold, free of
any right or equity of redemption in any Grantor, which right or equity is
hereby waived and released. Each Grantor further agrees, at the Administrative
Agent's request, to assemble the Collateral and make it available to the
Administrative Agent at places which the Administrative Agent shall reasonably
select, whether at such Grantor's premises or elsewhere. The Administrative
Agent shall apply the net proceeds of any action taken by it pursuant to this
Section 6.6, after deducting all reasonable costs and expenses of every kind
incurred in connection therewith or incidental to the care or safekeeping of any
of the Collateral or in any way relating to the Collateral or the rights of the
Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereunder, including reasonable attorneys'
fees and disbursements, to the payment in whole or in part of the Obligations,
in such order as the Administrative Agent may elect, and only after such
application and after the payment by the Administrative Agent of any other
amount required by any provision of law, including Section 9- 504(1)(c) of the
New York UCC, need the Administrative Agent account for the surplus, if any, to
any Grantor. To the extent permitted by applicable law, each Grantor waives all
claims, damages and demands it may acquire against the Administrative Agent or
any Lender arising out of the exercise by them of any rights hereunder, except
to the extent arising out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the
Administrative Agent or any Lenders. If any notice of a proposed sale or other
disposition of Collateral shall be required by law, such notice shall be deemed
reasonable and proper if given at least 10 days before such sale or other
disposition. All waivers by any Grantor of rights (including rights to notice),
and all rights and remedies afforded the Administrative Agent herein, and all
other provisions of this Agreement, are expressly made subject to any applicable
mandatory provisions of law limiting, or imposing conditions upon, such waivers
or the effectiveness thereof or any such rights and remedies.
<PAGE>
23
6.7 Registration Rights. (a) If the Administrative Agent shall
determine to exercise its right to sell any or all of the Pledged Stock pursuant
to Section 6.6, and if in the opinion of the Administrative Agent it is
necessary or advisable to have the Pledged Stock, or that portion thereof to be
sold, registered under the provisions of the Securities Act, the relevant
Grantor will cause the Issuer thereof to (i) execute and deliver, and use its
best efforts to cause the directors and officers of such Issuer to execute and
deliver, all such instruments and documents, and do or cause to be done all such
other acts as may be, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent,
necessary or advisable to register the Pledged Stock, or that portion thereof to
be sold, under the provisions of the Securities Act, (ii) use its best efforts
to cause the registration statement relating thereto to become effective and to
remain effective for a period of one year from the date of the first public
offering of the Pledged Stock, or that portion thereof to be sold, and (iii)
make all amendments thereto and/or to the related prospectus which, in the
reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent, are necessary or advisable, all
in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act and the rules and
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission applicable thereto. Each
Grantor agrees to cause such Issuer to comply with the provisions of the
securities or "Blue Sky" laws of any and all jurisdictions which the
Administrative Agent shall designate and to make available to its security
holders, as soon as practicable, an earnings statement (which need not be
audited) which will satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities
Act.
(b) Each Grantor recognizes that the Administrative Agent may be
unable to effect a public sale of any or all the Pledged Stock, by reason of
certain prohibitions contained in the Securities Act and applicable state
securities laws or otherwise, and may be compelled to resort to one or more
private sales thereof to a restricted group of purchasers which will be obliged
to agree, among other things, to acquire such securities for their own account
for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof. Each
Grantor acknowledges and agrees that any such private sale may result in prices
and other terms less favorable than if such sale were a public sale and,
notwithstanding such circumstances, agrees that any such private sale shall be
deemed to have been made in a commercially reasonable manner. The Administrative
Agent shall be under no obligation to delay a sale of any of the Pledged Stock
for the period of time necessary to permit the Issuer thereof to register such
securities for public sale under the Securities Act, or under applicable state
securities laws, even if such Issuer would agree to do so.
(c) Each Grantor agrees to use its best efforts to do or cause to be
done all such other acts as may be necessary to make such sale or sales of all
or any portion of the Pledged Stock pursuant to this Section 6.7 valid and
binding and in compliance with any and all other applicable Requirements of Law.
Each Grantor further agrees that a breach of any of the covenants contained in
this Section 6.7 will cause irreparable injury to the Administrative Agent and
the Lenders, that the Administrative Agent and the Lenders have no adequate
remedy at law in respect of such breach and, as a consequence, that each and
every covenant contained in this Section 6.7 shall be specifically enforceable
against such Grantor, and such Grantor hereby waives and agrees not to assert
any defenses against an action for specific performance of such covenants except
for a defense that no Event of Default has occurred and was continuing under the
Credit Agreement at the time the Administrative Agent gave notice pursuant to
Section 6.3(b).
6.8 Waiver; Deficiency. Each Grantor waives and agrees not to assert
any rights or privileges which it may acquire under Section 9-112 of the New
York UCC. Each Grantor shall
<PAGE>
24
remain liable for any deficiency if the proceeds of any sale or other
disposition of the Collateral are insufficient to pay its Obligations and the
fees and disbursements of any attorneys employed by the Administrative Agent or
any Lender to collect such deficiency.
SECTION 7. THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
7.1 Administrative Agent's Appointment as Attorney-in-Fact, etc. (a)
Each Grantor hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Administrative
Agent and any officer or agent thereof, with full power of substitution, as its
true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power and authority in
the place and stead of such Grantor and in the name of such Grantor or in its
own name, for the purpose of carrying out the terms of this Agreement, to take
any and all appropriate action and to execute any and all documents and
instruments which may be necessary or desirable to accomplish the purposes of
this Agreement, and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each
Grantor hereby gives the Administrative Agent the power and right, on behalf of
such Grantor, without notice to or assent by such Grantor, to do any or all of
the following:
(i) in the name of such Grantor or its own name, or otherwise, take
possession of and indorse and collect any checks, drafts, notes,
acceptances or other instruments for the payment of moneys due under any
Receivable or with respect to any other Collateral and file any claim or
take any other action or proceeding in any court of law or equity or
otherwise deemed appropriate by the Administrative Agent for the purpose
of collecting any and all such moneys due under any Receivable or with
respect to any other Collateral whenever payable;
(ii) in the case of any Intellectual Property, execute and deliver,
and have recorded, any and all agreements, instruments, documents and
papers as the Administrative Agent may request to evidence the
Administrative Agent's and the Lenders' security interest in such
Intellectual Property and the goodwill and general intangibles of such
Grantor relating thereto or represented thereby;
(iii) pay or discharge taxes and Liens levied or placed on or
threatened against the Collateral, effect any repairs or any insurance
called for by the terms of this Agreement and pay all or any part of the
premiums therefor and the costs thereof;
(iv) execute, in connection with any sale provided for in Section
6.6 or 6.7, any indorsements, assignments or other instruments of
conveyance or transfer with respect to the Collateral; and
(v) (1) direct any party liable for any payment under any of the
Collateral to make payment of any and all moneys due or to become due
thereunder directly to the Administrative Agent or as the Administrative
Agent shall direct; (2) ask or demand for, collect, and receive payment of
and receipt for, any and all moneys, claims and other amounts due or to
become due at any time in respect of or arising out of any Collateral; (3)
sign and indorse any invoices, freight or express bills, bills of lading,
storage or warehouse
<PAGE>
25
receipts, drafts against debtors, assignments, verifications, notices and
other documents in connection with any of the Collateral; (4) commence and
prosecute any suits, actions or proceedings at law or in equity in any
court of competent jurisdiction to collect the Collateral or any portion
thereof and to enforce any other right in respect of any Collateral; (5)
defend any suit, action or proceeding brought against such Grantor with
respect to any Collateral; (6) settle, compromise or adjust any such suit,
action or proceeding and, in connection therewith, give such discharges or
releases as the Administrative Agent may deem appropriate; (7) assign any
Copyright, Patent or Trademark (along with the goodwill of the business to
which any such Copyright, Patent or Trademark pertains), throughout the
world for such term or terms, on such conditions, and in such manner, as
the Administrative Agent shall in its sole discretion determine; and (8)
generally, sell, transfer, pledge and make any agreement with respect to
or otherwise deal with any of the Collateral as fully and completely as
though the Administrative Agent were the absolute owner thereof for all
purposes, and do, at the Administrative Agent's option and such Grantor's
expense, at any time, or from time to time, all acts and things which the
Administrative Agent deems necessary to protect, preserve or realize upon
the Collateral and the Administrative Agent's and the Lenders' security
interests therein and to effect the intent of this Agreement, all as fully
and effectively as such Grantor might do.
Anything in this Section 7.1(a) to the contrary notwithstanding, the
Administrative Agent agrees that it will not exercise any rights under the power
of attorney provided for in this Section 7.1(a) unless an Event of Default shall
have occurred and be continuing.
(b) If any Grantor fails to perform or comply with any of its
agreements contained herein, the Administrative Agent, at its option, but
without any obligation so to do, may perform or comply, or otherwise cause
performance or compliance, with such agreement.
(c) The expenses of the Administrative Agent incurred in connection
with actions undertaken as provided in this Section 7.1, together with interest
thereon at a rate per annum equal to the rate per annum at which interest would
then be payable on past due Revolving Credit Loans that are Base Rate Loans
under the Credit Agreement, from the date of payment by the Administrative Agent
to the date reimbursed by the relevant Grantor, shall be payable by such Grantor
to the Administrative Agent on demand.
(d) Each Grantor hereby ratifies all that said attorneys shall
lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. All powers, authorizations and
agencies contained in this Agreement are coupled with an interest and are
irrevocable until this Agreement is terminated and the security interests
created hereby are released.
7.2 Duty of Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent's sole
duty with respect to the custody, safekeeping and physical preservation of the
Collateral in its possession, under Section 9-207 of the New York UCC or
otherwise, shall be to deal with it in the same manner as the Administrative
Agent deals with similar property for its own account. Neither the
Administrative Agent, any Lender nor any of their respective officers,
directors, employees or agents shall be liable for failure to demand, collect or
realize upon any of the Collateral or for any delay in
<PAGE>
26
doing so or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any
Collateral upon the request of any Grantor or any other Person or to take any
other action whatsoever with regard to the Collateral or any part thereof. The
powers conferred on the Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereunder are
solely to protect the Administrative Agent's and the Lenders' interests in the
Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon the Administrative Agent or any
Lender to exercise any such powers. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders
shall be accountable only for amounts that they actually receive as a result of
the exercise of such powers, and neither they nor any of their officers,
directors, employees or agents shall be responsible to any Grantor for any act
or failure to act hereunder, except for their own gross negligence or willful
misconduct.
7.3 Execution of Financing Statements. Pursuant to Section 9-402 of
the New York UCC and any other applicable law, each Grantor authorizes the
Administrative Agent to file or record financing statements and other filing or
recording documents or instruments with respect to the Collateral without the
signature of such Grantor in such form and in such offices as the Administrative
Agent reasonably determines appropriate to perfect the security interests of the
Administrative Agent under this Agreement. A photographic or other reproduction
of this Agreement shall be sufficient as a financing statement or other filing
or recording document or instrument for filing or recording in any jurisdiction.
During such time as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing, the Administrative Agent shall provide to such Grantor a
file-stamped copy of such financing statement or other filing or recording
document or instrument promptly following its return to the Administrative Agent
by the relevant filing officer; provided, that the failure to provide such
financing statement or other filing or recording document or instrument shall
not impair the validity thereof and shall not subject the Administrative Agent
to any liability to such Grantor.
7.4 Authority of Administrative Agent. Each Grantor acknowledges
that the rights and responsibilities of the Administrative Agent under this
Agreement with respect to any action taken by the Administrative Agent or the
exercise or non-exercise by the Administrative Agent of any option, voting
right, request, judgment or other right or remedy provided for herein or
resulting or arising out of this Agreement shall, as between the Administrative
Agent and the Lenders, be governed by the Credit Agreement and by such other
agreements with respect thereto as may exist from time to time among them, but,
as between the Administrative Agent and the Grantors, the Administrative Agent
shall be conclusively presumed to be acting as agent for the Lenders with full
and valid authority so to act or refrain from acting, and no Grantor shall be
under any obligation, or entitlement, to make any inquiry respecting such
authority.
SECTION 8. MISCELLANEOUS
8.1 Amendments in Writing. None of the terms or provisions of this
Agreement may be waived, amended, supplemented or otherwise modified except in
accordance with Section 10.1 of the Credit Agreement.
8.2 Notices. All notices, requests and demands to or upon the
Administrative Agent or any Grantor hereunder shall be effected in the manner
provided for in Section 10.2 of the Credit
<PAGE>
27
Agreement; provided that any such notice, request or demand to or upon any
Guarantor shall be addressed to such Guarantor at its notice address set forth
on Schedule 1.
8.3 No Waiver by Course of Conduct; Cumulative Remedies. Neither the
Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall by any act (except by a written
instrument pursuant to Section 8.1), delay, indulgence, omission or otherwise be
deemed to have waived any right or remedy hereunder or to have acquiesced in any
Default or Event of Default. No failure to exercise, nor any delay in
exercising, on the part of the Administrative Agent or any Lender, any right,
power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof. No single or
partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder shall preclude any
other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or
privilege. A waiver by the Administrative Agent or any Lender of any right or
remedy hereunder on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to any
right or remedy which the Administrative Agent or such Lender would otherwise
have on any future occasion. The rights and remedies herein provided are
cumulative, may be exercised singly or concurrently and are not exclusive of any
other rights or remedies provided by law.
8.4 Enforcement Expenses; Indemnification. (a) Each Guarantor agrees
to pay or reimburse each Lender and the Administrative Agent for all its
reasonable costs and expenses incurred in collecting against such Guarantor
under the guarantee contained in Section 2 or otherwise enforcing or preserving
any rights under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such
Guarantor is a party, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel
(including the allocated fees and expenses of in-house counsel) to each Lender
and of counsel to the Administrative Agent.
(b) Each Guarantor agrees to pay, and to save the Administrative
Agent and the Lenders harmless from, any and all liabilities with respect to, or
resulting from any delay in paying, any and all stamp, excise, sales or other
taxes which may be payable or determined to be payable with respect to any of
the Collateral or in connection with any of the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement.
(c) Each Guarantor agrees to pay, and to save the Administrative
Agent and the Lenders harmless from, any and all liabilities, obligations,
losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or
disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the execution,
delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of this Agreement to the
extent the Borrowers would be required to do so pursuant to Section 10.5 of the
Credit Agreement.
(d) The agreements in this Section shall survive repayment of the
Obligations and all other amounts payable under the Credit Agreement and the
other Loan Documents.
8.5 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon the
successors and assigns of each Grantor and shall inure to the benefit of the
Administrative Agent and the Lenders and their successors and assigns; provided
that no Grantor may assign, transfer or delegate any of its rights or
obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the
Administrative Agent.
<PAGE>
28
8.6 Set-Off. Each Grantor hereby irrevocably authorizes the
Administrative Agent and each Lender at any time and from time to time, without
notice to such Grantor or any other Grantor, any such notice being expressly
waived by each Grantor, to set-off and appropriate and apply any and all
deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any
currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in
each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or
unmatured, at any time held or owing by the Administrative Agent or such Lender
to or for the credit or the account of such Grantor, or any part thereof in such
amounts as the Administrative Agent or such Lender may elect, against and on
account of the obligations and liabilities of such Grantor to the Administrative
Agent or such Lender hereunder and claims of every nature and description of the
Administrative Agent or such Lender against such Grantor, in any currency,
whether arising hereunder, under the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document
or otherwise, as the Administrative Agent or such Lender may elect, whether or
not the Administrative Agent or any Lender has made any demand for payment and
although such obligations, liabilities and claims may be contingent or
unmatured. The Administrative Agent and each Lender shall notify such Grantor
promptly of any such set-off and the application made by the Administrative
Agent or such Lender of the proceeds thereof, provided that the failure to give
such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application. The
rights of the Administrative Agent and each Lender under this Section are in
addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of set-off) which
the Administrative Agent or such Lender may have.
8.7 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by one or more of
the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including
by telecopy), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to
constitute one and the same instrument.
8.8 Severability. Any provision of this Agreement which is
prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction,
be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without
invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or
unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render
unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
8.9 Section Headings. The Section headings used in this Agreement
are for convenience of reference only and are not to affect the construction
hereof or be taken into consideration in the interpretation hereof.
8.10 Integration. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents
represent the agreement of the Grantors, the Administrative Agent and the
Lenders with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and there are no
promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by the Administrative
Agent or any Lender relative to subject matter hereof and thereof not expressly
set forth or referred to herein or in the other Loan Documents.
8.11 GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND
CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
8.12 Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers. (a) Each Grantor hereby
irrevocably and unconditionally:
<PAGE>
29
(i) submits for itself and its property in any legal action or
proceeding relating to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to
which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in
respect thereof, to the non-exclusive general jurisdiction of the Courts
of the State of New York, the courts of the United States of America for
the Southern District of New York, and appellate courts from any thereof;
(ii) consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in
such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to
the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such
action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not
to plead or claim the same;
(iii) agrees that service of process in any such action or
proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or
certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage
prepaid, to such Grantor at its address referred to in Section 8.2 or at
such other address of which the Administrative Agent shall have been
notified pursuant thereto;
(iv) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect
service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the
right to sue in any other jurisdiction; and
(b) Each of the Grantors, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders
waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to
claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section
any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages.
8.13 Acknowledgements. Each Grantor hereby acknowledges that:
(a) it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and
delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a
party;
(b) neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender has any
fiduciary relationship with or duty to any Grantor arising out of or in
connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and the
relationship between the Grantors, on the one hand, and the Administrative
Agent and Lenders, on the other hand, in connection herewith or therewith
is solely that of debtor and creditor; and
(c) no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Loan
Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated
hereby among the Lenders or among the Grantors and the Lenders.
8.14 Additional Grantors. Each Subsidiary of either Borrower that is
required to become a party to this Agreement pursuant to Section 6.10 of the
Credit Agreement shall become a Grantor for all purposes of this Agreement upon
execution and delivery by such Subsidiary of an Assumption Agreement in the form
of Annex 1 hereto.
<PAGE>
30
8.15 Releases. (a) At such time as the Loans, the Reimbursement
Obligations and the other Obligations shall have been paid in full, the
Commitments have been terminated and no Letters of Credit shall be outstanding
(unless cash collateralized), the Collateral shall be released from the Liens
created hereby, and this Agreement and all obligations (other than those
expressly stated to survive such termination) of the Administrative Agent and
each Grantor hereunder shall terminate, all without delivery of any instrument
or performance of any act by any party, and all rights to the Collateral shall
revert to the Grantors. At the request and sole expense of any Grantor following
any such termination, the Administrative Agent shall deliver to such Grantor any
Collateral held by the Administrative Agent hereunder, and execute and deliver
to such Grantor such documents as such Grantor shall reasonably request to
evidence such termination.
(b) If any of the Collateral shall be sold, transferred or otherwise
disposed of by any Grantor in a transaction permitted by the Credit Agreement,
then the Administrative Agent, at the request and sole expense of such Grantor,
shall execute and deliver to such Grantor all releases or other documents
reasonably necessary or desirable for the release of the Liens created hereby on
such Collateral. At the request and sole expense of either Borrower, a
Subsidiary Guarantor shall be released from its obligations hereunder in the
event that all the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be sold,
transferred or otherwise disposed of in a transaction permitted by the Credit
Agreement; provided that such Borrower shall have delivered to the
Administrative Agent, at least ten Business Days prior to the date of the
proposed release, a written request for release identifying the relevant
Subsidiary Guarantor and the terms of the sale or other disposition in
reasonable detail, including the price thereof and any expenses in connection
therewith, together with a certification by such Borrower stating that such
transaction is in compliance with the Credit Agreement and the other Loan
Documents.
8.16 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH GRANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND
UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING
TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.
8.17 Dealer Receivables Financing. If requested by the Borrowers,
the Administrative Agent shall enter into a satisfactory intercreditor
arrangement with respect to any Dealer Receivables Financing, provided that the
terms of any such arrangement shall be upon terms and conditions reasonably
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders.
[rest of page intentionally left blank]
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this
Guarantee and Collateral Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the
date first above written.
GROVE HOLDINGS LLC
By: /s/ Salvatore J. Bonanno
---------------------------------
Title:
GROVE WORLDWIDE LLC
By: /s/ Salvatore J. Bonanno
---------------------------------
Title:
GROVE CAPITAL, INC.
By: /s/ Salvatore J. Bonanno
---------------------------------
Title:
GROVE U.S. LLC
By: /s/ Salvatore J. Bonanno
---------------------------------
Title:
CRANE ACQUISITION CORPORATION
By: /s/ Salvatore J. Bonanno
---------------------------------
Title:
<PAGE>
CRANE HOLDING INC.
By: /s/ Salvatore J. Bonanno
---------------------------------
Title:
GROVE FINANCE LLC
By: /s/ Salvatore J. Bonanno
---------------------------------
Title:
<PAGE>
Exhibit 10.14
SOFTWARE LICENSE AND SUPPORT AGREEMENT
This SOFTWARE LICENSE AND SUPPORT AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is entered
into by and between Grove Worldwide, acting through Grove North America,
Division of Kidde Industries, Inc., together with its Subsidiaries (as defined
below) collectively "Customer"), and Baan U.S.A., Inc. ("Baan"), and describes
the terms and conditions pursuant to which Baan by license of Baan Development
B.V. shall license to Customer and support certain Software (as defined below).
In consideration of the mutual promises and upon the terms and conditions
set forth below, the parties agree as follows:
I Definitions
1.1 "Baan Tools" means (i) the customization tools which offer the
facilities required for running any Software application and
customize forms and reports, among other things, and (ii) the
development tools which enable the user thereof to develop
additional software programs.
1.2 "Concurrent Users" means all log-ons into the Baan Shell of the
Software at any one time, as specified per Site in Schedule B.
1.3 "Confidential Information" means this Agreement and all its
Schedules, any addenda hereto signed by both parties, all Software
listings, Documentation, information, data, drawings, benchmark
tests, specifications, trade secrets, object code and
machine-readable copies of the Software, source code relating to the
Software, and any other proprietary information supplied to Customer
by Baan, or by Customer to Baan and clearly marked as "confidential
information", including all items defined as "confidential
information" in any other agreement between Customer and Baan
whether executed prior to or after the date of this Agreement.
1.4 "Documentation" means any on-line help files or written instructions
manuals regarding the Use of the Software.
1.5 "Effective Date" means the later of the dates on which Customer and
Baan have signed this Agreement.
1.6 "Equipment" means the computer system, including peripheral
equipment and operating system software, specified in Schedule B.
1.7 "Maintenance and Support" means the services described in Section
6.3.
1.8 "Release" means a set of the Software in which in addition to
possible corrections of detected shortcomings, (small) functional
enhancements have been included. New Releases are registered by
means of a change of the number to the right of the decimal point,
e.g. BAAN IV.0 >> BAAN IV.1.
1.9 "Response Time" means the elapsed time between the receipt of a
service call and the time when Baan begins the Maintenance and
Support, including a verbal or written confirmation to the Customer
thereof.
1.10 "Site" means each physical location specified in Schedule B of one
or more CPU's of the Equipment at which Customer is entitled to Use
the Software.
1.11 "Software" means the computer software programs specified in
Schedule A and otherwise provided to Customer pursuant to this
Agreement, and includes without limitation the Third Party Software.
1.12 "Subsidiaries" means all current and future business entities of
which a party owns, directly or indirectly, more than fifty percent
(50%) of the equity securities or other equity interest granting
such party voting rights exercisable in electing the management of
the entities, for so long as such ownership exists.
1.13 "Support Call (priority 10)" means a reported problem in the
Software which causes a total system standstill.
1.14 "Support Call (priority 20)" means a reported problem in the
Software which causes serious disruption of a major business
function and which can not be (temporarily) solved by a workaround.
1.15 "Support Call (priority 30)" means a reported problem in the
Software for which a workaround is available.
1.16 "Support Call (priority 40)" means general questions and wishes
pertaining to the Software and all reported problems in the Software
which are not included in Sections 1.13, 1.14 or 1.15.
1.17 "Third Party Software" means the third party software product
licensed to Baan, if any, that is specified on Schedule A. The Third
Party Software is subject to all the terms and conditions of this
Agreement that apply to the Software except where specifically indi-
-1-
<PAGE>
cated otherwise. In addition, the terms and conditions of the Third
Party Software Exhibit apply to the Third Party Software. In the
event of any conflict between the Third Party Software Exhibit and
this Agreement, the Third Party Software Exhibit shall govern. No
addendum to this Agreement shall be deemed to modify any terms or
conditions that govern the Third Party Software unless such addendum
specifically mentions the Third Party Software.
1.18 "Third Party Software Exhibit" means the exhibit, if any, which sets
forth the specific terms and conditions that apply to the Third
Party Software.
1.19 "Update" means a set of the Software in which detected shortcomings
are being remedied. Updates are registered by means of a letter
indication after the version number of the Software, e.g. BAAN IV.0
>> BAAN IV.0A.
1.20 "Use" means loading, utilization, storage or display of the Software
by Customer (and such other entities as are expressly permitted by
Section 3(c)) by no more than the number of Concurrent Users set
forth on Schedule B, for its own internal information processing
services and computing needs (except as expressly permitted by
Section 3(c)), by copying or transferring the same into Customer's
Equipment.
1.21 "Version" means a set of the Software in which substantial new
functionalities or other substantial changes are introduced.
Versions are registered by means of a change of the number to the
left of the decimal point, e.g. BAAN IV.0 >> BAAN V.0.
2 Grant of License
2.1 Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Baan hereby
grants to Customer during an unlimited period of time, a
non-exclusive and non-transferable license to (a) Use the Software
on the Equipment (or with prior written notice to Baan, on
substitute, upgraded, or additional equipment) and at the Site (or
with prior written notice to Baan on additional sites of Customer,
to be specified in Schedule B), and to make sufficient copies as
necessary for such Use, (b) use the Documentation in connection with
Use of the Software, and (c) modify the Software pursuant to
authorized Use of the Baan Tools specified in Schedule A, if any;
provided that, although Customer does not transfer to Baan any of
Customer's rights to such modifications, all such modifications
shall be subject to the restrictions of this Agreement that apply to
the Software.
This license transfers to Customer neither title nor any proprietary
or intellectual property rights to the Software, Documentation, or
any copyrights, patents, or trademarks, embodied or used in
connection therewith, except for the rights expressly granted
herein.
2.2 Baan shall issue to Customer, as soon as practicable, one (1)
machine-readable copy of the Software for Use at the Site only,
along with one (1) copy of the on-line Documentation. Baan will
provide Customer with written copies of the Documentation at Baan's
standard charges. Customer may not copy the Documentation. Customer
acknowledges that no copy of the source code of the Software will be
provided to Customer, except as expressly provided in Section 5
below.
2.3 If the specified Equipment is inoperable or under repair, Customer
will be entitled to transfer the Software to substitute Equipment at
the same Site using an operating system that is supported by Baan,
provided that Customer shall promptly notify Baan in writing of the
transfer. Customer will be responsible for any services required if
the Software has to be ported to an operating system that is not
supported by Baan.
2.4 Customer will be entitled to make a reasonable number of
machine-readable copies of the Software for backup or archival
purposes only. Customer may not copy the Software, except as
permitted by this Agreement. Customer shall maintain accurate and
up-to-date records of the number and location of all copies of the
Software and inform Baan in writing of such location(s). All copies
of the Software will be subject to all terms and conditions of this
Agreement. Whenever Customer is permitted to copy or reproduce all
or any part of the Software, all titles, trademark symbols,
copyright symbols and legends, and other proprietary markings must
be reproduced.
2.5 Notwithstanding the inclusion of Subsidiaries in the definition of
Customer in this Agreement, Baan's affirmative obligations will be
limited to the entity named above. Such entity hereby guarantees the
performance of its Subsidiaries under this Agreement and shall
indemnify and hold harmless Baan from and against all losses, costs,
liabilities and expenses arising out of or relating to any breaches
by such Subsidiaries of this Agreement.
3 License Restrictions
Customer agrees that it will not itself or through any parent, subsidiary,
affiliate, agent or other third party:
(a) sell, lease, license or sublicense the Software or the
Documentation;
-2-
<PAGE>
(b) decompile, disassemble, or reverse engineer the Software, in whole
or in part;
(c) allow access to the Software by any Concurrent User not located at
the Site other than Customer's employees and employees of Customer's
customers, dealers and distributors who Use such Software (excluding
the Third Party Software) pursuant to the terms of Section 3(f)
below;
(d) write or develop any derivative software or any other software
program based upon the Software or any Confidential Information,
except pursuant to authorized Use of Baan Tools, if any;
(e) use the Software to provide processing services to third parties,
commercial timesharing, rental or sharing arrangements, or otherwise
use the Software on a "service bureau" basis; or
(f) provide, disclose, divulge or make available to, or permit use of
the Software by any third party without Baan's prior written
consent; provided, however, that Customer may allow its customers,
dealers and distributors to Use the Software (excluding the Third
Party Software) solely for the purpose of conducting business with
Customer within the scope of their customer relationship, dealership
or distributorship with Customer.
4 License Fee
4.1 License Fee. In consideration of the license granted pursuant to
Section 2.1, Customer agrees to pay Baan the License Fee specified
in Schedule A. The License Fee is due and payable in fill upon the
Effective Date.
4.2 Expansion of License. Customer will have the option to expand the
license granted pursuant to Section 2.1 by increasing the authorized
number of Concurrent Users after Baan's prior written consent and
further after Baan's receipt of additional license fees for the
expanded Use as set forth in Baan's then-current standard commercial
price list.
4.3 Taxes. Customer agrees to pay or reimburse Baan for all federal,
state, dominion, provincial, or local sales, use, personal property,
payroll, excise or other taxes, fees, or duties arising out of this
Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (other
than taxes on the net income of Baan).
4.4 No Offset. Fees and expenses due from Customer under this Agreement
may not be withheld or offset by Customer against other amounts owed
by Customer for any reason.
5 Escrow of Source Code
A Master Source Code Escrow Agreement with respect to the Software
(excluding the Third Party Software) has been established with Fort Knox
Escrow Services, Inc. Customer shall have the right to become a
beneficiary of the Escrow Agreement provided that Customer agrees to be
bound by the terms of such Escrow Agreement.
6 Maintenance and Support
For so long as Customer is current in the payment of all Maintenance Fees
(described below), Customer will be entitled to Maintenance and Support as
specified in this Section 6.
6.1 Term and Termination. Baan's provision of Maintenance and Support to
Customer will commence on the Effective Date and will continue for
an initial term of one (1) year. Maintenance and Support will
automatically renew at the end of the initial term and any
subsequent term for a renewal term of one (1) year unless Customer
has provided Baan with a written termination notice of its intention
not to renew the Maintenance and Support at least ninety (90) days
prior to the termination expiration of the then-current term.
Termination of Maintenance and Support upon failure to renew will
not affect the license of the Software.
6.2 Maintenance and Support Services. Maintenance and Support will be
provided only with respect to versions of the Software that are
being supported by Baan, according to the following schedule: (a) a
Version will be supported for five (5) years after the commercial
release of the next Version, provided always that Customer makes use
of the last Release and Update of the first mentioned Version; (b) a
Release will be supported for one (1) year after the commercial
release of the next Release, provided always that Customer makes use
of the last Update of the related Version; and (c) an Update will be
supported for six (6) months after the commercial release of the
next Update.
6.3 Levels of Maintenance and Support. Maintenance and Support is
available at the following Response Times: (i) Support Call
(priority 10): one (1) hour, (ii) Support Call (priority 20): two
(2) hours; (iii) Support Call (priority 30): four (4) hours; and
(iv) Support Call (priority 40): eight (8) hours.
6.4 Basic Maintenance. Basic Maintenance means that Baan will provide
during Baan's standard hours of service: (i) Updates and Releases,
when and if available, and related on-line Documentation, and (ii)
telephone assistance with respect to the Soft-
-3-
<PAGE>
ware, including (a) clarification of functions and features of the
Software; (b) clarification of the Documentation; (c) guidance in
the operation of the Software; and (d) error verification, analysis
and correction to the extent possible by telephone. Baan's standard
hours of service are Monday through Friday, 8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.,
local Site time, except for holidays as observed by Baan.
6.5 On-site Assistance. At Baan's discretion, Baan can decide to provide
Maintenance and Support at the Customer Site. In such event Customer
will reimburse Baan for all related traveling expenses and costs for
board and lodging.
6.6 Installation and Conversion. Upon Customer's request, Baan or a
designated Baan partner can perform the installation and/or
conversion of the Software. Unless otherwise agreed, the costs
hereof shall be invoiced to Customer on the basis of Baan's
then-current rates.
6.7 Causes which are not attributable to Baan. Maintenance and Support
will not include services requested as a result of, or with respect
to causes which are not attributable to Baan. These services will be
billed to Customer at Baan's then-current rates. Causes which are
not attributable to Baan include but are not limited to:
(a) accident; unusual physical, electrical or electromagnetic
stress; neglect; misuse; failure or fluctuation of electric
power, air conditioning or humidity control; failure of
rotation media not furnished by Baan; excessive heating; fire
and smoke damage; operation of the Software with other media
and hardware, software or telecommunication interfaces not
meeting or not maintained in accordance with the
manufacturer's specifications; or causes other than ordinary
use;
(b) improper installation by Customer or use of the Software that
deviates from any operating procedures established by Baan in
the applicable Documentation;
(c) modification, alteration or addition or attempted
modification, alteration or addition of the Software
undertaken by persons other than Baan or Baan's authorized
representatives;
(d) software programs made by Customer, Baan or other parties.
6.8 Responsibilities of Customer. Baan's provision of Maintenance and
Support to Customer is subject to the following:
(a) Customer shall provide Baan with access to Customer's
personnel and Equipment during normal business hours. This
access must include the ability to dial-in to the Equipment on
which the Software is operating and to obtain the same access
to the Equipment as those of Customer's employees having the
highest privilege or clearance level. Baan will inform
Customer of the specifications of the modem equipment and
associated software needed, and Customer will be responsible
for the costs and use of said equipment.
(b) Customer shall provide supervision, control and management of
the Use of the Software. In addition, Customer shall implement
procedures for the protection of information and the
implementation of backup facilities in the event of errors or
malfunction of the Software or Equipment.
(c) Customer shall document and promptly report all errors or
malfunctions of the Software to Baan. Customer shall take all
steps necessary to carry out procedures for the rectification
of errors or malfunctions within a reasonable time after such
procedures have been received from Baan.
(d) Customer shall maintain a current backup copy of all programs
and data.
(e) Customer shall properly train its personnel in the Use and
application of the Software and the Equipment on which it is
used.
6.9 Maintenance Fee. The Maintenance Fee for each calendar year of
Maintenance and Support will be 15% of the listprice for the
Software, as set forth in Baan's price list in effect as of the
Effective Date. The Maintenance Fee is due and payable in full in
advance within thirty (30) days after the date of delivery of the
Software. Any amounts not paid within thirty (30) days will be
subject to interest of 1% per month, which interest will be
immediately due and payable. Each calendar year, the Maintenance Fee
may be modified by Baan due to general price increases and/or
general inflation increases which are reflected in the Consumer
Price Index, but shall, for a period of four years from the
Effective Date, in no event exceed five percent (5%) plus the
increase in the Consumer Price Index for the applicable time period,
by written notice to Customer at least thirty (30) days prior to the
end of the then-current term. In the event of a modification of the
Maintenance Fee, Customer may discontinue Maintenance and Support.
If Customer elects not to renew Maintenance and Support, Customer
may re-enroll only upon payment of the annual Maintenance Fee for
the coming year
-4-
<PAGE>
and fifty (50) per cent of all Maintenance Fees that would have been
paid had Customer not terminated Maintenance and Support, which
entitles Customer to all Updates and Releases of the Software which
have been released during the same period.
6.10 Assignment of Duties. Baan may assign its duties of Maintenance and
Support to a third party, provided that Baan will remain responsible
for the actions of such third party. Any such assignment is subject
to Customer's consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld or delayed.
7 Limited Warranty and Limitation of Liability
7.1 Baan warrants that the Software will perform in substantial
accordance with the Documentation for a period of one (1) year from
the Effective Date. if during this time period the Software does not
perform as warranted, Baan shall undertake to correct the Software,
or if correction of the Software is reasonably not possible, replace
such Software free of charge. If neither of the foregoing is
commercially practicable, Baan shall terminate this Agreement and
refund to Customer the License Fee. In addition, Baan warrants that
the media on which the Software is distributed will be free from
defects in materials and workmanship under normal use for a period
of ninety (90) days from the Effective Date. Baan will replace any
defective media returned to Baan within the 90-day period. The
foregoing are Customer's sole and exclusive remedies for breach of
warranty. The warranty set forth above is made to and for the
benefit of Customer only. The warranty will apply only if:
(a) the Software has been properly installed and used at all times
and in accordance with the instructions for Use; and
(b) no modification, alteration or addition has been made to the
Software by persons other than Baan or Baan's authorized
representative (except pursuant to the authorized Use of the
Baan Tools specified in Schedule A); and
(c) Customer has not requested modifications, alterations or
additions to the Software that cause it to deviate from the
Documentation.
7.2 Except as set forth above, Baan makes no warranties, whether
express, implied, or statutory regarding or relating to the Software
or the Documentation, or any materials or services furnished or
provided to Customer under this Agreement, including Maintenance and
Support. Baan, specifically disclaims all implied warranties of
merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose with respect to
the Software, Documentation and said other materials and services,
and with respect to the use of any of the foregoing. In addition,
Baan disclaims any warranty with respect to, and will not be liable
or otherwise responsible for, the operation of the Software if
programs are made through the use of Baan Tools or non-Baan
software that change, or are able to change, the data model of the
Software.
7.3 In no event will Baan be liable for any loss of profits, loss of
use, business interruption, loss of data, cost of cover or indirect,
special, incidental or consequential damages of any kind in
connection with or arising out of the furnishing, performance or use
of the Software or services performed hereunder, whether alleged as
a breach of contract or tortious conduct, including negligence, even
if Baan has been advised of the possibility of such damages. In
addition, Baan will not be liable for any damages caused by delay in
delivery or furnishing the Software or said services. Baan`s
liability under this Agreement for direct, indirect, special,
incidental and/or consequential damages of any kind, including,
without limitation, restitution, will not, in any event, exceed the
License Fee paid by Customer to Baan under this Agreement
7.4 Customer shall indemnify and hold Baan harmless from and against any
costs, losses, liabilities and expenses (including reasonable
attorneys fees) arising out of third party claims related to
Customers Use of the Software under this Agreement.
7.5 Any pre-production versions of the Software distributed to Customer
are delivered "as-is," without any express or implied warranties.
7.6 The provisions of this Section 7 allocate risks under this Agreement
between Customer and Baan. Baan's pricing reflects this allocation
of risks and limitation of liability.
7.7 No action arising out of any breach or claimed breach of this
Agreement or transactions contemplated by this Agreement may be
brought by either party more than one (1) year after the cause of
action has accrued. For purposes of this Agreement, a cause of
action will be deemed to have accrued when a party knew or
reasonably should have known of the breach or claimed breach.
7.8 No employee, agent, representative or affiliate of Baan has
authority to bind Baan to any oral representations or warranty
concerning the Software. Any written representation or warranty not
expressly contained in this Agreement will not be enforceable.
-5-
<PAGE>
8. Indemnification for Infringement
8.1 Baan shall, at its expense, defend or settle any claim, action or
allegation brought against Customer that the Software infringes any
patent, copyright, trade secret or other proprietary right of any
third party and shall pay any final judgments awarded or settlements
entered into; provided that Customer gives prompt written notice to
Baan of any such claim, action or allegation of infringement and
gives Baan the authority to proceed as contemplated herein. Baan
will have the exclusive right to defend any such claim, action or
allegation and make settlements thereof at its own discretion, and
Customer may not settle or compromise such claim, action or
allegation, except with prior written consent of Baan. Customer
shall give such assistance and information as Baan may reasonably
require to settle or oppose such claims. In the event any such
infringement, claim, action or allegation is brought or threatened,
Baan may, at its sole option and expense:
(a) procure for Customer the right to continue Use of the Software
or infringing part thereof; or
(b) modify or amend the Software or infringing part thereof, or
replace the Software or infringing part thereof with other
software having substantially the same or better capabilities;
or, if neither of the foregoing is commercially practicable,
(c) terminate this Agreement and repay to Customer a portion, if
any, of the License Fee equal to the amount paid by Customer
less one-forty-eighth (1/48) thereof for each month or portion
thereof that this Agreement has been in effect. Baan and
Customer will then be released from any further obligation to
the other under this Agreement, except for the obligations of
indemnification provided for above and such other obligations
that survive termination.
8.2 The foregoing obligations shall not apply to the extent the
infringement arises as a result of modifications to the Software
made by any party other than Baan or Baan's authorized
representative. The foregoing obligations shall not apply to the
Third Party Software.
8.3 The foregoing states the entire liability of Baan with respect to
infringement of any patent, copyright, trade secret or other
proprietary right.
9 Confidential Information
9.1 Each party acknowledges that the Confidential Information
constitutes valuable trade secrets and each party agrees that it
shall use Confidential Information solely in accordance with the
provisions of this Agreement and will not disclose, or permit to be
disclosed, the same, directly or indirectly, to any third party
without the other party's prior written consent. Each party agrees
to exercise due care in protecting the Confidential Information from
unauthorized use and disclosure. However, neither party bears any
responsibility for safeguarding information that (i) is publicly
available, (ii) already in the other party's possession and not
subject to a confidentiality obligation, (iii) obtained by the other
party from third parties without restrictions on disclosure, (iv)
independently developed by the other part without reference to
Confidential Information, or (v) required to be disclosed by order
of a court or other governmental entity. Nothing herein will prevent
routine discussions by the parties that normally take place in a
"user group" context
9.2 In the event of actual or threatened breach of the provisions of
Section 9.1, the non-breaching party will have no adequate remedy at
law and will be entitled to immediate and injunctive and other
equitable relief, without bond and without the necessity of showing
actual money damages.
10 Term and Termination
10.1 This Agreement will take effect on the Effective Date and will
remain in force until terminated in accordance with this Agreement.
10.2 This Agreement may be terminated by Customer upon thirty (30) days'
prior written notice to Baan, with or without cause, provided that
no such termination will entitle Customer to a refund of any portion
of the License Fee or Maintenance Fee.
10.3 Baan may, by written notice to Customer, terminate this Agreement if
any of the following events ("Termination Events") occur, provided
that, except as set forth in Section 10.3 (d) below, no such
termination will entitle Customer to a refund of any portion of the
License Fee or Maintenance Fee:
(a) Customer fails to pay any amount due to Baan within thirty
(30) days after Baan gives Customer written notice of such
non-payment; or
(b) Customer is in material breach of any non-monetary term,
condition or provision of this Agreement, which breach, if
capable of being cured, is not cured within thirty (30) days
after Baan gives Customer written notice of such breach; or
(c) Customer (i) terminates or suspends its business
-6-
<PAGE>
activities, (ii) becomes insolvent, admits in writing its
inability to pay its debts as they mature, makes an assignment
for the benefit of creditors, or becomes subject to direct
control of a trustee, receiver or similar authority, or (iii)
becomes subject to any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding
under federal or state statutes; or
(d) Baan elects to refund Customer's fees in accordance with
Section 7.1 or Section 8.1(c).
If any Termination Event occurs, termination will become effective
immediately or on the date set forth in the written notice of
termination. Termination of this Agreement will not affect the
provisions regarding Customers or Baan's treatment of Confidential
Information, provisions relating to the payment of amounts due, or
provisions limiting or disclaiming Baan's liability, which
provisions will survive termination of this Agreement.
10.4 Within fourteen (14) days after the date of termination or
discontinuance of this Agreement for any reason whatsoever, Customer
shall return the Software, derivative works and all copies thereof,
in whole or in part, all related Documentation and all copies
thereof, and any other Confidential Information in its possession.
Customer shall furnish Baan with a certificate signed by an
executive officer of Customer verifying that the same has been done.
11 Non-assignment/Binding Agreement
Neither this Agreement nor any rights under this Agreement may be assigned
or otherwise transferred by Customer, in whole or in part, whether
voluntary or by operation of law, including by way of sale of assets,
merger or consolidation, without the prior written consent of Baan, which
consent will not be unreasonably withheld. Subject to the foregoing, this
Agreement will be binding upon and will inure to the benefit of the
parties and their respective successors and assigns.
12 Notices
Any notice required or permitted under the terms of this Agreement or
required by law must be in wilting and must be (a) delivered in person,
(b) sent by first class registered mail, or air mail, as appropriate, (c)
sent by overnight air courier, or (d) by facsimile, in each case properly
posted to the appropriate address set forth below. Either party may change
its address for notice by notice to the other party given in accordance
with this Section. Notices will be considered to have been given at the
time of actual delivery in person, three (3) business days after deposit
in the mail as set forth above, one (1) day after delivery to an overnight
air courier service, or one (1) day after the moment of transmission by
facsimile.
13 Miscellaneous
13.1 Force Majeure. Neither party will incur any liability to the other
party on account of any loss or damage resulting from any delay or
failure to perform all or any part of this Agreement if such delay
or failure is caused, in whole or in part, by events, occurrences,
or causes beyond the control and without negligence of the parties.
Such events, occurrences, or causes will include, without
limitation, acts of God, strikes, lockouts, riots, acts of war,
earthquakes, fire and explosions, but the inability to meet
financial obligations is expressly excluded.
13.2 Waiver. Any waiver of the provisions of this Agreement or of a
party's rights or remedies under this Agreement must be in writing
to be effective. Failure, neglect, or delay by a party to enforce
the provisions of this Agreement or its rights or remedies at any
time, will not be construed and will not be deemed to be a waiver of
such party's rights under this Agreement and will not in any way
affect the validity of the whole or any part of this Agreement or
prejudice such party's right to take subsequent action. Except as
expressly stated in this Agreement, no exercise or enforcement by
either party of any right or remedy under this Agreement will
preclude the enforcement by such party of any other right or remedy
under this Agreement or that such party is entitled by law to
enforce.
13.3 Severability, if any term, condition, or provision in this Agreement
is found to be invalid, unlawful or unenforceable to any extent, the
parties shall endeavor in good faith to agree to such amendments
that will preserve, as far as possible, the intentions expressed in
this Agreement. If the parties fail to agree on such an amendment,
such invalid term, condition or provision will be severed from the
remaining terms, conditions and provisions, which will continue to
be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.
13.4 Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including the Schedules and any
addenda hereto signed by both parties) contains the entire agreement
of the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement
and supersedes all previous communications, representations,
understandings and agreements, either oral or written, between the
parties with respect to said subject matter, except as provided in
Section 1.3 with respect to the definition of "Confidential
Information."
13.5 Standard terms of Customer. No terms, provisions
-7-
<PAGE>
or conditions of any purchase order, acknowledgment or other
business form that Customer may use in connection with the
acquisition or licensing of the Software will have any effect on the
rights, duties or obligations of the parties under, or otherwise
modify, this Agreement, regardless of any failure of Baan to object
to such terms, provisions or conditions.
13.6 Amendments to this Agreement. This Agreement may not be amended,
except by a writing signed by both parties.
13.7 Baan's prior consent. Unless expressly provided otherwise in this
Agreement, any prior consent of Baan that is required before
Customer may take an action may be granted or withheld in Baan's
sole and absolute discretion.
13.8 Export of Software. Customer may not export or re-export the
Software without the prior written consent of Baan and without the
appropriate United States and foreign government licenses.
13.9 Public Announcements. Customer acknowledges that Baan may desire to
use its name in press releases, product brochures and financial
reports indicating that Customer is a customer of Baan, and Customer
agrees that Baan may use its name in such a manner.
13.10 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each
of which so executed will be deemed to be an original and such
counterparts together will constitute one and the same agreement.
13.11 Applicable law. This Agreement will be interpreted and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of California and the United
States of America, without regard to conflict of law principles.
13.12 Headings. Section and Schedule headings are for ease of reference
only and do not form part of this Agreement.
13.13 Non-solicitation. Customer acknowledges and agrees that the
employees and consultants of Baan who perform the Maintenance and
Support Services or other services are a valuable asset to Baan and
are difficult to replace. Accordingly, Customer agrees that, for a
period of twelve (12) months after the completion of the Maintenance
and Support Services or other services, it will not offer employment
as an employee, independent contractor, or consultant to any Baan
employee or consultant who performs any of the Maintenance and
Support Services or other services.
-8-
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement.
GROVE NORTH AMERICA, DIVISION BAAN U.S.A., INC.
OF KIDDE INDUSTRIES, INC.
By: /s/ G.F. Heidinger Sr. By: /s/ Kevin Calderwood
------------------------------ ------------------------------
G.F. Heidinger Sr. V.P. & CFO Kevin Calderwood VP
- ---------------------------------- ----------------------------------
(print name and title) (print name and title)
Date: 6/29/96 Date: 7/2/96
Address: Address:
1565 Buchanan Trail Street East 11911 Freedom Drive
Shady Grove, PA 17256 Reston, VA 22094
-9-
<PAGE>
ADDENDA
<PAGE>
ADDENDUM NUMBER ONE TO SOFTWARE LICENSE
AND SUPPORT AGREEMENT
This is Addendum Number One (the "Addendum") to that certain Software
License and Support Agreement dated June 29, 1996 (the "Agreement"), by and
between Grove Worldwide, acting through Grove North America, Division of Kidde
Industries, Inc. ("Customer") and Baan U.S.A., Inc. ("Baan").
In consideration of the mutual covenants set forth herein and in the
Agreement, Customer and Baan agree as follows:
Priority. The parties agree that the Agreement is hereby amended as set
forth in this Addendum. Any inconsistency between this Addendum and the
Agreement shall be resolved in favor of the intent of the parties as expressed
by this Addendum. Terms used herein with the initial letter capitalized which
are not otherwise defined herein, shall have the meaning given said terms in the
Agreement. The Agreement as amended by this Addendum Number One shall remain in
full force and effect.
Affiliates. For purposes of the Agreement, "Affiliates" shall be included in the
definition of "Customer"(first set forth above) and shall mean those operations
and/or companies which now or hereafter make-up the Grove Worldwide group of
companies. As of the Effective Date, Affiliates include Grove North America
(Division of Kidde Industries, Inc.), National Crane Corporation. Grove Europe
Limited, Deutsche Grove GmbH, Grove France, the Delta Systemes Group, Grove
Crane and Grove Manlift. No Affiliate other than Grove North America shall be
permitted to exercise any rights granted to Customer under the Agreement until
Grove North America advises the Affiliate of its obligations under this
Agreement, including this Addendum. Grove North America hereby guarantees the
performance of such Affiliates' obligations under the Agreement and shall
indemnify and hold harmless Baan from and against all losses, costs, liabilities
and expenses arising out of or relating to any breaches by such Affiliates of
such obligations.
1.3 "Confidential Information". The words "and clearly marked as 'Confidential
Information'" are hereby deleted from Section 1.3.
1.6 "Equipment". The following is added at the end of Section 1.6:
"Customer shall have the right, at no additional cost, to update Schedule B with
respect to additional equipment used by Customer by giving written notice
thereof to Baan."
1.10 "Site". The following is added to the end of Section 1.10:
"Customer shall have the right, at no additional cost, to update
Schedule B with respect to additional physical locations owned or leased and
operated by Customer by giving written notice thereof to Baan."
2 Grant of License. The words "one (1)" are hereby deleted from the first
sentence of Section 2.2, the second time they appear, and replaced by the words
"three (3), one of which shall be in German."
<PAGE>
Addendum Number One To Software
License and Support Agreement
Grove North America
================================================================================
The words "Section 2.6 and" are added to the last sentence of Section 2.2, after
the words "except as expressly provided in."
A new Section 2.6 is added after Section 2.5, as follows:
"2.6 Source Code License. If deemed necessary by both Customer and Baan,
Baan shall provide, free of charge to Customer, one copy of the Source Code for
certain modules of the Software as requested by Customer pursuant to an
Agreement Regarding the Use of Source Code with terms substantially similar to
those contained in the agreement attached hereto as Exhibit C."
3. License Restrictions. The words ", although the development of additional
derivative software for the purpose of integrating with the Software to support
business requirements of Customer is permitted" is inserted at the end of
Section 3(d), before the semicolon.
4 License Fee. The last sentence of Section 4.1 is hereby deleted and
replaced by the following:
"The License Fee is due and payable in full on October 1, 1996."
6.4 Basic Maintenance. The following is inserted at the end of Section 6.4,
after the period:
"Maintenance is also available at an Advanced Level and at a Full Level.
The Advanced Level gives the Customer coverage Monday through Friday, 8 a.m.
through 8 p.m., local Site time, and the Full Level gives the Customer coverage
seven days per week, twenty-four hours per day. The Maintenance Fee for Advanced
coverage is 18% of the price of the Software, as set forth in Baan's price list
in effect as of the Effective Date and the Maintenance Fee for Full coverage is
21%. Any calls received outside the hours contracted for by the Customer will be
charge to Customer at Baan's then-current rates. These rates, as of the
Effective Date, are $250.00 per hour."
6.5 On-Site Assistance. The words ", but with Customer's prior consent," are
inserted after the words "At Baan's discretion" in the first sentence of Section
6.5.
The word "reasonable" is inserted after the words "reimburse Baan for all
related" in Section 6.5.
6.7 Causes which are not attributable to Baan. Section 6.7 (d) is hereby
deleted and replaced by the following:
"(d) software programs made by Customer or other parties and software
programs, excluding the Software, made by Baan Company N.V."
6.9 Maintenance Fee. The following is inserted after the first sentence of
Section 6.9:
"Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Maintenance Fee for the first three
months after the Effective Date shall be $1.00. Customer agrees that for this
first three-month period, Customer shall not be entitled to place calls to
Baan's International Service Center regarding the Software unless Customer
agrees to pay Baan the hourly rates charged by Baan for calls received outside
of hours contracted for. The Maintenance Fee for the next period of Maintenance
and Support, the twelve (12)
2
<PAGE>
Addendum Number One To Software
License and Support Agreement
Grove North America
================================================================================
month period from October 1, 1996 through September 30, 1997, shall be 15% of
the price of the Software as set forth in this Agreement."
The words "for each calendar year" are hereby inserted after the words "The
Maintenance Fee" in the second sentence of Section 6.9.
The words "thirty (30)" in the second and third sentences of Section 6.9 are
hereby deleted and replaced by the words "forty-five (45)."
The fourth sentence of Section 6.9 is hereby deleted and replaced by the
following:
"Each calendar year, the Maintenance Fee may be modified by Baan due to
general price increases and/or general inflation increases which are reflected
in the U.S. Producer Price Index, but Baan agrees that, prior to the fifth
anniversary of the Effective Date, the Maintenance Fee shall not increase by
more than the increase in the U.S. Producer Price Index, Total Finished Goods,
for each year during the applicable time period, by written notice to Customer
at least thirty (30) days prior to the end of the then-current term."
A new Section 7.1 (d) is hereby added as follows:
"(d) After the expiration of the warranty period as set forth in this
Section 7.1, defects in the Software will be addressed as set forth in Section
6."
Section 7.4 is hereby deleted in its entirety.
Section 7.7 is hereby deleted in its entirety.
10 Term and Termination. The word "thirty (30)" where it appears in Sections
10.3(a) and 10.3(b) is hereby deleted and replaced by the word "forty-five
(45)."
The words "provisions relating to Baan's indemnification for infringement," are
hereby inserted after the words "amounts due," in the last paragraph of Section
10.3.
The words "of Baan" are inserted after the words "other Confidential
information" in Section 10.4.
The word "its" in Section 10.4 is hereby deleted and replaced by the word
"Customer's."
11 Non-Assignment/Binding Agreement. The following phrase is added at the end of
Section 11, after the period:
"Notwithstanding the foregoing, this restriction of transfer shall not
apply to any assignment or transfer resulting from the pending Hanson de-merger
or any future Hanson- Grove Worldwide demerger or reorganization as long as no
entity involved in any such future transaction makes commercially available
software which is in competition with the Software."
3
<PAGE>
Addendum Number One To Software
License and Support Agreement
Grove North America
================================================================================
12. Notices. The following is added after the period following the last
sentence in Section 12:
"For Customer: Grove Worldwide
1565 Buchanan Trail East
P.O. Box 21
Shady Grove, Pennsylvania 17256
Attn: George Gunther
Director of Information Systems
with copy to: Grove Worldwide
1565 Buchanan Trail East
P.O. Box 21
Shady Grove, Pennsylvania 17256
Attn: General Counsel
For Baan: Baan USA, Inc.
4600 Bohannon Drive
Suite 105
Menlo Park, CA 94025
Attn: Susanne Hereford
Corporate Counsel
with copy to: Baan USA, Inc.
11911 Freedom Drive
Suite 780
Reston, VA 22090
Attn: Kevin Calderwood
Vice President
The parties agree that the above named individuals may be changed by the
respective parties with notice to the other party."
13.8 Export of Software. The words "without the prior written consent of Baan"
are deleted from the first sentence of section 13.8 and replaced with the words
"in violation of United States government export control laws and other laws
regulating the exportation of software."
13.9 Public Announcements. The following phrase is added to the end of
Section 13.9, before the period:
",assuming that Customer is given prior written notice of the use by
Baan."
A new Section 13.14 is hereby added as follows:
"13.14 Lighthouse Account. Baan agrees that Customer shall be entitled to
certain attention from Baan's executive management to ensure that Customer's
implementation process proceeds in a timely fashion and to monitor Customer's
satisfaction. Furthermore, Customer shall be invited to meetings held with the
development group within Baan in order to facilitate the Customer giving Baan
4
<PAGE>
Addendum Number One To Software
License and Support Agreement
Grove North America
================================================================================
feedback on Baan's Software as it relates to, among other things,
functionality enhancements and future product direction."
A new Section 13.15 is hereby added as follows:
"13.15 Commitment to Manufacturing. Baan acknowledges that Baan and its
affiliates have developed a core specialty in developing software for
manufacturing operations. Baan recognizes the importance of this core specialty
to Customer and agrees to take commercially reasonable steps to continue to
pursue the development of such functionality consistent with the demands of
Baan's customer base but Baan shall in no event be obligated to do so."
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Addendum as of the date first
written above.
GROVE NORTH AMERICA, DIVISION BAAN U.S.A., INC.
OF KIDDE INDUSTRIES, INC.
By: /s/ G.F. Heidinger By: /s/ Kevin Calderwood
------------------------------ ------------------------------
Name: G.F. Heidinger Name: Kevin Calderwood
Title: Sr. VP & CFO Title: VP
<PAGE>
Exhibit 10.15
PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT
This PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is entered into by
and between Grove Worldwide, acting through Grove North America, Division of
Kidde Industries, Inc. ("Customer"), and Baan U.S.A., Inc. ("Baan"), and
describes the terms and conditions pursuant to which Baan will provide
professional services with respect to the Software licensed by Baan to Customer
and certain subsidiaries of Customer pursuant to a certain Software License and
Support Agreement (the "License Agreement"). Any capitalized terms not expressly
defined in this Agreement have the meanings given to such terms in the License
Agreement.
In consideration of the mutual promises and upon the terms and conditions
set forth below, the parties agree as follows:
1. Scope of Services
1.1 Services. Baan shall provide the professional services (the
"Services") described in Schedule A attached hereto, as amended from
time to time by agreement of the parties.
1.2 Manner of Performance. Baan will retain the sole and exclusive right
to control or direct the manner or means by which the Services are
performed and may subcontract or assign any or all of its
obligations and rights under this Agreement. Any such subcontract or
assignment is subject to Customer's consent, which consent shall not
be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
1.3 Software. The Services will be provided for the current release of
the Software, unless otherwise specifically noted. Baan will not be
responsible for the migration or reimplementation of the Services
for Updates, Releases and Versions of the Software, unless Customer
separately contracts for such migration or reimplementation.
2 Customizations
If the Services to be performed hereunder include the development of
customized versions of the Software, then the following terms shall apply.
2.1 Definitions
(a) "Customizations" means the development of new software and/or
the adaptation of the Software by Baan at the request of
Customer.
(b) "Functional Specifications" means the determination of the
functional requirements with which the Customizations shall
comply.
(c) "Functional Design" means a detailed statement of the
Functional Specifications which includes the screens and print
reports to be developed.
2.2 Development
(a) Customizations shall be developed in accordance with the
Functional Specifications and the Functional Design.
(b) If Baan is so instructed by Customer, Baan shall develop the
Functional Specifications in consultation with the Contact
Person, as defined in Section 4.2 below, who shall bear the
ultimate responsibilitv on behalf of the Customer. The
Functional Specifications shall be approved in writing by the
Contact Person on behalf of the Customer.
(c) If the Functional Specifications are drawn up by the Customer
or by a third party on behalf of the Customer, they shall be
subject to Bann's prior written approval.
(d) After approval of the Functional Specifications they shall be
detailed by Baan in the Functional Design in consultation with
the Customer. The Functional Design shall also be approved in
writing on behalf of the Customer by the Contact Person.
(e) Only after approval of the Functional Design shall the
Customizations be developed. The Functional Design shall be
binding for the acceptance of the Customizations. All prior
oral and/or written undertakings by Baan as well as oral
and/or written wishes of the Customer not included in the
Functional Design shall herewith be of no further force or
effect.
(f) Within two weeks after the delivery of the Customizations to
Customer, the parties shall perform an acceptance test.
2.3 Acceptance
-1-
<PAGE>
(a) Immediately after an acceptance test has been executed, the
parties shall draw up and sign an official record. This
official record shall state whether or not the (relevant part
of the) Customizations have been approved.
(b) In the event of approval the date of signing of the official
record shall be regarded as the date of acceptance.
(c) If (part of) the Customizations are rejected, the reason
therefor shall be stated in the official record. Defects which
have an adverse effect on the use of the Customizations, but
which do not materially interfere with its normal use, shall
not constitute a reason for Customer to withhold approval,
without prejudice to Baan's obligation to remedy such defects
free of charge.
(d) If the Customer has rejected (part of) the Customizations, new
acceptance tests will be executed within four weeks after the
date of the previous acceptance test. The official record then
to be drawn up shall state whether the defects described in
the previous official record have been remedied and whether or
not (part of) the Customizations have been approved.
3 Customer's Duties and Responsibilities
3.1 Data and Information. Customer shall make available in a timely
manner at no charge to Baan all technical data, computer facilities,
programs, files, documentation, test data, sample output, or other
information and resources required by Baan for the performance of
the Services. Customer will be responsible for, and assumes the risk
of any problems resulting from, the content, accuracy, completeness
and consistency of all such data, materials and information supplied
by Customer.
3.2 Equipment. Customer shall provide, at no charge to Baan, office
space, services and equipment (such as copiers, fax machines and
modems) as Baan reasonably requires to perform the Services.
3.3 Tasks. Responsibility for the proper implementation of the Software
is with Customer, Baan's role is to assist Customer with such
implementation. Tasks that are primarily the responsibility of
Customer's personnel will remain Customer's responsibility and will
remain under Customer's supervision, management and control, even if
Baan assists Customer in performing such tasks.
4 Relationship of Parties
4.1 Independent Contractors. Each party will be and act as an
independent contractor and not as an agent or partner of, or joint
venture with, the other party for any purpose related to this
Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and
neither party by virtue of this Agreement will have any right, power
or authority to act or create any obligation, expressed or implied,
on behalf of the other party.
4.2 Contact Person. Each party will appoint in writing an employee or
agent of such party to act as the "Contact Person" for all
communication between the parties related to the Services. The
Contact Person will be responsible for monitoring the status of the
Services and will schedule regular meetings with both technical and
management personnel of each party to review the status of the
Services. Either party may change its Contact Person upon written
notice to the other.
5 Fees and Payments
5.1 Fees. Customer shall pay Baan on a time and materials basis for the
Services in accordance with the fees set forth on Schedule B
attached hereto. Baan will invoice Customer on a biweekly basis as
Services are performed. All payments for fees and expenses must be
made within thirty (30) days of the date of invoice.
5.2 Expenses. Customer shall reimburse all reasonable travel and other
related expenses incurred by Baan in performance of the Services.
5.3 Taxes. Customer also agrees to pay or reimburse Baan for all
federal, state, dominion, provincial or local sales, use, personal
property, excise or other taxes, fees or duties arising out of this
Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (other
than taxes on the net income of Baan).
5.4 Interest and further costs. Customer shall pay Baan one (1) per cent
interest per month on the outstanding balance of any fees or
expenses not paid within thirty (30) days of the date of invoice.
Customer shall further be responsible for all costs incurred by Baan
in connection with any claim made by Baan in order to recover
payment of Customers account, including without limitation, all
professional fees and legal costs.
-2-
<PAGE>
5.5 Invoices. Services will commence as soon as practical following
Baan's receipt and acceptance of a signed copy of this Agreement and
a purchase order or other written authorization of the Services. If
Customer's procedures allow payment of invoices without a purchase
order, Customer shall provide a letter stating that fact to Baan.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no terms, provisions or conditions of
any purchase order or other business form or written authorization
used by Customer will have any effect on the rights, duties or
obligations of the parties under, or otherwise modify, this
Agreement, regardless of any failure of Baan to object to such
terms, provisions, or conditions.
6 Ownership of Work Product
6.1 Creations. All software programs (including Customizations), source
and object code, specifications, designs, processes, techniques,
concepts, improvements, discoveries, and inventions made or
developed in connection with the Services (collectively,
"Creations") will be the sole and exclusive property of Baan.
6.2 License. Customer will be entitled to use the Creations solely in
connection with its authorized use of the Software, such right being
embodied in, and subject to, Customer's license of the Software
under the License Agreement.
7 Maintenance and Support
7.1 Term and Termination. Maintenance and Support (as defined below) of
any Customizations may be optionally contracted for by Customer
concurrent with the execution of this Agreement. If contracted for,
Baan's provision of Maintenance and Support to Customer will
commence upon the Effective Date and will continue for an initial
term of one (1) year. Maintenance and Support will automatically
renew at the end of the initial term and any subsequent term for a
renewal term of one (1) year unless Customer has provided Baan with
a written termination notice of its intention not to renew the
Maintenance and Support at least ninety (90) days prior to the
expiration of the then-current term. Termination of Maintenance and
Support upon failure to renew will not affect Customer's license of
the Software or the Creations.
7.2 Maintenance and Support Services. Maintenance and Support means that
Baan will provide telephone assistance with respect to the
Customizations, including: (a) clarification of functions and
features of the Customizations; (b) clarification of Documentation
pertaining to the Customizations, if any; (c) guidance in the
operation of the Customizations; and (d) error verification,
analysis and correction to the extent possible by telephone. Baan's
standard hours of service are Monday through Friday, 9:00 a.m. to
5:00 p.m., local time, except for holidays as observed by Baan.
Customer may contract for expanded days and hours of service as
agreed upon by Baan.
7.3 On-site Assistance. At Baan's discretion, Baan can decide to provide
Maintenance and Support at the Customer Site. In such event Customer
will reimburse Baan for all related traveling expenses and costs for
board and lodging.
7.4 Installation and Conversion. Customer may require Installation
and/or conversion of the Customizations. Unless otherwise agreed,
the costs hereof shall be invoiced to Customer on the basis of
Baan's then-current rates.
7.5 Maintenance Fee. The Maintenance Fee for standard hours of service
for each twelve (12) month period of Maintenance and Support will be
19% of the total amount paid by Customer for the Customizations;
provided that Customer has contracted for Maintenance and Support
under the License Agreement. Such Maintenance Fee is in addition to
the Maintenance Fee due under the License Agreement. Customer owes a
percentage of the Maintenance Fee which corresponds to the number of
months of the first term. The Maintenance Fee is due and payable in
fill in advance within thirty (30) days after the date of Baan's
invoice. Any amounts not paid within thirty (30) days will be
subject to interest of one percent (1%) per month, which interest
will be immediately due and payable. Each calendar year, the
Maintenance Fee may be modified by Baan due to general price
increases and/or general inflation increases which is reflected in
the Consumer Price Index, but shall, for a period of four years from
the Effective Date, in no event exceed five percent (5%) plus the
increase in the Consumer Price Index for the applicable time period,
by written notice to Customer at least thirty (30) days prior to the
end of the then-current term. In the event of a modification of the
Maintenance Fee, Customer may discontinue Maintenance and Support.
If Customer elects not to renew Maintenance and Support, Customer
may re-enroll only with Baan's consent and only upon payment of the
annual Maintenance Fee for the coming year and fifty (50) per cent
of all Maintenance Fees that would have been paid had Customer not
terminated Maintenance and Support.
-3-
<PAGE>
7.6 Eligibility of Software/Responsibility of Customer. The provisions
of Sections 6.6 and 6.7 of the License Agreement will be applicable
to Maintenance and Support for Customizations, as if set forth in
full in this Agreement.
7.7 Assignment of Duties. Baan may assign its duties of Maintenance and
Support to a third party, provided that Baan will remain responsible
for the actions of such third party. Any such assignment is subject
to Customers consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld or delayed.
8 Limited Warranty and Limitation of Liability
8.1 Baan warrants that for a period of ninety (90) days from Baan's
completion of any Customizations, these Customizations will conform
to the Functional Specifications. If the Customizations are
demonstrated not to conform to such Functional Specifications, Baan
will, at Baan's option, undertake to correct the Customizations so
it conforms with such Functional Specifications, or, if the
foregoing is not commercially practicable, terminate this Agreement
and refund the fees paid for the Customizations pursuant to Section
5.1. The foregoing are Customer's sole and exclusive remedies for
breach of warranty. The warranty set forth above is made to and for
the benefit of Customer only. The warranty will apply only if:
(a) the Customizations have been properly used at all times and in
accordance with the instructions for use; and
(b) no modification, alteration or addition has been made to the
Software and/or the Customizations, by persons other than Baan
or Baans authorized representative.
8.2 Except as set forth above, Baan makes no warranties, whether
express, implied, or statutory, regarding or relating to the
Customizations, any Documentation, or any materials or services
furnished or provided to Customer under this Agreement Baan
specifically disclaims all implied warranties of merchantability and
fitness for a particular purpose with respect to the Customizations,
Documentation and said other materials and services, and with
respect to the use of any of the foregoing. In addition, Baan
disclaims any warranty with respect to, and will not be liable or
otherwise responsible for, the operation of the Customizations if
programs are made through the use of Baan Tools or non-Baan software
that change, or are able to change, the data model of the
Customizations.
8.3 In no event will Baan be liable for any loss of profits, loss of
use, business interruption, loss of data, cost of cover, or
indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any kind
in connection with or arising out of the furnishing, performance or
use of the Customizations, or the services, whether alleged as a
breach of contract or tortious conduct, including negligence, even
if Baan has been advised of the possibility of such damages. In
addition, Baan will not be liable for any damages caused by delay in
delivery or furnishing the Customizations or the services. Baan's
liability under this Agreement for direct, indirect, special
incidental and/or consequential damages of any kind, including,
without limitation, restitution, will not, in any event, exceed the
fees paid by Customer to Baan under Section 5.1 of this Agreement.
8.4 Customer shall indemnify Baan against all claims by third parties
related to (the performance of) this Agreement.
8.5 The provisions of this Section 8 allocate risks under this Agreement
between Customer and Baan. Baan's pricing reflects this allocation
of risk and limitation of liabilities.
8.6 No action arising out of any breach or claimed breach of this
Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement may be
brought by either party more than one (1) year after the cause of
action has accrued. For purposes of this Agreement, a cause of
action will be deemed to have accrued when a party knew or
reasonably should have known of the breach or claimed breach.
8.7 No employee, agent, representative, or affiliate of Baan has
authority to bind Baan to any oral representations or warranty
concerning the Software or the Services. Any written representation
or warranty not expressly contained in this Agreement will not be
enforceable.
9 Term and Termination
9.1 Term. This Agreement will take effect on the Effective Date and will
remain in effect, unless earlier terminated in accordance with
Section 9.2, until all of the Services have been completed.
9.2 Termination.
(a) This Agreement may be terminated, with or without cause, by
Customer upon thirty (30)
-4-
<PAGE>
days' prior written notice to Baan, provided that no such
termination will entitle Customer to a refund of any portion
of the Services fee.
(b) This Agreement may be terminated by Baan if Customer (i) fails
to pay any amount due to Baan under this Agreement within
thirty (30) days after Baan gives written notice of such
non-payment, or (ii) commits a material non-monetary breach of
this Agreement, which breach, if capable of being cured, is
not cured within thirty (30) days of a written notice of such
breach by Baan.
(c) This Agreement may be terminated by Baan if Customer (i)
terminates or suspends its business activities, (ii) becomes
insolvent, admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as
they mature, makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors,
or becomes subject to direct control of a trustee, receiver or
similar authority, or (iii) becomes subject to any bankruptcy
or insolvency proceeding under federal or state statutes.
(d) This Agreement may be terminated by Baan if it elects to
refund Customer's fees in accordance with Section 8.1 or
Section 8.1(c) of the License Agreement..
9.3 Effect of Termination. Termination of this Agreement will not affect
the provisions of this Agreement relating to the payment of amounts
due, the provisions of Sections 6 and 8 of this Agreement, or
Sections 8, 9 and 13.14 of the License Agreement, all of which will
survive termination of this Agreement, regardless of the reason for
termination.
10 Incorporation by Reference
The following Sections of the License Agreement are incorporated herein by
this reference as if set forth in full in this Agreement; Sections 4.4, 8,
9, 11, 12 and 13. References in those incorporated Sections to the
"Agreement" will mean this Agreement.
-5-
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement.
GROVE NORTH AMERICA, DIVISION OF BAAN U.S.A., INC.
KIDDE INDUSTRIES, INC.
By: /s/ Kevin Calderwood VP
By: /s/ G. F. Heidinger -----------------------------
----------------------------- Kevin Calderwood VP
G. F. Heidinger --------------------------------
- -------------------------------- (print name and title)
(print name and title)
Date: 7/2/96
Date: 6/29/96
Address:
Address:
11911 Freedom Drive
1565 [ILLEGIBLE] Reston, VA 22090
Shady Grove, PA 17256
-6-
<PAGE>
ADDENDA
<PAGE>
ADDENDUM NUMBER ONE TO PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT
This is Addendum Number One (the "Addendum") to that certain Professional
Services Agreement dated June 26, 1996 (the "Agreement"), by and between Grove
Worldwide, acting through Grove North America, Division of Kidde Industries,
Inc. ("Customer") and Baan U.S.A., Inc. ("Baan").
In consideration of the mutual covenants set forth herein and in the
Agreement, Customer and Baan agree as follows:
Priority. The parties agree that the Agreement is hereby amended as set
forth in this Addendum. Any inconsistency between this Addendum and the
Agreement shall be resolved in favor of the intent of the parties as expressed
by this Addendum. Terms used herein with the initial letter capitalized which
are not otherwise defined herein, shall have the meaning given said terms in the
Agreement. The Agreement as amended by this Addendum shall remain in full force
and effect.
Affiliates. For purposes of the Agreement, "Affiliates" shall be included
in the definition of "Customer"(first set forth above) and shall mean those
operations and/or companies which now or hereafter make-up the Grove Worldwide
group of companies. As of the Effective Date, Affiliates include Grove North
America (Division of Kidde Industries, Inc.), National Crane Corporation, Grove
Europe Limited, Deutsche Grove GmbH, Grove France, the Delta Systems Group,
Grove Crane and Grove Manlift. No Affiliate other than Grove North America shall
be permitted to exercise any rights granted to Customer under the Agreement
until Grove North America advises the Affiliate of its obligations under this
Agreement, including this Addendum. Grove North America hereby guarantees the
performance of such Affiliates' obligations under the Agreement and shall
indemnify and hold harmless Baan from and against all losses, costs, liabilities
and expenses arising out of or relating to any breaches by such Affiliates of
such obligations.
3.2 Equipment. The words "at the Site" are inserted after the words "Customer
shall provide" in Section 3.2.
5.1 Fees. The following phrase is added at the end of Section 5.1, after the
period:
"If Customer decides to pre-pay for all services required for the
implementation of the Software from July 1, 1996 through January 1, 1997, these
services shall be available to Customer at a discount equal to ten percent (10%)
off Baan's then-current list price for those services. The payment for such
services shall be due and payable by Customer in full on October 1, 1996."
5.4 Interests and Further Costs. The word "thirty (30)" in the first sentence
of Section 5.4 is hereby deleted and replaced by the word "forty-five
(45)."
The second sentence of Section 5.4 is hereby deleted.
6.1 Creations. Section 6.1 is deleted and replaced by the following:
"6.1 Creations. All software programs, source and object code,
specifications, designs, processes, techniques, concepts,
improvements, discoveries and inventions made or developed in
connection with the Services (collectively, "Creations") will be
jointly owned by Baan and Customer, subject to Baan's underlying
rights in the Software and, furthermore, Customer's scope of rights
to the Creations shall be limited to
<PAGE>
Addendum Number One To Professional
Services Agreement
Grove North America
================================================================================
Customer's scope of rights to the Software as set forth in the License
Agreement. Baan shall have the right to license or otherwise exploit such
Creations without the consent of Customer and without accounting to Customer for
any royalties or compensation therefrom.
6.2 License. Section 6.2 is deleted in its entirety.
7.5 Maintenance Fee. The words "for each calendar year" are hereby inserted
after the words "The Maintenance Fee" in the fourth sentence of Section
7.5.
The words thirty (30)" in the fourth and fifth sentences of Section 7.5 are
hereby deleted and replaced by the words "forty-five (45)."
The sixth sentence of Section 7.5 is hereby deleted and replaced by the
following:
"Each calendar year, the Maintenance Fee may be modified by Baan due to
general price increases and/or general inflation increases which are reflected
in the U.S. Producer Price Index, but Baan agrees that, prior to the fifth
anniversary of the Effective Date, the Maintenance Fee shall not increase by
more than the increase in the U.S. Producer Price Index, Total Finished Goods,
for each year during the applicable time period, by written notice to Customer
at least thirty (30) days prior to the end of the then-current term."
Sections 8.4 and 8.6 are hereby deleted in their entirety.
9 Term and Termination. The word "thirty (30)" where it appears in Sections
9.2(a) and 9.2(b) is hereby deleted and replaced by the word "forty-five
(45)."
9.3 Effect of Termination. The word "13.14" is hereby deleted and
replaced by the word "13.13."
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Addendum as of the date
first written above.
GROVE NORTH AMERICA, DIVISION
OF KIDDE INDUSTRIES, INC.
By: /s/ G. F Heidinger
-------------------------------
Name: G. F Heidinger
Title: SR VP & CFO
BAAN U.S.A., INC.
By: /s/ Kevin Calderwood
-------------------------------
Name: Kevin Calderwood
Title: VP
2
<PAGE>
Exhibit 10.16
[LETTERHEAD OF GROVE WORLDWIDE]
April 7, 1998
Ms. Gloria Bart
Baan U.S.A., Inc.
4600 Bohannon Drive
Menlo Park, CA 94025
Re: Consent to Assignment
Dear Ms. Bart:
Grove North America, Division of Kidde Industries, Inc. ("Kidde")
requests your company's consent to the proposed transfer of the Agreements,
described on Exhibit A attached herein (the "Agreements"), from Kidde to Grove
U.S. L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company ("Grove US").
Grove Worldwide LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, has
formed Grove US to own and operate substantially all of the business and assets
of Kidde. Grove US expects to grant to its lenders a security interest in such
assets, including the Agreements.
In substance, Kidde proposes to transfer the Agreements to Grove US,
and Grove US will assume certain obligations, including all obligations of Kidde
under the Agreements, effective on the date of transfer. We anticipate that
Grove US will carry on the business previously conducted by Kidde with respect
to the transferred assets, including the Agreements, and that the day-to-day
operations of the business will be essentially unchanged. The effective date of
the transfer is expected to be on or about April 30, 1998.
We request that your company consent to the above transfer.
To evidence your company's consent, please have the appropriate
authorized representative of your company sign and return this letter (including
the Exhibit A) to us as soon as possible. A stamped, self-addressed envelope is
enclosed for your convenience.
Time is of the essence. Please respond promptly. As noted above, the
effective date of the transfer is expected to be on or about April 30, 1998.
<PAGE>
GROVE WORLDWIDE]
Ms. Gloria Bart
Baan
April 7, 1998
Page 2
Although our records indicate that the Agreements may contain a
consent to assign requirement in your company's favor, this letter should not be
construed to admit that such consent rights exist or to waive or prejudice our
right, if any, to treat any failure to respond to this letter as a waiver of
your company's consent rights, if any.
Thank you for your assistance. If you have any questions regarding
this request, please contact Ed Wine of my staff at 717-593-5097.
Sincerely,
/s/ Keith Simmons
Keith R. Simmons
Senior Vice President
General Counsel and
Business Development
Enclosure
CONSENT
The undersigned, on behalf of Baan U.S.A., Inc., hereby consents to
the transfer and grant of a security interest in the Agreements described above.
Signature: /s/ John J. Cordio Title: COO -- Americas
Print Name: John J. Cordio Date: 4-21-98
EXHIBIT A
Software License and Support Agreement, dated June 29, 1996, between Baan
U.S.A., Inc. and Grove North America, Division of Kidde Industries, Inc., as
amended, and Professional Services Agreement, dated June 26, 1996, between Baan
U.S.A., Inc. and Grove North America, Division of Kidde Industries, Inc., as
amended.
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Exhibit 12.1
Grove Worldwide LLC
Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
(dollars in thousands)
Fiscal Year Ended
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
October 2, October 1, September 30, September 28, September 27,
1993 1994 1995 1996 1997
---- ---- ---- ---- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Earnings (loss) before income taxes $6,168 $4,203 $35,782 $47,636 $68,469
Interest expense 2,771 3,170 2,614 3,326 2,042
Amortization of deferred
financing costs - - - - -
Portion of rent expense
representative of interest (a) 850 832 535 935 1,162
------ ------ ------- ------- -------
Earnings before fixed charges $9,789 $8,205 $38,931 $51,897 $71,673
====== ====== ======= ======= =======
Fixed charges:
Interest expense $2,771 $3,170 $ 2,614 $ 3,326 $ 2,042
Amortization of deferred
financing costs - - - - -
Portion of rent expense
representative of interest (a) 850 832 535 935 1,162
------ ------ ------- ------- -------
Total fixed charges $3,621 $4,002 $ 3,149 $ 4,261 $ 3,204
====== ====== ======= ======= =======
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges 2.7 2.1 12.4 12.2 22.4
====== ====== ======= ======= =======
<CAPTION>
Pro forma
Six Months Ended ----------------------------------
--------------------- Fiscal Year Ended Six Months
March 27, March 28, September 27, Ended March 28,
1997 1998 1997 1998
---- ---- ---- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Earnings (loss) before income taxes $27,956 $14,422 $33,015 $(4,676)
Interest expense 1,449 1,779 38,339 19,029
Amortization of deferred
financing costs - - 1,500 750
Portion of rent expense
representative of interest (a) 663 772 1,162 772
------- ------- ------- -------
Earnings before fixed charges $30,068 $16,973 $74,016 $15,875
======= ======= ======= =======
Fixed charges:
Interest expense $ 1,449 $ 1,779 $38,339 $19,029
Amortization of deferred
financing costs - - 1,500 750
Portion of rent expense
representative of interest (a) 663 772 1,162 772
------- ------- ------- -------
Total fixed charges $ 2,112 $ 2,561 $41,001 $20,551
======= ======= ======= =======
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges 14.2 6.7 1.8 (b)
======= ======= ======= =======
(a) Deemed to be one-third of interest expense
(b) Pro forma earnings before fixed charges were insufficient to cover fixed
charges by $4,825 for the six months ended March 28, 1996. Earnings for the
six months March 28, 1996 include non-cash charges of $9,023.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
Exhibit 21.1
Each of the Company's direct and indirect subsidiaries are set forth
below:
Subsidiary State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization
Grove Capital, Inc. (a) Delaware
Grove U.S. LLC (b) Delaware
Grove Finance LLC (b) Delaware
Crane Acquisition Corp. (b) Delaware
Crane Holding Inc. (b) Delaware
National Crane Corporation (b) Delaware
Grove Worldwide Holdings Germany GmbH Germany
Deutsche Grove GmbH Germany
Grove Europe Limited United Kingdom
Grove Pension Trustees Limited (c) United Kingdom
Grove Cranes Limited (c) United Kingdom
Manlift Limited (c) United Kingdom
Grove Crane SL (c) Spain
Grove Holdings France, SAS (d) France
Grove France SA France
Delta Manlift SAS France
Grove Manlift Pty. Ltd. Australia
- ----------------------
(a) Grove Capital was organized as a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Grove
for the purpose of acting as a co-issuer of the Notes and is also a
co-registrant of this Registration Statement.
(b) The Issuers obligations under the Notes are guaranteed fully and
unconditionally, jointly and severally by each of these wholly-owned
direct and indirect subsidiaries.
(c) Inactive subsidiaries.
(d) Grove Holdings LLC, Grove's parent, owns .1% of the outstanding shares of
Grove Holdings France, SAS in order to meet French statutory requirements.
Grove owns 99.9% of the outstanding shares of Grove Holdings France, SAS.
<PAGE>
Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
We hereby consent to the use in this Prospectus constituting part of this
Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Grove Worldwide LLC and Grove Capital,
Inc. of our report dated December 15, 1997 relating to the financial statements
of The Grove Companies which appear in such Prospectus. We also consent to the
references to us under the headings "Expert" and "Selected Financial Data" in
such Prospectus. However, it should be noted that Price Waterhouse LLP has not
prepared or certified such "Selected Financial Data."
PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP
Florham Park, NJ
June 18, 1998
<PAGE>
Exhibit 23.2
Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts"
and to the use of our report dated December 15, 1997 (except for Note 19, as
to which the date is April 29, 1998), in the Registration Statement (Form
S-4) and related Prospectus of Grove Worldwide LLC and Grove Capital, Inc.
for the registration of $225,000,000 9 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes
due 2008.
Ernst & Young LLP
Baltimore, Maryland
June 22, 1998
<TABLE> <S> <C>
<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM THE GROVE
COMPANIES' COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS AS OF 9/30/95, 9/28/96, 9/27/97, 3/27/97 AND
3/27/98 AND THE COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEARS ENDED 9/30/95,
9/28/96, AND 9/27/97 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED 3/27/97 AND 3/28/98 AND IS
QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<CIK> 0001064526
<NAME> GROVE WORLDWIDE LLC
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
<C>
<PERIOD-TYPE> YEAR YEAR YEAR 6-MOS
6-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END> SEP-30-1995 SEP-28-1996 SEP-27-1997 MAR-27-1997
MAR-28-1998
<PERIOD-START> OCT-02-1994 OCT-01-1995 SEP-29-1996 SEP-29-1996
SEP-28-1997
<PERIOD-END> SEP-30-1995 SEP-28-1996 SEP-27-1997 MAR-27-1997
MAR-28-1998
<CASH> 18,685 8,164 5,024 9,243
4,085
<SECURITIES> 0 0 0 0
0
<RECEIVABLES> 75,403 123,597 146,447 157,259
134,610
<ALLOWANCES> (1,891) (2,553) (2,717) (2,439)
(3,266)
<INVENTORY> 199,684 222,542 215,332 229,007
225,255
<CURRENT-ASSETS> 299,248 358,450 460,539 418,601
428,317
<PP&E> 146,507 183,821 243,481 195,659
245,691
<DEPRECIATION> (73,165) (82,645) (95,893) (81,858)
(84,829)
<TOTAL-ASSETS> 677,723 730,158 881,496 810,971
855,251
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES> 144,401 173,256 168,326 176,869
181,617
<BONDS> 0 0 0 0
0
0 0 0 0
0
0 0 0 0
0
<COMMON> 0 0 0 0
0
<OTHER-SE> 129,480 502,554 628,492 568,888
570,484
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY> 677,723 730,158 881,496 810,971
855,251
<SALES> 503,815 794,209 856,812 409,206
405,903
<TOTAL-REVENUES> 503,815 794,209 856,812 409,206
405,903
<CGS> 377,226 609,130 653,539 316,194
321,337
<TOTAL-COSTS> 84,740 128,116 130,708 63,731
65,963
<OTHER-EXPENSES> 3,390 5,655 4,136 0
162
<LOSS-PROVISION> 86 688 538 269
549
<INTEREST-EXPENSE> 2,614 3,326 2,042 1,449
1,779
<INCOME-PRETAX> 35,782 47,636 68,469 27,956
14,442
<INCOME-TAX> 19,013 22,188 26,249 10,735
11,174
<INCOME-CONTINUING> 16,769 25,448 42,220 17,221
3,248
<DISCONTINUED> 0 0 0 0
0
<EXTRAORDINARY> 0 0 0 0
0
<CHANGES> 0 0 0 0
0
<NET-INCOME> 16,769 25,448 42,220 17,221
3,248
<EPS-PRIMARY> 0 0 0 0
0
<EPS-DILUTED> 0 0 0 0
0
</TABLE>
